AS M E B PVC . I I . B - 2 0 1 7
SE C TI O N I I
M ATERI ALS
201 7
ASME Bo i l e r a n d
Pr e s s u r e Ve s s e l C o d e
An I n t e r n a t i o n a l C o d e
Par t B
N o n f e r ro u s M a te ri a l
S p e c i fi c ati o n s
Markings such as “ASME,” “ASME Standard,” or any other marking including “ASME,” ASME
logos, or the Certification Mark shall not be used on any item that is not constructed in
accordance with all of the applicable requirements of the Code or Standard. Use of ASME’s name,
logos, or Certification Mark requires formal ASME certification; if no certification program is
available, such ASME markings may not be used. (For Certification and Accreditation Programs,
see https://www.asme.org/shop/certification accreditation.)
‐
Items produced by parties not formally certified by ASME may not be described, either explicitly
or implicitly, as ASME certified or approved in any code forms or other document.
AN I N TERN ATI ON AL CODE
2017 ASM E Boi ler &
Pressu re Vessel Cod e
2 017 Ed i ti on
J u ly 1, 2 017
II
M ATERI ALS
Part B
N on ferrou s M ateri al
Speci fi cati on s
ASM E Boi ler an d Pressu re Vessel Com m i ttee
on Materials
Two Park Avenue • New York, NY • 1 001 6 USA
Date of Issuance: July 1, 2017
This international code or standard was developed under procedures accredited as meeting the criteria for
American National Standards and it is an American National Standard. The Standards Committee that approved
the code or standard was balanced to assure that individuals from competent and concerned interests have
had an opportunity to participate. The proposed code or standard was made available for public review and comment that provides an opportunity for additional public input from industry, academia, regulatory agencies, and
the public-at-large.
ASME does not “ approve,” “rate,” or “endorse ” any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
ASME does not take any position with respect to the validity of any patent rights asserted in connection with any
items mentioned in this document, and does not undertake to insure anyone utilizing a standard against liability
for infringement of any applicable letters patent, nor assume any such liability. Users of a code or standard are
expressly advised that determination of the validity of any such patent rights, and the risk of infringement of such
rights, is entirely their own responsibility.
Participation by federal agency representative(s) or person(s) affiliated with industry is not to be interpreted as
government or industry endorsement of this code or standard.
ASME accepts responsibility for only those interpretations of this document issued in accordance with the established ASME procedures and policies, which precludes the issuance of interpretations by individuals.
The endnotes and preamble in this document (if any) are part of this American National Standard.
ASME collective membership mark
Certification Mark
The above ASME symbol is registered in the U.S. Patent Office.
ASME ” is the trademark of The American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
“
The Specifications published and copyrighted by the American Society for Testing and Materials
are reproduced with the Society’ s permission.
No part of this document may be reproduced in any form, in an electronic
retrieval system or otherwise, without the prior written permission of the
publisher.
Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: 56-3934
Printed in the United States of America
Adopted by the Council of The American Society of Mechanical Engineers, 1914; latest edition 2017.
The American Society of Mechanical Engineers
Two Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016-5990
Copyright © 2017 by
THE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS
All rights reserved
TABLE OF CONTENTS
List of Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreword . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Statement of Policy on the Use of the Certification Mark and Code Authorization in Advertising . . . . . . . . . .
Statement of Policy on the Use of ASME Marking to Identify Manufactured Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Submittal of Technical Inquiries to the Boiler and Pressure Vessel Standards Committees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Personnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASTM Personnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specifications Listed by Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Summary of Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
List of Changes in Record Number Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cross-Referencing and Stylistic Changes in the Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SB-26/SB-26M
Specification for Aluminum-Alloy Sand Castings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SB-42
Specification for Seamless Copper Pipe, Standard Sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SB-43
Specification for Seamless Red Brass Pipe, Standard Sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SB-61
Specification for Steam or Valve Bronze Castings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SB-62
Specification for Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal Castings . . . . . . . . . .
SB-75
Specification for Seamless Copper Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SB-96/SB-96M
Specification for Copper-Silicon Alloy Plate, Sheet, Strip, and Rolled Bar for
General Purposes and Pressure Vessels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SB-98/SB-98M
Specification for Copper-Silicon Alloy Rod, Bar, and Shapes . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SB-108
Specification for Aluminum-Alloy Permanent Mold Castings . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SB-111/SB-111M
Specification for Copper and Copper-Alloy Seamless Condenser Tubes and
Ferrule Stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SB-127
Specification for Nickel-Copper Alloy (UNS N04400) Plate, Sheet, and Strip
SB-135
Specification for Seamless Brass Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SB-148
Specification for Aluminum-Bronze Sand Castings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SB-150/SB-150M
Specification for Aluminum Bronze Rod, Bar, and Shapes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SB-151/SB-151M
Specification for Copper-Nickel-Zinc Alloy (Nickel Silver) and Copper-Nickel
Rod and Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SB-152/SB-152M
Specification for Copper Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Rolled Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SB-160
Specification for Nickel Rod and Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SB-161
Specification for Nickel Seamless Pipe and Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SB-162
Specification for Nickel Plate, Sheet, and Strip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SB-163
Specification for Seamless Nickel and Nickel Alloy Condenser and
Heat-Exchanger Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SB-164
Specification for Nickel-Copper Alloy Rod, Bar, and Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SB-165
Specification for Nickel-Copper Alloy (UNS N04400) Seamless Pipe and
Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SB-166
Specification for Nickel-Chromium-Iron Alloys (UNS N06600, N06601,
N06603, N06690, N06693, N06025, N06045, and N06696) and NickelChromium-Cobalt-Molybdenum Alloy (UNS N06617) Rod, Bar, and Wire
SB-167
Specification for Nickel-Chromium-Iron Alloys (UNS N06600, N06601,
N06603, N06690, N06693, N06025, and N06045) and Nickel-ChromiumCobalt-Molybdenum Alloy (UNS N06617) Seamless Pipe and Tube . . . . .
SB-168
Specification for Nickel-Chromium-Iron Alloys (UNS N06600, N06601,
N06603, N06690, N06693, N06025, and N06045) and Nickel-ChromiumCobalt-Molybdenum Alloy (UNS N06617) Plate, Sheet, and Strip . . . . . . .
iii
ix
xi
xiii
xiii
xiv
xvii
xxxvi
xxxvii
xxxviii
xliii
xliv
xlv
xlvi
1
15
25
33
37
41
53
59
65
83
97
107
115
121
129
135
143
153
159
175
187
201
207
219
227
SB-169/SB-169M
SB-171/SB-171M
SB-187/SB-187M
SB-209
SB-210
SB-211
SB-221
SB-234
SB-241/SB-241M
SB-247
SB-248
SB-249/SB-249M
SB-251
SB-265
SB-271
SB-283
SB-308/SB-308M
SB-315
SB-333
SB-335
SB-338
SB-348
SB-359/SB-359M
SB-363
SB-366
SB-367
SB-369
SB-381
SB-395/SB-395M
SB-407
SB-408
SB-409
SB-423
SB-424
SB-425
SB-434
SB-435
Specification for Aluminum Bronze Sheet, Strip, and Rolled Bar . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Copper-Alloy Plate and Sheet for Pressure Vessels, Condensers, and Heat Exchangers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Copper, Bus Bar, Rod, and Shapes and General Purpose Rod,
Bar, and Shapes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate . . . . . . . .
Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Drawn Seamless Tubes .
Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Rolled or Cold-Finished Bar,
Rod, and Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire,
Profiles, and Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Drawn Seamless Tubes for
Condensers and Heat Exchangers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Seamless Pipe and Seamless
Extruded Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Die Forgings, Hand Forgings, and Rolled Ring Forgings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for General Requirements for Wrought Copper and CopperAlloy Plate, Sheet, Strip, and Rolled Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for General Requirements for Wrought Copper and CopperAlloy Rod, Bar, Shapes, and Forgings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for General Requirements for Wrought Seamless Copper and
Copper-Alloy Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Titanium and Titanium Alloy Strip, Sheet, and Plate . . . . .
Specification for Copper-Base Alloy Centrifugal Castings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Copper and Copper-Alloy Die Forgings (Hot-Pressed) . . .
Specification for Aluminum-Alloy 6061-T6 Standard Structural Profiles . . .
Specification for Seamless Copper Alloy Pipe and Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Nickel-Molybdenum Alloy Plate, Sheet, and Strip . . . . . . .
Specification for Nickel-Molybdenum Alloy Rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Seamless and Welded Titanium and Titanium Alloy Tubes
for Condensers and Heat Exchangers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Titanium and Titanium Alloy Bars and Billets . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Copper and Copper-Alloy Seamless Condenser and Heat
Exchanger Tubes with Integral Fins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Seamless and Welded Unalloyed Titanium and Titanium
Alloy Welding Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Factory-Made Wrought Nickel and Nickel Alloy Fittings . .
Specification for Titanium and Titanium Alloy Castings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Copper-Nickel Alloy Castings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Titanium and Titanium Alloy Forgings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for U-Bend Seamless Copper and Copper Alloy Heat Exchanger
and Condenser Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Nickel-Iron-Chromium Alloy Seamless Pipe and Tube . . .
Specification for Nickel-Iron-Chromium Alloy Rod and Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Nickel-Iron-Chromium Alloy Plate, Sheet, and Strip . . . . .
Specification for Nickel-Iron-Chromium-Molybdenum-Copper Alloy (UNS
N08825 and N08221) Seamless Pipe and Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Ni-Fe-Cr-Mo-Cu Alloy (UNS N08825, UNS N08221, and UNS
N06845) Plate, Sheet, and Strip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Ni-Fe-Cr-Mo-Cu Alloy (UNS N08825 and UNS N08221) Rod
and Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Nickel-Molybdenum-Chromium-Iron Alloys (UNS N10003,
UNS N10242) Plate, Sheet, and Strip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for UNS N06002, UNS N06230, UNS N12160, and UNS R30556
Plate, Sheet, and Strip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
iv
243
249
257
269
295
307
317
333
341
361
379
393
407
415
425
433
443
449
463
469
475
485
493
505
511
521
529
535
543
559
569
575
581
587
593
601
605
SB-443
SB-444
SB-446
SB-462
SB-463
SB-464
SB-466/SB-466M
SB-467
SB-468
SB-473
SB-493/SB-493M
SA-494/SA-494M
SB-505/SB-505M
SB-511
SB-514
SB-515
SB-516
SB-517
SB-523/SB-523M
SB-535
SB-536
SB-543/SB-543M
SB-548
SB-550/SB-550M
SB-551/SB-551M
SB-564
SB-572
SB-573
SB-574
Specification for Nickel-Chromium-Molybdenum-Columbium Alloy (UNS
N06625) and Nickel-Chromium-Molybdenum-Silicon Alloy (UNS N06219)
Plate, Sheet, and Strip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Nickel-Chromium-Molybdenum-Columbium Alloys (UNS
N06625 and UNS N06852) and Nickel-Chromium-Molybdenum-Silicon
Alloy (UNS N06219) Pipe and Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Nickel-Chromium-Molybdenum-Columbium Alloy (UNS
N06625), Nickel-Chromium-Molybdenum-Silicon Alloy (UNS N06219), and
Nickel-Chromium-Molybdenum-Tungsten Alloy (UNS N06650) Rod and
Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Forged or Rolled UNS N06030, UNS N06022, UNS N06035,
UNS N06200, UNS N06059, UNS N10362, UNS N06686, UNS N08020, UNS
N08024, UNS N08026, UNS N08367, UNS N10276, UNS N10665, UNS
N10675, UNS N10629, UNS N08031, UNS N06045, UNS N06025, and UNS
R20033 Alloy Pipe Flanges, Forged Fittings, and Valves and Parts for
Corrosive High-Temperature Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for UNS N08020, UNS N08026, and UNS N08024 Alloy Plate,
Sheet, and Strip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Welded UNS N08020, N08024, and N08026 Alloy Pipe . .
Specification for Seamless Copper-Nickel Pipe and Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Welded Copper-Nickel Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Welded UNS N08020, N08024, and N08026 Alloy Tubes .
Specification for UNS N08020, UNS N08024, and UNS N08026 Nickel Alloy
Bar and Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Zirconium and Zirconium Alloy Forgings . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Castings, Nickel and Nickel Alloy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Copper Alloy Continuous Castings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Nickel-Iron-Chromium-Silicon Alloy Bars and Shapes . . . .
Specification for Welded Nickel-Iron-Chromium Alloy Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Welded UNS N08120, UNS N08800, UNS N08810, and UNS
N08811 Alloy Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Welded Nickel-Chromium-Iron Alloy (UNS N06600, UNS
N06603, UNS N06025, and UNS N06045) Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Welded Nickel-Chromium-Iron Alloy (UNS N06600, UNS
N06603, UNS N06025, and UNS N06045) Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Seamless and Welded Zirconium and Zirconium Alloy
Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Nickel-Iron-Chromium-Silicon Alloys (UNS N08330 and
N08332) Seamless Pipe and Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Nickel-Iron-Chromium-Silicon Alloys (UNS N08330 and
N08332) Plate, Sheet, and Strip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Welded Copper and Copper-Alloy Heat Exchanger Tube .
Test Method for Ultrasonic Inspection of Aluminum-Alloy Plate for Pressure
Vessels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Zirconium and Zirconium Alloy Bar and Wire . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Zirconium and Zirconium Alloy Strip, Sheet, and Plate . . .
Specification for Nickel Alloy Forgings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for UNS N06002, UNS N06230, UNS N12160, and UNS R30556
Rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Nickel-Molybdenum-Chromium-Iron Alloys (UNS N10003,
N10242) Rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Low-Carbon Nickel-Chromium-Molybdenum, Low-Carbon
Nickel-Molybdenum-Chromium, Low-Carbon Nickel-MolybdenumChromium-Tantalum, Low-Carbon Nickel-Chromium-MolybdenumCopper, and Low-Carbon Nickel-Chromium-Molybdenum-Tungsten Alloy
Rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
v
611
623
627
633
639
645
649
657
667
671
681
685
695
705
715
719
723
727
731
737
741
753
767
773
779
791
801
807
813
SB-575
SB-581
SB-582
SB-584
SB-599
SB-619
SB-620
SB-621
SB-622
SB-625
SB-626
SB-637
SB-649
SB-653/SB-653M
SB-658/SB-658M
SB-668
SB-672
SB-673
SB-674
SB-675
SB-676
SB-677
SB-688
SB-690
SB-691
SB-704
SB-705
SB-706
SB-709
SB-710
SB-729
SB-751
Specification for Low-Carbon Nickel-Chromium-Molybdenum, Low-Carbon
Nickel-Chromium-Molybdenum-Copper, Low-Carbon Nickel-ChromiumMolybdenum-Tantalum, Low-Carbon Nickel-Chromium-MolybdenumTungsten, and Low-Carbon Nickel-Molybdenum-Chromium Alloy Plate,
Sheet, and Strip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Nickel-Chromium-Iron-Molybdenum-Copper Alloy Rod . .
Specification for Nickel-Chromium-Iron-Molybdenum-Copper Alloy Plate,
Sheet, and Strip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Copper Alloy Sand Castings for General Applications . . . .
Specification for Nickel-Iron-Chromium-Molybdenum-Columbium Stabilized
Alloy (UNS N08700) Plate, Sheet, and Strip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Welded Nickel and Nickel-Cobalt Alloy Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Nickel-Iron-Chromium-Molybdenum Alloy (UNS N08320)
Plate, Sheet, and Strip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Nickel-Iron-Chromium-Molybdenum Alloy (UNS N08320)
Rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Seamless Nickel and Nickel-Cobalt Alloy Pipe and Tube . .
Specification for UNS N08904, UNS N08925, UNS N08031, UNS N08932, UNS
N08926, and UNS R20033 Plate, Sheet, and Strip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Welded Nickel and Nickel-Cobalt Alloy Tube . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Precipitation-Hardening Nickel Alloy Bars, Forgings, and
Forging Stock for High-Temperature Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Ni-Fe-Cr-Mo-Cu, Low-Carbon Alloy (UNS N08904), Ni-Fe-CrMo-Cu-N Low Carbon Alloys (UNS N08925, UNS N08031, and UNS
N08926), and Cr-Ni-Fe-N Low-Carbon Alloy (UNS R20033) Bar and Wire
Specification for Seamless and Welded Zirconium and Zirconium Alloy
Welding Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Seamless and Welded Zirconium and Zirconium Alloy Pipe
Specification for UNS N08028 Seamless Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Nickel-Iron-Chromium-Molybdenum-Columbium Stabilized
Alloy (UNS N08700) Bar and Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for UNS N08904, UNS N08925, and N08926 Welded Pipe . . .
Specification for UNS N08925, UNS N08354, and UNS N08926 Welded Tube
Specification for UNS N08367 Welded Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standard Specification for UNS N08367 Welded Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for UNS N08904, UNS N08925, and UNS N08926 Seamless Pipe
and Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Chromium-Nickel-Molybdenum-Iron (UNS N08366 and UNS
N08367) Plate, Sheet, and Strip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Iron-Nickel-Chromium-Molybdenum Alloys (UNS N08366
and UNS N08367) Seamless Pipe and Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Iron-Nickel-Chromium-Molybdenum Alloys (UNS N08366
and UNS N08367) Rod, Bar, and Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Welded UNS N06625, UNS N06219, and UNS N08825 Alloy
Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Nickel-Alloy (UNS N06625, N06219 and N08825) Welded
Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Seamless Copper Alloy (UNS NO. C69100) Pipe and Tube
Specification for Iron-Nickel-Chromium-Molybdenum Alloy (UNS N08028)
Plate, Sheet, and Strip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Nickel-Iron-Chromium-Silicon Alloy Welded Pipe . . . . . . .
Specification for Seamless UNS N08020, UNS N08026, and UNS N08024
Nickel-Alloy Pipe and Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for General Requirements for Nickel and Nickel-Alloy Welded
Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
vi
819
825
831
835
843
857
865
869
873
881
895
901
911
923
927
933
937
945
951
955
959
963
969
979
987
995
999
1003
1011
1023
1027
1031
SB-775
SB-804
SB-815
SB-818
SB-824
SB-829
SB-858
SB-861
SB-862
SB-906
SB-928/SB-928M
SB-956
SF-467
SF-467M
SF-468
SF-468M
SB/EN 1706
Mandatory Appendix I
Mandatory Appendix II
II-100
II-200
II-300
II-400
II-500
Mandatory Appendix III
Specification for General Requirements for Nickel and Nickel-Alloy Welded
Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for UNS N08367 and UNS N08926 Welded Pipe . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Cobalt-Chromium-Nickel-Molybdenum-Tungsten Alloy
(UNS R31233) Rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Cobalt-Chromium-Nickel-Molybdenum-Tungsten Alloy
(UNS R31233) Plate, Sheet, and Strip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for General Requirements for Copper Alloy Castings . . . . . . .
Specification for General Requirements for Nickel and Nickel Alloys Seamless
Pipe and Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Method for Ammonia Vapor Test for Determining Susceptibility to Stress
Corrosion Cracking in Copper Alloys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Titanium and Titanium Alloy Seamless Pipe . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Titanium and Titanium Alloy Welded Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for General Requirements for Flat-Rolled Nickel and Nickel Alloys Plate, Sheet, and Strip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for High Magnesium Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate for Marine Service and Similar Environments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Welded Copper and Copper-Alloy Condenser and Heat Exchanger Tubes with Integral Fins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Nonferrous Nuts for General Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Nonferrous Nuts for General Use [Metric] . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Nonferrous Bolts, Hex Cap Screws, and Studs for General
Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Nonferrous Bolts, Hex Cap Screws, and Studs for General Use
[Metric] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Aluminum and Aluminum Alloys — Castings — Chemical Composition and
Mechanical Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standard Units for Use in Equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Basis for Use of Acceptable ASME, ASTM, and Non-ASTM Editions . . . .
Materials Adopted for Use in Construction Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Acceptable Editions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other Acceptable Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
References to ASTM Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Country of Origin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1039
1045
1053
1057
1061
1067
1075
1079
1089
1101
1119
1133
1143
1155
1165
1179
1191
1193
1194
1194
1194
1195
1195
1195
III-100
III-200
Guidelines on Multiple Marking of Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Background . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1203
1203
1203
IV-100
IV-200
IV-300
IV-400
IV-500
IV-600
IV-700
IV-800
IV-900
IV-1000
IV-1100
IV-1200
IV-1300
IV-1400
Code Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chemical Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Metallurgical Structure and Heat Treatment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Definitions for Data Collection Purposes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Required Sampling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time-Independent Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time-Dependent Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Low-Temperature Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Toughness Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stress – Strain Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fatigue Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physical Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1205
1205
1205
1206
1206
1206
1206
1206
1206
1207
1209
1209
1209
1209
1209
Mandatory Appendix IV
Guidelines on the Approval ofNew Materials Under the ASME Boiler and
Pressure Vessel Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
vii
IV-1500
IV-1600
IV-1700
IV-1800
IV-1900
IV-2000
IV-2100
Data Requirements for Welds, Weldments, and Weldability . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Long-Term Properties Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Requests for Additional Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
New Materials Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Requirements for Recognized National or International Specifications . . . .
Publication of Recognized National or International Specifications . . . . . . .
CEN Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1209
1210
1210
1210
1212
1212
1212
Nonmandatory Appendix A
Sources of Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1213
Standard Units for Use in Equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other Acceptable ASTM Editions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other Acceptable Non-ASTM Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASTM Test Methods and Units for Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Example of a Comparison of Allowable Stresses of Base Metals With Compositions Similar to
Those of Selected Welding Consumables and the Proposed New Base Metal . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1193
1196
1202
1208
TABLES
I-1
II-200-1
II-200-2
IV-800-1
IV-1500-1
viii
1211
LI ST OF SECTI ON S
SECTIONS
I
Rules for Construction of Power Boilers
II
Materials
• Part A — Ferrous Material Specifications
• Part B — Nonferrous Material Specifications
• Part C — Specifications for Welding Rods, Electrodes, and Filler Metals
• Part D — Properties (Customary)
• Part D — Properties (Metric)
III
• Subsection NCA — General Requirements for Division 1 and Division 2
• Appendices*
• Division 1
– Subsection NB — Class 1 Components
– Subsection NC — Class 2 Components
– Subsection ND — Class 3 Components
– Subsection NE — Class MC Components
– Subsection NF — Supports
– Subsection NG — Core Support Structures
• Division 2 — Code for Concrete Containments
• Division 3 — Containment Systems for Transportation and Storage of Spent Nuclear Fuel and High-Level
Radioactive Material
• Division 5 — High Temperature Reactors
IV
Rules for Construction of Heating Boilers
V
Nondestructive Examination
VI
Recommended Rules for the Care and Operation of Heating Boilers
VII
Recommended Guidelines for the Care of Power Boilers
Rules for Construction of Nuclear Facility Components
VIII Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels
• Division 1
• Division 2 — Alternative Rules
• Division 3 — Alternative Rules for Construction of High Pressure Vessels
IX
Welding, Brazing, and Fusing Qualifications
X
Fiber-Reinforced Plastic Pressure Vessels
XI
Rules for Inservice Inspection of Nuclear Power Plant Components
XII
Rules for Construction and Continued Service of Transport Tanks
*
The 2015 Edition of Section III was the last edition in which Section III, Division 1, Subsection NH, Class 1 Components in Elevated Temperature Service, was published. The requirements located within Subsection NH were moved to Section III, Division 5, Subsection HB, Subpart
B for the elevated temperature construction of Class A components.
ix
ð 17Þ
I N TERPRETATI ON S
Interpretations are issued in real time in ASME ’ s Interpretations Database at http://go.asme.org/Interpretations. Historical BPVC interpretations may also be found in the Database.
CODE CASES
The Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code committees meet regularly to consider proposed additions and revisions to the
Code and to formulate Cases to clarify the intent of existing requirements or provide, when the need is urgent, rules for
materials or constructions not covered by existing Code rules. Those Cases that have been adopted will appear in the
appropriate 2017 Code Cases book: “ Boilers and Pressure Vessels ” or “ Nuclear Components.” Supplements will be sent
or made available automatically to the purchasers of the Code Cases books up to the publication of the 2019 Code.
x
FOREWORD *
In 1911, The American Society of Mechanical Engineers established the Boiler and Pressure Vessel Committee to formulate standard rules for the construction of steam boilers and other pressure vessels. In 2009, the Boiler and Pressure
Vessel Committee was superseded by the following committees:
(a) Committee on Power Boilers (I)
(b) Committee on Materials (II)
(c) Committee on Construction of Nuclear Facility Components (III)
(d) Committee on Heating Boilers (IV)
(e) Committee on Nondestructive Examination (V)
(f) Committee on Pressure Vessels (VIII)
(g) Committee on Welding, Brazing, and Fusing (IX)
(h) Committee on Fiber-Reinforced Plastic Pressure Vessels (X)
(i) Committee on Nuclear Inservice Inspection (XI)
(j) Committee on Transport Tanks (XII)
(k) Technical Oversight Management Committee (TOMC)
Where reference is made to “ the Committee ” in this Foreword, each of these committees is included individually and
collectively.
The Committee ’ s function is to establish rules of safety relating only to pressure integrity, which govern the
construction ** of boilers, pressure vessels, transport tanks, and nuclear components, and the inservice inspection of nuclear components and transport tanks. The Committee also interprets these rules when questions arise regarding their
intent. The technical consistency of the Sections of the Code and coordination of standards development activities of the
Committees is supported and guided by the Technical Oversight Management Committee. This Code does not address
other safety issues relating to the construction of boilers, pressure vessels, transport tanks, or nuclear components, or
the inservice inspection of nuclear components or transport tanks. Users of the Code should refer to the pertinent codes,
standards, laws, regulations, or other relevant documents for safety issues other than those relating to pressure integrity. Except for Sections XI and XII, and with a few other exceptions, the rules do not, of practical necessity, reflect the
likelihood and consequences of deterioration in service related to specific service fluids or external operating environments. In formulating the rules, the Committee considers the needs of users, manufacturers, and inspectors of pressure
vessels. The objective of the rules is to afford reasonably certain protection of life and property, and to provide a margin
for deterioration in service to give a reasonably long, safe period of usefulness. Advancements in design and materials
and evidence of experience have been recognized.
This Code contains mandatory requirements, specific prohibitions, and nonmandatory guidance for construction activities and inservice inspection and testing activities. The Code does not address all aspects of these activities and those
aspects that are not specifically addressed should not be considered prohibited. The Code is not a handbook and cannot
replace education, experience, and the use of engineering judgment. The phrase engineering judgment refers to technical
judgments made by knowledgeable engineers experienced in the application of the Code. Engineering judgments must
be consistent with Code philosophy, and such judgments must never be used to overrule mandatory requirements or
specific prohibitions of the Code.
The Committee recognizes that tools and techniques used for design and analysis change as technology progresses
and expects engineers to use good judgment in the application of these tools. The designer is responsible for complying
with Code rules and demonstrating compliance with Code equations when such equations are mandatory. The Code
neither requires nor prohibits the use of computers for the design or analysis of components constructed to the
*
The information contained in this Foreword is not part of this American National Standard (ANS) and has not been processed in accordance
with ANSI's requirements for an ANS. Therefore, this Foreword may contain material that has not been subjected to public review or a consensus process. In addition, it does not contain requirements necessary for conformance to the Code.
**
Construction , as used in this Foreword, is an all-inclusive term comprising materials, design, fabrication, examination, inspection, testing,
certification, and pressure relief.
xi
requirements of the Code. However, designers and engineers using computer programs for design or analysis are cautioned that they are responsible for all technical assumptions inherent in the programs they use and the application of
these programs to their design.
The rules established by the Committee are not to be interpreted as approving, recommending, or endorsing any proprietary or specific design, or as limiting in any way the manufacturer s freedom to choose any method of design or any
form of construction that conforms to the Code rules.
The Committee meets regularly to consider revisions of the rules, new rules as dictated by technological development,
Code Cases, and requests for interpretations. Only the Committee has the authority to provide official interpretations of
this Code. Requests for revisions, new rules, Code Cases, or interpretations shall be addressed to the Secretary in writing
and shall give full particulars in order to receive consideration and action (see Submittal of Technical Inquiries to the
Boiler and Pressure Vessel Standards Committees). Proposed revisions to the Code resulting from inquiries will be presented to the Committee for appropriate action. The action of the Committee becomes effective only after confirmation
by ballot of the Committee and approval by ASME. Proposed revisions to the Code approved by the Committee are submitted to the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) and published at http://go.asme.org/BPVCPublicReview to
invite comments from all interested persons. After public review and final approval by ASME, revisions are published at
regular intervals in Editions of the Code.
The Committee does not rule on whether a component shall or shall not be constructed to the provisions of the Code.
The scope of each Section has been established to identify the components and parameters considered by the Committee
in formulating the Code rules.
Questions or issues regarding compliance of a specific component with the Code rules are to be directed to the ASME
Certificate Holder (Manufacturer). Inquiries concerning the interpretation of the Code are to be directed to the Committee. ASME is to be notified should questions arise concerning improper use of an ASME Certification Mark.
When required by context in this Section, the singular shall be interpreted as the plural, and vice versa, and the feminine, masculine, or neuter gender shall be treated as such other gender as appropriate.
’
xii
STATEM EN T OF POLI CY ON TH E U SE OF TH E CERTI FI CATI ON
M ARK AN D CODE AU TH ORI ZATI ON I N ADVERTI SI N G
ASME has established procedures to authorize qualified organizations to perform various activities in accordance
with the requirements of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. It is the aim of the Society to provide recognition
of organizations so authorized. An organization holding authorization to perform various activities in accordance with
the requirements of the Code may state this capability in its advertising literature.
Organizations that are authorized to use the Certification Mark for marking items or constructions that have been
constructed and inspected in compliance with the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code are issued Certificates of
Authorization. It is the aim of the Society to maintain the standing of the Certification Mark for the benefit of the users,
the enforcement jurisdictions, and the holders of the Certification Mark who comply with all requirements.
Based on these objectives, the following policy has been established on the usage in advertising of facsimiles of the
Certification Mark, Certificates of Authorization, and reference to Code construction. The American Society of Mechanical
Engineers does not “ approve,” “certify,” “rate,” or “ endorse ” any item, construction, or activity and there shall be no statements or implications that might so indicate. An organization holding the Certification Mark and/or a Certificate of
Authorization may state in advertising literature that items, constructions, or activities “ are built (produced or performed) or activities conducted in accordance with the requirements of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code,”
or “ meet the requirements of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.” An ASME corporate logo shall not be used
by any organization other than ASME.
The Certification Mark shall be used only for stamping and nameplates as specifically provided in the Code. However,
facsimiles may be used for the purpose of fostering the use of such construction. Such usage may be by an association or
a society, or by a holder of the Certification Mark who may also use the facsimile in advertising to show that clearly specified items will carry the Certification Mark. General usage is permitted only when all of a manufacturer’ s items are
constructed under the rules.
STATEM EN T OF POLI CY ON TH E U SE OF ASM E M ARKI N G TO
I DEN TI FY M AN U FACTU RED I TEM S
The ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code provides rules for the construction of boilers, pressure vessels, and nuclear
components. This includes requirements for materials, design, fabrication, examination, inspection, and stamping. Items
constructed in accordance with all of the applicable rules of the Code are identified with the official Certification Mark
described in the governing Section of the Code.
Markings such as “ASME,” “ASME Standard,” or any other marking including “ASME ” or the Certification Mark shall not
be used on any item that is not constructed in accordance with all of the applicable requirements of the Code.
Items shall not be described on ASME Data Report Forms nor on similar forms referring to ASME that tend to imply
that all Code requirements have been met when, in fact, they have not been. Data Report Forms covering items not fully
complying with ASME requirements should not refer to ASME or they should clearly identify all exceptions to the ASME
requirements.
xiii
ð 17Þ
SU BM I TTAL OF TECH N I CAL I N QU I RI ES TO TH E BOI LER AN D
PRESSU RE VESSEL STAN DARDS COM M I TTEES
1
I N TRODU CTI ON
(a) The following information provides guidance to Code users for submitting technical inquiries to the applicable
Boiler and Pressure Vessel (BPV) Standards Committee (hereinafter referred to as the Committee). See the guidelines
on approval of new materials under the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code in Section II, Part D for requirements for
requests that involve adding new materials to the Code. See the guidelines on approval of new welding and brazing materials in Section II, Part C for requirements for requests that involve adding new welding and brazing materials (“ consumables ” ) to the Code.
Technical inquiries can include requests for revisions or additions to the Code requirements, requests for Code Cases,
or requests for Code Interpretations, as described below:
(1) Code Revisions. Code revisions are considered to accommodate technological developments, to address administrative requirements, to incorporate Code Cases, or to clarify Code intent.
(2) Code Cases. Code Cases represent alternatives or additions to existing Code requirements. Code Cases are written as a Question and Reply, and are usually intended to be incorporated into the Code at a later date. When used, Code
Cases prescribe mandatory requirements in the same sense as the text of the Code. However, users are cautioned that
not all regulators, jurisdictions, or Owners automatically accept Code Cases. The most common applications for Code
Cases are as follows:
(-a) to permit early implementation of an approved Code revision based on an urgent need
(-b) to permit use of a new material for Code construction
(-c) to gain experience with new materials or alternative requirements prior to incorporation directly into the
Code
(3) Code Interpretations
(-a) Code Interpretations provide clarification of the meaning of existing requirements in the Code and are presented in Inquiry and Reply format. Interpretations do not introduce new requirements.
(-b) If existing Code text does not fully convey the meaning that was intended, or conveys conflicting requirements, and revision of the requirements is required to support the Interpretation, an Intent Interpretation will be issued
in parallel with a revision to the Code.
(b) Code requirements, Code Cases, and Code Interpretations established by the Committee are not to be considered
as approving, recommending, certifying, or endorsing any proprietary or specific design, or as limiting in any way the
freedom of manufacturers, constructors, or Owners to choose any method of design or any form of construction that
conforms to the Code requirements.
(c) Inquiries that do not comply with the following guidance or that do not provide sufficient information for the Committee ’ s full understanding may result in the request being returned to the Inquirer with no action.
2
I N QU I RY FORM AT
Submittals to the Committee should include the following information:
(a) Purpose. Specify one of the following:
(1) request for revision of present Code requirements
(2) request for new or additional Code requirements
(3) request for Code Case
(4) request for Code Interpretation
(b) Background. The Inquirer should provide the information needed for the Committee ’ s understanding of the Inquiry, being sure to include reference to the applicable Code Section, Division, Edition, Addenda (if applicable), paragraphs, figures, and tables. Preferably, the Inquirer should provide a copy of, or relevant extracts from, the specific
referenced portions of the Code.
xiv
(c) Presen tation s. The Inquirer may desire to attend or be asked to attend a meeting of the Committee to make a formal presentation or to answer questions from the Committee members with regard to the Inquiry. Attendance at a BPV
Standards Committee meeting shall be at the expense of the Inquirer. The Inquirer’ s attendance or lack of attendance at
a meeting will not be used by the Committee as a basis for acceptance or rejection of the Inquiry by the Committee. However, if the Inquirer’ s request is unclear, attendance by the Inquirer or a representative may be necessary for the Committee to understand the request sufficiently to be able to provide an Interpretation. If the Inquirer desires to make a
presentation at a Committee meeting, the Inquirer should provide advance notice to the Committee Secretary, to ensure
time will be allotted for the presentation in the meeting agenda. The Inquirer should consider the need for additional
audiovisual equipment that might not otherwise be provided by the Committee. With sufficient advance notice to the
Committee Secretary, such equipment may be made available.
3
CODE REVI SI ON S OR ADDI TI ON S
Requests for Code revisions or additions should include the following information:
For requested revisions, the Inquirer should identify those requirements of the
Code that they believe should be revised, and should submit a copy of, or relevant extracts from, the appropriate requirements as they appear in the Code, marked up with the requested revision. For requested additions to the Code, the Inquirer should provide the recommended wording and should clearly indicate where they believe the additions should be
located in the Code requirements.
(b) Statem en t of Need. The Inquirer should provide a brief explanation of the need for the revision or addition.
(c) Backgroun d In form ation . The Inquirer should provide background information to support the revision or addition,
including any data or changes in technology that form the basis for the request, that will allow the Committee to adequately evaluate the requested revision or addition. Sketches, tables, figures, and graphs should be submitted, as appropriate. The Inquirer should identify any pertinent portions of the Code that would be affected by the revision or addition
and any portions of the Code that reference the requested revised or added paragraphs.
(a) Requested Revision s or Addition s.
4
CODE CASES
Requests for Code Cases should be accompanied by a statement of need and background information similar to that
described in 3(b) and 3(c), respectively, for Code revisions or additions. The urgency of the Code Case (e.g., project underway or imminent, new procedure) should be described. In addition, it is important that the request is in connection
with equipment that will bear the Certification Mark, with the exception of Section XI applications. The proposed Code
Case should identify the Code Section and Division, and should be written as a Question and a Reply, in the same format
as existing Code Cases. Requests for Code Cases should also indicate the applicable Code Editions and Addenda (if applicable) to which the requested Code Case applies.
5
CODE I N TERPRETATI ON S
Requests for Code Interpretations should be accompanied by the following information:
The Inquirer should propose a condensed and precise Inquiry, omitting superfluous background information and, when possible, composing the Inquiry in such a way that a “ yes ” or a “ no ” Reply, with brief limitations or
conditions, if needed, can be provided by the Committee. The proposed question should be technically and editorially
correct.
(2) Reply. The Inquirer should propose a Reply that clearly and concisely answers the proposed Inquiry question.
Preferably, the Reply should be “yes ” or “ no,” with brief limitations or conditions, if needed.
(3) Backgroun d In form ation . The Inquirer should provide any need or background information, such as described in
3(b) and 3(c), respectively, for Code revisions or additions, that will assist the Committee in understanding the proposed
Inquiry and Reply.
If the Inquirer believes a revision of the Code requirements would be helpful to support the Interpretation, the Inquirer may propose such a revision for consideration by the Committee. In most cases, such a proposal is not necessary.
(b) Requests for Code Interpretations should be limited to an Interpretation of a particular requirement in the Code or
in a Code Case. Except with regard to interpreting a specific Code requirement, the Committee is not permitted to consider consulting-type requests such as the following:
(1 ) a review of calculations, design drawings, welding qualifications, or descriptions of equipment or parts to determine compliance with Code requirements
(a)
(1 ) In quiry.
xv
(2) a request for assistance in performing any Code-prescribed functions relating to, but not limited to, material
selection, designs, calculations, fabrication, inspection, pressure testing, or installation
(3) a request seeking the rationale for Code requirements
6
SU BM I TTALS
(a) Subm ittal. Requests for Code Interpretation should preferably be submitted through the online Interpretation Submittal Form. The form is accessible at http://go.asme.org/InterpretationRequest. Upon submittal of the form, the Inquirer will receive an automatic e-mail confirming receipt. If the Inquirer is unable to use the online form, the
Inquirer may mail the request to the following address:
Secretary
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Committee
Two Park Avenue
New York, NY 10016-5990
All other Inquiries should be mailed to the Secretary of the BPV Committee at the address above. Inquiries are unlikely
to receive a response if they are not written in clear, legible English. They must also include the name of the Inquirer and
the company they represent or are employed by, if applicable, and the Inquirer s address, telephone number, fax number, and e-mail address, if available.
(b) Respon se . The Secretary of the appropriate Committee will provide a written response, via letter or e-mail, as appropriate, to the Inquirer, upon completion of the requested action by the Committee. Inquirers may track the status of
their Interpretation Request at http://go.asme.org/Interpretations.
’
xvi
PERSONNEL
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Standards Committees,
Subgroups, and Working Groups
January 1, 2017
CONFERENCE COMMITTEE
TECHNICAL OVERSIGHT MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE (TOMC)
T. P. Pastor, Chair
S. C. Roberts , Vice Chair
J. S. Brzuszkiewicz , Staff Secretary
R. W. Barnes
R. J. Basile
T. L. Bedeaux
D. L. Berger
D. A. Canonico
A. Chaudouet
D. B. DeMichael
R. P. Deubler
P. D. Edwards
J. G. Feldstein
R. E. Gimple
T. E. Hansen
G. W. Hembree
D. A. Douin — Ohio , Secretary
M. J. Adams — Ontario, Canada
J. T. Amato — Minnesota
W. Anderson — Mississippi
R. D. Austin — Arizona
R. J. Brockman — Missouri
J. H. Burpee — Maine
M. Byrum — Alabama
C. B. Cantrell — Nebraska
S. Chapman — Tennessee
D. C. Cook — California
B. J. Crawford — Georgia
E. L. Creaser — New Brunswick,
Canada
J. J. Dacanay — Hawaii
C. Dautrich — North Carolina
R. Delury — Manitoba, Canada
P. L. Dodge — Nova Scotia, Canada
D. Eastman — Newfoundland and
Labrador, Canada
J. J. Esch — Delaware
A. G. Frazier — Florida
T. J. Granneman II — Oklahoma
D. R. Hannon — Arkansas
E. G. Hilton — Virginia
C. Jackson — City of Detroit,
Michigan
M. L. Jordan — Kentucky
E. Kawa, Jr. — Massachusetts
A. Khssassi — Quebec, Canada
J. Klug — City of Milwaukee,
Wisconsin
K. J. Kraft — Maryland
K. S. Lane — Alaska
L. C. Leet — City of Seattle,
Washington
J. F. Henry
R. S. Hill III
G. G. Karcher
W. M. Lundy
G. C. Park
M. D. Rana
R. F. Reedy, Sr.
B. W. Roberts
F. J. Schaaf, Jr.
B. F. Shelley
W. J. Sperko
D. Srnic
R. W. Swayne
C. Withers
J. E. Batey, Contributing Member
HONORARY MEMBERS (MAIN COMMITTEE)
F. P. Barton
T. M. Cullen
G. E. Feigel
O. F. Hedden
M. H. Jawad
A. J. Justin
W. G. Knecht
J. LeCoff
T. G. McCarty
G. C. Millman
R. A. Moen
R. F. Reedy, Sr.
ADMINISTRATIVE COMMITTEE
T. P. Pastor, Chair
S. C. Roberts , Vice Chair
J. S. Brzuszkiewicz , Staff Secretary
R. W. Barnes
T. L. Bedeaux
D. L. Berger
G. W. Hembree
J. LeSage, Jr. — Louisiana
A. M. Lorimor — South Dakota
M. Mailman — Northwest
Territories, Canada
D. E. Mallory — New Hampshire
W. McGivney — City of New York,
New York
S. V. Nelson — Colorado
A. K. Oda — Washington
M. Poehlmann — Alberta, Canada
J. F. Porcella — West Virginia
C. F. Reyes — City of Los Angeles,
California
M. J. Ryan — City of Chicago,
Illinois
D. Sandfoss — Nevada
M. H. Sansone — New York
A. S. Scholl — British Columbia,
Canada
T. S. Seime — North Dakota
C. S. Selinger — Saskatchewan,
Canada
J. E. Sharier — Ohio
N. Smith — Pennsylvania
R. Spiker — North Carolina
D. J. Stenrose — Michigan
R. J. Stimson II — Kansas
R. K. Sturm — Utah
S. R. Townsend — Prince Edward
Island, Canada
R. D. Troutt — Texas
M. C. Vogel — Illinois
T. Waldbillig — Wisconsin
M. Washington — New Jersey
J. F. Henry
R. S. Hill III
G. C. Park
M. D. Rana
B. F. Shelley
W. J. Sperko
INTERNATIONAL INTEREST REVIEW GROUP
V. Felix
Y.-G. Kim
S. H. Leong
W. Lin
O. F. Manafa
MARINE CONFERENCE GROUP
H. N. Patel , Chair
J. S. Brzuszkiewicz , Staff Secretary
J. G. Hungerbuhler, Jr.
G. Pallichadath
N. Prokopuk
J. D. Reynolds
xvii
C. Minu
T. S. G. Narayannen
Y.-W. Park
A. R. R. Nogales
P. Williamson
ð
17Þ
COMMITTEE ON POWER BOILERS (BPV I)
D. L. Berger, Chair
R. E. McLaughlin , Vice Chair
U. D Urso , Staff Secretary
J. L. Arnold
D. A. Canonico
K. K. Coleman
P. D. Edwards
J. G. Feldstein
G. W. Galanes
T. E. Hansen
J. F. Henry
J. S. Hunter
G. B. Komora
W. L. Lowry
F. Massi
L. Moedinger
P. A. Molvie
’
Subgroup on Materials (BPV I)
Y. Oishi
E. M. Ortman
J. T. Pillow
M. Slater
J. M. Tanzosh
D. E. Tompkins
D. E. Tuttle
J. Vattappilly
R. V. Wielgoszinski
F. Zeller
Y. Li , Delegate
H. Michael , Delegate
B. W. Roberts , Contributing
Member
D. N. French , Honorary Member
T. C. McGough , Honorary Member
R. L. Williams , Honorary Member
G. W. Galanes , Chair
J. F. Henry, Vice Chair
M. Lewis , Secretary
S. H. Bowes
D. A. Canonico
K. K. Coleman
K. L. Hayes
J. S. Hunter
O. X. Li
Subgroup on Solar Boilers (BPV I)
E. M. Ortman , Chair
R. E. Hearne , Secretary
H. A. Fonzi, Jr.
G. W. Galanes
J. S. Hunter
Subgroup on Design (BPV I)
J. Vattappilly, Chair
D. I. Anderson, Secretary
D. Dewees
H. A. Fonzi, Jr.
J. P. Glaspie
G. B. Komora
P. A. Molvie
L. S. Tsai
M. Wadkinson
C. F. Jeerings , Contributing Member
S. V. Torkildson , Contributing
Member
H. Michael , Chair
H. P. Schmitz , Secretary
M. Bremicker
P. Chavdarov
B. Daume
J. Fleischfresser
E. Helmholdt
R. Kauer
S. Krebs
T. E. Hansen
C. T. McDaris
R. E. McLaughlin
R. J. Newell
Y. Oishi
J. T. Pillow
R. V. Wielgoszinski
U. Revisanakaran , Chair
A. J. Patil , Vice Chair
H. Dalal , Secretary
K. Asokkumar
M. R. Kalahasthi
I. Kalyanasundaram
A. R. Patil
R. E. McLaughlin
B. J. Mollitor
J. T. Pillow
D. E. Tuttle
M. Wadkinson
R. V. Wielgoszinski
C. F. Jeerings , Contributing Member
S. V. Torkildson , Contributing
Member
R. Uebel , Contributing Member
G. V. S. Rao
M. G. Rao
N. Satheesan
G. U. Shanker
D. Shrivastava
S. Venkataramana
Task Group on Modernization of BPVC Section I
Subgroup on Locomotive Boilers (BPV I)
L. Moedinger, Chair
S. M. Butler, Secretary
P. Boschan
J. R. Braun
R. C. Franzen, Jr.
G. W. Galanes
D. W. Griner
T. Ludwig
R. A. Meyers
F. Miunske
P. Paluszkiewicz
H. Schroeder
A. Spangenberg
M. Sykora
J. Henrichsmeyer, Contributing
Member
India International Working Group (BPV I)
Subgroup on General Requirements and Piping (BPV I)
E. M. Ortman , Chair
D. Tompkins , Vice Chair
F. Massi , Secretary
P. Becker
D. L. Berger
P. D. Edwards
G. W. Galanes
T. E. Hansen
M. Lemmons
W. L. Lowry
P. Jennings
D. J. Koza
F. Massi
S. V. Torkildson , Contributing
Member
Germany International Working Group (BPV I)
Subgroup on Fabrication and Examination (BPV I)
J. L. Arnold, Chair
P. Becker
D. L. Berger
S. Fincher
G. W. Galanes
P. F. Gilston
J. Hainsworth
F. Masuyama
D. W. Rahoi
J. M. Tanzosh
J. Vattappilly
F. Zeller
M. Gold , Contributing Member
B. W. Roberts , Contributing
Member
D. I. Anderson, Chair
U. D Urso , Staff Secretary
J. L. Arnold
D. Dewees
G. W. Galanes
J. P. Glaspie
T. E. Hansen
J. F. Henry
S. D. Jackson
M. A. Janssen
S. A. Lee
G. M. Ray
R. B. Stone
M. W. Westland
’
xviii
R. E. McLaughlin
P. A. Molvie
E. M. Ortman
J. T. Pillow
B. W. Roberts
D. E. Tuttle
J. Vattappilly
COMMITTEE ON MATERIALS (BPV II)
J. F. Henry, Chair
J. F. Grubb , Vice Chair
C. E. O Brien , Staff Secretary
F. Abe
A. Appleton
J. Cameron
D. A. Canonico
A. Chaudouet
D. B. Denis
J. R. Foulds
D. W. Gandy
M. H. Gilkey
J. A. Hall
K. M. Hottle
M. Ishikawa
O. X. Li
F. Masuyama
R. K. Nanstad
K. E. Orie
D. W. Rahoi
E. Shapiro
M. J. Slater
R. C. Sutherlin
R. W. Swindeman
’
Subgroup on International Material Specifications (BPV II)
J. M. Tanzosh
R. G. Young
F. Zeller
O. Oldani , Delegate
H. D. Bushfield , Contributing
Member
M. Gold , Contributing Member
W. Hoffelner, Contributing Member
M. Katcher, Contributing Member
M. L. Nayyar, Contributing Member
E. G. Nisbett, Contributing Member
D. T. Peters , Contributing Member
B. W. Roberts , Contributing
Member
E. Thomas , Contributing Member
E. Upitis , Contributing Member
T. M. Cullen , Honorary Member
W. D. Edsall , Honorary Member
G. C. Hsu , Honorary Member
R. A. Moen , Honorary Member
C. E. Spaeder, Jr. , Honorary
Member
A. W. Zeuthen , Honorary Member
A. Chaudouet, Chair
A. R. Nywening, Vice Chair
T. F. Miskell , Secretary
D. A. Canonico
H. Chen
A. F. Garbolevsky
D. O. Henry
Subgroup on Nonferrous Alloys (BPV II)
R. C. Sutherlin , Chair
M. H. Gilkey, Vice Chair
J. Calland
D. B. Denis
J. F. Grubb
T. Hartman
A. Heino
M. Katcher
J. A. McMaster
L. Paul
’
J. F. Grubb , Chair
D. B. Denis , Vice Chair
E. Shapiro
J. F. Grubb
R. W. Mikitka
B. W. Roberts
M. J. Slater
R. C. Sutherlin
R. W. Swindeman
M. J. Slater, Chair
S. W. Knowles , Secretary
F. Abe
D. A. Canonico
A. Di Rienzo
J. R. Foulds
J. A. Hall
J. F. Henry
K. Kimura
F. Masuyama
T. Ono
J. R. Harris III
M. H. Jawad
C. R. Thomas
M. Wadkinson
M. Katcher, Contributing Member
C. H. Sturgeon , Contributing
Member
M. Ortolani
D. W. Rahoi
M. S. Shelton
R. W. Swindeman
J. M. Tanzosh
R. G. Young
F. Zeller
M. Gold , Contributing Member
M. Nair, Contributing Member
B. W. Roberts , Contributing
Member
Subgroup on Strength of Weldments (BPV II & BPV IX)
W. F. Newell, Jr. , Chair
S. H. Bowes
K. K. Coleman
M. Denault
P. D. Flenner
J. R. Foulds
D. W. Gandy
M. Ghahremani
K. L. Hayes
Subgroup on Ferrous Specifications (BPV II)
A. Appleton , Chair
K. M. Hottle , Vice Chair
P. Wittenbach , Secretary
H. Chen
B. M. Dingman
M. J. Dosdourian
O. Elkadim
J. D. Fritz
M. Gold
T. Graham
J. M. Grocki
J. F. Grubb
J. Gundlach
H. D. Bushfield , Contributing
Member
Subgroup on Strength, Ferrous Alloys (BPV II)
Subgroup on External Pressure (BPV II)
R. W. Mikitka, Chair
D. L. Kurle , Vice Chair
J. A. A. Morrow, Secretary
L. F. Campbell
H. Chen
D. S. Griffin
J. F. Grubb
S. Guzey
D. W. Rahoi
W. Ren
J. Robertson
E. Shapiro
M. H. Skillingberg
J. Weritz
R. Wright
S. Yem
D. T. Peters , Contributing Member
Subgroup on Physical Properties (BPV II)
Executive Committee (BPV II)
J. F. Henry, Chair
C. E. O Brien , Staff Secretary
A. Appleton
A. Chaudouet
J. R. Foulds
M. Gold
M. Ishikawa
O. X. Li
W. M. Lundy
E. Upitis
F. Zeller
O. Oldani , Delegate
H. Lorenz , Contributing Member
C. Hyde
D. S. Janikowski
L. J. Lavezzi
S. G. Lee
W. C. Mack
A. S. Melilli
K. E. Orie
J. Shick
E. Upitis
J. D. Wilson
R. Zawierucha
E. G. Nisbett, Contributing Member
J. F. Henry
E. Liebl
J. Penso
D. W. Rahoi
B. W. Roberts
W. J. Sperko
J. P. Swezy, Jr.
J. M. Tanzosh
M. Gold , Contributing Member
Working Group on Materials Database (BPV II)
R. W. Swindeman , Chair
C. E. O Brien , Staff Secretary
F. Abe
J. R. Foulds
J. F. Henry
M. J. Slater
R. C. Sutherlin
D. Andrei , Contributing Member
’
xix
J. L. Arnold, Contributing Member
J. Grimes , Contributing Member
W. Hoffelner, Contributing Member
T. Lazar, Contributing Member
D. T. Peters , Contributing Member
W. Ren , Contributing Member
B. W. Roberts , Contributing
Member
Working Group on Creep Strength Enhanced Ferritic Steels (BPV II)
J. F. Henry, Chair
J. A. Siefert, Secretary
F. Abe
S. H. Bowes
D. A. Canonico
K. K. Coleman
P. D. Flenner
J. R. Foulds
G. W. Galanes
M. Gold
F. Masuyama
T. Melfi
Executive Committee (BPV III)
W. F. Newell, Jr.
M. Ortolani
J. Parker
W. J. Sperko
R. W. Swindeman
J. M. Tanzosh
R. H. Worthington
R. G. Young
F. Zeller
G. Cumino , Contributing Member
B. W. Roberts , Contributing
Member
R. S. Hill III , Chair
A. Byk, Staff Secretary
T. M. Adams
C. W. Bruny
P. R. Donavin
R. M. Jessee
R. B. Keating
R. P. McIntyre
Subcommittee on Design (BPV III)
P. R. Donavin , Chair
D. E. Matthews , Vice Chair
G. L. Hollinger, Secretary
T. M. Adams
R. L. Bratton
C. W. Bruny
R. P. Deubler
R. I. Jetter
C. Jonker
R. B. Keating
K. A. Manoly
R. J. Masterson
Working Group on Data Analysis (BPV II)
J. F. Grubb , Chair
F. Abe
J. R. Foulds
M. Gold
J. F. Henry
M. Katcher
F. Masuyama
W. Ren
M. Subanovic
M. J. Swindeman
R. W. Swindeman
B. W. Roberts , Contributing
Member
China International Working Group (BPV II)
B. Shou , Chair
A. T. Xu , Secretary
W. Fang
Q. C. Feng
S. Huo
F. Kong
H. Li
J. Li
S. Li
Z. Rongcan
S. Tan
C. Wang
J. Wang
Q.-J. Wang
M. N. Mitchell
W. J. O Donnell, Sr.
E. L. Pleins
S. Sham
J. P. Tucker
W. F. Weitze
K. Wright
T. Yamazaki
J. Yang
R. S. Hill III , Contributing Member
M. H. Jawad , Contributing Member
’
Subgroup on Component Design (SC-D) (BPV III)
X. Wang
F. Yang
G. Yang
H.-C. Yang
R. Ye
L. Yin
D. Zhang
H. Zhang
X.-H. Zhang
Yingkai Zhang
Yong Zhang
Q. Zhao
S. Zhao
J. Zou
T. M. Adams , Chair
R. B. Keating, Vice Chair
S. Pellet, Secretary
G. A. Antaki
S. Asada
J. F. Ball
C. Basavaraju
R. P. Deubler
P. Hirschberg
O.-S. Kim
R. Klein
H. Kobayashi
K. A. Manoly
R. J. Masterson
D. E. Matthews
J. C. Minichiello
D. K. Morton
COMMITTEE ON CONSTRUCTION OF NUCLEAR FACILITY
COMPONENTS (BPV III)
R. S. Hill III , Chair
R. B. Keating, Vice Chair
J. C. Minichiello , Vice Chair
A. Byk, Staff Secretary
T. M. Adams
A. Appleton
R. W. Barnes
W. H. Borter
C. W. Bruny
T. D. Burchell
R. P. Deubler
A. C. Eberhardt
R. M. Jessee
R. I. Jetter
C. C. Kim
G. H. Koo
V. Kostarev
K. A. Manoly
D. E. Matthews
R. P. McIntyre
M. N. Mitchell
J. C. Minichiello
M. Morishita
D. K. Morton
J. A. Munshi
C. A. Sanna
S. Sham
W. K. Sowder, Jr.
M. Morishita
D. K. Morton
T. Nagata
R. F. Reedy, Sr.
I. Saito
S. Sham
C. T. Smith
W. K. Sowder, Jr.
W. J. Sperko
J. P. Tucker
K. R. Wichman
C. S. Withers
Y. H. Choi , Delegate
T. Ius , Delegate
H.-T. Wang, Delegate
M. Zhou, Contributing Member
E. B. Branch, Honorary Member
G. D. Cooper, Honorary Member
D. F. Landers , Honorary Member
R. A. Moen , Honorary Member
C. J. Pieper, Honorary Member
T. M. Musto
T. Nagata
A. N. Nguyen
E. L. Pleins
I. Saito
G. C. Slagis
J. R. Stinson
G. Z. Tokarski
J. P. Tucker
P. Vock
C. Wilson
J. Yang
C. W. Bruny, Contributing Member
A. A. Dermenjian , Contributing
Member
K. R. Wichman , Honorary Member
Working Group on Core Support Structures (SG-CD) (BPV III)
J. Yang, Chair
J. F. Kielb , Secretary
L. C. Hartless
D. Keck
T. Liszkai
H. S. Mehta
M. Nakajima
M. D. Snyder
A. Tsirigotis
R. Vollmer
R. Z. Ziegler
J. T. Land, Contributing Member
Working Group on Design of Division 3 Containment Systems
(SG-CD) (BPV III)
D. K. Morton , Chair
D. J. Ammerman
G. Bjorkman
V. Broz
S. Horowitz
D. W. Lewis
J. C. Minichiello
xx
E. L. Pleins
C. J. Temus
X. Zhai
I. D. McInnes , Contributing Member
H. P. Shrivastava, Contributing
Member
Working Group on HDPE Design of Components (SG-CD) (BPV III)
T. M. Musto , Chair
J. Ossmann , Secretary
T. M. Adams
T. A. Bacon
M. Brandes
D. Burwell
S. Choi
J. R. Hebeisen
Working Group on Valves (SG-CD) (BPV III)
P. Krishnaswamy
K. A. Manoly
M. Martin
J. C. Minichiello
D. P. Munson
F. J. Schaaf, Jr.
R. Stakenborghs
H. E. Svetlik
P. Vock, Chair
S. Jones , Secretary
M. C. Buckley
R. Farrell
G. A. Jolly
J. Klein
T. Lippucci
D. E. Matthews , Chair
C. Wilson , Secretary
C. Basavaraju
J. V. Gregg, Jr.
M. Kassar
R. B. Keating
D. Keck
J. Kim
O.-S. Kim
T. Mitsuhashi
M. Nair
R. B. Keating
V. Kostarev
D. Lieb
T. B. Littleton
Y. Liu
J. F. McCabe
J. C. Minichiello
I.-K. Nam
M. S. Sills
G. C. Slagis
N. C. Sutherland
C.-I. Wu
A. N. Nguyen , Contributing Member
N. J. Shah, Contributing Member
E. A. Wais , Contributing Member
E. C. Rodabaugh , Honorary
Member
C. W. Bruny, Chair
S. McKillop , Secretary
K. Avrithi
W. Culp
P. R. Donavin
J. V. Gregg, Jr.
H. T. Harrison III
K. Hsu
C. Jonker
M. Kassar
A. L. Szeglin
D. G. Thibault
I. H. Tseng
S. D. Snow, Chair
C. F. Heberling II , Secretary
K. Avrithi
C. Basavaraju
D. L. Caldwell
D. Dewees
C. M. Faidy
R. Farrell
H. T. Harrison III
P. Hirschberg
M. Kassar
R. B. Keating
J. Kim
H. Kobayashi
T. Liszkai
M. Higuchi
R. Ladefian
W. Lienau
K. J. Noel
R. A. Patrick
J. Sulley
R. Udo
A. G. Washburn
Working Group on Supports (SG-CD) (BPV III)
J. R. Stinson , Chair
U. S. Bandyopadhyay, Secretary
K. Avrithi
T. H. Baker
F. J. Birch
R. P. Deubler
N. M. Graham
R. J. Masterson
T. J. Schriefer
M. C. Scott
P. K. Shah
J. Shupert
C. Turylo
D. Vlaicu
W. F. Weitze
T. Yamazaki
R. Z. Ziegler
A. Kalnins , Contributing Member
D. Keck
M. N. Mitchell
W. J. O Donnell, Sr.
P. J. O Regan
W. D. Reinhardt
P. Smith
S. D. Snow
W. F. Weitze
K. Wright
’
’
Working Group on Design Methodology (SG-DM) (BPV III)
Working Group on Pumps (SG-CD) (BPV III)
R. Klein , Chair
D. Chowdhury, Secretary
P. W. Behnke
R. E. Cornman, Jr.
X. Di
M. D. Eftychiou
A. Fraser
C. Gabhart
R. Ghanbari
’
Subgroup on Design Methods (SC-D) (BPV III)
Working Group on Pressure Relief (SG-CD) (BPV III)
J. F. Ball , Chair
K. R. May
D. Miller
’
Working Group on Vessels (SG-CD) (BPV III)
Working Group on Piping (SG-CD) (BPV III)
G. A. Antaki , Chair
G. Z. Tokarski , Secretary
T. M. Adams
T. A. Bacon
C. Basavaraju
J. Catalano
F. Claeys
C. M. Faidy
R. G. Gilada
N. M. Graham
M. A. Gray
R. J. Gurdal
R. W. Haupt
A. Hirano
P. Hirschberg
M. Kassar
J. Kawahata
C. A. Mizer
J. O Callaghan
H. O Brien
K. E. Reid II
J. Sulley
I. H. Tseng
J. P. Tucker
S. Pellet
I. Saito
H. P. Srivastava
C. Stirzel
G. Z. Tokarski
P. Wiseman
C.-I. Wu
J. F. McCabe
S. McKillop
S. Ranganath
W. D. Reinhardt
D. H. Roarty
P. K. Shah
R. Vollmer
S. Wang
W. F. Weitze
J. Wen
T. M. Wiger
K. Wright
J. Yang
R. D. Blevins , Contributing Member
M. R. Breach, Contributing Member
Working Group on Environmental Effects (SG-DM) (BPV III)
C. Jonker, Chair
B. D. Frew, Secretary
W. Culp
P. J. Dobson
xxi
J. Kim
J. E. Nestell
M. Osterfoss
T. J. Schriefer
Subgroup on Elevated Temperature Design (SC-D) (BPV III)
Working Group on Environmental Fatigue Evaluation Methods
(SG-DM) (BPV III)
K. Wright, Chair
M. A. Gray, Vice Chair
W. F. Weitze , Secretary
T. M. Adams
S. Asada
K. Avrithi
R. C. Cipolla
T. M. Damiani
C. M. Faidy
T. D. Gilman
S. Sham, Chair
T. Asayama
C. Becht IV
F. W. Brust
P. Carter
B. F. Hantz
A. B. Hull
M. H. Jawad
R. I. Jetter
S. R. Gosselin
Y. He
P. Hirschberg
H. S. Mehta
T. Metais
J.-S. Park
D. H. Roarty
I. Saito
D. Vlaicu
R. Z. Ziegler
G. H. Koo
S. Majumdar
J. E. Nestell
W. J. O'Donnell, Sr.
R. W. Swindeman
D. S. Griffin , Contributing Member
W. J. Koves , Contributing Member
D. L. Marriott, Contributing
Member
Working Group on Allowable Stress Criteria (SG-ETD) (BPV III)
R. W. Swindeman , Chair
R. Wright, Secretary
J. R. Foulds
C. J. Johns
K. Kimura
T. Le
M. Li
Working Group on Fatigue Strength (SG-DM) (BPV III)
P. R. Donavin , Chair
M. S. Shelton , Secretary
T. M. Damiani
D. Dewees
C. M. Faidy
S. R. Gosselin
R. J. Gurdal
C. F. Heberling II
C. E. Hinnant
P. Hirschberg
K. Hsu
S. H. Kleinsmith
S. Majumdar
S. N. Malik
S. Mohanty
D. H. Roarty
A. Tsirigotis
K. Wright
H. H. Ziada
W. J. O'Donnell, Sr. , Contributing
Member
Working Group on Analysis Methods (SG-ETD) (BPV III)
P. Carter, Chair
M. J. Swindeman , Secretary
M. R. Breach
M. E. Cohen
R. I. Jetter
Working Group on Graphite and Composites Design
(SG-DM) (BPV III)
M. N. Mitchell , Chair
M. W. Davies , Vice Chair
T. D. Burchell , Secretary
A. Appleton
S. R. Cadell
S.-H. Chi
W. J. Geringer
T. Asayama, Chair
F. W. Brust
P. Carter
R. I. Jetter
G. H. Koo
T. Le
B.-L. Lyow
S. N. Malik
H. Qian
S. Sham
Working Group on Elevated Temperature Construction (SG-ETD)
(BPV III)
M. H. Jawad , Chair
A. Mann , Secretary
D. I. Anderson
R. G. Brown
D. Dewees
B. F. Hantz
R. I. Jetter
S. Krishnamurthy
T. Le
M. Morishita
P. J. O'Regan
N. A. Palm
I. Saito
Special Working Group on Computational Modeling for Explicit
Dynamics (SG-DM) (BPV III)
G. Bjorkman , Chair
D. J. Ammerman , Vice Chair
V. Broz , Secretary
M. R. Breach
J. M. Jordan
S. Kuehner
D. Molitoris
T. Krishnamurthy
T. Le
S. Sham
D. K. Williams
Working Group on Creep-Fatigue and Negligible Creep (SG-ETD)
(BPV III)
S. T. Gonczy
M. G. Jenkins
Y. Katoh
J. Ossmann
M. Roemmler
S. Yu
G. L. Zeng
Working Group on Probabilistic Methods in Design
(SG-DM) (BPV III)
M. Golliet, Chair
T. Asayama
K. Avrithi
D. O. Henry
R. S. Hill III
D. Maitra
S. N. Malik
J. E. Nestell
W. Ren
B. W. Roberts
M. Sengupta
S. Sham
M. N. Mitchell
B. J. Mollitor
C. Nadarajah
P. Prueter
M. J. Swindeman
J. P. Glaspie , Contributing Member
D. L. Marriott, Contributing
Member
Working Group on High Temperature Flaw Evaluation (SG-ETD)
(BPV III)
W. D. Reinhardt
P. Y.-K. Shih
S. D. Snow
C.-F. Tso
M. C. Yaksh
U. Zencker
F. W. Brust, Chair
N. Broom
P. Carter
T. Le
S. N. Malik
xxii
H. Qian
D. L. Rudland
P. J. Rush
D.-J. Shim
S. X. Xu
Special Working Group on Inelastic Analysis Methods (SG-ETD)
(BPV III)
S. Sham , Chair
S. X. Xu, Secretary
R. W. Barnes
J. A. Blanco
B. R. Ganta
Subgroup on Materials, Fabrication, and Examination (BPV III)
R. M. Jessee , Chair
B. D. Frew, Vice Chair
S. Hunter, Secretary
W. H. Borter
T. D. Burchell
G. R. Cannell
P. J. Coco
M. W. Davies
R. H. Davis
D. B. Denis
G. B. Georgiev
S. E. Gingrich
M. Golliet
J. Grimm
L. S. Harbison
T. Hassan
G. H. Koo
B.-L. Lyow
M. J. Swindeman
G. L. Zeng
Subgroup on General Requirements (BPV III)
R. P. McIntyre , Chair
L. M. Plante , Secretary
V. Apostolescu
A. Appleton
S. Bell
J. R. Berry
J. DeKleine
J. V. Gardiner
J. W. Highlands
E. V. Imbro
K. A. Kavanagh
Y.-S. Kim
E. C. Renaud
J. Rogers
D. J. Roszman
C. T. Smith
W. K. Sowder, Jr.
R. Spuhl
G. E. Szabatura
D. M. Vickery
C. S. Withers
H. Michael , Delegate
G. L. Hollinger, Contributing
Member
T. D. Burchell , Chair
M. W. Davies , Vice Chair
M. N. Mitchell , Secretary
A. Appleton
R. L. Bratton
S. R. Cadell
S.-H. Chi
A. Covac
S. W. Doms
S. F. Duffy
Y. Diaz-Castillo
K. A. Kavanagh
J. M. Lyons
L. M. Plante
D. J. Roszman
B. S. Sandhu
E. M. Steuck
J. L. Williams
M. Golliet, Chair
M. A. Martin , Secretary
W. H. Borter
G. Brouette
M. C. Buckley
J. Hakii
J. Johnston, Jr.
P. Krishnaswamy
D. T. Meisch
R. B. Patel
E. C. Renaud
T. Rezk
J. Rogers
W. K. Sowder, Jr.
R. Spuhl
J. F. Strunk
G. E. Szabatura
D. M. Vickery
C. A. Spletter, Contributing Member
D. P. Munson
T. M. Musto
S. Patterson
S. Schuessler
R. Stakenborghs
M. Troughton
B. Hauger, Contributing Member
Joint ACI-ASME Committee on Concrete Components for Nuclear
Service (BPV III)
J. A. Munshi , Chair
J. McLean , Vice Chair
A. Byk, Staff Secretary
K. Verderber, Staff Secretary
C. J. Bang
L. J. Colarusso
A. C. Eberhardt
F. Farzam
P. S. Ghosal
B. D. Hovis
T. C. Inman
C. Jones
O. Jovall
N.-H. Lee
Special Working Group on General Requirements Consolidation
(SG-GR) (BPV III)
J. V. Gardiner, Chair
C. T. Smith , Vice Chair
S. Bell
M. Cusick
Y. Diaz-Castillo
J. Grimm
J. M. Lyons
B. McGlone
R. Patel
E. C. Renaud
T. Rezk
W. J. Geringer
S. T. Gonzcy
M. G. Jenkins
Y. Katoh
J. Ossmann
M. Roemmler
N. Salstrom
T. Shibata
S. Yu
G. L. Zeng
Working Group on HDPE Materials (SG-MFE) (BPV III)
Working Group on Quality Assurance, Certification, and Stamping
(SG-GR) (BPV III)
C. T. Smith , Chair
C. S. Withers , Secretary
V. Apostolescu
A. Appleton
O. Elkadim
S. M. Goodwin
J. Grimm
J. W. Highlands
Y.-S. Kim
B. McGlone
R. P. McIntyre
’
Working Group on Graphite and Composite Materials (SG-MFE)
(BPV III)
Working Group on Duties and Responsibilities (SG-GR) (BPV III)
J. V. Gardiner, Chair
G. L. Hollinger, Secretary
D. Arrigo
S. Bell
J. R. Berry
P. J. Coco
M. Cusick
J. DeKleine
N. DeSantis
J. Johnston, Jr.
C. C. Kim
M. Lashley
T. Melfi
H. Murakami
J. Ossmann
J. E. O Sullivan
M. C. Scott
W. J. Sperko
J. R. Stinson
J. F. Strunk
R. Wright
S. Yee
H. Michael , Delegate
R. W. Barnes , Contributing Member
J. Rogers
D. J. Roszman
B. S. Sandhu
G. J. Solovey
R. Spuhl
G. E. Szabatura
J. L. Williams
C. S. Withers
S. F. Harrison , Contributing
Member
xxiii
N. Orbovic
C. T. Smith
J. F. Strunk
T. Tonyan
S. Wang
T. J. Ahl , Contributing Member
J. F. Artuso , Contributing Member
J.-B. Domage , Contributing Member
J. Gutierrez , Contributing Member
T. Kang, Contributing Member
T. Muraki , Contributing Member
B. B. Scott, Contributing Member
M. R. Senecal , Contributing
Member
Working Group on In-Vessel Components (BPV III-4)
Working Group on Design (BPV III-2)
N.-H. Lee , Chair
M. Allam
S. Bae
L. J. Colarusso
A. C. Eberhardt
F. Farzam
P. S. Ghosal
B. D. Hovis
T. C. Inman
C. Jones
O. Jovall
M. Kalsey, Chair
J. A. Munshi
T. Muraki
S. Wang
M. Diaz , Contributing Member
S. Diaz , Contributing Member
A. Istar, Contributing Member
B. R. Laskewitz , Contributing
Member
B. B. Scott, Contributing Member
Z. Shang, Contributing Member
M. Sircar, Contributing Member
Working Group on Magnets (BPV III-4)
S. Lee , Chair
Working Group on Materials, Fabrication, and Examination
(BPV III-2)
P. S. Ghosal , Chair
T. Tonyan , Vice Chair
M. Allam
C. J. Bang
J.-B. Domage
A. C. Eberhardt
C. Jones
T. Kang
Y. Carin
K. Kim , Vice Chair
Working Group on Materials (BPV III-4)
M. Porton , Chair
N. Lee
C. T. Smith
J. F. Strunk
D. Ufuk
J. F. Artuso , Contributing Member
J. Gutierrez , Contributing Member
B. B. Scott, Contributing Member
Z. Shang, Contributing Member
P. Mummery
Working Group on Vacuum Vessels (BPV III-4)
I. Kimihiro , Chair
L. C. Cadwallader
B. R. Doshi
Special Working Group on Modernization (BPV III-2)
J. McLean , Chair
N. Orbovic , Vice Chair
A. Adediran
O. Jovall
C. T. Smith
M. A. Ugalde
S. Wang
S. Diaz , Contributing Member
J.-B. Domage , Contributing Member
F. Lin, Contributing Member
N. Stoeva, Contributing Member
Subgroup on High Temperature Reactors (BPV III)
M. Morishita , Chair
R. I. Jetter, Vice Chair
S. Sham, Secretary
N. Broom
T. D. Burchell
M. W. Davies
S. Downey
Subgroup on Containment Systems for Spent Nuclear Fuel and
High-Level Radioactive Material (BPV III)
D. K. Morton , Chair
D. J. Ammerman , Vice Chair
G. R. Cannell , Secretary
G. Bjorkman
V. Broz
S. Horowitz
D. W. Lewis
E. L. Pleins
R. H. Smith
G. J. Solovey
C. J. Temus
W. H. Borter, Contributing Member
R. S. Hill III , Contributing Member
P. E. McConnell , Contributing
Member
A. B. Meichler, Contributing
Member
T. Saegusa, Contributing Member
N. M. Simpson , Contributing
Member
Working Group on High Temperature Gas-Cooled Reactors
(BPV III-5)
J. E. Nestell , Chair
M. Sengupta, Secretary
N. Broom
T. D. Burchell
M. W. Davies
R. S. Hill III
E. V. Imbro
R. I. Jetter
Y. W. Kim
Subgroup on Fusion Energy Devices (BPV III)
W. K. Sowder, Jr. , Chair
D. Andrei, Staff Secretary
D. J. Roszman , Secretary
L. C. Cadwallader
B. R. Doshi
M. Higuchi
G. Holtmeier
M. Kalsey
K. A. Kavanagh
K. Kim
I. Kimihiro
S. Lee
G. Li
X. Li
P. Mokaria
T. R. Muldoon
M. Porton
F. J. Schaaf, Jr.
P. Smith
Y. Song
M. Trosen
C. Waldon
I. J. Zatz
R. W. Barnes , Contributing Member
T. Le
T. R. Lupold
S. N. Malik
D. L. Marriott
D. K. Morton
S. Sham
G. L. Zeng
X. Li , Contributing Member
L. Shi , Contributing Member
Working Group on High Temperature Liquid-Cooled Reactors
(BPV III-5)
S. Sham, Chair
T. Asayama, Secretary
M. Arcaro
R. W. Barnes
P. Carter
M. E. Cohen
A. B. Hull
Working Group on General Requirements (BPV III-4)
D. J. Roszman , Chair
G. H. Koo
D. K. Morton
J. E. Nestell
G. L. Zeng
X. Li , Contributing Member
L. Shi , Contributing Member
W. K. Sowder, Jr.
xxiv
R. I. Jetter
G. H. Koo
T. Le
S. Majumdar
M. Morishita
J. E. Nestell
G. Wu , Contributing Member
Argentina International Working Group (BPV III)
O. Martinez , Staff Secretary
A. Acrogliano
W. Agrelo
G. O. Anteri
M. Anticoli
C. A. Araya
J. P. Balbiani
A. A. Betervide
D. O. Bordato
G. Bourguigne
M. L. Cappella
A. Claus
R. G. Cocco
A. Coleff
A. J. Dall Osto
L. M. De Barberis
D. P. Delfino
D. N. Dell Erba
F. G. Diez
A. Dominguez
S. A. Echeverria
J. Fernández
E. P. Fresquet
’
’
India International Working Group (BPV III)
B. Basu, Chair
G. Mathivanan , Vice Chair
C. A. Sanna, Staff Secretary
S. B. Parkash, Secretary
A. D. Bagdare
V. Bhasin
M. M. Gamizo
A. Gomez
I. M. Guerreiro
I. A. Knorr
M. F. Liendo
L. R. Miño
J. Monte
R. L. Morard
A. E. Pastor
E. Pizzichini
A. Politi
J. L. Racamato
H. C. Sanzi
G. J. Scian
G. G. Sebastian
M. E. Szarko
P. N. Torano
A. Turrin
O. A. Verastegui
M. D. Vigliano
P. Yamamoto
M. Zunino
Korea International Working Group (BPV III)
G. H. Koo , Chair
S. S. Hwang, Vice Chair
O.-S. Kim, Secretary
H. S. Byun
G.-S. Choi
S. Choi
J. Y. Hong
N.-S. Huh
J.-K. Hwang
C. Jang
I. I. Jeong
H. J. Kim
J. Kim
J.-S. Kim
K. Kim
M.-W. Kim
Y.-B. Kim
Y.-S. Kim
China International Working Group (BPV III)
J. Yan , Chair
W. Tang, Vice Chair
C. A. Sanna, Staff Secretary
Y. He , Secretary
L. Guo
Y. Jing
D. Kang
Y. Li
B. Liang
H. Lin
S. Liu
W. Liu
J. Ma
K. Mao
W. Pei
S. Kovalai
D. Kulkarni
M. Ponnusamy
R. N. Sen
K. R. Shah
A. Sundararajan
G. Sun
Z. Sun
G. Tang
L. Ting
Y. Tu
Y. Wang
H. Wu
X. Wu
S. Xue
Z. Yin
G. Zhang
W. Zhang
W. Zhao
Y. Zhong
Z. Zhong
D. Kwon
B. Lee
D. Lee
Sanghoon Lee
Sangil Lee
S.-G. Lee
H. Lim
I.-K. Nam
B. Noh
C.-K. Oh
C. Park
H. Park
J.-S. Park
T. Shin
S. Song
J. S. Yang
O. Yoo
Special Working Group on Editing and Review (BPV III)
D. E. Matthews , Chair
R. L. Bratton
R. P. Deubler
A. C. Eberhardt
J. C. Minichiello
D. K. Morton
L. M. Plante
R. F. Reedy, Sr.
C. Wilson
Special Working Group on HDPE Stakeholders (BPV III)
D. Burwell , Chair
S. Patterson , Secretary
T. M. Adams
M. Brandes
S. Bruce
S. Choi
C. M. Faidy
M. Golliet
J. Grimes
R. M. Jessee
J. Johnston, Jr.
Germany International Working Group (BPV III)
C. Huttner, Chair
H.-R. Bath, Secretary
B. Arndt
M. Bauer
G. Daum
R. Doring
L. Gerstner
G. Haenle
K.-H. Herter
R. E. Hueggenberg
E. Iacopetta
U. Jendrich
D. Koelbl
G. Kramarz
C. Krumb
W. Mayinger
D. Moehring
D. Ostermann
G. Roos
J. Rudolph
C. A. Sanna
H. Schau
R. Trieglaff
P. Völlmecke
J. Wendt
F. Wille
M. Winter
N. Wirtz
D. Keller
M. Lashley
K. A. Manoly
D. P. Munson
T. M. Musto
J. E. O Sullivan
V. Rohatgi
F. J. Schaaf, Jr.
R. Stakenborghs
M. Troughton
’
Special Working Group on Honors and Awards (BPV III)
R. M. Jessee , Chair
A. Appleton
R. W. Barnes
xxv
D. E. Matthews
J. C. Minichiello
Special Working Group on Industry Experience for New Plants
(BPV III & BPV XI)
J. T. Lindberg, Chair
E. L. Pleins , Chair
J. Ossmann , Secretary
T. L. Chan
H. L. Gustin
P. J. Hennessey
D. O. Henry
J. Honcharik
E. V. Imbro
C. G. Kim
Subgroup on Cast Boilers (BPV IV)
J. P. Chicoine , Chair
T. L. Bedeaux, Vice Chair
J. M. Downs
O.-S. Kim
Y.-S. Kim
K. Matsunaga
D. E. Matthews
R. E. McLaughlin
D. W. Sandusky
T. Tsuruta
R. M. Wilson
S. M. Yee
J. A. Hall
J. L. Kleiss
Subgroup on Materials (BPV IV)
M. Wadkinson , Chair
J. Calland
J. M. Downs
J. A. Hall
A. Heino
B. J. Iske
Subgroup on Water Heaters (BPV IV)
C. T. Smith, Chair
A. Byk, Staff Secretary
T. D. Burchell
S. W. Cameron
R. L. Crane
R. S. Hill III
M. N. Mitchell
R. F. Reedy, Sr.
C. A. Sanna
Subgroup on Welded Boilers (BPV IV)
P. A. Molvie , Chair
L. Badziagowski
T. L. Bedeaux
B. Calderon
J. Calland
C. Dinic
Special Working Group on New Plant Construction Issues (BPV III)
E. L. Pleins , Chair
M. C. Scott, Secretary
A. Byk
A. Cardillo
P. J. Coco
J. Honcharik
E. V. Imbro
O.-S Kim
M. Kris
J. C. Minichiello
D. W. Sandusky
R. R. Stevenson
R. Troficanto
M. L. Wilson
J. Yan
COMMITTEE ON NONDESTRUCTIVE EXAMINATION (BPV V)
K. Matsunaga
D. E. Matthews
B. McGlone
A. T. Roberts III
R. R. Stevenson
M. L. Wilson
COMMITTEE ON HEATING BOILERS (BPV IV)
J. A. Hall , Chair
T. L. Bedeaux, Vice Chair
G. Moino , Staff Secretary
B. Calderon
J. Calland
J. P. Chicoine
J. M. Downs
B. J. Iske
J. Klug
P. A. Molvie
R. W. Kruzic
C. May
A. B. Nagel
T. L. Plasek
F. J. Sattler
P. B. Shaw
G. M. Gatti , Delegate
X. Guiping, Delegate
A. S. Birks , Contributing Member
J. Bennett, Alternate
H. C. Graber, Honorary Member
O. F. Hedden , Honorary Member
J. R. MacKay, Honorary Member
T. G. McCarty, Honorary Member
Executive Committee (BPV V)
G. Scribner
R. D. Troutt
M. Wadkinson
R. V. Wielgoszinski
H. Michael , Delegate
D. Picart, Delegate
A. Heino , Contributing Member
S. V. Voorhees , Contributing
Member
J. L. Kleiss , Alternate
F. B. Kovacs , Chair
G. W. Hembree , Vice Chair
J. S. Brzuszkiewicz , Staff Secretary
J. E. Batey
B. Caccamise
N. Y. Faransso
N. A. Finney
S. A. Johnson
A. B. Nagel
Subgroup on General Requirements/Personnel Qualifications and
Inquiries (BPV V)
C. Emslander, Chair
J. W. Houf, Vice Chair
S. J. Akrin
J. E. Batey
N. Carter
N. Y. Faransso
N. A. Finney
G. W. Hembree
Subgroup on Care and Operation of Heating Boilers (BPV IV)
M. Wadkinson , Chair
T. L. Bedeaux
J. Calland
J. M. Downs
J. L. Kleiss
R. E. Olson
G. Scribner
R. D. Troutt
M. Wadkinson
R. V. Wielgoszinski
G. W. Hembree , Chair
F. B. Kovacs , Vice Chair
J. S. Brzuszkiewicz , Staff Secretary
S. J. Akrin
J. E. Batey
P. L. Brown
M. A. Burns
B. Caccamise
C. Emslander
N. Y. Faransso
N. A. Finney
A. F. Garbolevsky
J. F. Halley
J. W. Houf
S. A. Johnson
Special Working Group on Regulatory Interface (BPV III)
E. V. Imbro , Chair
P. Malouines , Secretary
S. Bell
A. Cardillo
P. J. Coco
J. Grimm
J. Honcharik
R. E. Olson
M. A. Taylor
T. E. Trant
R. D. Troutt
J. Calland , Chair
L. Badziagowski
J. P. Chicoine
C. Dinic
B. J. Iske
Special Working Group on International Meetings (BPV III)
J. A. Hall
P. A. Molvie
C. Lasarte , Contributing Member
xxvi
S. A. Johnson
F. B. Kovacs
D. I. Morris
A. B. Nagel
A. S. Birks , Contributing Member
J. P. Swezy, Jr. , Contributing
Member
Working Group on Guided Wave Ultrasonic Testing (SG-VM) (BPV V)
Special Working Group on NDE Resource Support (SG-GR/PQ & I)
(BPV V)
N. A. Finney, Chair
D. Adkins
J. Anderson
D. Bajula
J. Bennett
C. T. Brown
T. Clausing
J. L. Garner
K. Hayes
N. Y. Faransso , Chair
J. E. Batey, Vice Chair
D. Alleyne
N. Amir
J. F. Halley
R. Kelso
C. Magruder
J. W. Mefford, Jr.
K. Page
D. Tompkins
D. Van Allen
T. Vidimos
R. Ward
M. Wolf
Italy International Working Group (BPV V)
P. L. Dinelli , Chair
A. Veroni , Secretary
R. Bertolotti
F. Bresciani
G. Campos
N. Caputo
M. Colombo
F. Ferrarese
E. Ferrari
Subgroup on Surface Examination Methods (BPV V)
S. A. Johnson , Chair
J. Halley, Vice Chair
S. J. Akrin
J. E. Batey
P. L. Brown
B. Caccamise
N. Carter
N. Y. Faransso
N. Farenbaugh
N. A. Finney
G. W. Hembree
R. W. Kruzic
B. D. Laite
C. May
L. E. Mullins
A. B. Nagel
F. J. Sattler
P. B. Shaw
G. M. Gatti , Delegate
A. S. Birks , Contributing Member
G. W. Hembree
S. A. Johnson
F. B. Kovacs
R. W. Kruzic
C. May
L. E. Mullins
T. L. Plasek
F. J. Sattler
C. Vorwald
G. M. Gatti , Delegate
Working Group on Acoustic Emissions (SG-VM) (BPV V)
N. Y. Faransso , Chair
J. E. Batey, Vice Chair
S. R. Doctor
R. K. Miller
Working Group on Radiography (SG-VM) (BPV V)
B. Caccamise , Chair
F. B. Kovacs , Vice Chair
S. J. Akrin
J. E. Batey
P. L. Brown
C. Emslander
N. Y. Faransso
A. F. Garbolevsky
R. W. Hardy
G. B. Rawls, Jr.
F. L. Richter
C. D. Rodery
E. Soltow
J. C. Sowinski
D. B. Stewart
D. A. Swanson
J. P. Swezy, Jr.
S. Terada
E. Upitis
R. Duan , Delegate
P. A. McGowan , Delegate
H. Michael , Delegate
K. Oyamada, Delegate
M. E. Papponetti , Delegate
X. Tang, Delegate
M. Gold , Contributing Member
W. S. Jacobs , Contributing Member
K. Mokhtarian , Contributing
Member
C. C. Neely, Contributing Member
K. K. Tam , Honorary Member
Subgroup on Design (BPV VIII)
G. W. Hembree
S. A. Johnson
R. W. Kruzic
B. D. Laite
C. May
R. J. Mills
A. B. Nagel
T. L. Plasek
B. White
D. A. Swanson , Chair
J. C. Sowinski, Vice Chair
M. Faulkner, Secretary
G. Aurioles, Sr.
S. R. Babka
O. A. Barsky
R. J. Basile
M. R. Breach
F. L. Brown
D. Chandiramani
B. F. Hantz
C. E. Hinnant
C. S. Hinson
M. H. Jawad
D. L. Kurle
M. D. Lower
R. W. Mikitka
U. R. Miller
T. P. Pastor
Working Group on Ultrasonics (SG-VM) (BPV V)
N. A. Finney, Chair
J. F. Halley, Vice Chair
B. Caccamise
J. M. Davis
C. Emslander
N. Y. Faransso
P. T. Hayes
S. A. Johnson
M. A. Grimoldi
G. Luoni
O. Oldani
P. Pedersoli
A. Tintori
M. Zambon
G. Gobbi , Contributing Member
G. Pontiggia, Contributing Member
COMMITTEE ON PRESSURE VESSELS (BPV VIII)
R. J. Basile , Chair
S. C. Roberts , Vice Chair
E. Lawson , Staff Secretary
S. J. Rossi , Staff Secretary
G. Aurioles, Sr.
J. Cameron
A. Chaudouet
D. B. DeMichael
J. P. Glaspie
J. F. Grubb
L. E. Hayden, Jr.
G. G. Karcher
D. L. Kurle
K. T. Lau
M. D. Lower
R. Mahadeen
R. W. Mikitka
U. R. Miller
B. R. Morelock
T. P. Pastor
D. T. Peters
M. J. Pischke
M. D. Rana
Subgroup on Volumetric Methods (BPV V)
A. B. Nagel , Chair
N. A. Finney, Vice Chair
S. J. Akrin
J. E. Batey
P. L. Brown
B. Caccamise
J. M. Davis
N. Y. Faransso
A. F. Garbolevsky
J. F. Halley
R. W. Hardy
S. A. Johnson
G. M. Light
P. Mudge
M. J. Quarry
J. Vanvelsor
R. W. Kruzic
B. D. Laite
C. May
L. E. Mullins
A. B. Nagel
F. J. Sattler
C. Vorwald
xxvii
M. D. Rana
G. B. Rawls, Jr.
S. C. Roberts
C. D. Rodery
T. G. Seipp
D. Srnic
S. Terada
J. Vattappilly
R. A. Whipple
K. Xu
K. Oyamada, Delegate
M. E. Papponetti , Delegate
W. S. Jacobs , Contributing Member
P. K. Lam, Contributing Member
K. Mokhtarian , Contributing
Member
S. C. Shah , Contributing Member
K. K. Tam , Contributing Member
Working Group on Design-By-Analysis (BPV VIII)
B. F. Hantz , Chair
T. W. Norton , Secretary
R. G. Brown
D. Dewees
R. D. Dixon
Z. Gu
C. F. Heberling II
C. E. Hinnant
R. Jain
M. H. Jawad
Task Group on U-2(g) (BPV VIII)
S. Krishnamurthy
A. Mann
G. A. Miller
C. Nadarajah
P. Prueter
M. D. Rana
T. G. Seipp
M. A. Shah
S. Terada
D. Arnett, Contributing Member
G. Aurioles, Sr.
S. R. Babka
R. J. Basile
D. K. Chandiramani
R. Mahadeen
U. R. Miller
T. W. Norton
T. P. Pastor
Subgroup on Heat Transfer Equipment (BPV VIII)
Subgroup on Fabrication and Examination (BPV VIII)
J. P. Swezy, Jr. , Chair
D. I. Morris , Vice Chair
E. A. Whittle , Vice Chair
B. R. Morelock, Secretary
N. Carter
S. Flynn
S. Heater
O. Mulet
M. J. Pischke
M. J. Rice
C. D. Rodery
R. F. Reedy, Sr.
S. C. Roberts
M. A. Shah
D. Srnic
D. A. Swanson
J. P. Swezy, Jr.
R. Uebel
K. K. Tam , Contributing Member
B. F. Shelley
P. L. Sturgill
E. Upitis
K. Oyamada, Delegate
W. J. Bees , Contributing Member
L. F. Campbell, Contributing
Member
W. S. Jacobs , Contributing Member
J. Lee , Contributing Member
R. Uebel , Contributing Member
G. Aurioles, Sr. , Chair
S. R. Babka, Vice Chair
P. Matkovics , Secretary
D. Angstadt
M. Bahadori
J. H. Barbee
O. A. Barsky
L. Bower
A. Chaudouet
M. D. Clark
S. Jeyakumar
G. G. Karcher
D. L. Kurle
R. Mahadeen
S. Mayeux
U. R. Miller
D. Srnic
A. M. Voytko
R. P. Wiberg
I. G. Campbell , Contributing
Member
I. Garcia, Contributing Member
J. Mauritz , Contributing Member
T. W. Norton , Contributing Member
F. Osweiller, Contributing Member
J. Pasek, Contributing Member
R. Tiwari , Contributing Member
S. Yokell , Contributing Member
S. M. Caldwell , Honorary Member
Subgroup on General Requirements (BPV VIII)
M. D. Lower, Chair
J. P. Glaspie , Vice Chair
F. L. Richter, Secretary
R. J. Basile
D. T. Davis
D. B. DeMichael
M. Faulkner
F. Hamtak
L. E. Hayden, Jr.
K. T. Lau
T. P. Pastor
S. C. Roberts
J. C. Sowinski
P. Speranza
D. B. Stewart
D. A. Swanson
R. Uebel
C. C. Neely, Contributing Member
Task Group on Plate Heat Exchangers (BPV VIII)
P. Matkovics , Chair
S. R. Babka
K. Devlin
S. Flynn
J. F. Grubb
F. Hamtak
R. Mahadeen
D. I. Morris
M. J. Pischke
C. M. Romero
E. Soltow
D. Srnic
Task Group on Subsea Applications (BPV VIII)
F. Kirkemo
C. Lan
N. McKie
S. K. Parimi
M. Sarzynski
Y. Wada
D. T. Peters , Contributing Member
R. Cordes , Chair
L. P. Antalffy
R. C. Biel
P. Bunch
J. Ellens
S. Harbert
X. Kaculi
K. Karpanan
Task Group on UG-20(f) (BPV VIII)
S. Krishnamurthy, Chair
T. Anderson
K. Bagnoli
R. P. Deubler
B. F. Hantz
B. R. Macejko
J. Penso
M. Prager
M. D. Rana
Subgroup on High Pressure Vessels (BPV VIII)
D. T. Peters , Chair
G. M. Mital , Vice Chair
A. P. Maslowski , Staff Secretary
L. P. Antalffy
R. C. Biel
P. N. Chaku
R. Cordes
R. D. Dixon
L. Fridlund
R. T. Hallman
A. H. Honza
J. A. Kapp
J. Keltjens
A. K. Khare
N. McKie
S. C. Mordre
G. T. Nelson
xxviii
E. A. Rodriguez
E. D. Roll
K. C. Simpson, Jr.
J. R. Sims
D. L. Stang
F. W. Tatar
S. Terada
J. L. Traud
R. Wink
K.-J. Young
R. M. Hoshman , Contributing
Member
D. J. Burns , Honorary Member
D. M. Fryer, Honorary Member
G. J. Mraz, Honorary Member
E. H. Perez , Honorary Member
Subgroup on Materials (BPV VIII)
J. Cameron , Chair
P. G. Wittenbach , Vice Chair
K. Xu , Secretary
A. Di Rienzo
J. D. Fritz
J. F. Grubb
M. Kowalczyk
W. M. Lundy
J. Penso
Italy International Working Group (BPV VIII)
D. W. Rahoi
R. C. Sutherlin
E. Upitis
G. S. Dixit, Contributing Member
M. Gold , Contributing Member
M. Katcher, Contributing Member
J. A. McMaster, Contributing
Member
E. G. Nisbett, Contributing Member
G. Pontiggia, Chair
A. Veroni , Secretary
B. G. Alborali
P. Angelini
R. Boatti
A. Camanni
P. Conti
P. L. Dinelli
F. Finco
Subgroup on Toughness (BPV II & BPV VIII)
D. L. Kurle , Chair
K. Xu , Vice Chair
N. Carter
W. S. Jacobs
K. E. Orie
M. D. Rana
F. L. Richter
K. Subramanian
D. A. Swanson
Special Working Group on Bolted Flanged Joints (BPV VIII)
J. P. Swezy, Jr.
S. Terada
E. Upitis
J. Vattappilly
K. Oyamada, Delegate
K. Mokhtarian , Contributing
Member
C. C. Neely, Contributing Member
R. W. Mikitka, Chair
W. Brown
H. Chen
W. J. Koves
E. D. Roll , Chair
C. Becht V
R. C. Biel
R. Cordes
R. D. Dixon
L. Fridlund
R. T. Hallman
K. Karpanan
J. Keltjens
N. McKie
G. M. Mital
S. C. Mordre
G. T. Nelson
D. T. Peters
C. W. Cary
E. Soltow
A. A. Stupica
China International Working Group (BPV VIII)
X. Chen , Chair
B. Shou , Vice Chair
Z. Fan, Secretary
Y. Chen
Z. Chen
J. Cui
R. Duan
W. Guo
B. Han
J. Hu
Q. Hu
H. Hui
J. R. Payne
G. B. Rawls, Jr.
M. S. Shelton
Working Group on Design (BPV VIII Div. 3)
Subgroup on Graphite Pressure Equipment (BPV VIII)
A. Viet, Chair
G. C. Becherer
F. L. Brown
M. Guglielmetti
P. Mantovani
M. Massobrio
L. Moracchioli
C. Sangaletti
S. Sarti
A. Teli
I. Venier
G. Gobbi , Contributing Member
D. Luo
Y. Luo
C. Miao
X. Qian
B. Wang
F. Xu
F. Xuan
K. Zhang
Y. Zhang
S. Zhao
J. Zheng
G. Zhu
K. C. Simpson
J. R. Sims
D. L. Stang
K. Subramanian
S. Terada
J. L. Traud
R. Wink
Y. Xu
F. Kirkemo , Contributing Member
D. J. Burns , Honorary Member
D. M. Fryer, Honorary Member
G. J. Mraz , Honorary Member
E. H. Perez , Honorary Member
Working Group on Materials (BPV VIII Div. 3)
F. W. Tatar, Chair
L. P. Antalffy
P. N. Chaku
J. A. Kapp
A. K. Khare
Task Group on Impulsively Loaded Vessels (BPV VIII)
E. A. Rodriguez , Chair
G. A. Antaki
J. K. Asahina
D. D. Barker
A. M. Clayton
J. E. Didlake, Jr.
T. A. Duffey
B. L. Haroldsen
K. Hayashi
D. Hilding
K. W. King
R. Kitamura
Germany International Working Group (BPV VIII)
P. Chavdarov, Chair
A. Spangenberg, Vice Chair
H. P. Schmitz , Secretary
B. Daume
A. Emrich
J. Fleischfresser
A. Gastberg
R. Helmholdt
R. Kauer
D. Koelbl
S. Krebs
T. Ludwig
R. A. Meyers
H. Michael
P. Paluszkiewicz
H. Schroeder
M. Sykora
xxix
R. A. Leishear
P. O. Leslie
F. Ohlson
C. Romero
N. Rushton
J. H. Stofleth
Q. Dong, Contributing Member
H.-P. Schildberg, Contributing
Member
J. E. Shepherd , Contributing
Member
M. Yip , Contributing Member
Subgroup on Interpretations (BPV VIII)
U. R. Miller, Chair
E. Lawson , Staff Secretary
G. Aurioles, Sr.
R. J. Basile
J. Cameron
R. D. Dixon
M. Kowalczyk
D. L. Kurle
M. D. Lower
R. Mahadeen
G. M. Mital
Subgroup on Plastic Fusing (BPV IX)
D. I. Morris
D. T. Peters
S. C. Roberts
C. D. Rodery
D. B. Stewart
P. L. Sturgill
D. A. Swanson
J. P. Swezy, Jr.
J. Vattappilly
P. G. Wittenbach
T. P. Pastor, Contributing Member
E. W. Woelfel , Chair
D. Burwell
M. Ghahremani
K. L. Hayes
R. M. Jessee
J. Johnston, Jr.
M. J. Rice , Chair
J. S. Lee , Vice Chair
M. Bernasek
M. A. Boring
D. A. Bowers
R. B. Corbit
P. D. Flenner
L. S. Harbison
K. L. Hayes
W. M. Lundy
T. Melfi
W. F. Newell, Jr.
B. R. Newton
S. Raghunathan
W. J. Sperko
M. J. Stanko
P. L. Sturgill
J. P. Swezy, Jr.
P. L. Van Fosson
E. W. Woelfel
A. Roza, Delegate
M. Consonni , Contributing Member
S. A. Jones , Contributing Member
A. S. Olivares , Contributing
Member
S. Raghunathan, Contributing
Member
R. K. Brown, Jr. , Honorary Member
M. L. Carpenter, Honorary Member
B. R. Newmark, Honorary Member
S. D. Reynolds, Jr. , Honorary
Member
A. Camanni , Chair
A. Veroni , Secretary
P. Angelini
R. Boatti
P. L. Dinelli
F. Ferrarese
A. Ghidini
E. Lazzari
L. Lotti
A. F. Garbolevsky
N. Mohr
A. R. Nywening
J. P. Swezy, Jr.
Subgroup on General Requirements (BPV IX)
P. L. Sturgill , Chair
E. W. Beckman
J. P. Bell
D. A. Bowers
G. Chandler
P. R. Evans
S. Flynn
P. Gilston
F. Hamtak
A. Howard
R. M. Jessee
D. Mobley
D. K. Peetz
J. Pillow
H. B. Porter
J. P. Swezy, Jr.
K. R. Willens
E. W. Woelfel
E. Molina, Delegate
B. R. Newmark, Honorary Member
N. Maestri
M. Mandina
M. Massobrio
L. Moracchioli
G. Pontiggia
S. Verderame
A. Volpi
G. Gobbi , Contributing Member
COMMITTEE ON FIBER-REINFORCED PLASTIC PRESSURE VESSELS
(BPV X)
D. Eisberg, Chair
B. F. Shelley, Vice Chair
P. D. Stumpf, Staff Secretary
A. L. Beckwith
D. Bentley
F. L. Brown
J. L. Bustillos
B. R. Colley
T. W. Cowley
I. L. Dinovo
M. R. Gorman
B. Hebb
M. J. Hendrix
Subgroup on Materials (BPV IX)
M. Bernasek, Chair
T. Anderson
J. L. Arnold
E. Cutlip
S. S. Fiore
S. E. Gingrich
L. S. Harbison
R. M. Jessee
T. Melfi
E. G. Reichelt
M. B. Sims
W. J. Sperko
S. A. Sprague
P. L. Sturgill
J. P. Swezy, Jr.
P. L. Van Fosson
T. C. Wiesner
A. D. Wilson
D. Chandiramani , Contributing
Member
M. Consonni , Contributing Member
M. Degan , Contributing Member
Italy International Working Group (BPV IX)
Subgroup on Brazing (BPV IX)
M. J. Pischke , Chair
E. W. Beckman
L. F. Campbell
M. L. Carpenter
’
Subgroup on Welding Qualifications (BPV IX)
COMMITTEE ON WELDING, BRAZING, AND FUSING (BPV IX)
D. A. Bowers , Chair
M. J. Pischke , Vice Chair
S. J. Rossi , Staff Secretary
M. Bernasek
M. A. Boring
J. G. Feldstein
P. D. Flenner
S. E. Gingrich
K. L. Hayes
R. M. Jessee
J. S. Lee
W. M. Lundy
T. Melfi
W. F. Newell, Jr.
D. K. Peetz
E. G. Reichelt
M. J. Rice
M. B. Sims
J. E. O Sullivan
E. G. Reichelt
M. J. Rice
S. Schuessler
M. Troughton
J. Wright
M. J. Pischke
A. Roza
C. E. Sainz
W. J. Sperko
M. J. Stanko
P. L. Sturgill
J. Warren
C. Zanfir
xxx
D. H. Hodgkinson
L. E. Hunt
D. L. Keeler
B. M. Linnemann
D. H. McCauley
N. L. Newhouse
D. J. Painter
A. A. Pollock
G. Ramirez
J. R. Richter
D. O. Yancey, Jr.
P. H. Ziehl
COMMITTEE ON NUCLEAR INSERVICE INSPECTION (BPV XI)
G. C. Park, Chair
S. D. Kulat, Vice Chair
R. W. Swayne , Vice Chair
L. Powers , Staff Secretary
V. L. Armentrout
J. F. Ball
W. H. Bamford
S. B. Brown
T. L. Chan
R. C. Cipolla
D. R. Cordes
D. D. Davis
R. L. Dyle
E. V. Farrell, Jr.
M. J. Ferlisi
P. D. Fisher
E. B. Gerlach
T. J. Griesbach
J. Hakii
D. O. Henry
W. C. Holston
D. W. Lamond
D. R. Lee
G. A. Lofthus
E. J. Maloney
G. Navratil
China International Working Group (BPV XI)
S. A. Norman
J. E. O Sullivan
R. K. Rhyne
A. T. Roberts III
D. A. Scarth
F. J. Schaaf, Jr.
J. C. Spanner, Jr.
D. J. Tilly
D. E. Waskey
J. G. Weicks
H. D. Chung, Delegate
C. Ye , Delegate
R. E. Gimple , Contributing Member
R. D. Kerr, Contributing Member
B. R. Newton , Contributing Member
R. A. West, Contributing Member
R. A. Yonekawa, Contributing
Member
M. L. Benson , Alternate
J. T. Lindberg, Alternate
R. O. McGill, Alternate
C. J. Wirtz , Alternate
C. D. Cowfer, Honorary Member
F. E. Gregor, Honorary Member
O. F. Hedden , Honorary Member
P. C. Riccardella, Honorary Member
J. H. Liu , Chair
Y. Nie , Vice Chair
C. Ye , Vice Chair
M. W. Zhou , Secretary
J. F. Cai
D. X. Chen
H. Chen
H. D. Chen
Y. B. Guo
Y. Hou
D. M. Kang
S. W. Li
X. Y. Liang
S. X. Lin
L. Q. Liu
’
Y. Liu
W. N. Pei
C. L. Peng
G. X. Tang
Q. Wang
Q. W. Wang
Z. S. Wang
L. Wei
F. Xu
Z. Y. Xu
Q. Yin
K. Zhang
X. L. Zhang
Y. Zhang
Z. M. Zhong
Germany International Working Group (BPV XI)
U. Jendrich
H. Schau
H.-J. Scholtka
X. Schuler
J. Wendt
H.-R. Bath
R. Doring
B. Erhard
M. Hagenbruch
B. Hoffmann
E. Iacopetta
Special Working Group on Editing and Review (BPV XI)
R. W. Swayne , Chair
C. E. Moyer
K. R. Rao
Task Group on Inspectability (BPV XI)
Executive Committee (BPV XI)
S. D. Kulat, Chair
G. C. Park, Vice Chair
L. Powers , Staff Secretary
W. H. Bamford
R. L. Dyle
M. J. Ferlisi
E. B. Gerlach
J. E. Staffiera
D. J. Tilly
C. J. Wirtz
J. T. Lindberg, Chair
M. J. Ferlisi , Secretary
W. H. Bamford
A. Cardillo
D. R. Cordes
D. O. Henry
E. Henry
J. Honcharik
J. Howard
R. Klein
C. Latiolais
W. C. Holston
D. W. Lamond
J. T. Lindberg
R. K. Rhyne
J. C. Spanner, Jr.
R. W. Swayne
M. L. Benson , Alternate
D. Lieb
G. A. Lofthus
D. E. Matthews
P. J. O Regan
J. Ossmann
R. Rishel
S. A. Sabo
P. Sullivan
C. Thomas
J. Tucker
’
Task Group on ISI of Spent Nuclear Fuel Storage and Transportation
Containment Systems (BPV XI)
K. Hunter, Chair
A. Alleshwaram , Secretary
D. J. Ammerman
W. H. Borter
J. Broussard
S. Brown
C. R. Bryan
T. Carraher
D. Dunn
N. Fales
R. C. Folley
B. Gutherman
S. Horowitz
M. W. Joseph
H. Jung
M. Liu
Argentina International Working Group (BPV XI)
O. Martinez , Staff Secretary
D. A. Cipolla
A. Claus
D. Costa
D. P. Delfino
D. N. Dell Erba
A. Dominguez
S. A. Echeverria
E. P. Fresquet
M. M. Gamizo
I. M. Guerreiro
M. F. Liendo
F. Llorente
’
R. J. Lopez
M. Magliocchi
L. R. Miño
J. Monte
M. D. Pereda
A. Politi
C. G. Real
F. M. Schroeter
G. J. Scian
M. J. Solari
P. N. Torano
O. A. Verastegui
P. Yamamoto
xxxi
R. M. Meyer
B. L. Montgomery
M. Moran
T. Nuoffer
M. Orihuela
R. Pace
E. L. Pleins
R. Sindelar
H. Smith
J. C. Spanner, Jr.
C. J. Temus
G. White
X. J. Zhai
P.-S. Lam , Alternate
J. Wise , Alternate
Subgroup on Evaluation Standards (SG-ES) (BPV XI)
W. H. Bamford , Chair
N. A. Palm, Secretary
H. D. Chung
R. C. Cipolla
R. L. Dyle
C. M. Faidy
B. R. Ganta
T. J. Griesbach
K. Hasegawa
K. Hojo
D. N. Hopkins
K. Koyama
D. R. Lee
Task Group on Evaluation Procedures for Degraded Buried Pipe
(WG-PFE) (BPV XI)
Y. S. Li
R. O. McGill
H. S. Mehta
K. Miyazaki
R. Pace
J. C. Poehler
S. Ranganath
D. A. Scarth
T. V. Vo
K. R. Wichman
S. X. Xu
M. L. Benson , Alternate
T. Hardin , Alternate
R. O. McGill , Chair
S. X. Xu , Secretary
G. A. Antaki
R. C. Cipolla
K. Hasegawa
K. M. Hoffman
Working Group on Operating Plant Criteria (SG-ES) (BPV XI)
N. A. Palm, Chair
A. E. Freed , Secretary
V. Marthandam , Secretary
K. R. Baker
W. H. Bamford
M. Brumovsky
T. L. Dickson
R. L. Dyle
S. R. Gosselin
T. J. Griesbach
M. Hayashi
S. A. Kleinsmith
H. Kobayashi
H. S. Mehta
Task Group on Evaluation of Beyond Design Basis Events (SG-ES)
(BPV XI)
R. Pace , Chair
K. E. Woods , Secretary
G. A. Antaki
P. R. Donavin
R. G. Gilada
T. J. Griesbach
H. L. Gustin
M. Hayashi
K. Hojo
G. A. A. Miessi
M. Moenssens
D. P. Munson
R. Pace
P. J. Rush
D. A. Scarth
S. A. Kleinsmith
H. S. Mehta
D. V. Sommerville
T. V. Vo
K. R. Wichman
G. M. Wilkowski
S. X. Xu
T. Weaver, Contributing Member
A. D. Odell
R. Pace
J. C. Poehler
S. Ranganath
W. L. Server
D. V. Sommerville
C. A. Tomes
A. Udyawar
T. V. Vo
D. P. Weakland
K. E. Woods
H. Q. Xu
T. Hardin , Alternate
Working Group on Pipe Flaw Evaluation (SG-ES) (BPV XI)
Working Group on Flaw Evaluation (SG-ES) (BPV XI)
R. C. Cipolla, Chair
S. X. Xu , Secretary
W. H. Bamford
M. L. Benson
B. Bezensek
M. Brumovsky
H. D. Chung
T. E. Demers
C. M. Faidy
B. R. Ganta
R. G. Gilada
H. L. Gustin
F. D. Hayes
P. H. Hoang
K. Hojo
D. N. Hopkins
Y. Kim
K. Koyama
V. Lacroix
D. A. Scarth, Chair
G. M. Wilkowski , Secretary
K. Azuma
W. H. Bamford
M. L. Benson
M. Brumovsky
F. W. Brust
H. D. Chung
R. C. Cipolla
N. G. Cofie
J. M. Davis
T. E. Demers
C. M. Faidy
B. R. Ganta
S. R. Gosselin
C. E. Guzman-Leong
K. Hasegawa
P. H. Hoang
K. Hojo
D. N. Hopkins
D. R. Lee
Y. S. Li
M. Liu
H. S. Mehta
G. A. A. Miessi
K. Miyazaki
R. K. Qashu
S. Ranganath
P. J. Rush
D. A. Scarth
W. L. Server
D.-J. Shim
A. Udyawar
T. V. Vo
B. Wasiluk
K. R. Wichman
G. M. Wilkowski
D. L. Rudland , Alternate
Subgroup on Nondestructive Examination (SG-NDE) (BPV XI)
Task Group on Crack Growth Reference Curves (BPV XI)
D. A. Scarth, Chair
H. I. Gustin , Secretary
W. H. Bamford
M. L. Benson
F. W. Brust
R. C. Cipolla
R. L. Dyle
K. Hasegawa
E. J. Houston
R. Janowiak
S. Kalyanam
K. Kashima
V. Lacroix
Y. S. Li
R. O. McGill
H. S. Mehta
G. A. A. Miessi
K. Miyazaki
S. H. Pellet
H. Rathbun
P. J. Rush
D.-J. Shim
A. Udyawar
T. V. Vo
B. Wasiluk
S. X. Xu
A. Alleshwaram , Alternate
J. C. Spanner, Jr. , Chair
D. R. Cordes , Secretary
T. L. Chan
S. E. Cumblidge
F. E. Dohmen
K. J. Hacker
J. Harrison
D. O. Henry
D. N. Hopkins
K. Kashima
K. Koyama
D. R. Lee
H. S. Mehta
K. Miyazaki
S. Ranganath
T. V. Vo
xxxii
J. T. Lindberg
G. A. Lofthus
G. R. Perkins
S. A. Sabo
F. J. Schaaf, Jr.
R. V. Swain
C. J. Wirtz
C. A. Nove , Alternate
Task Group on Repair by Carbon Fiber Composites
(WGN-MRR) (BPV XI)
Working Group on Personnel Qualification and Surface Visual and
Eddy Current Examination (SG-NDE) (BPV XI)
J. T. Lindberg, Chair
J. E. Aycock, Secretary
C. Brown , Secretary
S. E. Cumblidge
A. Diaz
N. Farenbaugh
J. E. O'Sullivan , Chair
B. Davenport
M. Golliet
L. S. Gordon
M. P. Marohl
N. Meyer
R. P. Ojdrovic
D. Peguero
A. Pridmore
D. O. Henry
J. W. Houf
C. Shinsky
J. C. Spanner, Jr.
J. T. Timm
C. J. Wirtz
Working Group on Procedure Qualification and Volumetric
Examination (SG-NDE) (BPV XI)
G. A. Lofthus , Chair
J. Harrison , Secretary
G. R. Perkins , Secretary
M. T. Anderson
M. Briley
A. Bushmire
D. R. Cordes
M. Dennis
S. R. Doctor
Working Group on Design and Programs (SG-RRA) (BPV XI)
S. B. Brown , Chair
A. B. Meichler, Secretary
O. Bhatty
R. Clow
R. R. Croft
E. V. Farrell, Jr.
E. B. Gerlach
F. E. Dohmen
K. J. Hacker
D. A. Kull
C. A. Nove
D. Nowakowski
S. A. Sabo
R. V. Swain
S. J. Todd
D. K. Zimmerman
D. W. Lamond , Chair
G Navratil , Secretary
J. M. Agold
V. L. Armentrout
J. M. Boughman
S. B. Brown
S. T. Chesworth
D. D. Davis
H. Q. Do
M. J. Ferlisi
J. E. O Sullivan
S. Schuessler
R. R. Stevenson
R. W. Swayne
D. J. Tilly
D. E. Waskey
J. G. Weicks
P. Raynaud , Alternate
’
M. Kris
S. L. McCracken
D. B. Meredith
B. R. Newton
J. E. O Sullivan
D. Segletes
J. G. Weicks
’
K. W. Hall
P. J. Hennessey
K. Hoffman
S. D. Kulat
T. Nomura
T. Nuoffer
G. C. Park
H. M. Stephens, Jr.
M. J. Homiack, Alternate
Task Group on High Strength Nickel Alloys Issues (SG-WCS) (BPV XI)
Working Group on Welding and Special Repair Processes (SG-RRA)
(BPV XI)
D. E. Waskey, Chair
D. J. Tilly, Secretary
D. Barborak
S. J. Findlan
P. D. Fisher
M. L. Hall
K. J. Karwoski
C. C. Kim
H. Malikowski
M. A. Pyne
P. Raynaud
R. R. Stevenson
R. W. Swayne
R. Turner
Subgroup on Water-Cooled Systems (SG-WCS) (BPV XI)
Subgroup on Repair/Replacement Activities (SG-RRA) (BPV XI)
E. B. Gerlach, Chair
E. V. Farrell, Jr. , Secretary
J. F. Ball
S. B. Brown
R. Clow
P. D. Fisher
K. J. Karwoski
S. L. McCracken
B. R. Newton
P. Raynaud
C. W. Rowley
V. Roy
J. Sealey
N. Stoeva
M. F. Uddin
J. Wen
T. Jimenez , Alternate
G. M. Lupia, Alternate
R. L. Dyle , Chair
B. L. Montgomery, Secretary
W. H. Bamford
P. R. Donavin
K. Hoffman
K. Koyama
C. Lohse
H. Malikowski
S. E. Marlette
G. C. Park
G. R. Poling
J. M. Shuping
J. C. Spanner, Jr.
D. P. Weakland
Working Group on Containment (SG-WCS) (BPV XI)
H. M. Stephens, Jr. , Chair
S. G. Brown , Secretary
P. S. Ghosal
H. T. Hill
R. D. Hough
B. Lehman
J. McIntyre
J. A. Munshi
M. Sircar
S. Walden , Alternate
T. J. Herrity, Alternate
Working Group on Inspection of Systems and Components
(SG-WCS) (BPV XI)
Working Group on Nonmetals Repair/Replacement Activities
(SG-RRA) (BPV XI)
J. E. O'Sullivan , Chair
S. Schuessler, Secretary
J. Johnston, Jr.
M. Lashley
M. P. Marohl
T. M. Musto
S. Patterson
A. Pridmore
P. Raynaud
F. J. Schaaf, Jr.
M. J. Ferlisi , Chair
N. Granback, Secretary
J. M. Agold
R. W. Blyde
C. Cueto-Felgueroso
H. Q. Do
K. W. Hall
K. M. Hoffman
xxxiii
S. D. Kulat
A. Lee
G. J. Navratil
T. Nomura
J. C. Nygaard
R. Rishel
J. C. Younger
COMMITTEE ON TRANSPORT TANKS (BPV XII)
Working Group on Pressure Testing (SG-WCS) (BPV XI)
J. M. Boughman , Chair
S. A. Norman , Secretary
T. Anselmi
Y.-K. Chung
M. J. Homiack
A. E. Keyser
D. W. Lamond
J. K. McClanahan
B. L. Montgomery
C. Thomas
M. D. Rana, Chair
N. J. Paulick, Vice Chair
R. Lucas , Staff Secretary
A. N. Antoniou
P. Chilukuri
W. L. Garfield
G. G. Karcher
M. Pitts
T. A. Rogers
S. Staniszewski
A. P. Varghese
J. A. Byers , Contributing Member
R. Meyers , Contributing Member
M. R. Ward, Contributing Member
Task Group on Buried Components Inspection and Testing
(WG-PT) (BPV XI)
D. W. Lamond , Chair
J. M. Boughman , Secretary
M. Moenssens , Secretary
T. Anselmi
B. Davenport
A. Hiser
J. Ossmann
Executive Committee (BPV XII)
N. J. Paulick, Chair
R. Lucas , Staff Secretary
M. Pitts
M. D. Rana
S. Staniszewski
A. P. Varghese
Working Group on Risk-Informed Activities (SG-WCS) (BPV XI)
M. A. Pyne , Chair
S. T. Chesworth , Secretary
J. M. Agold
C. Cueto-Felgueroso
R. Haessler
J. Hakii
K. W. Hall
M. J. Homiack
S. D. Kulat
D. W. Lamond
R. K. Mattu
A. McNeill III
G. J. Navratil
P. J. O Regan
N. A. Palm
D. Vetter
J. C. Younger
’
Working Group on General Requirements (BPV XI)
R. K. Rhyne , Chair
C. E. Moyer, Secretary
J. F. Ball
T. L. Chan
Subgroup on Design and Materials (BPV XII)
A. P. Varghese , Chair
R. C. Sallash, Secretary
D. K. Chandiramani
P. Chilukuri
Y. Doron
R. D. Hayworth
G. G. Karcher
S. L. McWilliams
N. J. Paulick
M. D. Rana
T. A. Rogers
S. Staniszewski
K. Xu
A. T. Duggleby, Contributing
Member
T. J. Hitchcock, Contributing
Member
M. R. Ward, Contributing Member
J. Zheng, Contributing Member
P. J. Hennessey
E. J. Maloney
R. K. Mattu
T. Nuoffer
Subgroup on Fabrication, Inspection, and Continued Service
(BPV XII)
Special Working Group on Reliability and Integrity Management
Program (BPV XI)
F. J. Schaaf, Jr. , Chair
A. T. Roberts III , Secretary
N. Broom
S. R. Doctor
S. Downey
J. D. Fletcher
J. T. Fong
T. Graham
N. Granback
J. Grimm
D. M. Jones
A. L. Krinzman
D. R. Lee
R. K. Miller
M. N. Mitchell
R. Morrill
T. Roney
R. W. Swayne
S. Takaya
M. Pitts , Chair
P. Chilukuri , Secretary
R. D. Hayworth
K. Mansker
G. McRae
O. Mulet
T. A. Rogers
M. Rudek
R. C. Sallash
L. Selensky
S. Staniszewski
S. E. Benet, Contributing Member
J. A. Byers , Contributing Member
A. S. Olivares , Contributing
Member
L. H. Strouse , Contributing Member
S. V. Voorhees , Contributing
Member
Subgroup on General Requirements (BPV XII)
JSME/ASME Joint Task Group for System-Based Code (SWG-RIM)
(BPV XI)
T. Asayama, Chair
S. R. Doctor
K. Dozaki
S. R. Gosselin
M. Hayashi
D. M. Jones
Y. Kamishima
A. L. Krinzman
D. R. Lee
H. Machida
M. Morishita
A. T. Roberts III
F. J. Schaaf, Jr.
S. Takaya
D. Watanabe
S. Staniszewski , Chair
B. F. Pittel , Secretary
A. N. Antoniou
Y. Doron
J. L. Freiler
W. L. Garfield
O. Mulet
M. Pitts
T. Rummel
R. C. Sallash
L. Selensky
xxxiv
P. Chilukuri , Contributing Member
K. L. Gilmore , Contributing Member
T. J. Hitchcock, Contributing
Member
G. McRae , Contributing Member
S. L. McWilliams , Contributing
Member
T. A. Rogers , Contributing Member
D. G. Shelton , Contributing Member
L. H. Strouse , Contributing Member
M. R. Ward, Contributing Member
Subcommittee on Safety Valve Requirements (SC-SVR)
Subgroup on Nonmandatory Appendices (BPV XII)
N. J. Paulick, Chair
S. Staniszewski , Secretary
P. Chilukuri
R. D. Hayworth
K. Mansker
S. L. McWilliams
N. J. Paulick
M. Pitts
T. A. Rogers
R. C. Sallash
D. B. DeMichael , Chair
C. E. O Brien , Staff Secretary
J. F. Ball
J. Burgess
S. Cammeresi
J. A. Cox
R. D. Danzy
J. P. Glaspie
S. F. Harrison
D. G. Shelton
S. E. Benet, Contributing Member
D. D. Brusewitz , Contributing
Member
T. J. Hitchcock, Contributing
Member
A. P. Varghese , Contributing
Member
M. R. Ward , Contributing Member
’
W. F. Hart
D. Miller
B. K. Nutter
T. Patel
M. Poehlmann
Z. Wang
J. A. West
S. R. Irvin, Sr. , Alternate
COMMITTEE ON OVERPRESSURE PROTECTION (BPV XIII)
D. B. DeMichael , Chair
C. E. O Brien , Staff Secretary
J. F. Ball
J. Burgess
S. Cammeresi
J. A. Cox
R. D. Danzy
J. P. Glaspie
’
S. F. Harrison
W. F. Hart
D. Miller
B. K. Nutter
T. Patel
M. Poehlmann
Z. Wang
J. A. West
Subgroup on Design (SC-SVR)
D. Miller, Chair
C. E. Beair
B. Joergensen
B. J. Mollitor
COMMITTEE ON BOILER AND PRESSURE VESSEL CONFORMITY
ASSESSMENT (CBPVCA)
P. D. Edwards , Chair
L. E. McDonald , Vice Chair
K. I. Baron , Staff Secretary
M. Vazquez , Staff Secretary
J. P. Chicoine
D. C. Cook
T. E. Hansen
K. T. Lau
D. Miller
B. R. Morelock
J. D. O Leary
G. Scribner
B. C. Turczynski
D. E. Tuttle
R. Uebel
E. A. Whittle
R. V. Wielgoszinski
’
Subgroup on General Requirements (SC-SVR)
D. Cheetham, Contributing Member
T. P. Beirne , Alternate
J. B. Carr, Alternate
J. W. Dickson , Alternate
J. M. Downs , Alternate
B. J. Hackett, Alternate
B. L. Krasiun , Alternate
D. W. Linaweaver, Alternate
P. F. Martin , Alternate
I. Powell , Alternate
R. Rockwood , Alternate
L. Skarin , Alternate
R. D. Troutt, Alternate
S. V. Voorhees , Alternate
P. Williams , Alternate
A. J. Spencer, Honorary Member
COMMITTEE ON NUCLEAR CERTIFICATION (CNC)
R. R. Stevenson , Chair
J. DeKleine , Vice Chair
E. Suarez , Staff Secretary
G. Gobbi
S. M. Goodwin
J. W. Highlands
K. A. Huber
J. C. Krane
M. A. Lockwood
R. P. McIntyre
L. M. Plante
H. B. Prasse
T. E. Quaka
C. T. Smith
C. Turylo
D. M. Vickery
E. A. Whittle
C. S. Withers
T. Patel
J. A. West
R. D. Danzy, Contributing Member
S. F. Harrison , Contributing
Member
S. Andrews , Alternate
D. Arrigo , Alternate
J. Ball , Alternate
P. J. Coco , Alternate
P. D. Edwards , Alternate
D. P. Gobbi, Alternate
K. M. Hottle , Alternate
K. A. Kavanagh , Alternate
P. Krane , Alternate
D. Nenstiel , Alternate
M. Paris , Alternate
G. Szabatura, Alternate
A. Torosyan , Alternate
S. V. Voorhees , Alternate
S. Yang, Alternate
J. P. Glaspie
B. F. Pittel
M. Poehlmann
D. E. Tuttle
J. White
J. F. Ball , Chair
G. Brazier
J. Burgess
D. B. DeMichael
S. T. French
Subgroup on Testing (SC-SVR)
W. F. Hart, Chair
T. P. Beirne
J. E. Britt
J. Buehrer
S. Cammeresi
J. A. Cox
J. W. Dickson
A. Donaldson
G. D. Goodson
B. K. Nutter
C. Sharpe
Z. Wang
A. Wilson
S. R. Irvin, Sr. , Alternate
U.S. Technical Advisory Group ISO/TC 185 Safety Relief Valves
T. J. Bevilacqua, Chair
C. E. O Brien , Staff Secretary
J. F. Ball
G. Brazier
D. B. DeMichael
’
xxxv
D. Miller
B. K. Nutter
T. Patel
J. A. West
ð
17Þ
ASTM PERSONNEL
(Cooperating in the Development of the Specifications Herein)
As of January 12, 2017
B2 COMMITTEE ON NONFERROUS METALS AND ALLOYS
B. L. Potts , Chair
J. P. Malmgreen , First Vice Chair
E. R. Boes , Second Vice Chair
J. L. Mincey, Membership Secretary
G. Anderson, Member-at-Large
K. W. Doughty, Member-at-Large
S. M. Goodwin , Member-at-Large
K. M. Hottle , Member-at-Large
T. J. Mach , Member-at-Large
M. J. Pratt, Member-at-Large
J. Adkins , Staff Manager
M. McKeever, Administrative
Assistant
J. Wright, Editor
B5 COMMITTEE ON COPPER AND COPPER ALLOYS
C. B. Blanton , Chair
J. H. Michel , First Vice Chair
M. J. Buyarski , Second Vice Chair
M. J. Hogan , Secretary
A. E. Estelle , Membership Secretary
J. Rodgers , Staff Manager
B. Lake , Administrative Assistant
F. Otero , Editor
B7 COMMITTEE ON LIGHT METALS AND ALLOYS
J. A. Towers , Chair
C. S. Potts , First Vice Chair
M. Niedzinski , Second Vice Chair
F. Bovard , Recording Secretary
J. A. Enriquez , Membership
Secretary
K. Straiton , Staff Manager
J. Dicicco , Administrative Assistant
D. Fiorelli , Editor
B10 COMMITTEE ON REACTIVE AND REFRACTORY METALS AND ALLOYS
J. A. McMaster, Chair
S. Sweet, Vice Chair
K. Niang, Recording Secretary
R. D. Mejia, Membership Secretary
J. G. Banker, Member-at-Large
J. R. Pierce , Member-at-Large
C. E. Wilson , Member-at-Large
M. McKeever, Staff Manager
J. Wright, Editor
xxxvi
PREFACE
The American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) and the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
have cooperated for more than fifty years in the preparation of material specifications adequate for safety in the field
of pressure equipment for ferrous and nonferrous materials, contained in Section II (Part A — Ferrous and Part B —
Nonferrous) of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.
The evolution of this cooperative effort is contained in Professor A. M. Greene ’ s “ History of the ASME Boiler Code,”
which was published as a series of articles in Mechanical Engineering from July 1 95 2 through August 1953 and is
now available from ASME in a special bound edition. The following quotations from this history, which was based upon
the minutes of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Committee, will help focus on the cooperative nature of the specifications found in Section II, Material Specifications.
“General discussion of material specifications comprising Paragraphs 1 to 112 of Part 2 and the advisability of having
them agree with ASTM specifications,” (1914).
“ASME Subcommittee appointed to confer with ASTM,” (1916).
“Because of this cooperation the specifications ofthe 1918 Edition ofthe ASME Boiler Code were more nearly in agreement with ASTM specifications. In the 1924 Edition ofthe Code, 10 specifications were in complete agreement with ASTM
specifications, 4 in substantial agreement and 2 covered materials for which ASTM had no corresponding specifications.”
“In Section II, Material Specifications, the paragraphs were given new numbers beginning with S-1 and extending to
S-213,” (1925).
“Section II was brought into agreement with changes made in the latest ASTM specifications since 1921,” (1 932).
“The Subcommittee on Material Specifications arranged for the introduction ofthe revisions ofmany ofthe specifications
so that they would agree with the latest form of the earlier ASTM specifications...,” (1935).
From the preceding, it is evident that many of the material specifications were prepared by the Boiler and Pressure
Vessel Code Committees, then subsequently, by cooperative action, modified and identified as ASTM specifications. Section II, Parts A and B, currently contain many material specifications that are identical with the corresponding ASTM
specifications and some that have been modified for Code usage. Many of these specifications are published in dual format. That is, they contain both U.S. Customary units and SI units. The metrication protocols followed in the specifications
are those adopted by ASTM, and are usually to the rules of IEEE/ASTM SI 10-1997, Standard for the Use of the International System of Units (SI): The Modern Metric System.
In 1969, the American Welding Society began publication of specifications for welding rods, electrodes, and filler metals, hitherto issued by ASTM. The Boiler and Pressure Vessel Committee has recognized this new arrangement, and is
now working with AWS on these specifications. Section II, Part C, contains the welding material specifications approved
for Code use.
In 1992, the ASME Board of Pressure Technology Codes and Standards endorsed the use of non-ASTM material for
Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code applications. It is the intent to follow the procedures and practices currently in use
to implement the adoption of non-ASTM materials.
All identical specifications are indicated by the ASME/originating organization symbols. The specifications prepared
and copyrighted by ASTM, AWS, and other originating organizations are reproduced in the Code with the permission of
the respective Society. The ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Committee has given careful consideration to each new and
revised specification, and has made such changes as they deemed necessary to make the specification adaptable for Code
usage. In addition, ASME has furnished ASTM with the basic requirements that should govern many proposed new specifications. Joint action will continue an effort to make the ASTM, AWS, and ASME specifications identical.
To assure that there will be a clear understanding on the part of the users of Section II, ASME publishes both the identical specifications and those amended for Code usage every 2 years.
The ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code has been adopted into law by 50 states and many municipalities in the
United States and by all of the Canadian provinces.
xxxvii
ð
17Þ
SPECI FI CATI ON S LI STED BY M ATERI ALS
ð 17Þ
Alu m i n u m an d Alu m i n u m Alloys
SB-26/SB-26M
SB-108
SB-209
SB-210
SB-211
Specification for Aluminum-Alloy Sand Castings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Aluminum-Alloy Permanent Mold Castings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Drawn Seamless Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Rolled or Cold-Finished Bar, Rod, and
Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SB-221
Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and
Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SB-234
Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Drawn Seamless Tubes for Condensers and
Heat Exchangers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SB-241/SB-241M Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Seamless Pipe and Seamless Extruded
Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SB-247
Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Die Forgings, Hand Forgings, and Rolled
Ring Forgings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SB-308/SB-308M Specification for Aluminum-Alloy 6061-T6 Standard Structural Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SB-548
Test Method for Ultrasonic Inspection of Aluminum-Alloy Plate for Pressure Vessels . . . .
SB-928/SB-928M Specification for High Magnesium Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate for Marine Service and
Similar Environments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SB/EN 1706
Aluminum and Aluminum Alloys — Castings — Chemical Composition and Mechanical
Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
65
269
295
307
317
333
341
361
443
767
1119
1191
Cobalt Alloys
SB-815
SB-818
Specification for Cobalt-Chromium-Nickel-Molybdenum-Tungsten Alloy (UNS R31233) Rod
Specification for Cobalt-Chromium-Nickel-Molybdenum-Tungsten Alloy (UNS R31233)
Plate, Sheet, and Strip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1053
1057
Copper Alloy Casti n g s
SB-61
SB-62
SB-148
SB-271
SB-369
SB-505/SB-505M
SB-584
SB-824
Specification for Steam or Valve Bronze Castings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal Castings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Aluminum-Bronze Sand Castings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Copper-Base Alloy Centrifugal Castings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Copper-Nickel Alloy Castings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Copper Alloy Continuous Castings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Copper Alloy Sand Castings for General Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for General Requirements for Copper Alloy Castings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
33
37
115
425
529
695
835
1061
Copper an d Copper Alloy Pipe an d Tu bes
SB-42
SB-43
SB-75
SB-111/SB-111M
SB-135
SB-251
SB-315
Specification for Seamless Copper Pipe, Standard Sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Seamless Red Brass Pipe, Standard Sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Seamless Copper Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Copper and Copper-Alloy Seamless Condenser Tubes and Ferrule Stock .
Specification for Seamless Brass Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for General Requirements for Wrought Seamless Copper and Copper-Alloy
Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Seamless Copper Alloy Pipe and Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
xxxviii
15
25
41
83
107
407
449
SB-359/SB-359M Specification for Copper and Copper-Alloy Seamless Condenser and Heat Exchanger Tubes
with Integral Fins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SB-395/SB-395M Specification for U-Bend Seamless Copper and Copper Alloy Heat Exchanger and Condenser
Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SB-466/SB-466M Specification for Seamless Copper-Nickel Pipe and Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SB-467
Specification for Welded Copper-Nickel Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SB-543/SB-543M Specification for Welded Copper and Copper-Alloy Heat Exchanger Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SB-706
Specification for Seamless Copper Alloy (UNS NO. C69100) Pipe and Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SB-956
Specification for Welded Copper and Copper-Alloy Condenser and Heat Exchanger Tubes
with Integral Fins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
493
543
649
657
753
1003
1133
Copper and Copper Alloy Plate, Sheet, Strip, and Rolled Bar
SB-96/SB-96M
Specification for Copper-Silicon Alloy Plate, Sheet, Strip, and Rolled Bar for General Purposes
and Pressure Vessels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SB-152/SB-152M Specification for Copper Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Rolled Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SB-169/SB-169M Specification for Aluminum Bronze Sheet, Strip, and Rolled Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SB-171/SB-171M Specification for Copper-Alloy Plate and Sheet for Pressure Vessels, Condensers, and Heat
Exchangers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SB-248
Specification for General Requirements for Wrought Copper and Copper-Alloy Plate, Sheet,
Strip, and Rolled Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SB-283
Specification for Copper and Copper-Alloy Die Forgings (Hot-Pressed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Copper and Copper Alloy Rod, Bar, and Shapes
SB-98/SB-98M
SB-150/SB-150M
SB-151/SB-151M
SB-187/SB-187M
Specification for Copper-Silicon Alloy Rod, Bar, and Shapes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Aluminum Bronze Rod, Bar, and Shapes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Copper-Nickel-Zinc Alloy (Nickel Silver) and Copper-Nickel Rod and Bar
Specification for Copper, Bus Bar, Rod, and Shapes and General Purpose Rod, Bar, and
Shapes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SB-249/SB-249M Specification for General Requirements for Wrought Copper and Copper-Alloy Rod, Bar,
Shapes, and Forgings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
53
135
243
249
379
433
59
121
129
257
393
Copper Test Method
SB-858
Test Method for Ammonia Vapor Test for Determining Susceptibility to Stress Corrosion
Cracking in Copper Alloys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nickel Alloy Castings
SA-494/SA-494M Specification for Castings, Nickel and Nickel Alloy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nickel and Nickel Alloy Fittings
SB-366
Specification for Factory-Made Wrought Nickel and Nickel Alloy Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nickel and Nickel Alloy Pipe and Tubes
SB-161
SB-163
SB-165
SB-167
SB-407
SB-423
SB-444
Specification for Nickel Seamless Pipe and Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Seamless Nickel and Nickel Alloy Condenser and Heat-Exchanger Tubes
Specification for Nickel-Copper Alloy (UNS N04400) Seamless Pipe and Tube . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Nickel-Chromium-Iron Alloys (UNS N06600, N06601, N06603, N06690,
N06693, N06025, and N06045) and Nickel-Chromium-Cobalt-Molybdenum Alloy (UNS
N06617) Seamless Pipe and Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Nickel-Iron-Chromium Alloy Seamless Pipe and Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Nickel-Iron-Chromium-Molybdenum-Copper Alloy (UNS N08825 and
N08221) Seamless Pipe and Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Nickel-Chromium-Molybdenum-Columbium Alloys (UNS N06625 and UNS
N06852) and Nickel-Chromium-Molybdenum-Silicon Alloy (UNS N06219) Pipe and Tube
xxxix
1075
685
511
153
175
201
219
559
581
623
SB-462
SB-464
SB-468
SB-514
SB-515
SB-516
SB-517
SB-535
SB-619
SB-622
SB-626
SB-668
SB-673
SB-674
SB-675
SB-676
SB-677
SB-690
SB-704
SB-705
SB-710
SB-729
SB-751
SB-775
SB-804
SB-829
Specification for Forged or Rolled UNS N06030, UNS N06022, UNS N06035, UNS N06200,
UNS N06059, UNS N10362, UNS N06686, UNS N08020, UNS N08024, UNS N08026, UNS
N08367, UNS N10276, UNS N10665, UNS N10675, UNS N10629, UNS N08031, UNS
N06045, UNS N06025, and UNS R20033 Alloy Pipe Flanges, Forged Fittings, and Valves
and Parts for Corrosive High-Temperature Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Welded UNS N08020, N08024, and N08026 Alloy Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Welded UNS N08020, N08024, and N08026 Alloy Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Welded Nickel-Iron-Chromium Alloy Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Welded UNS N08120, UNS N08800, UNS N08810, and UNS N08811 Alloy
Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Welded Nickel-Chromium-Iron Alloy (UNS N06600, UNS N06603, UNS
N06025, and UNS N06045) Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Welded Nickel-Chromium-Iron Alloy (UNS N06600, UNS N06603, UNS
N06025, and UNS N06045) Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Nickel-Iron-Chromium-Silicon Alloys (UNS N08330 and N08332) Seamless
Pipe and Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Welded Nickel and Nickel-Cobalt Alloy Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Seamless Nickel and Nickel-Cobalt Alloy Pipe and Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Welded Nickel and Nickel-Cobalt Alloy Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for UNS N08028 Seamless Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for UNS N08904, UNS N08925, and N08926 Welded Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for UNS N08925, UNS N08354, and UNS N08926 Welded Tube . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for UNS N08367 Welded Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standard Specification for UNS N08367 Welded Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for UNS N08904, UNS N08925, and UNS N08926 Seamless Pipe and Tube . .
Specification for Iron-Nickel-Chromium-Molybdenum Alloys (UNS N08366 and UNS
N08367) Seamless Pipe and Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Welded UNS N06625, UNS N06219, and UNS N08825 Alloy Tubes . . . . .
Specification for Nickel-Alloy (UNS N06625, N06219 and N08825) Welded Pipe . . . . . . . .
Specification for Nickel-Iron-Chromium-Silicon Alloy Welded Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Seamless UNS N08020, UNS N08026, and UNS N08024 Nickel-Alloy Pipe
and Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for General Requirements for Nickel and Nickel-Alloy Welded Tube . . . . . . .
Specification for General Requirements for Nickel and Nickel-Alloy Welded Pipe . . . . . . . .
Specification for UNS N08367 and UNS N08926 Welded Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for General Requirements for Nickel and Nickel Alloys Seamless Pipe and
Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
633
645
667
715
719
723
727
737
857
873
895
933
945
951
955
959
963
979
995
999
1023
1027
1031
1039
1045
1067
Nickel and Nickel Alloy Plate, Sheet, and Strip
SB-127
SB-162
SB-168
SB-333
SB-409
SB-424
SB-434
SB-435
SB-443
SB-463
Specification for Nickel-Copper Alloy (UNS N04400) Plate, Sheet, and Strip . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Nickel Plate, Sheet, and Strip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Nickel-Chromium-Iron Alloys (UNS N06600, N06601, N06603, N06690,
N06693, N06025, and N06045) and Nickel-Chromium-Cobalt-Molybdenum Alloy (UNS
N06617) Plate, Sheet, and Strip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Nickel-Molybdenum Alloy Plate, Sheet, and Strip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Nickel-Iron-Chromium Alloy Plate, Sheet, and Strip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Ni-Fe-Cr-Mo-Cu Alloy (UNS N08825, UNS N08221, and UNS N06845) Plate,
Sheet, and Strip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Nickel-Molybdenum-Chromium-Iron Alloys (UNS N10003, UNS N10242)
Plate, Sheet, and Strip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for UNS N06002, UNS N06230, UNS N12160, and UNS R30556 Plate, Sheet, and
Strip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Nickel-Chromium-Molybdenum-Columbium Alloy (UNS N06625) and
Nickel-Chromium-Molybdenum-Silicon Alloy (UNS N06219) Plate, Sheet, and Strip . . . .
Specification for UNS N08020, UNS N08026, and UNS N08024 Alloy Plate, Sheet, and Strip
xl
97
159
227
463
575
587
601
605
611
639
SB-536
SB-575
SB-582
SB-599
SB-620
SB-625
SB-688
SB-709
SB-906
Specification for Nickel-Iron-Chromium-Silicon Alloys (UNS N08330 and N08332) Plate,
Sheet, and Strip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Low-Carbon Nickel-Chromium-Molybdenum, Low-Carbon NickelChromium-Molybdenum-Copper, Low-Carbon Nickel-Chromium-Molybdenum-Tantalum,
Low-Carbon Nickel-Chromium-Molybdenum-Tungsten, and Low-Carbon NickelMolybdenum-Chromium Alloy Plate, Sheet, and Strip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Nickel-Chromium-Iron-Molybdenum-Copper Alloy Plate, Sheet, and Strip
Specification for Nickel-Iron-Chromium-Molybdenum-Columbium Stabilized Alloy (UNS
N08700) Plate, Sheet, and Strip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Nickel-Iron-Chromium-Molybdenum Alloy (UNS N08320) Plate, Sheet, and
Strip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for UNS N08904, UNS N08925, UNS N08031, UNS N08932, UNS N08926, and
UNS R20033 Plate, Sheet, and Strip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Chromium-Nickel-Molybdenum-Iron (UNS N08366 and UNS N08367)
Plate, Sheet, and Strip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Iron-Nickel-Chromium-Molybdenum Alloy (UNS N08028) Plate, Sheet, and
Strip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for General Requirements for Flat-Rolled Nickel and Nickel Alloys Plate, Sheet,
and Strip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
741
819
831
843
865
881
969
1011
1101
Nickel and Nickel Alloy Rod, Bar, and Wire
SB-160
SB-164
SB-166
SB-335
SB-408
SB-425
SB-446
SB-473
SB-511
SB-564
SB-572
SB-573
SB-574
SB-581
SB-621
SB-637
SB-649
SB-672
SB-691
Specification for Nickel Rod and Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Nickel-Copper Alloy Rod, Bar, and Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Nickel-Chromium-Iron Alloys (UNS N06600, N06601, N06603, N06690,
N06693, N06025, N06045, and N06696) and Nickel-Chromium-Cobalt-Molybdenum Alloy
(UNS N06617) Rod, Bar, and Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Nickel-Molybdenum Alloy Rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Nickel-Iron-Chromium Alloy Rod and Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Ni-Fe-Cr-Mo-Cu Alloy (UNS N08825 and UNS N08221) Rod and Bar . . . .
Specification for Nickel-Chromium-Molybdenum-Columbium Alloy (UNS N06625), NickelChromium-Molybdenum-Silicon Alloy (UNS N06219), and Nickel-ChromiumMolybdenum-Tungsten Alloy (UNS N06650) Rod and Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for UNS N08020, UNS N08024, and UNS N08026 Nickel Alloy Bar and Wire
Specification for Nickel-Iron-Chromium-Silicon Alloy Bars and Shapes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Nickel Alloy Forgings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for UNS N06002, UNS N06230, UNS N12160, and UNS R30556 Rod . . . . . . .
Specification for Nickel-Molybdenum-Chromium-Iron Alloys (UNS N10003, N10242) Rod
Specification for Low-Carbon Nickel-Chromium-Molybdenum, Low-Carbon NickelMolybdenum-Chromium, Low-Carbon Nickel-Molybdenum-Chromium-Tantalum, LowCarbon Nickel-Chromium-Molybdenum-Copper, and Low-Carbon Nickel-ChromiumMolybdenum-Tungsten Alloy Rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Nickel-Chromium-Iron-Molybdenum-Copper Alloy Rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Nickel-Iron-Chromium-Molybdenum Alloy (UNS N08320) Rod . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Precipitation-Hardening Nickel Alloy Bars, Forgings, and Forging Stock for
High-Temperature Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Ni-Fe-Cr-Mo-Cu, Low-Carbon Alloy (UNS N08904), Ni-Fe-Cr-Mo-Cu-N Low
Carbon Alloys (UNS N08925, UNS N08031, and UNS N08926), and Cr-Ni-Fe-N Low-Carbon
Alloy (UNS R20033) Bar and Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Nickel-Iron-Chromium-Molybdenum-Columbium Stabilized Alloy (UNS
N08700) Bar and Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Iron-Nickel-Chromium-Molybdenum Alloys (UNS N08366 and UNS
N08367) Rod, Bar, and Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
xli
143
187
207
469
569
593
627
671
705
791
801
807
813
825
869
901
911
937
987
Other
SF-467
SF-467M
SF-468
SF-468M
Specification
Specification
Specification
Specification
for
for
for
for
Nonferrous
Nonferrous
Nonferrous
Nonferrous
Nuts for General Use . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nuts for General Use [Metric] . . . . .
Bolts, Hex Cap Screws, and Studs for
Bolts, Hex Cap Screws, and Studs for
.......
.......
General
General
...........
...........
Use . . . . . .
Use [Metric]
...
...
...
..
1143
1155
1165
1179
Specification for Titanium and Titanium Alloy Strip, Sheet, and Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Seamless and Welded Titanium and Titanium Alloy Tubes for Condensers
and Heat Exchangers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Titanium and Titanium Alloy Bars and Billets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Seamless and Welded Unalloyed Titanium and Titanium Alloy Welding
Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Titanium and Titanium Alloy Castings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Titanium and Titanium Alloy Forgings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Titanium and Titanium Alloy Seamless Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specification for Titanium and Titanium Alloy Welded Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
415
Titanium and Titanium Alloys
SB-265
SB-338
SB-348
SB-363
SB-367
SB-381
SB-861
SB-862
475
485
505
521
535
1079
1089
Zirconium and Zirconium Alloys
SB-493/SB-493M
SB-523/SB-523M
SB-550/SB-550M
SB-551/SB-551M
SB-653/SB-653M
SB-658/SB-658M
Specification
Specification
Specification
Specification
Specification
Specification
for
for
for
for
for
for
Zirconium and Zirconium Alloy Forgings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seamless and Welded Zirconium and Zirconium Alloy Tubes . . . . . . . .
Zirconium and Zirconium Alloy Bar and Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Zirconium and Zirconium Alloy Strip, Sheet, and Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seamless and Welded Zirconium and Zirconium Alloy Welding Fittings
Seamless and Welded Zirconium and Zirconium Alloy Pipe . . . . . . . . . .
xlii
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
681
731
773
779
923
927
SPECI FI CATI ON REM OVAL
From time to time, it becomes necessary to remove specifications from this Part of Section II. This occurs because the
sponsoring society (e.g., ASTM, AWS, CEN) has notified ASME that the specification has either been replaced with another specification, or that there is no known use and production of a material. Removal of a specification from this Section also results in concurrent removal of the same specification from Section IX and from all of the ASME Boiler and
Pressure Vessel Construction Codes that reference the material. This action effectively prohibits further use of the material in ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel construction.
The following specifications will be dropped from this Section in the next Edition, unless information concerning current production and use of the material is received before December 1 of this year:
None in this Edition.
If you are currently using and purchasing new material to this specification for ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code
construction, and if discontinuance of this specification would present a hardship, please notify the Secretary of the
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Committee, at the address shown below:
Secretary
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Committee
Two Park Avenue
New York, NY 10016-5990
xliii
SUMMARY OF CHANGES
Errata to the BPV Code may be posted on the ASME Web site to provide corrections to incorrectly published items, or to
correct typographical or grammatical errors in the BPV Code. Such Errata shall be used on the date posted.
Information regarding Special Notices and Errata is published by ASME at http://go.asme.org/BPVCerrata.
Changes given below are identified on the pages by a margin note, (17) , placed next to the affected area.
The Record Numbers listed below are explained in more detail in “ List of Changes in Record Number Order” following
this Summary of Changes.
Page
Location
Change (Record Number)
ix
List of Sections
Updated
xiv
S u b m i tta l o f T e c h n i c a l
Inquiries to the B oiler
an d P re s s u re Ve s s e l
Standards Committees
Revised in its entirety
xvii
Personnel
Updated
xxxvi
ASTM Personnel
Updated
xxxvii
Preface
Ninth and penultimate paragraphs editorially revised
xxxviii
S p ecificatio ns Li s ted b y
Materials
Updated
83
SB-111/SB-111M
Revised in its entirety
143
SB-160
C o rrected maximum carbo n value fo r UN S N 0 2 2 0 0 in Table 2
407
SB-251
Revised in its entirety
(16-395)
521
SB-367
Revised in its entirety
(14-1220)
753
SB-543/SB-543M
Revised in its entirety
(09-923)
813
SB-574
Revised in its entirety
(14-1998)
819
SB-575
Revised in its entirety
(14-1999)
865
SB-620
Revised in its entirety
(07-1590)
951
SB-674
Revised in its entirety
(07-1317)
1003
SB-706
Added
1119
SB-928/SB-928M
Revised in its entirety
1191
SB/EN 1706
Revised
1196
Table II-200-1
Updated
1202
Table II-200-2
(1) Updated (12-1062)
(2) General Note corrected
15-2466)
(13-2222)
(09-907)
(16-2930)
(13-1369)
(14-1152)
(12-1062)
xliv
by errata and Note (1) added
(1 5-288,
LI ST OF CH AN G ES I N RECORD N U M BER ORDER
Record Number
07-1317
07-1590
09-907
09-923
12-1062
13-1369
13-2222
14-1152
14-1220
14-1998
14-1999
15-288
15-2466
16-395
16-2930
Change
Adopted ASTM B674-05 as SB-674.
Adopted ASTM B620-2003(R2013) as SB-620.
Adopted ASTM B111/B111M-11 as SB-111/SB-111M..
Adopted ASTM B543/B543M-12 as SB-543/SB-543M..
Added additional requirements on material test reports for SB/EN 1706 specification.
Adopted ASTM B706-00(R11) as SB-706.
Revised the front guidance on interpretations in its entirety.
Adopted ASTM B928/B928M-13 as SB-928/SB-928M.
Adopted ASTM B367-13 as SB-367.
Adopted ASTM B574-10 as SB-574.
Adopted ASTM B575-14 as SB-575.
In Mandatory Appendix II, added new Note (1) to Table II-200-2 indicating that “ Other Acceptable Editions ” refers exclusively to non-ASTM and non-ASME specifications.
Corrected typographical error in General Note of Table II-200-2.
Adopted ASTM B251-10 as SB-251.
Corrected the maximum carbon value for UNS N02200 to “ 0.15 ” in Table 2 of SB-160.
xlv
CROSS-REFEREN CI N G AN D STYLI STI C CH AN G ES I N TH E BOI LER
AN D PRESSU RE VESSEL CODE
There have been structural and stylistic changes to BPVC, starting with the 2011 Addenda, that should be noted to aid
navigating the contents. The following is an overview of the changes:
Su bparag raph Breakd own s/N ested Li sts H i erarch y
•
•
•
•
•
•
First-level breakdowns are designated as (a), (b), (c), etc., as in the past.
Second-level breakdowns are designated as (1), (2), (3), etc., as in the past.
Third-level breakdowns are now designated as (-a), (-b), (-c), etc.
Fourth-level breakdowns are now designated as (-1), (-2), (-3), etc.
Fifth-level breakdowns are now designated as (+a), (+b), (+c), etc.
Sixth-level breakdowns are now designated as (+1), (+2), etc.
Footn otes
With the exception of those included in the front matter (roman-numbered pages), all footnotes are treated as endnotes. The endnotes are referenced in numeric order and appear at the end of each BPVC section/subsection.
Su bm i ttal of Tech n i cal I n q u i ri es to th e Boi ler an d Pressu re Vessel Stan d ard s Com m i ttees
Submittal of Technical Inquiries to the Boiler and Pressure Vessel Standards Committees has been moved to the front
matter. This information now appears in all Boiler Code Sections (except for Code Case books).
Cross-Referen ces
It is our intention to establish cross-reference link functionality in the current edition and moving forward. To facilitate this, cross-reference style has changed. Cross-references within a subsection or subarticle will not include the designator/identifier of that subsection/subarticle. Examples follow:
• (Sub-)Paragraph Cross-References. The cross-references to subparagraph breakdowns will follow the hierarchy of
the designators under which the breakdown appears.
– If subparagraph (-a) appears in X.1(c)(1) and is referenced in X.1(c)(1), it will be referenced as (-a).
– If subparagraph (-a) appears in X.1(c)(1) but is referenced in X.1(c)(2), it will be referenced as (1)(-a).
– If subparagraph (-a) appears in X.1(c)(1) but is referenced in X.1(e)(1), it will be referenced as (c)(1)(-a).
– If subparagraph (-a) appears in X.1(c)(1) but is referenced in X.2(c)(2), it will be referenced as X.1(c)(1)(-a).
• Equation Cross-References. The cross-references to equations will follow the same logic. For example, if eq. (1) appears in X.1(a)(1) but is referenced in X.1(b), it will be referenced as eq. (a)(1)(1). If eq. (1) appears in X.1(a)(1) but
is referenced in a different subsection/subarticle/paragraph, it will be referenced as eq. X.1(a)(1)(1).
xlvi
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-26/SB-26M
SPECI FI CATI ON FOR ALU M I N U M -ALLOY
SAN D CASTI N G S
SB-26/SB-26M
(Identical with ASTM Specification B26/B26M-11 except that certification and test reports have been made mandatory,
and ASME welding requirements are invoked.)
1
SB-26/SB-26M
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
Standard Specification for
Aluminum-Alloy Sand Castings
1. Scope
B275 Practice for Codification of Certain Nonferrous Metals and Alloys, Cast and Wrought
B557 Test Methods for Tension Testing Wrought and Cast
Aluminum- and Magnesium-Alloy Products
B557M Test Methods for Tension Testing Wrought and Cast
Aluminum- and Magnesium-Alloy Products (Metric)
B660 Practices for Packaging/Packing of Aluminum and
Magnesium Products
B881 Terminology Relating to Aluminum- and MagnesiumAlloy Products
B91 7/B91 7M Practice for Heat Treatment of AluminumAlloy Castings from All Processes
D3951 Practice for Commercial Packaging
E29 Practice for Using Significant Digits in Test Data to
Determine Conformance with Specifications
E34 Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Aluminum and
Aluminum-Base Alloys
E94 Guide for Radiographic Examination
E1 55 Reference Radiographs for Inspection of Aluminum
and Magnesium Castings
E1 65 Practice for Liquid Penetrant Examination for General
Industry
E527 Practice for Numbering Metals and Alloys in the
Unified Numbering System (UNS)
E607 Test Method for Atomic Emission Spectrometric
Analysis Aluminum Alloys by the Point to Plane Technique Nitrogen Atmosphere
E71 6 Practices for Sampling and Sample Preparation of
Aluminum and Aluminum Alloys for Determination of
Chemical Composition by Spectrochemical Analysis
E1 251 Test Method for Analysis of Aluminum and Aluminum Alloys by Spark Atomic Emission Spectrometry
E2422 Digital Reference Images for Inspection of Aluminum Castings
IEEE/ASTM SI 1 0 Standard for Use of the International
System of Units (SI): The Modern Metric System
2.3
AMS 2771 Heat Treatment of Aluminum Alloy Castings
1 .1 This specification covers aluminum-alloy sand castings
designated as shown in Table 1 .
1 .2 This specification is not intended for aluminum-alloy
sand castings used in aerospace applications.
1 .3 Alloy and temper designations are in accordance with
ANSI H35.1 /H35.1 M. Unified Numbering System alloy designations are in accordance with Practice E527.
1 .4 Unless the order specifies the “M” specification designation, the material shall be furnished to the inch-pound units.
1 .5 For acceptance criteria for inclusion of new aluminum
and aluminum alloys and their properties in this specification,
see Annex A1 and Annex A2.
1 .6 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units
are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in
each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each
system shall be used independently of the other. Combining
values from the two systems may result in nonconformance
with the standard.
1 .7
This standard does not purport to address all of the
safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the
responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
2. Referenced Documents
2.1 The following documents of the issue in effect on date
of material purchase form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced herein:
2.2
B1 79 Specification for Aluminum Alloys in Ingot and
Molten Forms for Castings from All Casting Processes
ASTM Standards:
AMS Standard:
2
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE 1
SB-26/SB-26M
Chem i cal Com posi ti on Li m i ts
NOTE 1 —When single units are shown, these indicate the maximum amounts permitted.
NOTE 2—Analysis shall be made for the elements for which limits are shown in this table.
NOTE 3—The following applies to all specified limits in this table: For purposes of determining conformance to these limits, an observed value or a
calculated value obtained from analysis shall be rounded to the nearest unit in the last right-hand place of figures used in expressing the specified limit
in accordance with the rounding method of Practice E29.
Alloy
Composition, (Values in Weight Percent)
ManMagne- Chromium
ANSI
UNS
Silicon
Iron
Copper
Nickel
ganese
sium
201 .0
A0201 0 remainder 0.1 0
0.1 5 4.0–5.2
0.20–0.50 0.1 5–0.55 ...
...
204.0
A02040 remainder 0.20
0.35 4.2–5.0
0.1 0
0.1 5–0.35 ...
0.05
242.0
A02420 remainder 0.7
1 .0
3.7–4.5
0.35
1 .2–1 .8
0.25
1 .7–2.3
A242.0 A1 2420 remainder 0.6
0.8
3.7–4.5
0.1 0
1 .2–1 .7
0.1 5–0.25 1 .8–2.3
295.0
A02950 remainder 0.7–1 .5 1 .0
4.0–5.0
0.35
0.03
...
...
31 9.0
A031 90 remainder 5.5–6.5 1 .0
3.0–4.0
0.50
0.1 0
...
0.35
328.0
A03280 remainder 7.5–8.5 1 .0
1 .0–2.0
0.20–0.6
0.20–0.6 0.35
0.25
B
B
1 .0–1 .5
0.50
0.40–0.6 0.25
...
355.0
A03550 remainder 4.5–5.5 0.6
C355.0 A33550 remainder 4.5–5.5 0.20 1 .0–1 .5
0.1 0
0.40–0.6 ...
...
B
B
0.25
0.35
0.20–0.45 ...
...
356.0
A03560 remainder 6.5–7.5 0.6
A356.0 A1 3560 remainder 6.5–7.5 0.20 0.20
0.1 0
0.25–0.45 ...
...
443.0
A04430 remainder 4.5–6.0 0.8
0.6
0.50
0.05
0.25
...
B443.0 A24430 remainder 4.5–6.0 0.8
0.1 5
0.35
0.05
...
...
51 2.0
A051 20 remainder 1 .4–2.2 0.6
0.35
0.8
3.5–4.5
0.25
...
51 4.0
A051 40 remainder 0.35
0.50 0.1 5
0.35
3.5–4.5
...
...
520.0
A05200 remainder 0.25
0.30 0.25
0.1 5
9.5–1 0.6 ...
...
535.0
A05350 remainder 0.1 5
0.1 5 0.05
0.1 0–0.25 6.2–7.5
...
...
705.0
A07050 remainder 0.20
0.8
0.20
0.40–0.6
1 .4–1 .8
0.20–0.40 ...
707.0
A07070 remainder 0.20
0.8
0.20
0.40–0.6
1 .8–2.4
0.20–0.40 ...
71 0.0D A071 00 remainder 0.1 5
0.50 0.35–0.65 0.05
0.6–0.8
...
...
D
A071 20 remainder 0.30
0.50 0.25
0.1 0
0.50–0.65 0.40–0.6
...
71 2.0
71 3.0
A071 30 remainder 0.25
1 .1
0.40–1 .0 0.6
0.20–0.50 0.35
0.1 5
771 .0
A0771 0 remainder 0.1 5
0.1 5 0.1 0
0.1 0
0.8–1 .0
0.06–0.20 ...
850.0
A08500 remainder 0.7
0.7
0.7–1 .3
0.1 0
0.1 0
...
0.7–1 .3
D
851 .0
A0851 0 remainder 2.0–3.0 0.7
0.7–1 .3
0.1 0
0.1 0
...
0.30–0.7
D
A08520 remainder 0.40
0.7
1 .7–2.3
0.1 0
0.6–0.9
...
0.9–1 .5
852.0
A Contains silver 0.40–1 .0 %.
B If iron exceeds 0.45 %, manganese content shall not be less than one half of the iron content.
C Contains beryllium 0.003–0.007 %, boron 0.005 % max.
D 71 0.0 formerly A71 2.0, 71 2.0 formerly D71 2.0, 851 .0 formerly A850.0, 852.0 formerly B850.0.
2.4 American National Standards:
H35.1 /H35.1 (M) Alloy and Temper Designation System for
Aluminum
2.5 Military Standards:
MIL-STD-1 29 Marking for Shipment and Storage
MIL-STD-276 Impregnation of Porous Nonferrous Metal
Castings
NAVSEA Technical Publication S9074-AR-GIB-01 0/278
2.6 Federal Standard:
Fed. Std. No. 1 23 Marking for Shipment (Civil Agencies)
2.7 Other Standards:
EN 1 4242 Aluminum and Aluminum Alloys — Chemical
Analysis — Inductively Coupled Plasma Optical Emission Spectral Analysis
3.
Others
Aluminum
...
0.1 0
0.35
0.1 0
0.35
1 .0
1 .5
0.35
0.1 0
0.35
0.1 0
0.50
0.35
0.35
0.1 5
0.1 5
...
2.7–3.3
4.0–4.5
6.0–7.0
5.0–6.5
7.0–8.0
6.5–7.5
...
...
...
Tin
...
0.05
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
5.5–7.0
5.5–7.0
5.5–7.0
Titanium
0.1 5–0.35
0.1 5–0.30
0.25
0.07–0.20
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.20
0.25
0.20
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.1 0–0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.1 5–0.25
0.25
0.1 0–0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
Each
0.05A
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
...
...
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
...
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05C
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.1 0
0.05
...
...
...
Total
0.1 0
0.1 5
0.1 5
0.1 5
0.1 5
0.50
0.50
0.1 5
0.1 5
0.1 5
0.1 5
0.35
0.1 5
0.1 5
0.1 5
0.1 5
0.1 5
0.1 5
0.1 5
0.1 5
0.20
0.25
0.1 5
0.30
0.30
0.30
3.2 sand casting —a metal obj ect produced by pouring
molten metal into a sand mold and allowing it to solidify.
4.
Ordering Information
4.1 Orders for material under this specification shall include
the following information (1 .4 and 1 .5):
4.1 .1 This specification designation (which includes the
number, year, and revision letter, if applicable),
NOTE 1 —For inch-pound application, specify Specification B26 and for
metric application specify Specification B26M. Do not mix units.
4.1 .2 The quantity in either pieces or pounds [kilograms] ,
4.1 .3 Alloy (Section 7 and Table 1 ),
4.1 .4 Temper (Section 1 0 and Table 2), and
4.1 .5 Applicable drawing or part number,
Terminology
3.1 Definitions —Refer to Terminology B881 for definitions
of product terms used in this specification.
Zinc
4.2 Additionally, orders for material to this specification
shall include the following information when required by the
purchaser:
4.2.1 Whether chemical analysis and tensile property reports are required (Table 1 and Table 2),
4.2.2 Whether castings or test bars, or both, may be artificially aged for Alloys 705.0-T5, 707.0-T5, 71 2.0-T5, and
71 3.0-T5 (1 0.2) and whether yield strength tests are required
for these alloys;
3
SB-26/SB-26M
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE 2 Ten si l e Requ i remen ts
A
(I nch -Pou nd U n i ts)
NOTE 1 —For purposes of determining conformance with this specification, each value for tensile strength and yield strength shall be rounded to the
nearest 0.1 ksi and each value for elongation shall be rounded to the nearest 0.5 % , both in accordance with the rounding method of Practice E29.
Typical Brinell Hardness, C 500 kgf, 1 0
mm
201 .0
A0201 0
T7
60.0
...
204.0
A02040
T4
45.0
...
E
F
F
242.0
A02420
O
23.0
70
F
T61
32.0
20.0
1 05
F
1 .0
75
A242.0
A1 2420
T75
29.0
295.0
A02950
T4
29.0
1 3.0
6.0
60
T6
32.0
20.0
3.0
75
F
95
T62
36.0
28.0
T7
29.0
1 6.0
3.0
70
31 9.0
A031 90
F
23.0
1 3.0
1 .5
70
F
F
T5
25.0
80
20.0
1 .5
80
T6
31 .0
328.0
A03280
F
25.0
1 4.0
1 .0
60
T6
34.0
21 .0
1 .0
80
20.0
2.0
80
355.0
A03550
T6
32.0
F
T51
25.0
1 8.0
65
F
T71
30.0
22.0
75
C355.0
A33550
T6
36.0
25.0
2.5
...
356.0
A03560
F
1 9.0
9.5
2.0
55
T6
30.0
20.0
3.0
70
F
F
75
T7
31 .0
F
T51
23.0
1 6.0
60
T71
25.0
1 8.0
3.0
60
A356.0
A1 3560
T6
34.0
24.0
3.5
80
T61
35.0
26.0
1 .0
...
443.0
A04430
F
1 7.0
7.0
3.0
40
B443.0
A24430
F
1 7.0
6.0
3.0
40
51 2.0
A051 20
F
1 7.0
1 0.0
...
50
51 4.0
A051 40
F
22.0
9.0
6.0
50
520.0
A05200
T4
42.0
22.0
1 2.0
75
535.0
A05350
F
35.0
1 8.0
9.0
70
G
5.0
65
705.0
A07050
T5
30.0
1 7.0
G
707.0
A07070
T7
37.0
30.0
1 .0
80
H
71 0.0
A071 00
T5
32.0
20.0
2.0
75
A071 20
T5
34.0
25.0G
4.0
75
71 2.0H
71 3.0
A071 30
T5
32.0
22.0
3.0
75
771 .0
A0771 0
T5
42.0
38.0
1 .5
1 00
T51
32.0
27.0
3.0
85
T52
36.0
30.0
1 .5
85
T6
42.0
35.0
5.0
90
T71
48.0
45.0
2.0
1 20
F
5.0
45
850.0
A08500
T5
1 6.0
H
F
851 .0
A0851 0
T5
1 7.0
3.0
45
H
F
A08520
T5
24.0
1 8.0
60
852.0
A If agreed upon between the manufacturer and the purchaser, other mechanical properties may be obtained by other heat treatments such as annealing, aging, or stress
relieving.
B Refer to ANSI H35.1 /H35.1 M, or both, for description of tempers.
C For information only, not required for acceptance.
D ASTM alloy designations are recorded in Practice B275.
E Formerly designated as 222.0-T2 and 242.0-T21 .
F Not required.
G Yield strength to be determined only when specified in the contract or purchase order.
H 71 0.0 formerly A71 2.0, 71 2.0 formerly D71 2.0, 851 .0 formerly A850.0, 852.0 formerly B850.0.
Alloy
ANSI D
UNS
TemperB
Tensile Strength,
min, ksi
Yield Strength
(0.2 % offset),
min, ksi
50.0
28.0
Elongation in
2 in. or 4 x
diameter, min, %
3.0
6.0
4.2.9 Whether radiographic inspection is required and, if so,
the radiographic grade of casting required (1 9.3, Table 3);
4.2.1 0 Whether foundry control is required (Section 9); and
4.2.11 Whether Practice B660 applies and, if so, the levels
of preservation, packaging, and packing required (23.4).
4.2.3 Whether test specimens cut from castings are required
in addition to, or instead of, separately cast specimens (Sections 1 0 and 1 3);
4.2.4 Whether repairs are permissible (1 6.1 ),
4.2.5 Whether inspection is required at the producer’ s
works (Section 1 8);
4.2.6 DELETED
4. 2. 7 Whether surface requirements shall be checked
against observational standards where such standards are
established (1 9.1 );
4.2.8 Whether liquid penetrant inspection is required (1 9.2);
5.
Quality Assurance
5.1 Unless otherwise specified in the contract or purchase
order, the producer shall be responsible for the performance of
all inspections and test requirements specified herein. Unless
disapproved by the purchaser, the producer may use his own or
4
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-26/SB-26M
TABLE 3 Di sconti nu i ty-Level Req u i rem ents for Al u mi n u m Casti n gs i n Accord ance wi th Fi l m Referen ce Radi ograph s E1 55 or Di gi tal
Referen ce Radi ograph s E2422
Discontinuity
Radiograph
Section Thickness in. [mm]
Grade B
Grade C
Grade D
1 ⁄4 [6.4]
3 ⁄4 [1 9.0]
1 ⁄4 [6.4]
3 ⁄4 [1 9.0]
1 ⁄4 [6.4]
3 ⁄4 [1 9.0]
1
1
2
2
5
5
1
1
3
3
7
7
1
1
3
4
5
5
B
B
B
1
2
3
1
1
2
2
4
3
1
1
2
2
4
4
1
1
2
1
4
3
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
not to exceed drawing tolerance
not to exceed drawing tolerance
AA
Grade
3 ⁄4 [1 9.0]
⁄ [6.4]
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
...
...
14
Gas holes
1 .1
Gas porosity (round)
1 .21
Gas porosity (elongated)
1 .22
Shrinkage cavity
2.1
Shrinkage porosity or sponge
2.2
Foreign material (less dense material)
3.11
Foreign material (more dense material)
3.1 2
Segregation
3.2
Cracks
...
Cold shuts
...
Surface irregularity
...
Core shift
...
A Caution should be exercised in requesting Grade A.
B Not available.
8. Material Requirements—Castings Produced for
Governmental and Military Agencies
any other suitable facilities for the performance of the inspection and test requirements specified herein. The purchaser shall
have the right to perform any of the inspections and tests set
forth in this specification where such inspections are deemed
necessary to confirm that the material conforms to prescribed
requirements.
8.1 Unless otherwise specified, only aluminum alloy conforming to the requirements of Specification B1 79 or producer’ s foundry scrap (identified as being made from alloy
conforming to Specification B1 79) shall be used in the remelting furnace from which molten metal is taken for pouring
directly into castings. Additions of small amounts of modifiers
and grain refining elements or alloys are permitted.
8.1 .1 Pure materials, recycled materials, and master alloys
may be used to make alloys conforming to this specification,
provided chemical analysis can be taken and adj usted to
conform to Table 1 prior to pouring any castings.
6. Manufacture
6.1 The responsibility of furnishing castings that can be laid
out and machined to the finished dimensions within the
permissible variations specified, as shown on the blueprints or
drawings, shall rest with the producer, except where pattern
equipment is furnished by the purchaser.
7. Chemical Composition
9. Foundry Control—Castings Produced for
Governmental or Military Agencies, or Both
7.1 The Product shall conform to the chemical composition
limits prescribed in Table 1 . Conformance shall be determined
by the producer by taking samples at the time castings are
poured in accordance with Practice E71 6 and analyzed in
accordance with Test Methods E607, E1 251 , or E34, or
EN 1 4242. If the producer has determined the composition of
the material during casting, they shall not be required to sample
and analyze the finished product.
7.2 If it becomes necessary to analyze castings for conformance to chemical composition limits, the method used to
sample castings for the determination of chemical composition
shall be by agreement between the producer and the purchaser.
Analysis shall be performed in accordance with Practice E71 6,
Test Methods E607, E1 251 , or E34, or EN 1 4242 (ICP
method).
7.3 Other methods of analysis or in the case of a dispute the
method of analysis shall be agreed upon by the producer and
the purchaser.
7.4 A sample for determining of chemical composition shall
be taken to represent the following:
7.4.1 Not more than 4000 lb [2000 kg] of clean castings
(gates and risers removed) or a single casting poured from one
furnace.
7.4.2 The maximum elapsed time between determinations
shall be established for each alloy, but in any case the
maximum elapsed time shall not exceed 8 h.
9.1 When specified, castings shall be produced under
foundry control approved by the purchaser. Foundry control
shall consist of examination of castings by radiographic or
other approved methods for determining internal discontinuities until the gating, pouring, and other foundry practices have
been established to produce castings meeting the quality
standards furnished by the purchaser or agreed upon between
the purchaser and the producer. When foundry practices have
been so established, the production method shall not be
significantly changed without demonstrating to the satisfaction
of the purchaser that the change does not adversely affect the
quality of the castings. Minor changes in pouring temperature
of 50°F [ 28°C] from the established nominal temperature
are permissible.
6
6
10. Tensile Properties
1 0.1 The separately cast test specimens representing the
castings shall meet the mechanical properties prescribed in
Table 2.
1 0.2 Although Alloys 705.0, 707.0, 71 2.0, and 71 3.0 are
most frequently used in the naturally aged condition, by
agreement between the producer and the purchaser, the castings may be artificially aged to the T5 temper. The producer
and the purchaser may also agree to base the acceptance of
castings on artificially aged test bars. The conditions of
5
SB-26/SB-26M
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
artificial aging shown in Practice B91 7/B91 7M shall be employed unless other conditions are accepted by mutual consent.
1 0.3 When specified, the tensile strength, yield strength, and
elongation values of specimens cut from castings shall be not
less than 75 % of the tensile and yield strength values and not
less than 25 % of the elongation values specified in Table 2
[Table 4] . The measurement of the elongation is not required
for test specimens cut from castings if 25 % of the specified
minimum elongation value published in Table 2 [Table 4] is 0.5
% or less. If grade D quality castings as described in Table 3
are specified, no tensile tests shall be specified nor tensile
requirements be met on specimens cut from castings.
standard 0.500-in. [1 2.5-mm] diameter specimens shown in
Fig. 9 of Test Methods B557 and B557M or a round specimen
of smaller size proportional to the standard specimen.
in.
D i am e te r
Le n g th
G ag e
of
of
re d u ce d
re d u ce d
s e cti o n
s e cti o n
l e n g th
R ad i u s
of
D i am e te r
O ve ral l
1
1
⁄
4
1 . 000
3
fi l l et
of
0. 250
en d
s e cti on
3
⁄
1
6
⁄
8
mm
6. 00
36
30. 00
6
9
l e n g th :
Wi th
s h ou l d e re d
Wi th
th re ad e d
Wi th
p l ai n
en d s
en d s
cyl i n d ri cal
en ds
2
3
⁄
8
60
3
75
4
1 00
When necessary, a rectangular specimen may be used
proportional to that shown for the 0.500-in. [1 2.5-mm] wide
specimen in Fig. 6 of Test Methods B557 and B557M, but in
no case shall its dimensions be less than the following:
11. Workmanship, Finish, and Appearance
11 .1 The finished castings shall be uniform in composition
and free of blowholes, cracks, shrinks, and other discontinuities except as designated and agreed upon as acceptable by the
purchaser.
in.
Wi d th
12. Number of Tests and Retests
1 2.1 Unless otherwise agreed upon between the purchaser
and producer, a minimum of two tension test specimens shall
be separately cast and tested to represent the following:
1 2.1 .1 Not more than 4000 lb [2000 kg] of clean castings
(gates and risers removed) or a single casting poured from one
furnace.
1 2.1 .2 The castings poured continuously from one furnace
in not more than eight consecutive hours.
1 2.2 When tensile properties from castings are to be determined, one per melt-heat combination shall be tested unless
otherwise shown on the drawing or specified in the purchase
order.
1 2.3 If any test specimen shows defective machining or
flaws, it may be discarded; in which case the purchaser and the
producer shall agree upon the selection of another specimen in
its stead.
1 2.4 If the results of the tension tests do not conform to the
requirements prescribed in Table 2 [Table 4] ; the test bars
representative of the castings may be retested in accordance
with the replacement tests and retest provisions of Test
Methods B557 and B557M, and the results of retests shall
conform to the requirements as to mechanical properties
specified in Table 2 [Table 4] .
of
re d u ce d
s e cti o n
Le n g th
of
re d u ce d
R ad i u s
of
fi l l et
O ve ral l
l e n g th
s e cti o n
Th i ckn e s s
1
⁄
4
1
1
1
mm
6. 00
⁄
4
⁄
4
4
0. 1 00
32
6
1 00
2. 50
The specific elongation values shall not apply to tests of
rectangular specimens.
1 3.4 If the castings are to be heat treated and separately cast
specimens are to be used, the specimens representing such
castings shall be heat treated with the castings they represent.
If castings are to be heat treated and tests are to be obtained on
the castings, the test specimens shall be taken from the castings
after heat treatment.
14. Test Methods
1 4.1 The determination of chemical composition shall be
made in accordance with suitable chemical (Test Methods
E34), or spectrochemical (Test Methods E607 and E1 251 ),
methods. Other methods may be used only when no published
ASTM method is available. In case of dispute, the methods of
analysis shall be agreed upon between the producer and
purchaser.
1 4.2 The tensile properties shall be determined in accordance with Test Methods B557 and B557M.
15. Heat Treatment
1 5.1 Heat treatment of castings shall be performed in
accordance with Practice B91 7/B91 7M or AMS 2771 .
13. Specimen Preparation
16. Repair of Castings
1 3.1 The tension test specimens shall be cast to size in sand
without chills in accordance with the dimensions shown in Fig.
1 [Fig. 2] . They shall not be machined prior to test except to
adapt the grip ends in such a manner as to ensure axial loading.
1 3.2 The recommended method for casting tension test
specimens is shown in Fig. 1 [Fig. 2] .
1 3.3 When properties of castings are to be determined,
tension test specimens shall be cut from the locations designated on the drawing, unless otherwise negotiated. If no
locations are designated, one or more specimens shall be taken
to include locations having significant variation in casting
thickness, except that specimens shall not be taken from areas
directly under risers. The tension test specimens shall be the
1 6.1 Castings may be repaired only by processes approved
and agreed upon between the producer and purchaser, that is,
welding, impregnation, peening, blending, soldering, and so
forth. Limitations on the extent and frequency of such repairs,
and methods of inspection of repaired areas should also be
agreed upon.
1 6.2 The welding procedure and welders shall be qual?
ified in accordance with Section IX of the ASME Boiler and
Pressure Vessel Code.
6
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-26/SB-26M
TABLE 4 Tensile Requirements (SI Units)—[Metric] A
NOTE 1 —For purposes of determining conformance with this specification, each value for tensile strength and yield strength shall be rounded to the
nearest 1 MPa and each value for elongation shall be rounded to the nearest 0.5 %, both in accordance with the rounding method of Practice E29.
Yield Strength
(0.2 % offset),
min, MPaC
345
1 95
Elongation in
53 diameter,
min %
3.0
6.0
Typical Brinell
Hardness, D
500 kgf, 1 0 mm
201 .0
A0201 0
T7
41 5
...
204.0
A02040
T4
31 0
...
F
G
G
1 60
70
242.0
A02420
O
G
T61
220
1 40
1 05
G
1 .0
75
A242.0
A1 2420
T75
200
295.0
A02950
T4
200
90
6.0
60
T6
220
1 40
3.0
75
G
95
T62
250
1 95
T7
200
11 0
3.0
70
31 9.0
A031 90
F
1 60
90
1 .5
70
G
G
80
T5
1 70
T6
21 5
1 40
1 .5
80
328.0
A03280
F
1 70
95
1 .0
60
T6
235
1 45
1 .0
80
355.0
A03550
T6
220
1 40
2.0
80
G
T51
1 70
1 25
65
G
75
T71
205
1 50
C355.0
A33550
T6
250
1 70
2.5
...
356.0
A03560
F
1 30
65
2.0
55
T6
205
1 40
3.0
70
G
G
75
T7
21 5
G
T51
1 60
11 0
60
T71
1 70
1 25
3.0
60
A356.0
A1 3560
T6
235
1 65
3.5
80
T61
245
1 80
1 .0
...
443.0
A04430
F
11 5
50
3.0
40
B443.0
A24430
F
11 5
40
3.0
40
51 2.0
A051 20
F
11 5
70
...
50
51 4.0
A051 40
F
1 50
60
6.0
50
520.0
A05200
T4
290
1 50
1 2.0
75
535.0
A05350
F
240
1 25
9.0
70
5.0
65
705.0
A07050
T5
205
11 5H
H
707.0
A07070
T7
255
205
1 .0
80
A071 00
T5
220
1 40
2.0
75
71 0.0I
I
H
71 2.0
A071 20
T5
235
1 70
4.0
75
71 3.0
A071 30
T5
220
1 50
3.0
75
771 .0
A0771 0
T5
290
260
1 .5
1 00
T51
220
1 85
3.0
85
T52
250
205
1 .5
85
T6
290
240
5.0
90
T71
330
31 0
2.0
1 20
G
5.0
45
850.0
A08500
T5
11 0
G
A0851 0
T5
11 5
3.0
45
851 .0I
G
852.0I
A08520
T5
1 65
1 25
60
A If agreed upon between the manufacturer and the purchaser, other mechanical properties may be obtained by other heat treatments such as annealing, aging, or stress
relieving.
B Temper designations:
F As fabricated.
O Annealed.
T1 Cooled from an elevated temperature shaping process and naturally aged to a substantially stable condition.
T4 Solution heat-treated and naturally aged to a substantially stable condition.
T5 Cooled from an elevated temperature shaping process and then artificially aged.
T6 Solution heat-treated and then artificially aged.
T7 Solution heat-treated and stabilized.
Additional digits, the first of which shall not be zero, may be added to designation T1 through T1 0 to indicate a variation in treatment that significantly alters the
characteristics of the product.
C For explanation of the SI unit “MPa” see Appendix X2.
D For information only, not required for acceptance.
E ASTM alloy designations are recorded in Practice B275.
F Formerly designated as 222.0-T2 and 242.0-T21 .
G Not required.
H Yield strength to be determined only when specified in the contract or purchase order.
I 71 0.0 formerly A71 2.0, 71 2.0 formerly D71 2.0, 851 .0 formerly A850.0, 852.0 formerly B850.0.
Alloy
ANSI E
UNS
TemperB
Tensile Strength,
min, MPaC
17. Repairing of Castings—Produced for Governmental
and Military Agencies
1 7.1
1 7.1 .1 When welding is permitted, it shall be done by
methods suitable for the particular alloy. Welding methods
Welding :
7
SB-26/SB-26M
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
shall be in accordance with such specifications as are referenced on the applicable drawings, or as are required by the
contract or order.
1 7.1 .2 All welding shall be done by qualified welders
approved by the purchaser.
1 7.1 .3 When castings are to be supplied in the heat-treated
condition, they shall be heat treated to the required temper after
welding, except that small arc welds may be performed without
subsequent heat treatment upon approval of the purchaser.
1 7.1 .4 Unless otherwise specified, castings that have been
repaired by welding shall have the welded areas examined
radiographically after all reworking and heat treatment have
been completed.
1 7.1 .5 All welds shall be free of cracks, excess gas, porosity, lack of fusion and meet the same quality requirements as
the parent material.
1 7.1 .6 Welded castings shall be marked with a symbol of
three concentric circles with a letter or number designating the
welder adj acent to the symbol. The outer circle of the symbol
shall be not larger than 1 ⁄4 in. [6 mm] in outside diameter. All
welded areas shall be encircled with a ring of white paint prior
to submission for final inspection.
1 7.1 .7 Naval Shipboard Applications —Repair welding of
castings used in Naval shipboard pressure vessels, piping
systems and machinery shall be performed in accordance with
requirements for repair of castings specified in NAVSEA
Technical Publication S9074-AR-GIB-01 0/278.
NOTE 1 —1 in. = 25.4 mm.
FIG. 1 Tension Test Specimen Casting
1 7.2 Impregnation —When impregnation is permitted, it
shall be to correct general seepage leaks only and shall not be
used to correct poor foundry technique or significant porosity.
It shall be accomplished in accordance with MIL-STD-276.
Unless otherwise authorized by the purchaser, castings which
have been impregnated shall be marked “IMP.”
1 7.3 Peening —When peening is permitted, it shall be to
correct localized minor seepage leaks and small surface imperfections only, or to disclose subsurface voids for purpose of
inspection. Peening will not be permitted to repair cracks, cold
shuts, shrinks, misruns, defects due to careless handling, or
other similar maj or defects. Peening may be accomplished
either hot or cold and shall be performed by methods which are
acceptable to the purchaser. Peened castings shall be marked
with Maltese cross approximately 1 ⁄4 in. [6 mm] high.
1 7.4 Blending —Blending with suitable grinders or other
tools will be permitted for the removal of surface imperfections
only, and shall not result in dimensions outside the tolerances
shown on the applicable drawing.
18. Source Inspection
1 8.1 If the purchaser elects to make an inspection of the
casting at the producer’ s works, it shall be so stated in the
contract or order.
1 8.2 If the purchaser elects to have inspection made at the
producer’ s works, the producer shall afford the inspector all
reasonable facilities to satisfy him that the material is being
furnished in accordance with this specification. All tests and
inspection shall be so conducted as not to interfere unnecessarily with the operation of the works.
FIG. 2 Tension Test Specimen Casting [Metric]
8
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
19. Foundry Inspection
SB-26/SB-26M
and when applicable capital letters, cast integral. The location
of the identification marking shall be as specified on the
applicable drawing. When the location is not specified on the
drawing, the drawing/part number shall be placed in a location
mutually agreeable to the purchaser and producer.
1 9.1 Requirements such as surface finish, parting line proj ections, snagging proj ections where gates and risers were
removed, and so forth, may be checked visually. It is advisable
to have agreed-upon observational standards representing both
acceptable and unacceptable material.
1 9.2 Liquid Penetrant Inspection :
1 9.2.1 When specified, liquid penetrant inspection shall be
in accordance with Test Method E1 65, and the required
sensitivity shall be specified.
1 9.2.2 Acceptance standards for discontinuities shall be
agreed upon, including size and frequency per unit area and
location.
1 9.3 Radiographic Inspection:
1 9.3.1 Radiographic inspection shall be in accordance with
Guide E94 and Film Reference Radiographs E1 55.
1 9.3.2 When agreed upon between the manufacturer and
purchaser digital radiographic inspection shall be in accordance with Guide E94 and Digital Reference Radiographs
E2422.
1 9.3.3 Radiographic acceptance shall be in accordance with
requirements selected from Table 3. Any modifications of this
table and the frequency per unit area and location should also
be agreed upon.
1 9.3.4 The number, film size, and orientation of radiographs
and the number of castings radiographically inspected shall be
agreed upon between the manufacturer and purchaser.
22.1 .1 Lot Identification —When practicable, each casting
shall also be marked with the melt of inspection lot number.
22.2 Lot—A lot shall consist of all of the cleaned castings
poured from the same heat or melt when subsequent heat
treatment is not required.
22.2.1 When the castings consist of alloys which require
heat treatment, the lot shall consist of all castings from the
same melt or heat which have been heat treated in the same
furnace charge, or if heat treated in a continuous furnace, all
castings from the same melt or heat that are discharged from
the furnace during a 4-h period.
22.3 Repair Markings —All identification markings indicating repairs as specified in 1 7.1 .6, 1 7.2, and 1 7.3, shall be made
with a waterproof marking fluid.
23. Packaging, Marking, and Shipping
23.1 The material shall be packaged in such a manner as to
prevent damage in ordinary handling and transportation. The
type of packaging and gross weight of individual containers
shall be left to the discretion of the producer unless otherwise
agreed upon. Packaging methods and containers shall be so
selected as to permit maximum utility of mechanical equipment in unloading and subsequent handling. Each package or
container shall contain only one size, alloy, and temper of
material when packaged for shipment unless otherwise agreed
upon.
20. Rejection and Rehearing
20.1 Castings that show unacceptable defects revealed by
operations subsequent to acceptance and within an agreed time
may be rej ected, and shall be replaced by the producer.
20.2 In the case of dissatisfaction regarding rej ections based
on chemical composition and mechanical properties specified
in Section 7 and 1 0, respectively, the producer may make claim
for rehearing as the basis of arbitration within a reasonable
time after receipt by the producer of the rej ection notification.
23.2 Each package or container shall be marked with the
purchase order number, drawing number, quantity, specification number, alloy and temper, gross and net weights, and the
name of the producer.
23.3 Packages or containers shall be such as to ensure
acceptance by common or other carriers for safe transportation
at the lowest rate to the point of delivery.
21. Certification
23.4 When specified in the contract or purchase order,
material shall be preserved, packaged, and packed in accordance with the requirements of Practices B660. The applicable
levels shall be as specified in the contract or order. Marking for
shipment of such material shall be in accordance with Fed. Std.
No. 1 23 or Practice D3951 for civil agencies and MIL-STD1 29 for military agencies.
21 .1 ? The producer shall furnish to the purchaser
a certificate stating that each lot has been sampled, tested, and
inspected in accordance with this specification, and has met the
requirements. In? addition, ? ? ??? ?? ??? ?? ?????? ?? ? ???? ?? ??? ? ?? ??? ??????
ification shall be supplied with the certification.
22. Identification and Repair Marking—Castings
Produced for Government and Military Agencies
24. Keywords
22.1 Identification —Unless otherwise specified, each casting shall be marked with the applicable drawing or part
number. The marking shall consist of raised Arabic numerals,
24.1 aluminum; sand casting
9
SB-26/SB-26M
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
ANNEXES
(Mandatory Information)
A1. BASIS FOR INCLUSION OF PROPERTY LIMITS
A1 .1 Limits are established at a level at which a statistical
evaluation of the data indicates that 99 % of the population
obtained from all standard material meets the limit with 95 %
confidence. For the products described, mechanical property
limits for the respective size ranges are based on the analyses
of at least 1 00 data from standard production material with no
more than ten data from a given lot. All tests are performed in
accordance with the appropriate ASTM test methods. For
informational purposes, refer to “Statistical Aspects of Mechanical Property Assurance” in the Related Material section of
the
Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Vol 02.02.
A2. ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA FOR INCLUSION OF NEW ALUMINUM AND ALUMINUM ALLOYS
IN THIS SPECIFICATION
A2.1 Prior to acceptance for inclusion in this specification,
the composition of wrought or cast aluminum or aluminum
alloy shall be registered in accordance with ANSI H35.1 /
H35.1 (M). The Aluminum Association holds the Secretariat of
ANSI H35 Committee and administers the criteria and procedures for registration.
refinement and for which minimum and maximum limits are
specified. Unalloyed aluminum contains a minimum of
99.00 % aluminum.
A2.2.6 Standard limits for alloying elements and impurities
are expressed to the following decimal places:
Less than 0.001 %
0.001 to but less than 0.01 %
0.01 to but less than 0.1 0 %
Unalloyed aluminum made by a refining process
Alloys and unalloyed aluminum not made by a refining
process
0.1 0 through 0.55 %
(It is customary to express limits of 0.30 through 0.55 %
as 0.X0 or 0.X5.)
Over 0.55 %
A2.2 If it is documented that the Aluminum Association
could not or would not register a given composition, an
alternative procedure and the criteria for acceptance shall be as
follows:
A2.2.1 The designation submitted for inclusion does not
utilize the same designation system as described in ANSI
H35.1 /H35.1 (M). A designation not in conflict with other
designation systems or a trade name is acceptable.
A2.2.2 The aluminum or aluminum alloy has been offered
for sale in commercial quantities within the prior twelve
months to at least three identifiable users.
A2.2.3 The complete chemical composition limits are submitted.
A2.2.4 The composition is, in the j udgement of the responsible subcommittee, significantly different from that of any
other aluminum or aluminum alloy already in the specification.
A2.2.5 For codification purposes, an alloying element is any
element intentionally added for any purpose other than grain
(except that combined Si + Fe limits for 99.00 % min
imum aluminum must be expressed as 0.XX or
1 .XX)
0.000X
0.00X
0.0XX
0.0X
0.XX
0.X, X.X, and so
forth
A2.2.7 Standard limits for alloying elements and impurities
are expressed in the following sequence: Silicon; Iron; Copper;
Manganese; Magnesium; Chromium; Nickel; Zinc (Note
A2.1 ); Titanium; Other Elements, Each; Other Elements, Total;
Aluminum (Note A2.2).
NOTE A2.1 —Additional specified elements having limits are inserted in
alphabetical order of their chemical symbols between zinc and titanium, or
are specified in footnotes.
NOTE A2.2—Aluminum is specified as minimum for unalloyed aluminum and as a remainder for aluminum alloys.
10
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-26/SB-26M
APPENDIXES
(Nonmandatory Information)
X1. ALLOY PROPERTIES AND CHARACTERISTICS
X1 .1
The data in Table X1 .1 are approximate and are
supplied for general information only.
11
Properti es an d Ch aracteri sti cs
NOTE 1 —1 indicates best of group, 5 indicates poorest of group.
Alloy
Approximate Melting
Range, B °F [°C]
[1 3]
⁄ [1 3]
5 ⁄32 [1 3]
5 ⁄32 [1 3]
5 ⁄32 [1 3]
5 ⁄32 [1 3]
5 ⁄32 [1 3]
5 ⁄32 [1 3]
5 ⁄32 [1 3]
5 ⁄32 [1 3]
5 ⁄32 [1 3]
5 ⁄32 [1 3]
5 ⁄32 [1 3]
1 ⁄1 0 [8]
5 ⁄32 [1 3]
3⁄1 6 [1 6]
1 060–1 200 [571 –649]
985–1 200 [529–649]
990–11 75 [532–635]
970–11 90 [521 –643]
950–11 25 [51 0–607]
960–11 35 [51 6–61 3]
1 01 5–11 50 [546–621 ]
1 01 5–11 50 [546–621 ]
1 035–11 35 [557–61 3]
1 035–11 35 [557–61 3]
1 065–11 70 [574–632]
1 065–11 70 [574–632]
111 0–11 85 [599–640]
840–11 20 [449–604]
1 020–11 65 [549–629]
11 05–11 80 [596–638]
4
4
4
4
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
2
3
5
3
3
3
4
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
5
5
5
3
3
3
3
3
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
5
4
5
4
Solidification
Shrinkage
TendencyE
4
4
4
3
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
5
5
5
4
⁄ [1 6]
⁄ [1 6]
1 085–11 65 [585–629]
11 05–11 95 [596–646]
5
5
3
3
4
4
4
4
⁄ [1 6]
111 0–11 85 [599–641 ]
5
3
4
4
⁄ [1 6]
11 00–11 85 [593–641 ]
5
3
4
4
⁄ [1 6]
⁄ [1 3]
11 20–11 90 [604–643]
435–1 200 [224–649]
5
5
3
5
4
5
4
5
⁄ [1 3]
440–11 65 [227–629]
4
4
5
4
⁄ [1 3]
400–11 75 [204–635]
5
5
5
5
ANSI O
UNS
201 .0
204.0
242.0
295.0
31 9.0
328.0
355.0
C355.0
356.0
A356.0
443.0
B443.0
51 4.0
520.0
535.0
705.0
A0201 0
A02040
A02420
A02950
A031 90
A03280
A03550
A33550
A03560
A1 3560
A04430
A24430
A051 40
A05200
A05350
A07050
707.0
71 0.0Q
A07070
A071 00
316
71 2.0Q
A071 20
316
71 3.0
A071 30
316
771 .0
850.0
A0771 0
A08500
316
851 .0Q
A0851 0
5 32
852.0Q
A08520
5 32
316
5 32
5 32
Resistance to Pressure
Hot
Crack- Tightness
ing C
FluidityD
Anodizing (Appearance) J
Chemical Strength SuitabilOxide
at Eleity for Suitability for
Coating
vated
Weld(Protec- TemperaBrazing N
M
ing
K
L
tion)
ture
Normally
Heat
Treated
Resistance to
Corrosion F
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
no
no
no
yes
no
aged
only
yes
aged
only
aged
only
aged
only
yes
aged
only
aged
only
aged
only
4
4
4
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
3
2
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
2
3
4
3
3
4
4
5
5
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
4
5
3
3
5
5
5
5
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
2
2
2
2
5
4
5
3
2
3
3
2
4
4
4
4
4
4
5
5
1
1
1
2
2
4
4
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
3
2
2
2
2
1
1
2
2
1
1
2
3
1
1
3
3
Machin- Polish- Electroing G
ing H plating I
3
5
4
4
4
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
4
5
4
4
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
ltd
ltd
no
no
no
yes
2
3
5
5
4
4
yes
yes
2
3
5
4
yes
2
2
3
5
4
yes
1
1
3
5
2
4
2
5
5
P
4
5
yes
no
1
1
5
4
5
P
5
no
1
1
5
4
5
P
5
no
A Allowances for average castings. Shrinkage requirements will vary with intricacy of design and dimensions.
B Temperatures of solids and liquids are indicated; pouring temperatures will be higher.
C Ability of alloy to withstand contraction stresses while cooling through hot-short or brittle-temperature range.
D Ability of liquid alloy to flow readily in mold and fill thin sections.
E Decreased in volume accompanying freezing of alloy and measure of amount of compensating feed metal required in form of risers.
F Based on alloy resistance in standard-type salt-spray test.
G Composite rating based on ease of cutting, chip characteristics, quality of finish, and tool life. Ratings, in the case of heat-treatable alloys,
may have lower rating.
H Composite rating based on ease and speed of polishing and quality of finish provided by typical polishing procedure.
I Ability of casting to take and hold an electroplate applied by present standard methods.
J Rated on lightness of color, brightness, and uniformity of clear anodized coating applied in sulfuric acid electrolyte.
K Rated on combined resistance of coating and base alloy to corrosion.
L Rating based on tensile and yield strengths at temperatures up to 500°F [260°C], after prolonged heating at testing temperature.
M Based on ability of material to be fusion welded with filler rod of same alloy.
N Refers to suitability of alloy to withstand brazing temperatures without excessive distortion or melting.
O ASTM alloy designations are recorded in Practice B275.
P Not recommended for service at elevated temperatures.
Q 71 0.0 formerly A71 2.0, 71 2.0 formerly D71 2.0, 851 .0 formerly A850.0, 852.0 formerly B850.0.
1
1
1
3
3
2
2
2
3
3
4
4
2
P
based on a -T6 temper. Other tempers, particularly the annealed temper,
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
12
Pattern
Shrinkage
Allowance, A
in./ft
[mm/m]
SB-26/SB-26M
TABLE X1 . 1
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
X2.
S I UNITS
2
for pressure or stress is the newton per square metre (N/m ),
X2.1 The SI unit for strength properties now shown is in
accordance with the International System of Units (SI) (IEEE/
ASTM SI 1 0). The derived SI unit for force is the newton (N),
which is defined as that force which when applied to a body
having a mass of one kilogram gives it an acceleration of one
2
metre per second squared (N = kg·m/s ). The derived SI unit
X3.
which has been named the pascal (Pa) by the General Conference on Weights and Measures. Since 1 ksi = 6 894 757 Pa,
the metric equivalents are expressed as megapascal (MPa),
2
2
which is the same as MN/m and N/mm .
INACTIVE ALLOYS
X3 . 1 Alloys listed as inactive by the Aluminum
Association—208.0 and 222.0. Listing the composition limits,
mechanical properties, and characteristics of the alloys is a
TABLE X3. 1
SB-26/SB-26M
method of preserving this data should it be needed at some
future date.
Ch emi cal Composi ti on Li mi ts–I n acti ve Al l oys
NOTE 1 —All applicable notes and footnotes can be found in Table 1
Alloy
ANSI
208.0
222.0
UNS
A02080
A02220
Aluminum
remainder
remainder
Silicon
2.5-3.5
2.0
Iron
1 .2
1 .5
Copper
3.5-4.5
9.2-1 0.7
Composition, (Values in Weight Percent)
ManMagneChromium
Nickel
ganese
sium
0.50
0.1 0
...
0.35
0.50
0.1 5-0.35
...
0.50
Zinc
1 .0
0.8
Tin
...
...
Titanium
0.25
0.25
Others
Each
Total
...
0.50
...
0.35
TABLE X3. 2 Tensi l e Req u i rem ents (I nch -Pou nd U n i ts)–I nacti ve Al l oys
NOTE 1 —All applicable notes and footnotes can be found in Table 2.
Alloy
ANSI
UNS
208.0
222.0
A02080
A02220
Temper
Tensile Strength,
min, ksi
F
O
T6
1 9.0 (1 31 )
23.0 (1 59)
30.0 (207)
Yield Strength
(0.2 % offset),
min, ksi
1 20 (83)
13
Elongation in
2 in. or 4 x
diameter, min, %
1 .5
Typical Brinell Hardness, 500 kgf, 1 0
mm
55
80
11 5
SB-26/SB-26M
TABLE X3. 3 Properti es an d Ch aracteri sti cs–I n acti ve Al l oys
14
Alloy
ANSI O
UNS
208.0
222.0
A02080
A02220
Pattern
Shrinkage
Allowance, A
in./ft
[mm/m]
⁄ [1 3]
⁄ [1 3]
5 32
5 32
Approximate Melting
Range, B °F [°C]
Resistance to
Hot
Cracking C
Pressure
Tightness
FluidityD
970-11 60 [521 -627]
965-11 55 [51 8-624]
2
3
2
3
2
3
Solidification
Shrinkage
TendencyE
2
3
Normally
Heat
Treated
Resistance to
Corrosion F
Machining G
Polishing H
Electroplating I
Anodizing (Appearance) J
Chemical
Oxide
Coating
(Protection) K
Strength
at Elevated
Temperature L
Suitability for
Welding M
Suitability for
Brazing N
yes
yes
4
4
3
1
3
2
2
1
3
3
3
4
3
1
2
4
no
no
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
NOTE 1 —1 indicates best of group, 5 indicates poorest of group.
NOTE 2—All applicable notes and footnotes can be found in Table X1 .1 .
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SPECI FI CATI ON FOR SEAM LESS COPPER PI PE,
STAN DARD SI ZES
SB-42
(Identical with ASTM Specification B42-02e1 except that certification and mill test reports have been made mandatory.)
15
SB-42
SB-42
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SPECIFICATION FOR SEAMLESS COPPER PIPE,
STANDARD SIZES
SB-42
(Identical with ASTM Specification B 42-02
1.
?1
except that certification and mill test reports have been made mandatory.)
3.
Scope
1.1
3.1
This specification covers seamless copper pipe in
all nominal or standard pipe sizes, both regular and extra-
Definitions:
lengths — straight pieces of the product.
3.1.1.1 standard — uniform lengths recommended
3.1.1
strong, suitable for use in plumbing, boiler feed lines, and
for similar purposes.
1.2
Terminology
in a Simplified Practice Recommendation or established
The values stated in inch-pound units are to be
as a Commercial Standard.
regarded as the standard. The values given in parentheses
3.1.2
tube, seamless — a tube produced with a contin-
are provided for information purposes only.
uous periphery in all stages of the operations.
2.
particular dimensions commercially known as Nominal or
3.1.2.1
Referenced Documents
Standard Pipe Sizes.
2.1 The following documents of the issue in effect on
date of material purchase form a part of this specification
3.2
to the extent referenced herein:
2.2
pipe — a seamless tube conforming to the
Definitions of Terms Specific to This Standard:
capable of — as used in this specification, the
3.2.1
ASTM Standards:
test need not be performed by the producer of the material.
However, should subsequent testing by the purchaser estab-
B 1 53 Test Method for Expansion (Pin Test) of Copper
lish that the material does not meet these requirements the
and Copper-Alloy Pipe and Tubing
material shall be subj ect to rej ection.
B 1 70 Specification for Oxygen-Free Electrolytic Copper—Refinery Shapes
B 601 Practice for Temper Designations for Copper and
4.
Copper Alloys—Wrought and Cast
Ordering Information
4.1
E 8 Test Methods for Tension Testing of Metallic Materials
Orders for material under this specification shall
include the following information:
E 29 Practice for Using Significant Digits in Test Data to
4.1.1
Determine Conformance with Specifications
E 53 Test Method for Determination of Copper in Unal-
Type of copper, if required,
4.1.2 Temper (see 6.1 ),
loyed Copper by Gravimetry
4.1.3 Pipe size, regular or extra-strong, (see 1 0.2),
E 62 Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Copper and
4.1.4 Length (see 1 0.3),
Copper Alloys (Photometric Method)
4.1.5 Total length of each size,
E 243 Practice for Electromagnetic (Eddy-Current) Exami-
4.1.6 DELETED
nation of Copper and Copper-Alloy Tubes
E 255 Practice for Sampling Copper and Copper Alloys
4.1.7 DELETED
for the Determination of Chemical Composition
4.1.8 DELETED
E 478 Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Copper
4.1.9 Hydrostatic test, if required, and
Alloys
4.1.10 Pneumatic test, if required.
E 527 Practice for Numbering Metals and Alloys (UNS)
16
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-42
TABLE 1
CH EM ICAL REQU IREM EN TS
Copper U NS No.
Copper (incl Silver),
min, %
C10200 A
C10300
C10800
C12000
C12200
99.95
99.95 B
99.95 B
99.90
99.9
A
B
TABLE 2
TEN SILE REQU IREM ENTS
Phosphorus, %
0.001
0.005
0.004
0.015
Temper Designation
...
to 0.005
to 0.012
to 0.012
to 0.040
Standard
O61
H 80
H 80
H 55
Oxygen in C10200 shal l be 10 ppm max.
Copper + sil ver + phosphorus.
Former
Pipe Size
Tensile
Nominal or Strength,
Standard, min, ksi A
in.
(M Pa) B
anneal ed
Al l
hard drawn 1 ⁄8 –2, incl
hard drawn
over 2
l ight drawn 2–12, incl
30
45
38
36
Yield
Strength, C
min, ksi A
(M Pa) B
(294)
(310)
(260)
(250)
9 (88) D
40 (280)
32 (220)
30 (210)
ksi p 1000 psi.
See Appendix X1.
C
At 0.5% extension under load.
D
Light straightening operation is permitted.
A
B
4.2 In addition, when material is purchased for agencies
of the U.S. Government, it shall conform to the Supplemen-
6.
tary Requirements as defined herein when specified in the
Temper
6.1
contract or purchase order.
All pipe shall normally be furnished in the O61
(annealed), H55 (light drawn), or H80 (hard drawn) temper,
as prescribed in Practice B 601 , and shall have the proper-
5.
ties shown in Table 2.
Chemical Composition
6.2 When pipe is required for bending, it shall be so
5.1 The material shall conform to the following chemi-
specified in the purchase order, and the pipe shall be fur-
cal requirements:
nished in the temper agreed upon between the manufacturer
Copper (incl silver), min, %
99.9
Phosphorus, max, %
0.04
or supplier and the purchaser.
7.
Expansion Test
5.2 The pipe shall be produced from one of the follow-
7.1 Pipe ordered in the annealed (O) condition, selected
ing coppers, and unless otherwise specified, anyone of
for test, shall withstand an expansion of 25% of the outside
them is permitted to be furnished:
diameter when expanded in accordance with Test Method
B 1 53. The expanded pipe shall show no cracking or rupture
Previously
Copper
Used
UNS No.
Designation
C1 0200
OF
visible to the unaided eye. Pipe ordered in the drawn (H)
condition is not subj ect to this test.
Type of Copper
Oxygen-free without residual
NOTE 1 — The term “unaided eye,” as used herein, permits the use of
deoxidants
C1 0300
corrective spectacles necessary to obtain normal vision.
Oxygen-free, extra-low phos-
7.2 As an alternative to the expansion test for pipe over
phorus
C1 0800
Oxygen-free, low phosphorus
C1 2000
DLP
Phosphorized, low residual phos-
C1 2200
DHP
Phosphorized, high residual
4 in. (1 02 mm) in diameter in the annealed condition, a
section 4 in. in length shall be cut from the end of one of
phorus
the lengths for a flattening test. This 4-in. specimen shall
be flattened so that a gage set at three times the wall
phosphorus
thickness will pass over the pipe freely throughout the
5.3
When the copper is specified, the material shall
flattened part. The pipe so tested shall develop no cracks
conform to the chemical requirements specified in Table 1 .
or flaws visible to the unaided eye (Note 1 ) as a result of
this test. In making the flattening test, the elements shall
5.4 These specification limits do not preclude the possi-
be slowly flattened by one stroke of the press.
ble presence of other elements. When required, limits for
unnamed elements are to be established by agreement
between manufacturer or supplier and purchaser.
5.4.1
8.
Microscopical Examination
The maj or element that is not analyzed shall
8.1 The pipe shall be made from copper that is free of
be determined by difference between the sum of those
cuprous oxide as determined by microscopical examination
?
elements analyzed and 1 00%. By agreement between man-
at a 75
ufacturer and purchaser, it is permitted to establish limits
is supplied, microscopical examination for cuprous oxide
and required analysis for elements not specified.
is not required.
17
magnification. When Copper UNS No. C1 2200
SB-42
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
9.
Nondestructive Testing
under water or by the pressure-differential method. Any
evidence of leakage shall be cause for rej ection.
9.1 The material shall be tested in the final size but is
permitted to be tested before the final anneal or heat treatment, when these thermal treatments are required, unless
otherwise agreed upon by the manufacturer or supplier and
10.
purchaser.
1
9.2
Eddy-Current Test—
1
Dimensions and Permissible Variations
10.1 For the purpose of determining conformance with
the dimensional requirements prescribed in this specifica-
Each piece of material from
tion, any measured value outside the limiting values for
⁄8 -in. up to and including 2 ⁄2-in. nominal outside diameter,
or within the capabilities of the eddy-current tester, shall
any dimensions shall be sufficient cause for rej ection.
be subj ected to an eddy-current test. Testing shall follow
10.2 Standard Dimensions, Wall Thickness, and Diameter Tolerances — The standard dimensions, wall thickness,
the procedures of Practice E 243, except for determination
of “end effect.” The material shall be passed through an
and diameter to leranc es s hall b e in ac c o rdanc e wi th
eddy-current testing unit adjusted to provide information
Table 3.
on the suitability of the material for the intended application.
10.3
9.2.1
Length and Length Tolerances
1
± ⁄2 in. (1 3 mm).
0.001 in. (0.025 mm) shall be 1 0% of the nominal wall
thickness. The notch depth tolerance shall be ±0.0005 in.
10.4
(0. 01 3 mm) . Alternatively, when a manufacturer us es
Roundness:
10.4.1 For drawn unannealed pipe in straight lengths,
speed-insensitive equipment that allows the selection of a
the roundness tolerances shall be as follows:
maximum imbalance signal, a maximum imbalance signal
of 0.3% is permitted to be used.
9.2.2
t/D (Ratio of Wall Thickness
Material that does not actuate the signaling
to Outside Diameter)
device of the eddy-current test shall be considered as con-
Roundness Tolerance as Percent of
Outside Diameter (Expressed to
the Nearest 0.001 in. (0.025 mm))
forming to the requirements of this test. Material with
0.01 to 0.03, incl
1 .5
discontinuities indicated by the testing unit is permitted to
Over 0.03 to 0.05, incl
1 .0
be reexamined or retested, at the option of the manufac-
Over 0.05 to 0.1 0, incl
0.8
Over 0.1 0
0.7
turer, to determine whether the discontinuity is cause for
rej ection. Signals that are found to have been caused by
1 0.4.2 Compliance with the roundness tolerance
minor mechanical damage, soil, or moisture shall not be
shall be determined by taking measurements on the outside
cause for rej ection of the material provided the dimensions
diameter only, irrespective of the manner in which the pipe
of the material are still within prescribed limits and the
dimensions are specified.
material is suitable for its intended application.
9.3
Hydrostatic Test
10.4.3
— When specified, the material
The deviation from roundness is measured
as the difference between maj or and minor diameters as
shall stand, without showing evidence of leakage, an inter-
determined at any one cross section of the tube.
nal hydrostatic pressure sufficient to subj ect the material
to a fiber stress of 6000 psi (41 MPa), determined by the
10.5
following equation for thin hollow cylinders under tension.
Squareness of Cut — The departure from square-
ness of the end of any pipe shall not exceed the following:
The material need not be tested at a hydrostatic pressure
Outside Diameter,
of over 1 000 psi (6.9 MPa) unless so specified.
P p 2 St /(D − 0.8 t)
—The standard
length of copper pipe is 1 2 ft (3.66 m) with a tolerance of
Notch-depth standards rounded to the nearest
in. (mm)
(1 )
Up to
5
5
⁄8
(1 5.9), incl
Over ⁄8 (1 5.9)
where:
P p hydrostatic pressure, psi (or MPa)
t p wall thickness of the material, in. (or mm)
D p outside diameter of the material, in. (or mm)
S p allowable stress of the material, psi (MPa)
9.4 Pneumatic Test — When specified, the material
Tolerance
0.01 0 in. (0.25 mm)
0.01 6 in. /in. (0.01 6 mm/mm)
of diameter
10.6
Straightness Tolerance — For pipe of H (drawn)
1
tempers of Nominal Pipe Sizes from ⁄4 to 1 2 in. inclusive,
the maximum curvature (depth of arc) shall not exceed
1
⁄2 in. (1 3 mm) in any 1 0-ft (3048-mm) portion of the total
length. For H temper pipe of other sizes, and for the O61 1
shall be subj ected to an internal air pressure of 60 psi
(41 5 kPa) minimum for 5 s without showing evidence of
(annealed) temper, no numerical values are established,
leakage. The test method used shall permit easy visual
however, the straightness of the pipe shall be suitable for
detection of any leakage, such as by having the material
the intended application.
18
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-42
TABLE 3
STANDARD DIM ENSIONS, WEIGH TS, AN D TOLERAN CES
Nominal or
Standard
Pipe Size, in.
Outside Diameter,
in. (mm)
Average Outside
Diameter Tolerance, A
in. (mm)
All M inus
Wall Thickness,
in. (mm)
Tolerance, B
in. (mm)
Theoretical Weight,
lb/ft (kg/m)
Regular
1
⁄8
⁄4
3
⁄8
0.405 (1 0.3)
0.540 (1 3.7)
0.675 (1 7.1 )
0.004 (0.1 0)
0.004 (0.1 0)
0.005 (0.1 3)
0.062 ( 1 .57)
0.082 ( 2.08)
0.090 ( 2.2 9)
0.004 ( 0.1 0)
0.005 ( 0.1 3)
0.005 ( 0.1 3)
0.2 59 (0.385)
0.457 (0.680)
0.641 (0.954)
1
⁄2
⁄4
0.840 (2 1 .3)
1 .050 (2 6.7)
1 .31 5 (33.4)
0.005 (0.1 3)
0.006 (0.1 5)
0.006 (0.1 5)
0.1 07 ( 2.72 )
0.1 1 4 ( 2.90)
0.1 2 6 ( 3.2 0)
0.006 ( 0.1 5)
0.006 ( 0.1 5)
0.007 ( 0.1 8)
0.955 (1 .42 )
1 .30 (1 .93)
1 .82 (2 .71 )
1 1 ⁄4
1 1 ⁄2
2
1 .660 (42 .2 )
1 .900 (48.3)
2 .375 (60.3)
0.006 (0.1 5)
0.006 (0.1 5)
0.008 (0.2 0)
0.1 46 ( 3.71 )
0.1 50 ( 3.81 )
0.1 56 ( 3.96)
0.008 ( 0.2 0)
0.008 ( 0.2 0)
0.009 ( 0.2 3)
2 .69 (4.00)
3.2 0 (4.76)
4.2 2 (6.2 8)
2 1 ⁄2
3
3 1 ⁄2
2 .875 (73.0)
3.500 (88.9)
4.000 (1 02 )
0.008 (0.2 0)
0.01 0 (0.2 5)
0.01 0 ( 0.2 5)
0.1 87 ( 4.75)
0.2 1 9 ( 5.56)
0.2 50 (6.35)
0.01 0 ( 0.2 5)
0.01 2 ( 0.30)
0.01 3 (0.33)
6.1 2 (9.1 1 )
8.76 (1 3.0)
1 1 .4 (1 7.0)
4
5
6
4.500 (1 1 4)
5.562 (1 41 )
6.62 5 (1 68)
0.01 2 ( 0.30)
0.01 4 ( 0.36)
0.01 6 ( 0.41 )
0.2 50 (6.35)
0.2 50 (6.35)
0.2 50 (6.35)
0.01 4 (0.36)
0.01 4 (0.36)
0.01 4 (0.36)
1 2.9 ( 1 9.2)
1 6.2 ( 2 4.1 )
1 9.4 ( 2 8.9)
8
10
12
8.62 5 (2 1 9)
1 0.750 (2 73)
1 2 .750 (32 4)
0.02 0 ( 0.51 )
0.02 2 ( 0.56)
0.02 4 ( 0.61 )
0.31 2 (7.92 )
0.365 (9.2 7)
0.375 (9.52 )
0.02 2 (0.56)
0.030 (0.76)
0.030 (0.76)
31 .6 ( 47.0)
46.2 ( 68.7)
56.5 ( 84.1 )
1
3
1
Extra Strong
1
⁄8
⁄4
3
⁄8
0.405 (1 0.3)
0.540 (1 3.7)
0.675 (1 7.1 )
0.004 (0.1 0)
0.004 (0.1 0)
0.005 (0.1 3)
0.1 00 ( 2.54)
0.1 2 3 ( 3.1 2 )
0.1 2 7 ( 3.2 3)
0.006 ( 0.1 5)
0.007 ( 0.1 8)
0.007 ( 0.1 8)
0.371 (0.552)
0.62 5 (0.930)
0.847 (1 .2 6)
1
⁄2
⁄4
0.840 (2 1 .3)
1 .050 (2 6.7)
1 .31 5 (33.4)
0.005 (0.1 3)
0.006 (0.1 5)
0.006 (0.1 5)
0.1 49 ( 3.78)
0.1 57 ( 3.99)
0.1 82 ( 4.62 )
0.008 ( 0.2 0)
0.009 ( 0.2 3)
0.01 0 ( 0.2 5)
1 .2 5 (1 .86)
1 .71 (2 .54)
2 .51 (3.73)
1 1 ⁄4
1 1 ⁄2
2
1 .660 (42 .2 )
1 .900 (48.3)
2 .375 (60.3)
0.006 (0.1 5)
0.006 (0.1 5)
0.008 (0.2 0)
0.1 94 ( 4.93)
0.2 03 ( 5.1 6)
0.2 2 1 ( 5.61 )
0.01 0 ( 0.2 5)
0.01 1 ( 0.2 8)
0.01 2 ( 0.30)
3.46 (5.1 5)
4.1 9 (6.2 3)
5.80 (8.63)
2 1 ⁄2
3
3 1 ⁄2
2 .875 (73.0)
3.500 (88.9)
4.000 (1 02 )
0.008 (0.2 0)
0.01 0 (0.2 5)
0.01 0 (0.2 5)
0.2 80 ( 7.1 1 )
0.304 ( 7.72 )
0.32 1 ( 8.1 5)
0.01 5 ( 0.38)
0.01 6 ( 0.41 )
0.01 7 ( 0.43)
8.85 (1 3.2 )
1 1 .8 (1 7.6)
1 4.4 (2 1 .4)
4
5
6
4.500 ( 1 1 4)
5.562 ( 1 41 )
6.62 5 ( 1 68)
0.01 2 (0.30)
0.01 4 (0.36)
0.01 6 (0.41 )
0.341 ( 8.66)
0.375 ( 9.52 )
0.437 ( 1 1 .1 )
0.01 8 ( 0.46)
0.01 9 ( 0.48)
0.02 7 ( 0.69)
1 7.3 (2 5.7)
2 3.7 (35.3)
32 .9 (49.0)
8
10
8.62 5 ( 21 9)
10.750 (2 73)
0.02 0 (0.51 )
0.02 2 (0.56)
0.500 ( 1 2 .7)
0.500 ( 1 2 .7)
0.035 ( 0.89)
0.040 ( 1 .0)
49.5 (73.7)
62 .4 (92 .9)
1
3
1
N OTE 1 — Al l tol erances are pl us and mi nus except as otherwi se i ndi cated.
A
The average outsi de di ameter of a tube i s the average of the maxi mum and mi ni mum outsi de di ameters as determi ned at any one cross secti on of the pi pe.
B
M axi mum devi ati on at any one poi nt.
19
SB-42
11.
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
Workmanship, Finish, and Appearance
11.1
13.1.1.2 When samples are taken from the semifinished product, a sample shall be taken to represent each
The material shall be free of defects of a nature
1 0 000 lb (4550 kg) or fraction thereof, except that not
that interfere with normal commercial applications. It shall
more than one sample shall be required per piece.
be well cleaned and free of dirt.
13.1.1.3
Because of the discontinuous nature of
the processing of castings into wrought products, it is not
12.
Sampling
practical to identify specific casting analysis with a specific
quantity of finished material.
12.1 Sampling— The lot size, portion size, and selection
of sample pieces shall be as follows:
13.1.1.4
12.1.1 Lot Size —The lot size shall be as follows:
Pipe Size, in.
details desired.
Lot Weight, lb (kg)
1
Up to 1 ⁄2, incl
5 000 (2270) or fraction thereof
Over 1 ⁄2 to 4, incl
1 0 000 (4550) or fraction thereof
Over 4
40 000 (1 8 1 00) or fraction thereof
1
13.2 Retests:
13.2.1 If any test specimen shows defective machining or develops flaws, it shall be discarded and another
specimen substituted.
12.1.2 Portion Size— Sample pieces shall be taken
13.2.2 If a bend test specimen fails because of condi-
for test purposes from each lot according to the following
tions of bending more severe than required by the specifi-
schedule:
Number of Pieces
Number of Sample Pieces
in Lot
to be Taken
1 to 50
1
51 to 200
2
201 to 1 500
Over 1 500
cation, a retest shall be permitted on a new sample piece
or on the remaining portion of the first sample piece.
A
13.2.3 If the results of the test on one of the specimens fail to meet the specified requirements, two additional
specimens shall be taken from different sample pieces and
3
tested. The results of the tests on both of these specimens
0.2% of total number of pieces in the
shall meet the specified requirements. Failure of more than
lot, but not to exceed 1 0 sample pieces
A
In the event that heat identification or
traceability is required, the purchaser shall specify the
one specimen to meet the specified requirements for a
Each sample piece shall be taken from a separate tube.
particular property s hall be caus e for rej ection of the
entire lot.
13.2.4 If the chemical analysis fails to conform to the
13.
specified limits, analysis shall be made on a new composite
Number of Tests and Retests
sample prepared from additional pieces selected in accor-
13.1 Chemical Analysis— Samples for chemical analy-
dance with 1 2.1 . The results of this retest shall comply
sis shall be taken in accordance with Practice E 255. Drill-
with the specified requirements.
ings, millings, and so forth shall be taken in approximately
equal weight from each of the sample pieces selected in
accordance with 1 2.1 .2 and combined into one composite
14.
sample. The minimum weight of the composite sample
Test Methods
14.1
that is to be divided into three equal parts shall be 1 50 g.
The properties enumerated in this specification
shall, in case of disagreement, be determined in accordance
13.1.1 Instead of sampling in accordance with Prac-
with the following applicable test methods:
tice E 25 5 , the manufacturer s hall have the option of
Test
determining conformance to chemical composition as fol-
ASTM Designation
A
B
lows: Conformance shall be determined by the manufac-
Chemical analysis
B 1 70 , E 53, E 62, E 478
turer by analyzing samples taken at the time the castings
Tension
E 8
are poured or samples taken from the semifinished product.
If the manufacturer determines the chemical composition
E 1 53
E 243
A
of the material during the course of manufacture, he shall
B
not be required to sample and analyze the finished product.
See 1 2.1 .
Reference to Specification B 1 70 is to the suggested chemical methods
in the annex thereof. When Committee E01 has tested and published
The number of samples taken for determination of chemical
methods for assaying the low-level impurities in copper, the Specification
composition shall be as follows:
13.1.1.1
Expansion (pin test)
Eddy current
B 1 70 annex will be eliminated.
When samples are taken at the time the
castings are poured, at least one sample shall be taken for
14.2 Tension test specimens shall be of the full section
each group of castings poured simultaneously from the
of the pipe and shall conform to the requirements of the
same source of molten metal.
Specimens for Pipe and Tube section of Test Methods E 8
20
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-42
unless the limitations of the testing machine preclude the
charge, to satisfy him that the material is being furnished
use of such a specimen. Test specimens conforming to
in accordance with the specified requirements.
Type No. 1 of Fig. 1 3, Tension Test Specimens for LargeDiameter Tubular Products, of Test Methods E 8 is permitted to be used when a full-section specimen cannot be
17.
tested.
14.3
of this specification shall be subj ect to rej ection. Rej ection
Whenever tension test results are obtained from
is to be reported to the manufacturer or supplier promptly
both full-size and machined test specimens and they differ,
and in writing. In case of dissatisfaction with the results
the results obtained from full-size test specimens shall be
of the test, the manufacturer or supplier shall have the
used to determine conformance to the specification require-
option to make claim for a rehearing.
ments.
14.4
Rejection and Rehearing
17.1 Material that fails to conform to the requirements
Tension test results on material covered by this
specification are not seriously affected by variations in
18.
speed of testing. A considerable range of testing speed is
Certification
18.1
permissible; however, it is recommended that the rate of
The manufacturer shall furnish to the purchaser
a certificate stating that each lot has been sampled, tested,
s tre s s i ng to the y i e l d s tre ng th no t e x c e e d 1 0 0 ks i
and inspected in accordance with this specification and has
(700 MPa)/min. Above the yield strength, it is recom-
met the requirements.
mended that the movement p er minute of the tes ting
mac hi ne he ad u nde r l o ad no t e x c ee d 0 . 5 i n. /i n.
(0.5 mm/mm) of gage length (or distance between grips
19.
for full-section specimens).
15.
19.1 The material shall be separated by size, composition, and temper and prepared for shipment in such a man-
Significance of Numerical Limits
ne r as to ens u re ac c e p tanc e b y c o mmo n c arri er fo r
15.1 For purposes of determining compliance with the
transportation and to afford protection from the normal
hazards of transportation.
specified limits for requirements of the properties listed in
the following table, an observed value or a calculated value
19.2 Each shipping unit shall be legibly marked with
s hall be rounded as indicated in acc ordanc e with the
the purchase order number, metal or alloy designation,
rounding method of Practice E 29.
temper, size, total length or piece count or both, and name
Rounded Unit for Observed
Property
Chemical composition
Packaging and Package Marking
of supplier. The specification number shall be shown, when
or Calculated Value
specified.
Nearest unit in the last right-hand
place of figures of the specified
limit
Tensile strength
20.
Nearest ksi (nearest 5 MPa)
Mill Test Report
20.1
Yield Strength
The manufacturer shall furnish to the purchaser
a test report showing results of tests required by the specification.
16.
Inspection
21.
16.1 The manufacturer shall afford the inspector repre-
Keywords
21.1 copper pipe; extra strong; regular; standard sizes
senting the purchaser all reasonable facilities, without
21
SB-42
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS
The following supplementary requirements shall apply only when specified by the purchaser
in the inquiry, contract, or order, for agencies of the U. S. Government.
S1.
S4.
Referenced Documents
S1.1
on date of material purchase form a part of this specification
Level A, B, or C, as specified in the contract or purchase
order, in accordance with the requirements of MIL-C-3993.
Fed. Std. No. 1 23 Marking for Shipment (Civil Agencies)
S4.1.2
Fed. Std. No. 1 85 Identification Marking of Copper and
— The requirements of Fed.
various levels of packaging protection.
Military Standard:
S4.2
MIL-STD-1 29 Marking for Shipment and Storage
Marking:
S4.2.1
Military Specification:
Military Agencies
— In addition to any special
marking required by the contract or purchase order, mark-
MIL-C-3993 Packaging of Copper and Copper-Base Alloy
ing for shipment shall be in accordance with MIL-STD-
Mill Products
1 29.
S4.2.2
Civil Agencies
— In addition to any special
marking required by the contract or purchase order, mark-
Quality Assurance
S2.1
Civil Agencies
Std. No. 1 02 shall be referenced for definitions of the
Copper-Base Alloy Mill Products
S2.
— The material shall be
be preserved and packaged, Level A or C, and packed,
Federal Standards:
Levels
S1.1.3
Military Agencies
separated by size, composition, grade, or class and shall
Fed. Std. No. 1 02 Preservation, Packaging and Packing
S1.1.2
Preservation, Packaging, Packing:
S4.1.1
to the extent referenced herein:
S1.1.1
Preparation for Delivery
S4.1
The following documents of the issue in effect
ing for shipment shall be in accordance with Fed. Std.
Responsibility for Inspection:
No. 1 23.
S2.1.1 Unless otherwise specified in the contract or
purchase order, the manufacturer is responsible for the
performance of all inspection and test requirements speci-
S5.
fied. Except as otherwise specified in the contract or pur-
Part or Identifying Numbers (PINs)
S5.1 Part numbers are essential to maintain the integrity
chase order, the manufacturer shall use his own or any other
of the Department of Defense cataloging system as multiple
suitable facilities for the performance of the inspection and
National Stock Numbers (NSN) exist for this product. The
test requirements unless disapproved by the purchaser at
following information is provided for cross-reference pur-
the time the order is placed. The purchaser shall have the
poses. The pipe previously described in WW-P-377 and
right to perform any of the inspections or tests set forth
MS1 4302 corresponds to ASTM B 42 copper pipe of cop-
when such inspections and tests are deemed necessary to
per UNS No. C1 2000 with a regular wall thickness.
assure that the material conforms to prescribed require-
S5.2
ments.
Part identifying numbers, for government use,
shall be formulated by selecting from the options in this
specification as shown in Table S5.1 .
S3.
Identification Marking
S5.3 An example of a PIN follows: A part identifying
S3.1 All material shall be properly marked for identifi-
number of B42C1 2000H80-030R1 264 indicates an ASTM
cation in accordance with Fed. Std. No. 1 85 except that
B42 pipe of copper UNS No. C1 2000 in the hard drawn
the ASTM specification number and the alloy number shall
(H80) temper, 3-in. standard pipe size, regular wall thick-
be used.
ness, and it is 1 0 ft 6 ⁄2 in. (321 3 mm) in length.
1
22
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-42
TABLE S5.1
PART OR IDEN TIFYING N U M BERS
-XX
B42
Document
Identi fier
XXXXXX
XXX
Al l oy
(S ee Tabl e 1 )
Temper
(S ee 6.1 )
X
XXX
Size (See Table 3)
i nches
ei ghths of an i nch
23
X
Wal l thi ckness
(R
regul ar,
S
extra strong)
p
p
X
Length
i nches
ei ghths of an i nch
SB-42
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
APPENDIX
(Nonmandatory Information)
X1.
p
2
metre per second squared (N
kg W m/s ). The derived SI
unit for pressure or stress is the newton per square metre
2
(N/m ), which has been named the pascal (Pa) by the
General Conference on Weights and Meas ures . S ince
1 ksi
6 894 757 Pa, the metric equivalents are expressed
2
as megapascal (MPa), which is the same as MN/m and
2
N/mm .
METRIC EQUIVALENTS
X1.1 The SI unit for strength properties now shown is
in accordance with the International System of Units (SI).
p
The derived SI unit for force is the newton (N), which is
defined as that force which when applied to a body having
a mass of one kilogram gives it an acceleration of one
24
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SPECI FI CATI ON FOR SEAM LESS RED BRASS PI PE,
STAN DARD SI ZES
SB-43
(Identical with ASTM Specification B43-09 except that certification and mill test reports have been made mandatory.)
25
SB-43
SB-43
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
Standard Specification for
Seamless Red Brass Pipe, Standard Sizes
1. Scope
2. Referenced Documents
1 .1 This specification establishes requirements for seamless red brass (Copper Alloy UNS No. C23000) pipe in
nominal pipe sizes, both regular and extra-strong. In the
annealed temper (O61 ), the pipe is suitable for use in plumbing, boiler feed lines, and for similar purposes. In the drawn
general purpose temper (H58), the pipe is suitable for architectural applications, such as guard railings and stair hand
railings.
2.1 The following documents of the issue in effect on date
of material purchase form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced herein:
ASTM Standards:
2.2
B1 53 Test Method for Expansion (Pin Test) of Copper and
Copper-Alloy Pipe and Tubing
B1 54 Test Method for Mercurous Nitrate Test for Copper
Alloys
B601 Classification for Temper Designations for Copper and
Copper Alloys—Wrought and Cast
B846 Terminology for Copper and Copper Alloys
B858 Test Method for Ammonia Vapor Test for Determining
Susceptibility to Stress Corrosion Cracking in Copper
Alloys
E8 Test Methods for Tension Testing of Metallic Materials
E29 Practice for Using Significant Digits in Test Data to
Determine Conformance with Specifications
E11 2 Test Methods for Determining Average Grain Size
E243 Practice for Electromagnetic (Eddy-Current) Examination of Copper and Copper-Alloy Tubes
E255 Practice for Sampling Copper and Copper Alloys for
the Determination of Chemical Composition
E478 Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Copper Alloys
E527 Practice for Numbering Metals and Alloys in the
Unified Numbering System (UNS)
Units—
1 .2
The values stated in inch-pound units are to be
regarded as standard. The values given in parentheses are
mathematical conversions to SI units that are provided for
information only and are not considered standard.
1 .3 The following hazard caveat pertains only to the test
method portion, Section 9.1 .1 , of this specification.
This
standard does not purport to address all ofthe safety concerns,
ifany, associated with its use. It is the responsibility ofthe user
of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health
practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
1 .4 Warning—Mercury has been designated by EPA and
many state agencies as a hazardous material that can cause
central nervous system, kidney, and liver damage. Mercury, or
its vapor, may be hazardous to health and corrosive to
materials. Caution should be taken when handling mercury and
mercury-containing products. See the applicable product Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for details and EPA’s website
(http: //www.epa.gov/mercury/faq.htm) for additional information. Users should be aware that selling mercury or mercurycontaining products, or both, in your state may be prohibited by
state law. (See 9.2.)
3. Terminology
3.1 For definitions of terms related to copper and copper
alloys, refer to Terminology B846.
4. Ordering Information
4.1 Include the following information when placing orders
for product under this specification as applicable:
4.1 .1 ASTM designation and year of issue,
4.1 .2 Temper (see Temper section.),
4.1 .3 Pipe size, regular or extra-strong (see Table 2),
26
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
4.1 .4 Length (see 11 .3),
4.1 .5 Total length of each size, and
4.1 .6 If product is purchased for agencies of the U.S.
Government (see the Supplementary Requirements section of
this specification) for additional requirements, if specified.
7.2 The surface of the test specimen for grain size determination shall approximate a radial longitudinal section and shall
be prepared and examined in accordance with Test Methods
E11 2.
8. Mechanical Properties
4. 2 The following should be specified at the time of
placing the order:
4.2.1
8.1 Product in the O61 (annealed) temper shall have tensile
DELETED
properties as prescribed in Table 1 .
8.2 All H58 (drawn general purpose) product shall have the
tensile properties as prescribed in Table 1 .
4.2.2 Certification (see 20),
4.2.3 Mill test report (see 21 ),
4.2.4 Hydrostatic test, if required (see 1 0.3),
4.2.5 Pneumatic test, if required (see 1 0.4), and
4.2.6 Residual stress test, if required (Performance Requirements section),
4.2.6.1 Ammonia Vapor Test or Mercurous Nitrate Test,
4.2.6.2 For Ammonia Vapor Test, pH value other than 1 0.
9. Performance Requirements
Expansion Test—
9.1
9.1 .1 Specimens in the O61 (annealed) temper shall withstand an expansion of 25 % of the outside diameter when
expanded in accordance with Test Method B1 53. The expanded
pipe shall show no cracking or rupture visible to the unaided
eye. Pipe ordered in the drawn (H) condition is not subj ect to
this test.
5. Chemical Composition
5.1 The material shall conform to the chemical composition
requirements:
Copper, %
Lead, max, %
Iron, max, %
Zinc
NOTE 1 —The term “unaided eye,” as used herein, permits the use of
corrective spectacles necessary to obtain normal vision.
84.0 to 86.0
0.05
0.05
remainder
9.1 .2 As an alternative to the expansion test for pipe over 4
in. (1 02 mm) in diameter in the O61 (annealed) condition, a
section 4 in. in length shall be cut from the end of one of the
lengths for a flattening test. This 4-in. specimen shall be
flattened so that a gage set at three times the wall thickness will
pass over the pipe freely throughout the flattened part. The pipe
so tested shall develop no cracks or flaws visible to the unaided
eye (see Note 1 ) as a result of this test. In making the flattening
test the elements shall be slowly flattened by one stroke of the
press.
5.2 These composition limits do not preclude the presence
of other elements. By agreement between the manufacturer or
supplier and purchaser, limits may be established and analysis
required for unnamed elements.
5.2.1 For copper alloys in which zinc is listed as “remainder”, either copper or zinc may be taken as the difference
between the sum of results of all other elements determined
and 1 00 %.
5.2.1 .1 When all the elements in the table in 5.1 are
determined, the sum of the results shall be 99.8 % minimum.
Residual Stress Test:
9.2
9.2.1 When specified in the contract or purchase order,
product of the O61 (annealed) shall be tested for residual stress
according to the requirements of Test Method B1 54 or Test
Method B858, and show no signs of cracking.
Warning— Mercury is a definite health hazard. With the
Mercurous Nitrate Test, equipment for the detection and
removal of mercury vapor produced in volatilization, and the
use of protective gloves is recommended.
9.2.2 When the Ammonia Vapor Test is used, the test pH
value appropriate for the intended application shall be 1 0
unless otherwise specified by the purchaser.
9.2.3 Residual stress test specimens shall be of the full size
of the product, and tested without bending, springing, polishing
or any other preparation, except as allowed by the test method.
6. Temper
6.1 All pipe shall normally be furnished in the O61 (annealed) (see Classification B 601 ) temper.
6.2 The pipe is permitted to be furnished in the H58 (drawn
general purpose) temper, if agreed upon between the manufacturer and the purchaser. (See Table 1 .)
7. Grain Size for Annealed Temper
7.1 In the O61 (annealed) temper, the degree of annealing
shall be sufficient to produce complete recrystallization with an
average grain size not in excess of 0.050 mm.
NOTE 2—A residual stress test provides information about the adequacy
of the stress relief of the material. Bar straightening is a method of
mechanical stress relief. Stress relief annealing is a method of thermal
stress relief.
TABLE 1 Ten si l e Requ i remen ts
Temper
Tensile
Designation
Strength, min.
ksi (MPa)
Code
Name
O61 Annealed
40.0 (276)
H58 Drawn
44.0 (303)
general
purpose
A At 0.5 % extension under load.
Yield Strength A
min. ksi (MPa)
Elongation in
2-in. min. %
1 2.0 (83)
1 8.0 (1 24)
35
...
SB-43
10. Other Requirements
Nondestructive Testing—
1 0.1
The material shall be tested in
the final size but is permitted to be tested prior to the final
anneal or heat treatment, when these thermal treatments are
required, unless otherwise agreed upon by the manufacturer or
supplier and purchaser.
27
SB-43
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
Eddy-Current Test—
11 .2 Standard Dimensions, Wall Thickness, and Diameter
Tolerances—The standard dimensions, wall thickness, and
1 0.2
Each piece of material from 1 ⁄8 in.
up to and including 21 ⁄2 in. nominal outside diameter or within
the capabilities of the eddy-current tester, shall be subj ected to
an eddy-current test. Testing shall follow the procedures of
Practice E243 except for determination of “end effect.” The
material shall be passed through an eddy-current testing unit
adj usted to provide information on the suitability of the
material for the intended application.
diameter tolerances shall be in accordance with Table 2.
Length and Length Tolerances —
11 .3
The standard length
of red brass pipe is 1 2 ft (3.66 m) with a tolerance of 1 ⁄2 in.
(1 3 mm).
Squareness of Cut—
11 .4
The departure from squareness of
the end of any pipe shall not exceed the following:
1 0.2.1 Notch-depth standards rounded to the nearest 0.001
in. (0.025 mm) shall be 1 0 % of the nominal wall thickness.
The notch depth tolerances shall be
0.0005 in. (0.01 3 mm).
Alternatively, when a manufacturer uses speed insensitive
equipment that allows the selection of a maximum imbalance
signal, a maximum imbalance signal of 0.3 % is permitted to
be used.
6
O u ts i d e
in.
Up
5
D i am e te r,
To l e ran ce
(m m )
⁄
8
(1 5. 9) ,
5
⁄
8
i n cl
(1 5. 9)
0. 01 0
in.
0. 01 6
i n . /i n .
of
(0. 2 5
mm)
(0. 01 6
m m /m m )
d i am e te r
Roundness—
11 .5
The roundness tolerance for straight
length tubes with a wall thickness to outside diameter ratio of
0.01 to 0.05 (inclusive) shall be 6 % of the nominal outside
diameter. For tubes with a wall thickness to outside diameter
ratio over 0.05, the roundness tolerance shall be 3 % of the
nominal outside diameter.
11 .5.1 The measurement for roundness shall be made from
the outside diameter. The deviation from roundness is measured as the difference between the maj or and minor diameters
as determined at any one cross section of the tube. The maj or
and minor diameters are the diameters of two concentric circles
j ust enclosing the outside surface of the tube at the cross
section.
Hydrostatic Test—
1 0.3
When specified, the material shall
stand, without showing evidence of leakage, an internal hydrostatic pressure sufficient to subj ect the material to a fiber stress
of 6000 psi (41 MPa), determined by the following equation
for thin hollow cylinders under tension. The material need not
be tested at a hydrostatic pressure of over 1 000 psi (6.9 MPa)
unless so specified.
Straightness Tolerance—
11 .6
For pipe of H58 (drawn general purpose) temper of Nominal Pipe Sizes from 1 ⁄4 to 1 2 in.
inclusive, the maximum curvature (depth of arc) shall not
exceed 1 ⁄2 in. (1 3 mm) in any 1 0-ft (3048-mm) portion of the
total length. For H58 temper pipe of other sizes, and for the
O61 (annealed) temper, no numerical values are established,
however, the straightness of the pipe shall be suitable for the
intended application.
P 5 2 St/ ~ D 2 0.8 t !
where:
=
=
=
=
to
O ve r
1 0.2.2 Material that does not actuate the signaling device of
the eddy-current test shall be considered as conforming to the
requirements of this test. Material with discontinuities indicated by the testing unit is permitted to be reexamined or
retested, at the option of the manufacturer, to determine
whether the discontinuity is cause for rej ection. Signals that are
found to have been caused by minor mechanical damage, soil
or moisture shall not be cause for rej ection of the material
provided the dimensions of the material are still within
prescribed limits and the material is suitable for its intended
application.
P
t
D
S
6
hydrostatic pressure, psi (or MPa),
wall thickness of the material, in. (or mm),
outside diameter of the material in. (or mm), and
allowable stress of the material, psi (or MPa).
12. Workmanship, Finish, and Appearance
1 2.1 The product shall be free of defects, but blemishes of
a nature that do not interfere with normal commercial applications are acceptable. It shall be well cleaned and free of dirt.
1 0.3.1 For material less than 1 ⁄2 in. (1 2.7 mm) in outside
diameter and less than 0.060 in. (1 .5 mm) in wall thickness, the
test is permitted to be made at the option of the manufacturer
by pneumatically testing to the requirements of 1 0.4.
13. Sampling
Pneumatic Test—
1 0.4
When specified, the material shall be
subj ected to an internal air pressure of 60 psi (41 5 kPa)
minimum for 5 s without showing evidence of leakage. The test
method used shall permit easy visual detection of any leakage,
such as by having the material under water or by the pressuredifferential method. Any evidence of leakage shall be cause for
rej ection.
Sampling—
1 3.1
The lot size, portion size, and selection of
sample pieces shall be as follows:
Lot Size—The lot size shall be as follows:
1 3.1 .1
Pi pe
Up
11. Dimensions and Permissible Variations
11 .1 For the purpose of determining conformance with the
dimensional requirements prescribed in this specification, any
measured value outside the limiting values for any dimensions
may be cause for rej ection.
to
1
O ve r
1
O ve r
4
1
1
⁄
2,
⁄
2
S i ze ,
in.
i n cl
to
4,
Lot
5
i n cl
Portion Size—
000
(2 270)
or
1 0
000
(4550)
40
000
(1 8
We i g h t,
fracti on
or
1 00)
lb
fracti o n
or
( kg )
th e re o f
th e re o f
fracti o n
th e re o f
1 3.1 .2
Sample pieces shall be taken for test
purposes from each lot according to the following schedule:
28
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-43
TABLE 2 Standard Dimensions, Weights, and Tolerances
Note—All tolerances are plus and minus except as otherwise indicated.
Nominal or
Standard
Pipe Size, in.
Outside
Diameter, in. (mm)
Average Outside Diameter
Wall
Tolerances, A in. (mm) All
Thickness, in. (mm)
Minus
Regular
0.004 (0.1 0)
0.062 (1 .57)
0.004 (0.1 0)
0.082 (2.08)
0.005 (0.1 3)
0.090 (2.29)
Tolerance, B
in. (mm)
Theoretical Weight,
lb/ft (kg/m)
0.004 (0.1 0)
0.005 (0.1 3)
0.005 (0.1 3)
0.253 (0.376)
0.447 (0.665)
0.627 (0.933)
18
14
⁄
⁄
3⁄8
0.405 (1 0.3)
0.540 (1 3.7)
0.675 (1 7.1 )
12
34
⁄
⁄
1
0.840 (21 .3)
1 .050 (26.7)
1 .31 5 (33.4)
0.005 (0.1 3)
0.006 (0.1 5)
0.006 (0.1 5)
0.1 07 (2.72)
0.11 4 (2.90)
0.1 26 (3.20)
0.006 (0.1 5)
0.006 (0.1 5)
0.007 (0.1 8)
0.934 (1 .39)
1 .27 (1 .89)
1 .78 (2.65)
1 1 ⁄4
1 1 ⁄2
2
1 .660 (42.2)
1 .900 (48.3)
2.375 (60.3)
0.006 (0.1 5)
0.006 (0.1 5)
0.008 (0.20)
0.1 46 (3.71 )
0.1 50 (3.81 )
0.1 56 (3.96)
0.008 (0.20)
0.008 (0.20)
0.009 (0.23)
2.63 (3.91 )
3.1 3 (4.66)
4.1 2 (6.1 3)
21 ⁄2
3
31 ⁄2
2.875 (73.0)
3.500 (88.9)
4.000 (1 02)
0.008 (0.20)
0.01 0 (0.25)
0.01 0 (0.25)
0.1 87 (4.75)
0.21 9 (5.56)
0.250 (6.35)
0.01 0 (0.25)
0.01 2 (0.30)
0.01 3 (0.33)
5.99 (8.91 )
8.56 (1 2.7)
11 .2 (1 6.7)
4
5
6
4.500 (11 4)
5.562 (1 41 )
6.625 (1 68)
0.01 2 (0.30)
0.01 4 (0.36)
0.01 6 (0.41 )
0.250 (6.35)
0.250 (6.35)
0.250 (6.35)
0.01 4 (0.36)
0.01 4 (0.36)
0.01 4 (0.36)
1 2.7 (1 8.9)
1 5.8 (23.5)
1 9.0 (28.3)
8
10
12
8.625 (21 9)
1 0.750 (273)
1 2.750 (324)
0.020 (0.51 )
0.022 (0.56)
0.024 (0.61 )
0.31 2 (7.92)
0.365 (9.27)
0.375 (9.52)
0.022 (0.56)
0.030 (0.76)
0.030 (0.76)
30.9 (46.0)
45.2 (67.3)
55.3 (82.3)
18
14
⁄
⁄
3⁄8
0.405 (1 0.3)
0.540 (1 3.7)
0.675 (1 7.1 )
0.004 (0.1 0)
0.004 (0.1 0)
0.005 (0.1 3)
0.1 00 (2.54)
0.1 23 (3.1 2)
0.1 27 (3.23)
0.006 (0.1 5)
0.007 (0.1 8)
0.007 (0.1 8)
0.363 (0.540)
0.611 (0.909)
0.829 (1 .23)
12
34
⁄
⁄
1
0.840 (21 .3)
1 .050 (26.7)
1 .31 5 (33.4)
0.005 (0.1 3)
0.006 (0.1 5)
0.006 (0.1 5)
0.1 49 (3.78)
0.1 57 (3.99)
0.1 82 (4.62)
0.008 (0.20)
0.009 (0.23)
0.01 0 (0.25)
1 .23 (1 .83)
1 .67 (2.48)
2.46 (3.66)
1 1 ⁄4
1 1 ⁄2
2
1 .660 (42.2)
1 .900 (48.3)
2.375 (60.3)
0.006 (0.1 5)
0.006 (0.1 5)
0.008 (0.20)
0.1 94 (4.93)
0.203 (5.1 6)
0.221 (5.61 )
0.01 0 (0.25)
0.011 (0.28)
0.01 2 (0.30)
3.39 (5.04)
4.1 0 (6.1 0)
5.67 (8.44)
21 ⁄2
3
31 ⁄2
2.875 (73.0)
3.500 (88.9)
4.000 (1 02)
0.008 (0.20)
0.01 0 (0.25)
0.01 0 (0.25)
0.280 (7.11 )
0.304 (7.72)
0.321 (8.1 5)
0.01 5 (0.38)
0.01 6 (0.41 )
0.01 7 (0.43)
8.66 (1 2.9)
11 .6 (1 7.3)
1 4.1 (21 .0)
4
5
6
4.500 (11 4)
5.562 (1 41 )
6.625 (1 68)
0.01 2 (0.30)
0.01 4 (0.36)
0.01 6 (0.41 )
0.341 (8.66)
0.375 (9.52)
0.437 (11 .1 )
0.01 8 (0.46)
0.01 9 (0.48)
0.027 (0.69)
1 6.9 (25.1 )
23.2 (34.5)
32.2 (47.9)
Extra Strong
8
8.625 (21 9)
0.020 (0.51 )
0.500 (1 2.7)
0.035 (0.89)
48.4 (72.0)
10
1 0.750 (273)
0.022 (0.56)
0.500 (1 2.7)
0.040 (1 .0)
61 .1 (90.9)
A The average outside diameter of a tube is the average of the maximum and minimum outside diameters as determined at any one cross section of the pipe.
B Maximum deviation at any one point.
Number of Pieces
in Lot
1 to 50
51 to 200
201 to 1 500
Over 1 500
A
Number of Sample Pieces
to be Taken AA
1
2
3
0.2 % of total number of pieces
in the lot, but not to exceed
1 0 sample pieces
9 to 90
91 to 1 50
1 51 to 280
281 to 500
501 to 1 200
1 201 to 3200
3201 to 1 00 000
1 0 001 to 350 000
In all cases, the acceptance number is zero and the rej ection
number is one. Rej ected lots are permitted to be screened and
resubmitted for visual and dimensional examination. All defective items shall be replaced with acceptable items prior to
lot acceptance.
Each sample piece shall be taken from a separate tube.
1 3.1 .3 Sampling for Visual and Dimensional Examination—
Minimum sampling for visual and dimensional examination
shall be as follows:
Lot size (Pieces/lot)
2 to 8
8
12
19
21
27
35
38
46
14. Number of Tests and Retests
1 4.1 Chemical Analysis—Samples for chemical analysis
shall be taken in accordance with Practice E255. Drillings,
Sample size
Entire lot
29
SB-43
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
millings, etc., shall be taken in approximately equal weight
from each of the sample pieces selected in accordance with
1 3.1 .2 and combined into one composite sample. The minimum weight of the composite sample that is to be divided into
three equal parts shall be 1 50 g.
1 5.2.1 Unless otherwise agreed upon between the manufacturer, or supplier, and the purchaser, the manufacturer shall
have the option of using either the mercurous nitrate test or the
ammonia vapor test.
1 5.2.2
The material shall be subj ected to test in accordance with Test Method B1 54.
1 5.2.3
The material shall be subj ected to test in accordance with Test Method B858 . If the pH
value is not specified in the product specification, it shall be
established in accordance with agreement between the supplier
and purchaser.
Mercurous Nitrate Test—
1 4.1 .1 Instead of sampling in accordance with Practice
E255, the manufacturer shall have the option of determining
conformance to chemical composition as follows: Conformance shall be determined by the manufacturer by analyzing
samples taken at the time the castings are poured or samples
taken from the semi-finished product. If the manufacturer
determines the chemical composition of the material during the
course of manufacture, he shall not be required to sample and
analyze the finished product. The number of samples taken for
determination of chemical composition shall be as follows:
Ammonia Vapor Test—
Other Tests:
1 5.3
1 5.3.1 The product furnished shall conform to specified
requirements when subj ected to test in accordance with the
following table:
1 4.1 .1 .1 When samples are taken at the time the castings are
poured, at least one sample shall be taken for each group of
castings poured simultaneously from the same source of
molten metal.
Test
Grain Size
Tension
Expansion (pin test)
1 4.1 .1 .2 When samples are taken from the semi-finished
product, a sample shall be taken to represent each 1 0 000 lb
(4550 kg) or fraction thereof, except that not more than one
sample shall be required per piece.
Tensile Test—
1 5.4
Tension test specimens shall be of the full
section of the pipe and shall conform to the requirements of the
section, Specimens for Pipe and Tube, of Test Methods E8,
unless the limitations of the testing machine preclude the use of
such a specimen. Test specimens conforming to Type No. 1 of
Fig. 1 3, Tension Test Specimens for Large-Diameter Tubular
Products, of Test Methods E8 is permitted to be used when a
full section specimen cannot be tested.
1 5.4.1 Whenever tension test results are obtained from both
full size and from machined test specimens and they differ, the
results obtained from full size test specimens shall be used to
determine conformance to the specification requirements.
1 5.4.2 Tension test results on material covered by this
specification are not seriously affected by variations in speed of
testing. A considerable range of testing speed is permissible;
however, it is recommended that the rate of stressing to the
yield strength not exceed 1 00 ksi (690 MPa)/min. Above the
yield strength it is recommended that the movement per minute
of the testing machine head under load not exceed 0.5 in./in.
(0.5 mm/mm) of gage length (or distance between grips for
full-section specimens).
1 4.1 .1 .3 Due to the discontinuous nature of the processing
of castings into wrought products, it is not practical to identify
specific casting analysis with a specific quantity of finished
material.
1 4.1 .1 .4 In the event that heat identification or traceability is
required, the purchaser shall specify the details desired.
1 4.2
Retests:
1 4.2.1 If any test specimen shows defective machining or
develops flaws, it shall be discarded and another specimen
substituted.
1 4.2.2 If the results of the test on one of the specimens fail
to meet the specified requirements, two additional specimens
shall be taken from different sample pieces and tested. The
results of the tests on both of these specimens shall meet the
specified requirements. Failure of more than one specimen to
meet the specified requirements for a particular property shall
be cause for rej ection of the entire lot.
1 4.2.3 If the chemical analysis fails to conform to the
specified limits, analysis shall be made on a new composite
sample prepared from additional pieces selected in accordance
with 1 3.1 . The results of this retest shall comply with the
specified requirements.
16. Significance of Numerical Limits
1 6.1 For purpose of determining compliance with the specified limits for requirements of the properties listed in the
following table, an observed value or a calculated value shall
be rounded as indicated in accordance with the rounding
method of Practice E29.
15. Test Methods
1 5.1
Chemical Analysis:
1 5.1 .1 In cases of disagreement, determine the composition
using the following methods:
Element
Copper
Lead
Iron
Zinc
1 5.2
ASTM Designation
(Section 2)
E11 2
E8
B1 53
Property
Method
E478
E478
E478
E478
Chemical composition
Tensile Strength
Yield Strength
Residual Stress Tests:
30
Rounded Unit for
Observed or Calculated Value
nearest unit in the last right-hand
place of figures of the specified
limit
nearest ksi (nearest 5 MPa)
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
17. Inspection
SB-43
19. Packaging and Package Marking
1 9.1 The product shall be separated by size and temper, and
prepared for shipment by common carrier, in such a manner to
afford protection from the normal hazards of transportation.
1 7.1 The manufacturer, or supplier, shall inspect and make
tests necessary to verify the furnished product conforms to
specification requirements.
1 9.2 Each shipping unit shall be legibly marked with the
purchase order number, metal or alloy designation, temper,
size, total length or piece count or both, and name of supplier.
The specification number shall be shown, when specified.
1 7.2 Source inspection of the product by the purchaser may
be agreed upon between the manufacturer or supplier and the
purchaser as part of the purchase order. In such case, the nature
of the facilities needed, to satisfy the inspector that the product
20. Certification
is being furnished in accordanace with the specification, shall
20.1 The purchaser shall be furnished certification that samples
representing each lot have been tested and inspected as directed in
this specification and requirements have been met.
be included in the agreement.
18. Rejection and Rehearing
1 8.1 Product that fails to conform to the specification
20.2 DELETED
requirements when tested by the purchaser or purchaser’ s agent
shall be subj ect to rej ection.
1 8.2 Rej ection shall be reported to the manufacturer or
21. Mill Test Report
supplier promptly. In addition, a written notification of rej ec-
21 .1 The Manufacturer shall furnish to the purchaser a test
report showing results of tests required by the specification.
tion shall follow.
1 8.3 In case of dissatisfaction with results of the test upon
22. Keywords
which rej ection is based, the manufacturer or supplier shall
have the option to make claim for a rehearing.
22.1 copper alloy UNS No. C23000; red brass pipe
SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS
The following supplementary requirements shall apply only when specified by the purchaser in the
inquiry, contract, or order, for agencies of the U.S. Government.
S1. Referenced Documents
manufacturer shall use his own or any other suitable facilities
for the performance of the inspection and test requirements
unless disapproved by the purchaser at the time the order is
placed. The purchaser shall have the right to perform any of the
inspections or tests set forth when such inspections and tests
are deemed necessary to assure that the material conforms to
prescribed requirements.
S1 .1 The following documents of the issue in effect on date
of material purchase form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced herein:
S1 .1 .1
Fed. Std. No. 1 02 Preservation, Packaging and Packing
Levels
Fed. Std. No. 1 23 Marking for Shipment (Civil Agencies)
Fed. Std. No. 1 85 Identification Marking of Copper and
Copper-Base Alloy Mill Products
5
S1 .1 .2
MIL-STD-1 29 Marking for Shipment and Storage
5
S1 .1 .3
B900 Packaging of Copper and Copper-Base Alloy Mill
Products for U.S. Government Agencies
Federal Standards:
S3. Identification Marking
S3.1 All material shall be properly marked for identification
in accordance with Fed. Std. No. 1 85 except that the ASTM
specification number and the alloy number shall be used.
Military Standard:
ASTM Standards:
S4. Preparation for Delivery
Preservation, Packaging, Packing:
Military Agencies
S4.1
S4.1 .1
—The material shall be separated
by size, composition, grade, or class and shall be preserved and
packaged, Level A or C, and packed, Level A, B, or C, as
specified in the contract or purchase order, in accordance with
the requirements of MIL-C-3993.
S4.1 .2
—The requirements of Fed. Std. No.
1 02 shall be referenced for definitions of the various levels of
packaging protection.
S4.2
S4.2.1
—In addition to any special marking required by the contract or purchase order, marking for
shipment shall be in accordance with MIL-STD-1 29.
S2. Quality Assurance
Responsibility for Inspection:
S2.1
S2.1 .1 Unless otherwise specified in the contract or purchase order, the manufacturer is responsible for the performance of all inspection and test requirements specified. Except
as otherwise specified in the contract or purchase order, the
Civil Agencies
Marking:
Military Agencies
31
SB-43
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
S4.2.2 Civil Agencies —In addition to any special marking
required by the contract or purchase order, marking for
shipment shall be in accordance with Fed. Std. No. 1 23.
APPENDIX
(Nonmandatory Information)
X1. METRIC EQUIVALENTS
2
stress is the newton per square metre (N/m ), which has been
X1 .1 The SI unit for strength properties now shown is in
accordance with the International System of Units (SI). The
derived SI unit for force is the newton (N), which is defined as
that force which when applied to a body having a mass of one
kilogram gives it an acceleration of one metre per second
2
squared (N = kg·m/s ). The derived SI unit for pressure or
named the pascal (Pa) by the General Conference on Weights
and Measures. Since 1 ksi = 6 894 757 Pa the metric equivalents are expressed as megapascal (MPa), which is the same as
2
2
MN/m and N/mm .
32
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SPECI FI CATI ON FOR STEAM OR VALVE
BRON ZE CASTI N G S
SB-61
(Identical with ASTM Specification B61-08(R13) except that certification and test reports have been made mandatory,
and Appendix XI deleted.)
33
SB-61
SB-61
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
Standard Specification for
Steam or Valve Bronze Castings
MSS Standards:
1. Scope
2.2
S P-25 S tandard Marking S ystem for Valves, Fittings,
Flanges and Unions
1 .1 This specification establishes requirements for a highgrade steam-metal or valve-bronze alloy (Copper Alloy UNS
No. C92200) used for component castings of valves, flanges,
and fittings.
3. General Requirements
3.1 The following sections of Specification B824 form a
part of this specification. In the event of a conflict between this
specification and Specification B824, the requirements of this
specification shall take precedence.
3.1 .1 Terminology (Section 3),
3.1 .2 Other Requirements (Section 7),
3.1 .3 Dimensions, Mass, and Permissible Variations (Section 8),
3.1 .4 Workmanship, Finish, and Appearance (Section 9),
3.1 .5 Sampling (Section 1 0),
3.1 .6 Number of Tests and Retests (Section 11 ),
3.1 .7 Specimen Preparation (Section 1 2),
3.1 .8 Test Methods (Section 1 3),
3.1 .9 Significance of Numerical Limits (Section 1 4),
3.1 .1 0 Inspection (Section 1 5),
3.1 .11 Rej ection and Rehearing (Section 1 6),
3.1 .1 2 Certification (Section 1 7),
3.1 .1 3 Test Report (Section 1 8),
3.1 .1 4 Product Marking (Section 1 9), and
3.1 .1 5 Packaging and Package Marking (Section 20).
1 .2 The castings covered are used in products that may be
manufactured in advance and supplied from stock by the
manufacturer or other dealer.
1 .3 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded
as standard. The values given in parentheses are mathematical
conversions to SI units that are provided for information only
and are not considered standard.
2. Referenced Documents
ASTM Standards:
2.1
B208 Practice for Preparing Tension Test Specimens for
Copper Alloy Sand, Permanent Mold, Centrifugal, and
Continuous Castings
B824 Specification for General Requirements for Copper
Alloy Castings
B846 Terminology for Copper and Copper Alloys
E527 Practice for Numbering Metals and Alloys in the
Unified Numbering System (UNS)
4. Terminology
4.1 For definitions of terms relating to copper and copper
alloys, refer to Terminology B846.
5. Ordering Information
5.1 Include the following information when placing orders
for castings under this specification:
5.1 .1 Quantity of castings required,
5.1 .2 Copper Alloy UNS No. (Table 1 ),
34
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE 1 Chemical Requirements, Copper Alloy UNS No. C92200
SB-61
be taken as the difference between the sum of all elements
analyzed and 1 00 %. When all named elements in Table 1 are
analyzed, their sum shall be as follows:
Composition, % max (Except as
indicated)
Copper
86.0–90.0
Tin
5.5–6.5
Lead
1 .0–2.0
Zinc
3.0–5.0
Nickel incl Cobalt
1 .0A
Composition, % max (Except as
Residual Elements
indicated)
Iron
0.25
Antimony
0.25
Sulfur
0.05
Phosphorus
0.05
Aluminum
0.005
Silicon
0.005
A In determining copper minimum, copper may be calculated as copper plus
nickel.
Major Elements
Copper plus named elements, 99.3 % minimum.
(1 )
6.3 It is recognized that residual elements may be present in
cast copper base alloys. Analysis shall be made for residual
elements only when specified in the purchase order (Specification B824).
7. Mechanical Property Requirements
7.1 Mechanical properties shall be determined from separately cast test bars and shall meet the requirements shown in
Table 2.
8. Casting Repair
8.1 Castings shall not be plugged, welded, burned-in, or
impregnated.
5.1 .3 Specification title, number, and year of issue,
5.1 .4 Pattern or drawing number and condition (as-cast,
machined),
5.1 .5 Chemical analysis of residual elements if specified in
the purchase order (Specification B824),
5.1 .6 Pressure test requirements, if specified in the purchase
order (Specification B824),
5.1 .7 Soundness requirements, if specified in the purchase
order (Specification B824),
5.1 .8 DELETED
9. Sampling
9.1 Copper Alloy UNS No. C92200 test bar castings shall be
cast to the form and dimensions shown in Figs. 2, 3, or 4 of
Practice B208.
10. Certification
1 0.1 The manufacturer ' certificate of compliance shall be furnished to the purchaser stating that samples representing each lot
have been tested and inspected in accordance with this specifica's
tion and the requirements have been met. Mill test reports shall
also be suppplied.
5.1 .9 DELETED
(Specification B 824),
5.1 .1 0 Witness inspection, if specified in the purchase order
(Specification B 824),
5.1 .11 ASME boiler and pressure vessel application (Section 1 0), and
5.1 .1 2 Product marking, if specified in the purchase order
(Specification B 824 and Section 11 ).
11. Product Marking
11 .1 Valves, flanges, and fittings shall be marked in accordance with the latest revision of the Standard Marking System
for Valves, Fittings, Flanges, and Unions (No. SP-25) of the
Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry, and in such position as not to inj ure the
usefulness of the casting.
5.2 When material is purchased for agencies of the U.S.
Government, specify the Supplementary Requirements in
Specification B824.
12. Keywords
1 2.1 Navy M castings; steam bronze castings; valve castings; valve bronze; Copper Alloy UNS No. C92200 valves;
flanges; fittings
6. Chemical Composition
6.1 The alloy shall conform to the chemical requirements
specified in Table 1 .
TABLE 2 Tensile Properties
Tensile strength, min, ksi A (MPaB )
34 (235)
1 6 (11 0)
Yield strength, C min, ksi A (MPaB )
Elongation in 2 in. (50.8 mm), min %
24
A ksi = 1 000 psi.
B See Appendix.
C Yield strength shall be determined as the stress producing an elongation under
load of 0.5 % that is, 0.01 in. (0.25 mm) in a gage length of 2 in. (51 mm).
6.2 These specification limits do not preclude the presence
of other elements. Limits may be established for unnamed
elements by agreement between manufacturer or supplier and
purchaser. Copper or zinc may be given as remainder and may
APPENDIX XI. METRIC EQUIVALENTS
DELETED
35
I NTE N TI O NALLY LE FT B LANK
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SPECI FI CATI ON FOR COM POSI TI ON BRON ZE OR
OU N CE M ETAL CASTI N G S
SB-62
(Identical with ASTM Specification B62-09 except that certification and foundry test reports
have been made mandatory.)
37
SB-62
SB-62
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
Standard Specification for
Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal Castings
1. Scope
3. General Requirements
1 .1 This specification establishes requirements for an alloy
having a composition of copper, tin, lead, and zinc, used for
component castings of valves, flanges, and fittings. The common trade name of this alloy is 85-5-5-5; the correct identification is Copper Alloy UNS No. C83600.
3.1 The following sections of Specification B824 form a
part of this specification. In the event of a conflict between this
specification and Specification B824, the requirements of this
specification shall take precedence.
3.1 .1 Terminology (Section 3),
3.1 .2 Other Requirements (Section 7),
3.1 .3 Dimensions, Mass, and Permissible Variations (Section 8),
3.1 .4 Workmanship, Finish, and Appearance (Section 9),
3.1 .5 Sampling (Section 1 0),
3.1 .6 Number of Tests and Retests (Sections 11 and 1 3),
3.1 .7 Specimen Preparation (Section 1 2),
3.1 .8 Test Methods (Section 1 3),
3.1 .9 Significance of Numerical Limits (Section 1 4),
3.1 .1 0 Inspection (Section 1 5),
3.1 .11 Rej ection and Rehearing (Section 1 6),
3.1 .1 2 Certification (Section 1 7),
3.1 .1 3 Test Report (Section 1 8),
3.1 .1 4 Product Marking (Section 1 9), and
3.1 .1 5 Packaging and Package Marking (Section 20)
1 .2 The castings covered are used in products that may be
manufactured in advance and supplied from stock from the
manufacturer or other dealer.
1 .3 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded
as standard. The values given in parentheses are mathematical
conversions to SI units that are provided for information only
and are not considered standard.
2. Referenced Documents
ASTM Standards:
2.1
B208 Practice for Preparing Tension Test Specimens for
Copper Alloy Sand, Permanent Mold, Centrifugal, and
Continuous Castings
B824 Specification for General Requirements for Copper
Alloy Castings
E527 Practice for Numbering Metals and Alloys in the
Unified Numbering System (UNS)
4. Terminology
4.1 For definitions of terms relating to copper and copper
alloys, refer to Terminology B846.
MSS Standards:
2.2
S P-25 S tandard Marking S ystem for Valves, Fittings,
Flanges and Unions
5. Ordering Information
5.1 Include the following information when placing orders
for castings under this specification:
5.1 .1 Quantity of castings required,
5.1 .2 Copper Alloy UNS No. (Table 1 ),
5.1 .3 Specification title, number, and year of issue,
5.1 .4 Pattern or drawing number and condition (as-cast,
machined),
5.1 .5 Chemical analysis of residual elements, if specified in
the purchase order (Specification B824),
5.1 .6 Pressure test requirements, if specified in the purchase
order (Specification B824),
5.1 .7 Soundness requirements, if specified in the purchase
order (Specification B824),
5.1 .8 Certification (Specification B824),
38
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE 1 Chemical Requirements Copper Alloy UNS No. C83600
SB-62
6.3 It is recognized that residual elements may be present in
cast copper base alloys. Analysis shall be made for residual
elements only when specified in the purchase order (Specification B824).
Composition, % max
Major Elements
(Except as Indicated)
Copper
84.0–86.0
Tin
4.0–6.0
Lead
4.0–6.0
Zinc
4.0–6.0
Nickel incl Cobalt
1 .0 A
Composition,
% max
Residual Elements
(Except as Indicated)
Iron
0.30
Antimony
0.25
Sulfur
0.08
Phosphorus
0.05
Aluminum
0.005
Silicon
0.005
A In determining copper minimum, copper may be calculated as copper plus
nickel.
7. Mechanical Property Requirements
7.1 Mechanical properties shall be determined from separately cast test bars and shall meet the requirements shown in
Table 2.
8. Casting Repair
8.1 Castings shall not be repaired, plugged, welded or
burned-in.
9. Sampling
9.1 Copper Alloy UNS No. C83600 test bar castings shall be
cast to the form and dimensions shown in Figs. 2, Figs. 3, or
Figs. 4 of Practice B208.
10. Certification
1 0. 1 The certification requirements of Specification B 824
are mandatory.
5.1 .9 Foundry test report (Specification B824),
5.1 .1 0 Witness inspection, if specified in the purchase order
(Specification B824),
5.1 .11 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel application (Section 1 0), and
11. Test Reports
11 .1 The manufacturer shall furnish to the purchaser test
reports showing results of tests required in Specification B 824.
5.1 .1 2 Product marking, if specified in the purchase order
(Specification B824 and Section 11 ).
12. Packaging and Package Marking
12.1 Valves, flanges, and fittings shall be marked in accordance with the latest revision of the Standard Marking System
for Valves, Fittings, Flanges, and Unions (No. SP-25) of the
Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry, and in such position as not to inj ure the
usefulness of the casting.
5.2 When material is purchased for agencies of the U.S.
Government, specify the Supplementary Requirements in
Specification B824.
6. Chemical Composition
6.1 The alloy shall conform to the requirements specified in
Table 1 .
13. Keywords
1 3.1 copper-alloy castings; ounce metal castings; red brass
castings; Copper Alloy UNS No. C83600; valves; flanges;
fittings
6.2 These specification limits do not preclude the presence
of other elements. Limits may be established for unnamed
elements by agreement between manufacturer or supplier and
purchaser. Copper or zinc may be given as remainder and may
be taken as the difference between the sum of all elements
analyzed and 1 00 %. When all named elements in Table 1 are
analyzed, their sum shall be as follows:
Copper Plus Named Elements, 99.3 % Minimum
TABLE 2 Tensile Properties
Tensile strength, min, ksi A (MPaB )
30 (205)
Yield strength, C min, ksi A (MPaB )
1 4 (95)
Elongation in 2 in. or 50 mm, min, %
20
A ksi = 1 000 psi.
B See Appendix.
C Yield strength shall be determined as the stress producing an elongation under
load of 0.5 %; that is, 0.01 in. (0.25 mm) in a gage length of 2 in. (51 mm).
(1 )
39
SB-62
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
APPENDIX
(Nonmandatory Information)
X1. METRIC EQUIVALENTS
2
stress is the newton per square metre (N/m ), which has been
X1 .1 The SI unit for strength properties now shown is in
accordance with the International System of Units (SI). The
derived SI unit for force is the newton (N), which is defined as
that force which when applied to a body having a mass of one
kilogram gives it an acceleration of one metre per second
2
squared (N = kg·m/s ). The derived SI unit for pressure or
named the pascal (Pa) by the General Conference on Weights
and Measures. Since 1 ksi = 6 894 757 Pa the metric equivalents are expressed as megapascal (MPa), which is the same as
2
2
MN/m and N/mm .
40
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SPECI FI CATI ON FOR SEAM LESS COPPER TU BE
SB-75
(Identical with ASTM Specification B75-02(R10).)
41
SB-75
SB-75
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SPECIFICATION FOR SEAMLESS COPPER TUBE
SB-75
[Identical with ASTM Specification B 75-02(R1 0) for the alloys covered.]
1.
Scope
1.1 This specification establishes the requirements for
B 251 Specification for General Requirements for Wrought
seamless round, rectangular, and square copper tube suit-
B 5 7 7 Tes t Methods for Detection of Cuprous O xide
Seamless Copper and Copper-Alloy Tube
able for general engineering applications.
(Hydrogen Embrittlement Susceptibility) in Copper
B 601 Classification for Temper Designations for Copper
1.1.1 Tubes made from any of the following Copper
and Copper Alloys — Wrought and Cast
UNS No. designations shall be supplied unless otherwise
E 3 Guide for Preparation of Metallographic Specimens
specified in the contract or purchase order:
Copper UNS No.
E 8 Test Methods for Tension Testing of Metallic Materials
Type of Copper
C1 01 00
Oxygen-free electronic
C1 0200
Oxygen-free without residual deoxidants
C1 0300
Oxygen-free, extra low phosphorus
C1 0800
Oxygen-free, low phosphorus
C1 2000
Phosphorus deoxidized, low residual phosphorus
C1 2200
Phosphorus deoxidized, high residual phosphorus
E 1 8 Test Methods for Rockwell Hardness and Rockwell
Superficial Hardness of Metallic Materials
E 53 Test Methods for Determination of Copper in Unalloyed Copper by Gravimetry
E 62 Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Copper and
Copper Alloys (Photometric Methods)
1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are the stan-
E 1 1 2 Test Methods for Determining the Average Grain
Size
dard except for grain size values which are given in SI units.
E 243 Practice for Electromagnetic (Eddy-Current) Exami-
1.3 This specification is the companion to SI Specifica-
nation of Copper and Copper-Alloy Tubes
tion B 75M; therefore no SI equivalents are presented in
E 255 Practice for Sampling Copper and Copper Alloys
this specification.
1.4
for Determination of Chemical Composition
The following hazard statement pertains only to
E 527 Practice for Numbering Metals and Alloys (UNS)
the test method described in Sections 20.5.2.1 , 21 .2.9, and
This standard does not purport to address all ofthe safety concerns, ifany, associated
with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this
standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
2.2
21 .2.1 0 of this specification:
2.
Wrought Seamless Copper and Copper Alloy Tube
3.
Terminology, Specific
Definitions of Terms Specific to This Standard:
3.1.1 capable of — the test need not be performed
3.1
Referenced Documents
2.1
ASME Standard:
S B - 2 5 1 S p e c i fic atio n fo r Ge ne ral Requi re me nts fo r
ASTM Standards:
by the producer of the material. However, if subsequent
B 75M Specification for Seamless Copper Tube [Metric]
testing by the purchaser establishes that the material does
B 1 53 Test Method for Expansion (Pin Test) of Copper
not meet these requirements, the material shall be subj ect
and Copper-Alloy Pipe and Tubing
to rej ection.
B 1 70 Specification for Oxygen-Free Electrolytic Cop-
3.1.2
per — Refinery Shapes
unaided eye, n — visual inspection without the
use of special equipment or enhancement excepting the
B 1 93 Test Method for Resistivity of Electrical Conductor
use of corrective lenses.
Materials
42
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-75
TABLE 1
CH EM ICAL REQU IREM EN TS
Composition, %
Copper U NS No.
Element
C10100A
C10200 B
Copper, C min.
Copper C +
phosphorus, min.
Phosphorus
Arsenic
99.99
...
...
...
A
B
C
C10300
C10800
C12000
C12200
C14200
99.95
...
...
99.90
99.9
99.40
...
...
...
99.95
0.001–0.005
...
99.95
0.005–0.012
...
...
0.004–0.012
...
...
0.015–0.040
...
...
0.015–0.040
0.15-0.50
Refer to Tabl e 1, Chemical Requirements, G rade 1, of Specification B 170 for impurity l imits for Copper U N S N o. C10100.
Refer to Tabl e 1, Chemical Requirements, G rade 2, of Specification B 170 for impurity l imits for Copper U N S N o. C10200.
Copper (incl uding sil ver).
4.
Ordering Information
4.1
5.2
Manufacture
—
The tube shall be manufactured
by such hot- and cold-working processes as to produce a
Include the following information in orders for
homogeneous, uniform wrought structure in the finished
products.
product. It shall be cold drawn to the finished size and
4.1.1 ASTM designation and year of issue (for exam-
wall thickness. When cold-drawn temper is required, the
ple, B 75-99),
final drawing operation shall be such as to meet the speci-
4.1.2 Copper UNS No. (for example, C1 01 00),
fied temper. When annealed temper is required, the tube
shall be annealed subsequent to the final cold draw.
4.1.3 Temper (Section 7),
4.1.4 Dimensions; diameter or distance between parallel surfaces, and wall thickness (Section 1 6),
6.
4.1.6
Chemical Composition
6.1 The material shall conform to the requirements in
4.1.5 How furnished; coils or straight lengths,
Table 1 for the specified Copper UNS No. designation.
Number of pieces or footage; each size and
6.1.1 These specification limits do not preclude the
type,
presence of other elements. When included in the contract
4.1.7 Total weight,
or purchase order, and agreed upon by the manufacturer
4.1.8 When product is purchased for ASME Boiler
or supplier and the purchaser, limits shall be established
and Pressure Vessel Code application, and
and analysis required for unnamed elements.
4.1.9 When product is purchased for agencies of the
U.S. Government.
4.2
7.
The following options are available and shall be
specified at the time of placing the order, when required:
4.2.1
Temper
7.1
The requirements and size availability of tube in
the cold-drawn tempers H55, H58, and H80, as defined in
Classification B 601 , are specified in Table 2.
Electrical mass resistivity test,
7.1.1 Rectangular, including square, tube shall nor-
4.2.2 Hydrogen embrittlement test,
mally be supplied only in H58 temper. When requested
4.2.3 Hydrostatic test,
by the manufacturer or supplier, and upon agreement with
4.2.4 Pneumatic test,
the purchaser, tube shall be supplied in H55 or H58 temper.
7.1.1.1 For any combination of diameter and wall
4.2.5 Certification, and
thickness not listed under H80 temper, the requirements
4.2.6 Test report.
specified for H58 temper shall apply.
7.2
5.
Material and Manufacture
5.1
Material —
The requirements and size availability of tube in
the annealed tempers O50 and O60, as defined in Classification B 601 , are specified in Table 2.
The material of manufacture shall be
billets, bars, or tube of Copper UNS No. C1 01 00, C1 0200,
NOTE 1 — The purchaser shall confer with the manufacturer or supplier
C1 0300, C1 0800, C1 2000, or C1 2200, and shall be of such
for the availability of product in a specific temper.
soundness as to be suitable for processing into the tubular
NOTE 2 — Refer to Appendix X1 for recommended applications based
products described.
on temper.
43
SB-75
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE 2
M ECH AN ICAL PROPERTY REQU IREM EN TS OF DRAWN-TEM PER AN D ANN EALED-TEM PER TU BE
Outside Dia.,
or M ajor
Distance
Between
Outside Parallel
Surfaces, in.
Temper Designation
Standard
Former
Rockwell
H ardness
Wall Thickness, in.
Scale
H ardness
Average
Grain
Size, mm
Tensile
Strength,
ksi B
Yield
Strength A
min.,
ksi B
H 55
Light-drawn C
Al l
Al l
30T D
30 to 60
36–47
30
H 58
Drawn
(general purpose)
Al l
Al l
30T D
30 min.
36 min.
30
H 80
H ard-drawn C
U p to 4
0.020 to 0.250, incl
30T D
55 min.
45 min.
40
O60
Soft anneal
Al l
0.015 to 0.035
15T E
60 max.
0.040 min.
30 min.
9F
0.035 and over
FE
50 max.
0.040 min.
30 min.
9F
0.015 to 0.035
15T E
65 max.
0.040 max.
30 min.
9F
0.035 and over
FE
55 max.
0.040 max.
30 min.
9F
O50
Light anneal
Al l
A
Yield strength to be determined at 0.5% extension under l oad.
ksi p 1000 psi.
C
Light-drawn and hard-drawn tempers are normal l y avail abl e in round tubes onl y.
D
Rockwel l hardness val ues shal l apply onl y to tubes having a wall thickness of 0.020 in. or over, to round tubes having an inside diameter of
5
⁄16 in. or over, and to rectangul ar incl uding square tubes having an inside major distance between parall el surfaces of 3 ⁄16 in. or over. Rockwel l
hardness tests shal l be made on the inside surface of the tube. When suitabl e equipment is not avail abl e for determining the specified Rockwel l
hardness, other Rockwel l scal es and val ues may be specified to agreement between purchaser and suppl ier.
E
Rockwel l hardness val ues shal l apply onl y to tubes having a wall thickness of 0.015 in. or over, to round tubes having an inside diameter of
5
⁄16 in. or over, and to rectangul ar incl uding square tubes having an inside major distance between parall el sufaces of 3 ⁄16 in. or over. For all
other tube no Rockwel l val ues shal l appl y. Rockwel l hardness tests shall be made on the inside surface of the tube. When suitabl e equipment is
not avail abl e for determining the specified Rockwel l hardness, other Rockwel l scal es and val ues may be specified subject to agreement between
purchaser and suppl ier.
F
Light straightening operation is permitted.
B
8.
Grain Size Requirements
8.1
10. Mechanical Property Requirements
10.1 Tensile and Yield Strength:
Tube in the annealed temper shall conform to the
10.1.1
grain size specified in Table 2.
The tube shall conform to the requirements
of Table 2 for the specified temper and wall thickness.
9.
10.1.2
Physical Property Requirements
9.1
Electrical Resistivity — When specified in the con-
shall apply.
10.2 Rockwell Hardness:
10.2.1 The tube shall conform to the requirements
tract or purchase order, tube ordered for electrical conductor application produced from Copper UNS No. C1 01 00,
C1 0200, C1 0300, or C1 2000 shall have an electrical mass
resistivity,
?·g/m , not to exceed the following limit for
of Table 2 for the specified temper and wall thickness.
2
10.2.1.1
the specified copper and temper when tested in accordance
The Rockwell Hardness values for tube
in the H55, H58, and H80 temper shall apply only to the
with Test Method B 1 93:
following:
(a)
(b)
Copper UNS No.
Temper
For any combination of diameter and wall
thickness not listed under H80, the requirements for H58
C1 01 00
C1 0200
C1 0300
C1 2000
O60, O50
0.1 51 76
0.1 53 28
0.1 56 1 4
0.1 70 31
H55, H58, H80
0.1 56 1 4
0.1 57 37
0.1 59 40
0.1 74 1 8
Tubes having a wall thickness of 0.020 in. and over,
5
Round tubes having an inside diameter of ⁄1 6 in.
and over,
(c)
Rectangular and square tubes having maj or distances
3
between parallel surfaces of ⁄1 6 in. and over.
10.2.1.2 The Rockwell Hardness values for tube in
NOTE 3 — Refer to Appendix X2 for the International Annealed Copper
the O60 and O50 temper shall apply only to the following:
Standard (IACS) electrical conductivity equivalents.
44
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
(a)
(b)
SB-75
TABLE 3
COIL LEN GTH TOLERANCES
(Specific Lengths)
Tubes having a wall thickness of 0.01 5 in. and over;
Round tubes having an inside diameter of
5
⁄1 6
in.
and over;
(c)
Rectangular and square tubes having inside major
3
distances between parallel surfaces of ⁄1 6 in. and over.
10.3
Straightening — It shall not be
prohibited to use
light straightening for tube in the O60 and O50 temper.
11.
Outside Dia. or M ajor
Distance Between
Parallel Surfaces, in.
U p to 50, incl
Over 50 to
100, incl
U p to 2 , i ncl
12
24
Performance Requirements
11.1
Expansion Test for Round Tube — When specified
of withstanding an internal hydrostatic pressure sufficient
in the contract or purchase order, annealed tubes shall
to produce a fiber stress of 6000 psi without leakage. The
be capable of withstanding an expansion of the outside
tube need not be subj ected to a pressure gage reading over
3
diameter of 40% for tube ⁄4 in. and under and 30% for
1 000 psi unless specifically stipulated in the contract or
3
tube over ⁄4 in. The tube shall show no cracking or rupture
purchase order.
visible to the unaided eye.
15.4
12.
Tolerances: in.,
All Plus, for Nominal Lengths in
Feet
Microscopical Examination
12.1
Pneumatic Pressure Test — When specified in the
contract or purchase order, each tube shall be capable of
withstanding an internal air pressure of 60 psi, minimum,
Tubes furnished in Copper UNS No. C1 01 00,
for 5 s without leakage.
C1 0200, C1 0300, and C1 2000 shall be essentially free of
cuprous oxide as determined by Procedure A of Test Meth-
16.
ods B 577.
Dimensions, Mass, and Permissible Variations
16.1
13.
Hydrogen Embrittlement
following tables and related sections of the current edition
13.1 When specified in the contract or purchase order,
of Specification B 251 :
tubes produced in all designated copper material shall be
16.1.1
capable of conforming to the requirements of Procedure
16.1.2 Tolerances for Diameter or Distance Between
Parallel Surfaces — Refer to Tables 3 and 4.
16.1.3 Length Tolerances — Refer to Tables 5 and 6.
16.1.4 Straightness Tolerance — Refer to Table 7.
1 6.1 .5 Corner Radius for Rectangular Including
Square Tube — Refer to Table 8.
16.1.6 Roundness, Squareness of Cut and Twist Tolerances for Rectangular and Square Tubes — Refer to
Purchases for U.S. Government Agencies
14.1
When the contract or purchase order stipulates
the purchase is for an agency of the U.S. Government, the
tubes furnished shall conform to the conditions specified
in the Supplementary Requirements of Specification B 251 .
15.
Wall Thickness Tolerances — Refer to Tables
1 and 2.
B of Test Methods B 577.
14.
The dimensions and tolerances for product fur-
nished to this specification shall be as specified in the
titled sections.
Nondestructive Test
15.1 The tubes shall be tested in the drawn tempers or
16.2
as drawn before the final-annealed temper unless otherwise
Length Tolerances for Tube in Coils — Refer to
Table 3, Table 4, and Table 5 of this specification.
agreed upon between the manufacturer and the purchaser.
15.2
Electromagnetic (Eddy-Current) Test:
17.
15.2.1 Each tube up to and including 3 1⁄8 in. in outside
diameter shall be subj ected to test.
1 5.2.2
a part of this specification.
When tes ted in accordance with Practice
17.1.1
E 243, tubes which do not actuate the signaling device of
17.1.3 Workmanship, Finish, and Appearance,
requirements of the test.
Hydrostatic Pressure Test —
Terminology, General,
17.1.2 Material and Manufacture,
the testing unit shall be considered as conforming to the
15.3
General Requirements
17.1 The following sections of Specification B 251 are
17.1.4 Significance of Numerical Limits,
When specified in
17.1.5 Inspection,
the contract or purchase order, each tube shall be capable
45
SB-75
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE 4
COIL LENGTH TOLERAN CES (M ILL LEN GTH S)
(Applicable only to full length pieces)
Tube Outside Diameter or
M ajor Distance Between
Parallel Surfaces, in.
Tolerances, %, for Nominal Lengths in Feet
U p to 1 , incl
Over 1 to 2 , i ncl
A
U p to 100, incl
Over 100 to 2000, incl
5 or 2 ft, whi chever i s greater
5 A or 2 ft, whi chever i s greater
1 0A
N o tol erances establ ished
A
Expressed to the nearest 1 ft.
TABLE 5
COIL SCH EDU LE OF M ILL LENGTH S WITH ENDS
Tube Outside Diameter or
M ajor Distance Between
Parallel Surfaces, in.
U p to 1 , i ncl
Over 1 to 2, incl
U p to 1 , i ncl
Nominal Length, ft
Shortest
Permissible
Length,
% of
Nominal
Length
M ax.
Permissible
Weights of
Ends, %
of Lot
Weight
U p to 1 00, i ncl
U p to 1 00, i ncl
Over 1 00 to 2 000, i ncl
70 A
60 A
50
10
20
50 B
A
Expressed to the nearest 1 ft.
S hort pieces of l engths between 50 ft and one-quarter of ful l l ength shal l not exceed 1 0% of l ot
wei ght. S hort pi eces of l engths between one-quarter of a ful l l ength, and ful l l ength shal l not exceed 40%
of l ot wei ght.
B
17.1.6 Rej ection and Rehearing,
18.2
Chemical Composition:
1 8. 2. 1
17.1.7 Certification,
The c o mp o s ite s amp le s hall b e taken in
ap p ro xi mate equal w ei g hts fro m each p o rtio n p ie c e
17.1.8 Mill Test Reports,
selected in 1 8.1 .2 and in accordance with Practice E 255.
17.1.9 Packaging and Package Marking, and
The minimum weight of the composite shall be 1 50 g.
17.1.10 Supplementary Requirements.
18.2.2
The manufacturer shall have the option of
sampling at the time the castings are poured or taken from
17.2 In addition, when a section with an identical title
the semifinished product. The number of samples taken
to those referenced in 1 7.1 appears in this specification,
during the course of manufacture shall be as follows:
and is in conflict with the section appearing in Specification
18.2.2.1
B 251 , the section in this specification shall prevail.
When sampled at the time castings are
poured, at least two samples shall be taken, one after the
start and one near the end of the pour, for each group of
18.
Sampling
castings poured simultaneously from the same source of
molten metal.
18.1 The lot size, portion size, and selection of sample
portions shall be as follows:
18.1.1
18.2.2.2 When samples are taken from the semi-
Lot Size — An inspection lot shall be 1 0 000 lb
finished product, a sample shall be taken to represent each
1 0 000 lb or fraction thereof, except that not more than
or fraction thereof,
18.1.2
one sample per piece shall be required.
Portion Size — Sample pieces shall be selected
18.2.2.3 When composition is determined during
to be represented of the lot as follows:
Number of Pieces in Lot
Number of Portions to Be Taken
1 to 50
1
51 to 200
2
201 to 1 500
3
the course of manufacture, sampling and analyses of the
A
finished product is not required.
18.3
Other Tests — Specimens
for all other tests shall
be taken from two of the sample portions taken in 1 8.1 .2.
In the event only one sample portion is taken, all specimens
A
shall be taken from the portion selected.
Each test portion shall be taken from a separate tube.
46
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
19.
20.5
Number of Tests and Retests
Tests:
19.1.1 Chemical Composition — Chemical composi-
19.1
SB-75
Electrical Resistivity:
20.5.1 The test specimen shall be full size and shall
be the full cross section of the material it represents when
possible.
tion shall be determined as the arithmetic mean of results
20.5.2 When the test specimen is taken from material
from at least two replicate determinations for each specified
element.
in bulk, care shall be taken that the properties are not
Grain Size, Electrical Resistivity, Tensile and
Yield Strength, and Rockwell Hardness — These tests shall
appreciably altered in the preparation.
19.1.2
NOTE 4 — Plastic deformation tends to work harden a material and
be reported as the average of results from two test speci-
raise its resistivity, while heating tends to anneal the material with a
mens and each specimen shall conform to specification
subsequent reduction in resistivity.
requirements.
19.1.3
Other Tests —
20.5.2.1 When necessary, products are to be rolled
At least two specimens shall
or cold drawn to a wire approximately 0.080 in. in diameter
be prepared for each of the other tests and each shall
(1 2-gage AWG) and of a convenient length. At least two
conform to test requirements.
specimens of a length sufficient to accommodate the testing
19.2
equipment s hall be c ut from one end of the wire and
Retests:
19.2.1
annealed at approximately 935°F ± 1 0°F for 30 min in an
When test results obtained by the purchaser
inert atmosphere and rapidly cooled to ambient temperature
fail to conform with the product specification require-
without undue exposure to air.
ment(s), the manufacturer or supplier shall have the option
20.6
to perform a retest.
19.2.2 Retesting shall be as directed in this specifica-
tion of Test Method B 1 53.
tion for the initial test except for the number of test speci-
20.7
mens which shall be twice that normally required for the
Microscopical Examination — The test specimen
shall be prepared in accordance with Procedure A of Test
test.
Methods B 577 and the specimen surface shall approximate
19.2.3 Test results for all specimens shall conform
a radial longitudinal section of round tube or a longitudinal
to this specification’ s requirement(s) in retest and failure
section of rectangular and square tube perpendicular to,
to conform shall be cause for lot rej ection.
20.
Expansion (Pin) Test — Test specimens shall con-
form to the requirements of the Specimen Preparation sec-
and bisecting, the maj or dimensional surface.
20.8
Specimen Preparation
20.1
Hydrogen Embrittlement — The test specimen
shall conform to the appropriate requirements of Procedure
Chemical Analysis — Preparation of the analytical
B of Test Methods B 577.
specimens shall be the responsibility of the reporting laboratory.
20.2
21.
Tensile and Yield Strength Test — The test speci-
Test Methods
21.1
mens shall be of the full section of the tube and shall
Chemical Composition — The copper composition
shall be determined, in case of disagreement, as follows:
conform with the requirements of the Test Specimen section of Test Methods E 8, unless the limitation of the
Element
testing machine precludes the use of such specimen in
which case test specimen conforming to Type No. 1 of
Fig. 1 3 in Test Methods E 8 shall be used.
20.3
Rockwell Hardness:
21.1.1
20.3.1 The test specimen shall be of a size and shape
Arsenic
E 62
The test methods for the determination of
21.1.2 Test method(s) for the determination of eleme nt( s ) re qui re d b y c o ntrac tu al o r p u rc has e o rde r
determination of hardness.
agreement shall be as agreed upon between the manufacturer and the purchaser.
The test specimen shall be free from scale
and foreign matter and care shall be taken to avoid any
21.2 The tubes furnished shall conform with the physi-
change in condition, for example, heating or cold working.
20.4
E 53
E 62
described in Annex of Specification B 1 70.
The surface of the test specimen shall be
sufficiently flat and smooth so as to permit the accurate
20.3.3
Copper
Phosphorus
composition for Coppers C1 01 00 and C1 0200 shall be as
to permit testing by the available test equipment.
20.3.2
Test Method
cal and mechanical properties and other requirements of
Grain Size — Test specimens shall be prepared in
this specification when tested or examined in accordance
accordance with the appropriate procedure in Guide E 3.
with the following appropriate test method or practice:
47
SB-75
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
Test
(b)
Test Method
Drilled holes shall be drilled radially through the
wall using a suitable drill j ig that has a bushing to guide
Tensile strength
E 8
Yield strength
E 8
the drill, care being taken to avoid distortion of the tube
Rockwell Hardness
E 18
while drilling. The diameter of the drilled hole shall be in
Grain size
E 112
Electrical resistivity
B 1 93
Expansion (pin test)
B 1 53
Electromagnetic examination (eddy current)
E 243
Microscopical examination
B 577
accordance with the following and shall not vary by more
than + 0.001 , − 0.000 in. of the hole diameter specified.
Diameter of
Tube Outside Diameter,
Drilled Holes,
Drill
in.
in.
Number
Procedure A
Hydrogen embrittlement
B 577
1
Procedure B
Hydrostatic pressure
B 75, 21 .2.9
Pneumatic pressure
B 75, 21 .2.1 0
3
⁄4 to ⁄4, incl
0.025
72
Over ⁄4 to 1 , incl
0.031
68
Over 1 to 1 ⁄4, incl
Over 1 ⁄4 to 1 ⁄2, incl
3
1
21.2.1 Tensile strength shall be determined in accor-
0.036
64
1
1
0.042
58
Over 1 ⁄2 to 1 ⁄4, incl
1
3
0.046
56
Over 1 ⁄4 to 2, incl
0.052
55
3
dance with Test Methods E 8.
21.2.1.1 Whenever test results are obtained from
21.2.8.2 Alternatively, at the option of the manu-
both full-size and machined specimens and they differ, the
facturer, using speed-insensitive eddy-current units that are
test results from the full-size specimens shall prevail.
21.2.2
equipped to select a fraction of the maximum imbalance
signal, the following percent maximum imbalance signals
Yield strength shall be determined at 0.5%
shall be used:
extension under load.
21.2.3 Rockwell hardness shall be determined on the
Maximum Percent Imbalance
Standard Tube Size, in.
inside surface of the tube and a minimum of three readings
s hall b e taken o n eac h s p ec imen, eac h at a diffe rent
Up to
location.
1
21.2.3.1 When suitable equipment is not available
Over 2 to 3, incl
0.4
conforming to the requirements of this test. Tubes with
discontinuities indicated by the testing unit are not prohib-
Grain size shall be determined, in case of
ited, at the option of the manufacturer, from being reexam-
dispute, by the intercept method.
Electrical Resistivity — The limit of measure-
ined or retested to determine whether the discontinuity is
cause for rej ection. Signals that are found to have been
ment uncertainty shall be ± 0.30% as a process control
caused by minor mechanical damage, soil or moisture,
method and ± 0.1 5% as an umpire method.
shall not be cause for rej ection of the tubes provided the
Microscopical Examination — Cuprous oxide
tube dimensions are still within prescribed limits and the
content shall be determined in accordance with Procedure
tube is suitable for its intended application.
A, or, in case of dispute, Procedure C, Closed Bend Test,
21.2.9
of Test Methods B 577 shall be followed.
21.2.7
Hydrogen Embrittlement — Procedure B shall
cylinders under tension.
P p 2 St /(D − 0.8 t)
Electromagnetic (Eddy-Current) Test — Each
1
tube up to and including 3 ⁄8 in. in outside diameter shall
(1 )
where
be subj ected to an eddy-current test. Testing shall follow
Pp
tp
Dp
Sp
the procedures in Practice E 243. Tubes shall be passed
through an eddy-current test unit adj usted to provide information on the suitability of the tube for the intended application.
hydrostatic pressure, psi (or MPa)
thickness of tube wall, in. (or mm)
outside diameter of the tube, in. (or mm)
allowable fiber stress of the material, psi (MPa)
21.2.9.1 The tube need not be tested at a pressure
Either notch depth or drilled hole stan-
gage reading over 1 000 psi unless so specified.
dards shall be used.
(a)
The internal hydrostatic
be determined by the following equation for thin hollow
Bend Test, of Test Methods B 577 shall be followed.
21.2.8.1
Hydrostatic Test —
pressure necessary to produce the required fiber stress shall
be followed, or, in case of dispute, Procedure C, Closed
21.2.8
0.2
0.3
device of the eddy-current tester shall be considered as
between the manufacturer and the purchaser.
21.2.6
incl
21.2.8.3 Tubes that do not activate the signalling
Rockwell scales and values shall be specified by agreement
21.2.5
Signal Magnitude
⁄2 to 2, incl
for determining the specified Rockwell hardness, other
21.2.4
3
⁄8 ,
21.2.10
No tc h dep th s tandards , rounded to the neares t
Pneumatic Test — The test method shall per-
0.001 in. shall be 22% of the wall thickness. The notch
mit easy visual detection of leakage, such as having the
depth tolerance shall be ± 0.0005 in.
material under water or by the pressure differential method.
48
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
22.
SB-75
Certification
22.1
Certification is mandatory when product is ordered
for AS ME B oiler and Pres s ure Ves s el Code applications .
23.
Keywords
23.1
s eamles s
copper tube;
49
s eamles s
tube;
tube
SB-75
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
APPENDIXES
(Nonmandatory Information)
X1.
RECOMMENDED APPLICATIONS
X1.1
X2.
Tube in the H55 temper is recommended when
a tube of some stiffness is required yet capable of being
INTERNATIONAL ANNEALED COPPER
STANDARD (ELECTRICAL
CONDUCTIVITY EQUIVALENTS)
bent when necessary.
X1.2
Tube in the H58 temper is recommended for
general applications in which there is no specific need for
Electrical
Resistivity,
?·g/m
high strength or bending qualities.
X1.3
Electrical
Resistivity,
Tube in the H80 temper is recommended for
applications in which there is a need for a tube as strong
as technically feasible for the size indicated.
50
2
Conductivity, %
?·g/m
2
Conductivity, %
0.1 51 76
1 01 .00
0.1 59 40
96.1 6
0.1 53 28
1 00.00
0.1 70 31
90
0.1 56 1 4
98.1 6
0.1 74 1 8
88
0.1 57 37
97.40
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-75
SUMMARY OF CHANGES
The Committee has identified the location of selected changes to this specification since the last edtion that may
impact the use of this specification.
Section 3.1 .1 , Table 2, footnote F, and Table 5, footnote B were modified to replace nonmandatory language with
mandatory language.
51
I NTE N TI O NALLY LE FT B LANK
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-96/SB-96M
SPECI FI CATI ON FOR COPPER-SI LI CON ALLOY PLATE,
SH EET, STRI P, AN D ROLLED BAR FOR G EN ERAL
PU RPOSES AN D PRESSU RE VESSELS
SB-96/SB-96M
(Identical with ASTM Specification B96/B96M-06.)
53
SB-96/SB-96M
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SPECIFICATION FOR COPPER-SILICON ALLOY
PLATE, SHEET, STRIP, AND ROLLED BAR FOR
GENERAL PURPOSES AND PRESSURE VESSELS
SB-96/SB-96M
(Identical with ASTM Specification B 96/B 96M-06.)
1.
Scope
B 248 M S p ec ific atio n fo r General Requirements fo r
Wrought Copper and Copper-Alloy Plate, Sheet, Strip,
1.1 This specification establishes the requirements for
and Rolled Bar [Metric]
copper-silicon alloy plate, sheet, strip, and rolled bar for
B 601 Classification for Temper Designations for Copper
drawing, forming, stamping, bending, and general engi-
and Copper Alloys—Wrought and Cast
neering applications, and for pressure vessel applications.
B 846 Terminology for Copper and Copper Alloys
The alloys involved are copper alloys UNS Nos. C651 00,
E 5 4 Tes t Methods for Chemical Analys is of S pecial
C65400, and C65500.
1.2
Brasses and Bronzes
When product is ordered for ASME Boiler and
E 62 Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Copper and
Pressure Vessel Code applications, consult the Code for
Copper Alloys (Photometric Methods)
applicable alloys.
E 1 1 8 Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of CopperChromium Alloys
1.3 The values stated in inch-pound or SI units are to
E 478 Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Copper
be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, SI units
Alloys
are shown in brackets. The values in each system are not
exactly equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used
independently of the other. Combining values from the
3.
two s ys tems may res ult in no nc o nfo rmanc e with the
3.1
specification.
1.4
General Requirements
The following sections of either Specification B
248 or B 248M constitute a part of this specification:
The following safety hazard caveat pertains only
3.1.1
to the test methods described in Section 1 1 of this specifi-
This standard does not purport to address all of
the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is
the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish
appropriate safety and health practices and determine the
applicability of regulatory limitations prior to its use.
Terminology (see also Terminology B 846),
3.1.2 Materials and Manufacture,
cation:
3.1.3 Dimensions, Mass, and Permissible Variations,
3.1.4 Workmanship, Finish, and Appearance,
3.1.5 Sampling,
3.1.6 Number of Tests and Retests,
3.1.7 Test Specimens,
2.
Referenced Documents
2.1
3.1.8 Test Methods,
ASTM Standards:
3.1.9 Significance of Numerical Limits,
B 248 Specification for General Requirements for Wrought
C o p p er and C o p p er- Allo y Plate , S he et, S trip , and
3.1.10 Inspection,
Rolled Bar
3.1.11
54
Rej ection and Rehearing,
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-96/SB-96M
TABLE 1
CH EM ICAL REQU IREM EN TS
3.1.12 Certification,
3.1.13 Packing and Package Marking,
Composition, %
3.1.14 Mill Test Report, and
Copper Alloy U NS No.
3.1.15 Supplementary Requirements.
3.2 In addition, when a section with a title identical to
that referenced in 3.1 appears in this specification, it contains additional requirements which s upplement those
appearing in either Specification B 248 or B 248M.
4.
Ordering Information
4.1
Include the following information when placing
orders for products under this specification:
4.1.1
ASTM designation and year of issue,
Element
C65100
C65400
C65500
Copper, incl Sil ver
Sil icon
M anganese
Tin
Chromium
Zinc, max
Iron, max
N ickel , max (A)
Lead, max
remainder
0.8–2.0
0.7 max
...
...
1.5
0.8
...
0.05
remainder
2.7–3.4
...
1.2–1.9
0.01–0.12
0.50
...
...
0.05
remainder
2.8–3.8
0.50–1.3
...
...
1.5
0.8
0.6
0.05
N OTE:
(A) Incl cobalt.
4.1.2 Copper Alloy UNS No. (Section 1 ),
4.1.3 Temper (Section 6),
5.2.2 When all the elements in Table 1 are analyzed,
4.1.4 Dimensions: Thickness, Width, and Length
their sum shall be 99.5% min.
(Section 9),
4.1.5 Finish (Section 1 0),
6.
4.1.6 Type of edge, if required: slit, sheared, sawed,
Temper
6.1 Tempers, as defined in Classification B 601 avail-
square corners, rounded corners, rounded edges or full
able under this specification are:
rounded edges (9.6),
6.1.1
4.1.7 How furnished (straight lengths or coils),
O61 (annealed),
6.1.2 O50 (light annealed),
4.1.8 Weight (9.7),
6.1.3 H01 (quarter hard),
4.2 The following options are available, and when
required, are to be specified in the contract or purchase
6.1.4 H02 (half-hard),
order at the time of placing of the order:
6.1.5 H03 (three-quarter hard),
4.2.1
6.1.6 H04 (hard),
Mill test (Specifications B 248 or B 248M),
4.2.2 Certification (Specifications B 248 or B 248M),
6.1.7 H06 (extra-hard),
4.2.3 Product identification (Specifications B 248 or
6.1.8 H08 (spring),
B 248M),
4.2.4
6.1.9 H1 0 (extra-spring),
Pressure vessel use, if applicable (1 .2, 9.1 ,
6.1.10 H1 4 (super-spring),
9.2.1 , and 9.7.1 ),
6.1.11
4.2.5 Whether 0.2 % yield strength is required, and
6.1.12 M25 (as hot-rolled and rerolled).
4.2.6 When product is purchased for agencies of the
6.2
U.S. Government (Section 8).
5.
M20 (as hot-rolled), and
Refer to Table 2 for the copper alloy UNS No.
involved for each temper.
Chemical Composition
7.
5.1 The material shall conform to the chemical compo-
Mechanical Property Requirements
7.1
sition requirements prescribed in Table 1 for the copper
Tensile Requirements—The
tension test shall be
the standard test for all tempers of rolled, annealed, and
alloy UNS No. designation specified in the ordering infor-
hot- rolled materials. Acceptance or rej ection based on
mation.
mechanical properties shall depend only on the tensile
5.2 These composition limits do not preclude the pres-
properties, which shall conform to the requirements pre-
ence of other elements. Limits may be established and
scribed in Table 2 or Table 3. Tension test specimens shall
analysis required for unnamed elements by agreement
be taken so the longitudinal axis of the specimen is parallel
between manufacturer or supplier and the purchaser.
to the direction of rolling.
7.1.1
5.2.1 Copper may be taken as the difference between
For Pressure Vessel Code Applications, the
tensile requirements are prescribed in Table 3.
the sum of all the elements analyzed and 1 00%.
55
SB-96/SB-96M
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE 2
TENSILE STREN GTH REQU IREM EN TS AN D APPROXIM ATE ROCKWELL H ARDNESS AN D GRAIN SIZE VALU ES
Temper Designation
Standard
Former
Tensile Strength,
ksi (M Pa)
Approximate Rockwell H ardness
B Scale
Approximate Grain
Size, mm
...
...
48–63
64–73
74–82
78–85
81–86
0.050–0.120
0.060 max (A)
...
...
...
...
...
70–82
76–93
...
...
...
...
...
72 min.
...
...
...
65–80
79–91
88–96
93–98
94–99
...
60–80
0.110 max (A)
0.055 max (B)
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
Superficial 30T
B Scale
...
64–77
75–79
77–81
80–81
81–82
81–82
81 min
81 min
...
72–91
89–95
94–97
96–98
97–100
97–100
100–102
101 min
F Scale
Copper Alloy U NS No. C65100
O61
O50
H 01
H 02
H 04
H 06
H 08
Anneal ed
Light anneal
Quarter-hard
H al f-hard
H ard
Extra-hard
Spring
38–45
40–50
42–52
47–57
60–70
67–76
71–79
(260–310)
(275–345)
(290–360)
(325–395)
(415–485)
(460–525)
(490–545)
45–55
50–75
...
...
...
...
...
Copper Alloy U NS Nos. C65500
O61
O50
H 01
H 02
H 04
H 06
H 08
M 20
M 25
Anneal ed
Light anneal
Quarter-hard
H al f-hard (B)
H ard (B)
Extra-hard (B)
Spring (B)
As hot-rol l ed
As hot-rol l ed and rerol l ed
52–58 (360–400)
55–64 (380–440)
60–74 (415–510)
72–86 (495–595)
85–99 (585–685)
95–109 (655–750)
102–116 (705–800)
55–72 (380–500)
58–72 (400–500)
Copper Alloy U NS No.
C65400
O61
H 01
H 02
H 03
H 04
H 06
H 08
H 10
H 14
Anneal ed
Quarter-hard (B)
H al f-hard (B)
Three-quarter hard (B)
H ard (B)
Extra-hard (B)
Spring (B)
Extra spring (B)
Super spring (B)
65–80 (450–550)
75–90 (520–620)
86–101 (590–700)
97–112 (670–770)
108–120 (745–830)
116–126 (800–870)
124–133 (855–920)
131–140 (905–965)
137 min (945 min)
0.040 max (B)
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
G EN ERAL N OTE:
(1) Pl ate general l y is avail abl e in onl y the as hot-rol l ed (M 20) temper. Required properties for other tempers shal l be agreed upon between the
manufacturer and purchaser at the time of pl acing the order.
N OTES:
(A) N o minimum grain size requirement is specified, but al l anneal ed material shal l be ful l y recrystal l ized.
(B) Commercial l y suppl ied onl y as strip. The manufacturer shoul d be consul ted where these tempers are desired in sheet or plate.
TABLE 3
TENSILE STREN GTH REQU IREM EN TS AN D APPROXIM ATE ROCKWELL H ARDNESS AN D GRAIN SIZE VALU ES
FOR PRESSU RE VESSEL APPLICATION S
Temper Designation
Standard
Former
Tensile Strength,
ksi (M Pa)
Yield Strength
at 0.5%
Extension
U nder Load,
ksi (M Pa)
min
Yield Strength (A)
at 0.2% offset,
min, ksi (M Pa)
Elongation,
min % (B)
Approximate
Rockwell F
H ardness
Approximate
Grain Size, mm
40
70–82
0.110 max (C)
Copper Alloy U NS No. C65500
O61
Anneal ed
50–67 (345–460)
18 (125)
18 (125)
N OTES:
(A) See 4.2.5.
(B) El ongation in 2 in. (50 mm).
(C) N o minimum grain size requirement is specified, but al l anneal ed material shal l be ful l y recrystal l ized.
56
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-96/SB-96M
TABLE 4
LOT WEIGH T TOLERANCES IN PERCEN TAGE OF TH EORETICAL WEIGH T FOR PRESSU RE VESSEL
APPLICATION S — ALL PLU S
Permissible Excess in Average Weight of Lots, Expressed in Percentage of Normal Weight
Thickness, in. (mm)
1
48 in.
(1200 mm)
and U nder
in Width
Over 48 to
60 in. (1200
to 1500 mm)
in Width
Over 60 to
72 in. (1500
to 1800 mm)
in Width
Over 72 to
96 in. (1800
to 2500 mm)
in Width
Over 96 to
120 in. (2500
to 3000 mm)
in Width
Over 120 to
132 in. (3000
to 3500 mm)
incl in Width
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.2 5
6
6
5.75
5.5
5
3.5
8
8
7.75
7.5
7.2 5
7
6.5
6
5
4
9
9
8.75
8.5
8.2 5
8
7.5
7
6.25
5
11
11
11
11
11
10
9
8
7
6
...
12
12
12
12
11
10
9
8
7
...
...
13
13
13
12
11
10
9
8
3
⁄8 to ⁄1 6 , i ncl ( 3.0 to 5.0)
Over 3⁄1 6 to 1⁄4 , i ncl (6.0 to 8.0)
Over 1⁄4 to 5⁄1 6 , i ncl (8.0 to 1 0)
Over 5⁄1 6 to 3⁄8 , i ncl (9.0 to 1 0)
Over 3⁄8 to 7⁄1 6 , i ncl (1 0 to 1 2)
Over 7⁄1 6 to 1⁄2 , i ncl (1 2 to 1 4)
Over 1⁄2 to 5⁄8 , i ncl (1 4 to 1 6)
Over 5⁄8 to 3⁄4 , i ncl (1 6 to 2 0)
Over 3⁄4 to 1 , i ncl ( 2 0 to 25)
Over 1 to 2, i ncl (2 5 to 50)
7.1.2
Square-Sheared Metal—Table 5.
9.3.3 Sawed Metal—Table 6.
9.4 Length:
9.4.1 Schedule of Lengths (Specific and Stock) With
Ends—Table 7.
9. 4. 2 Length Tolerances for Square-Sheared
Metal—Table 9.
9.4.3 Length Tolerances for Sawed Metal—Table 1 0.
9.4.4 Minimum and Maximum Weight of Ends—
9.3.2
For general purpose applications, the tensile
requirements are prescribed in Table 2.
7.2
Rockwell Hardness—The
approximate Rockwell
hardness values given in Tables 2 and 3 are for general
information and assistance in testing and shall not be used
as a basis for product rej ection.
7.3
Grain Size—The approximate grain size values for
annealed tempers given in Tables 2 and 3 are for general
information and shall not be used as a basis for product
rej ection.
Table 8.
8.
Straightness:
Slit Metal or Slit Metal Either Straightened or
Edge-Rolled—Table 1 1 .
9.5.2 Square-Sheared Metal—Table 1 2.
9.5.3 Sawed Metal—Table 1 3.
9.6 Edges:
9.6.1 Square Edges—Table 1 4.
9.6.2 Rounded Corners—Table 1 5.
9.6.3 Rounded Edges—Table 1 6.
9.6.4 Full-Rounded Edges—Table 1 7.
9.7 Weight, Hot-Rolled Sheet and Plate —Table 1 8.
9.7.1 ASME Pressure Vessel Code Applications—
9.5
Purchases for U.S. Government Agencies
9.5.1
8.1 If the product ordered is for an agency of the U.S.
government, when specifically stipulated in the contract or
purchase order, the product furnished shall conform to the
conditions specified in the Supplementary Requirements
section of Specifications B 248 or B 248M.
9.
Dimensions, Mass, and Permissible Variations
9. 1
T he di me ns i o ns and to l eranc e s fo r p ro du c t
described by this specification shall be as specified in Specifications B 248 or B 248M with particular reference to the
following tables and related paragraphs in that specification
(exceptions for
ASME Pressure Vessel Code applications
are noted):
Table 4 of this specification.
Thickness—Table 2.
9. 2. 1 Pressure Vessel Code Applications —The
9.2
thickness of any place or sheet shall not be more than 0.01
10.
in. under the thickness specified.
Workmanship, Finish and Appearance
10.1
Width:
9.3.1 Slit Metal and Slit Metal with Rolled Edges—
For workmanship and appearance requirements,
refer to either Specification B 248 or B 248M.
9.3
10.2
Table 4.
Finish—The material is supplied regularly in the
following finishes:
57
SB-96/SB-96M
10.2.1
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
Black—After
Element
hot rolling retains all of the
oxides.
10.2.2
Copper
Plain Pickled—S ulfuric
acid pickle only,
b ric k red o xide; has c up ro us and s ilic o n o xides s till
adherent.
10.2.3
Specially Cleaned—Commercially free of all
oxides; has the golden color of the alloy.
1 0.2.4
Sand Blasted—C ommerc ially
E 478
Silicon
E 54; Perchloric acid dehydration
Manganese
E 62
Tin
E 478; Titrimetric
Chromium
E 118
Zinc
E 478; Atomic absorption
Iron
E 478
Nickel
E 478; Photometric
Lead
E 478; Atomic absorption
11.2 Mechanical Properties (Tensile, Rockwell, and
Grain) —Refer to the appropriate test method in either
free o f all
oxides; has a dull gray color.
11.
Test Method
Specification B 248 or B 248M.
12. Keywords
12.1 copper-silicon alloy bar; copper- silicon alloy
Test Methods
plate; copper-silicon alloy pressure vessels; copper-silicon
alloy sheet; copper-silicon alloy strip; UNS Alloy No.
C651 00; UNS Alloy No. C65400; UNS Alloy No. C65500
11.1 In the case of disagreement, the chemical composition shall be determined as follows:
58
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-98/SB-98M
SPECI FI CATI ON FOR COPPER-SI LI CON ALLOY ROD,
BAR, AN D SH APES
SB-98/SB-98M
(Identical with ASTM Specification B98/B98M-08 except that certification and test reports have been made mandatory;
Note 2 and paras. 4.2.3 and 8.1.1.1 have been deleted..)
59
SB-98/SB-98M
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
Standard Specification for
Copper-Silicon Alloy Rod, Bar and Shapes
1. Scope
E1 8 Test Methods for Rockwell Hardness of Metallic Materials
E62 Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Copper and
Copper Alloys (Photometric Methods) (Withdrawn 201 0)
E478 Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Copper Alloys
1 .1 This specification establishes requirements for coppersilicon rod, bar, and shapes for UNS Alloys C651 00, C65500,
and C661 00.
NOTE 1 —Material for hot forging is covered by Specification B1 24/
B1 24M.
3. General Requirements
NOTE 2—DELETED
3.1 The following sections of Specification B249/B 249M
constitute a part of this specification:
1 .2 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units
are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in
each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each
system shall be used independently of the other. Combining
values from the two systems may result in non-conformance
with the standard.
3.1 .1 Terminology,
3.1 .2 Materials and Manufacture,
3.1 .3 Workmanship, Finish, and Appearance,
3.1 .4 Sampling,
3.1 .5 Number of Tests and Retests,
3.1 .6 Specimen Preparation,
2. Referenced Documents
3.1 .7 Test Methods,
3.1 .8 Significance of Numerical Limits,
2.1 The following documents of the issue in effect on date
of material purchase form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced herein:
3.1 .9 Inspection,
3.1 .1 0 Rej ection and Rehearing,
ASTM Standards:
3.1 .11 Certification,
2.2
B1 24/B1 24M Specification for Copper and Copper Alloy
Forging Rod, Bar, and Shapes
B249/B249M Specification for General Requirements for
Wrought Copper and Copper-Alloy Rod, Bar, Shapes and
Forgings
B601 Classification for Temper Designations for Copper and
Copper Alloys—Wrought and Cast
E8 Test Methods for Tension Testing of Metallic Materials
E8M Test Methods for Tension Testing of Metallic Materials
[Metric] (Withdrawn 2008)
3.1 .1 2 Test Report (Mill),
3.1 .1 3 Packaging and Package Marking, and
3.1 .1 4 DELETED
3.2 In addition, when a section with a title identical to one
of those referenced in 3.1 appears in this specification, it
contains additional requirements that supplement those which
appear in Specification B249/B 249M.
4. Ordering Information
4.1 Include the following information in orders for product
under this specification:
4.1 .1 ASTM Designation and year of issue,
4.1 .2 Copper Alloy UNS No. designation,
4.1 .3 Temper designation,
4.1 .4 Quantity; total weight or length, or number of pieces
of each temper, form, or alloy,
4.1 .5 Dimensions; diameter or distance between parallel
surfaces,
4.1 .6 Type of edge; edge contours,
4.1 .7 How furnished; specific lengths with or without ends,
and
60
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
4.1 .8 DELETED
7.1 .3
7.1 .4
7.1 .5
7.1 .6
7.1 .7
4.2 The following should also be specified in the contract
or purchase order:
4.2.1 Certification (Specification B249/B249M), and
4.2.2 Mill Test Report (Specification B249/B249M).
4.2.3 DELETED
Materials—
Rockwell Hardness—
Manufacture—
5.2
The product shall be manufactured by
such hot-working, cold-working, straightening, and annealing
processing as to produce a uniform wrought structure and
obtain the required finish properties.
Tensile Strength—
8.1 .2
The product shall conform with the
requirements of Table 2 and Table 3 when tested in accordance
with Test Methods E8 or E8M.
8.1 .2.1 The tensile requirements for all alloys and forms of
M20 and M30 tempers shall be as agreed upon between the
manufacturer and purchaser at time of order.
Chemical Composition
6.1 The product shall conform to the chemical requirements
specified in Table 1 for the Copper Alloy UNS No. designated
in the ordering information.
6.1 .1 For alloys in which copper is listed as “remainder,”
copper is the difference between the sum of the results of all
elements determined and 1 00 %.
6.1 .2 When all elements listed in Table 1 are determined for
the designated alloy, the sum of results shall be 99.5 % min.
9.
Diameter or Distance Between Parallel Surfaces:
Rod: Round, Hexagonal, Octagonal—
9.2
9.2.1
Refer to Table
1 for Alloy C651 00 and to Table 2 for Alloys C65500 and
C661 00.
9.2.2
Refer to Table 6.
9.2.3
Refer to Table 5.
9.2.4
Refer to Tables 8 and
1 0 for Alloy C651 00, and Tables 9 and 11 for Alloys C65500
and C661 00.
9.2.5
Refer to Table 5 for thickness and
width tolerances.
Rod: Round M20 Temper—
Rod: Round, Hexagonal, Octagonal, M30 Temper—
Temper
7.1 The standard tempers, as defined in Classification B601 ,
for products described in this specification are given in Tables
2-5.
7.1 .1 Soft annealed O60,
7.1 .2 1 ⁄4-hard H01 ,
Bar: Rectangular and Square—
Bar: M30 Temper—
TABLE 1 Ch emi cal Req u i rem ents
Copper (Includes
silver)
Lead
Iron
Zinc
Manganese
Silicon
Nickel
(includes cobalt)
Composition, % Maximum (Unless Shown as a Range or
Minimum)
Copper Alloy UNS No.
C651 00
C65500
C661 00
remainder
remainder
remainder
0.05
0.8
1 .5
0.7
0.8–2.0
...
0.05
0.8
1 .5
0.50–1 .3
2.8–3.8
0.6
Dimensions, Mass and Permissible Variations
9.1 Refer to the appropriate paragraphs in Specification
B249/B249M with particular reference to the following tables:
6.2 These composition limits do not preclude the presence
of other elements. Limits may be established and analysis
required for unnamed elements by agreement between the
manufacturer and the purchaser.
7.
Mechanical Property Requirements
8.1 The product shall conform to the mechanical property
requirements given in Tables 2-5 for the Copper Alloy UNS
No. designation specified in the ordering information.
8.1 .1
For the alloys and tempers listed,
product 0.5 in. (1 2 mm) and over in diameter or distance
between parallel surfaces shall conform with the requirements
given in Table 4 and Table 5, when tested in accordance with
Test Methods E1 8.
8.1 .1 .1 DELETED
Material and Manufacture
5.1
The starting material shall be cast billets or
rods of Copper Alloy UNS Nos. C651 00, C65500, or C661 00,
and shall be of such soundness and structure as to enable them
to be processed into the product specified in the contract or
purchase order.
6.
⁄2-hard H02,
Hard H04,
Extra-hard H06,
As hot rolled M20, and
As hot extruded M30.
1
7.2 Product of bars and shapes in the temper H06 is
normally not produced.
8.
5.
SB-98/SB-98M
Shapes—
9.3
The dimensional tolerance for shapes shall be
as agreed upon between the manufacturer and the purchaser,
and shall be specified in the order.
Length:
Rod, Bar and Shapes—Refer to Tables 1 3 and 1 5.
9.5 Straightness:
9.5.1 Rod and Bar— Refer to Table 1 6.
9.6 Edge Contours:
9.6.1 Rod and Bar— Refer to the section entitled, “Edge
9.4
9.4.1
0.20–0.8
0.25
1 .5
1 .5
2.8–3.5
...
Contours” and to Figs. 1 , 2, and 3.
61
SB-98/SB-98M
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE 2 Ten si l e Req u i rem en ts ?
? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
?
???????????????????????????????????????????
Yield Strength at 0.5 %
Temper Designation
Diameter or Distance Between Parallel
Tensile Strength min,
Extension Under Load,
A in.
Surfaces,
ksi
Code
Name
min, ksi
Copper Alloy UNS No. C651 00 Rods, Bars, and Shapes
O60 Soft anneal
All forms, all sizes
40
12
H02 Half-hard
Rods:
55
20
Up to 1 ⁄2 , incl
Over 1 ⁄2 to 2, incl
55
20
C
C
Bars and shapes
H04 Hard
Rods:
Up to 1 ⁄2 , incl
65
35
Over 1 ⁄2 to 2, incl
65
35
C
C
Bars and shapes
H06 Extra-hard
Rods:
85
55
Up to 1 ⁄2 , incl
75
45
Over 1 ⁄2 to 1 , incl
Over 1 to 1 1 ⁄2, incl
75
40
Copper Alloy UNS Nos. C65500 and C661 00 Rectangular Bars
O60 Soft anneal
All sizes
52
15
H04 Hard
Up to 1 , incl
65
38
60
30
Over 1 to 1 1 ⁄2, incl
Over 1 1 ⁄2 to 3, incl
55
24
Copper Alloy UNS Nos. C65500 and C661 00 Rods, Square Bars, and Shapes
O60 Soft anneal
All forms, all sizes
52
15
H01 Quarter-hard
All forms, all sizes
55
24
H02 Half-hard
Rods and square bars:
Up to 2, incl
70
38
C
C
Shapes
H04 Hard
Rods and square bars:
90
55
Up to 1 ⁄4 , incl
Over 1 ⁄4 to 1 , incl
90
52
1
Over 1 to 1 ⁄2, incl
80
43
1
70
38
Over 1 ⁄2 to 3, incl
C
C
Over 3
C
C
Shapes
H06 Extra-hard
Rods: up to 1 ⁄2 , incl
1 00
55
A For rectangular bar, the Distance Between Parallel Surfaces refers to thickness.
B In any case a minimum gage length of 1 in. shall be used.
C As agreed upon between manufacturer and purchaser.
10. Test Methods
Copper
Lead
Manganese
Nickel
Silicon
Zinc
30
11
12
C
8
10
C
6
8
8
35
20
25
27
35
25
20
C
8
13
15
17
C
C
7
1 0.1 .1 Test Method(s) to be followed for the determination
of elements required by contractual or purchase order agreement shall be as agreed upon between the supplier and
purchaser.
1 0.1 Chemical composition shall, in case of disagreement,
be determined as follows:
Element
Elongation in 4 ×
Diameter or Thickness of
Specimen, min, %B
Test Methods
1 0.2 Refer to Specification B249/B249M for other appropriate test methods.
E478
E478, Atomic absorption
E62
E478, Photometric
E62
E478, Atomic absorption
11. Certification
?
The manufacturer ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? ? '
furnished to the purchaser stating that samples representing
each lot have been tested and inspected in accordance with this
?
specification and the requirements have been met. Mill test reports shall also be supplied.
12. Keywords
12.1 copper—rod, bar, shapes; copper-silicon alloy; high
silicon bronze A; low silicon bronze B; silicon bronze; UNS
No. C651 00; UNS No. C65500; UNS No. C661 00
62
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE 3 Ten si l e Req u i rements ? ?
Temper Designation
Code
Name
O60 Soft anneal
H02 Half-hard
H04
Hard
H06
Extra-hard
Diameter or Distance Between Parallel
Surfaces, A mm
All forms, all sizes
Rods:
Up to 1 2, incl
Over 1 2 to 50, incl
Bars and shapes
Rods:
Up to 1 2, incl
Over 1 2 to 50, incl
Bars and shapes
Rods:
Up to 1 2, incl
Over 1 2 to 25, incl
Over 25 to 38, incl
SB-98/SB-98M
? ? ?? ?
?
? (
Yield Strength at 0.5 %
Extension Under Load,
min, MPa
Tensile Strength min,
MPa
Copper Alloy UNS No. C651 00 Rods, Bars, and Shapes
275
85
380
380
1 40
1 40
Elongation,
min, % B
30
11
12
C
C
C
450
450
240
240
8
10
C
C
585
380
51 5
31 0
51 5
275
Copper Alloy UNS Nos. C65500 and C661 00 Rectangular Bars
O60 Soft anneal
All sizes
360
1 05
H04 Hard
Up to 25, incl
450
260
Over 25 to 38, incl
41 5
205
Over 38 to 75, incl
380
1 65
Copper Alloy UNS Nos. C65500 and C661 00 Rods, Square Bars, and Shapes
O60 Soft anneal
All forms, all sizes
360
1 05
H01 Quarter-hard
All forms, all sizes
380
1 65
H02 Half-hard
Rods and square bars:
Up to 50, incl
485
260
C
C
Shapes
H04 Hard
Rods and square bars:
Up to 6, incl
61 5
380
Over 6 to 25, incl
61 5
360
Over 25 to 38, incl
545
295
Over 38 to 75, incl
485
260
C
C
Over 75
C
C
Shapes
H06 Extra-hard
Rods: up to 1 2, incl
690
380
A For rectangular bar, the Distance Between Parallel Surfaces refers to thickness.
B Elongation values are based on a gage length of 5.65 times the square root of the area for dimensions greater than 2.5 mm.
C As agreed upon between manufacturer and purchaser.
TABLE 4 Rockwel l H ardn ess Req u i rem ents ? ?
? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? A
C
6
8
8
35
20
25
27
35
25
20
C
8
13
15
17
C
C
7
?
Rockwell B Hardness Determined on the
Diameter or Distance Between Parallel
Cross Section Midway Between Surface
B in.
Surfaces,
Code
Name
and Center
Copper Alloy UNS No. C651 00 Rods, Bars, and Shapes
H02
Half-hard
0.5 to 2.0 , incl
60–85
H04
Hard
0.5 to 2.0, incl
65–90
H06
Extra-hard C
0.5 to 1 .5, incl
75–95
Copper Alloy UNS Nos. C65500 and C661 00 Rectangular Bars
H04
Hard
0.5 to 3.0, incl
60–95
Copper Alloy UNS Nos. C65500 and C661 00 Rods, Square Bars, and Shapes
H02
Half-hard
0.5 to 1 .0, incl
75–95
over 1 .0 to 1 .5, incl
75–95
over 1 .5 to 3.0, incl
75–95
H04
Hard
0.5 to 1 .0, incl
85–1 00
over 1 .0 to 1 .5, incl
80–95
over 1 .5 to 3.0, incl
75–95
A Rockwell hardnesses are not established for diameters less than 0.5 in..
B For rectangular bar, the Distance Between Parallel Surfaces refers to thickness.
C Bars and shapes are not produced in the H06 temper.
Temper Designation
63
SB-98/SB-98M
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE 5 Rockwel l H ard ness Req u i rem ents ? ?
? ? ?? ? A
?
?
Rockwell B Hardness Determined on the
Cross Section Midway Between Surface
and Center
Temper Designation
Code
Name
Diameter or Distance Between Parallel
Surfaces, B mm
Copper Alloy UNS No. C651 00 Rods, Bars, and Shapes
H02
Half-hard
1 2 to 50, incl
H04
Hard
1 2 to 50, incl
H06
Extra-hard C
1 2 to 50, incl
Copper Alloy UNS Nos. C65500 and C661 00 Rectangular Bars
H04
Hard
1 2 to 75, incl
Copper Alloy UNS Nos. C65500 and C661 00 Rods, Square Bars, and Shapes
H02
Half-hard
1 2 to 25, incl
25 to 38, incl
over 38 to 75, incl
H04
Hard
1 2 to 25, incl
over 25 to 38, incl
over 38 to 75, incl
A Rockwell hardnesses are not established for diameters less than 1 2 mm.
B For rectangular bar, the Distance Between Parallel Surfaces refers to thickness.
C Bars and shapes are not produced in the H06 temper.
64
60–85
65–90
75–95
60–95
75–95
75–95
75–95
85–1 00
80–95
75–95
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SPECI FI CATI ON FOR ALU M I N U M -ALLOY PERM AN EN T
M OLD CASTI N G S
SB-108
(Identical with ASTM Specification B108-99 except that certification has been made mandatory, welding is in accordance with ASME, and editorial revisions have been made to Table 1.)
65
SB-108
SB-108
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SPECIFICATION FOR ALUMINUM-ALLOY
PERMANENT MOLD CASTINGS
SB-108
(Identical with ASTM Specification B 1 08-99 except that certification has been made mandatory, welding is in accordance with ASME, and
editorial revisions have been made to Table 1 .)
1.
Scope
1.1
E 88 Practice for Sampling Nonferrous Metals and Alloys
in Cast Form for Determination of Chemical Compo-
This specification covers aluminum-alloy perma-
sition
nent mold castings designated as shown in Table 1 .
1.2
E 94 Guide for Radiographic Testing
Alloy and temper designations are in accordance
E 1 55 Reference Radiographs for Examination of Alumi-
with ANSI H35.1 . The equivalent unified numbering sys-
num and Magnesium Castings
tem alloy designations are in accordance with Practice
E 1 65 Test Method for Liquid Penetrant Examination
E 527.
E 227 Test Method for Optical Emission Spectrometric
1.3 For acceptance criteria for inclusion of new alumi-
Analysis of Aluminum and Aluminum Alloys by the
num and aluminum alloys and their properties in this speci-
Point-to-Plane Technique
fication, see Annex A1 and Annex A2.
1.4
E 527 Practice for Numbering Metals and Alloys (UNS)
E 607 Test Method for Optical Emission Spectrometric
The values stated in inch-pound units are to be
Analysis of Aluminum and Aluminum Alloys by the
regarded as the standard. The values in parentheses are for
Point-to-Plane Technique, Nitrogen Atmosphere
information only.
E 71 6 Practices for Sampling Aluminum and Aluminum
Alloys for Spectrochemical Analysis
2.
E 1 251 Test Method for Optical Emission Spectrometric
Referenced Documents
Analysis of Aluminum and Aluminum Alloys by the
2.1 The following documents of the issue in effect on
Argon Atmosphere, Point-to-Plane, Unipolar Self-Ini-
the date of casting purchase form a part of this specification
tiating Capacitor Discharge
to the extent referenced herein:
2.1.1
ASTM Standards:
2.3
B 1 79 Specification for Aluminum Alloys in Ingot Form
ANSI Standard:
H35.1 Alloy and Temper Designation Systems for Alu-
for Castings From All Casting Processes
minum
B 275 Practice for Codification of Certain Nonferrous Met-
2.4
als and Alloys, Cast and Wrought
B 557 Test Methods for Tension Testing Wrought and
Military Standards:
MIL-STD-1 29 Marking for Shipment and Storage
Cast Aluminum- and Magnesium-Alloy Products
MIL-STD-276 Impregnation of Porous Nonferrous Metal
B 597 Practice for Heat Treatment of Aluminum Alloys
Castings
B 660 Practices for Packaging /Packing of Aluminum and
MIL-STD-278 Welding and Allied Processes for Machin-
Magnesium Products
ery for Ships
E 29 Practice for Using Significant Digits in Test Data to
MIL-I-1 3857 Impregnation of Metal Castings
Determine Conformance With Specifications
2.5
E 34 Test Method for Chemical Analysis of Aluminum
Federal Standard:
Fed. Std. No. 1 23 Marking for Shipment (Civil Agencies)
and Aluminum-Base Alloys
66
TABLE 1
CH EM ICAL COM POSITION LIM ITS A, B, C
Alloy
ANSI D
U NS
Aluminum
Silicon
A02040
A02080
A02130
A02220
A02420
A02960
A03080
A03190
A03320
A03330
A03360
A03540
A03550
A33550
A03560
A13560
A03570
A13570
A03590
A04430
A24430
A14440
A05130
A05350
A07050
A07070
A07110
A07130
A08500
A08510
A08520
remainder
remainder
remainder
remainder
remainder
remainder
remainder
remainder
remainder
remainder
remainder
remainder
remainder
remainder
remainder
remainder
remainder
remainder
remainder
remainder
remainder
remainder
remainder
remainder
remainder
remainder
remainder
remainder
remainder
remainder
remainder
0.20
2.5–3.5
1.0–3.0
2.0
0.7
2.0–3.0
5.0–6.0
5.5–6.5
8.5–10.5
8.0–10.0
11.0–13.0
8.6–9.4
4.5–5.5
4.5–5.5
6.5–7.5
6.5–7.5
6.5–7.5
6.5–7.5
8.5–9.5
4.5–6.0
4.5–6.0
6.5–7.5
0.30
0.15
0.20
0.20
0.30
0.25
0.7
2.0–3.0
0.40
Iron
Copper
M anganese
M agnesium
Chromium
0.35
1.2
1.2
1.5
1.0
1.2
1.0
1.0
1.2
1.0
1.2
0.20
0.6 H
0.20
0.6 H
0.20
0.15
0.20
0.20
0.8
0.8
0.20
0.40
0.15
0.8
0.8
0.7–1.4
1.1
0.7
0.7
0.7
4.2–5.0
3.5–4.5
6.0–8.0
9.2–10.7
3.5–4.5
4.0–5.0
4.0–5.0
3.0–4.0
2.0–4.0
3.0–4.0
0.50–1.5
1.6–2.0
1.0–1.5
1.0–1.5
0.25
0.20
0.05
0.20
0.20
0.6
0.15
0.10
0.10
0.05
0.20
0.20
0.35–0.65
0.40–1.0
0.7–1.3
0.7–1.3
1.7–2.3
0.10
0.50
0.6
0.50
0.35
0.35
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.35
0.10
0.50 H
0.10
0.35 H
0.10
0.03
0.10
0.10
0.50
0.35
0.10
0.30
0.10–0.25
0.40–0.6
0.40–0.6
0.05
0.6
0.10
0.10
0.10
0.15–0.35
0.10
0.10
0.15–0.35
1.2–1.8
0.05
0.10
0.10
0.50–1.5
0.05–0.50
0.7–1.3
0.40–0.6
0.40–0.6
0.40–0.6
0.20–0.45
0.25–0.45
0.45–0.6
0.40–0.7
0.50–0.7
0.05
0.05
0.05
3.5–4.5
6.2–7.5
1.4–1.8
1.8–2.4
0.25–0.45
0.20–0.50
0.10
0.10
0.6–0.9
...
...
...
...
0.25
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
0.25
...
...
...
...
...
...
0.25
...
...
...
...
0.20–0.40
0.20–0.40
...
0.35
...
...
...
Nickel
0.05
0.35
0.35
0.50
1.7–2.3
0.35
...
0.35
0.50
0.50
2.0–3.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
0.15
0.7–1.3
0.3–0.7
0.9–1.5
Zinc
0.10
1.0
2.5
0.8
0.35
0.50
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
0.35
0.10
0.35
0.10
0.35
0.10
0.05
0.10
0.10
0.50
0.35
0.10
1.4–2.2
...
2.7–3.3
4.0–4.5
6.0–7.0
7.0–8.0
...
...
...
Tin
0.05
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
5.5–7.0
5.5–7.0
5.5–7.0
Titanium
0.15–0.30
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.20
0.25
0.20
0.25
0.20
0.20
0.04–0.20
0.20
0.25
0.25
0.20
0.20
0.10–0.25
0.25
0.25
0.20
0.25
0.20
0.20
0.20
Each
0.05
...
...
...
0.05
...
...
...
...
...
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05 I
0.05
...
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05 J
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.10
...
...
...
Total F
0.15
0.50
0.50
0.35
0.15
0.35
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
...
0.15
0.15
0.15
0.15
0.15
0.15
0.15
0.15
0.35
0.15
0.15
0.15
0.15
0.15
0.15
0.15
0.25
0.30
0.30
0.30
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
67
204.0
208.0
213.0
222.0
242.0
296.0
308.0
319.0
332.0 G
333.0
336.0 G
354.0
355.0
C355.0
356.0
A356.0
357.0
A357.0
359.0
443.0
B443.0
A444.0
513.0 G
535.0
705.0
707.0
711.0 G
713.0
850.0
851.0 G
852.0 G
Other
Elements E
Composition,%
SB-108
SB-108
TABLE 1
CH EM ICAL COM POSITION LIM ITS A, B, C (CONT’D)
A
68
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
When singl e units are shown, these indicate the maximum amounts permitted.
Anal ysis shal l be made for the el ements for which l imits are shown in this tabl e.
C
The fol lowing applies to al l specified l imits in this tabl e: For purposes of determining conformance to these l imits, an observed val ue or a cal culated val ue obtained from anal ysis shal l be
rounded to the nearest unit in the l ast right-hand pl ace of figures used in expressing the specified l imit in accordance with the rounding method of Practice E 29.
D
ASTM al l oy designations are recorded in Practice B 275.
E
Others incl udes l isted el ements for which no specific l imits are shown as wel l as unl isted metal l ic el ements. The producer may anal yze sampl es for trace el ements not specified in the specification. H owever, such anal ysis is not required and may not cover al l metal lic Others el ements. Shoul d any anal ysis by the producer or the purchaser establ ish that an Others el ement exceeds
the l imit of Each or that the aggregate of several Others el ements exceeds the l imit of Total , the material shal l be considered nonconforming.
F
Other Elements — Total shal l be the sum of unspecified metal l ic el ements of 0.010% or more, rounded to the second decimal before determining the sum.
G
336.0 formerl y A332.0, 332.0 formerl y F322.0, 513.0 formerl y A514.0, 711.0 formerl y C712.0, 851.0 formerly A850.0, 852.0 formel y B850.0.
H
If the iron content exceeds 0.45%, manganese content shal l not be l ess than one hal f of the iron.
I
Beryl l ium 0.04–0.07.
J
Beryl l ium 0.003–0.007, boron 0.005 max.
B
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
3.
5.
Terminology
3.1 Definitions:
SB-108
Responsibility for Quality Assurance
5.1
Unless otherwise specified in the contract or pur-
chase order, the producer shall be responsible for the per-
3.1.1 permanent mold casting — a metal obj ect pro-
formance of all inspections and test requirements specified
duced by introducing molten metal by gravity or low pres-
herein. Unless otherwise agreed upon, the producer may
sure into a mold constructed of durable material, usually
use his own or any other suitable facilities for the perform-
iron or steel, and allowing it to solidify.
ance of the inspection and tes t requirements s pecified
3.1.2 semi-permanent mold casting — a permanent
herein. The purchaser shall have the right to perform any
mold casting which is made using an expendable core such
of the inspections and tests set forth in the specification
as sand.
where such inspections are deemed necessary to confirm
that material conforms to prescribed requirements.
4.
Ordering Information
4.1
Orders for material under this specification shall
6.
include the following information:
Materials and Manufacture
6.1
4.1.1 This specification designation (which includes
The responsibility of furnishing castings that can
be laid out and machined to the finished dimensions within
the number, the year, and the revision letter, if applicable),
the permissible variations specified, as shown on the blueprints or drawings, shall rest with the producer, except
4.1.2 Alloy (see Section 7 and Table 1 ),
where mold equipment is furnished by the purchaser.
4.1.3 Temper (See Section 1 1 and Table 2),
4.1.4 Applicable drawing or part number,
7.
4.1.5 The quantity in either pieces or pounds,
7.1 The castings shall conform to the chemical compo-
4.2 Additionally, orders for material to this specifica-
sition limits prescribed in Table 1 . Conformance shall be
tion shall include the following information when required
determined by the producer by analyzing samples at the
by the purchaser:
4.2.1
Chemical Composition
time the castings are poured, or samples taken from castings
Whether yield strength tests are required (see
or tension test specimens representative of the castings. If
1 1 .1 and Table 2, Footnote F),
the producer has determined the chemical composition of
the material during the course of manufacture, he shall not
4.2.2 Whether castings or test bars, or both, are to
be required to sample and analyze the finished product.
be artificially aged for alloys 705 . 0-T5 , 707. 0- T5 , and
71 3.0-T5 (see 1 1 .3),
4.2.3 Whether test specimens cut from castings are
8.
required in addition to or instead of separately cast specimens (see Sections 1 1 and 1 5, and 1 3.2),
4.2.4
8.1 A sample for determination of chemical composi-
Whether repairs are permissible (see Section
tion shall be taken to represent one of the following:
1 8),
8.1.1
4.2.5 Whether inspection is required at the produc-
Not more than 4000 lb (1 81 4 kg) of clean
castings (gates and risers removed) or a single casting
er’ s works (see Section 1 9),
poured from one furnace.
4.2.6 Certification is required (see Section 23),
8.1.2
4.2.7 Whether surface requirements will be checked
The castings poured continuously from one
furnace in not more than eight consecutive hours.
visually or by observational standards where such stan-
8.2 Samples for determination of chemical composition
dards are established (see 20.1 ),
shall be taken in accordance with one of the following
4.2.8 Whether liquid penetrant inspection is required
methods:
(see 20.2),
4.2.9
Sampling for Determination of Chemical
Composition
8.2.1 Samples for Chemical Analysis — Samples for
Whether radiographic inspection is required
chemical analysis shall be taken by sawing, drilling, or
4.2.1 0 Whether foundry control is required (s ee
to be representative of the material (Practice E 88). The
(see 20.3),
milling the casting or test specimens in such a manner as
weight of a prepared sample shall not be less than 75 g.
1 0.2), and
marked, or both, in accordance with Practices B 660, MIL-
8.2.2 Samples for Spectrochemical and Other Methods of Analysis — Samples for spectrochemical analysis
STD-1 29, and Fed. Std. No. 1 23 (see 24.4).
shall be taken in accordance with Practices E 71 6. Samples
4.2.11
Whether the material shall be packaged, or
69
SB-108
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE 2
TENSILE REQU IREM ENTS A, B
Alloy
U NS
Temper C
204.0
208.0
A02040
A02080
213.0
222.0
A02130
A02220
242.0
A02420
319.0
336.0 I
A03190
A03360
332.0 I
333.0
A03320
A03330
T4 separatel y cast specimens
T4
T6
T7
F
T551
T65
T571
T61
F
T551
T65
T5
F
T5
T6
T7
T61
separatel y cast specimens
casting, designated areaJ
castings, no l ocation designated J
T62
separatel y cast specimens
castings, designated areaJ
castings, no l ocation designated J
T51
T62
T7
T71
T61
separatel y cast specimens
castings, designated areaJ
castings, no l ocation designated J
F
T6
T71
T61
separatel y cast specimens
castings, designated area J
castings, no l ocation designated J
T6
T61
separatel y cast specimens
castings, designated areaJ
castings, no l ocation designated J
T61
separatel y cast specimens
castings, designated areaJ
castings, no l ocation designated J
T62
separatel y cast specimens
castings, designated areaJ
castings, no l ocation designated J
AN SI
G
354.0
355.0
A03540
A03550
C355.0
A33550
356.0
A03560
A356.0
A13560
357.0
A357.0
A13570
359.0
A03590
Tensile
Strength,
min, ksi
(M Pa) E
Typical Brinell
H ardness F
500-kgf load,
10-mm ball
Yield Strength D
(0.2% offset),
min, ksi (M Pa) E
Elongation in
2 in. or 4 ?
Diameter, min, %
(331)
(228)
(241)
(228)
(159)
(207)
(276)
(234)
(276)
(186)
(214)
(276)
(214)
(193)
(207)
(241)
(214)
29.0 (200)
15.0 (103)
22.0 (152)
16.0 (110)
...
...
...
...
...
14.0 (97)
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
8.0
4.5
2.0
3.0
...
48.0 (331)
47.0 (324)
43.0 (297)
37.0 (255)
36.0 (248)
33.0 (228)
3.0
3.0
2.0
52.0
50.0
43.0
27.0
42.0
36.0
34.0
(359)
(344)
(297)
(186)
(290)
(248)
(234)
42.0 (290)
42.0 (290)
33.0 (228)
2.0
2.0
2.0
27.0 (186)
H
40.0
40.0
37.0
21.0
33.0
25.0
(276)
(276)
(255)
(145)
(228)
(172)
30.0 (207)
30.0 (207)
30.0 (207)
10.0 (69)
22.0 (152)
...
3.0
3.0
1.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
85–90
38.0
33.0
28.0
45.0
(262)
(228)
(193)
(310)
26.0
26.0
26.0
.
(179)
(179)
(179)
..
5.0
5.0
3.0
3.0
80–90
45.0 (310)
46.0 (317)
41.0 (283)
36.0 (248)
36.0 (248)
31.0 (214)
3.0
3.0
3.0
100
...
...
45.0 (310)
45.0 (310)
40.0 (276)
34.0 (234)
34.0 (234)
30.0 (207)
4.0
4.0
3.0
90
47.0 (324)
47.0 (324)
40.0 (276)
38.0 (262)
38.0 (262)
30.0 (207)
3.0
3.0
3.0
100
48.0
33.0
35.0
33.0
23.0
30.0
40.0
34.0
40.0
27.0
31.0
40.0
31.0
28.0
30.0
35.0
31.0
70
H
H
H
H
2.5
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
...
75
90
80
...
115
140
105
110
95
105
125
105
90
100
105
90
75
105
90
80
85
85
70
...
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-108
TABLE 2
TEN SILE REQU IREM ENTS A, B (CONT’D)
Alloy
ANSI
G
U NS
443.0
B443.0
A444.0
A04430
A24430
A14440
513.0 I
535.0
705.0
707.0
A05130
A05350
A07050
A07070
711.0 I
713.0
850.0
851.0 I
A07110
A07130
A08500
A08510
852.0 I
A08520
Temper C
F
F
T4
separatel y cast specimens
castings, designated areaE
F
F
T1 or T5
T1
T7
T1
T1 or T5
T5
T5
T6
T5
Tensile
Strength,
min, ksi
(M Pa) E
Yield Strength D
(0.2% offset),
min, ksi (M Pa) E
Elongation in
2 in. or 4 ?
Diameter, min, %
21.0 (145)
21.0 (145)
7.0 (49)
6.0 (41)
2.0
2.5
20.0
20.0
22.0
35.0
37.0
42.0
45.0
28.0
32.0
18.0
17.0
18.0
27.0
...
...
12.0 (83)
18.0 (124)
17.0 (117)
25.0 (173)
35.0 (241)
18.0 (124)
22.0 (152)
...
...
...
...
20
20
2.5
8.0
10.0
4.0
3.0
7.0
4.0
8.0
3.0
8.0
3.0
(138)
(138)
(152)
(241)
(255)
(290)
(310)
(193)
(221)
(124)
(117)
(124)
(186)
Typical Brinell
H ardness F
500-kgf load,
10-mm ball
45
45
...
...
60
...
70
A
If agreed upon by the manufacturer and the purchaser, other mechanical properties may be obtained by other heat treatments such as
anneal ing, aging, or stress rel ieving.
B
For purposes of determining conformance with this specification, each value for tensil e strength and yiel d strength shal l be rounded off to
the nearest 0.1 ksi, and each value for el ongation shall be rounded to the nearest 0.5%, both in accordance with the rounding method of Practice E 29.
C
Temper designations:
F As fabricated.
O Anneal ed.
T1 Cool ed from an el evated temperature shaping process and natural l y aged to a substantial l y stabl e condition.
T4 Sol ution heat-treated and natural l y aged to a substantial l y stabl e condition.
T5 Cool ed from an el evated temperature shaping process and then artificial l y aged.
T6 Sol ution heat-treated and then artificial l y aged.
T7 Sol ution heat-treated and stabil ized.
Additional digits, the first of which shal l not be zero, may be added to designations T1 through T10 to indicate a variation in treatment that
significantl y alters the characteristics of the product.
D
Yiel d strength to be eval uated onl y when specified in contract or purchase order.
E
S1 units for information onl y. For expl anation of the S1 U nit “M Pa” see Appendix X2.
F
H ardness val ues given for information onl y, not required for acceptance.
G
ASTM al l oy designations are recorded in Practice B 275.
H
N ot required.
I
336.0 formerl y A332.0, 332.0 formerl y F332.0, 513.0 formerl y A514.0, 711.0 formerl y C712.0, 851.0 formerl y A850.0, 852.0 formerl y
B850.0.
J
These properties appl y onl y to castings having section thicknesses not greater than 2 in. except that section thicknesses of 3⁄4 in., max, shall
appl y to Al l oy A444.0.
71
SB-108
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
for other methods of analysis shall be suitable for the
with Table 2 for Alloys 354.0, C355.0, A356.0, A357.0,
form of material being analyzed and the type of analytical
and A444.0. For other alloys a minimum of 75% of the
methods used.
tensile and yield strength values and not less than 25% of
the elongation values specified in Table 2 are required.
9.
The measurement of elongation is not required for test
Methods for Determination of Chemical
Composition
9.1
specimens cut from castings if 25% of the specified minimum elongation value published in Table 2 is 0.5% or
The determination of chemical composition shall
less. If grade D quality castings as described in Table 3
be made in accordance with suitable chemical (Test Meth-
are specified, no tensile tests shall be specified nor tensile
ods E 34), or spectrochemical (Test Methods E 227, E
requirements be met on specimens cut from castings.
607, and E 1 251 ) methods. Other methods may be used
11.3 Although Alloys 705.0, 707.0, and 71 3.0 are most
only when no published ASTM method is available. In
frequ e ntl y u s e d i n the natu ral l y ag e d c o ndi ti o n, b y
case of dispute, the method of analysis shall be agreed
agreement of the producer and the purchaser, the castings
upon by the producer and the purchaser.
10.
may be artificially aged. The producer and the purchaser
may also agree to base the acceptance of castings on artifi-
Requirements for Castings Produced for
Governmental and Military Agencies
10.1
cially aged test bars. The conditions of artificial aging
shown in Practice B 597 shall be employed unless other
conditions are accepted by mutual consent.
Material Requirements:
10.1.1
Unless otherwise specified, only aluminum
alloy conforming to the requirements of Specification B
12.
1 79 or producers foundry scrap, identified as being made
Test Specimens
12.1 Separately cast test specimens shall be cast in iron
from alloy conforming to Specification B 1 79, shall be
molds. A recommended gating method is shown in Fig. 1 .
used in the remelting furnace from which molten metal is
The test section of the tension test specimen shall be cast
taken for pouring directly into castings. Additions of small
to size in accordance with the dimensions shown in Fig. 1
amounts of modifying and grain refining elements or alloys
and not machined prior to test. Grip ends may be machined
are permitted.
to adapt them in such a manner as to ensure axial loading.
10.1.2 Pure materials, recycled materials, and master
alloys may be used to make alloys conforming to this
12.2 When properties of castings are to be determined,
specification, provided chemical analysis can be taken and
tension test specimens shall be cut from the locations desig-
adj us ted to c o nfo rm to Tab le 1 p rio r to p o uring any
nated on the drawings, unless otherwise negotiated. If no
castings.
locations are designated, one or more specimens shall be
10.2
Foundry Control —
taken to include locations having significant variation in
When specified, castings shall
casting thickness, except that specimens shall not be taken
be produced under foundry control approved by the pur-
from areas directly under risers. The tension test specimens
chaser. Foundry control shall consist of examination of
shall be the standard 0.500-in. diameter specimens shown
castings by radiographic or other approved methods for
in Fig. 9 of Test Methods B 557 or a round specimen of
determining internal discontinuities until the gating, pour-
smaller size proportional to the standard specimens. In no
ing, and other foundry practices have been established to
case shall the dimensions of the smallest specimen be less
produce castings meeting the quality standards furnished
than the following:
by the purchaser or agreed upon by the purchaser and the
Diameter of reduced section, 0.250 in.
producer. When foundry practices have been so estab-
1
Length of reduced section, 1 ⁄4 in.
lished, the production method shall not be significantly
Radius of fillet,
changed without demonstrating to the satisfaction of the
3
⁄1 6
in.
3
Diameter of end section, ⁄8 in.
purchaser that the change does not adversely affect the
Overall length:
quality of the castings. Minor changes of ±50°F (±28°C)
3
With shouldered ends, 2 ⁄8 in.
from the established nominal temperature are permissible.
With threaded ends, 3 in.
With plain cylindrical ends, 4 in.
11. Tensile Requirements
11.1 The separately cast tension test specimens repre-
12.3
When necessary, a retangular specimen may be
used proportional to that shown for the 0.500 in. wide
senting the castings shall meet the mechanical properties
specimen in Fig. 6 of Test Methods B 557, but in no case
prescribed in Table 2.
shall its dimensions be less than the following:
1
11.2 When specified, the tensile strength and elongation
Width of reduced section, ⁄4 in.
1
Length of reduced section, 1 ⁄4 in.
of test specimens cut from castings shall be in accordance
72
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-108
FIG. 1 TEN SION TEST SPECIM EN CASTING
2 in. (51 mm)
diameter
2 in. (51 mm)
2 in. (51 mm)
diameter
2 in.
(51 mm)
A
2 in.
(51 mm)
2 3 /4 in.
(70 mm)
B
B
0.750 in. diameter 0.006 in.
(19.1 mm 0.1 mm )
7 3 /4 in.
(197 mm)
Test section
0.565 in. diameter 0.010 in. (1 4.4 mm 0.2 mm )
C
0.51 0 in. diameter 0.005 in.
(1 2.9 mm 0.1 mm )
2.000 in. 0.005 in. (50.8 mm 0.1 mm )
C
0.510 in. diameter 0.005 in.
(1 2.9 mm 0.1 mm )
0.565 in. diameter 0.010 in. (1 4.4 mm 0.2 mm )
35 /1 6 in.
(84 mm)
0.505 in. diameter 0.005 in.
(1 2.8 mm 0.1 mm )
(See NOTE 1 )
1 /2 in. R
typical
(1 3 mm)
3 /8 in. R
3 /4 in.
typical
(10 mm)
0.750 in. diameter 0.005 in.
(19.1 mm 0.1 mm )
D
1 /4 in. (6 mm)
R typical
3 3 /4 in.
3 3 /4 in.
(95 mm)
(19 mm)
D
3 /4 in.
(19 mm)
(95 mm)
A
Nominal draft angle to be 20 deg on all square or rectangular sections in direction transverse to parting line.
NOTE 1 —Test section of test bar: this section to be gradually tapered from the ends towards the center.
73
SB-108
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
FIG. 2 TENSION TEST SPECIM EN CASTING (CROSS SECTION)
2 3/4 in.
(70 mm)
2 3/4 in.
(70 mm)
1 3/4 in.
1 3/4 in.
(44 mm) (44 mm)
Taper
0.004 in./in.
(4 mm/m)
7 /8 in. (22 mm)
diameter
7 /8 in. (22 mm)
diameter
3/4 in.
(19 mm)
Section B–B
3/8 in.
Section C–C
(9 mm)
3/8 in.
(9 mm)
0.140 in.
(3.6 mm)
1 in.
(25 mm)
1 1 /4 in. R
(32 mm)
1 1 /2 in.
(38 mm)
Section D–D
20 deg typical
Section A–A
1
13.1.1
Radius of fillet, ⁄4 in.
Overall length, 4 in.
Not more than 4000 lb (1 81 4 kg) of clean
castings (gates and risers removed) or a single casting
The specified elongation values shall not apply to tests of
poured from one furnace.
rectangular specimens.
13.1.2
12.4 If the castings are to be heat treated and separately
The castings poured continuously from one
furnace in not more than eight consecutive hours.
cast specimens are to be used, the specimens representing
such castings shall be heat treated with the castings they
represent. If castings are to be heat treated and tests are
13.2 When tensile properties of castings are to be deter-
to be obtained on the castings, the test specimens shall be
mined, one per melt-heat combination shall be tested unless
taken from the castings after heat treatment.
otherwise shown on the drawing or specified in the purchase order.
13.
Number of Tests
13.1
13.3
If any test specimen shows defective machining
Unless otherwise agreed upon by the purchaser
or flaws, it may be discarded, in which case the purchaser
and producer, two tension test specimens shall be sepa-
and the producer shall agree upon the selection of a replace-
rately cast and tested to represent the following:
ment specimen.
74
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
14.
SB-108
18.3.1.4 Unless otherwise specified, castings that
Test Methods
have been repaired by welding shall have the welded areas
14.1 The tensile properties shall be determined in accor-
examined radiographically after all reworking and heat
dance with Test Methods B 557.
treatment have been completed.
15.
18.3.1.5 All welds shall be free from cracks, lack
Retests
15.1
of fusion and meet the same quality requirements as the
If the results of the tension test do not conform
parent material.
to the requirements prescribed in Table 2, test bars repre-
18.3.1.6 Welded castings shall be marked with a
sentative of the castings may be retested in accordance
symbol of three concentric circles with a letter or number
with the replacement tests and retest provisions of Test
designating the welder adj acent to the symbol. The outer
Methods B 557 and the result of retests shall conform to
1
circle of the symbol shall be no larger than ⁄4 in. (6 mm)
the requirements as to mechancial properties specified in
in outside diameter. All welded areas shall be encircled
Table 2.
with a ring or white paint prior to submission for final
inspection.
16.
18.3.1.7 Repair welding of castings used in naval
Workmanship, Finish, and Appearance
shipboard pressure vessels,piping systems, and machinery
16.1 The finished castings shall be uniform in composi-
shall be performed in accordance with requirements for
tion and free of blowholes, cracks, shrinks, and other dis-
repair of castings specified in MIL-STD-278.
continuities in accordance with standards designated and
agreed upon as acceptable by the purchaser.
18.4
Impregnation —
When impregnation is permitted,
it shall be to correct general seepage leaks only and shall
17.
not be used to correct poor foundry technique or porosity
Heat Treatment
in excess of accepted standards. It shall be accomplished
17.1 When castings are to be heat treated, the practice
in accordance with MIL-STD-276 or, when specified, MIL-
shall be in accordance with Practice B 597. Heat treatment
I-1 3857. Unless otherwise authorized by the purchaser,
shall be performed on the whole casting and never on a
cas tings that have been impregnated s hall be marked
portion.
“IMP.”
18.
to correct localized minor seepage leaks and small surface
18.5
Repair of Castings
1 8. 1
purpose of inspection. Peening will not be permitted to
repair cracks, cold shuts, shrinks, misruns, defects due to
such as, welding,impregnation, peening, blending, solder-
careless handling, or other similar maj or defects. Peening
ing, etc. Limitations on the extent and frequency of such
may be accomplished either hot or cold and shall be per-
repairs, and methods of inspection of repaired areas should
formed by methods that are acceptable to the purchaser.
also be agreed upon.
Peened castings shall be marked with Maltese cross approx-
18.2 The welding procedure and the welders shall be
1
imately ⁄4 in. (6 mm) high.
qualified in accordance with Section IX of the ASME Code.
18.6
Repairing of Castings Produced for Governmental
Blending with suitable grinders or
imperfections only, and shall not result in dimensions out-
When welding is permitted, it shall be
done by methods suitable for the particular alloy. Welding
19. Source Inspection
19.1 If the purchaser elects to make an inspection of
methods shall be in accordance with such specifications
as are referenced on the applicable drawings, or as are
the castings at the producer’ s works, it shall be so stated
required by the contract or order.
18.3.1.2
—
side the tolerances shown on the applicable drawings.
Welding:
18.3.1.1
Blending
other tools will be permitted for the removal of surface
and Military Agencies:
18.3.1
When peening is permitted, it shall be
imperfections only, or to disclose subsurface voids for the
C as ting s may b e rep aired o nly b y p ro ces s es
approved and agreed upon by the producer and purchaser,
18.3
Peening —
in the contract or order.
All welding shall be done by qualified
19.2 If the purchaser elects to have an inspection made
welders and by methods approved by the purchaser.
at the producer’ s works , the producer shall afford the
18.3.1.3 When castings are to be supplied in the
inspector all reasonable facilities to satisfy him that the
heat treated condition, they shall be heat treated to the
material is being furnished in accordance with this specifi-
required temper after welding, except that small arc welds
cation. All tests and inspection shall be so conducted as
may be performed without subsequent heat treatment upon
not to interfere unnecessarily with the operation of the
approval of the purchaser.
works.
75
SB-108
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE 3
DISCONTIN U ITY — LEVEL REQU IREM ENTS FOR ALU M INU M CASTIN GS IN ACCORDAN CE
WITH REFERENCE RADIOGRAPH S E 155
Grade A A
Grade B
Grade D A
Grade C
Section Thickness, in. (mm)
1
Discontinuity
G as hol es
G as porosity (round)
G as porosity (el ongated)
Shrinkage cavity
Shrinkage porosity or sponge
Foreign material (l ess dense material )
Foreign material (more dense material )
Segregation
Cracks
Col d shuts
Surface irregul arity
Core shaft
A
B
3
⁄4 to ⁄4
(6.4 to 19.0)
1
⁄4
(6.4)
3
⁄4
(19.0)
1
⁄4
(6.4)
3
⁄4
(19.0)
1
⁄4
(6.4)
3
⁄4
(19.0)
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
...
...
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
4
2
2
2
1
2
3
4
5
7
5
3
4
4
4
5
7
5
B
1
1
1
none
none
none
not to exceed drawing tol erance
not to exceed drawing tol erance
B
2
2
1
none
none
none
B
3
4
3
none
none
none
N o radiographs avail abl e.
Caution shoul d be exercised in requesting G rade A because of the difficul ty in obtaining this l evel .
20. Foundry Inspection
20.1 Requirements such as surface finish, parting line
numbers, and when applicable upper-case letters, cast inte-
proj ections, snagging proj ections where gates and risers
gral. The location of the identification marking shall be as
part number. The marking shall consist of raised Arabic
were removed, etc., may be checked visually. It is advisable
specified on the applicable drawing. When the location is
to have agreed upon observational standards representing
not specified on the drawing, the drawing or part number,
both acceptable and unacceptable material.
or both, shall be placed in a location mutually agreeable
to the purchaser and producer.
20.2 Liquid Penetrant Inspection:
20.2.1 When specified, liquid penetrant inspection
21.2 Lot Identification — When practical, each casting
shall be in accordance with Practice E 1 65, and the required
shall also be marked with the melt or inspection lot number.
sensitivity shall be specified.
21.3 Lot — A lot shall consist of all of the cleaned
20.2.2 Acceptance standards for discontinuities shall
be agreed upon, including size and frequency per unit area
castings poured from the same heat or melt when subse-
and location.
quent heat treatment is not required.
20.3 Radiographic Inspection:
20.3.1 When specified, radiographic inspection shall
21 .3.1
When the c as ting s c ons is t of allo ys that
require heat treatment, the lot shall consist of all castings
be in accordance with Guide E 94 and Reference Radio-
from the same melt or heat that have been heat treated in
graphs E 1 55.
the same furnace charge, or if heat treated in a continuous
20.3.2
furnace, all castings from the same melt or heat that are
Radiographic acceptance shall be in accor-
discharged from the furnace during a 4-h period.
dance with the requirements selected from Table 3. Any
modifications of the table and the frequency per unit area
21 .4 Repair Marking — All identification markings
and location of discontinuities should also be agreed upon.
indicating repairs as specified in 20.1 , 20.2, and 20.3 shall
20.3.3 The number, film size and orientation of radio-
be made with a waterproof marking fluid.
g rap hs , and the numb er o f cas ting s radio g rap hic ally
inspected shall be agreed upon by the producer and purchaser.
22.
Rejection and Rehearing
22.1 Material that fails to conform to the requirements
21.
Identification and Repair Marking for Castings
Produced for Government and Military
Agencies
21.1 Identification — Unless otherwise specified, each
of this specification may be rej ected. Rej ection should be
reported to the producer promptly and in writing. In case
of dissatisfaction with the results of the test, the producer
casting shall be marked with the applicable drawing or
may make claim for a rehearing.
76
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
23.
24.2 Each package or container shall be marked with
Certification
23.1
SB-108
the purchase order number, part number, quantity, specifi-
The manufacturer shall furnish to the purchaser
cation number, alloy and temper, gross and net weights,
a certificate stating that each lot has been sampled, tested,
and the name of the producer.
and inspected in accordance with this specification, and
has met the requirements.
24.3 Packages or containers shall be such as to ensure
acceptance by common or other carriers for safe transportation at the lowest rate to the point of delivery.
24.
Packaging, Marking, and Shipping
24.4 When specified in the contract or purchase order,
24.1 The material shall be packaged in such a manner
material shall be preserved, packaged, and packed in accor-
as to prevent damage in ordinary handling and transporta-
dance with the requirement of Practices B 660. The applica-
tion. The type of packaging and gross weight of individual
ble levels shall be as specified in the contract or order.
containers shall be left to the discretion of the producer
Marking for shipment of such material shall be in accor-
unless otherwise agreed upon. Packaging methods and con-
dance with Fed. Std. No. 1 23 for civil agencies and MIL-
tainers shall be so selected as to permit maximum utility
STD-1 29 for military agencies.
of mechanical equipment in unloading and subsequent handling. Each package or container shall contain only one
25.
part number, alloy, and temper of material when packaged
Keywords
25.1
for shipment unless otherwise agreed upon.
77
aluminum; permanent mold castings
SB-108
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
ANNEXES
(Mandatory Information)
A1.
BASIS FOR INCLUSION OF PROPERTY
LIMITS
A2.2.3
A1.1 Limits are established at a level at which a statisti-
A2.2.4 The composition is, in the j udgement of the
cal evaluation of the data indicates that 99% of the popula-
responsible subcommittee, significantly different from that
tion obtained from all standard material meets the limit with
of any other aluminum or aluminum alloy already in this
95% confidence. For the products described, mechanical
specification.
property limits for the respective size ranges are based on
A2.2.5
the analyses of at least 1 00 data from standard production
other than grain refinement and for which minimum and
tests are performed in accordance with the appropriate
maximum limits are specified. Unalloyed aluminum con-
ASTM test methods. For informational purposes, refer to
tains a minimum of 99.00% aluminum.
“Statistical Aspects of Mechanical Property Assurance” in
Standards,
A2.
For codification purposes, an alloying ele-
ment is any element intentionally added for any purpose
material with no more than ten data from a given lot. All
the Related Material section of the
The complete chemical composition limits
are submitted.
Annual Book of ASTM
A2.2.6
Vol. 02.02.
Standard limits for alloying elements and
impurities are expressed to the following decimal places:
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA FOR INCLUSION
OF NEW ALUMINUM AND ALUMINUM
ALLOYS IN THIS SPECIFICATION
Less than 0.001 %
0.000X
0.001 to but less than 0.01 %
0.00X
0.01 to but less than 0.1 0%
Unalloyed aluminum made by a refining process
0.0XX
Alloys and unalloyed aluminum not made by a
refining process
A2.1 Prior to acceptance for inclusion in this specifica-
0.1 0 through 0.55%
tion, the composition of wrought or cast aluminum or
0.0X
0.XX
(It is customary to express limits of 0.30 through
aluminum alloy shall be registered in accordance with
0.55% as 0.X0 or 0.X5)
ANSI H35.1 . The Aluminum Association holds the Secre-
Over 0.55%
tariat of ANSI H35 Committee and administers the criteria
0.X, X.X, etc.
(Except that combined Si + Fe limits for 99.00%
minimum aluminum must be expressed as 0.XX
and procedures for registration.
or 1 .XX)
A2.2 If it is documented that the Aluminum Association
could not or would not register a given composition, an
A2.2.7
Standard limits for alloying elements and
alternative procedure and the criteria for acceptance shall
impurities are expressed in the following sequence: Silicon;
be as follows:
Iron; Copper; Manganese; Magnesium; Chromium; Nickel;
Zinc (Note A2.1 ); Titanium; Other Elements, Each; Other
A2.2.1 The designation submitted for inclusion does
Elements, Total: Aluminum (Note A2.2).
not utilize the same designation system as described in
ANSI H35.1 . A designation not in conflict with other desig-
NOTE A2.1 — Additional specified elements having limits are inserted
nation systems or a trade name is acceptable.
in alphabetical order of their chemical symbols between zinc and titanium,
A2.2.2 The aluminum or aluminum alloy has been
or are specified in footnotes.
minimum for unalloyed alumiremainder for aluminum alloys.
offered for sale in commercial quantities within the prior
NOTE A2.2 — Aluminum is specified as
twelve months to at least three identifiable users.
num and as a
78
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-108
APPENDICES
(Nonmandatory Information)
X1. PROPERTIES AND CHARACTERISTICS
X1.1 Data in Table X1 .1 are approximate and are sup-
as that force which when applied to a body having a mass
plied for general information only.
second squared (N
of one kilogram gives it an acceleration of one meter per
p
2
kg · m/s ). The derived SI unit for
2
pressure or stress is the Newton per square meter (N/m ),
X2. METRIC EQUIVALENTS
X2.1 The SI unit for strength properties now shown is
which has been named the Pascal (Pa), by the General
in accordance with International System of Units (SI). The
6 894 757 Pa, the metric equivalents are expressed as meg-
derived SI unit for force is the Newton (N), which is defined
apascal (MPa), which is the same as MN/m and N/mm .
Conference on Weights and Measures. S ince 1 ks i
2
79
p
2
SB-108
TABLE X1.1
PROPERTIES AN D CH ARACTERISTICS
Other Characteristics
Foundary Characteristics
Alloy
AN SI
A
A02040
A02080
A02220
A02420
A03190
A03360
A03320
A03330
A03540
A03550
A33550
A03560
A13560
A13570
A03590
A04430
A24430
A14440
A05130
A05350
A07050
A07070
A07110
A07130
A08500
A08510
A08520
985
970
965
990
950
1080
970
960
1015
1015
1015
1035
1035
1035
1035
1065
1065
1065
1075
1020
1105
1085
1120
1100
435
440
400
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
1200
1170
1155
1175
1125
1050
1080
1085
1150
1150
1150
1135
1135
1135
1135
1170
1170
1145
1180
1165
1180
1165
1190
1185
1200
1165
1175
4
4
4
4
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
4
5
5
5
5
5
4
5
3
3
4
4
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
5
5
4
4
4
4
5
4
5
3
3
3
3
2
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
5
5
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
4
3
4
4
3
3
2
3
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
4
5
5
5
5
5
5
4
5
N ormally H eat
Treated
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
aged
no
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
no
no
yes
no
no
aged
yes
aged
aged
aged
yes
aged
onl y
onl y
onl y
onl y
onl y
AnodizResisting
ance
(Apto
Corro- M achin- Polish- Electro- pearplating I ance) J
sion F
ing G
ing H
4
4
5
4
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
3
2
2
1
1
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
1
3
1
2
3
4
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
5
5
5
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
3
5
4
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
4
3
3
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
4
5
3
3
2
2
5
5
5
3
3
3
2
4
5
5
5
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
4
4
Chemical
Oxide
Coating
(Protection) K
Strength
at Elevated
Temperature L
Suitability
for
Welding M
Suitability for
Brazing N
4
2
4
3
3
2
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
2
2
2
2
5
5
5
1
2
1
1
3
2
3
3
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
3
3
5
5
5
5
4
4
4
4
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
5
4
4
5
4
4
5
5
5
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
l td
l td
l td
no
no
yes
yes
yes
yes
no
no
no
P
P
P
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
80
204.0
208.0
222.0
242.0
319.0
336.0 O
332.0 O
333.0
354.0
355.0
C355.0
356.0
A356.0
A357.0
359.0
443.0
B443.0
A444.0
513.0 O
535.0
705.0
707.0
711.0 O
713.0
850.0
851.0 O
852.0 O
UNS
Solidification
ResistShrinkance to
age
H ot
Approximate M elting Crack- Pressure Fluid- TenTightness ityD dencyE
Range, B °F
ing C
TABLE X1.1
PROPERTIES AN D CH ARACTERISTICS (CONT’D)
N OTE — 1 indicates best of group; 5 indicates poorest of group.
A
ASTM al l oy designations are recorded in Practice B 275.
Temperatures of sol idus and l iquidus are indicated; pouring temperatures wil l be higher.
C
Abil ity of al loy to withstand stresses from contraction whil e cool ing through hot-short or brittl e-temperature range.
D
Abil ity of l iquid al l oy to flow readil y in mol d and fil l thin sections.
E
Decrease in vol ume accompanying freezing of al l oy and measure of amount of compensating feed metal required in form of risers.
F
Based on resistance of al loy in standard type sal t-spray test.
G
Composite rating based on ease of cutting, chip characteristics, qual ity of finish, and tool l ife. Ratings, in the case of heat-treatabl e al l oys, based on T6 temper. Other tempers, particul arl y the anneal ed temper, may have lower rating.
H
Composite rating based on ease and speed of pol ishing and qual ity of finish provided by typical pol ishing procedure.
I
Abil ity of casting to take and hol d an el ectropl ate appl ied by present standard methods.
J
Rates of l ightness of col or, brightness, and uniformity of cl ear anodized coating appl ied in sul furic acid electrol yte.
K
Rated on combined resistance of coating and base al l oy to corrosion.
L
Rating based on tensil e and yiel d strengths at temperatures up to 500°F, after prol onged heating at testing temperature.
M
Based on abil ity of material to be fusion-wel ded with fil l er rod or same al l oy.
N
Refers to suitabil ity of al l oy to withstanding brazing temperatures without excessive distortion or mel ting.
O
356.0 formerl y A332.0, 332.0 formerl y F332.0, 513.0 formerly A514.0, 711.0 formerl y C712.0, 851.0 formerl y A850.0, 852.0 formerl y B850.0.
P
N ot recommended for service at el evated temperatures.
B
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
81
SB-108
I NTE N TI O NALLY LE FT B LANK
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-111/SB-111M
SPECI FI CATI ON FOR COPPER AN D COPPER-ALLOY
SEAM LESS CON DEN SER TU BES AN D FERRU LE STOCK
ð 17Þ
SB-111/SB-111M
(Identical with ASTM Specification B111/B111M-11 except that certification and test reports
have been made mandatory.)
83
SB-111/SB-111M
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
Standard Specification for
Copper and Copper-Alloy Seamless Condenser Tubes and
Ferrule Stock
1. Scope
C70600
C70620
1 .1 This specification establishes the requirements for
seamless tube and ferrule stock of copper and various copper
alloys up to 3 1 ⁄8 in. [80 mm] inclusive, in diameter, for use in
surface condensers, evaporators, and heat exchangers. The
following coppers and copper alloys are specified: ( Warning—Mercury is a definite health hazard in use and disposal.
(See 1 2.1 .))
Copper or
Copper
Alloy
UNS No.
Previously
Used
Designation
C1 01 00
C1 0200
OFE
C1 0300
C1 0800
C1 2000
C1 2200
C1 4200
C1 9200
C23000
C28000
C44300
C44400
C44500
C60800
C61 300
C61 400
C68700
C70400
...
...
...
...
...
Aluminum Bronze
...
Aluminum Bronze, D
Aluminum Brass, B
95-5 Copper-Nickel
...
DLPA
DHP A
DPAA
...
...
...
C72200
...
...
...
...
...
...
90-1 0 Copper-Nickel
90-1 0 Copper-Nickel—
Welding Grade
80-20 Copper-Nickel
70-30 Copper-Nickel
70-30 Copper-Nickel—
Welding Grade
Copper-nickel-ironmanganese
...
Designations listed in Classification B224.
Units—
1 .2
The values stated in either SI units or inchpound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The
values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents;
therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other.
Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the standard.
Description
...
...
C71 640
A
Oxygen-free electronic
Oxygen-free without
residual deoxidants
Oxygen-free, extra low
phosphorus
Oxygen-free, low
phosphorus
Phosphorized, low
residual phosphorus
Phosphorized, high
residual phosphorus
Phosphorized, arsenical
Phosphorized, 1 % iron
Red Brass
Muntz Metal
Admiralty Metals, B, C,
and D
OFA
C71 000
C71 500
C71 520
...
1 .3 The following safety hazards caveat pertains only to the
test methods portion, Section 1 9, of this specification:
This
standard does not purport to address all ofthe safety concerns,
ifany, associated with its use. It is the responsibility ofthe user
of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health
practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
2. Referenced Documents
2.1 The following documents in the current issue of the
Annual Book of ASTM Standards form a part of this specifi-
cation to the extent referenced herein:
ASTM Standards:
2.2
B1 53 Test Method for Expansion (Pin Test) of Copper and
Copper-Alloy Pipe and Tubing
B1 54 Test Method for Mercurous Nitrate Test for Copper
Alloys
B1 70 Specification for Oxygen-Free Electrolytic Copper—
Refinery Shapes
B224 Classification of Coppers
84
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
B846 Terminology for Copper and Copper Alloys
B858 Test Method for Ammonia Vapor Test for Determining
Susceptibility to Stress Corrosion Cracking in Copper
Alloys
E8 Test Methods for Tension Testing of Metallic Materials
E8M Test Methods for Tension Testing of Metallic Materials
[Metric] (Withdrawn 2008)
E29 Practice for Using Significant Digits in Test Data to
Determine Conformance with Specifications
E53 Test Method for Determination of Copper in Unalloyed
Copper by Gravimetry
E54 Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Special Brasses
and Bronzes (Withdrawn 2002)
E62 Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Copper and
Copper Alloys (Photometric Methods) (Withdrawn 201 0)
E75 Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Copper-Nickel
and Copper-Nickel-Zinc Alloys (Withdrawn 201 0)
E76 Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Nickel-Copper
Alloys (Withdrawn 2003)
E11 2 Test Methods for Determining Average Grain Size
E243 Practice for Electromagnetic (Eddy Current) Examination of Copper and Copper-Alloy Tubes
E255 Practice for Sampling Copper and Copper Alloys for
the Determination of Chemical Composition
E478 Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Copper Alloys
E527 Practice for Numbering Metals and Alloys in the
Unified Numbering System (UNS)
3.
4.2 The following options are available and should be
specified at the time of placing of the order when required:
4.2.1 Tension Test required per ASME Boiler and Pressure
Vessel Code, Mechanical Properties section.
4.2.2 Pressure test as an alternative to eddy current test
(Nondestructive Testing Section).
4.2.3 If the cut ends of the tubes do not need to be deburred
(Workmanship, Finish, and Appearance section).
4.2.4 If the product is to be subsequently welded (Table 1 ,
Footnotes G and H).
4.2.5 Residual Stress Test—Ammonia Vapor Test or Mercurous Nitrate Test (Performance Requirements Section).
4.2.6 For Ammonia Vapor Test, risk level (pH value) if other
than 1 0.
4.2.7 Heat identification or traceability details (Number of
tests and Retests section).
4.2.8 Certification is required (Certification Section).
4.2.9 Mill Test Report is required (Mill Test Report Section).
4.2.1 0 If a subsequent thermal treatment after straightening
is required (Temper section).
5.
Materials and Manufacture
Materials—
5.1
The material shall be of such quality and
purity that the finished product shall have the properties and
characteristics prescribed in this specification.
Manufacture—
5.2
The product shall be produced by processes such as casting, extrusion, drawing, annealing,
straightening, trimming, and other processes which may produce a seamless tube in the specified condition.
Terminology
Definitions:
3.1
3.1 .1 For definitions of terms relating to copper and copper
alloys, refer to Terminology B846.
3.2
3.2.1
the test need not be performed by the
producer of the material. However, should subsequent testing
by the purchaser establish that the material does not meet these
requirements, the material shall be subj ect to rej ection.
Definitions of Terms Specific to This Standard:
capable of—
4.
SB-111/SB-111M
6.
Chemical Composition
6.1 The product shall conform to the chemical requirements
specified in Table 1 .
6.2 These composition limits do not preclude the presence
of other elements. Limits for unnamed elements may be
established by agreement between manufacturer or supplier
and purchaser.
Ordering Information
Copper Alloy UNS No. C19200
6.2.1
—Copper may be
taken as the difference between the sum of all the elements
analyzed and 1 00 %. When all the elements in Table 1 are
analyzed, their sum shall be 99.8 % minimum.
4.1 Include the following information when placing orders
for product under this specification:
4. 1 . 1 AS TM Designation and year of approval (for
example, ASTM B111 /B111 M – 04),
4.1 .2 Copper or Copper Alloy UNS Designation (see Table
1 ),
4.1 .3 Form (tube or ferrule stock),
4.1 .4 Temper (see Temper section),
4.1 .5 Dimensions, outside diameter, and wall thickness,
whether minimum or nominal (Dimensions and Permissible
Variations Section),
4.1 .6 Quantity—total weight or total length or number of
pieces of each size, and
4.1 .7 If product is purchased for agencies of the U.S.
Government (see the Supplementary Requirements Section).
6.2.2 For copper alloys in which copper is specified as the
remainder, copper may be taken as the difference between the
sum of all the elements analyzed and 1 00 %.
6.2.2.1 When all the elements in Table 1 are analyzed, their
sum shall be as shown in the following table:
85
Copper Alloy
UNS No.
Copper Plus
Named
Elements, % min
C60800
C61 300
C61 400
C70400
C70600 & C70620
C71 000
C71 500 & C71 520
C71 640
C72200
99.5
99.8
99.5
99.5
99.5
99.5
99.5
99.5
99.8
Composition, %
Aluminum
99.99 min B
0.002 max
...
C1 0200D
C1 0300
C1 0800
C1 2000
C1 2200
C1 4200
C1 9200
C23000
C28000
C44300
C44400
C44500
C60800
C61 300
C61 400
C68700
C70400
C70600
C70620
99.95 min
99.95 min E
99.95 min E
99.90 min
99.9 min
99.40 min
98.5 min
84.0–86.0
59.0–63.0
70.0–73.0
70.0–73.0
70.0–73.0
remainder
remainder
remainder
76.0–79.0
remainder
remainder
86.5 min
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
0.9–1 .2
0.9–1 .2
0.9–1 .2
...
0.20–0.50
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
5.0–6.5
6.0–7.5
6.0–8.0
1 .8–2.5
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
0.1 5 max
...
...
4.8–6.2
9.0–11 .0
9.0-11 .0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
0.05
0.09
0.07
0.07
0.07
0.1 0
0.01
0.01
0.07
0.05
0.05
0.02
...
...
...
...
...
...
0.8–1 .2
0.05 max
0.07 max
0.06 max
0.06 max
0.06 max
0.1 0 max
2.0–3.0
1 .5–3.5
0.06 max
1 .3–1 .7
1 .0–1 .8
1 .0-1 .8
0.0001
max
...
...
...
...
...
...
0.20 max
remainder
remainder
remainder
remainder
remainder
...
0.1 0 max
0.20 max
remainder
1 .0 max
1 .0 max
0.50 max
C71 000
C71 500
C71 520
remainder
remainder
65.0 min
...
...
...
...
...
...
1 9.0–23.0
29.0–33.0
29.0-33.0
0.05 H
0.05
0.02
0.50–1 .0
0.40–1 .0
0.40-1 .0
1 .0 maxH
1 .0 max
0.50 max
1 .0 max
1 .0 max
1 .0 max
...
...
...
...
...
...
C71 640
remainder
...
...
29.0–32.0
0.05 H
1 .7–2.3
1 .0 maxH
1 .5–2.5
...
...
H
...
C72200
remainder
...
...
1 5.0–1 8.0
0.05 H
0.50–1 .0
1 .0 maxH
1 .0 max
...
...
H
0.30–0.70
CopperA
Lead,
max
Iron
Zinc
Manganese
Arsenic
Antimony
Phosphorus
Chromium
0.0005 max
0.001 0 max
0.00005 max
0.0004 max
0.0003 max
0.0001 max
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
0.20 max
1 .0 max
...
0.30–0.8
1 .0 max
1 .0 max
0.0005
max
...
...
...
...
...
0.1 5–0.50
...
...
...
0.02–0.06
...
...
0.02–0.35
...
...
0.02–0.06
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
0.02–0.1 0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
0.001 –0.005
0.005–0.01 2
0.004–0.01 2
0.01 5–0.040
0.01 5–0.040
0.01 –0.04
...
...
...
...
0.02–0.1 0
...
0.01 5 max
0.01 5 max
...
...
...
0.02 max
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
H
...
0.02 max
...
...
...
Other
Named
Elements
C
D
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
F, G
...
...
...
...
C.05
max
S.02
max
H
...
C.05
max
S.02
max
C.06
max
S.03
maxH
Si.03
max
Ti.03
maxH
Copper (including silver).
This value is exclusive of silver and shall be determined by difference of “impurity total” from 1 00 %. “Impurity total” is defined as the sum of sulfur, silver, lead, tin, bismuth, arsenic, antimony, iron, nickel, mercury, zinc,
phosphorus, selenium, tellurium, manganese, cadmium, and oxygen present in the sample.
C Impurity maximums in ppm for C1 01 00 shall be: antimony 4, arsenic 5, bismuth 1 , cadmium 1 , iron 1 0, lead 5, manganese 0.5, mercury 1 , nickel 1 0, oxygen 5, phosphorus 3, selenium 3, silver 25, sulfur 1 5, tellurium
2, tin 2, and zinc 1 .
D Oxygen in C1 0200 shall be 1 0 ppm max.
E Copper plus sum of named elements shall be 99.95 % min.
F Silicon shall be 0.1 0 % max.
G When the product is for subsequent welding applications and is so specified by the purchaser, chromium shall be 0.05 % max, cadmium 0.05 % max, zinc 0.05 % max, and zirconium 0.05 % max.
H When the product is for subsequent welding applications, and so specified by the purchaser, zinc shall be 0.50 % max, lead 0.02 % max, phosphorus 0.02 % max, sulfur 0.02 % max, and carbon 0.05 % max.
A
B
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
86
Tin
Nickel,
incl
Cobalt
0.001 0 max
SB-111/SB-111M
TABLE 1 Ch emi cal Req u i rem ents
Copper or
Copper
Alloy UNS
No.
C1 01 00
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-111/SB-111M
TABLE 2 Tensi l e Req u i rements—I nch -Pou nd Val u es
NOTE 1 —See Table 3 for tensile requirements—SI values.
Copper or Copper Alloy UNS No.
C1 01 00, C1 0200, C1 0300, C1 0800, C1 2000, C1 2200,
C1 4200
C1 01 00, C1 0200, C1 0300, C1 0800, C1 2000, C1 2200,
C1 4200
C1 9200
C1 9200
C1 9200
C23000
C28000
C44300, C44400, C44500
C60800
C61 300, C61 400
C68700
C70400
C70400
C70600, C70620
C70600, C70620
C71 000
C71 500, C71 520
C71 500, C71 520
Wall thicknesses up to 0.048 in., incl
Wall thicknesses over 0.048 in.
C71 640
C71 640
C72200
C72200
A ksi = 1 000 psi.
B At 0.5 % extension under load.
Standard
H55
Temper Designation
Former
light-drawn
B
Yield Strength,
min ksi A
36
30
Elongation
in 2 in.,
min %
...
H80
hard-drawn
45
40
...
H55
H80
O61
O61
O61
O61
O61
O61
O61
O61
H55
O61
H55
O61
O61
light-drawn
hard-drawn
annealed
annealed
annealed
annealed
annealed
annealed
annealed
annealed
light-drawn
annealed
light-drawn
annealed
annealed
40
48
38
40
50
45
50
70
50
38
40
40
45
45
52
35
43
12
12
20
15
19
30
18
12
30
15
35
16
18
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
HR50
HR50
O61
HR50
O61
H55
drawn and stress-relieved
drawn and stress-relieved
annealed
drawn and stress relieved
annealed
light-drawn
72
72
63
81
45
50
50
50
25
58
16
45
12
15
...
...
...
...
6.2.3 For copper alloys in which zinc is specified as the
remainder, either copper or zinc may be taken as the difference
between the sum of all the elements analyzed and 1 00 %.
6.2.3.1 When all the elements in Table 1 are analyzed, their
sum shall be as shown in the following table:
7.
Tensile Strength,
min ksi A
Copper Alloy
UNS No.
Copper Plus Named
Elements, % min
C23000
C28000
C44300
C44400
C44500
C68700
99.8
99.7
99.6
99.6
99.6
99.5
7.3 Tubes of Copper Alloy UNS Nos. C1 01 00, C1 0200,
C1 0300, C1 0800, C1 2000, C1 2200, and C1 4200 shall be
supplied in any one of the following tempers, one of which
shall be specified: ( 1 ) light-drawn (H55), ( 2 ) hard-drawn
(H80), or ( 3 ) hard drawn and end annealed (HE80).
7.4 Tubes of Copper Alloy UNS No. C1 9200 shall be
supplied in any one of the following tempers, one of which
shall be specified: ( 1 ) annealed (O61 ), ( 2 ) light-drawn (H55),
( 3 ) hard-drawn (H80), or ( 4) hard-drawn, and end-annealed
(HE80).
7.5 Tubes of Copper Alloy UNS Nos. C70400, C70600,
C70620, and C72200 may be supplied in either light-drawn
(H55) or annealed (O61 ) temper.
Temper
7.1 Tubes of Copper Alloy UNS Nos. C23000, C28000,
C443 00, C44400, C445 00, C608 00, C61 3 00, C61 400,
C68700, and C71 000 shall be furnished in the annealed (O61 )
temper unless otherwise specified on the purchase order.
7.6 Tubes for ferrule stock shall be annealed sufficiently to
be fully recrystallized.
7.7 Optional Post-Straightening Thermal Treatment—Some
tubes, when subj ected to aggressive environments, may have
the potential for stress-corrosion cracking failure due to the
residual stresses induced during straightening processing. For
such applications, it is suggested that tubes of Copper Alloy
UNS Nos. C23000, C28000, C44300, C44400, C44500,
7.2 Tubes of Copper Alloy UNS Nos. C71 500, C71 520, and
C71 640 shall be supplied in one of the following tempers as
specified: ( 1 ) annealed (O61 ) or ( 2 ) drawn, and stress-relieved
(HR50).
87
SB-111/SB-111M
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE 3 Tensile Requirements—SI Values
NOTE 1 —See Table 2 for tensile requirements—inch-pound values.
Copper or Copper Alloy UNS No.
C1 01 00, C1 0200, C1 0300, C1 0800, C1 2000, C1 2200,
C1 4200
C1 01 00, C1 0200, C1 0300, C1 0800, C1 2000, C1 2200,
C1 4200
C1 9200
C1 9200
C1 9200
C23000
C28000
C44300, C44400, C44500
C60800
C61 300, C61 400
C68700
C70400
C70400
C70600, C70620
C70600, C70620
C71 000
C71 500, C71 520
C71 500, C71 520:
Wall thicknesses up to 1 .2 mm incl
Wall thicknesses over 1 .2 mm.
C71 640
C71 640
C72200
C72200
A At 0.5 % extension under load.
Standard
H55
Temper Designation
Former
light-drawn
Tensile Strength,
min MPa
Yield Strength, A
min MPa
250
205
Elongation
in 50 mm,
min %
...
H80
hard-drawn
31 0
275
...
H55
H80
O61
O61
O61
O61
O61
O61
O61
O61
H55
O61
H55
O61
O61
light-drawn
hard-drawn
annealed
annealed
annealed
annealed
annealed
annealed
annealed
annealed
light-drawn
annealed
light-drawn
annealed
annealed
275
330
260
275
345
31 0
345
480
345
260
275
275
31 0
31 0
360
240
295
85
85
1 40
1 05
1 30
205
1 25
85
205
1 05
240
11 0
1 25
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
HR50
HR50
O61
HR50
O61
H55
drawn and stress-relieved
drawn and stress-relieved
annealed
drawn and stress relieved
annealed
light-drawn
495
495
435
560
31 0
345
345
345
1 70
400
11 0
31 0
12
15
...
...
...
...
C60800, C61 300, C61 400, and C68700 be subj ected to a
stress-relieving thermal treatment subsequent to straightening.
If required, this must be specified on the purchase order or
contract. Tolerances for roundness and length, and the condition of straightness, for tube so ordered, shall be to the
requirements agreed upon between the manufacturer and the
purchaser.
Test Method B1 53. The expanded tube shall show no cracking
or rupture visible to the unaided eye.
1 0.2 Hard-drawn tubes not end annealed are not subj ect to
this test. When tubes are specified end annealed, this test is
required and shall be performed on the annealed ends of the
sampled tubes.
1 0.3 Tubes for ferrule stock are not subj ect to the expansion
test.
8. Mechanical Properties
8.1 Material specified to meet the requirements of the ASME
Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code shall have tensile properties
11. Flattening Test
11 .1 Test Method—Each test specimen shall be flattened in
a press at three (3) places along the length, each new place to
be rotated on its axis approximately one third turn from the last
flattened area. Each flattened area shall be at least 2 in. in
length. A flattened test-specimen shall allow a micrometer
caliper set at three (3) times the wall thickness to pass freely
over the flattened area. The flattened areas of the test specimen
shall be inspected for surface defects.
as prescribed in Table 2 or Table 3.
9. Grain Size for Annealed Tempers
9.1 Grain size shall be a standard requirement for all
product in the annealed (O61 ) temper.
9.1 .1 Samples of annealed-temper tubes selected for test
shall be subj ected to microscopical examination per Test
Methods E11 2 at a magnification of 75 diameters and shall
show uniform and complete recrystallization.
9.1 .2 Products other than of Copper Alloy UNS Nos.
C1 9200 and C28000 shall have an average grain size within the
limits of 0.01 0 to 0.045 mm. These requirements do not apply
to tubes of light-drawn (H55), hard-drawn (H80), hard-drawn
and end-annealed (HE80), or drawn and stress-relieved tempers (HR50).
11 .2 During inspection, the flattened areas of the testspecimen shall be free of defects, but blemishes of a nature that
do not interfere with the intended application are acceptable.
11 .3 Tubes for ferrule stock are not subj ect to flattening test.
12. Residual Stress Test
1 2.1 A residual stress test, when specified in the
order, is required only for Copper Alloy UNS Nos.
C28 000, C443 00, C44400, C445 00, C608 00,
C61 400, and C68700 and when not supplied in an
temper.
10. Expansion Test
1 0.1 Tube specimens selected for test shall withstand the
expansion shown in Table 4 when expanded in accordance with
88
purchase
C23000,
C61 3 00,
annealed
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-111/SB-111M
TABLE 4 Expansi on Req u i remen ts
Temper Designation
Standard
O61
Former
annealed
H55
light-drawn
HR50
drawn and stress relieved
...
hard-drawn and end annealed
Expansion of Tube Outside
Diameter, in Percent of
Original Outside Diameter
30
20
15
20
20
20
20
30
30
30
30
30
30
20
Copper or Copper Alloy UNS No.
C1 9200
C23000
C28000
C44300, C44400, C44500
C60800
C61 300, C61 400
C68700
C70400
C70600, C70620
C71 000
C71 500, C71 520
C71 640
C72200
C1 01 00, C1 0200, C1 0300, C1 0800,
C1 2000, C1 2200
C1 4200
C1 9200
C70400
C70600, C70620
C72200
C71 500, C71 520
C71 640
C1 01 00, C1 0200, C1 0300, C1 0800,
C1 2000, C1 2200, C1 4200
1 2.2 Unless otherwise specified, the producer shall have the
option of testing the product to either the mercurous nitrate
test, Test Method B1 54, or the ammonia vapor test, Test
Method B858, as prescribed below.
1 2.2.1 Mercurous Nitrate Test:
1 2.2.1 .1 Warning—Mercury is a definite health hazard and
therefore equipment for the detection and removal of mercury
vapor produced in volatilization is recommended. The use of
rubber gloves in testing is advisable.
1 2.2.1 .2 The test specimens, cut 6 in. [1 50 mm] in length,
shall withstand without cracking, an immersion in the standard
mercurous nitrate solution prescribed in Test Method B1 54.
The test specimen shall include the finished tube end.
1 2.2.2 Ammonia Vapor Test:
1 2.2.2.1 The test specimens, cut 6 in. [1 50 mm] in length,
shall withstand without cracking ,the ammonia vapor test as
prescribed in Test Method B858. For the purposes of this
specification, unless otherwise agreed between purchaser and
supplier, the risk level identified in the Annex of Method B858,
shall be specified as risk level (pH value) of 1 0.
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
30
1 3.1 .1 .1 The depth of the round-bottom transverse notches
and the diameters of the drilled holes in the calibrating tube
used to adj ust the sensitivity of the test unit are shown in Tables
5 and 6, and Tables 7 and 8, respectively.
1 3.1 .1 .2 Tubes that do not actuate the signaling device of
the eddy-current tester shall be considered to conform to the
requirements of this test. Tubes causing irrelevant signals
because of moisture, soil, and like effects may be reconditioned
and retested. Such tubes, when retested to the original test
parameters, shall be considered to conform if they do not cause
output signals beyond the acceptable limits. Tubes causing
irrelevant signals because of visible and identifiable handling
marks may be retested by the hydrostatic test prescribed in
1 3.1 .2, or the pneumatic test prescribed in 1 3.1 .3. Tubes
meeting requirements of either test shall be considered to
conform if the tube dimensions are within the prescribed limits,
unless otherwise agreed upon between the manufacturer and
the purchaser.
1 3.1 .2 Hydrostatic Test—Each tube shall stand, without
showing evidence of leakage, an internal hydrostatic pressure
sufficient to subj ect the material to a fiber stress of 7000 psi [48
MPa] as determined by the following equation for thin hollow
cylinders under tension. The tube need not be tested at a
hydrostatic pressure of over 1 000 psi [7.0 MPa] unless so
specified.
13. Nondestructive Testing
1 3.1 Each tube shall be subj ected to the eddy-current test in
1 3.1 .1 . Tubes may be tested in the final drawn, annealed, or
heat-treated temper or in the drawn temper before the final
anneal or heat treatment unless otherwise agreed upon by the
supplier and the purchaser. The purchaser may specify either of
the tests in 1 3.1 .2 or 1 3.1 .3 as an alternative to the eddy-current
test.
1 3 . 1 . 1 Eddy-Current Test—Each tube shall be passed
through an eddy-current testing unit adj usted to provide
information on the suitability of the tube for the intended
application. Testing shall follow the procedures of Practice
E243.
~
P 5 2 St / D 2 0.8 t
!
where:
P = hydrostatic pressure, psig [MPa] ;
t = thickness of tube wall, in. [mm] ;
D = outside diameter of the tube, in. [mm] ; and
S = allowable stress of the material, psi [MPa] .
1 3.1 .3 Pneumatic Test—Each tube shall be subj ected to an
internal air pressure of 60 psig [400 kPa] , min, for 5 s without
89
SB-111/SB-111M
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE 5 Notch Depth—Inch-Pound Values
The maximum plus deviation from the specified wall at any
point shall not exceed twice the values shown in Tables 11 and
1 2.
1 4.2.2 Tubes Ordered to Nominal Wall—The maximum
plus and minus deviation from the nominal wall at any point
shall not exceed the values shown in Tables 11 and 1 2.
NOTE 1 —See Table 6 for notch depth—SI values.
Tube Outside Diameter, in.
Tube Wall
Thickness,
in.
Over 1 ⁄4 to 3⁄4,
incl
Over 3 ⁄4 to 1 1 ⁄4,
incl
Over 1 1 ⁄4
to 31 ⁄8,
incl
0.005
0.006
0.007
0.0075
0.009
0.006
0.006
0.0075
0.0085
0.009
0.007
0.0075
0.008
0.0095
0.01 1
Over 0.01 7–0.032
Incl 0.032–0.049
Incl 0.049–0.083
Incl 0.083–0.1 09
Incl 0.1 09–0.1 20
1 4.3 Length—The length of the tubes shall not be less than
that specified when measured at a temperature of 20°C, but
may exceed the specified value by the amounts given in Tables
1 3 and 1 4.
1 4.4 Squareness of Cut—The departure from squareness of
the end of the tube shall not exceed the following:
TABLE 6 Notch Depth—SI Values
Tube, Outside
Diameter, in. [mm]
NOTE 1 —See Table 5 for notch depth—inch-pound values.
Tube Outside Diameter, mm
Tube Wall
Thickness,
mm
Over 6 to 1 9,
incl
Over 1 9 to 32,
incl
Over 32 to
80,
incl
0.1 3
0.1 5
0.1 8
0.1 9
0.23
0.1 5
0.1 5
0.1 9
0.22
0.23
0.1 8
0.1 9
0.20
0.24
0.28
Over 0.4–0.8
Incl 0.8–1 .3
Incl 1 .3–2.1
Incl 2.1 –2.8
Incl 2.8–3.0
Up to 5 ⁄8 [1 6], incl
Over 5 ⁄8 [1 6]
Tolerance, in. [mm]
0.01 0 in. [0.25]
0.01 6 in./in. [mm/mm] of diameter
1 4.5 For the purpose of determining conformance with the
dimensional requirements prescribed in this specification, any
measured value outside the specified limiting values for any
dimensions may be cause for rej ection.
15. Workmanship, Finish, and Appearance
1 5. 1 Roundness, straightness, uniformity of the wall
thickness, and inner and outer surface of the tube shall be such
as to make it suitable for the intended application. Unless
otherwise specified on the purchase order, the cut ends of the
tubes shall be deburred by use of a rotating wire wheel or other
suitable tool.
TABLE 7 Diameter of Drilled Holes—Inch-Pound Values
NOTE 1 —See Table 8 for diameter of drilled holes—SI values.
Tube Outside Diameter,
in.
⁄ –3⁄4 , incl
Over 3⁄4 –1 , incl
Over 1 –1 1 ⁄4, incl
Over 1 1 ⁄4 –1 1 ⁄2 , incl
Over 1 1 ⁄2 –1 3⁄4 , incl
Over 1 3⁄4 –2, incl
1 4
Diameter of Drilled
Holes, in.
Drill No.
0.025
0.031
0.036
0.042
0.046
0.052
72
68
64
58
56
55
1 5.2 Annealed-temper or thermally stress-relieved tubes
shall be clean and smooth but may have a superficial, dull
iridescent film on both the inside and the outside surface.
Drawn-temper tubes shall be clean and smooth, but may have
a superficial film of drawing lubricant on the surfaces.
TABLE 8 Diameter of Drilled Holes—SI Values
16. Sampling
NOTE 1 —See Table 7 for diameter of drilled holes—inch-pound values.
Tube Outside Diameter,
mm
6.0–1 9.0, incl
Over 1 9.0–25.4,
Over 25.4–31 .8,
Over 31 .8–38.1 ,
Over 38.1 –44.4,
Over 44.4–50.8,
incl
incl
incl
incl
incl
Diameter of Drilled
Holes, mm
Drill No.
0.65
0.80
0.92
1 .1
1 .2
1 .3
72
68
64
58
56
55
1 6.1 Sampling —The lot size, portion size, and selection of
sample pieces shall be as follows:
1 6.1 .1 Lot Size —600 tubes or 1 0 000 lb [4550 kg] or
fraction of either, whichever constitutes the greater weight.
1 6.1 .2 Portion Size —Sample pieces from two individual
lengths of finished product.
1 6.2 Samples taken for the purpose of the tests prescribed in
the specification shall be selected in a manner that will
represent correctly the material furnished and avoid needless
destruction of finished material when samples representative of
the material are available from other sources.
showing evidence of leakage. The test method used shall
permit easy visual detection of any leakage, such as by having
the tube under water or by the pressure differential method.
Any evidence of leakage shall be cause for rej ection.
1 6.3 Chemical Analysis—Samples for chemical analysis
shall be taken in accordance with Practice E255. Drillings,
millings, and so forth shall be taken in approximately equal
weight from each of the sample pieces selected in accordance
with 1 6.1 .2 and combined into one composite sample. The
minimum weight of the composite sample that is to be divided
into three equal parts shall be 1 50 g.
1 6.3.1 Instead of sampling in accordance with Practice
E255, the manufacturer shall have the option of determining
conformance to chemical composition as follows: Conformance shall be determined by the manufacturer by analyzing
14. Dimensions and Permissible Variations
1 4.1 Diameter—The outside of the tubes shall not vary
from that specified by more than the amounts shown in Table
9 or Table 1 0 as measured by “go” and “no-go” ring gages.
1 4.2 Wall Thickness Tolerances:
1 4.2.1 Tubes Ordered to Minimum Wall—No tube wall at its
thinnest point shall be less than the specified wall thickness.
90
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-111/SB-111M
TABLE 9 Diameter Tolerances—Inch-Pound Values
NOTE 1 —See Table 1 0 for diameter tolerances—SI values.
Outside Diameter, in.
Up to 0.500, incl
Over 0.500–0.740,
Over 0.740–1 .000,
Over 1 .000–1 .250,
Over 1 .250–1 .375,
Over 1 .375–2.000,
Over 2.000–3.1 25,
incl
incl
incl
incl
incl
incl
0.020 A
0.022
0.025
0.028
0.032
Wall Thickness, in.
0.035
0.003
0.0040
0.0060
...
...
...
...
0.0025
0.004
0.006
0.009
...
...
...
Diameter Tolerance, Plus and Minus, in.
0.0025
0.0025
0.004
0.0035
0.005
0.0045
0.008
0.006
...
0.008
...
...
...
...
0.042
0.049 and Over
0.0025
0.003
0.004
0.0045
0.005
0.006
0.0065
A
Tolerances in this column are applicable to light drawn and drawn tempers only. Tolerances for annealed tempers shall be as agreed upon between the manufacturer
and the purchaser.
TABLE 1 0 Diameter Tolerances—SI Values
NOTE 1 —See Table 9 for diameter tolerances—inch-pound values.
Outside Diameter, mm
Up to 1 2, incl
Over 1 2–1 8, incl
Over 1 8–25, incl
Over 25–35, incl
Over 35–50, incl
Over 50–79, incl
0.508 A
0.559
0.635
0.71 1
0.81 3
Wall Thickness, mm
0.889
0.076
0.1 0
0.1 5
...
...
...
0.064
0.1 0
0.1 5
...
...
...
Diameter Tolerance, Plus and Minus, mm
0.064
0.064
0.1 0
0.089
0.1 3
0.1 1
...
0.20
...
...
...
...
1 .07
1 .24 and Over
0.064
0.076
0.1 0
0.1 3
0.1 5
0.1 7
A
Tolerances in this column are applicable to light drawn and drawn tempers only. Tolerances for annealed tempers shall be as agreed upon between the manufacturer
and the purchaser.
TABLE 1 2 Wall Thickness Tolerances, Plus and Minus—
SI Values
TABLE 11 Wall Thickness Tolerances, Plus and Minus—
Inch-Pound Values
NOTE 1 —See Table 11 for inch-pound values.
NOTE 1 —See Table 1 2 for SI values.
Outside Diameter, mm
Outside Diameter, in.
Wall Thickness,
in.
0.020,
0.032,
0.035,
0.058,
0.083,
0.1 20,
incl
incl
incl
incl
incl
incl
to
to
to
to
to
to
0.032
0.035
0.058
0.083
0.1 20
0.1 34
Over 1 ⁄8 to 5 ⁄8,
incl
Over 5 ⁄8
to 1 ,
incl
Over 1
to 2,
incl
Over 2
to
3.1 25,
incl
0.003
0.003
0.004
0.0045
0.005
0.007
0.003
0.003
0.0045
0.005
0.0065
0.007
...
0.004
0.0045
0.005
0.0065
0.0075
...
...
0.005
0.0055
0.0065
0.008
Wall Thickness,
mm
0.50, incl to 0.80
0.80, incl to 0. 90
0.90, incl to 1 .5
1 .5, incl to 2.1
2.1 , incl to 3.0
3.0, incl to 3.4
Over 1 2 to 25,
incl
Over 25 to
50,
incl
Over 50 to
80,
incl
0.08
0.08
0.1 1
0.1 3
0.1 7
0.1 8
...
0.1 0
0.1 1
0.1 3
0.1 7
0.1 9
...
...
0.1 3
0.1 4
0.1 7
0.20
[4550 kg] or fraction thereof, except that not more than one
sample shall be required per piece.
1 6.3.1 .3 Because of the discontinuous nature of the processing of castings into wrought products, it is not practical to
identify specific casting analysis with a specific quantity of
finished material.
1 6.3.1 .4 In the event that heat identification or traceability is
required, the purchaser shall specify the details desired.
samples taken at the time the castings are poured or samples
taken from the semifinished product. If the manufacturer
determines the chemical composition of the material during the
course of manufacture, he shall not be required to sample and
analyze the finished product. The number of samples taken for
determination of chemical composition shall be as follows:
1 6.3.1 .1 When samples are taken at the time the castings are
poured, at least one sample shall be taken for each group of
castings poured simultaneously from the same source of
molten metal.
1 6.3.1 .2 When samples are taken from the semifinished
product, a sample shall be taken to represent each 1 0 000 lb
17. Number of Tests and Retests
1 7.1 Test:
1 7.1 .1 Chemical Analysis—Chemical composition shall be
determined as per the element mean of the results from at least
two replicate analyses of the sample(s).
91
SB-111/SB-111M
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE 1 3 Length Tolerances—Inch-Pound Values
NOTE 1 —See Table 1 4 for SI values.
Specified Length, ft
Tolerance, all Plus, in.
3 ⁄32
Up to 1 5
1 ⁄8
Over 1 5–20, incl
5 ⁄32
Over 20–30, incl
3⁄8
Over 30–60, incl
1 ⁄2
Over 60–1 00, incl A
A Condenser tubes in lengths over 1 00 ft are not in present demand. Tolerance
values for the lengths will be developed as experience dictates. Tolerance values
for lengths in wall thicknesses of 0.020, incl. to 0.032 shall be as agreed upon
between the manufacturer or supplier and the purchaser.
1 8.5 Chemical
Method E478.
Analysis—Prepare specimens as per Test
Examination—Prepare specimens per
1 8.6.1 The surface of the test specimen for microscopical
examination shall approximate a radial longitudinal section of
the tube.
1 8.7 Tension Testing—Tubes selected for test shall be subj ected to the tension test which shall, in case of disagreement,
be made in accordance with Test Methods E8 [or E8M] .
Tension test specimen shall be of the full section of the tube
and shall conform to the requirements of the section, Specimens for Pipe and Tube, of Test Methods E8 [or E8M] , unless
the limitations of the testing machine preclude the use of such
a specimen. Test specimens conforming to Type No. 1 of Fig.
1 3, Tension Test Specimens for Large-Diameter Tubular
Products, of Test Methods E8 [or E8M] may be used when a
full section specimen cannot be tested.
NOTE 1 —See Table 1 3 for inch-pound values.
Specified Length, mm
Tolerance, all Plus, mm
Up to 4500
2.4
Over 4500–6000, incl
3.2
Over 6000–1 0 000, incl
4.0
Over 1 0 000–1 8 000, incl
9.5
A
Over 1 8 000–30 000, incl
1 3.0
A Condenser tubes in lengths over 30 000 mm are not in present demand.
Tolerance values for the lengths will be developed as experience dictates.
Tolerance values for lengths in wall thicknesses of 0.5, inclusive to 0.8 shall be as
agreed upon between the manufacturer or supplier and the purchaser.
19. Test Methods
1 9.1 The properties and chemical compositions enumerated
in this specification shall, in case of disagreement, be determined in accordance with the following ASTM methods:
1 7.1 .2 Other Tests—For tests specified in Sections 8 – 1 2
inclusive, specimens shall be taken from each of the pieces
selected in accordance with 1 6.1 .2.
1 7.1 .3 If any test specimen representing a lot fails to
conform to the requirements of Sections 6 – 1 2, two additional
specimens, at the option of the manufacturer, may be taken as
before, and submitted for check analysis or subj ected to any
tests in which the original specimen failed, but each of these
specimens shall conform to the requirements specified.
Test
Chemical analysis
Grain size
Expansion (pin test)
Mercurous nitrate
Tension
Nondestructive test
ASTM Designation
B1 70, AE53, E54, E62, E75,
E76, E478
E11 2
B1 53
B1 54
E8
E243
Reference to Specification B1 70 is to the suggested chemical methods in the
annex thereof. When E01 Committee has tested and published methods for
assaying the low-level impurities in copper, the Specification B1 70 annex will be
eliminated.
A
1 7.2 Retest:
1 7.2.1 When requested by the manufacturer or supplier, a
retest shall be permitted when results of tests obtained by the
purchaser fail to conform to the requirements of the product
specification.
1 7.2.2 The retest shall be as directed in the product specification for the initial test, except the number of test specimens
shall be twice that normally required for the specified test.
1 7.2.3 All test specimens shall conform to the product
specification requirement(s) in retest. Failure to conform shall
be cause for rej ection.
1 9.2 Whenever tension test results are obtained from both
full-size and machined specimens and they differ, the results
obtained from full-size test specimens shall be used to determine conformance to the specification requirements.
1 9.3 Tension test results on material covered by this specification are not seriously affected by variations in speed of
testing. A considerable range of testing speed is permissible;
however, the range of stressing to the yield strength should not
exceed 1 00 ksi/min [690 MPa/min] . Above the yield strength
the movement per minute of the testing machine head under
load should not exceed 0.5 in./in. [mm/mm] of gage length (or
distance between grips for full-section specimens).
18. Specimen Preparation
1 8.1 Flattening Test—A test specimen shall be cut to a
length that will allow the tube to be flattened at three (3) places
along the length, with each flattened area to be at least 2 in. [50
mm] in length. When the temper is other than annealed, the
sample may be annealed prior to testing.
20. Significance of Numerical Limits
20.1 For purposes of determining compliance with the
specified limits for requirements of the properties listed in the
following table, and for dimensional tolerances, an observed
value or a calculated value shall be rounded as indicated in
accordance with the rounding method of Practice E29:
Expansion Test—Prepare specimen as per Test Method
1 8.3 Mercurous
Method B1 54.
Vapor Test—Prepare specimen as per Test
1 8.6 Microscopical
Test Methods E11 2.
TABLE 1 4 Length Tolerances—SI Values
1 8.2
B 1 53.
1 8.4 Ammonia
Method B858.
Nitrate Test—Prepare specimen as per Test
92
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
Property
Rounded Unit for
Observed
or Calculated Value
Chemical composition
nearest unit in the last
right-hand significant
digit used in expressing
the limiting value
Tensile strength
Yield strength
nearest ksi, for over 1 0
to 1 00 ksi, incl
[nearest 5 MPa]
Elongation
Grain size—under 0.060 mm
nearest 1 %
nearest multiple of
0.005 mm
nearest 0.01 mm
0.060 mm and over
SB-111/SB-111M
conducted by the manufacturer, or supplier, and the purchaser.
Samples of the rej ected product shall be taken in accordance
with the product specification and subj ected to test by both
parties using the test method(s) specified in the product
specification, or alternately, upon agreement of both parties, an
independent laboratory may be selected for the test(s) using the
test method(s) specified in the product specification.
23. Certification
23 . 1 The purchaser shall be furnished certification that
samples representing each lot have been either tested or
inspected as directed in this specification and requirements
have been met.
21. Inspection
23.2 Certification to this specification is mandatory.
21 .1 The manufacturer, or supplier, shall inspect and make
tests necessary to verify the furnished product conforms to
specification requirements.
24. Mill Test Report
21 .2 Source inspection of the product by the purchaser may
be agreed upon between the manufacturer, or supplier, and the
purchaser as part of the purchase order. In such case, the nature
of the facilities needed to satisfy the inspector, representing the
purchaser, that the product is being furnished in accordance
with the specification shall be included in the agreement. All
testing and inspection shall be conducted so as not to interfere
unnecessarily with the operation of the works.
24.1 A report of test results shall be furnished.
25. Packaging and Package Marking
25.1 The material shall be separated by size, composition,
and temper, and prepared for shipment in such a manner as to
ensure acceptance by common carrier for transportation and to
afford protection from the normal hazards of transportation.
21 .3 When mutually agreed upon, the manufacturer, or
supplier, and the purchaser shall conduct the final inspection
simultaneously.
25.2 Each shipping unit shall be legibly marked with the
purchase order number, metal or alloy designation, temper,
size, shape, total length or piece count, or both, and name of
supplier. The specification number shall be shown, when
specified.
22. Rejection and Rehearing
22.1 Rejection:
22.1 .1 Product that fails to conform to the specification
requirements when tested by the purchaser or purchaser’s agent
shall be subj ect to rej ection.
22.1 .2 Rej ection shall be reported to the manufacturer or
supplier promptly. In addition, a written notification of rej ection shall follow.
22.1 .3 In case of dissatisfaction with results of the test upon
which rej ection is based, the manufacturer, or supplier, shall
have the option to make claim for a rehearing.
26. Keywords
26.1 condenser tube; copper; copper alloys; evaporator;
ferrule stock; heat exchanger; seamless tube; UNS No.
C1 01 00; UNS No. C1 0200; UNS No. C1 0300; UNS No.
C1 0800; UNS No. C1 2000; UNS No. C1 2200; UNS No.
C1 4200; UNS No. C1 9200; UNS No. C23000; UNS No.
C28000; UNS No. C44300; UNS No. C44400; UNS No.
C44500; UNS No. C60800; UNS No. C61 300; UNS No.
C61 400; UNS No. C68700; UNS No. C70400; UNS No.
C70600; UNS No. C70620; UNS No. C71 000; UNS No.
C71 500; UNS No. C71 520; UNS No. C71 640; UNS No.
C72200
22.2 Rehearing:
22.2.1 As a result of product rej ection, the manufacturer, or
supplier, shall have the option to make claim for a retest to be
93
SB-111/SB-111M
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS
The following supplementary requirements shall apply only when specified by the purchaser in the
inquiry, contract, or order, for agencies of the U.S. government.
S1 . Referenced Documents
S1 .1 The following documents of the issue in effect on date
of material purchase form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced herein:
S1 .1 .1 Federal Standards:
Fed. Std. No. 1 02 Preservation, Packaging and Packing
Levels
Fed. Std. No. 1 23 Marking for Shipment (Civil Agencies)
Fed. Std. No. 1 85 Identification Marking of Copper and
Copper-Base Alloy Mill Products
S1 .1 .2 Military Standard:
MIL-STD-1 29 Marking for Shipment and Storage
S1 .1 .3 Military Specification:
B900 Specification for Packaging of Copper and Copper
Alloy Mill Products for U.S. Government Agencies
inspection and test requirements unless disapproved by the
purchaser at the time the order is placed. The purchaser shall
have the right to perform any of the inspections or tests set
forth when such inspections and tests are deemed necessary to
assure that the material conforms to prescribed requirements.
S3. Identification Marking
S3.1 All material shall be properly marked for identification
in accordance with Fed. Std. No. 1 85 except that the ASTM
specification number and the alloy number shall be used.
S4. Preparation for Delivery
S4.1 Preservation, Packaging, Packing:
S4.1 .1 Military Agencies —The material shall be separated
by size, composition, grade or class and shall be preserved and
packaged, Level A or C, packed Level A, B , or C as specified
in the contract or purchase order, in accordance with the
requirements of ASTM B900.
S4.1 .2 Civil Agencies —The requirements of Fed. Std. No.
1 02 shall be referenced for definitions of the various levels of
packaging protection.
S4.2 Marking:
S4.2.1 Military Agencies —In addition to any special marking required by the contract or purchase order, marking for
shipment shall be in accordance with MIL-STD-1 29.
S4.2.2 Civil Agencies —In addition to any special marking
required by the contract or purchase order, marking for
shipment shall be in accordance with Fed. Std. No. 1 23.
S2. Quality Assurance
S2.1 Responsibility for Inspection —Unless otherwise specified in the contract or purchase order, the manufacturer is
responsible for the performance of all inspection and test
requirements specified. Except as otherwise specified in the
contract or purchase order, the manufacturer may use his own
or any other suitable facilities for the performance of the
APPENDIX
(Nonmandatory Information)
X1. DENSITY OF COPPER AND COPPER ALLOYS
X1 .1 The densities of the alloys covered by this specification are given in Table X1 .1 .
94
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-111/SB-111M
TABLE X1 . 1 Den si ti es
NOTE 1 —This information is for reference only.
Copper or Copper
Alloy UNS No.
C1 01 00, C1 0200,
C1 0300, C1 0800,
C1 2000, C1 2200,
C1 4200
C1 9200
C23000
C28000
C44300, C44400,
C44500
C60800
C61 300, C61 400
C68700
C70400
C70600, C70620
C71 000
C71 500, C71 520
C71 640
C72200
Density, lb/in. 3
Density, g/cm 3
0.323
8.94
0.320
0.31 6
0.303
0.308
8.86
8.75
8.39
8.53
0.295
0.285
0.301
0.323
0.323
0.323
0.323
0.323
0.323
8.1 7
7.89
8.33
8.94
8.94
8.94
8.94
8.94
8.94
95
I NTE N TI O NALLY LE FT B LANK
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SPECI FI CATI ON FOR N I CKEL-COPPER ALLOY (U N S
N 04400) PLATE, SH EET, AN D STRI P
SB-127
(Identical with ASTM Specification B127-05(R14) except that certification has been made mandatory.)
97
SB-127
SB-127
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SPECIFICATION FOR NICKEL-COPPER ALLOY
(UNS N04400) PLATE, SHEET, AND STRIP
SB-127
[Identical with ASTM Specification B 1 27-05(R1 4) except that certification has been made mandatory.]
1.
3.
Scope
1.1 This specification covers rolled nickel-copper alloy
Descriptions of Terms Specific to This Standard —
The terms given in Table 1 shall apply.
(UNS N04400) plate, sheet, and strip.
1.2
Terminology
3.1
The values stated in inch-pound units are to be
regarded as the standard. The other values given are for
4.
information only.
General Requirements
4.1
1.3 This standard does not purport to address all of
the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is
the responsibility of the user of this standard to become
familiar with all hazards including those identified in the
appropriate Material Safety Data Sheet for this product/
material as provided by the manufacturer, to establish
appropriate safety and health practices, and determine the
applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
Material furnished under this specification shall
conform to the applicable requirements of Specification
B 906 unless otherwise provided herein.
5.
Ordering Information
5.1
It is the responsibility of the purchaser to specify
all requirements that are necessary for material ordered
under this specification. Examples of such requirements
include, but are not limited to the following:
5.1.1
2.
Referenced Documents
2.1
Alloy — Name or UNS
ASTM Standards:
5.1.3
B 906 Specification for General Requirements for Flat-
5.1.4
Rolled Nickel and Nickel Alloys Plate, Sheet, and Strip
5.1.5
E 1 40 Hardness Conversion Tables for Metals
Condition — See 7.1 , 7.2, and Appendix X1 .
Finish — See Appendix X1 .
Dimensions — Thickness, width, and length.
F 1 55 Test Method for Temper of Strip and Sheet Metals
TABLE 1
PRODU CT DESCRIPTION
for Electronic Devices (Spring-Back Method)
2.2
Federal Standards:
Product
Fed. Std. No. 1 02 Preservation, Packaging, and Packing
H ot-rol l ed pl ate A
H ot-rol l ed sheetA
Col d-rol l ed sheetB
Col d-rol l ed strip B
Levels
Fed. Std. No. 1 23 Marking for Shipment (Civil Agencies)
Fed. Std. No. 1 82 Continuous Identification Marking of
Nickel and Nickel-Base Alloys
2.3
number (see Table 2).
5.1.2 ASTM designation, including year of issue.
A
Thickness, in. (mm)
3
⁄16 and over
0.018 to 0.250 (0.46 to 6.4), incl
0.018 to 0.250 (0.46 to 6.4), incl
0.005 to 0.250 (0.13 to 6.4), incl
M aterial 3⁄16 to 1⁄4 in. (4.8 to 6.4 mm), incl , in thickness may be
furnished as sheet or plate provided the material meets the specification requirements for the condition ordered.
B
M aterial under 48 in. (1219 mm) in width may be furnished as
sheet or strip provided the material meets the specification requirements for the condition ordered.
Military Standards:
MIL-STD-1 29 Marking for Shipment and Storage
MIL-STD-271 Nondestructive Testing Requirements for
Metals
98
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE 2
CH EM ICAL REQU IREM EN TS
7.2
Strip
Alloy N04400
A
A
7.2.1
8.
8.1.1
not exceed the amounts prescribed in Specification B 906,
see Permissible Variations in Thickness and Overweight
of Rectangular Plates Table.
Plate — Whether to be furnished specially
8.2.2
flattened (7.2); also how plate is to be cut (8.2.1 and 8.3.2).
Fabrication Details — Not mandatory but help-
fication B 906, see Permissible Variations in Thickness for
Welding or Brazing
— Pro c e s s to b e
Rectangular Plates Over 2 in. (51 mm) in Thickness Table.
— Whether material is to be hot-
in thickness of sheet and strip shall be prescribed in Speci-
8.2.3
Certification
Sheet and Strip
— The permissible variations
fication B 906, see Permissible Variations in Thickness of
formed.
Sheet and Strip Table. The thickness of strip and sheet shall
— Certification and a report of
3
be measured with the micrometer spindle ⁄8 in. (9.5 mm) or
test results are required (see Specification B 906, section
more from either edge for material 1 in. (25.4 mm) or over
on Material Test Report and Certification).
Samples for Product (Check) Analysis
in width and at any place on the strip under 1 in. in width.
—
Width or Diameter:
8.3.1 Plate — The permissible variations in width of
8.3
Whether samples for product (check) analysis should be
furnished (see Specification B 906, section on Sampling).
5.1 .1 1
— For plate over 2 in. (50.8 mm) in
thickness shall not exceed the amounts prescribed in Speci-
employed.
5.1 .1 0
Plate
thickness, the permissible variations over the specified
ful to the manufacturer.
5.1.9
(50.8 mm) inclu-
ified thickness and permissible excess in overweight shall
Strip — Whether to be furnished with com-
Plate
3
sive, in thickness, the permissible variation, under the spec-
mercial slit edge, square edge, or round edge.
5.1.8.2
3
Thickness:
8.2.1 Plate —For plate up to 2 in.
in coil, in cut straight lengths, or in random straight lengths.
5.1 .8.1
For calculations of mass or weight a density
8.2
Quantity.
5.1.7 Optional Requirements:
5.1.7.1 Sheet and Strip — Whether to be furnished
5.1.8
Weight:
of 0.31 9 lb/in. (8.83 g/cm ) shall be used.
5.1.6
5.1.7.3
Dimensions and Permissible Variations
8.1
El ement shal l be determined arithmetical l y by difference.
5.1.7.2
The mechanical properties of Table 3 do not
apply to deep-drawing and spinning quality sheet and strip.
63.0
28.0 to 34.0
2.5
2.0
0.3
0.5
0.024
N ickel , min
Copper
Iron, max
M anganese, max
Carbon, max
Sil icon, max
Sul fur, max
Deep-Drawing and Spinning Quality Sheet and
— The material shall conform to the requirements
for grain size and hardness properties prescribed in Table 4.
Composition, %
Element
SB-127
Purchaser Inspection
— If the p urchas er
rectangular plates and diameter of circular plates shall be
wishes to witness the tests or inspection of material at the
as prescribed in Specification B 906, see Permissible Varia-
place of manufacture, the purchase order must so state
tions in Width of Sheared, Plasma Torch-Cut, and Abra-
indicating which tests or inspections are to be witnessed
s i v e- C u t Re c tang u l ar Pl ate T ab l e and Permi s s i b l e
(see Specification B 906, section on Inspection).
Variations in Diameter for Circular Plates Table.
6.
in width for sheet and strip shall be as prescribed in Speci-
8.3.2
Chemical Composition
Sheet and Strip
— The permissible variations
fication B 906, see Permissible Variations in Width of
6.1 The material shall conform to the requirements as
Sheet and Strip Table.
to chemical composition prescribed in Table 2.
8.4
6.2 If a product (check) analysis is performed by the
purchaser, the material shall conform to the product (check)
Length:
8.4.1 Sheet and strip of all sizes may be ordered to
analysis variations prescribed in Specification B 906.
1
cut lengths in which case, a variation of ⁄8 in. (3.2 mm)
over the specified length shall be permitted.
7.
Mechanical and Other Requirements
7.1
Mechanical Properties
8.4.2 Permissible variations in length of rectangular
— The material shall con-
plate shall be as prescribed in Specification B 906, see
form to the requirements for mechanical properties pre-
Permis s ible Variations in Length of S heared, Plas ma
scribed in Table 3.
Torch-Cut, and Abrasive-Cut Rectangular Plate Table.
99
SB-127
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE 3
M ECH AN ICAL PROPERTIES FOR PLATE, SH EET, AND STRIP (ALL TH ICKNESSES AN D SIZES U NLESS
OTH ERWISE INDICATED)
Condition (Temper)
Tensile Strength, min, psi (M Pa)
Yield Strength A (0.2% offset),
min, psi (M Pa)
Elongation in 2 in.
or 50 mm, or 4 D ,
min, %
Rockwell H ardness
(B Scale) B,C
35
25
...
...
35
...
35
...
...
2
...
73 to 83
82 to 90
...
H ot-Rolled Plate
Annealed
As-rol l ed D,E
70 000 (485)
75 000 (515)
28 000 (195)
40 000 (275)
H ot-Rolled Sheet
Anneal ed
70 000 (485)
28 000 (195)
Cold-Rolled Sheet
Anneal ed
Quarter-hard
H al f-hard
H ard
70 000 to 85 000 (485 to 585)
...
...
100 000 (690)
28 000 (195)
...
...
90 000 (620)
Cold-Rolled Strip
70 000 to 85 000 (485 to 585) F
...
...
...
...
100 000 (690) F
...
Anneal ed
Skin hard
Quarter-hard
H al f-hard
Three-quarter-hard
H ard
Spring temper
28 000
..
..
..
..
90 000
..
35 F
...
...
...
...
2F
...
(195)
.
.
.
.
(620)
.
...
to 73
to 83
to 90
to 94
...
98 min
68
73
82
89
A
Yiel d strength requirements do not apply to material under 0.020 in. (0.51 mm) in thickness.
For Rockwel l or equival ent hardness conversions see H ardness Conversion Tabl es E 140.
C
Caution shoul d be observed in using the Rockwel l test on thin material, as the resul ts may be affected by specimen thickness. For thicknesses under 0.050 in. (1.3 mm), the use of the Rockwel l superficial or the Vickers hardness test is suggested.
D
As-roll ed pl ate may be given a stress-rel ieving heat treatment subsequent to final rol l ing.
E
As-roll ed pl ate specified “suitable for hot forming” shall be furnished from heats of known good hot-mal leability characteristics (see
X1.2.2). There are no appl icabl e tensil e or hardness requirements for such material .
F
N ot appl icabl e for thickness under 0.010 in. (0.25 mm).
B
8.5 Straightness:
8.6.1.3 When no description of any required form
of strip edge is given, it shall be understood that edges
8.5.1 The edgewise curvature (depth of chord) of flat
such as those resulting from slitting or shearing will be
sheet, strip, and plate shall not exceed 0.05 in. multiplied by
acceptable.
the length in feet (0.04 mm multiplied by the length in
8.6.1.4 Sheet shall have sheared or slit edges.
centimetres).
8.5.2
8.6.1.5 Plate shall have sheared or cut (machined,
Straightness for coiled material is subj ect to
abrasive-cut, powder-cut, or inert-arc-cut) edges, as spec-
agreement between the manufacturer and the purchaser.
ified.
8.6 Edges:
8.6.1
8.7 Squareness (Sheet) — For sheets of all thicknesses,
When finished edges of strip are specified in
1
the angle between adj acent sides shall be 90 ± 0.1 5° ( ⁄1 6 in.
the contract or purchase order, the following descriptions
in 24 in.) (1 .6 mm in 61 0 mm).
shall apply:
8.6.1.1
8.8 Flatness:
Square-edge strip shall be supplied with
8.8.1
finished edges, with sharp, square corners, and without
bevel or rounding.
8.6.1.2
There shall be no flatness requirements for
“deep drawing quality,” “spinning quality,” or “as-rolled,”
sheet and strip (see X1 .4).
Round-edge strip shall be supplied with
finished edges, semicircular in form, and the diameter of the
8.8.2 Standard flatness tolerances for plate shall con-
circle forming the edge being equal to the strip thickness.
form to the requirements prescribed in Table 5. “Specially
100
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-127
TABLE 4
GRAIN SIZE AND H ARDN ESS FOR COLD-ROLLED, DEEP-DRAWIN G, AND SPIN NIN G QU ALITY SH EET AN D STRIP
Calculated Diameter of
Average Grain Section, max
Thickness, in. (mm)
mm
in.
Corresponding
ASTM M icroGrain Size No.
Rockwell B A,B
H ardness, max
4.5
3.5
76
76
8E
5.5
4.5
76 E
76
76
Sheet (56 in. (1420 mm) Wide and U nder)
0.050 (1.3) and under
Over 0.050 to 0.250 (1.3 to 6.4), incl
0.075
0.110
0.0030
0.0043
Strip (12 in. (305 mm) Wide and U nder) C
0.005 D to 0.015 (0.13 to 0.38), incl
Over 0.015 to 0.024 (0.38 to 0.61), incl
Over 0.024 to 0.125 (0.61 to 3.2), incl
0.022
0.060
0.075
0.0009
0.0024
0.0030
A
For Rockwel l or equival ent hardness conversions see H ardness Conversion Tabl es E 140.
Caution shoul d be observed in using the Rockwel l test on thin material as the resul ts may be affected by specimen thickness. For thicknesses under 0.050 in. (1.3 mm), the use of the Rockwel l superficial or the Vickers hardness test is suggested.
C
Sheet requirements in Tabl e 4 appl y to strip thicknesses over 0.125 in. (3.2 mm), and for al l thicknesses of strip over 12 in. (305 mm) in
width.
D
For ductil ity eval uations for strip under 0.005 in. (0.13 mm) in thickness, the spring-back test such as described in Test M ethod F 155 is
often used and the manufacturer shoul d be consul ted.
E
Accurate grain size and hardness determinations are difficul t to make on strip under 0.005 in. (0.13 mm) in thickness and are not recommended.
B
TABLE 5
PERM ISSIBLE VARIATION S FROM FLATN ESS OF RECTAN GU LAR, CIRCU LAR, AND SKETCH PLATES
Permissible Variations from a Flat Surface for Thickness and Widths Given, in. (mm)
Specified Thickness
48 to 60
To 48
(1220 to
(1220), 1520),
excl
excl
60 to 72
(1520 to
1830),
excl
72 to 84
(1830 to
2130),
excl
84 to 96
(2130 to
2440),
excl
96 to 108
(2440 to
2740),
excl
108 to 120
(2740 to
3050),
excl
120 to 144
(3050 to
3660),
excl
144 (3660)
and over
1 5⁄8
1 3⁄8
15
⁄16
1 1⁄8
3
⁄4
11
⁄16
1
⁄2
1 5⁄8
1 7⁄16
1 1⁄8
1 1⁄8
13
⁄16
11
⁄16
9
⁄16
...
1 9⁄16
1 1⁄4
1 1⁄8
15
⁄16
11
⁄16
5
⁄8
...
1 7⁄8
1 7⁄16
1 3⁄8
1
3
⁄4
3
⁄4
...
...
1 3⁄4
1 3⁄8
1 1⁄8
1
7
⁄8
41.3
36.5
28.6
28.6
20.6
17.5
14.3
...
39.7
31.7
28.6
23.8
17.5
15.9
...
47.6
35.0
28.6
25.4
19.0
19.0
...
...
44.4
34.9
28.6
25.4
22.2
Inches
3
1
⁄16 to ⁄4 , excl
⁄4 to 3⁄8 , excl
3
⁄8 to 1⁄2 , excl
1
⁄2 to 3⁄4 , excl
3
⁄4 to 1, excl
1 to 2, excl
2 to 4, incl
1
3
⁄4
11
1
⁄16
⁄2
⁄2
1
⁄2
1
⁄2
1
⁄4
1
1
1 ⁄16
3
⁄4
9
⁄16
9
⁄16
9
⁄16
9
⁄16
5
⁄16
1
1 ⁄4
15
⁄16
11
⁄16
5
⁄8
5
⁄8
9
⁄16
3
⁄8
3
1 ⁄8
1 1⁄8
3
⁄4
13
⁄16
5
⁄8
9
⁄16
7
⁄16
M illimetres
4.8 to 6.4, excl
6.4 to 9.5, excl
9.5 to 12.7, excl
12.7 to 19.0, excl
19.0 to 25.4, excl
25.4 to 50.8, excl
50.8 to 101.6, incl
19.0
17.5
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
6.4
27.0
19.0
14.3
14.3
14.3
14.3
7.9
31.7
23.8
17.5
15.9
15.9
14.3
9.5
34.9
28.6
19.0
15.9
15.9
14.3
11.1
41.3
35.0
23.8
20.6
19.0
17.5
12.7
N OTE 1 — Permissible variations appl y to pl ates up to 12 ft (366 cm) in l ength, or to any 12 ft or l onger pl ates.
N OTE 2 — If the l onger dimension is under 36 in. (914 mm), the permissibl e variation is not greater than 1⁄4 in. (6.4 mm).
N OTE 3 — The shorter dimension specified is considered the width, and the permissibl e variation in flatness across the width does not
exceed the tubul ar amount of that dimension.
N OTE 4 — The maximum deviation from a flat surface does not customaril y exceed the tabul ar tol erance for the l onger dimension specified.
101
SB-127
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
flattened”
plate when s o
s pecified,
10.
s hall have permis s ible
turer and the purchas er.
9.
one
Workmanship, Finish, and Appearance
9.1
s mooth, commercially s traight or flat, and free of inj urious
in
appendix
the
may
conditions
be
with
plate,
the
s heet,
heat number,
s ize.
markings
The
material
or
or
s trip
s pecification
its
manufacturer’ s
s hall
not have
performance
—
and
S heet,
finis hes
ground or machined
depres s ions
tion
s hall
be
verified
s hall
10.2
to
s trip,
as
and
lis ted
remove
plate
in
ti o n
the
and
the
identification,
s hall
be
on
condition
and
effect on
s ufficiently
When
applicable,
each
bundle
or
s hipping
con-
( te mp e r) ,
thi s
s p e c i fic a t i o n
be
faired
s moothly
s urface
into
method
originally
us ed
n u mb e r,
al l o y ,
s ize,
cons ignor and cons ignee addres s , contract or order number,
and s uch other information as may be defined in the contract or order.
the
The removal of a s urface imperfecby
marked
a deleterious
material below the minimum s pecified dimens ions . S urface
s urrounding material.
be
alloy,
tainer s hall be marked with the name of the material, condi-
imperfections , provided s uch removal does not reduce the
eliminated
s hall
number,
s table to withs tand normal handling.
imperfections .
9.2 Sheet, Strip, and Plate
Each
face
(temper) ,
the
The material s hall be uniform in quality and temper,
s upplied
Product Marking
10.1
variations in flatnes s as agreed upon between the manufac-
11.
to
Keywords
11.1
detect the imperfection.
102
N04400;
plate;
s heet;
s trip
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-127
SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS
The following supplementary requirements shall apply only when specified by the purchaser
in the inquiry, contract, or order, for agencies of the U.S. Government.
S1.
Referenced Documents
S1.1
S4.2
The following documents of the issue in effect
Ultrasonic Tests:
General Requirements:
S4.2.1
on date of material purchased form a part of this specifica-
S4.2.1.1
tion to the extent referenced herein. Federal Standard No.
Ultrasonic testing shall be performed in
accordance with MIL-STD-271 as modified by the require-
1 02, No . 1 23 , No . 1 8 2 , and Mi li tary S tandard MI L-
ments specified herein.
STD-1 29.
S4.2.1.2 Acoustic compatibility between the production material and the calibration standard material shall
S2.
be within 75%. If the acoustic compatibility is within 25%,
Chemical Composition
S2.1
no gain compensation is required for the examination. If
The material shall conform to the composition
acoustic compatibility difference is between 25% and 75%,
limits specified in Table 2 except as specified in Table S2.1 .
a change in the gain or dB controls shall be accomplished
to compensate for the differences in acoustic compatibility.
S3.
This method cannot be used if the ultrasonic noise level
Mechanical Properties
exceeds 50% of the rej ection value.
S3.1 Mechanical property requirements for quarter hard
Calibration:
S4.2.2.1 Longitudinal Wave
S4.2.2
1
cold-rolled strip ⁄4 in. thick and less shall be as specified
in Table S3.1 .
— The longitudinal
wave test shall be calibrated on a flat-bottomed reference
hole of a given diameter in accordance with Table S4.1
S4.
for specified material thickness drilled either into the piece
Nondestructive Tests
S4.1
to be tested or into a separate defect-free specimen of the
When specified by the purchaser, each piece of
1
same size (within ± ⁄8 in. (3.1 8 mm)), shape, material, and
each lot shall be inspected. The purchaser shall specify if
condition, or acoustically similar material. Holes are to be
one or both tests are required.
drilled to midsection and the bottom of the hole shall be
parallel to the entrant surface. The ultrasonic test instrument shall be adj usted so that the response from the refer-
TABLE S2.1
CH EM ICAL REQU IREM ENTS
Element
Composition Limits, %
Carbon
Sul fur
Aluminum
Lead
Tin
Zinc
Phosphorous
0.2 max.
0.015 max.
0.5 max.
0.006 max.
0.006 max.
0.02 max.
0.02 max.
ence hole shall not be less than 25% and not more then
75% of screen height.
S4.2.2.2
Recalibration
— During quality confor-
mance inspection, any realignment of the search unit that
will cause a decrease in the calibrated sensitivity and resolution, or both, or any change in search unit, couplant,
instrument settings, or scanning speed from that used for
calibration shall require recalibration. Recalibration shall
be performed at least once per 8 h shift.
S4.2.3
Procedure
— Paragraph S 4. 2. 3 . 1 describes
the requirements for plate. Sheet and strip shall be excluded
TABLE S3.1
M ECH ANICAL PROPERTIES FOR QU ARTER-H ARD
COLD ROLLED STRIP
Tensil e Strength, min, psi (M Pa)
Yiel d Strength, min, psi (M Pa)
(0.2% offset)
El ongation in 2 in., 50 mm, or
4 D , min, %
from these requirements.
TABLE S4.1
U LTRASON IC TESTING REFEREN CE H OLE FOR PLATE
78 000–85 000 (538–586)
45,000 (310)
M aterial Thickness, in. (mm)
20
U p to and incl uding 4 (102)
Over 4 (102)
103
H ole Diameter, in. (mm)
1
1
⁄4 (6.4)
⁄2 (12.7)
SB-127
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
S4.2.3.1 Plate — Plate shall be inspected by the
S5.
Quality Assurance
S5.1 Responsibility for Inspection — Unless otherwise
longitudinal wave technique using the contact or immersion method. For contact, the scanning shall be on a 24 in.
specified in the contract or purchase order, the manufac-
grid and one diagonal in each grid. For immersion, the
turer is responsible for the performance of all inspection
scanning shall be continuous on a 1 2 in. grid. For either
and test requirements specified. Except as otherwise speci-
method, the search shall be expanded to determine the full
fied in the contract or purchase order, the manufacturer
extent of any rej ectable indication if the material is to be
may use his own or any other suitable facilities for the
offered on a waiver basis.
performance of the inspection and test requirements unless
disapproved by the purchaser at the time the order is placed.
S4.2.4 Acceptance Criteria:
The purchaser shall have the right to perform any of the
inspections or tests set forth when such inspections and
S4.2.4.1 Longitudinal Wave — Any material that
tests are deemed necessary to assure that the material con-
produces indications equal to or larger than the response
forms to prescribed requirements.
from the reference hole, or that produces a complete loss
of back reflection shall be rej ected. Material shall be tested
using a square, rectangular, or circular transducer having
S6.
an effective area of one square inch or less, but no dimen-
Identification Marking
S6.1 All material shall be properly marked for identifi-
sion shall be smaller than the diameter of the reference
cation in accordance with Fed. Std. No. 1 82 except that
hole. In the event of disagreement on the degree of back
the ASTM specification number and the alloy number shall
reflection loss, it shall be determined by the contact method
be used.
1
using a 1 to 1 ⁄8 in. (25.4 to 28.6 mm) diameter transducer
or one whose area falls within this range.
S7.
S4.2.4.2 Reference Notch Removal — If reference
Preparation for Delivery
S7.1 Preservation, Packaging, Packing:
notches or flat-bottomed holes are made in the material to
be tested, they shall be so located than their subsequent
S7.1.1 Military Agencies — The material shall be
removal will not impair the suitability of the material for
separated by size, composition, grade, or class and shall
its intended use.
be preserved and packaged, Level A or C, or packed, Level
A, B, or C as specified in the contract or purchase order.
S4.3 Liquid Penetrant Inspection:
S7.1.2 Civil Agencies — The requirements of Fed.
Std. No. 1 02 shall be referenced for definitions of the
S4.3.1 Procedure — Liquid penetrant inspection
various levels of packaging protection.
shall be in accordance with MIL-STD-271 .
S7.2 Marking:
S4.3.2 Surface Requirements — The surface pro-
S7.2.1 Military Agencies — In addition to any special
duced by hot working is not suitable for liquid penetrant
marking required by the contract or purchase order, mark-
testing. Therefore, liquid penetrant testing will not be appli-
ing for shipment shall be in accordance with MIL-STD-
cable to products ordered with a hot finished surface.
1 29.
S 4. 3 . 3 A cceptance Criteria — Li ne ar de fec ts
S7.2.2 Civil Agencies —In addition to any special
revealed by liquid penetrant inspection shall be explored
marking required by the contract or purchase order, mark-
by grinding or other suitable means. Depth of defects shall
ing for shipment shall be in accordance with Fed. Std.
not exceed the dimensional tolerance of the material.
No. 1 23.
104
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-127
APPENDIX
(Nonmandatory Information)
X1.
CONDITIONS AND FINISHES
X1.1
X1.5
Scope
Sheet and Strip, Cold-Rolled
X1 . 5. 1
X1.1.1 This appendix lists the conditions and finishes
Annealed —
S o ft wi th a p ic kl ed o r b rig ht
annealed finish.
in which plate, sheet, and strip are normally supplied. These
X1.5.2
are subj ect to change and the manufacturer should be con-
Deep-Drawing or Spinning Quality
— Similar
to X1 .5.1 , except furnished to controlled hardness and grain
sulted for the latest information available.
size and lightly leveled.
Plate, Hot-Rolled
X1.2.1 Annealed — Soft with an oxide surface and
X1.2
X1.5.3
Skin Hard — Similar to X1 .5.1 but given a light
cold reduction to hardness range shown in Table 3.
suitable for heavy cold forming. Available with a descaled
surface, when so specified.
X1.5.4
Quarter-Hard
— Cold rolled to the hardness
As-Rolled — With an oxide surface. Available
range indicated in Table 3, bright finish. Out-of-flatness
with a descaled surface, when so specified. Suitable for
must be expected and will vary with temper and thickness.
X1.2.2
flat work, mild forming, or tube sheets. When intended for
X1.5.5
tube sheets, specify that plates are to be specially flattened.
When intended for hot forming, this should be indicated
expected and will vary with temper and thickness.
on the purchase order so that the manufacturer may select
appropriate material.
Plate, Cold-Rolled
X1.3.1 Annealed — Soft with an oxide surface;
X1.5.6
X1.3
Three-Quarter Hard — Cold rolled to the hard-
ness range indicated in Table 3, bright finish. Out-of-flatness must be expected and will vary with temper and
avail-
thickness.
able with a descaled surface when so specified.
Sheet, Hot-Rolled
X1.4.1 Annealed, and Pickled —
Half-Hard — Cold rolled to the hardness range
indicated in Table 3, bright finish. Out-of-flatness must be
X1.5.7
X1.4
Hard — Cold rolled to the tensile requirements
indicated in Table 3, bright finish. Out-of-flatness must be
Soft with a pickled
expected and will vary with temper and thickness.
matte finish. Properties similar to X1 .5.1 but with broader
X1.5.8
thickness tolerances. Not suggested for applications where
Spring Temper — Cold rolled to the minimum
the finish of a cold-rolled sheet is considered essential, or
hardness indicated in Table 3, bright finish. Out-of-flatness
for deep drawing or spinning.
must be expected and will vary with temper and thickness.
105
I NTE N TI O NALLY LE FT B LANK
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SPECI FI CATI ON FOR SEAM LESS BRASS TU BE
SB-135
(Identical with ASTM Specification B135-10.)
107
SB-135
SB-135
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
Standard Specification for
Seamless Brass Tube
1 .4 This standard does not purport to address all of the
safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the
responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
1. Scope
1 .1 This specification covers seamless round and rectangular including square copper alloy tube in straight lengths. Ten
alloys are specified having the following nominal compositions:
Copper
Alloy
UNS
No.
Previously
Used
Designation A
Nominal Composition, %
Copper
Zinc
C22000
7
90.0
1 0.0
C23000
1
85.0
1 5.0
C26000
2
70.0
30.0
C27000
9
65.0
35.0
C27200
8
63.0
37.0
C27400
...
62.5
37.5
C28000
5
60.0
40.0
C33000
3
66.0
33.5
C33200
4
66.0
32.4
C37000
6
60.0
39.0
C44300
...
71 .5
27.5
A Alloy Designations of Specification B1 35 – 63, which
1966 Book of ASTM Standards, Part 5.
Lead
2. Referenced Documents
ASTM Standards:
2.1
B1 53 Test Method for Expansion (Pin Test) of Copper and
Copper-Alloy Pipe and Tubing
B1 54 Test Method for Mercurous Nitrate Test for Copper
Alloys
B251 Specification for General Requirements for Wrought
Seamless Copper and Copper-Alloy Tube
B601 Classification for Temper Designations for Copper and
Copper Alloys—Wrought and Cast
E243 Practice for Electromagnetic (Eddy-Current) Examination of Copper and Copper-Alloy Tubes
E527 Practice for Numbering Metals and Alloys in the
Unified Numbering System (UNS)
Tin
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
0.5
...
1 .6
...
1 .0
...
...
1 .00
was published in the
1 .2 This specification is the inch-pound companion to
Specification B1 35M; therefore, no SI equivalents are presented in the specification.
3. Terminology
1 .3 Warning—Mercury has been designated by EPA and
many state agencies as a hazardous material that can cause
central nervous system, kidney, and liver damage. Mercury, or
its vapor, may be hazardous to health and corrosive to
materials. Caution should be taken when handling mercury and
mercury-containing products. See the applicable product Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for details and EPA’s website
(http: //www.epa.gov/mercury/faq.htm) for additional information. Users should be aware that selling mercury or mercurycontaining products, or both, in your state may be prohibited by
state law. (See 1 0.1 .)
4. Ordering Information
Definitions of Terms Specific to This Standard:
capable of—
3.1
3.1 .1
the test need not be performed by the
producer of the material. However, if subsequent testing by the
purchaser establishes that the material does not meet these
requirements, the material shall be subj ect to rej ection.
4.1 Orders for material under the specification shall include
the following information:
4.1 .1 Alloy (Section 1 ),
4.1 .2 Temper (Section 7),
4.1 .3 Whether tension tests are required (for drawn tempers
only (see 8.1 )),
4.1 .4 Dimensions: diameter or distance between parallel
surfaces and wall thickness (see 11 .2 and 11 .3),
4.1 .5 Length (see 1 2.4),
4.1 .6 Mercurous nitrate test, if required (Section 1 0),
108
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
4.1 .7 Total length of each size,
4.1 .8 Hydrostatic pressure test, when specified, and
4.1 .9 Pneumatic test, when specified.
5.
indicated. For any combination of diameter and wall thickness
not covered under hard-drawn temper, the values given for
drawn temper shall be used. Rectangular including square
tubes shall normally be supplied only in drawn (generalpurpose) temper. When there is a need for light-drawn or
hard-drawn tempers these are to be supplied as agreed upon
between the manufacturer and the purchaser.
General Requirements
5.1 Material furnished under this specification shall conform to the applicable requirements of the current edition of
Specification B251 .
6.
Annealed Tempers, O
7.2
—The tempers of annealed tube
shall be designated as light anneal (O50) and soft anneal (O60)
(Table 3).
Chemical Composition
6.1 The material shall conform to the chemical requirements
specified in Table 1 .
N OTE 1 —Tube of Copper Alloy UNS No. C23 000 shall have in the
an n e al e d c o n d i ti o n a mi n i mu m te n s i l e s tre n g th o f 4 0 ks i an d
a minimum yield strength of 1 2 ksi at 0.5 % extension under load, in
which case the provisions for grain size and Rockwell hardness in 8.2 do
not apply.
6.2 These specification limits do not preclude the presence
of other elements. Limits for unnamed elements are to be
established by agreement between manufacturer or supplier
and purchaser.
6.2.1 For copper alloys in which zinc is specified as the
remainder, either copper or zinc shall be taken as the difference
between the sum of all the elements analyzed and 1 00 %.
6.2.1 .1 When all the elements in Table 1 are analyzed, their
sum shall be as shown in the following table.
7.
Copper Alloy UNS No.
Copper Plus Named
Elements, % min
C22000
C23000
C26000
C27000
C27200
C27400
C28000
C33000
C33200
C37000
C44300
99.8
99.8
99.7
99.7
99.7
99.7
99.7
99.6
99.6
99.6
99.6
SB-135
8.
Mechanical Properties
Drawn Temper
8.1
—Tube shall conform to the mechanical
properties prescribed in Table 2. Tension tests are required for
tubes with a wall thickness under 0.020 in. and for round tubes
having an inside diameter under 5 ⁄1 6 in. and for rectangular
including square tubes having a maj or distance between inside
parallel surfaces under 3 ⁄1 6 in. The tension test for other sizes of
tubes need not be made except when indicated by the purchaser
at the time of placing the order. A convenient method of
indicating that the tension test is required is to specify that
“Test procedure ’ T’ is required” (see 4.1 .3). When agreement
on the Rockwell hardness tests cannot be reached, the tensile
strength requirements of Table 2 shall be the basis for acceptance or rej ection.
Annealed Temper
8.2
—Tube shall conform to the grain size
and Rockwell hardness limits prescribed in Table 3.
Temper
9.
Drawn Tempers, H
7.1
—The tempers of drawn tube shall be
designated as light-drawn (H55), drawn (H58), and hard-drawn
(H80) (see Table 2). Light-drawn (bending) temper is used
only when a tube of some stiffness but yet capable of being
bent is needed. Drawn temper is for general purposes and is
most commonly used where there is no specific requirement for
high strength on the one hand or for bending qualities on the
other. Hard-drawn temper is used only where there is need for
a tube as strong as is commercially feasible for the sizes
Expansion Test for Round Tube
9.1 Tube ordered in the annealed (O) condition, selected for
test, shall be capable of withstanding in accordance with Test
Method B1 53 an expansion of the outside diameter in the
following amount:
Outside Diameter, in.
Expansion of Outside
Diameter, %
⁄ and under
Over 3⁄4
20
15
34
TABLE 1 Ch emi cal Req u i rem ents
Composition,%
Copper
Lead
Arsenic
Tin
Iron, max
Zinc
C22000
89.0–91 .0
0.05 max
...
...
0.05
remainder
C23000
84.0–86.0
0.05 max
...
...
0.05
remainder
C26000
68.5–71 .5
0.07 max
...
...
0.05
remainder
C27000
63.0–68.5
0.09 max
...
...
0.07
remainder
C27200
62.0–65.0
0.07 max
...
...
0.07
remainder
C27400
61 .0–64.0
0.09 max
...
...
0.05
remainder
C28000
59.0–63.0
0.09 max
...
...
0.07
remainder
A
...
...
0.07
remainder
C33000
65.0–68.0
0.25 –0.7
C33200
65.0–68.0
1 .5–2.5
...
...
0.07
remainder
C37000
59.0–62.0
0.9–1 .4
...
...
0.1 5
remainder
C44300
70.0–73.0
0.07 max
0.02–0.06
0.9–1 .2
0.06
remainder
A In the case of Copper Alloy UNS No. C33000 on tube sizes greater than 5 in. in outside diameter, or distance between outside parallel surfaces, the lead content shall
be 0.7 % maximum, no minimum is specified.
Copper Alloy UNS No.
109
SB-135
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE 2 M ech ani cal Property Req u i rements of Drawn Temper Tu be
Copper Alloy UNS No.
Temper Designation A
Standard
Former
Outside Diameter, in.
or Major Distance
Between Outside
Parallel Surfaces, in.
all
up to 1 , incl
over 1 to 2, incl
over 2 to 4, incl
Wall Thickness, in
Tensile
Strength
ksi B
Rockwell
HardnessC
30T
all
0.020 to 0.1 20, incl
0.035 to 0.1 80, incl
0.060 to 0.250, incl
40 min
52 min
52 min
52 min
38 min
55 min
55 min
55 min
C22000
C22000
C22000
C22000
H58
H80
H80
H80
drawn (general purpose)
hard drawn D
hard drawn D
hard drawn D
C23000
C23000
C23000
C23000
C23000
H55
H58
H80
H80
H80
light drawn D
drawn (general purpose)
hard drawn D
hard drawn D
hard drawn D
all
all
up to 1 , incl
over 1 to 2, incl
over 2 to 4, incl
all
all
0.020 to 0.1 20, incl
0.035 to 0.1 80, incl
0.0605 to 0.250, incl
44–58
44 min
57 min
57 min
57 min
43–75
43 min
65 min
65 min
65 min
C26000, C27000, C27200,
C27400, C33000,
and C33200
C26000, C27000, C27200,
C27400, C33000,
and C33200
C26000, C27000, C27200,
C27400, C33000,
and C33200
C26000, C27000, C27200,
C27400, C33000,
and C33200
H58
drawn (general purpose)
all
all
54 min
53 min
H80
hard drawn D
up to 1 , incl
0.020 to 0.1 20, incl
66 min
70 min
H80
hard drawn D
over 1 to 2, incl
0.035 to 0.1 80, incl
66 min
70 min
H80
hard drawn D
over 2 to 4, incl
0.060 to 0.250, incl
66 min
70 min
C28000 and
C37000
H58
drawn (general purpose)
all
all
54 min
55 min
C44300
H58
drawn (general purpose)
all
all
54 min
53 min
all
all
66 min
70 min
C44300
H80
hard drawn D
A Standard designations defined in Classification B601 .
B ksi = 1 000 psi.
C Rockwell hardness values shall apply only to tubes having a wall thickness of 0.01 2 in. or over and to round tubes having an inside diameter of 5 ⁄1 6 in. or over and
to rectangular including square tubes having an inside major distance between parallel surfaces of 3⁄1 6 in. or over. Rockwell hardness shall be made on the inside surface
of the tube. When suitable equipment is not available for determining the specified Rockwell hardness, other Rockwell scales and values shall be specified subject to
agreement between the manufacturer and the purchaser.
D Light-drawn and hard-drawn tempers are available in round-tube only.
The expanded tube shall show no cracking or rupture visible
to the unaided eye. Tube ordered in the drawn (H) condition is
not subj ect to this test.
cracking in the standard mercurous nitrate solution prescribed
in Test Method B1 54. Immediately after removal from the
solution, the specimen shall be wiped free of excess mercury
and examined for cracks.
NOTE 2—The term “unaided eye,” as used herein, permits the use of
corrective spectacles necessary to obtain normal vision.
11. Nondestructive Testing
9.2 As an alternative to the expansion test for tube over 4 in.
in diameter in the annealed condition, a 4 in. in length shall be
cut from the end of one of the lengths for a flattening test. This
4-in. test specimen shall be flattened so that a gage set at three
times the wall thickness will pass over the tube freely throughout the flattened part. The tube so tested shall develop no
cracks or flaws visible to the unaided eye (Note 2) as a result
of this test. In making the flattening test the elements shall be
slowly flattened by one stroke of the press.
11 .1 Unless nondestructive testing has been waived, tubes
shall be subj ected to a nondestructive test. The manufacturer
shall select the nondestructive test that is most suitable for the
tube size and the application.
11 .1 .1 Eddy-current testing is the standard nondestructive
test, and all tubes of appropriate size shall be eddy-current
tested in accordance with 11 .2.
11 .1 .2 Tubes that are not of a size suitable for eddy-current
test capabilities shall be tested by the hydrostatic test as
described in 11 .3.1 , or by the pneumatic test as described in
11 .3.2.
9.3 Drawn temper tube shall not be required to withstand
these tests.
10. Mercurous Nitrate Test
Eddy-Current Test—
11 .2
Each tube up to 3 1 ⁄8 in. in outside
diameter shall be subj ected to an eddy-current test. Testing
shall follow the procedure of Practice E243, except the
determination of “end effect” is not required. Tubes shall be
passed through an eddy-current test unit adj usted to provide
information on the suitability of the tube for the intended
application.
1 0.1 Warning—Mercury is a definite health hazard. Use
equipment for the detection and removal of mercury vapor.
Wear rubber gloves when conducting the test.
1 0.2 When specifically required, test specimens 6 in. in
length of both annealed and drawn tempers shall withstand,
after proper cleaning, an immersion for 30 min without
110
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-135
TABLE 3 M ech ani cal Property Req u i rements of An neal ed Temper Tu be
Temper Designation A
Copper Alloy UNS No.
Standard
O60
O60
O50
O50
C22000
C22000
C22000
C22000
Former
soft anneal
soft anneal
light anneal
light anneal
up to 0.045, incl
over 0.045
up to 0.045, incl
over 0.045
Rockwell
HardnessB
Scale
Max
30T
30
F
70
30T
37
F
78
Wall Thickness, in.
Average Grain
Size, mm
Min
0.025
0.025
Max
0.060
0.060
0.035
0.035
C
C
C23000
C23000
C23000
C23000
O60
O60
O50
O50
soft anneal
soft anneal
light anneal
light anneal
up to 0.045, incl
over 0.045
up to 0.045, incl
over 0.045
30T
F
30T
F
36
75
39
85
0.025
0.025
0.060
0.060
0.035
0.035
C26000, C33000, and
C33200
C26000, C33000, and
C33200
O60
soft anneal
up to 0.030, incl
30T
40
0.025
0.060
O60
soft anneal
over 0.030
F
80
0.025
0.060
C26000, C28000, C33000,
C332000, and C37000
C26000, C28000, C33000,
C332000, and C37000
O50
light anneal
up to 0.030, incl
30T
60
C
0.035
O50
light anneal
over 0.030
F
90
C
0.035
and
O60
soft anneal
up to 0.030, incl
30T
40
0.025
0.060
and
O60
soft anneal
over 0.030
F
80
0.025
0.060
and
O50
light anneal
up to 0.030, incl
30T
60
C
0.035
and
O50
light anneal
over 0.030
F
90
C
0.035
C27000, C27200,
C27400
C27000, C27200,
C27400
C27000, C27200,
C27400
C27000, C27200,
C27400
C
C
C44300
O60
soft anneal
up to 0.030, incl
30T
40
0.025
0.060
C44300
O60
soft anneal
over 0.030
F
80
0.025
0.060
C
C44300
O50
light anneal
up to 0.030, incl
30T
60
0.035
C
0.035
C44300
O50
light anneal
over 0.030
F
90
A Standard designations defined in Classification B601 .
B Rockwell hardness values shall apply only to tubes having a wall thickness of 0.01 5 in. or over and to round tubes having an inside diameter of 5 ⁄1 6 in. or over and
to rectangular including square tubes having an inside major distance between parallel surfaces of 3⁄1 6 in. or over. For all other tube no Rockwell hardness values shall
apply. Rockwell hardness tests shall be made on the inside surface of the tube. When suitable equipment is not available for determining the specified Rockwell hardness,
other Rockwell scales and values shall be specified subject to agreement between the manufacturer and the purchaser.
C Although no minimum grain size is specified, the product must nevertheless have a fully recrystallized grain structure.
11 .2.1 Notch-depth standards rounded to the nearest 0.001
in. shall be 22 % of the nominal wall thickness. The notchdepth tolerance shall be
0.0005 in. Alternatively, if the
manufacturer uses speed-insensitive eddy-current units that are
equipped so that a fraction of the maximum unbalance signal is
able to be selected, the following percent maximum unbalance
signals shall be used.
capabilities of the eddy-current test apparatus or as an alternative to the eddy-current test. The purchaser shall have the
option to specify either a hydrostatic test in 11 .3.1 or the
pneumatic test in 11 .3.2. When, in the case where subsequent
testing by the purchaser establishes that the material does not
meet these requirements, then the tubes shall be subj ect to
rej ection.
6
Standard Tube Size, inch
Maximum Percent Unbalance
Signal Magnitude
Up to and including 3⁄8
⁄ to 2 incl
Over 2 to 3 incl
0.2
0.3
0.4
1 2
Hydrostatic Test—
11 .3.1
When specified, the tube shall
stand, without showing evidence of leakage an internal hydrostatic pressure sufficient to subj ect the material to a fiber stress
of 7000 psi, determined by the following equation for thin
hollow cylinders under tension:
P 5 2 St/ ~ D 2 0.8 t !
11 .2.2 Tubes that do not actuate the signalling device of the
eddy-current testers shall be considered as conforming to the
requirements of this test. If reexamined or retested, tubes with
signals that are found to have been caused by minor mechanical damage, soil, or moisture, shall not be cause for rej ection of
the tubes provided the tube dimensions are still within prescribed limits and the tube is suitable for its intended application.
(1 )
where:
P
t
D
S
=
=
=
=
hydrostatic pressure, psi;
wall thickness of the material, in.;
outside diameter of the material, in.; and
allowable stress of the material.
Pneumatic Test—
11 .3.2
When specified, the tube shall be
subj ected to an internal air pressure of 60 psig minimum for 5
s without showing evidence of leakage. The test method used
11 .3 A pressure test shall be specified for tube sizes over 3 1 ⁄8
in. in outside diameter or tube of dimensions beyond the
111
SB-135
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
13. Sampling for Visual and Dimensional Examination
shall provide for easy visual detection of any leakage, such as
by immersion of the tube under water or by the pressure
differential method. Any evidence of leakage shall be cause for
rej ection.
1 3.1 Minimum sampling for visual and dimensional examination shall be as follows when specified by the purchaser in
the inquiry, contract or order, for agencies of the U.S. Government:
12. Dimensions and Permissible Variations
Lot
1 2.1 The dimensions and tolerances for material covered by
this specification shall be as prescribed in the current edition of
Specification B251 , with particular reference to Section 5 and
the following tables of that specification:
2
to
8
to
90
91
Wall Thickness Tolerances—See 5.2, Tables 1 and 6.
1 2.3 Tolerances for Diameter or Distance Between Parallel
Surfaces—See 5.3, Tables 2 and 7.
1 2.4 Length Tolerances—See 5.5, Tables 3 and 4.
1 2.5 Roundness—See 5.4.
1 2.6 Squareness of Cut—See 5.6
1 2.7 Straightness Tolerances—For round tubes see 5.7.1 ,
( P i e ce s
9
to
1 51
1 2.2
Per
Lot)
S am p l e
E n ti re
1 50
to
l ot
1 2
280
1 9
2 81
to
500
21
to
1 2 00
27
1 201
to
3200
3201
to
1 0
001
S i ze
8
5 01
1 0
to
35
000
35
000
38
46
1 3.2 In all cases, the acceptance number is zero and the
rejection number is one. Screening and resubmittal of samples
from rej ected lots for visual and dimensional examination is
acceptable. All defective items shall be replaced with acceptable items before lot acceptance.
14. Workmanship, Finish, and Appearance
Table 5. For rectangular including square tubes see 5.7.2.
1 2.8
S i ze
1 4.1 Annealed tube shall be either bright annealed or acid
cleaned after final annealing operations.
Corner Radius for Rectangular Including Square
Tubes—See 5.8, Table 8.
1 2.9 Twist Tolerances for Rectangular and Square Tubes—
15. Keywords
See 5.9.
1 5.1 brass tube; seamless brass tube; seamless tube
SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS
The following supplementary requirements shall apply only when specified by the purchaser in the
inquiry, contract, or order, for agencies of the U. S. Government. Supplementary requirement S5 shall
apply only when specified.
S1. Referenced Documents
S2.1 .1 Unless otherwise specified in the contract or purchase order, the manufacturer is responsible for the performance of all inspection and test requirements specified. Except
as otherwise specified in the contract or purchase order, the
manufacturer shall use his own or any other suitable facilities
for the performance of the inspection and test requirements
unless disapproved by the purchaser at the time the order is
placed. The purchaser shall have the right to perform any of the
inspections or tests set forth when such inspections and tests
are deemed necessary to assure that the material conforms to
prescribed requirements.
S1 .1 The following documents of the issue in effect on date
of material purchase form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced herein:
S1 .1 .1
ASTM Standards:
B900, Practice for Packaging of Copper and Copper Alloy
Mill Products for US Government Agencies
S1 .1 .2
Federal Standards:
Fed. Std. No. 1 02 Preservation, Packaging and Packing
Levels
Fed. Std. No. 1 23 Marking for Shipment (Civil Agencies)
S3. Identification Marking
Fed. Std. No. 1 85 Identification Marking of Copper and
Copper-Base Alloy Mill Products
S1 .1 .3
S3.1 All material shall be properly marked for identification
in accordance with Fed. Std. No. 1 85 except that the ASTM
specification number and the alloy number shall be used.
Military Standard:
MIL-STD-1 29 Marking for Shipment and Storage
S2. Quality Assurance
S2.1
S4. Preparation for Delivery
Preservation, Packaging, Packing:
Military Agencies
Responsibility for Inspection:
S4.1
S4.1 .1
—The material shall be separated
by size, composition, grade or class and shall be preserved and
packaged, Level A or C, packed, Level A, B, or C as specified
in the contract or purchase order, in accordance with the
requirements of B900.
112
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE S5.1 Tubes for Voice and Pneumatic Service
S4.1 .2 Civil Agencies —The requirements of Fed. Std. No.
1 02 shall be referenced for definitions of the various levels of
packaging protection.
S4.2 Marking:
S4.2.1 Military Agencies —In addition to any special marking required by the contract or purchase order, marking for
shipment shall be in accordance with MIL-STD-1 29.
S4.2.2 Civil Agencies —In addition to any special marking
required by the contract or purchase order, marking for
shipment shall be in accordance with Fed. Std. No. 1 23.
S 5.
SB-135
A
Outside
Diameter, in.
2.000
B
2.000
C
...
D
2.250
E
...
F
3.000
G
3.000
H
...
Size
Tubes for Voice and Pneumatic S ervice
S5.1 Tubes ordered to this supplement for voice and pneumatic service shall have dimensions, tolerances, and tempers as
specified in Table S5.1 . For these tubes, the mercurous nitrate
test shall be required and nondestructive testing shall not be
required. Copper plus sum of all named elements shall be
98.85 %.
113
Wall
Average
Inside
Diameter Thickness,
Diamein.
ter, in. Tolerance, in.
...
+ 0.000
0.049
−0.004
...
+ 0.000
0.1 09
−0.004
2.000
+ 0.004
0.049
−0.000
...
+ 0.000
0.065
−0.004
2.250
+ 0.004
0.049
−0.000
...
+ 0.000
0.049
−0.004
...
+ 0.000
0.1 09
−0.004
3.000
+ 0.004
0.049
−0.000
Temper
H–80
H–58
H–80
H–80
H–80
H–80
H–58
H–80
I NTE N TI O NALLY LE FT B LANK
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SPECI FI CATI ON FOR ALU M I N U M -BRON ZE
SAN D CASTI N G S
SB-148
(Identical with ASTM Specification B148-97(R09) for the alloys and tempers covered except as follows: Supplementary
Requirements have been deleted, certification has been made mandatory, weld repair requirements in accordance
with ASME Section IX have been added, and temperature increment in para. 5.1 revised.)
115
SB-148
SB-148
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SPECIFICATION FOR ALUMINUM-BRONZE SAND
CASTINGS
SB-148
[Identical with ASTM Specification B 1 48-97(R09) for the alloys and tempers covered. Supplementary Requirements have been deleted, certification
has been made mandatory, weld repair requirements in accordance with ASME Section IX have been added, and temperature increment in para. 5.1 revised.]
1.
4.
Scope
4.1
1.1 This specification establishes requirements for sand
Orders for castings under this specification shall
include the following information:
castings produced from copper-base alloys having the alloy
numbers, commercial designations, and nominal composi-
4.1.1
tions shown in Table 1 .
1 .2
Ordering Information
Quality of castings required,
4.1.2 Copper alloy number (Table 1 ) and temper (ascast, heat treated, and so forth),
The values stated in inch- pound units s hall be
4.1.3 Specification title, number, and year of issue,
regarded as the standard. Metric values given in parentheses are for information only.
4.1.4 Pattern or drawing number and condition (cast,
machined, and so forth),
2.
4.1.5
Referenced Documents
2.1 The following documents of the issue in effect on
4.1.6
date of material purchase form a part of this specification
4.1.7
ASTM Standards:
4.1.8 Certification (Specification B 824),
Copper Alloys for Sand, Permanent Mold, Centrifugal,
4.1.9 Test report, if specified in the purchase order
and Continuous Castings
(Specification B 824),
B 824 Specification for General Requirements for Copper
4.1.10
Alloy Castings
E 1 0 Test Method for Brinell Hardness of Metallic Materials
4.1.11
Approval of weld procedure and records of
repairs, if specified in the purchase order (Section 8),
Superficial Hardness of Metallic Materials
4.1.12 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code appli-
E 527 Practice for Numbering Metals and Alloys (UNS)
cation (9.2 and Section 1 1 ),
ASME Specification:
4.1.13 Castings for seawater service (5.3), and
SB-824 Specification for General Requirements for Copper
4.1.14 Product marking, if specified in the purchase
Alloy Castings
order (Specification B 824).
General Requirements
3.1
Witness inspection, if specified in the pur-
chase order (Specification B 824),
E 1 8 Test Methods for Rockwell Hardness and Rockwell
3.
Soundness requirements, if specified in the
purchase order (Specification B 824),
B 208 Practice for Preparing Tension Test Specimens for
2.3
Pressure test requirements, if specified in the
purchase order (Specification B 824),
to the extent referenced herein:
2.2
Analysis of residual elements, if specified in
the purchase order (Specification B 824),
5.
Material furnished under this specification shall
Materials and Manufacture
5.1 For better corrosion resistance in seawater applica-
conform to the applicable requirements of Specification
tions, castings in Copper Alloy UNS No. C95800 shall be
B 824.
given a temper anneal heat treatment at 1 250 ± 50°F (675
116
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-148
TABLE 1
N OM IN AL COM POSITIONS
Copper Alloy
U NS No.
Old Designation
C95200
C95300 A
C95400 A
C95410 A
C95500 A
C95520 A
C95600
C95700
C95800
C95820
C95900
9A
9B
9C
...
9D
...
9E
9F
...
...
...
A
Commercial
Designation
G rade
G rade
G rade
...
G rade
...
G rade
G rade
...
...
...
A
B
C
D
E
F
Nominal Composition %
Copper
Nickel
Iron
Aluminum
Silicon
M anganese
88.0
89.0
85.0
84.0
81.0
78.5
91.0
75.0
81.3
79.0
87.5
...
...
...
2.0
4.0
5.5
...
2.0
4.5
5.2
...
3.0
1.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
5.0
...
3.0
4.0
4.5
4.5
9.0
10.0
11.0
10.0
11.0
11.0
7.0
8.0
9.0
9.5
13.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
2.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
12.0
1.2
1.0
...
These grades respond to heat treatment.
TABLE 2
CH EM ICAL REQU IREM ENTS
Classification
C95300
C95400
M anganeseNickel
Aluminum
Bronze
C95600
C95700
C95800
C95820 B
C95900
74.5 min 88.0 min
10.5–11.5 6.0–8.0
4.0–5.5
...
1.5 max
...
4.2–6.0
0.25 max
71.0 min
7.0–8.5
2.0–4.0
11.0–14.0
1.5–3.0
79.0 min
8.5–9.5
3.5–4.5 C
0.8–1.5
4.0–5.0 C
77.5 min
9.0–10.0
4.0–5.0
1.5 max
4.5–5.8
remainder
12.0–13.5
3.0–5.0
1.5 max
0.5 max
0.15 max
0.03 max
0.10 max
0.03 max
0.10 max 0.10 max
0.03 max 0.02 max
Nickel Aluminum
Bronze
Aluminum Bronze
Copper Alloy
U NS No.
C95200
Silicon
Aluminum
Bronze
C95410
C95500
C95520 A
Nickel Aluminum
Bronze
Aluminum
Bronze
Composition, %
Copper
Al uminum
Iron
M anganese
N ickel (incl
cobal t)
Silicon
Lead
A
B
C
86.0 min 86.0 min
8.5–9.5
9.0–11.0
2.5–4.0
0.8–1.5
...
...
...
...
...
...
83.0 min
10.0–11.5
3.0–5.0
0.50 max
1.5 max
83.0 min
10.0–11.5
3.0–5.0
0.50 max
1.5–2.5
78.0 min
10.0–11.5
3.0–5.0
3.5 max
3.0–5.5
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
1.8–3.2
...
...
...
Chromium shal l be 0.05 max, cobal t 0.20 max, tin 0.25 max, and zinc 0.30 max.
Zinc shall be 0.2 max and tin 0.02 max.
Iron content shal l not exceed the nickel content.
5.5 Copper Alloy UNS No. C95820 is supplied in the
± 28°C) for 6 h minimum. Cooling shall be by the fastest
means possible that will not cause excessive distortion
as-cast condition.
or cracking. Propeller castings shall be exempt from this
5.6 Separately cast test bar coupons representing cast-
requirement.
i ng s made i n C o p p e r Al l o y UNS No s . C 9 5 3 0 0 H T ,
C95400HT, C9541 0HT, C95500HT, C95520HT, C95800
5.2 Copper Alloy UNS Nos. C95300, C95400, C9541 0,
and C95500 may be supplied in the heat-treated condition
temper annealed, and C95900 annealed shall be heat treated
to obtain the higher mechanical properties shown in Table
with the castings.
3. Suggested heat treatments for these alloys and Copper
Alloy UNS No. C95520 are given in Table 4. Actual prac-
6.
tice may vary by manufacturer.
5.3 Copper Alloy UNS No. C95520 is used in the heat-
Chemical Composition
6.1 The castings shall conform to the chemical require-
ments shown in Table 2.
treated condition only.
6.2 These specification limits do not preclude the pres-
5.4 Copper Alloy UNS No. C95900 is normally sup-
ence of other elements. Limits may be established by
p lied annealed b etween 1 1 00° F (5 9 5 ° C ) and 1 3 00° F
agreement between manufacturer or supplier and purchaser
(705°C) followed by air cooling.
for these unnamed elements. Copper may be given as
117
SB-148
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE 3
M ECH ANICAL REQU IREM ENTS
Aluminum Bronze
Classification
Copper Alloy
U NS N o.
Tensil e strength, min,
ksi C (M Pa) D
Yiel d strength, E min,
ksi C (M Pa) D
Elongation in 2 in.
(50.8 mm), %
Brinel l hardness N o. G
(3000-kg l oad)
Nickel Aluminum
Bronze
As-Cast
As-Cast
Silicon
Aluminum
Bronze
M anganeseNickel
Aluminum
Bronze
Nickel
Aluminum
Bronze
Aluminum
Bronze
C95900 B
C95200
C95300
C95400 and
C95410
C95500
C95820
C95600
C95700
C95800 A
65
(450)
25
(170)
20
65
(450)
25
(170)
20
75
(515)
30
(205)
12
90
(620)
40
(275)
6
94
(650)
39 F
(270) F
13
60
(415)
28
(195)
10
90
(620)
40
(275)
20
85
(585)
35
(240)
15
110
110
150
190
...
...
...
...
...
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
H eat-Treated
C95300
C95400 and
C95410
C95500
90
(620)
45
(310)
6
110
(760)
60
(415)
5
125
(862)
95 F
(655) F
2
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
80
(550)
40
(275)
12
...
...
...
...
...
160
190
200
255 I
...
...
...
241 min
Copper Alloy U NS No.
Tensil e strength, min,
ksi C (M Pa) D
Yiel d strength, E min,
ksi C (M Pa) D
El ongation in 2 in.
(50.8 mm), %
Brinell hardness N o. G
(3000-kg l oad)
...
...
C95520 H
A
As cast or temper anneal ed.
N ormal l y suppl ied annealed between 1100 and 1300°F for 4 h fol l owed by air cool ing.
C
ksi p 1000 psi.
D
See Appendix X1.
E
Yiel d strength shal l be determined as the stress producing an el ongation under l oad of 0.5%, that is, 0.01 in. (0.254 mm) in a gage l ength
of 2 in. (50.8 mm).
F
Yiel d strength at 0.2% offset, min, ksi C (M Pa) D .
G
For information onl y.
H
Copper Al l oy U N S N o. C95520 is used in the heat-treated condition only.
I
Sand castings and sand cast test specimens shal l be 25 H RC or equival ent minimum.
B
TABLE 4
SU GGESTED H EAT TREATM EN TS
Copper Alloy
U NS No.
Solution Treatment
(Not Less Than 1 h
Followed by Water Quench)
Annealing Treatment
(Not Less Than 2 h
Followed by Air Cool)
C95300
1585–1635°F
(800–890°C)
1150–1225°F
(620–660°C)
C95400
1600–1675°F
(870–910°C)
1150–1225°F
(620–660°C)
C95410
C95500
C95520
(2 h fol l owed by
water quench)
1600–1700°F
(870–925°C)
925–1000°F
(495–540°C)
118
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-148
remainder and may be taken as the difference between the
8.2.6 Welder identification, and
sum of all elements analyzed and 1 00%. When all the
8.2.7 Name of inspector.
elements in the table are analyzed, their sum shall be as
8.3
specified in the following table:
Copper Alloy UNS
Copper Plus Named Elements,
Number
min, %
C95200
99.0
C95300
99.0
C95400
99.5
C9541 0
99.5
C95500
99.5
C95520
99.5
C95600
99.0
C95700
99.5
C95800
99.5
C95820
99.2
C95900
99.5
The castings shall not be impregnated without
approval of the purchaser.
9.
Sampling
9.1
Test bar castings for the Copper Alloy UNS Nos.
in this specification shall be cast to the form and dimensions
shown in Fig. 1 or 2 in Practice B 208.
9.2 When material is specified to meet the requirements
of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, for small
remelts the lot size shall not exceed 1 000 lb (455 kg) of
castings and shall consist of all of the metal from a single
master heat poured from an individual melting unit, or
group of melting units, operating during the course of one-
7.
half shift, not to exceed 5 h.
Mechanical Properties
7.1
Mechanical properties shall be determined from
separately cast test bar castings and shall meet the require-
10.
ments shown in Table 3.
Test Methods
10.1 Brinell readings shall be taken on the grip end of
8.
the tension test bar and shall be made in accordance with
Casting Repair
8.1
Test Method E 1 0, with the exception that a 3000-kg load
shall be used.
Alloys included in this specification are generally
weldable. All weld repairs shall be made utilizing welding
10.2
procedures qualified in accordance with Section IX of the
Rockwell hardness readings shall be taken on
the grip end of the tension test bar and shall be made in
ASME Code, and repair welding shall be done by welders
accordance with Test Methods E 1 8.
or welding operators in accordance with ASME Section IX.
Weld repairs may be made at the manufacturer’ s discretion
10.3 When specified in the purchase order, additional
provided each excavation does not exceed 20% of the
hardness testing may be performed on castings. The test
casting section or wall thickness or 4% of the casting
location and hardness values shall be agreed upon between
surface area.
the manufacturer and the purchaser.
8.2 Excavations that exceed those described in 8.1 may
be made at the manufacturer’ s discretion except that when
11.
required (4.1 .1 1 ) the weld procedure shall be approved by
Certification
11.1 The manufacturer’ s certificate of compliance shall
the purchaser and the following records shall be maintained:
be furnished to the purchaser stating that samples representing each lot have been tested and inspected in accordance
8.2.1 A sketch or drawing showing the dimensions,
with this specification and the requirements have been met.
depth, and location of excavations,
8.2.2 Postweld heat treatment, when applicable,
8.2.3 Weld repair inspection results,
12.
8.2.4 Casting identification number,
Keywords
12.1 aluminum-bronze castings; copper alloy castings;
8.2.5 Weld procedure identification number,
copper-base alloy castings
119
SB-148
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
APPENDIX
(Nonmandatory Information)
X1.
p
2
meter per second square (N
kg · m/s ). The derived SI
unit for pressure or stress is the newton per square meter
2
(N/m ), which has been named the pascal (Pa) by the
General Conference on Weights and Measures. Since 1
ksi
6 894 757 Pa, the metric equivalents are expressed
2
as megapascal (MPa), which is the same as MN/m and
2
N/mm .
METRIC EQUIVALENTS
X1.1 The SI unit for strength properties now shown is
in accordance with the International System of Units (SI).
p
The derived SI unit for force is the newton (N), which is
defined as that force that, when applied to a body having
a mass of one kilogram, gives it an acceleration of one
120
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-150/SB-150M
SPECI FI CATI ON FOR ALU M I N U M BRON ZE ROD, BAR,
AN D SH APES
SB-150/SB-150M
(Identical with ASTM Specification B150/B150M-08 except that certification and mill test reports
have been made mandatory.)
121
SB-150/SB-150M
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
Standard Specification for
Aluminum Bronze Rod, Bar, and Shapes
1. Scope
B249/B249M Specification for General Requirements for
Wrought Copper and Copper-Alloy Rod, Bar, Shapes and
Forgings
B601 Classification for Temper Designations for Copper and
Copper Alloys—Wrought and Cast
B858 Test Method for Ammonia Vapor Test for Determining
Susceptibility to Stress Corrosion Cracking in Copper
Alloys
E8 Test Methods for Tension Testing of Metallic Materials
E8M Test Methods for Tension Testing of Metallic Materials
[Metric] (Withdrawn 2008)
E1 8 Test Methods for Rockwell Hardness of Metallic Materials
E53 Test Method for Determination of Copper in Unalloyed
Copper by Gravimetry
E62 Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Copper and
Copper Alloys (Photometric Methods) (Withdrawn 201 0)
E11 8 Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of CopperChromium Alloys (Withdrawn 201 0)
E478 Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Copper Alloys
1 .1 This specification establishes the requirements for aluminum bronze rod, bar, and shapes for Copper Alloys UNS
Nos. C61 300, C61 400, C61 900, C62300, C62400, C63000,
C63020, C63200, C64200, and C6421 0.
NOTE 1 —Product intended for hot forging is described in Specification
B1 24/B1 24M.
NOTE 2—Warning—Mercury has been designated by EPA and many
state agencies as a hazardous material that can cause central nervous
system, kidney, and liver damage. Mercury, or its vapor, may be hazardous
to health and corrosive to materials. Caution should be taken when
handling mercury and mercury-containing products. See the applicable
product Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for details and EPA’s website
(http: //www.epa.gov/mercury/faq.htm) for additional information. Users
should be aware that selling mercury or mercury-containing products, or
both, in your state may be prohibited by state law.
1 .2 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units
are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in
each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each
system shall be used independently of the other. Combining
values from the two systems may result in non-conformance
with the standard.
3. General Requirements
This standard does not purport to address all of the
safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the
responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory requirements prior to use.
1 .3
3.1 The following sections of Specification B 249/B249M
constitute a part of this specification:
3.1 .1 Terminology,
3.1 .2 Materials and Manufacture,
3.1 .3 Workmanship, Finish, and Appearance,
3.1 .4 Sampling,
3.1 .5 Number of Tests and Retests,
3.1 .6 Specimen Preparation,
3.1 .7 Test Methods,
3.1 .8 Significance of Numerical Limits,
3.1 .9 Inspection,
3.1 .1 0 Rej ection and Rehearing,
3.1 .11 Certification,
3.1 .1 2 Mill Test Report,
3.1 .1 3 Packaging and Package Marking, Preservation and
Delivery, and
3.1 .1 4 Supplementary Requirements.
2. Referenced Documents
ASTM Standards:
2.1
B1 24/B1 24M Specification for Copper and Copper Alloy
Forging Rod, Bar, and Shapes
B1 54 Test Method for Mercurous Nitrate Test for Copper
Alloys
122
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-150/SB-150M
TABLE 1 Chemi cal Req u i rements
Elements
Composition, %
Copper Alloy UNS No.
C62400
C63000
1 0.0–11 .5
9.0–11 .0
remainder
remainder
C61 300
C61 400
C61 900
C62300
C63020
C63200
C64200
C6421 0
Aluminum
6.0–7.5
6.0–8.0
8.5–1 0.0
8.5–1 0.0
1 0.0–11 .0
8.7–9.5
6.3–7.6
6.3–7.0
Copper, incl remainder
remainder
remainder
remainder
74.5 min
remainder
remainder
remainder
silver
A
Iron
2.0–3.0
1 .5–3.5
3.0–4.5
2.0–4.0
2.0–4.5
2.0–4.0
4.0–5.5
3.5–4.3
0.30 max
0.30 max
0.25 max
0.25 max
Nickel, incl
0.1 5 max
...
...
1 .0 max
...
4.0–5.5
4.2–6.0
4.0–4.8A
cobalt
Manganese 0.20 max
1 .0 max
...
0.50 max
0.30 max
1 .5 max
1 .5 max
1 .2–2.0
0.1 0 max
0.1 0 max
Silicon
0.1 0 max
...
...
0.25 max
0.25 max
0.25 max
...
0.1 0 max
1 .5–2.2
1 .5–2.0
Tin
0.20–0.50
...
0.6 max
0.6 max
0.20 max
0.20 max
0.25 max
...
0.20 max
0.20 max
B
Zinc, max
0.1 0
0.20
0.8
...
...
0.30
0.30
...
0.50
0.50
Lead, max
0.01
0.01
0.02
...
...
...
0.03
0.02
0.05
0.05
Arsenic, max . . .
...
...
...
...
...
...
0.1 5
0.1 5
Phosphorus, 0.01 5
0.01 5
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
max
B
C
Other named
elements
A Iron content shall not exceed nickel content.
B When the product is for subsequent welding applications and is so specified by the purchaser, chromium shall be 0.05 % max, cadmium 0.05 % max, zirconium 0.05 %
max, and zinc 0.05 % max.
C Chromium shall be 0.05 max and cobalt shall be 0.20 max.
3.2 In addition, when a section with a title identical to those
referenced in 3.1 , appears in this specification, it contains
additional requirements that supplement those appearing in
Specification B249/B249M.
4.
4.2.4.2 For Ammonia Vapor Test, pH value other than 1 0.
4.2.5 If piston finish or shafting is required, (Performance
Requirements and Workmanship sections), and
4.2.6 DELETED
Ordering Information
4.1 Include the following information when placing orders
for product under this specification, as applicable:
4.1 .1 Specification designation and year of issue,
4.1 .2 Copper alloy UNS No. (See Table 1 ),
4.1 .3 Temper (see Temper section),
4.1 .3.1 When Alloy UNS No. C63000 is specified, specify
standard strength or high strength temper (See Table 2),
4.1 .4 Product cross-section (for example round, hexagonal,
square, and so forth),
4.1 .5 Dimensions (diameter or distance between parallel
surfaces and length) and permissible variations (Section 1 0),
4.1 .5.1 When product of Copper Alloy UNS No. C63020 is
specified, the tolerances for diameter, thickness, width, and
length shall be part of the contract or purchase order and shall
be agreed upon between the supplier and the purchaser.
4.1 .5.2 Shapes—When product is shapes, the dimensional
tolerances shall be as agreed upon between the manufacturer
and the purchaser and shall be specified.
4.1 .6 Quantity, total weight, footage, or number of pieces
for each size.
4.1 .7 If product is being purchased for agencies of the U.S.
government.
5.
Materials and Manufacture
5.1
Manufacture:
5.1 .1 Copper Alloy UNS C63020—Rod and Bar shall be
heat-treated to 26 Rockwell hardness (C scale) (HRC) minimum as follows:
5.1 .2 Heat to 1 550°/1 650°F [850/900°C] for 2 h minimum
and quenched in water.
5.1 .3 Temper at 900°/1 000°F [480/540°C] for 2 h minimum
and air cool to room temperature.
5.2 Copper Alloy UNS
heat-treated as follows:
C63200—Rod and Bar shall be
5.2.1 Heat to 1 550°F [850°C] minimum for 1 h minimum at
temperature and quench in water or other suitable medium,
6
6
5.2.2 Temper anneal at 1 300
25°F [700
1 5°C] for 3 to
9 h at temperature as required to obtain desired mechanical
properties, and
5.2.3 Heat treatment is not mandatory for sections that
exceed 1 2 in. [300 mm] in diameter or thickness.
6.
Chemical Composition
6.1 The material shall conform by alloy to the chemical
composition requirements in Table 1 for the copper alloy UNS
designation specified in the ordering information.
4.2 The following shall also be specified at the time
of placing the order when required:
4.2.1 If Copper Alloy C61 300 material is intended for
subsequent welding applications (See Note B, Table 2,
4.2.2 DELETED
4.2.3 DELETED
4.2.4 Residual stress test (Performance Requirements section)
4.2.4.1 Ammonia Vapor Test or Mercurous Nitrate Test,
6.2 For alloys in which copper is listed as “remainder,”
copper is the difference between the sum of all elements
determined and 1 00 %.
6.2.1 When all elements in Table 1 are determined, the sum
of results shall be 99.5 % minimum for all alloys except
C61 300 which shall be 99.8 % min.
123
SB-150/SB-150M
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE 2 Tensi l e Req u i rements
Temper Designation
Code
Name
HR50
drawn and stress relieved
HR50
drawn and stress relieved
HR50
drawn and stress relieved
HR50
drawn and stress relieved
M20
as hot rolled
M 20
M 30
O20
O25
O30
HR50
as hot rolled
as hot extruded
hot forged and annealed
hot rolled and annealed
hot extruded and annealed
drawn and stress relieved
HR50
drawn and stress relieved
M 20
M 30
O20
O25
O30
HR50
HR50
as hot rolled
as hot extruded
hot forged and annealed
hot rolled and annealed
hot extruded and annealed
drawn and stress relieved
drawn and stress relieved
M20
as hot rolled
M 20
M 30
O20
O25
O30
HR50
as hot rolled
as hot extruded
hot forged and annealed
hot rolled and annealed
hot extruded and annealed
drawn and stress relieved
HR50
drawn and stress relieved
M20
M30
as hot rolled
as hot extruded J
O20
O25
O30
Diameter or Distance Between Parallel
Surfaces, A in. [mm]
Tensile
Strength,
min ksi [MPa]
Copper Alloy UNS No. C61 300
rod (round only):
1 ⁄2 [1 2] and under
80 [550]
over 1 ⁄2 [1 2] to 1 [25], incl
75 [51 5]
over 1 [25] to 2.0 [50] incl
72 [495]
over 2 [50] to 3 [80], incl
70 [485]
6
Yield Strength,
min ksi [MPa], at 0.5 % Extension
Under Load
Elongation in
4 × Diameter
or Thickness of
Specimen min, %B
50 [345]
45 [31 0]
40 [275]
35 [240]
30
30
30
30
40 [275]
35 [240]
32 [220]
30
30
30
rod (hexagonal and octagonal) and bar:
1 ⁄2 [1 2] and under
80 [550]
over 1 ⁄2 [1 2] to 1 [25], incl
75 [51 5]
over 1 [25] to 2 [50], incl
70 [485]
Copper Alloy UNS No. C61 400
rod (round only):
1 ⁄2 [1 2] and under
80 [550]
over 1 ⁄2 [1 2] to 1 [25], incl
75 [51 5]
over 1 [25] to 2 [50], incl
70 [485]
over 2 [50] to 3 [80], incl
70 [485]
Copper Alloy UNS No. C61 900
rod (round only):
1 ⁄2 [1 2] and under
90 [620]
over 1 ⁄2 [1 2] to 1 [25], incl
88 [605]
over 1 [25] to 2 [50], incl
85 [585]
over 2 [50] to 3 [80], incl
78 [540]
over 3 [80]
75 [51 5]
40 [275]
35 [240]
32 [220]
30 [205]
30
30
30
30
50 [345]
44 [305]
40 [275]
37 [255]
30 [205]
15
15
20
25
20
shapes, all sizes
75 [51 5]
30 [205]
20
Copper Alloy UNS No. C62300
rod (round only):
1 ⁄2 [1 2] and under
90 [620]
88 [605]
over 1 ⁄2 [1 2] to 1 [25], incl
over 1 [25] to 2 [50], incl
84 [580]
over 2 [50] to 3 [80], incl
76 [525]
50 [345]
44 [305]
40 [275]
37 [255]
12
15
15
20
75 [51 5]
30 [205]
20
rod (hexagonal and octagonal) and bar:
1 [25] and under
over 1 [25] to 2 [50], incl
over 2 [50]
80 [550]
78 [540]
75 [51 5]
35 [240]
32 [220]
30 [205]
15
15
20
shapes, all sizes
75 [51 5]
30 [205]
20
Copper Alloy UNS No. C62400
rod (round only):
1 ⁄2 [1 2] and under
95 [655]
over 1 ⁄2 [1 2] to 1 [25], incl
95 [655]
over 1 [25] to 2 [50], incl
90 [620]
over 2 [50] to 3 [80], incl
90 [620]
45 [31 0]
45 [31 0]
43 [295]
40 [275]
10
12
12
12
90 [620]
35 [240]
12
90 [620]
90 [620]
35 [240]
35 [240]
12
12
over 3 [80]
6
6
over 3 [80] to 5 [1 25] incl
hot forged and annealed
rod (hexagonal and octagonal) and bar:
hot rolled and annealed J
1 ⁄2 [1 2] to 5 [1 25], incl
hot extruded and annealed
shapes, all sizes
124
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-150/SB-150M
TABLE 2 Continued
Temper Designation
Diameter or Distance Between Parallel
Surfaces, A in. [mm]
Code
Name
TQ50
quench hardened and temper
annealed
HR50
drawn and stress relieved
M 20
M 30
O20
O25
O30
HR50
HR50
as hot rolled
as hot extruded
hot forged and annealed
hot rolled and annealed
hot extruded and annealed
drawn and stress relieved
drawn and stress relieved
M 20
M 30
O20
O25
O30
HR50
as hot rolled
as hot extruded
hot forged and annealed
hot rolled and annealed
hot extruded and annealed
drawn and stress relieved
M 20
M 30
O20
O25
O30
HR50
as hot rolled
as hot extruded
hot forged and annealed
hot rolled and annealed
hot extruded and annealed
drawn and stress relieved
HR50
drawn and stress relieved
TQ50
O32
quench hardened and
temper annealed
hot extruded and
temper annealed
TQ30
6
6
6
Tensile
Strength,
min ksi [MPa]
Yield Strength,
min ksi [MPa], at 0.5 % Extension
Under Load
Elongation in
4 × Diameter
or Thickness of
Specimen min, %B
rod (round only):
over 3 [80] to 5 [1 25], incl
95 [655]
Copper Alloy UNS No. C63000
1 —standard strength
rod:
1 ⁄2 [1 2] to 1 [25], incl
1 00 [690]
over 1 [25] to 2 [50], incl
90 [620]
over 2 [50] to 3 [80], incl
85 [585]
45 [31 0]
10
50 [345]
45 [31 0]
42.5 [295]
5
6
10
over 3 [80] to 4 [1 00], incl
over 4 [1 00]
85 [585]
80 [550]
42.5 [295]
40 [275]
10
12
bar:
1 ⁄2 [1 2] to 1 [25], incl
over 1 [25] to 2 [50], incl
1 00 [690]
90 [620]
50 [345]
45 [31 0]
5
6
over 2 [50] to 4 [1 00], incl
over 4 [1 00]
85 [585]
80 [550]
42.5 [295]
40 [275]
10
12
shapes, all sizes
85 [585]
42.5 [295]
10
2—high strength
rod:
1 [25] and under
over 1 [25] to 2 [50], incl
over 2 [50] to 3 [80], incl
over 3 [80] to 5 [1 25], incl
11 0 [760]
11 0 [760]
1 05 [725]
1 00 [690]
68 [470]
60 [41 5]
55 [380]
50 [345]
10
10
10
10
1 35 [930]
1 30 [890]
1 30 [890]
C63200
1 00 [690] C
95 [650] C
90 [620] C
6
6
6
90 [620]
90 [620]
90 [620]
90 [620]
50 [345]
45 [31 0]
40 [275]
40 [275]
15
15
15
15
40 [275]
15
45 [31 0]
45 [31 0]
42 [290]
35 [240]
9
12
12
15
6
quenched hardened
and tempered
rod and bar:
TQ50
quench hardened and
temper annealed
TQ55
O20
O25
quench hardened, temper
annealed, drawn, and
stress relieved
hot forged and annealed
hot rolled and annealed J
HR50
drawn and stress relieved
6
Copper Alloy UNS No C63020
up to 1 [25] incl
over 1 [25] to 2 [50], incl
over 2 [50] to 4 [1 00], incl
Copper Alloy UNS No.
rod and bar:
up to 3 [80], incl
over 3 [80] to 5 [1 25], incl
over 5 [1 25] to 1 2 [300], incl
shapes, all sizes
bar and shapes
all sizes
90 [620]
Copper Alloy UNS Nos. C64200 and C6421 0
rod and bar:
1 ⁄2 [1 2] and under
90 [620]
85 [585]
over 1 ⁄2 [1 2] to 1 [25], incl
over 1 [25] to 2 [50], incl
80 [550]
over 2 [50] to 3 [80], incl
75 [51 5]
125
SB-150/SB-150M
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE 2
Temper Designation
Code
M30
Diameter or Distance Between Parallel
Surfaces, A in. [mm]
Name
as hot forged 2 air cooled
as hot rolled
J
as hot extruded
M10
M 20
M 30
as hot extruded
A For rectangular bar, the Distance Between
B Elongation values are based on 5.65 times
mm] shall be used.
strength at 0.2 % offset.
Continued
over 3 [80] to 4 [1 00] incl
over 4 [1 00]
Tensile
Strength,
min ksi [MPa]
Yield Strength,
min ksi [MPa], at 0.5 % Extension
Under Load
Elongation in
4 × Diameter
or Thickness of
Specimen min, %B
70 [485]
70 [485]
30 [205]
25 [1 70]
15
15
shapes, all sizes
70 [485]
30 [205]
15
Parallel Surfaces as used in this table refers to the thickness.
the square root of the area for dimensions greater than 0.1 0 in. [2.5 mm]. In any case, a minimum gage length of 1 in. [25
C Yield
TABLE 3 Rockwel l H ardn ess Requ i remen ts
Temper Designation
Code
A
Diameter or Distance Between
Parallel Surfaces, in. [mm]
Name
Copper Alloy UNS No. C63020
TQ30
Quench hardened and tempered
Rockwell Hardness Determined
on the Cross Section Midway
Between Surface and Center
all sizes
C26 min
Copper Alloys UNS Designations C64200 and C6421 0
HR50
drawn and stress relieved
0.5 [1 2] to 1 .0 [25], incl.
over 1 .0 [25] to 2.0 [50], incl.
over 2.0 [50] to 3.0 [80], incl.
M30
as hot-extruded
over 3.0 [80] to 4.0 [1 00], incl.
over 4.0 [1 00]
shapes, all sizes
A Rockwell hardness requirements are not established for diameters less than 0.5 in. [1 2 mm].
6.3 These composition limits do not preclude the presence
of other elements. By agreement between the manufacturer and
the purchaser, limits may be established and analysis required
for unnamed elements.
7.
8.2.1 DELETED
Tensile Strength Requirements—
8.3
Product furnished under this specification shall conform to the tensile requirements
in Table 2 when tested in accordance with Test Methods E8 or
E8M.
Temper
7.1 The standard tempers for products described in this
specification, and as defined in Classification B601 , are given
in Tables 2 and 3.
7.1 .1 Annealed tempers O20, O25, and O30.
7.1 .2 Cold worked and stress relieved temper HR50.
7.1 .3 As-manufactured tempers M1 0, M20, M30.
7.1 .4 Heat treated tempers O32, TQ30, TQ50 and TQ55.
9.
Performance Requirements
Residual Stress Test:
9.1
9.1 .1 When specified in the contract or purchase order, the
product shall be tested for residual stress according to the
requirements of Test Method B1 54 or Test Method B858, and
show no signs of cracking.
Warning—Mercury is a definite health hazard. With the
Mercurous Nitrate Test, equipment for the detection and
removal of mercury vapor produced in volatilization, and the
use of protective gloves is recommended.
9.1 .2 When the ammonia vapor test is used, the test pH
value appropriate for the intended application shall be 1 0
unless otherwise specified by the purchaser.
NOTE 3—UNS No. C63000 has two available strength levels available
in rod, standard strength and high strength.
8.
B80 – 1 00
B80 – 1 00
B70 – 95
B65 – 95
B65 – 95
B65–95
Mechanical Property Requirements
8.1 Product furnished under this specification shall conform
to the mechanical property requirements prescribed in Table 2
and Table 3 for the Copper Alloy UNS No. designation
specified in the ordering information.
NOTE 4—A residual stress test provides information about the adequacy
of the stress relief of the material. Bar straightening is a method of
mechanical stress relief. Stress relief annealing is a method of thermal
stress relief.
Rockwell Hardness Requirement —
8.2
For the alloys and
tempers listed in Table 3, product 0.5 in. [1 2 mm] and over in
diameter or distance between parallel surfaces shall conform
with the requirements prescribed in Table 3, when tested in
accordance with Test Methods E1 8.
Piston Finish—
9.2
When specified, round rod over 0.5 in.
[1 2 mm] in diameter shall be furnished piston finished. Refer to
Specification B249/B249M.
126
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
Edge Contours—Refer
10. Dimensions and Permissible Variations
1 0.1 .5
Contours.”
1 0.1 The dimensions and tolerances for product described
by this specification shall be as specified in Specification
B249/B249M with particular reference to the following tables
and related paragraphs:
Shapes—
11. Workmanship, Finish, and Appearance
11 .1 When specified in the contract or purchase order, round
rod over 1 ⁄2 in. [1 2 mm] in diameter shall be furnished as piston
finish rod or shafting.
Table 2 on Tolerances for Diameter or Distances Between
Parallel Surfaces of Cold-Drawn Rod.
Rod, M30, O30, and O32 tempers—
1 0.1 .1 .2
Refer to
Table 4 on Tolerances for Diameter or Distance Between
Parallel Surfaces of As-Extruded Rod and Bar.
12. Test Methods
Chemical Analysis:
1 2.1
1 2.1 .1 In cases of disagreement, determine the composition
using the following methods:
Round Rod, M20 temper—
1 0.1 .1 .3
Refer to Table 6 on
Diameter Tolerances for Hot-Rolled Round Rod.
Piston Finish Rod—
1 0.1 .1 .4
Refer to Table 3 on Diameter
Tolerances for Piston-Finished Rod.
Aluminum
Arsenic
Copper
Iron
Lead
Manganese
Nickel
Phosphorous
Silicon
Tin
Zinc
Cadmium
Chromium
1 0.1 .2 Distance between Parallel Surfaces, Bar (Rectangular and Square):
1 0.1 .2.1 Bar, Drawn Tempers—Refer to Table 9 on Thick-
ness Tolerances for Rectangular and Square B ar, and Table 11
on Width Tolerances for Rectangular Bar.
Bar, M30, O30, and O32 Tempers—
1 0. 1 .2.2
Refer to
Table 4 on Tolerances for Diameter or Distance Between
Parallel Surfaces of As-Extruded Rod and Bar.
Length of Rod, Bar and Shapes—
1 0.1 .3
Refer to Table 1 3
on Length Tolerances for Rod, Bar, and Shapes, and Table 1 5
on Schedule of Lengths (Specific and Stock) with Ends for Rod
and B ar.
Straightness:
Rod and Bar—
Shafting Rod—Refer
ASTM Test Methods
E478, Titrimetric
E62
E478
E478, Photometric
E478, Atomic absorption
E62
E478, Photometric
E62
E62
E478, Photometric
E478, Atomic absorption
E53
E11 8
13. Certification and Test Reports
13.1 Certification and test reports are mandatory per ASTM B249.
to Table 1 7 on Straightness
14. Keywords
Rod, Bar and Shapes of M20, M30, O30, and O32
1 0.1 .4.3
They shall be of sufficient straightness to meet the
requirements of the intended application.
Temper—
Element
1 2.1 .2 Test methods to be followed for the determination of
elements resulting from contractual or purchase order agreement shall be as agreed upon between the manufacturer or
supplier and the purchaser.
1 0.1 .4.1
Refer to Table 1 6 on Straightness
Tolerances for Rod, Bar, and Shapes.
1 0.1 .4.2
Tolerances for Shafting.
to section entitled, “Edge
1 0.2
The cross section dimensional tolerances for
shapes shall be as agreed upon between the manufacturer and
the purchaser.
1 0.1 .1 Diameter or Distance between Parallel Surfaces,
Rod (Round, Hexagonal, Octagonal):
1 0.1 .1 .1 Rod: Cold Drawn Tempers—Refer to applicable
1 0.1 .4
SB-150/SB-150M
1 4.1 aluminum bronze bar; aluminum bronze rod; aluminum bronze shapes; UNS Alloy No. C61 300; UNS Alloy No.
C61 400; UNS Alloy No. C61 900; UNS Alloy No. C62300;
UNS Alloy No. C62400; UNS Alloy No. C63000; UNS Alloy
No. C63020; UNS Alloy No. C63200; UNS Alloy No. C64200;
UNS Alloy No. C6421 0
127
I NTE N TI O NALLY LE FT B LANK
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-151/SB-151M
SPECI FI CATI ON FOR COPPER-N I CKEL-ZI N C ALLOY
(N I CKEL SI LVER) AN D COPPER-N I CKEL ROD AN D BAR
SB-151/SB-151M
(Identical with ASTM Specification B151/B151M-05(R11) .)
129
SB-151/SB-151M
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
Standard Specification for
Copper-Nickel-Zinc Alloy (Nickel Silver) and Copper-Nickel
Rod and Bar
1. Scope
E478 Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Copper Alloys
1 .1 This specification establishes the requirements for
copper-nickel-zinc and copper-nickel rod and bar for general
application produced from Copper Alloy UNS Nos. C70600,
C7 0620, C7 1 5 00, C7 1 5 20, C7 45 00, C7 5 200, C7 5 7 00,
C76400, C77000, and C79200.
1 .1 .1 Copper Alloys UNS Nos. C70620 and C71 520 are for
product intended for welding applications.
1 .1 .2 The values stated in either inch-pound or SI units are
to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each
system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system
shall be used independently of the other. Combining values
from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the
standard.
3. General Requirements
3.1 The following sections of Specifications B249/B249M
are a part of this specification:
3.1 .1 Terminology,
3.1 .2 Material and Manufacture,
3.1 .3 Workmanship, Finish, and Appearance,
3.1 .4 Sampling,
3.1 .5 Specimen Preparation,
3.1 .6 Test Methods,
3.1 .7 Inspection,
3.1 .8 Certification,
3.1 .9 Report,
3.1 .1 0 Packaging and Package Marking, and
3.1 .11 Supplementary Requirements.
NOTE 1 —Requirements for copper-nickel-zinc alloy wire appear in
Specification B206/B206M.
3.2 In addition, when a section with a title identical to that
referenced in 3.1 appears in this specification, it contains
additional requirements which supplement those appearing in
Specifications B249/B249M.
2. Referenced Documents
ASTM Standards:
2.1
B206/B206M Specification for Copper-Nickel-Zinc (Nickel
Silver) Wire and Copper-Nickel Alloy Wire
B249/B249M Specification for General Requirements for
Wrought Copper and Copper-Alloy Rod, Bar, Shapes and
Forgings
B601 Classification for Temper Designations for Copper and
Copper Alloys—Wrought and Cast
B846 Terminology for Copper and Copper Alloys
E75 Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Copper-Nickel
and Copper-Nickel-Zinc Alloys (Withdrawn 201 0)
E76 Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Nickel-Copper
Alloys (Withdrawn 2003)
4. Terminology
4.1 For definitions of terms related to copper and copper
alloys, refer to Terminology B846.
5. Ordering Information
5.1 Include the following information in the contract or
purchase order:
5.1 .1 ASTM designation and year of issue (for example,
B1 51 /B1 51 M – XX),
5.1 .2 Copper Alloy UNS No. designation (Section 1 ),
5.1 .3 Temper (Section 8 and Tables 2-5),
5.1 .4 Form: cross section such as round, hexagonal, square,
and so forth (Section 1 2),
5.1 .5 Diameter or distance between parallel surfaces, length
(Section 1 2),
5.1 .6 Weight: total for each form, size, and temper, and
5.1 .7 When material is purchased for agencies of the U.S.
government (Section 11 ).
5.2 The following options are available and should be
specified in the contract or purchase order when required:
5.2.1 Heat identification or traceability detail,
130
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-151/SB-151M
TABLE 1 Chemical Requirements
Copper Alloy
UNS No.
C70600
C70620
C71 500
C71 520
C74500
C75200
C75700
C76400
C77000
C79200
Composition, % max (unless shown as range or min)
Copper, Incl Silver
Nickel, Incl Cobalt
Lead
Iron
Manganese
Zinc
Phosphorous
Sulfur
Carbon
remainder
86.5 min
remainder
65.0 min
63.5-66.5
63.0-66.5
63.5-66.5
58.5-61 .5
53.5-56.5
59.0-66.5
9.0-11 .0
9.0-11 .0
29.0-33.0
29.0-33.0
9.0-11 .0
1 6.5-1 9.5
11 .0-1 3.0
1 6.5-1 9.5
1 6.5-1 9.5
11 .0-1 3.0
0.05
0.02
0.05
0.02
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.8-1 .4
1 .0-1 .8
1 .0-1 .8
0.40-1 .0
0.40-1 .0
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
1 .0
1 .0
1 .0
1 .0
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
1 .0
0.50
1 .0
0.50
remainder
remainder
remainder
remainder
remainder
remainder
0.02
0.02
...
0.02
...
...
...
...
...
...
0.02
0.02
...
0.02
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
0.05
...
0.05
...
...
...
...
...
...
TABLE 2 Grain Size Requirements for OS (Annealed) Temper
Rod and Bar
Temper
Copper Alloy UNS No. Designation
All alloys
OS01 5
All alloys
OS035
C74500, C75200, C75700, OS070
C76400, and C77000
Nominal
0.01 5
0.035
0.070
7.1 .1 These composition limits do not preclude the presence
of other elements. Limits may be established and analysis
required for unnamed elements by agreement between the
manufacturer and the purchaser.
Grain Size, mm
Minimum Maximum
...
0.030
0.025
0.050
0.050
0.1 00
7.2 For copper alloys in which zinc or copper is specified as
the remainder, zinc or copper may be taken as the difference
between the sum of results for all elements determined and
1 00 %.
TABLE 3 Tensile Requirements for Copper-Nickel-Zinc Alloy Rod
and Bar
7.3 When all elements listed in Table 1 for a specified alloy
are determined, the sum of results shall be 99.5 % minimum.
[MPa] A
Temper
Diameter or Distance
Designation
Between Parallel
Surfaces, in. [mm]
H01
H04
H04
Rod:
round
0.02 to 0.50 [0.5 to
1 0], incl
Rod:
round, hexagonal,
octagonal
0.02 to 0.25 [0.5 to
6.5], incl
Over 0.25 to 0.50
[6.5 to 1 0], incl
Over 0.50 to 1 .0 [1 0
to 25], incl
Over 1 .0 [25]
Bar:
square, rectangular
all sizes
Tensile Strength, ksi
Alloy UNS
Copper Alloy UNS Copper
Nos. C74500,
Nos. C75200 and C75700,
C76400,
C79200
and C77000
Min
Max
Min
Max
8. Temper
8.1 The standard tempers available under this specification
and as defined in Classification B601 are: O60, OS01 5, OS035,
OS070, M30, H01 , and H04 are given in Tables 2-5.
95 [655]
NOTE 2—The purchaser should confer with the manufacturer or
supplier concerning the availability of a specific form and temper.
80 [550] 1 00 [690] 90 [620] 11 0 [760]
8.2 Other tempers, and tempers for other products including
shapes, shall be subj ect to agreement between the manufacturer
and the purchaser.
60 [41 5]
80 [550] 75 [51 5]
70 [485]
90 [620] 80 [550] 1 00 [690]
65 [450]
85 [590] 75 [51 5]
95 [655]
60 [41 5]
80 [550] 70 [485]
90 [620]
68 [470]
88 [605] 75 [51 5]
95 [650]
9. Grain Size of Annealed Tempers
Grain Size:
9.1
9.1 .1 Product in the OS temper shall conform to the grain
size requirement prescribed in Table 2 for the specified copper
alloy and temper.
9.1 .2 Grain size shall be the basis for acceptance or rej ection
for OS temper product produced from Copper Alloy UNS Nos.
C74500, C75200, C75700, C76400, C77000, and C79200.
5.2.2 Certification, and
5.2.3 Test report.
10. Mechanical Property Requirements
6. Materials and Manufacture
Tensile Strength Requirement :
1 0.1
1 0. 1 . 1 Copper-Nickel-Zinc Alloys UNS Nos. C74500,
C75200, C75700, C76400, C77000, and C79200 in Tempers
H01 and H04 shall conform to the requirement prescribed in
Table 3 for the specified shape and size and the tensile strength
shall be the basis of acceptance or rej ection for product in these
tempers.
1 0.1 .2 Copper-Nickel Alloys UNS Nos. C70600, C70620,
C71 500, and C71 520 in Tempers H01 , H04, M30, and O60
shall conform to the requirement prescribed in Tables 4 and 5
for the specified shape and size, and the tensile properties shall
be the basis of acceptance or rej ection for all tempers.
Material:
6.1
6.1 .1 The material of manufacture as specified in the contract or purchase order, shall be of one of Copper Alloy UNS
Nos. C70600, C70620, C71 500, C71 520, C74500, C75200,
C75700, C76400, C77000, or C79200.
7. Chemical Composition
7.1 The product shall conform to the chemical compositional requirements prescribed in Table 1 for the Copper Alloy
UNS No. designation specified in the contract or purchase
order.
131
SB-151/SB-151M
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE 4 Ten si l e Requ i remen ts for Copper-N i ckel Al l oy Rod and Bar [I nch -Pou nd U ni ts]
NOTE 1 —SI values are stated in Table 5.
Temper Designation
Yield Strength at
0.5 % Extension Under
Load, min, ksi
Tensile Strength,
min, ksi
Diameter or Distance Between Parallel Surfaces, in.
Elongation in 4× Diameter or Thickness of
Specimen, min, %A
Copper Alloy UNS Nos. C70600 and C70620
round, hexagonal, and octagonal rods and square bars all sizes
38
15
round, hexagonal, and octagonal rods and square bars up to 3⁄8, incl
60
38
3
over ⁄8 to 1 , incl
50
30
40
15
over 1 to 3, incl
over 3 to 5, incl
38
15
O60
rectangular bars and shapes
all sizes
38
15
For Thicknesses
3
H04
rectangular bars
up to ⁄8, incl
55
30
over 3⁄8 to 1 ⁄2, incl
28
50
1
17
40
over ⁄2 to 3
H04
shapes
all sizes
(As agreed upon between the manufacturer
or supplier and the purchaser)
Copper Alloy UNS Nos. C71 500 and C71 520
O60, M30 round, hexagonal, and octagonal rods and square bars up to 1 ⁄2, incl
18
52
over 1 ⁄2 to 1 , incl
18
48
18
45
over 1
H01
round, hexagonal, and octagonal rods and square bars up to 1 ⁄2, incl
65
50
over 1 ⁄2 to 1 , incl
60
45
over 1 to 3, incl
55
35
over 3 to 5, incl
45
18
H04
up to 1 ⁄2, incl
60
80
over 1 ⁄2 to 1 , incl
58
75
55
70
over 1 to 2, incl
O60
rectangular bars and shapes
all sizes
45
15
For Thicknesses
H04
rectangular bars
up to 1 ⁄2, incl
75
55
over 1 ⁄2 to 1 , incl
70
50
H04
shapes
all sizes
(As agreed upon between the manufacturer
or supplier and the purchaser)
A In any case, a minimum gage length of 1 in. shall be used.
O60, M30
H04
30
10
15
30
20
30
10
12
20
30
30
30
10
15
20
20
8
10
10
30
7
10
Other Tests—
11. Purchases for U.S. Government Agencies
1 3.1 .2
Grain size and tensile properties shall
be determined from specimens prepared from each of two
sample pieces selected for tests and each specimen shall
conform to test requirement(s).
11 .1 When specified in the contract or purchase order,
product purchased for agencies of the U.S. Government shall
conform to the special government regulations specified in the
Supplementary Requirements section of Specifications B249/
B249M.
Retests:
1 3.2
1 3.2.1 When requested by the manufacturer or supplier, a
retest may be permitted when test results obtained by the
purchaser fail to conform with the product specification requirement(s).
12. Dimensions, Mass, and Permissible Variations
1 2.1 The following titled sections and tables in Specifications B249/B249M are a part of this specification:
1 2.1 .1
1 2. 1 . 1 . 1 Rod: round/hexagonal, octagonal—cold-drawn
rod, Table 2.
1 2.1 .1 .2 B ar: rectangular and square—thickness, width,
Tables 9 and 11 .
1 2. 1 . 2 Length—length tolerances, schedule of length,
Tables 1 3 and 1 5.
1 2.1 .3 Straightness tolerances for rod, bar, and shapes,
Table 1 6.
1 2.1 .4 Edge contours—see identically titled clause.
1 3.2.2 Retesting shall be as directed in the product specification for the initial test except for the number of test
specimens, which shall be twice that normally required for the
test. Test results for all specimens shall conform to the product
specification requirement(s) in retest and failure to comply
shall be cause for lot rej ection.
Diameter or Distance Between Parallel Surfaces:
14. Test Methods
1 4.1 The test method(s) used for quality control or production control, or both, for the determination of conformance
with product property requirements are discretionary.
1 4.1 .1 The test method(s) used to obtain data for the
preparation of certification or test report, or both, shall be made
available to the purchaser on request.
13. Number of Tests and Retests
Tests:
Chemical Analysis—
1 3.1
1 3.1 .1
Chemical composition shall be
determined as the per element mean of results from at least two
replicate determinations of the sample(s) and the results of
each replication shall conform to compositional requirements.
Chemical Analysis—
1 4.2
Chemical composition shall be
determined, in case of disagreement, as follows:
Element
132
Range, %
Method
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-151/SB-151M
TABLE 5 Tensile Requirements for Copper-Nickel Alloy Rod and Bar [SI Units]
NOTE 1 —Inch-pound values are stated in Table 4.
Temper Designation
Diameter or Distance Between Parallel Surfaces, mm
Tensile Strength,
min, MPa
Yield Strength at
Elongation in 4× Diam0.5 % Extension Under
eter or Thickness of
Specimen, min, % A
Load, min, MPa
Copper Alloy UNS Nos. C70600 and C70620
round, hexagonal, and octagonal rods and square bars all sizes
260
1 05
30
10
260
41 5
round, hexagonal, and octagonal rods and square bars up to 9.5, incl
over 9.5 to 25, incl
15
205
345
over 25 to 80, incl
30
1 05
275
20
1 05
260
over 80 to 1 25, incl
O60
rectangular bars and shapes
all sizes
260
1 05
30
For Thicknesses
205
10
380
H04
rectangular bars
up to 9.5, incl
1 95
12
over 9.5 to 1 2, incl
345
275
11 5
20
over 1 2 to 80, incl
H04
shapes
all sizes
(As agreed upon between the manufacturer
or supplier and the purchaser)
Copper Alloy UNS Nos. C71 500 and C71 520
1 25
30
O60, M30 round, hexagonal, and octagonal rods and square bars up to 1 2, incl
360
30
over 1 2 to 25, incl
330
1 25
30
over 25
31 0
1 25
10
345
450
H01
round, hexagonal, and octagonal rods and square bars up to 1 2, incl
15
31 0
41 5
over 1 2 to 25, incl
20
240
380
over 25 to 80, incl
20
1 25
31 0
over 80 to 1 25, incl
550
41 5
8
H04
up to 1 2, incl
over 1 2 to 25, incl
51 5
400
10
over 25 to 50, incl
485
380
10
O60
rectangular bars and shapes
all sizes
31 0
1 05
30
For Thicknesses
H04
rectangular bars
up to 1 2, incl
51 5
380
7
over 1 2 to 25, incl
485
345
10
H04
shapes
all sizes
(As agreed upon between the manufacturer
or supplier and the purchaser)
A In any case, a minimum gage length of 25 mm shall be used.
O60, M30
H04
Copper
Iron
Lead
Manganese
Nickel
Zinc
Zinc
Sulfur
Phosphorus
Carbon
53–90
0.02–8
0.05–1 .5
0.05–1 .0
8–34
0–1 .0
2–40
0-0.1
0-1 .0
0.01 -1 .0
Samples of the rej ected product shall be taken in accordance
E478
E75
E478 (AA)
E75
E478 (Gravimetric)
E478 (AA)
E478 (Titrimetric)
E478 (AA)
E478 (AA)
E76
with the product specification and tested by both parties as
directed in the product specification, or, alternatively, upon
agreement between both parties, an independent laboratory
may be selected for the tests using the test methods prescribed
in this product specification.
16. Keywords
1 6.1 copper alloy bar; copper alloy rod; copper-nickel alloy
15. Rejection and Rehearing
bar; copper-nickel alloy rod; copper-nickel-zinc alloy bar;
1 5.1 Rejection:
1 5.1 .1 Product that fails to conform to the requirements of
this product specification is subj ect to rej ection.
1 5.1 .2 Rej ection shall be reported to the manufacturer or
supplier, promptly and in writing.
1 5.1 .3 In case of disagreement or dissatisfaction with the
results of the test upon which rej ection was based, the
manufacturer or supplier may take claim for a rehearing.
copper-nickel-zinc alloy rod; cupronickel bar; cupronickel rod;
nickel silver bar; nickel silver rod; UNS C70600 bar; UNS
C71 500 bar; UNS C74500 bar; UNS C75200 bar; UNS
C75700 bar; UNS C76400 bar; UNS C77000 bar; UNS
C79200 bar; UNS C70600 rod; UNS C71 500 rod; UNS
C74500 rod; UNS C75200 rod; UNS C75700 rod; UNS
C76400 rod; UNS C77000 rod; UNS C79200 rod ; UNS
C70620; UNS C71 520
1 5.2 Rehearing:
1 5.2.1 As a result of product rej ection, the manufacturer or
supplier may make claim to the purchaser for retest to be
conducted by the manufacturer or supplier and the purchaser.
133
I NTE N TI O NALLY LE FT B LANK
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-152/SB-152M
SPECI FI CATI ON FOR COPPER SH EET, STRI P, PLATE,
AN D ROLLED BAR
SB-152/SB-152M
(Identical with ASTM Specification B152/B152M-06ae1 except that certification and mill test reports
have been made mandatory.)
135
SB-152/SB-152M
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
Standard Specification for
Copper Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Rolled Bar
1. Scope
NOTE 2—This specification is not intended to establish requirements for
material rolled to ounce-weight thicknesses. Such material is defined in
Specification B370.
Plates for locomotive fireboxes are defined in Specification B11 .
Flat copper products with finished (rolled or drawn) edges (flat wire and
strip) are defined in Specification B272.
1 .1 This specification establishes the requirements for copper sheet, strip, plate, and rolled bar produced from the
following coppers.
Copper
UNS No. A
Previous
Designation
C1 01 00B
C1 0200B
OFE
OF
C1 0300
C1 0400, C1 0500, C1 0700
C1 0800
C1 091 0
C11 000B
C11 300, C11 400, C11 600B
C1 2000
...
OFS
...
...
ETP
STP
DLP
C1 2200B
DHP
Type of Copper
1 .1 .1 When a specific copper is not identified in the contract
or purchase order, the supplier may furnish product from any of
the listed coppers.
1 .2 The values stated in inch-pound or SI units are to be
regarded separately as standard. The values in each system are
not exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used
independently of the other. Combining values from the two
systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.
1 .3 The following safety hazards caveat only pertains to the
test method portion, Section 1 3 of this specification:
Oxygen-free electronic
Oxygen-free without residual
deoxidants
Oxygen-free extra low phosphorus
Oxygen-free, silver bearing
Oxygen-free low phosphorus
Low oxygen
Electrolytic tough pitch
Silver bearing tough pitch
Phosphorized, low residual phosphorus
Phosphorized, high residual phosphorus
Phosphorized, silver bearing
Phosphorus deoxidized, arsenical
Tin bearing tellurium copper
Tin tellurium bearing copper
This
standard does not purport to address all ofthe safety concerns,
ifany, associated with its use. It is the responsibility ofthe user
of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health
practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
C1 2300
DPS
C1 4200
DPA
C1 4420
...
C1 4530
...
_______________
A Except Copper UNS Nos. C1 091 0 (low oxygen), C1 4200 (phosphorus deoxidized, arsenical), C1 4420 (tin bearing tellurium), and C1 4530 (tin tellurium
bearing) these types of copper are classified in Classification B224.
B SAE Specification CA1 01 conforms to Copper UNS No. C1 01 00; SAE
Specification CA1 02 conforms to the requirements for Copper UNS No. C1 0200;
SAE Specification CA11 0 conforms to the requirements for Copper UNS No.
C11 000; SAE Specifications CA11 3, CA11 4, and CA11 6 conform to the requirements for Copper UNS Nos. C11 300, C11 400, and C11 600; SAE Specification
CA1 20 conforms to Copper UNS No. C1 2000; and SAE Specification CA1 22
conforms to the requirements for Copper UNS No. C1 2200.
2. Referenced Documents
ASTM Standards:
2.1
B11 Discontinued 1 981 ; Specification for Copper Plates for
Locomotive Fireboxes
B1 70 Specification for Oxygen-Free Electrolytic Copper—
Refinery Shapes
B1 93 Test Method for Resistivity of Electrical Conductor
Materials
B21 6 Specification for Tough-Pitch Fire-Refined Copper—
Refinery Shapes
B224 Classification of Coppers
B248 Specification for General Requirements for Wrought
Copper and Copper-Alloy Plate, Sheet, Strip, and Rolled
Bar
NOTE 1 —Each of the coppers listed has unique properties that can make
it suitable for specific applications. The purchaser should consult with the
supplier to determine which copper would be best suited for the intended
application.
136
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
B 248 M S pecification for General Requirements for
Wrought Copper and Copper-Alloy Plate, Sheet, Strip, and
Rolled Bar (Metric)
B272 Specification for Copper Flat Products with Finished
(Rolled or Drawn) Edges (Flat Wire and Strip)
B370 Specification for Copper Sheet and Strip for Building
Construction
B577 Test Methods for Detection of Cuprous Oxide (Hydrogen Embrittlement Susceptibility) in Copper
B601 Classification for Temper Designations for Copper
and Copper Alloys—Wrought and Cast
B846 Terminology for Copper and Copper Alloys
E3 Guide for Preparation of Metallographic Specimens
E8 Test Methods for Tension Testing of Metallic Materials
E8M Test Methods for Tension Testing of Metallic Materials [Metric]
E53 Test Method for Determination of Copper in Unalloyed
Copper by Gravimetry
E62 Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Copper and
Copper Alloys (Photometric Methods)
E11 2 Test Methods for Determining Average Grain Size
E478 Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Copper Alloys
E527 Practice for Numbering Metals and Alloys in the
Unified Numbering System (UNS)
2.2
ASME Boiler Pressure Vessel Code
5.
5.1 .1 ASTM specification designation and year of issue,
5.1 .2 Quantity,
5.1 .3 Copper UNS No. (Section 1 ). When Alloys C1 0400,
C1 0500, C1 0700, C11 300, C11 400, C11 600, or C1 2300, the
amount of silver in ounces per ton,
5.1 .4 Temper (Section 7),
5.1 .5 Dimensions: thickness, width, and weight (Section
1 2),
5.1 .6 How furnished (straight lengths or coils),
5.1 .7 Length (Section 1 2),
5.1 .8 Weight of coils: coil weights or coil size limitations, if
required,
5.1 .9 When the product is purchased for agencies of the
U.S. Government,
5.2 The following requirements shall also be specified:
5.2.1 Certification (Section 1 5),
5.2.2 Mill test report (Section 1 6),
5.2.3 Resistivity test for alloys listed in Table 5 (see Section
9 ),
5.2.4 Embrittlement test for the alloys listed in 11 .2,
5.2.5 Type of edge, if other than slit, and
5.2.6 Supplemental requirements for agencies of the U.S.
government as given in S pecifications B 248 and
B248M.
General Requirements
3. 1 The following sections of S pecification B 248 or
B248M constitute a part of this specification.
3.1 .1 Terminology.
3.1 .2 Materials and Manufacture.
3.1 .3 Sampling.
3.1 .4 Number of Tests and Retests.
3.1 .5 Specimen Preparation.
3.1 .6 Test Methods.
3.1 .7 Packaging and Package Marking.
3.1 .8 Workmanship, Finish, and Appearance.
3.1 .9 Significance of Numerical Limits.
3.1 .1 0 Rej ection and Rehearing.
3.2 In addition, when a section with a title identical to that
referenced in 3.1 appears in this specification, it contains
additional requirements which supplement those appearing in
Specification B 248 or B248M.
4.
Ordering Information
5.1
Orders for products under this specification shall
include the following:
ASME Standard:
3.
SB-152/SB-152M
6.
Chemical Composition
6.1 The materials shall conform to the chemical requirements prescribed in Table 1 .
6.2 These limits do not preclude the presence of other
elements. Limits for unnamed elements may be established and
analysis required by agreement between manufacturer and the
purchaser.
7.
Temper
As Hot-Rolled (M20)
7.1
—The standard temper of copper
sheet and plate produced by hot rolling as designated in Tables
2 and 3 with the prefix “M”. Former designation and standard
designation are detailed in Classification B601 are shown.
7.1 .1 Plate not specified for ASME Boiler Pressure Vessel
Code applications are generally available in the M20 temper.
Rolled (H)
Terminology
7.2
—The standard tempers of cold rolled copper
sheet, strip, plate, and rolled bar are as designated in Tables 2
and 3 with the prefix “H”. Former designation and standard
designation are detailed in Classification B601 are shown.
Definitions
4.1
—Terms used in this specification are in
accordance with Terminology B846 and Specifications B248
and B248M.
4.2
4.2.1
—the test need not be performed by the
producer of the material. However, should subsequent testing
by the purchaser establish that the material does not meet these
requirements the material shall be subj ect to rej ection.
Definitions of Terms Specific to This Standard:
capable of
Annealed (O)
7.3
—The standard temper of annealed copper
sheet, strip, and plate are as designated in Tables 2-4 with the
prefix “O”. Former designation and standard designation are
detailed in Classification B601 are shown.
7.3.1 The temper of copper sheet and plate hot-rolled and
annealed shall be that produced by hot rolling and subsequent
annealing is designated in Tables 2 and 3 as O25.
7.3.1 .1 DELETED
137
SB-152/SB-152M
TABLE 1
Chem i cal Requ i remen ts
Element
Copper (incl
silver), min
Phosphorus
138
Oxygen, max
Silver
Selenium +
tellurium, max
Tellurium
C1 0300 C1 0400 B C1 0500 B C1 0700 B C1 0800 C1 091 0
99.95 F
99.95
99.95
99.95
99.95 F 99.95
A
...
A
...
0.001 –
0.005
...
0.0005
0.001 0
...
...
...
A
A
...
...
...
...
. ..
...
0.005–
0.01 2
...
...
...
0.001 0
8I
...
0.001 0
1 0I
...
0.001 0
25 I
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
0.005
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
8I
...
...
...
C1 2200 C1 2300 D C1 4200
99.9
99.90
99.4
C1 4420
99.90 G
C1 4530
99.90 H
0.01 5–
0.040
...
0.01 5–
0.040
...
0.01 5–
0.040
0.1 5–
0.50
...
...
0.004–
0.01 2
...
...
0.001 –
0.01 0
...
1 0I
...
25 I
...
...
...
...
4I
...
...
...
...
...
...
0.023
...
...
...
...
...
...
0.0050.003–
0.05
0.023
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
0.040.003–
Tin
0.1 5
0.023
A Impurity maximums in ppm of C1 01 00 shall be: antimony 4, arsenic 5, bismuth 1 , cadmium 1 , iron 1 0, lead 5, manganese 0.5, nickel 1 0, oxygen 5, phosphorus 3, selenium 3, silver 25, sulfur 1 5, tellurium 2, tin 2,
and zinc 1 .
B C1 0400, C1 0500, and C1 0700 are oxygen-free coppers with the addition of a specified amount of silver. The compositions of these alloys are equivalent to C1 0200 plus the intentional addition of silver.
C C1 1 300, C11 400, and C11 600 are electrolytic tough-pitch copper with silver additions. The compositions of these alloys are equivalent to C11 000 plus the intentional addition of silver.
D Copper UNS No. C1 2300 is produced by the addition of silver to phosphorus-deoxidized copper.
E Copper shall be determined by difference between impurity total and 1 00 %.
F Includes phosphorus.
G Includes tellurium + tin.
H Includes tin + tellurium + selenium.
I Values are minimum silver Troy oz/Avoirdupois ton (1 oz/ton is equivalent to 0.0034 %).
A
A
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
Arsenic
C1 01 00 A C1 0200
99.99 E
99.95
Composition,%
Copper UNS No.
C11 000 C11 300 C C1 1 400 C C1 1 600 C C1 2000
99.90
99.90
99.90
99.90
99.90
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-152/SB-152M
TABLE 2 Tensile Strength (inch-pound units) Requirements and Approximate Hardness Values for the Tempers Given
Min
Max
Approximate Rockwell
HardnessB
Superficial
F Scale
30T
32
34
37
41
43
47
50
52
40
42
46
50
52
56
58
...
54–82
60–84
77–89
82–91
86–93
88–95
91 –97
92 and over
Temper Designation
Standard
Tensile Strength, ksi A
Former
Cold-rolled tempers:
Eighth hard
Quarter hard
Half hard
Three-quarter-hard
Hard
Extra hard
Spring
Extra spring
Hot-rolled tempers:
Hot-rolled
Hot-rolled and annealed
H00
H01
H02
H03
H04
H06
H08
H1 0
up to 49
1 8–51
43–57
47–59
54–62
56–64
60–66
61 and over
M20 C
30 D
38
up to 75
up to 41
O25
30 D
38
up to 65
up to 31
A ksi = 1 000 psi.
B Rockwell values apply as follows: The F scale applies to metal 0.020 in. and over in thickness. The Superficial 30-T scale applies to metal 0.01 2 in. and over in
thickness.
C See Section 7.1 .1 .
D The minimum yield strength at 0.5 % extension under load or at 0.2 % offset shall be 1 0 ksi.
TABLE 3 Tensile Strength (SI units) Requirements and Approximate Hardness Values for the Tempers Given
Temper Designation
Standard
Tensile Strength, MPa
Former
Min
Max
Approximate Rockwell
HardnessA
Superficial
F Scale
30T
Cold-rolled tempers:
Eighth hard
220
275
54–82
Quarter hard
235
295
60–84
Half hard
255
31 5
77–89
Three-quarter-hard
285
345
82–91
Hard
295
360
86–93
Extra hard
325
385
88–95
Spring
345
400
91 –97
Extra spring
360
...
92 and over
Hot-rolled tempers:
M20 B
Hot-rolled
205 C
260
up to 75
O25
Hot-rolled and annealed
205 C
260
up to 65
A Rockwell values apply as follows: The F scale applies to metal 0.50 mm and over in thickness. The Superficial 30-T scale applies to metal
thickness.
B See Section 7.1 .1 .
C The minimum yield strength at 0.5 % extension under load or at 0. 2 % offset shall be 70 MPa.
H00
H01
H02
H03
H04
H06
H08
H1 0
TABLE 4 Grain Size Requirements and Approximate
Rockwell Hardness Values for Cold-Rolled Annealed Tempers
Temper Designation
Standard
O60
O68
Grain Size, mm
up to 49
1 8–51
43–57
47–59
54–62
56–64
60–66
61 and over
up to 41
up to 31
0.30 mm and over in
Table 2, Table 3 or Table 4 will be produced and sold by contract and
cannot be said to be produced under this specification.
NOTE 4—Soft-anneal temper is suitable for most industrial users of
copper such as forming, spinning, and simple drawing operations in which
close control of temper is not essential. Deep drawing anneal temper is
especially suited for very severe drawing and forming operations in which
maximum ductility and close control of temper is required.
Approximate
Rockwell
HardnessA
F Scale
Min
Max
65
30
75
Former
Min
Max
B
Soft anneal
B
Deep-drawing
0.050
anneal
A Rockwell hardness values apply as follows: The F scale applies to metal 0.020
in. or 0.50 mm and over in thickness.
B Although no minimum grain size is required, this material must be fully
recrystallized.
8.
Grain S ize for Cold Rolled Annealed Tempers
8.1 Grain Size shall be standard requirement for all products
of the cold rolled annealed (O60 and O68) tempers.
8.2 Acceptance or rej ection based upon grain size shall
depend only on the average grain size of the test specimens and
shall be within the limits prescribed in Table 4 when determined in accordance with Test Methods E11 2.
8.3 The test specimen shall be prepared in accordance with
Guide E3. The average grain size shall be determined on a
plane parallel to the surface of the product.
7.3.2 The standard tempers of copper sheet, strip, and plate
cold-rolled annealed are designated in Table 4 as follows: O60,
soft anneal and O68, deep drawing anneal.
NOTE 3—Any product produced in a temper other than those listed in
139
SB-152/SB-152M
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
9. Physical Property Requirements
the specimen is parallel to the direction and tested in accordance with Test Methods E8 or E8M.
1 0.2.2 Acceptance or rej ection based upon mechanical
properties shall depend only on tensile strength.
1 0.3
—The approximate Rockwell hardness values for each temper are given in Table 2, Table 3, or
Table 4 for general information and assistance in testing and
shall not be used as a basis for rej ection.
Electrical Resistivity Requirement
9.1
:
9.1 .1 When specified in the contract or purchase order on
the alloys listed below, the electrical resistivity determined on
representative samples shall not exceed the limits in Table 5
when test in accordance with Test Method B1 93.
9. 1 . 2 Copper UNS Nos. C1 08 00, C1 2000, C1 2200,
C1 2300, C1 4200, C1 4420, and C1 4530 when specified at the
time of purchase for electrical conductor use shall meet
resistivity requirements as agreed upon between the manufacturer or supplier and the purchaser.
Rockwell Hardness
NOTE 6—Rockwell hardness tests offer a quick and convenient method
of checking copper of any temper for general conformity to the requirements for tensile strength or grain size.
11. Performance Requirements
Microscopical Examination
TABLE 5 Electrical Resistivity Requirements for Copper UNS
Nos. C1 01 00, C1 0200, C1 0300, C1 0400, C1 0500, C1 0700, C1 091 0,
C11 000, C11 300, C11 400, and C11 600
Alloy
C1 01 00
C1 01 00
C1 0200, C1 0300,
C1 0700, C1 091 0,
C11 400, C11 600
C1 0200, C1 0300,
C1 0700, C1 091 0,
C11 400, C11 600
C1 0400, C1 0500,
C11 000, C11 300,
C1 0400, C1 0500,
C11 000, C11 300,
Annealed
Cold Rolled
Annealed
Electrical Resistivity
max, V·g/m 2
0.1 51 76
0.1 561 4
0.1 5328
Cold Rolled
0.1 5775
Tempers
11 .1
:
11 .1 .1 Samples of Copper UNS Nos. C1 01 00, C1 0200,
C1 0300, C1 0400, C1 0500, C1 0700, and C1 2000 shall be
substantially free of cuprous oxide as determined by Procedure
A of Test Methods B577. In case of a dispute, a referee method
in accordance with Procedure C of Test Methods B577 shall be
used.
11 . 1 .2 When Copper UNS Nos. C1 0800, C1 2200, or
C1 2300 are supplied, microscopical examination for cuprous
oxide is not required.
11 .2
—Samples
of Copper UNS Nos. C1 01 00, C1 0200, C1 0300, C1 0400,
C1 0500, C1 0700, C1 0800, C1 2000, C1 2200, and C1 2300 shall
be capable of passing the embrittlement test of Procedure B of
Test Methods B577. The actual performance of this test is not
mandatory under the terms of this specification unless definitely specified in the ordering information. In case of a
dispute, a referee method in accordance with Procedure C shall
be used.
Hydrogen Embrittlement Susceptibility Test
NOTE 5—The International Annealed Copper Standard electrical conductivity equivalents are as follows:
Electrical Resistivity,
V·g/m 2
Conductivity,
% IACS
0.1 51 76
0.1 53 28
0.1 56 1 4
0.1 57 75
1 01 .00
1 00.00
98.1 6
97.1 6
12. Dimensions, Mass, and Permissible Variations
1 2.1 The dimensions and tolerances for material covered by
this specification shall be as prescribed in the current edition of
S pecification B 248 or B 248M, with particular reference
to the dimens ions , weights , and permis s ible variations
section and the following tables of that specification.
1 2.1 .1
.
1 2.1 .2
.
1 2.1 .2.1
.
1 2.1 .2.2
.
1 2.1 .2.3
.
1 2.1 .3
.
1 2.1 .3.1
.
1 2.1 .3.2
(
)
.
1 2.1 .3.3
.
1 2.1 .3.4
.
1 2.1 .4
:
1 2.1 .4.1
.
1 2.1 .4.2
.
1 2.1 .4.3
.
1 2.1 .5
1 2.1 .6
.
1 2.1 .6.1
.
1 2.1 .6.2
.
10. Mechanical Property Requirements
1 0.1 Tensile Requirements of As Hot-Rolled (M20), and
Hot-Rolled and Annealed (O25) Tempers:
1 0.1 .1 Product furnished to this specification shall conform
to the tensile strength requirements prescribed in Tables 2 and
3. Furthermore, Copper UNS Nos. C11 000 and C1 2200 plate
shall have 40 % minimum elongation in 2 in. (50 mm) and
Copper UNS No. C1 4200 plate shall have 45 % minimum
elongation in 2 in. or 50 mm. The test specimens shall be taken
so the longitudinal axis of the specimen is parallel to the
direction and tested in accordance with Test Methods E8 or
E8M.
1 0.1 .2
—Five specimens shall be taken either
from the excess portion of the plate or from separate pieces
produced under the same specification and temper.
1 0.1 .3 Acceptance or rej ection based upon mechanical
properties shall depend only on tensile strength. Copper UNS
Nos. C11 000, C1 2200, and C1 4200 plate, acceptance or
rej ection based upon mechanical properties shall depend on
tensile strength and elongation (see 1 0.1 .1 ).
1 0.2
:
1 0.2.1 Product furnished to this specification shall conform
to the tensile strength requirements prescribed in Tables 2 and
3. The test specimens shall be taken so the longitudinal axis of
Plate Item Test
Ends
Thickness Tolerances
Width Tolerances
Slit Metal and Slit Metal with Rolled Edges
Square-Sheared Metal
Sawed Metal
Length Tolerances
Length Tolerances for Straight Lengths
Schedule of Lengths Specific and Stock With
Length Tolerances for Square-Sheared Metal
Length Tolerances for Sawed Metal
Straightness
Slit Metal and Slit Metal Either Straightened or
Edge-Rolled
Square-Sheared Metal
Sawed Metal
Weight—Hot-Rolled Sheet and Plate.
Edges
Square Edges
Rounded Corners
Tensile Requirements of Rolled (R) Tempers
140
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
1 2.1 .6.3 Rounded Edges .
1 2.1 .6.4 Full-Rounded Edges .
1 4.2 The manufacturer and the purchaser, by mutual agreement, may accomplish the final inspection simultaneously.
15. Certification
13. Test Methods
1 5.1 The manufacturer shall furnish to the purchaser a certificate stating that each lot has been sampled, tested, and inspected
i n ac c o rdanc e w i th thi s s p e c i fi c ati o n and has me t the
requirements.
1 5.2 When material is specified to meet the requirements of
ASME Boiler Pressure Vessel Code, the certification requirements are mandatory.
1 3.1 Refer to Specification B 248 or B248MB248M for the
appropriate mechanical test method.
1 3.2 Chemical composition shall, in case of disagreement
be detrmined as follows:
Element
Copper
Phosphorus
Selenium
Silver
Tellurium
Arsenic
SB-152/SB-152M
ASTM Test Method
E53
E62
Refer to Annex, Specification B21 6
E478
Refer to Annex, Specification B21 6
E62
16. Mill Test Report
1 6.1 The manufacturer shall furnish to the purchaser a test
report showing results of tests required by the specification.
1 3.2.1 For Copper No. C1 01 00, refer to the Annex of
Specification B1 70 for test methods.
1 3.2.2 Test method(s) for the determination of elements
resulting from contractual or purchaser order shall be as agreed
upon between the manufacture and the purchaser.
17. Keywords
1 7.1 annealed; copper bars; copper plate; copper sheet;
copper strip; hot-rolled; rolled; UNS No. C1 01 00; UNS No.
C1 0200; UNS No. C1 0300; UNS No. C1 0400; UNS No.
C1 0500; UNS No. C1 0700; UNS No. C1 0800; UNS No.
C1 091 0; UNS No. C11 000; UNS No. C11 300; UNS No.
C11 400; UNS No. C11 600; UNS No. C1 2000; UNS No.
C1 2200; UNS No. C1 2300; UNS No. C1 4200; UNS No.
C1 4420; UNS No. C1 4530
14. Inspection
1 4.1 The manufacturer shall inspect and make tests necessary to verify that the product furnished conforms to the
specified requirements.
141
I NTE N TI O NALLY LE FT B LANK
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SPECI FI CATI ON FOR N I CKEL ROD AN D BAR
ð 17Þ
SB-160
(Identical with ASTM Specification B160-05(R14) except that certification has been made mandatory and editorial
correction to maximum carbon value for UNS N02200 in Table 2.)
143
SB-160
SB-160
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SPECIFICATION FOR NICKEL ROD AND BAR
SB-160
[Identical with ASTM Specification B 1 60-05(R1 4) except that certification has been made mandatory.]
1.
Scope
1.1
4.
Ordering Information
This specification covers nickel (UNS N02200),
4.1 It is the responsibility of the purchaser to specify all
low carbon nickel (UNS N02201 ), and solution strength-
requirements that are necessary for the safe and satisfactory
ened nickel (UNS N0221 1 ) in the form of hot-worked and
performance of material ordered under this specification.
cold-worked rod and bar in the conditions shown in Table 1 .
1.2
Examples of such requirements include, but are not limited
to, the following:
The values stated in inch-pound units are to be
regarded as the standard. The values given in parentheses
4.1.1
are for information only.
2.
ASTM designation and year of issue.
4.1.2 UNS number.
4.1.3 Section —Rod (round) or bar (square, hexago-
Referenced Documents
nal, or rectangular).
2.1 ASTM Standards:
B 1 62 Specification for Nickel Plate, Sheet, and Strip
4.1.4 Dimensions — Dimensions including length.
B 880 Specification for General Requirements for Chemi-
4.1.5 Condition.
cal Check Analysis of Nickel, Nickel Alloys, and Cobalt
4.1.6 Finish.
Alloys
4.1.7 Quantity — feet or number of pieces.
E 8 Test Methods for Tension Testing of Metallic Materials
E 1 8 Test Methods for Rockwell Hardness and Rockwell
4.1.8 Certification — Certification and a report of
Superficial Hardness of Metallic Materials
test results are required (Section 1 5).
E 29 Practice for Using Significant Digits in Test Data to
4.1.9 Samples for Product (Check) Analysis — State
Determine Conformance with Specifications
whether samples for product (check) analysis should be
E 1 40 Hardness Conversion Tables for Metals
furnished.
E 1 473 Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Nickel,
4.1.10 Purchaser Inspection — If purchaser wishes
Cobalt and High-Temperature Alloys
to witness tests or inspection of material at place of manu-
3.
facture, the purchase order must so state indicating which
Terminology
test or inspections are to be witnessed.
3.1 Definitions of Terms Specific to This Standard:
3.1.1 bar, n —material of rectangular (flats), hexagonal, or square solid section up to and including 1 0 in.
5.
1
(254 mm) in width and ⁄8 in. (3.2 mm) and over in thickness
Chemical Composition
5.1 The material shall conform to the composition lim-
in straight lengths.
its specified in Table 2.
NOTE 1 — Hot-worked rectangular bar in widths 1 0 in. (254 mm) and
under may be furnished as hot-rolled plate with sheared or cut edges in
5.2 If a product (check) analysis is performed by the
accordance with Specification B 1 62, provided the mechanical property
purchaser, the material shall be done per Specification
requirements of Specification B 1 60 are met.
B 880 and the material shall conform to the product (check)
3.1.2 rod, n — material of round solid section fur-
analysis variations defined in Check Analysis Variation
table of Specification B 880.
nished in straight lengths.
144
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-160
TABLE 1
M ECH ANICAL PROPERTIES
Condition and Diameter or Distance
Between Parallel Surfaces, in. (mm)
Yield Strength
(0.2% offset),
min. psi (M Pa) A
Elongation in 2 in. or
50 mm or 4 D , min %
80 000 (550)
75 000 (515)
60 000 (415)
50 000 (345)
10 B
15
65 000 (450)
40 000 (275)
25 B
60 000 (415)
–
15 000 (105)
–
35 C
–
55 000 (380)
–
15 000 (105)
–
40 B
–
F
F
F
Tensile Strength,
min, psi (M Pa)
Nickel (U NS N02200)
Col d-worked (as worked):
Rounds, 1 (25.4) and under
Rounds over 1 to 4 (25.4 to
101.6) incl .
Squares, hexagons, and rectangl es,
al l sizes
H ot-worked:
All sections, al l sizes
Rings and disks D
Anneal ed:
Rods and bars, al l sizes
Rings and disks E
Forging qual ity:
Al l sizes
Low-Carbon N ickel (U NS N02201) and Solution Strengthened Nickel (U NS N02211)
H ot-worked:
Al l sections, al l sizes
Anneal ed:
Al l products, al l sizes
50 000 (345)
10 000 (70)
40 C
50 000 (345)
10 000 (70)
40 B
A
See 12.2.
N ot appl icabl e to diameters or cross sections under 3 ⁄32 in. (2.4 mm).
C
For hot-worked flats 5 ⁄16 in. (7.9 mm) and under in thickness the el ongation shal l be 25%, min.
D
H ardness B 45 to B 80, or equival ent.
E
H ardness B 45 to B 70 or equival ent.
F
Forging qual ity is furnished to chemical requirements and surface inspection onl y. N o tensil e properties are required.
B
TABLE 2
CH EM ICAL REQU IREM ENTS
the diameter or between parallel surfaces of cold-worked
rod and bar shall be as prescribed in Table 3, and of hotworked rod and bar as prescribed in Table 4.
Composition Limits, %
Element
Nickel
(U NS N02200)
N ickel , min A
Copper, max
Iron, max.
M anganese, max.
Carbon, max.
Sil icon, max.
Sul fur, max.
99.0
0.25
0.40
0.35
0.15
0.35
0.01
A
6.
Solution
Low-Carbon
Strengthened
Nickel
Nickel (U NS
(U NS N02201)
N02211)
99.0
0.25
0.40
0.35
0.02
0.35
0.01
7.2 Out-of-Round — Hot-worked rods and cold-worked
rods (except “forging quality”), all sizes, in straight lengths,
shall not be out-of-round by more than one half the total
permissible variations in diameter shown in Tables 3 and
93.7
0.25
0.75
4.25–5.25
0.02
0.15
0.015
1
4, except for hot-worked rods ⁄2 in. (1 2.7 mm) in diameter
and under, which may be out-of-round by the total permissible variations in diameter shown in Table 4.
7.3 Corners — Cold-worked bars will have practically
exact angles and sharp corners.
7.4 Machining Allowances for Hot-Worked Materials — When the surfaces of hot-worked products are to
El ement shal l be determined arithmetical l y by difference.
be machined, the allowances prescribed in Table 5 are
Mechanical and Other Requirements
recommended for normal machining operations.
6.1 Mechanical Properties — The material shall conform to the mechanical properties specified in Table 1 .
7.5 Length — The permissible variations in length of
cold-worked and hot-worked rod and bar shall be as pre-
7.
scribed in Table 6.
Dimensions and Permissible Variations
7.1 Diameter, Thickness, or Width — The permissible
7.5.1
Rods and bars ordered to random or nominal
lengths will be furnished with either cropped or saw-cut
variations from the specified dimensions as measured on
145
SB-160
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE 3
PERM ISSIBLE VARIATION S IN DIAM ETER OR DISTAN CE BETWEEN PARALLEL
SU RFACES OF COLD-WORKED ROD AND BAR
Permissible Variations from Specified
Dimensions, in. (mm)
Specified Dimension, in. (mm) A
+
−
Rounds:
1
⁄1 6 ( 1 .6) to 3 ⁄1 6 (4.8) , excl
3
⁄1 6 ( 4.8) to 1 ⁄2 (1 2 .7) , excl
1
⁄2 (1 2 .7) to 1 5 ⁄1 6 ( 2 3.8) , i ncl
Over 1 5 ⁄1 6 (2 3.8) to 1 1 5 ⁄1 6 (49.2 ) , i ncl
Over 1 1 5 ⁄1 6 ( 49.2 ) to 2 1 ⁄2 ( 63.5) , i ncl
Over 2 1 ⁄2 ( 63.5) to 3 (76.2 ) , incl
Over 3 (76.2 ) to 3 (88.9) , i ncl
Over 3 1 ⁄2 ( 88.9) to 4 (1 01 .6) , i ncl
0
0
0.001 ( 0.03)
0.001 5 ( 0.04)
0.002 ( 0.05)
0.002 5 (0.06)
0.003 ( 0.08)
0.0035 (0.09)
0.002
0.003
0.002
0.003
0.004
0.005
0.006
0.007
(0.05)
(0.08)
(0.05)
(0.08)
(0.1 0)
(0.1 3)
(0.1 5)
(0.1 8)
H exagons, squares, rectangl es:
1
⁄2 (1 2 .7) and l ess
Over 1 ⁄2 (1 2 .7) to 7 ⁄8 (2 2 .2 ) , i ncl
Over 7 ⁄8 (2 2 .2 ) to 1 1 ⁄4 (31 .8) , incl
Over 1 1 ⁄4 ( 31 .8) to 2 1 ⁄4 (57.2 ) , i ncl
Over 2 1 ⁄4 ( 57.2 ) to 3 (76.2 ) , incl
Over 3 (76.2 ) to 3 1 ⁄2 (88.9) , incl
Over 3 1 ⁄2 ( 88.9) to 4 (1 01 .6) , i ncl
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.004
0.005
0.007
0.009
0.01 1
0.01 5
0.01 7
( 0.1 0)
( 0.1 3)
(0.1 8)
(0.2 3)
(0.2 8)
(0.38)
(0.43)
A
Di mensi ons appl y to di ameter of rounds, to di stance between paral l el surfaces of hexagons and
squares, and separatel y to wi dth and thi ckness of rectangl es.
TABLE 4
PERM ISSIBLE VARIATION S IN DIAM ETER OR DISTAN CE BETWEEN
PARALLEL SU RFACES OF H OT-WORKED ROD AN D BAR
Permissible Variations from Specified
Dimensions, in. (mm)
Specified Dimension, in. (mm) A
+
Rod and bar, hot-worked:
1 ( 2 5.4) and under
Over 1 ( 2 5.4) to 2 (50.8) , i ncl
Over 2 ( 50.8) to 4 (1 01 .6) , i ncl
Over 4 ( 1 01 .6)
Rod, rough-turned or rough-ground:
U nder 1 ( 2 5.4)
1 ( 2 5.4) and over
Forgi ng qual i ty rod: B
U nder 1 ( 2 5.4)
1 ( 2 5.4) and over
0.01 6
0.031
0.047
0.1 2 5
( 0.41 )
( 0.79)
( 1 .1 9)
( 3.1 8)
−
0.01 6
0.01 6
0.031
0.063
(0.41 )
(0.41 )
(0.79)
( 1 .60)
0.005 ( 0.1 3)
0.031 ( 0.79)
0.005 (0.1 3)
0
0.005 (0.1 3)
0.031 (0.79)
0.005 (0.1 3)
0
A
Di mensi ons appl y to di ameter of rods, to di stance between paral l el surfaces of hexagons and squares,
and separatel y to wi dth and thi ckness of rectangl es.
B
S pot gri ndi ng i s permi tted to remove mi nor surface i mperfecti ons. The depth of these spot ground
areas shal l not exceed 3% of the di ameter of the rod.
146
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-160
TABLE 5
N ORM AL M ACH ININ G ALLOWANCES FOR H OT-WORKED M ATERIAL
Normal M achining Allowance, in. (mm)
Finished-M achined Dimensions for Finishes as
Indicated Below, in. (mm) A
H ot-worked: B
U p to 7⁄8 (22.2), incl
Over 7⁄8 to 1 7⁄8 (22.2 to 47.6), incl
Over 1 7⁄8 to 2 7⁄8 (47.6 to 73.0), incl
Over 2 7⁄8 to 3 13⁄16 (73.0 to 96.8), incl
Over 3 13⁄16 (96.8)
H ot-worked rods:
Rough-turned or Rough-ground: C
15
⁄16 to 4 (23.8 to 101.6), incl in diameter
Over 4 to 12 (101.6 to 304.8), incl in diameter
On Diameter,
for Rods
For Rectangular Bar
On Thickness
1
1
1
1
3
1
⁄8 (3.2)
⁄8 (3.2)
3
⁄16 (4.8)
1
⁄4 (6.4)
1
⁄4 (6.4)
1
Distance Between
Parallel Surface,
for H exagonal
and Square Bar
⁄16 (1.6)
1
⁄8 (3.2)
⁄8 (3.2)
⁄16 (4.8)
1
⁄4 (6.4)
...
...
...
...
⁄8 (3.2)
⁄8 (3.2)
...
...
...
On Width
3
⁄16 (4.8)
⁄16 (4.8)
3
⁄16 (4.8)
3
⁄16 (4.8)
3
⁄8 (9.5)
3
...
...
...
...
A
Dimensions appl y to diameter of rods, to distance between paral l el surfaces of hexagonal and square bar, and separatel y to width and thickness of rectangul ar bar.
B
The al l owances for hot-worked material in Tabl e 5 are recommended for rods machined in lengths of 3 ft (0.91 m) or l ess and for bars
machined in l enghts of 2 ft (0.61 m) or l ess. H ot-worked material to be machined l onger lengths shoul d be specified showing the finished crosssectional dimension and the l ength in which the material wil l be machined in order that the manufacturer may suppl y material with sufficient
oversize, incl uding al l owance for out-of-straightness.
C
Appl icabl e to 3 ft (0.91 m) max l ength.
TABLE 6
PERM ISSIBLE VARIATIONS IN LEN GTH OF RODS AN D BARS
Random mil l l engths:
H ot-worked
Col d-worked
6 to 24 ft (1.83 to 7.31 m) l ong with not more than 25 weight % between 6 and 9 ft (1.83 and 2.74 m) A
6 to 20 ft (1.83 to 6.1 m) l ong with not more than 25 weight % between 6 and 10 ft (1.83 and 3.05 m).
M ul tipl e l engths
Furnished in mul tipl es of a specified unit l ength, within the l ength l imits indicated above. For each mul tipl e, an
al l owance of 1⁄4 in. (6.4 mm) wil l be made for cutting, unl ess otherwise specified. At the manufacturer’s
option, individual specified unit l engths may be furnished.
N ominal l engths
Specified nominal lengths having a range of not l ess than 2 ft (610 mm) with no short l engths al l owed. B
Cut l engths
A specified l ength to which al l rods and bars wil l be cut with a permissibl e variation of + 1⁄8 in. (3.2 mm), − 0
for sizes 8 in. (203 mm) and l ess in diameter or distance between paral l el surfaces. For l arger sizes, the
permissibl e variation shal l be + 1 ⁄4 in. (6.4 mm), − 0.
A
For hot-worked sections weighing over 25 l b/ft (37 kg /m) and for smooth forged products, al l sections, short l engths down to 2 ft (610
mm) may be furnished.
B
For col d-worked rods and bars under 1 ⁄2 in. (12.7 mm) in diameter or distance between paral l el surfaces ordered to nominal or stock
l engths with a 2 ft (610 mm) range, at least 93% of such material shal l be within the range specified; the bal ance may be in shorter l engths
but in no case shal l l engths l ess than 4 ft (1220 mm) be furnished.
147
SB-160
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE 7
PERM ISSIBLE VARIATIONS IN STRAIGH TN ESS OF
COLD-WORKED RODS AN D BARS
Specified Diameter or Distance
Between Parallel Surfaces, in.
(mm) A
Rounds:
1
⁄2 (12.7) to 4 (101.6), incl
H exagons, squares, rectangl es:
1
⁄2 (12.7) to 4 (101.6), incl
straightness in any portion of the rod between the supports
shall not exceed the permissible variations prescribed in
Table 8. The deviation from straightness (throw in one
Permissible Variations in
Lengths Indicated,
in. (mm)
revolution) is defined as the difference between the maximum and minimum readings of the dial indicator in one
complete revolution of the rod.
7.6.3
Depth of Chord:
0.030 (0.76) per ft
(305 mm) of l ength
The permissible variations in straightness of
hot-worked rod and bar as determined by the departure
from straightness shall be as specified in Table 9.
0.030 (0.76) per ft
(305 mm) of l ength
8.
A
M aterial under 1 ⁄2 in. (12.7 mm) shal l be reasonabl y straight
and free of sharp bends and kinks.
Workmanship, Finish, and Appearance
8.1 The material shall be uniform in quality and condi-
tion, smooth, commercially straight or flat, and free of
inj urious imperfections.
ends; material ordered to cut lengths will be furnished with
square saw-cut or machined ends.
9.
7.6 Straightness:
7.6.1
The permissible variations in straightness of
9.2 A lot for chemical analysis shall consist of one heat.
cold-worked rod and bar as determined by the departure
9.2.1
from straightness shall be as prescribed in Table 7.
7.6.2
Sampling
9.1 Lot—Definition:
A lot for mechanical properties testing shall
consist of all material from the same heat, nominal diameter
The permissible variations in straightness of
of thickness, and condition.
precision straightened cold-worked rod as determined by
9.2.1.1
the departure from straightness shall be as prescribed in
Where material cannot be identified by
heat, a lot shall consist of not more than 500 lb (227 kg)
Table 8.
of material in the same size and condition.
7.6.2.1 In determining straightness in the standard
9.3 Test Material Selection:
42-in. (1 .07-m) distance between supports or, when speci-
9.3.1 Chemical Analysis — Representative samples
fied, in determining straightness in lengths not in excess
from each lot shall be taken during pouring or subsequent
of those shown in Table 8, the rod shall be placed on a
processing.
precision table equipped with ballbearing rollers and a
9.3.1.1
micrometer or dial indicator. The rod shall then be rotated
s lo wly ag ains t the indic ato r, and the deviati o n fro m
Product (check) analysis shall be wholly
the responsibility of the purchaser.
TABLE 8
PERM ISSIBLE VARIATION S IN STRAIGH TN ESS OF PRECISION-STRAIGH TENED
COLD-WORKED N ICKEL (U N S N02200) SH AFTIN G
Specified Diameter of
Shafting, in.
1
⁄2 to 15 ⁄16 , incl
Over 15 ⁄16 to 1 15 ⁄16 , incl
Over 1 15 ⁄16 to 2 1 ⁄2 , incl
Over 2 1 ⁄2 to 4, incl
3
⁄4 to 15 ⁄16 , incl
Over 15 ⁄16 to 4, incl
Specified Diameter of
Shafting, mm
12.7
Over
Over
Over
19.1
Over
to 23.8
23.8 to
49.2 to
63.5 to
to 23.8
23.8 to
incl
49.2, incl
63.5, incl
101.6, incl
incl
101.6, incl
Standard Distance Between
Supports
42 in.
42 in.
42 in.
42 in.
Specified l engths of 3 to 10 ft
Specified l engths of 20 ft and l ess
Permissible Variations (Throw in One Revolution)
from Straightness, in.
0.005
0.006
0.007
0.008
0.004 + 0.0025 for each foot or fraction thereof in excess of 3 ft.
0.005 + 0.0015 for each foot or fraction thereof in excess of 3 ft.
Standard Distance Between
Supports
1067 mm
1067 mm
1067 mm
1067 mm
specified l engths of 914 to 3050 mm
specified l engths of 6100 mm and l ess
Permissible Variations (Throw in One Revolution)
from Straightness, mm
0.13
0.15
0.18
0.20
10.2 + 0.2 for each metre or fraction thereof in excess of 914 mm
12.7 + 0.13 for each metre or fraction thereof in excess of 914 mm
148
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE 9
PERM ISSIBLE VARIATION S IN STRAIGH TN ESS OF
H OT-WORKED RODS AN D BARS A
12.
Rods and bars, hot-worked
Rounds— hot-worked, rough-ground, or
rough-turned
0.050 (4.2)
Test Methods
12.1 The chemical composition, mechanical, and other
properties of the material as enumerated in this specifica-
Permissible Variations,
in. /ft. (mm /m) B
Finish
SB-160
tion shall be determined, in case of disagreement, in accordance with the following methods:
C
ASTM
0.050 (4.2) C
Test
A
N ot appl icabl e to forging qual ity.
B
M aterial under 1⁄2 in. (12.7 mm) shal l be reasonabl y straight
and free of sharp bends and kinks.
C
The maximum curvature (depth of chord) shal l not exceed the
val ues indicated mul tipl ied by the l ength in feet.
Designation
Chemical Analysis
E 1 473
Tension
E 8
Rockwell Hardness
E 18
Hardness Conversion
E 1 40
Rounding Procedure
E 29
12.2 For purposes of determining compliance with the
9.3.2 Mechanical Properties — Samples of the mate-
specified limits for requirements of the properties listed in
rial to provide test specimens for mechanical properties
the following table, an observed value or a calculated value
shall be taken from such locations in each lot as to be
shall be rounded as indicated below, in accordance with
representative of that lot.
the rounding method of Practice E29:
Rounded Unit for Observed
10.
Test
Number of Tests
C he mi c al
10.1 Chemical Analysis —One test per lot.
10.2 Tension —One test per lot.
c o mp o s i ti o n,
or Calculated Value
Nearest unit in the last right-hand place
hardness, and tolerances
of figures of the specified limit. If
(when expressed in dec-
two choices are possible, as when the
imals)
digits dropped are exactly a 5, or a
10.3 Hardness —One test per lot.
5 followed only by zeros, choose the
one ending in an even digit, with zero
defined as an even digit.
11.
Tensile strength and yield
Specimen Preparation
Nearest 1 000 psi (6.9 MPa)
strength
11.1 Tension test specimens shall be taken from mate-
Elongation
Nearest 1 %
rial in the final condition and tested in the direction of
fabrication.
11.1.1
All rod and bar shall be tested in full cross-
13.
section size when possible. When a full cross-section size
Inspection
13.1 Inspection of the material shall be made as agreed
test cannot be performed, the largest possible round speci-
upon between the manufacturer and the purchaser as part
men shown in Test Methods E 8 shall be used. Longitudinal
of the purchase contract.
strip specimens shall be prepared in accordance with Test
1
Methods E 8 for rectangular bar up to ⁄2 in. (1 2.7 mm),
inclusive, in thicknesses that are too wide to be pulled
14.
full size.
11.2 Hardness test specimens shall be taken from mate-
of this specification may be rej ected. Rej ection should be
rial in the final condition.
reported to the producer or supplier promptly and in writ-
11.3 In order that the hardness determinations may be
ing. In case of dissatisfaction with the results of the test,
in reasonable close agreement, the following procedure is
the producer or supplier may make claim for a rehearing.
suggested:
11.3.1
1
For rod, under ⁄2 in. (1 2.7 mm) in diameter,
15.
hardness readings shall be taken on a flat surface prepared
1
by filing or grinding approximately ⁄1 6 in. (1 .6 mm) from
Certification
15.1 A manufacturer’ s certification shall be furnished to
the outside surface of the rod.
11.3.2
Rejection and Rehearing
14.1 Material that fails to conform to the requirements
the purchaser stating that material has been manufactured,
1
For rod, ⁄2 in. (1 2.7 mm) in diameter and
tested, and inspected in accordance with this specification,
larger, and for hexagonal, square, and rectangular bar, all
and that the test results on representative samples meet
sizes, hardness readings shall be taken on a cross section
specification requirements. A report of the test results shall
midway between the surface and center of the section.
be furnished.
149
SB-160
16.
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
Product Marking
consignee address, contract or order number, or such other
information as may be defined in the contract or order.
16.1 The following information shall be marked on the
material or included on the package, or on a label or tag
attached thereto: The name of the material or UNS Number,
17.
heat number, condition (temper) , AS TM S pecification
Keywords
17.1
B 1 60, the size, gross, tare, and net weight, consignor and
150
bar; rod; N02200; N02201 ; N0221 1
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-160
APPENDIX
(Nonmandatory Information)
X1.
CONDITIONS AND FINISHES
X1 .1
(25.4 mm) in diameter and over; rough-ground and spotground for sizes under 1 in. in diameter. Material is selected
The various conditions and finishes in which
from heats of known, good hot malleability.
ni c ke l ( UNS N0 2 2 0 0 ) and l o w - c arb o n ni c ke l ( UNS
N02201 ) rods and bars are procurable are as indicated
NOTE X1 .1 — For sizes 4 in. (1 01 .6 mm) in diameter and less, cold-
below.
worked rod may be used also for forging by virtue of the fact such rod
X1.2
have been overhauled for removal of mechanical surface defects prior
Low-carbon nickel (UNS N02201 ) is intended
to cold drawing. In such cases, the user should run pilot forging tests to
ensure himself that such material has the desired hot-malleability range.
essentially for fused caustic and other fused salts and for
X1.2.5 Hot-Worked, Annealed — Soft with a tightly
temperatures above 600°F (31 6°C). For such applications
the manufacturer should be consulted.
adherent oxide that may vary from dark to light.
X1.2.6 Hot-Worked, Annealed and Pickled — Same
X1.2.1 Hot-Worked — With a tightly adherent, black,
as X1 .2.5 except descaled for removal of mill oxide. Pro-
mill oxide surface.
vides for better surface inspection than does hot-worked
X1 .2.2 Hot-Worked Rough-Ground — S imilar to
material and often employed where welding is involved
X1 .2.1 except rough-ground.
where removal of mill oxide is desired.
X1 .2.3 Hot-Worked, Rough-Turned — S imilar to
NOTE X1 .2— Annealing prior to pickling may be required in order to
X1 .2.1 except rough-turned with a broad-nosed tool similar
reduce the mill oxide since uniform pickling of an unreduced oxide is
to a bar peeling operation and thus may not be straight.
difficult.
Intended generally for machining where an overhauled
X1 .2.7 Cold-Worked, As-worked — Hot- worked
surface is desired, essentially for machined step down
overhauled, cold-worked, and straightened with a smooth
shafts or parts machined in short lengths of 3 ft (91 4 mm)
bright finish.
or less.
X1.2.8 Cold-worked Annealed — Hot-worked over-
X1 . 2. 4 Hot-Worked Forging Quality — Ro ug h-
hauled, cold-worked, and straightened. Annealed for softness and with a dull matte finish.
turned and s p o t- g ro und, as neces s ary, fo r s izes 1 in.
151
I NTE N TI O NALLY LE FT B LANK
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SPECI FI CATI ON FOR N I CKEL SEAM LESS PI PE
AN D TU BE
SB-161
(Identical with ASTM Specification B161-05(R14) except for deletion of 1.1.1. Certification has been made mandatory.)
153
SB-161
SB-161
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SPECIFICATION FOR NICKEL SEAMLESS PIPE
AND TUBE
SB-161
[Identical with ASTM Specification B 1 61 -05(R1 4) except for deletion of 1 .1 .1 . Certification has been made mandatory.]
1.
4.1.1
Scope
1.1 This specification covers nickel (UNS N02200) and
Alloy name or UNS number.
4.1.2 ASTM designation and year of issue.
low-carbon nickel (UNS N02201 ) in the form of coldworked seamless pipe and tube in the conditions shown in
4.1.3 Condition (see Appendix X2).
Table 1 and Table X1 .1 .
4.1.4 Finish (see Appendix X2).
1.1.1
1.2
DELETED
4.1.5 Dimensions:
The values stated in inch-pound units are to be
4.1.5.1
regarded as the standard. The values given in parentheses
are for information only.
This standard does not purport to address all of
the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is
the responsibility of the user of this standard to become
familiar with all hazards including those identified in the
appropriate Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for this
product/material as provided by the manufacturer, to
establish appropriate safety and health practices, and
determine the applicability of regulatory limitations.
1.3
2.
Length — Cut to length or random.
Quantity — Feet or number of pieces.
Hydrostatic Test or Nondestructive Electric
4.1.6
4.1.7
Test — Specify test (see 6.2).
4.1.8 Hydrostatic Pressure Requirements — Specify
test pressure if other than required by Specification B 829.
4.1.10
Samples for Product (Check) Analysis — State
whether samples for product (check) analysis should be
furnished (see 5.2).
4.1.11
General Requirement
3.1
— S pecify standard pipe s ize and
4.1.9 DELETED
and Nickel Alloys Seamless Pipe and Tube
3.
Pipe
4.1.5.3
ASTM Standards:
B 829 Specification for General Requirements for Nickel
Purchaser Inspection
— If purchaser wishes
to witness tests or inspection of material at place of manu-
Material furnished under this specification shall
facture, the purchase order must so state indicating which
conform to the applicable requirements of Specification B
tests or inspections are to be witnessed.
829 unless otherwise provided herein.
4.
4.1 .5.2
schedule.
Referenced Documents
2.1
Tube — Specify outside diameter and nom-
inal or minimum wall.
4.1.12 Small-Diameter and Light-Wall Tube (Converter Sizes) — See Appendix X1 .
Ordering Information
4.1 It is the responsibility of the purchaser to specify all
requirements that are necessary for the safe and satisfactory
5.
performance of material ordered under this specification.
Chemical Composition
5.1 The material shall conform to the composition lim-
Examples of such requirements include, but are not limited
its specified in Table 2.
to, the following:
154
TABLE 1
M ECH AN ICAL PROPERTIES
Condition and Size
155
Anneal ed:
5 i n. ( 1 2 7 mm) and under
outsi de di ameter
Over 5 in. (1 2 7 mm) i n outsi de
di ameter
S tress-Rel i eved:
Al l si zes
Yield Strength (0.2 % offset), min, psi (M Pa)
N ickel (U N S N 02200)
Low-Carbon N ickel
(U N S N02201)
( 80)
35
35
( 70)
40
40
30 000 ( 205)
15
15
N ickel (U N S N 02200)
Low-Carbon N ickel
(U N S N 02201)
N ickel (U N S N 02200)
55 000 (380)
50 000 (345)
1 5 000 ( 1 05)
1 2 000
55 000 (380)
50 000 (345)
1 2 000
1 0 000
65 000 (450)
60 000 (41 5)
40 000 ( 2 75)
( 80)
Elongation in 2 in. or 50 mm (or 4 D ), min, %
Low-Carbon N ickel
(U N S N 02201)
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
Tensile Strength, min, psi (M Pa)
SB-161
SB-161
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE 2
CH EM ICAL REQU IREM ENTS
8.
Composition,%
Nickel
(U NS N02200)
Element
A
N i, min
Cu, max
Fe, max
M n, max
C, max
C, max
Si, max
S, max
A
Low-Carbon Nickel
(U NS N02201)
99.0
0.25
0.40
0.35
0.15
...
0.35
0.01
Number of Tests
8.1
Chemical Analysis — One test per lot.
8.2
Tension — One test per lot.
8.3
Hydrostatic or Nondestructive Electric Test — Each
piece in each lot.
99.0
0.25
0.40
0.35
...
0.02
0.35
0.01
9.
Test Methods
Hydrostatic Test — Each pipe or tube with an out-
9.1
1
side diameter ⁄8 in. (3 mm) and larger and with wall thickness of 0.01 5 in. (0.38 mm) and over shall be tested in
El ement shal l be determined arithmetical ly by difference.
accordance with Specification B 829. The allowable fiber
stress, for material in the condition furnished, is as follows:
5.2 If a product (check) analysis is performed by the
purchaser, the material shall conform to the product (check)
UNS N02200
analysis variations in Specification B 829.
Annealed:
5 in. (1 27 mm)
6.
Over 5 in. outside
tensile properties specified in Table 1 . The sampling and
8000 psi (55 MPa)
6700 psi (45 MPa)
1 6 200 psi (1 1 0 MPa)
1 5 000 psi (1 05 MPa)
diameter
Stress-Relieved:
specimen preparation are as covered in Specification B 829.
All sizes
Tensile properties for material specified as
small-diameter and light-wall tube (converter sizes) shall
9.1.1 When so agreed upon by the manufacturer and
be as prescribed in Table X1 .1 .
6.2
8000 psi (55 MPa)
eter and under
Tension Test — The material shall conform to the
6.1 .1
1 0 000 psi (70 MPa)
outside diam-
Mechanical and Other Properties
6.1
UNS N02201
1
purchaser, pipe or tube may be tested to 1 ⁄2 times the
Hydrostatic Test or Nondestructive Electric Test —
allowable fiber stress given above.
Each pipe or tube shall be subj ected to the Nondestructive
9.1.2 If any pipe or tube shows leaks during hydro-
Electric Test or the Hydrostatic Test. Unless specified by
static testing, it shall be rej ected.
the purchaser, either test may be used at the option of the
producer.
Nondestructive Electric Test — Each pipe or tube
9.2
shall be examined with a nondestructive electric test as
7.
prescribed in Specification B 829.
Dimensions and Permissible Variations
7.1
Permissible variations for material specified as
small-diameter and light-wall tube (converter size) shall
10.
c o nfo rm to the p e rmi s s i b l e v ari atio ns p res c rib ed in
Keywords
10.1
Table X1 .2.
156
seamless pipe; seamless tube; N02200; N02201
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-161
APPENDIXES
(Nonmandatory Information)
X1. CONVERTER SIZES
X1.1 S mall-diameter and light-wall tube in outside
normally supplied. These are subj ect to change, and the
manufacturer should be consulted for the latest information
1
diameters 1 ⁄4 in. (31 .8 mm) and under may be furnished
in the conditions listed in Table X1 .1 when so specified.
The material is furnished in a limited range of sizes and
available.
X2.2
the manufacturer should be consulted as to the various
outside diameters and wall thicknesses that may be furnished. Material will have a bright finish. Such material
shall conform to the applicable requirements in Table X1 .1
and Table X1 .2.
Nickel (UNS N02200)
X2.2.1
Annealed —
X2.2.2
Stress-Relieved —
Soft, with a dull matte finish.
Thermally treated below
the annealing temperature to relieve the maj or portion of
the internal stresses, with a thin, light to medium-dark
surface.
X2.
CONDITIONS AND FINISHES NORMALLY
SUPPLIED
X2.1 Scope
X2.1.1 This appendix lists the conditions and finishes
X2.3
in which pipe and tube (other than converter sizes) are
Low-Carbon Nickel (UNS N02201 )
X2.3.1
Annealed —
X2.3.2
Stress-Relieved —
Similar to X2.2.1 .
Similar to X2.2.2.
TABLE X1.1
M ECH ANICAL PROPERTIES A OF SM ALL-DIAM ETER AN D LIGH T-WALL TU BING (CON VERTER SIZES)
Condition
N ickel U N S N 02200
Anneal ed B
H al f-hard C
Ful l hard D
Low-Carbon N ickel U N S N 02201
Anneal ed B
H al f-hard C
Ful l hard D
Tensile Strength, psi (M Pa)
Yield Strength (0.2 % offset),
min, psi (M Pa)
Elongation in 2 in.
or 50 mm, min, %
75 000 (515) max
80 000 (550) min
95 000 (655) min
15 000 (105)
40 000 (275)
75 000 (515)
33
12
4
70 000 (480) max
70 000 (480) min
85 000 (585) min
12 000 (85)
30 000 (205)
65 000 (450)
35
12
4
A
N ot appl icabl e to outside diameters under 1⁄8 in. (3.2 mm) and wal l thicknesses under 0.015 in. (0.38 mm).
This condition is sometimes designated as “N o. 1 Temper.”
C
This condition is sometimes designated as “N o. 2 Temper.”
D
This condition is sometimes designated as “N o. 3 Temper.”
B
157
SB-161
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE X1.2
PERM ISSIBLE VARIATION S FOR SM ALL-DIAM ETER AND LIGH T-WALL TU BE (CON VERTER SIZES) A,B,C,D,E,F
Outside Diameter
Specified Outside Diameter, in. (mm)
3
U nder ⁄32 (2.4)
⁄32 to 3⁄16 (2.4 to 4.8), excl
3
⁄16 to 1⁄2 (4.8 to 12.7), excl
1
⁄2 to 1 1⁄4 (12.7 to 31.8), incl
3
Plus
0.002
0.003
0.004
0.005
(0.05)
(0.08)
(0.10)
(0.13)
Inside Diameter
M inus
Plus
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
A
M inus
0.002
0.003
0.004
0.005
(0.05)
(0.08)
(0.10)
(0.13)
Wall Thickness, %
Plus
M inus
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
Ovality, N ormal Wal l Tubes — As Drawn (N o. 2 and 3) Tempers — Ovality wil l be hel d within the outside diameter tol erances shown in
the tabl e.
Annealed (N o. 1) Temper — Oval ity wil l be hel d within 2% of the theoretical average outside diameter.
B
Ovality, Light-Wal l Tube — As-Drawn (N o. 2 and 3) Tempers — U p to but not incl uding 1 1⁄4 in. (31.8 mm) in outside diameter, oval ity
wil l be hel d within 2% of the theoretical average outside diameter.
Annealed (N o. 1) Temper — Oval ity wil l be hel d within 3% of the theoretical average outside diameter.
C
Wal l Tolerances, Light-Wal l Tube — The pl us and minus wal l tol erance shown in the tabl e shal l appl y down to and incl uding 0.005 in.
(0.13 mm) in wal l thickness. For wal l thicknesses l ess than 0.005 in. (0.13 mm), the tol erance shal l be ±0.0005 in. (0.013 mm).
D
Random Lengths:
Where nominal random l engths on tubing 1⁄8 in. (3.2 mm) and l arger in outside diameter are specified, a l ength tol erance of ±3 1⁄2 ft
(1.06 m) appl ies to the nominal l ength. This is a total spread of 7 ft (2.10 m).
Random l engths in sizes 1⁄8 in. (3.2 mm) and l arger in outside diameter shal l be subject to a l ength range of 5 to 24 ft (1.50 to 7.30 m).
Long random l engths are subject to a range of 15 to 22 ft (4.57 to 6.70 m).
Random lengths in sizes up to, but not incl uding 1⁄8 in. (3.2 mm) in outside diameter, and fragil e l ight-wal l tubes over this outside diameter
are subject to the l ength range of 1 to 15 ft (0.30 to 4.57 m).
E
Straightness — Round tubing is subject to a straightness tol erance of one part in 600 [equival ent to a depth of arc of 0.030 in.
(0.76 mm) in any 3 ft (0.91 m) of l ength].
F
When specified, the tol erance spreads of this table may be appl ied as desired. H owever, when not specified, the tol erances in this tabl e wil l
apply. It shoul d be noted that inside diameter tol erances are based upon the outside diameter range.
158
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SPECI FI CATI ON FOR N I CKEL PLATE, SH EET, AN D STRI P
SB-162
(Identical with ASTM Specification B162-99(R14) except that certification has been made mandatory.)
159
SB-162
SB-162
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SPECIFICATION FOR NICKEL PLATE, SHEET, AND
STRIP
SB-162
[Identical with ASTM Specification B 1 62-99(R1 4) except that certification has been made mandatory.]
1.
4.
Scope
1.1
4.1 It is the responsibility of the purchaser to specify all
This s p ec ific atio n c o vers ro lled ni c kel ( UNS
requirements that are necessary for the safe and satisfactory
N02200) and low-carbon nickel (UNS N02201 ) plate,
performance of material ordered under this spcification.
sheet, and strip.
1.2
Examples of such requirements include, but are not limited
The values stated in inch–pound units are to be
to, the following:
regarded as the standard. The other values given are for
Alloy — Name and UNS number. (See Table 2.)
4.1.2 ASTM designation , including year of issue.
4.1.3 Condition (See 6.1 , 6.2, and Appendix X1 .)
4.1.4 Finish (See Appendix X1 .)
4.1.5 Dimensions — Thickness, width, and length.
4.1.6 Quantity.
4.1.7 Optional Requirements:
4.1.7.1 Sheet and Strip — Whether to be furnished
4.1.1
information only.
2.
Referenced Documents
ASTM Standards:
2.1
Ordering Information
B 1 60 Specification for Nickel Rod and Bar
B 880 General Requirements for Chemical Check Analysis
of Nickel, Nickel Alloys, and Cobalt Alloys
E 8 Test Methods for Tension Testing of Metallic Materials
in coil, in cut straight lengths, or in random straight lengths.
E 1 0 Test Method for B rinell Hardness of Metallic Mate-
4.1.7.2
rials
Superficial Hardness of Metallic Materials
4.1.7.3
E 29 Practice for Using Significant Digits in Test Data to
Determine Conformance with Specifications
and 7.3.2.)
4.1.8
E 1 1 2 Test Methods for Determining the Average Grain
Size
4. 1 . 8 . 1
Welding or Brazing —
P ro c e s s to b e
employed.
F 1 55 Test Method for Temper of Strip and Sheet Metals
4.1.8.2
for Electronic Devices (Spring-Back Method)
Plate —
Whether material is to be hot-
formed.
4.1.9
Certification — Certification and a report of test
results are required (see Section 1 5).
Terminology
4.1 .1 0
Descriptions of Terms Specific to This Standard:
3.1.1
Fabrication Details — Not mandatory but help-
ful to the manufacturer.
E 1 40 Hardness Conversion Tables for Metals
3.1
Plate — Whether to be furnished specially
flattened (see 7.7.2); also how plate is to be cut (see 7.2.1
E 39 Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Nickel
3.
Strip — Whether to be furnished with com-
mercial slit edge, square edge, or round edge.
E 1 8 Test Methods for Rockwell Hardness and Rockwell
Samples for Product (Check) Analysis —
Whether samples for product (check) analysis should be
furnished (see 5.2).
The terms given in Table 1 shall apply.
160
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-162
TABLE 1
PRODU CT DESCRIPTION
Product
Width, in.
(mm)
Thickness, in. (mm)
H ot-roll ed pl ate A
H ot-rol l ed sheetA
Cold-roll ed sheetC
Cold-roll ed strip C
3
⁄16 and over (Tables 5 and 6)
0.018 to 0.250 (0.46 to 6.4), incl (Table 7)
0.018 to 0.250 (0.46 to 6.4), incl (Table 7)
0.005 to 0.250 (0.13 to 6.4), incl (Table 7)
(Tabl e
(Tabl e
(Tabl e
(Tabl e
8) B
10)
10)
10)
A
M aterial 3⁄16 to 1 ⁄4 in. (4.8 to 6.4 mm), incl , in thickness may be furnished as sheet or pl ate provided
the material meets the specification requirements for the condition ordered.
B
H ot-rol l ed plate, in widths 10 in. (254 mm) and under, may be furnished as hot-finished rectangl es
with sheared or cut edges in accordance with Specification B 160, provided the mechanical property
requirements of this specification are met.
C
M aterial under 48 in. (1219 mm) in width may be furnished as sheet or strip provided the material
meets the specification requirements for the condition ordered.
6.2 Deep-Drawing and Spinning Quality Sheet and
Strip — The material shall conform to the requirements
TABLE 2
CH EM ICAL REQU IREM ENTS
for grain size and hardness properties prescribed in Table 4.
Composition, %
Element
N ickel
(U NS N02200)
Low-Carbon
Nickel
(U NS N 02201)
N ickel , A min
Copper, max
Iron, max
M anganese, max
Carbon, max
Carbon, max
Sil icon, max
Sul fur, max
99.0
0.25
0.40
0.35
0.15
...
0.35
0.01
99.0
0.25
0.40
0.35
...
0.02
0.35
0.01
A
6.2.1
The mechanical properties of Table 3 do not
apply to deep-drawing and spinning quality sheet and strip.
7.
Dimensions and Permissible Variations
Thickness and Weight:
7.1.1 Plate — For plate up to 2 in. (50.8 mm), inclu-
7.1
sive, in thickness, the permissible variation under the specified thickness and permissible excess in overweight shall
not exceed the amounts prescribed in Table 5.
El ement shal l be determined arithmetical l y by difference.
7. 1 . 1 . 1
Fo r us e w i th T ab l e 5 , p l ate s hal l b e
3
3
assumed to weigh 0.321 lb /in. (8.89 g /cm ).
4. 1 . 1 1
Purchaser Inspection — If the
7.1.2
p urchas er
Plate — For plate over 2 in. (50.8 mm) in thick-
ness, the permissible variations over the specified thickness
wishes to witness tests or inspection of material at the
shall not exceed the amounts prescribed in Table 6.
place of manufacture, the purchase order must so state
indicating which tests or inspections are to be witnessed
7.1.3
(see Section 1 3).
Sheet and Strip —
The permissible variations
in thickness of sheet and strip shall be as prescribed in
Table 7. The thickness of strip and sheet shall be measured
3
5.
with the micrometer spindle ⁄8 in. (9.5 mm) or more from
Chemical Compositions
either edge for material 1 in. (25.4 mm) or over in width
5.1 The material shall conform to the requirements as
and at any place on the strip under 1 in. in width.
to chemical composition prescribed in Table 2.
7.2
5.2 If a product (check) analysis is performed by the
Width and Diameter:
Plate — The permissible variations in width of
7.2.1
purchaser, the material shall be done per ASTM B 880 and
rectangular plates and diameter of circular plates shall be
the material shall conform to the product (check) analysis
as prescribed in Tables 8 and 9.
variations defined in Table 1 of ASTM B 880.
7.2.2
Sheet and Strip — The permissible variations in
width for sheet and strip shall be as prescribed in Table 1 0.
6.
7.3
Mechanical and Other Requirements
Mechanical Properties — The
Length:
material shall con-
7.3.1 Sheet and strip of all sizes may be ordered to
form to the requirements for mechanical properties pre-
cut lengths, in which case a variation of ⁄8 in. (3.2 mm)
scribed in Table 3.
over the specified length shall be permitted.
6.1
1
161
SB-162
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE 3
M ECH ANICAL PROPERTIES FOR PLATE, SH EET, AN D STRIP (ALL TH ICKN ESSES AN D SIZES U N LESS
OTH ERWISE IN DICATED)
Condition (Temper)
Tensile Strength, min,
psi (M Pa)
Yield A Strength (0.2 %
offset), min, psi (M Pa)
Elongation in 2
in. or 50 mm,
or 4 D , min, %
Rockwell H ardness
(B Scale) B,C
Nickel (U NS N02200) H ot-Rolled Plate
Anneal ed
As-rol l ed D,E
55 000 (380)
55 000 (380)
15 000 (100)
20 000 (135)
40
30
...
...
40 F
...
40 F
...
...
2
...
70 to 80
79 to 86
...
Nickel (U NS N02200) H ot-Rolled Sheet
Anneal ed
55 000 (380)
15 000 (100)
Nickel (U NS N02200) Cold-Rolled Sheet
Anneal ed
Quarter-hard
H al f-hard
H ard
55 000 (380)
...
...
90 000 (620)
15 000 (100)
...
...
70 000 (480)
Nickel (U NS N02200) Cold-Rolled Strip
Anneal ed
Skin-hard
Quarter-hard
H al f-hard
Three-quarter-hard
H ard
Spring temper
55 000 (380) G
...
...
...
...
90 000 (620) G
...
15 000
..
..
..
..
70 000
..
(100)
.
.
.
.
(480)
.
40 F,G
...
...
...
...
2G
...
...
to 70
to 80
to 86
to 91
...
95 min
64
70
79
85
Low-Carbon Nickel (U NS N02201) H ot-Rolled Plate
Anneal ed
As-rol l ed D,E
50 000 (345)
50 000 (345)
12 000 (80)
12 000 (80)
40
30
...
...
40 F
...
40 F
...
40 F,G
...
Low-Carbon Nickel (U NS N02201) H ot-Rolled Sheet
Anneal ed
50 000 (345)
12 000 (80)
Low-Carbon Nickel (U NS N02201) Cold-Rolled Sheet
Anneal ed
50 000 (345)
12 000 (80)
Low-Carbon Nickel (U NS N02201) Cold-Rolled Strip
Anneal ed
50 000 (345) G
12 000 (80)
A
Yiel d strength requirements do not appl y to material under 0.020 in. (0.51 mm) in thickness.
For Rockwel l or equival ent hardness conversions see H ardness Conversion Tables E 140.
C
Caution should be observed in using the Rockwel l test on thin material , as the resul ts may be affected by specimen thickness. For thicknesses under 0.050 in. (1.3 mm), the use of the Rockwel l superficial or the Vickers hardness test is suggested.
D
As-rol l ed pl ate may be given a stress-rel ieving heat treatment subsequent to final rol l ing.
E
As-rol l ed pl ate specified “suitabl e for hot forming” shal l be furnished from heats of known good hot-mal l eabil ity characteristics (see
X1.2.2). There are no appl icabl e tensil e or hardness requirements for such material .
F
Sheet and strip 0.010 to 0.049 in. (0.25 to 1.2 mm), incl usive, in thickness shal l have an el ongation of 30% minimum. Sheet and strip
0.050 to 0.109 in. (1.3 to 2.7 mm), incl usive, in thickness shal l have an elongation of 35% minimum.
G
N ot appl icabl e for thickness under 0.010 in. (0.25 mm).
B
162
TABLE 4
GRAIN SIZE AN D H ARDN ESS FOR COLD-ROLLED, DEEP-DRAWIN G, AND SPIN NIN G QU ALITY SH EET AN D STRIP
Calculated Diameter of Average Grain Section, max
Thickness, in. (mm)
mm
in.
Corresponding ASTM
M icro-Grain Size N o.
Rockwell B A,B
H ardness, max
3.5
3.0
64
64
7.5 F
5.0
3.5
70 F
68
64
7.0 F
4.5
3.5
66 F
64
64
N ickel (U N S N 02200) Sheet [56 in. (1420 mm) Wide and U nder] C
0.050 (1.3) and l ess
Over 0.050 to 0.250 (1.3 to 6.4), incl
0.110
0.120
0.0043
0.0047
N ickel (U N S N 02200) Strip [12 in. (305 mm) Wide and U nder] D
0.025
0.065
0.110
0.0010
0.0026
0.0043
Low-Carbon N ickel (U N S N 02201) Strip [12 in. (305 mm) Wide and U nder] D
0.005 E to 0.010 (0.13 to 0.25), incl
Over 0.010 to 0.024 (0.25 to 0.61), incl
Over 0.024 to 0.125 (0.61 to 3.2), incl
0.030
0.075
0.110
0.0012
0.0030
0.0043
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
163
0.005 E to 0.010 (0.13 to 0.25), incl
Over 0.010 to 0.024 (0.25 to 0.61), incl
Over 0.024 to 0.125 (0.61 to 3.2), incl
A
For Rockwel l or equival ent hardness conversions see H ardness Conversion Tabl es E 140.
Caution shoul d be observed in using the Rockwel l test on thin material , as the resul ts may be affected by specimen thickness. For thicknesses under 0.050 in. (1.3 mm), the use of the
Rockwel l superficial or the Vickers hardness test is suggested.
C
There are no appl icabl e grain size requirements for l ow-carbon nickel (U N S N 02201) sheet. The hardness of l ow-carbon nickel (U N S N 02201) sheet shall be not over Rockwel l B64, or
equival ent.
D
Sheet requirements in Tabl e 4 appl y to strip thicknesses over 0.125 in. (3.2 mm), and for al l thicknesses of strip over 12 in. (305 mm) in width.
E
For ductil ity eval uations for strip under 0.005 in. (0.13 mm) in thickness, the spring-back test, such as that described in Test M ethod F 155, is often used and the manufacturer shoul d be
consulted.
F
Accurate grain size and hardness determinations are difficul t to make on strip under 0.005 in. (0.13 mm) in thickness and are not recommended.
B
SB-162
SB-162
TABLE 5
PERM ISSIBLE VARIATION S IN TH ICKNESS AND OVERWEIGH T OF RECTAN GU LAR PLATES
Permissible Excess in Average Weight, B,C per Square Foot of Plates for Widths Given in Inches (millimetres) Expressed in Percentage of N ominal
Weights
3
⁄1 6 to 5⁄1 6 (4.8 to 7.9), excl
⁄1 6 to 3⁄8 (7.9 to 9.5), excl
3
⁄8 to 7⁄1 6 (9.5 to 11.1), excl
7
⁄1 6 to 1⁄2 (11.1 to 12.7), excl
1
⁄2 to 5⁄8 (12.7 to 15.9), excl
5
⁄8 to 3⁄4 (15.9 to 19.0), excl
3
⁄4 to 1 (19.0 to 25.4), excl
1 to 2 (25.4 to 50.8), incl
5
164
60 to 72
(1520 to
1830),
excl
72 to 84
(1830 to
2130),
excl
84 to 96
(2130 to
2440),
excl
96 to 108
(2440 to
2740), excl
108 to 120
(2740 to
3050), excl
120 to 132
(3050 to
3350), excl
132 to 144
(3350 to
3660), excl
144 to 160
(3660 to
4070), incl
9.0
7.5
7.0
6.0
5.0
4.5
4.0
4.0
10.5
9.0
7.5
7.0
6.0
5.5
4.5
4.0
12.0
10.5
9.0
7.5
7.0
6.0
5.5
4.5
13.5
12.0
10.5
9.0
7.5
7.0
6.0
5.5
15.0
13.5
12.0
10.5
9.0
7.5
7.0
6.0
16.5
15.0
13.5
12.0
10.5
9.0
7.5
7.0
18.0
16.5
15.0
13.5
12.0
10.5
9.0
7.5
...
18.0
16.5
15.0
13.5
12.0
10.5
9.0
...
...
18.0
16.5
15.0
13.5
12.0
10.5
...
...
19.5
18.0
16.5
15.0
13.5
12.0
N OTE — All pl ates shal l be ordered to thickness and not to weight per square foot. N o pl ates shall vary more than 0.01 in. (0.25 mm) under the thickness ordered, and the overweight of
each l otA in each shipment shall not exceed the amount given in the table. Spot grinding is permitted to remove surface imperfections, such spots not to exceed 0.01 in. (0.25 mm) under the
specified thickness.
A
B
C
The term “l ot” appl ied to this tabl e means al l of the pl ates of each group width and each group thickness.
The permissibl e overweight for l ots of circul ar and sketch pl ates shal l be 25% greater than the amounts given in this tabl e.
The weight of individual pl ates shal l not exceed the nominal weight by more than 1 1 ⁄4 times the amount given in the tabl e and Footnote B .
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
Specified Thickness, in. (mm)
U nder
48 (1220)
48 to 60
(1220 to
1520),
excl
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-162
TABLE 6
PERM ISSIBLE VARIATION S IN TH ICKNESS FOR RECTAN GU LAR PLATES OVER 2 in. (50.8 mm) IN TH ICKN ESS
Permissible Variations, in. (mm), over Specified Thickness for Widths Given, in. (mm)
Specified Thickness, in. (mm)
36 to 60
(915 to
1520), excl
To 36
(915), excl
Over 2 to 3 ( 51 .0 to 76.0) , excl
3 to 4 ( 76.0 to 1 02 .0) , i ncl
1
5
3
⁄1 6 ( 1 .6)
⁄64 ( 2 .0)
3
60 to 84
(1520 to
2130), excl
7
⁄32 (2 .4)
⁄32 (2 .4)
7
84 to 120
(2130 to
3050), excl
1
⁄64 (2 .8)
⁄64 (2 .8)
1
120 to 132
(3050 to
3350), excl
1
⁄8 (3.2 )
⁄8 (3.2 )
1
132 (3350)
and over
9
⁄8 ( 3.2)
⁄8 ( 3.2)
⁄64 (3.6)
⁄64 (3.6)
9
N OTE — Permi ssi bl e vari ati on under speci fied thi ckness, 0.01 i n. (0.2 5 mm) .
TABLE 7
PERM ISSIBLE VARIATIONS IN TH ICKN ESS OF SH EET AND STRIP [PERM ISSIBLE VARIATION S, PLU S AN D
M IN U S, IN TH ICKNESS, in. (mm), FOR WIDTH S GIVEN IN in. (mm)]
SheetA
H ot-Rolled
Specified Thickness, in. (mm)
0.01 8 to 0.02 5 ( 0.46 to 0.64) , i ncl
Over 0.02 5 to 0.034 (0.64 to 0.86) , i ncl
Over 0.034 to 0.043 (0.86 to 1 .1 ) , i ncl
Over 0.043 to 0.056 (1 .1 to 1 .4) , i ncl
Over 0.056 to 0.070 (1 .4 to 1 .8) , i ncl
Over 0.070 to 0.078 (1 .8 to 2 .0) , i ncl
Over 0.078 to 0.093 (2 .0 to 2 .4) , i ncl
Over 0.093 to 0.1 09 (2 .4 to 2 .8) , i ncl
Over 0.1 09 to 0.1 2 5 (2 .8 to 3.2 ) , i ncl
Over 0.1 2 5 to 0.1 40 (3.2 to 3.6) , i ncl
Over 0.1 40 to 0.1 71 (3.6 to 4.3) , i ncl
Over 0.1 71 to 0.1 87 (4.3 to 4.8) , i ncl
Over 0.1 87 to 0.2 1 8 (4.8 to 5.5) , i ncl
Over 0.21 8 to 0.2 34 (5.5 to 5.9) , i ncl
Over 0.234 to 0.2 50 (5.9 to 6.4) , i ncl
48 (1220) and U nder
0.003
0.004
0.005
0.005
0.006
0.007
0.008
0.009
0.01 0
0.01 2
0.01 4
0.01 5
0.01 7
0.01 8
0.02 0
Cold-Rolled
Over 48 to 60
(1220 to 1520), incl
( 0.08)
( 0.1 0)
( 0.1 3)
( 0.1 3)
( 0.1 5)
( 0.1 8)
( 0.2 0)
( 0.2 3)
( 0.2 5)
( 0.30)
( 0.36)
( 0.38)
( 0.43)
( 0.46)
( 0.51 )
0.004
0.005
0.006
0.006
0.007
0.008
0.009
0.01 0
0.01 2
0.01 4
0.01 6
0.01 7
0.01 9
0.02 0
0.02 2
(0.1 0)
(0.1 3)
(0.1 5)
(0.1 5)
(0.1 8)
(0.2 0)
(0.2 3)
(0.2 5)
(0.30)
(0.36)
(0.41 )
(0.43)
(0.48)
(0.51 )
(0.56)
48 (1220) and U nder
0.002
0.003
0.004
0.004
0.005
0.006
0.007
0.007
0.008
0.008
0.009
0.01 0
0.01 1
0.01 2
0.01 3
Over 48 to 60
(1220 to 1520),
incl
(0.05)
(0.08)
(0.1 0)
(0.1 0)
(0.1 3)
(0.1 5)
(0.1 8)
(0.1 8)
(0.2 0)
(0.2 0)
(0.2 3)
(0.2 5)
(0.2 8)
(0.30)
(0.33)
0.003
0.004
0.005
0.005
0.006
0.007
0.008
0.009
0.01 0
0.01 0
0.01 2
0.01 3
0.01 5
0.01 6
0.01 8
( 0.08)
( 0.1 0)
( 0.1 3)
( 0.1 3)
( 0.1 5)
( 0.1 8)
( 0.2 0)
( 0.2 3)
( 0.2 5)
( 0.2 5)
( 0.30)
( 0.33)
( 0.38)
( 0.41 )
( 0.46)
Cold-Rolled Strip A,B
Specified Thickness, in. (mm)
Widths 12 in. (305 mm) and under, ±
U p to 0.050 ( 1 .3) , i ncl
Over 0.050 to 0.093 ( 1 .3 to 2 .4) , i ncl
Over 0.093 to 0.1 2 5 ( 2 .4 to 3.2 ) , i ncl
A
B
0.001 5 (0.04)
0.002 5 (0.06)
0.004 (0.1 1 )
M easured 3⁄8 i n. ( 9.5 mm) or more from ei ther edge except for stri p under 1 i n. (2 5.4 mm) i n wi dth whi ch i s measured at any pl ace.
S tandard sheet tol erances appl y for thi cknesses over 0.1 25 i n. (3.2 mm) and for al l thi cknesses of stri p over 1 2 i n. ( 305 mm) wide.
165
SB-162
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE 8
PERM ISSIBLE VARIATIONS IN WIDTH A OF SH EARED, PLASM A-TORCH CU T, AN D ABRASIVE-CU T RECTANGU LAR
PLATE B,C
Permissible Variations in Widths for Widths Given in in. (mm)
U p to 30 (760),
incl
Specified Thickness
+
−
Over 30 to 72
(760 to 1830),
incl
+
Over 72 to 108
(1830 to 2740),
incl
+
−
−
Over 108 to 144
(2740 to 3660),
incl
+
−
Over 144 to 160
(3660 to 4070),
incl
+
−
...
5
⁄8
3
⁄4
7
⁄8
1
...
1
⁄8
1
⁄8
1
⁄8
1
⁄8
Inches
Sheared: D
3
⁄16 to 5⁄16 , excl
5
⁄16 to 1⁄2 , excl
1
⁄2 to 3⁄4 , excl
3
⁄4 to 1, excl
1 to 1 1⁄4 , incl
Abrasive-cut: E,F
3
⁄16 to 1 1⁄4 , incl
Over 1 1⁄4 to 2 3⁄4 , incl
Pl asma-torch-cut: G
3
⁄16 to 2, excl
2 to 3, incl
3
⁄16
⁄4
3
⁄8
1
⁄2
5
⁄8
1
⁄8
⁄8
1
⁄8
1
⁄8
1
⁄8
1
1
⁄2
⁄2
5
⁄8
3
⁄4
7
⁄8
1
3
⁄8
⁄8
1
⁄8
1
⁄8
1
⁄8
1
1
⁄8
⁄8
1
⁄2
5
⁄8
3
⁄4
1
3
⁄8
⁄8
1
⁄8
1
⁄8
1
⁄8
3
1
⁄4
⁄8
3
⁄8
1
⁄2
5
⁄8
1
1
1
1
1
⁄8
⁄16
1
⁄8
⁄8
1
⁄8
⁄16
1
⁄8
⁄8
1
⁄8
⁄16
1
⁄8
⁄8
1
⁄8
⁄16
1
⁄8
⁄8
1
⁄2
⁄8
0
0
1
⁄2
⁄8
0
0
1
⁄2
⁄8
0
0
1
⁄2
⁄8
0
0
1
⁄2
⁄8
0
0
3
1
5
1
3
5
1
3
5
1
3
5
⁄8
⁄8
1
⁄8
1
⁄8
1
⁄8
1
⁄8
⁄16
3
5
1
1
⁄8
⁄8
M illimetres
D
Sheared:
4.8 to 7.9, excl
7.9 to 12.7, excl
12.7 to 19.0, excl
19.0 to 25.4, excl
25.4 to 31.8, incl
Abrasive-cut: E,F
4.8 to 31.8, incl
Over 31.8 to 69.8, incl
Pl asma-torch-cut: G
4.8 to 50.8, excl
50.8 to 76.2, incl
4.8
6.4
9.5
12.7
15.9
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
6.4
9.5
9.5
12.7
15.9
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
9.5
9.5
12.7
15.9
19.0
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
12.7
12.7
15.9
19.0
22.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
...
15.9
19.0
22.2
25.4
...
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
4.8
3.2
3.2
3.2
4.8
3.2
3.2
3.2
4.8
3.2
3.2
3.2
4.8
3.2
3.2
3.2
4.8
3.2
3.2
12.7
15.9
0
0
12.7
15.9
0
0
12.7
15.9
0
0
12.7
15.9
0
0
12.7
15.9
0
0
A
Permissibl e variations in width for powder-cut or inert-arc-cut pl ate shal l be as agreed upon between the manufacturer and the purchaser.
Permissibl e variations in machined, powder-cut, or inert-arc-cut circul ar pl ate shal l be as agreed upon between the manufacturer and the
purchaser.
C
Permissibl e variations in pl asma-torch-cut sketch pl ates shal l be as agreed upon between the manufacturer and the purchaser.
D
The minimum sheared width is 10 in. (254 mm) for material 3⁄4 in. (19.0 mm) and under in thickness and 20 in. (508 mm) for material
over 3⁄4 in. (19.0 mm) in thickness.
E
The minimum abrasive-cut width is 2 in. (50.8 mm) and increases to 4 in. (101.6 mm) for thicker pl ates.
F
These tol erances are appl icabl e to l engths of 240 in. (6100 mm), max. For l engths over 240 in. (6100 mm), an additional 1 ⁄16 in. (1.6
mm) is permitted, both pl us and minus.
G
The tolerance spread shown for pl asma-torch-cutting may be obtained al l on the minus side, or divided between the pl us and minus side if
so specified by the purchaser.
B
166
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-162
TABLE 9
PERM ISSIBLE VARIATIONS IN DIAM ETER FOR CIRCU LAR PLATES
Sheared Plate
Permissible Variations Over Specified Diameter
for Thickness Given in in. (mm) A
To 3 /8 (9.5), incl
Specified Diameter, in. (mm)
1
20 to 32 (508 to 813), excl
32 to 84 (813 to 2130), excl
84 to 108 (2130 to 2740), excl
108 to 140 (2740 to 3580), incl
⁄4 (6.4)
⁄16 (7.9)
3
⁄8 (9.5)
7
⁄16 (11.1)
5
Plasma-Torch-Cut Plate B
Permissible Variations in Specified Diameter for Thickness Given in in. (mm) C
Specified Diameter, in. (mm)
19
20
22
24
28
32
34
38
40
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
20 (483 to
22 (508 to
24 (559 to
28 (610 to
32 (711 to
34 (812 to
38 (864 to
40 (965 to
140 (1020
508), excl
559), excl
610), excl
711), excl
812), excl
864), excl
965), excl
1020), excl
to 3560), incl
3
Thickness max,
in. (mm)
3
2 3⁄4
2 1⁄2
2 1⁄4
2
1 3⁄4
1 1⁄2
1 1⁄4
3
(76.2)
(69.8)
(63.5)
(57.3)
(50.8)
(44.5)
(38.1)
(31.8)
(76.2)
/16 to 2 (4.76 to 50.8), excl
+
1
⁄2
⁄2
1
⁄2
1
⁄2
1
⁄2
1
⁄2
1
⁄2
1
⁄2
1
⁄2
1
2 to 3 (50.8 to 76.2), incl
+
−
(15.9)
(15.9)
(15.9)
(15.9)
(15.9)
...
...
...
5
⁄8 (15.9)
0
0
0
0
0
...
...
...
0
−
(12.7)
(12.7)
(12.7)
(12.7)
(12.7)
(12.7)
(12.7)
(12.7)
(12.7)
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
5
⁄8
⁄8
5
⁄8
5
⁄8
5
⁄8
5
A
N o permissibl e variations under.
Permissibl e variations in pl asma-torch-cut sketch pl ates shall be as agreed upon between the manufacturer and the purchaser.
C
The tolerance spread shown may al so be obtained al l on the minus side or divided between the pl us and minus sides if so specified by the
purchaser.
B
7.3.2 Permissible variations in length of rectangular
7.5.1.5 Plate shall have sheared or cut (machined,
plate shall be as prescribed in Table 1 1 .
abrasive-cut, powder-cut, or inert-arc-cut) edges, as specified.
7.4 Straightness:
7.6 Squareness (Sheet) — For sheets of all thicknesses,
7.4.1 The edgewise curvature (depth of chord) of flat
1
the angle between adj acent sides shall be 90° ±0.1 5° ( ⁄1 6
sheet, strip, and plate shall not exceed 0.05 in. multiplied by
in. in 24 in.) (1 .6 mm in 61 0 mm).
the length in feet (0.04 mm multiplied by the length in
7.7 Flatness:
7.7.1 There shall be no flatness requirements for
centimetres).
7.4.2
Straightness for coiled material is subj ect to
“deep drawing quality,” “spinning quality,” or “as rolled,”
agreement between the manufacturer and the purchaser.
sheet and strip (see X1 .4).
7.5 Edges:
7.5.1
7.7.2 Standard flatness tolerances for plate shall con-
When finished edges of strip are specified in
form to the requirements prescribed in Table 1 2. “Specially
the contract or order, the following descriptions shall apply:
7.5.1.1
flattened” plate, when so specified, shall have permissible
variations in flatness as agreed upon between the manufac-
Square-edge strip shall be supplied with
turer and the purchaser.
finished edges, with sharp, square corners, and without
bevel or rounding.
7.5.1.2
8.
Round-edge strip shall be supplied with
finished edges, semicircular in form, and the diameter of the
Workmanship, Finish, and Appearance
8.1 The material shall be uniform in quality and temper,
smooth, commercially straight or flat, and free of inj urious
circle forming the edge being equal to the strip thickness.
imperfections.
7.5.1.3 When no description of any required form
8.2 Sheet, Strip, and Plate — Sheet, strip, and plate
of strip edge is given, it shall be understood that edges
supplied in the conditions and finishes as listed in the
such as those resulting from slitting or shearing will be
appendix may be ground or machined to remove surface
acceptable.
imperfections, provided such removal does not reduce the
7.5.1.4 Sheet shall have sheared or slit edges.
material below the minimum specified dimensions. Surface
167
SB-162
TABLE 10
PERM ISSIBLE VARIATIONS IN WIDTH OF SH EET AND STRIP
Permissible Variations in Specified Width, in. (mm)
Specified Thickness, in. (mm)
Specified Width, in. (mm)
+
−
0.1 2 5 (3.2 )
0
Sheet
U p to 0.2 50 ( 6.4)
al l
U nder 0.075 (1 .9)
168
0.075 to 0.1 00 ( 1 .9 to 2 .5) , incl
Over 0.1 00 to 0.1 2 5 (2 .5 to 3.2) , i ncl
Over 0.1 2 5 to 0.1 60 (3.2 to 4.1 ) , i ncl
Over 0.1 60 to 0.1 87 (4.1 to 4.7) , i ncl
Over 0.1 87 to 0.2 50 (4.7 to 6.4) , i ncl
up to 1 2 ( 305) , i ncl
over 1 2 to 48 (305 to
up to 1 2 ( 305) , i ncl
over 1 2 to 48 (305 to
up to 1 2 ( 305) , i ncl
over 1 2 to 48 (305 to
up to 1 2 ( 305) , i ncl
over 1 2 to 48 (305 to
up to 1 2 ( 305) , i ncl
over 1 2 to 48 (305 to
up to 1 2 ( 305) , i ncl
over 1 2 to 48 (305 to
1 2 1 9) , i ncl
1 2 1 9) , i ncl
1 2 1 9) , i ncl
1 2 1 9) , i ncl
1 2 1 9) , i ncl
1 2 1 9) , i ncl
0.007
0.062
0.009
0.062
0.01 2
0.062
0.01 6
0.062
0.020
0.062
0.062
0.062
( 0.1 8)
( 1 .6)
( 0.2 3)
( 1 .6)
( 0.30)
( 1 .6)
( 0.41 )
( 1 .6)
( 0.51 )
( 1 .6)
( 1 .6)
( 1 .6)
0.007 (0.1 8)
0
0.009 (0.2 3)
0
0.01 2 (0.30)
0
0.01 6 (0.41 )
0
0.02 0 (0.51 )
0
0.062 ( 1 .6)
0.062 (1 .6)
A
Rol l ed-round or square-edge stri p i n thi cknesses of 0.071 to 0.1 2 5 i n. (1 .8 to 3.2 mm) , i ncl usi ve, i n wi dths 3 i n. ( 76.2 mm) and under, shal l have permi ssi bl e wi dth vari ati ons of ±0.005
i n. (±0.1 30 mm) . Permi ssi bl e vari ati ons for other sizes shal l be as agreed upon between the manufacturer and the purchaser.
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
Strip
A
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-162
TABLE 11
PERM ISSIBLE VARIATION S IN LENGTH A OF SH EARED, PLASM A TORCH -CU T, B AND ABRASIVE-CU T
RECTANGU LAR PLATE C
Permissible Variation in Length for Lengths Given, in. (mm)
Over
60 to 96
(1520 to
2440),
incl
Over
96 to 120
(2440 to
3050),
incl
+
+
U p to 60
(1520),
incl
Specified Thickness
+
−
−
Over
120 to 240
(3050 to
6096),
incl
+
Over
240 to 360
(6096 to
9144),
incl
−
+
−
1
5
1
1
1
−
Over
360 to 450
(9144 to
11 430),
incl
+
−
Over
450 to 540
(11 430 to
13 716),
incl
+
−
Over 540
(13 716)
+
−
Inches
Sheared: D
3
⁄16 to 5⁄16 , excl
5
⁄16 to 1⁄2 , excl
1
⁄2 to 3⁄4 , excl
3
⁄4 to 1, excl
1 to 1 1⁄4 , incl
Abrasive-cut: E
3
⁄16 to 1 1⁄4 , incl
Over 1 1⁄4 to 2 3⁄4 , incl
Pl asma-torch-cut: F
3
⁄16 to 2, excl
2 to 3, incl
3
⁄16
3
⁄8
1
⁄2
5
⁄8
3
⁄4
1
1
⁄4
⁄2
1
⁄2
5
⁄8
3
⁄4
1
1
1
⁄8
⁄8
1
⁄8
1
⁄8
1
⁄8
⁄8
⁄8
1
1
0
0
1
⁄8
⁄8
1
⁄8
1
⁄8
1
⁄8
⁄8
3
⁄16
1
1
1
5
⁄2
⁄8
1
1
⁄8
⁄16
3
5
⁄2
⁄8
3
⁄8
⁄2
5
⁄8
5
⁄8
3
⁄4
1
⁄8
⁄8
1
⁄8
1
⁄8
1
⁄8
1
⁄2
⁄2
5
⁄8
3
⁄4
7
⁄8
1
1
⁄8
⁄8
1
1
⁄8
⁄8
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
⁄8
⁄16
3
5
⁄2
⁄8
1
⁄8
⁄16
3
5
⁄2
⁄8
⁄8
⁄8
1
⁄8
1
⁄8
1
⁄8
⁄8
⁄8
3
⁄4
7
⁄8
1 1⁄8
5
⁄8
⁄8
1
0
0
1
1
3
5
⁄8
⁄8
1
⁄8
1
⁄8
1
⁄8
1
3
⁄4
⁄4
7
⁄8
1 1⁄8
1 3⁄8
⁄8
⁄16
1
⁄8
⁄8
1
⁄2
⁄8
0
0
1
1
3
5
1
7
1
⁄8
⁄8
1
⁄8
1
⁄8
1
⁄8
⁄8
⁄8
1 1⁄8
1 3⁄8
1 5⁄8
⁄8
⁄8
1
⁄8
1
⁄8
1
⁄8
...
1
1 3⁄8
1 5⁄8
...
...
1
⁄8
1
⁄8
1
⁄8
...
⁄8
⁄16
1
⁄8
⁄8
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
⁄2
⁄8
0
0
1
⁄2
⁄8
0
0
1
⁄2
⁄8
0
0
3
1
1
7
5
1
5
M illimetres
D
Sheared:
4.8 to 7.9, excl
7.9 to 12.7, excl
12.7 to 19.0, excl
19.0 to 25.4, excl
25.4 to 31.8, incl
Abrasive-cut: E
4.8 to 31.8, incl
Over 31.8 to 69.9, incl
Pl asma-torch-cut: F
4.8 to 50.8, excl
50.8 to 76.2, incl
4.8
9.5
12.7
15.9
19.0
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
6.4
12.7
12.7
15.9
19.0
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
9.5
12.7
15.9
15.9
19.0
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
12.7
12.7
15.9
19.0
22.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
15.9
15.9
19.0
22.2
28.6
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
19.0
19.0
22.2
28.6
34.9
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
22.2
22.2
28.6
34.9
41.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
...
25.4
34.9
41.2
...
...
3.2
3.2
3.2
...
3.2
4.8
3.2
3.2
3.2
4.8
3.2
3.2
3.2
4.8
3.2
3.2
3.2
4.8
3.2
3.2
3.2
4.8
3.2
3.2
3.2
4.8
3.2
3.2
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
12.7
15.9
0
0
12.7
15.9
0
0
12.7
15.9
0
0
12.7
15.9
A
0
0
12.7
15.9
0
0
12.7
15.9
0
0
12.7
15.9
0
0
12.7
15.9
0
0
Permissible variations in l ength for powder-cut or inert-arc-cut plate shal l be as agreed upon between the manufacturer and the purchaser.
The tol erance spread shown for pl asma-torch-cutting may be obtained al l on the minus side, or divided between the pl us and minus sides if
so specified by the purchaser.
C
Permissibl e variations in machined, powder-cut or inert-arc-cut circul ar pl ate shal l be as agreed upon between the manufacturer and the
purchaser.
D
The minimum sheared l ength is 10 in. (254 mm).
E
Abrasive cut appl icabl e to a maximum l ength of 144 to 400 in. (3658 to 10 160 mm) depending on the thickness and width ordered.
F
The tol erance spread shown for pl asma-torch-cut sketch plates shal l be as agreed upon between the manufacturer and the purchaser.
B
169
SB-162
TABLE 12
PERM ISSIBLE VARIATIONS FROM FLATN ESS OF RECTANGU LAR, CIRCU LAR, AN D SKETCH PLATES
Permissible Variations from a Flat Surface for Thickness and Widths Given in in. (mm)
To 48
(1220),
excl
Specified Thickness
48 to 60
(1220 to
1520),
excl
60 to 72
(1520 to
1830),
excl
72 to 84
(1830 to
2130),
excl
144
(3660),
and over
108 to 120
(2740 to
3050), excl
120 to 144
(3050 to
3660), excl
⁄8
⁄1 6
1
⁄8
1
⁄8
13
⁄1 6
11
⁄1 6
9
⁄1 6
...
1 9⁄1 6
1 1⁄4
1 1⁄8
15
⁄1 6
11
⁄1 6
5
⁄8
...
1 7⁄8
1 7⁄1 6
1 1⁄8
1
3
⁄4
3
⁄4
...
...
1 3⁄4
1 3⁄8
1 1 ⁄8
1
7
⁄8
41 .3
36.5
2 8.6
2 8.6
2 0.6
1 7.5
1 4.3
...
39.7
31 .7
2 8.6
2 3.8
1 7.5
1 5.9
...
47.6
35.0
28.6
25.4
1 9.0
1 9.0
...
...
44.4
34.9
2 8.6
2 5.4
2 2 .2
84 to 96
(2130 to
2440), excl
96 to 108
(2440 to
2740), excl
1 5⁄8
1 3⁄8
15
⁄1 6
13
⁄1 6
3
⁄4
11
⁄1 6
1
⁄2
1
1
1
1
41 .3
35.0
2 3.8
2 0.6
1 9.0
1 7.5
1 2 .7
Inches
3
3
1
11
⁄4
⁄1 6
1
⁄2
1
⁄2
1
⁄2
1
⁄2
1
⁄4
1 1⁄1 6
3
⁄4
9
⁄1 6
9
⁄1 6
9
⁄1 6
9
⁄1 6
5
⁄1 6
1 1⁄4
15
⁄1 6
11
⁄1 6
5
⁄8
5
⁄8
9
⁄1 6
3
⁄8
1 3⁄8
1 1⁄8
3
⁄4
5
⁄8
5
⁄8
9
⁄1 6
7
⁄1 6
5
7
M illimetres
4.8 to 6.4, excl
6.4 to 9.5, excl
9.5 to 1 2 .7, excl
1 2 .7 to 1 9.0, excl
1 9.0 to 2 5.4, excl
2 5.4 to 50.8, excl
50.8 to 1 01 .6, i ncl
N OTE
N OTE
N OTE
N OTE
1
2
3
4
—
—
—
—
1 9.0
1 7.5
1 2 .7
1 2 .7
1 2 .7
1 2 .7
6.4
2 7.0
1 9.0
1 4.3
1 4.3
1 4.3
1 4.3
7.9
31 .7
2 3.8
1 7.5
1 5.9
1 5.9
1 4.3
9.5
34.9
28.6
1 9.0
1 5.9
1 5.9
1 4.3
1 1 .1
Permi ssi bl e vari ati ons appl y to pl ates up to 1 2 ft ( 3.66 m) i n l ength, or to any 1 2 ft of l onger pl ates.
I f the l onger di mensi on i s under 36 i n. (91 4 mm) , the permi ssi bl e vari ati on i s not greater than 1⁄4 i n. (6.4 mm) .
The shorter di mensi on speci fied i s consi dered the wi dth, and the permi ssi bl e vari ati on i n flatness across the wi dth does not exceed the tabul ar amount of that di mension.
The maximum devi ati on from a flat surface does not customari l y exceed the tabul ar tol erance for the l onger dimensi on speci fied.
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
170
⁄1 6 to 1⁄4 , excl
⁄4 to 3⁄8 , excl
3
⁄8 to 1⁄2 , excl
1
⁄2 to 3⁄4 , excl
3
⁄4 to 1 , excl
1 to 2 , excl
2 to 4, i ncl
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-162
eliminated depressions shall be faired smoothly into the
11.3.2 The largest possible round specimen shown
surrounding material. The removal of a surface imperfec-
in Test Methods E 8 for material ⁄2 in. (1 2.7 mm) and over.
1
tion shall be verified by the method originally used to
detect the imperfection.
12.
9.
12.1 Determine the chemical composition, mechanical,
Sampling
9.1
Lot — Definition:
9.1.1
Test Methods
and other properties of the material as enumerated in this
specification, in case of disagreement, in accordance with
A lot for chemical analysis shall consist of
the following methods:
one heat.
9.1.2 A lot for mechanical properties, hardness, and
Test
grain size testing shall consist of all material from the same
heat, nominal thickness, and condition.
9.1.2.1
Where material cannot be identified by
heat, a lot shall consist of not more than 500 lb (227 kg)
of material in the same thickness and condition, except
for plates weighing over 500 lb, in which case only one
specimen shall be taken.
9.2 Test Material Selection:
9.2.1 Chemical Analysis — Representative samples
E 39
E 8
Brinell hardness
E 10
Rockwell hardness
E 18
Hardness conversion
E 1 40
Grain size
E 112
Rounding procedure
E 29
Spring-back
F 1 55
12.2 The measurement of the average grain size may
method, or the intercept method described in Test Methods
Product (check) analysis shall be wholly
E 1 1 2 . In c as e o f di s p u te, the “ re fe ree ” me tho d fo r
the responsibility of the purchaser.
9.2.2
Chemical analysis
Tension
be carried out by the planimetric method, the comparison
shall be taken during pouring or subsequent processing.
9.2.1.1
determining the average grain size shall be the planimetric
Mechanical Properties, Hardness, and Grain
method.
Size — Samples of the material to provide test specimens
12.3 For purposes of determining compliance with the
for mechanical properties, hardness, and grain size shall
specified limits for requirements of the properties listed in
be taken from such locations in each lot as to be representa-
the following table, an observed value or a calculated value
tive of that lot. (Hardness and grain size required only on
s hall be rounded as indicated, in accordance with the
the products as specified in Tables 3 and 4.)
rounding method of Practice E 29.
10. Number of Tests
10.1 Chemical Analysis
10.2
10.3
Rounded Unit for Observed
— One test per lot.
Mechanical Properties — One test per lot.
Hardness — One test per lot. (Required only
as
Test
Or Calculated Value
Chemical composition, hardnes s,
and tolerances (when expressed
in decimals)
nearest unit in the last right
hand place of figures of
the specified limit. If two
choices are pos s ible, as
when the digits dropped
are exactly a 5, or a 5 foll o w e d o nl y b y z e ro s ,
choose the one ending in
an even digit, with zero
defined as an even digit.
Tensile strength and yield strength
nearest 1 000 psi (6.9 MPa)
Elongation
nearest 1 %
specified in Table 3 and Table 4.)
10.4
Grain Size — One test per lot.
(Required only as
specified in Table 4.)
11. Specimen Preparation
11.1 Tension test specimens shall be taken from mate-
Grain Size:
rial in the final condition (temper) and tested transverse to
the direction of rolling when width will permit.
11.2 Tension test specimens shall be any of the standard
0.0024 in. (0.060 mm) or larger
nearest multiple of 0. 0002
in. (0.005 mm)
less than 0.0024 in. (0.060 mm)
nearest multiple of 0. 0001
in. (0.002 mm)
or subsize specimens shown in Test Methods E 8.
11.3
ASTM Designation
In the event of disagreement, referee specimens
shall be as follows:
13.
11.3.1 Full thickness of the material, machined to the
Inspection
form and dimensions shown for the sheet-type specimen in
13.1 Inspection of the material shall be as agreed upon
Test Methods E 8 for material under ⁄2 in. (1 2.7 mm) in
between the purchaser and the supplier as part of the pur-
thickness.
chase contract.
1
171
SB-162
14.
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
16.
Rejection and Rehearing
14.1
of this
Material that fails to conform to the requirements
s pecification may be rej ected.
16.1
Rej ection s hould be
one
reported to the producer or s upplier promptly and in writing.
In cas e
of dis s atis faction
with the
res ults
of the
Product Marking
tes t,
the producer or s upplier may make claim for a rehearing.
Each
face
with
plate,
the
s heet,
(temper) ,
heat number,
s ize.
markings
the
The
material
or
its
or
s trip
s pecification
s hall
number,
manufacturer’ s
s hall
not have
performance
be
marked
alloy,
identification,
a deleterious
and
s hall
be
on
condition
and
effect on
s ufficiently
s table to withs tand normal handling.
15.
Certification
15.1
16.2
A manufacturer’ s certification s hall be furnis hed to
When
applicable,
each
bundle
or
s hipping
con-
tainer s hall be marked with the name of the material, condi-
the purchas er s tating that material has been manufactured,
tes ted, and ins pected in accordance with this s pecification,
ti o n
and
cons ignor and cons ignee addres s , contract or order number,
that
the
tes t
res ults
on
repres entative
s amples
meet
( te mp e r) ,
thi s
s p e c i fic a t i o n
n u mb e r,
al l o y ,
s ize,
s pecification requirements . A report of the tes t res ults s hall
and s uch other information as may be defined in the con-
be furnis hed.
tract or order.
172
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-162
APPENDIX
(Nonmandatory Information)
X1. CONDITIONS AND FINISHES
X1.1 Scope
X1.5 Sheet and Strip, Cold-Rolled
X1.5.1
X1.1.1 This appendix lists the conditions and finishes
in which plate, sheet, and strip are normally supplied. These
X1.5.2
are subj ect to change, and the manufacturer should be
Deep-Drawing or Spinning Quality — Similar
size and lightly leveled.
X1.2 Plate, Hot-Rolled
X1.2.1 Annealed — Soft with an oxide surface, and
X1.5.3
Skin Hard — Similar to
X1 .5.1 , but given a
light cold reduction to hardness range shown in Table 3.
suitable for heavy cold forming. Available with a descaled
X1.5.4
surface, when so specified.
As-Rolled — With an oxide surface. Available
Quarter-Hard — Cold rolled to the hardness
range indicated in Table 3, bright finish. Out-of-flatness
must be expected and will vary with temper and thickness.
with a descaled surface, when so specified. Suitable for
flat work, mild forming or tube sheets. When intended for
X1 .5.5
tube sheets, specify that plates are to be specially flattened.
Half-Hard — Cold rolled to
the hardness
range indicated in Table 3, bright finish. Out-of-flatness
When intended for hot forming, this should be indicated
must be expected and will vary with temper and thickness.
on the purchase order so that the manufacturer may select
X1 .5.6
appropriate material.
Three-Quarter Hard — Cold rolled to
the
hardness range indicated in Table 3, bright finish. Out-of-
X1.3 Plate, Cold-Rolled
X1.3.1 Annealed — Soft with an oxide surface; avail-
flatness must be expected and will vary with temper and
thickness.
able with a descaled surface when so specified.
X1.4 Sheet, Hot-Rolled
X1.4.1 Annealed and Pickled
Soft with a pickled or bright
to X1 .5.1 , except furnished to controlled hardness and grain
consulted for the latest information available.
X1.2.2
Annealed —
annealed finish.
X1.5.7
Hard —
Cold rolled to the tensile require-
ments indicated in Table 3, bright finish. Out-of-flatness
— Soft with a pickled
must be expected and will vary with temper and thickness.
matte finish. Properties similar to X1 .5.1 but with broader
X1.5.8
thickness tolerances. Not suggested for applications where
Spring Temper — Cold rolled to the minimum
the finish of a cold-rolled sheet is considered essential or
hardness indicated in Table 3, bright finish. Out-of-flatness
for deep drawing or spinning.
must be expected and will vary with temper and thickness.
173
I NTE N TI O NALLY LE FT B LANK
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SPECI FI CATI ON FOR SEAM LESS N I CKEL AN D N I CKEL
ALLOY CON DEN SER AN D H EAT-EXCH AN G ER TU BES
SB-163
(Identical with ASTM Specification B163-04 except for the deletion of Supplementary Requirements for government
procurement and Appendix X2. Certification has been made mandatory.)
175
SB-163
SB-163
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SPECIFICATION FOR SEAMLESS NICKEL AND
NICKEL ALLOY CONDENSER AND HEAT-EXCHANGER
TUBES
SB-163
(Identical with ASTM Specification B 1 63-04 except for the deletion of Supplementary Requirements for government procurement and
Appendix X2. Certification has been made mandatory.)
1.
Scope
1.1 This specification covers seamless tubes of nickel
B 880 Specification for General Requirements for Chemical Check Analysis Limits for Nickel, Nickel Alloys
and Cobalt Alloys
and nickel alloys, as shown in Table 1 , for use in condenser
E 8 Test Methods for Tension Testing of Metallic Materials
and heat-exchanger service.
E 1 8 Test Methods for Rockwell Hardness and Rockwell
1.2 This specification covers outside diameter and aver-
Superficial Hardness of Metallic Materials
age wall, or outside diameter and minimum wall tube.
E 29 Practice for Using Significant Digits in Test Data to
1.2.1 The sizes covered by this specification are 3 in.
Determine Conformance with Specifications
(76.2 mm) and under in outside diameter with minimum
E 76 Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Nickel-Cop-
wall thicknesses of 0.1 48 in. (3.76 mm) and under, and
per Alloys
with average wall thicknesses of 0.1 65 in. (4.1 9 mm) and
E 1 1 2 Test Methods for Determining the Average Grain
under.
Size
1.3 Tube shall be furnished in the alloys and conditions
E 1 40 Hardness Conversion Tables for Metals
as shown in Table 2.
1.4
E 1 473 Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Nickel,
Cobalt, and High-Temperature Alloys
The values stated in inch-pound units are to be
regarded as the standard. The values given in parentheses
2.2 DELETED
are for information only.
2.3 DELETED
1.5 The following safety hazards caveat pertains only
3.
to the test method portion, Section 1 2, of this specification.
This standard does not purport to address all ofthe safety
concerns, ifany, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to become familiar with
all hazards including those identified in the appropriate
Material Safety Data Sheet for this product/material as
provided by the manufacturer, to establish appropriate
safety and health practices, and determine the applicability
of regulatory limitations prior to use.
2.
Definitions:
average diameter, n—average of the maximum
3.1.1
and minimum outside diameters, as determined at any one
cross section of the tube.
3.1.2
tube, n—hollow product of round or any other
cross section having a continuous periphery.
4.
Referenced Documents
2.1
Terminology
3.1
Ordering Information
4.1 It is the responsibility of the purchaser to specify all
requirements that are necessary for the safe and satisfactory
ASTM Standards:
performance of material ordered under this specification.
Examples of such requirements include, but are not limited
B 829 Specification for General Requirements for Nickel
to, the following:
and Nickel Alloys Seamless Pipe and Tube
176
TABLE 1
CH EM ICAL REQU IREM EN TS
Composition,%
Alloy
177
Iron
99.0 min (B)
99.0 min (B)
0.25 max
0.25 max
...
...
0.40 max
0.40 max
0.35
0.35
0.15 max
0.02 max
0.35
0.35
0.01
0.01
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
63.0 min (B)
28.0 to 34.0
...
2.5 max
2.0
0.3 max
0.5
0.024
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
72.0 min (B)
0.5 max
...
6.0 to 10.0
1.0
0.15 max
0.5
...
...
...
...
...
58.0 to 63.0
1.0 max
...
remainder (A)
1.0
0.10
0.5
0.015 14.0 to
...
...
...
...
...
...
17.0
0.015 21.0 to 1.0 to 1.7 . . .
...
...
...
...
25.0
0.015 27.0 to
...
...
...
...
...
...
31.0
0.010 24.0 to 1.8 to
0.1 to
0.020
. . . 0.01 to 0.05 to
26.0
2.4
0.2
max
0.10
0.12
0.010 26.0 to
...
. . . 0.020 0.03 to
...
...
29.0
max
0.09
0.010 24.0 to 2.4 to
0.01 to 0.02
. . . 0.01 to 0.01 to
26.0
3.0
0.25
max
0.10
0.15
...
...
...
...
...
Nickel
Carbon
(A)
Silicon
(A)
Sulfur,
max
Chromium
Aluminum
Titanium
58.0 min (B)
0.5 max
...
7.0 to 11.0
0.5
0.05 max
0.5
remainder (B)
0.1 max
...
8.0 to 11.0
0.15
0.5
45.0 min
0.3 max
...
21.0 to 25.0
1.0
0.5 max
...
8.0 to 11.0
15.0
0.15 to
0.25
0.05 to
0.12
0.20 to
0.40
...
15.0 to
17.0
5.0 max
0.75
0.010
0.08
0.50 max
remainder (B)
39.5 min (B)
1.5
max
1.5
0.02 to
0.10
0.10 max
1.0 max
0.75 max
2.50
max
...
0.75 max
...
39.5 min (B)
1.5
1.0
0.75 max
...
39.5 min (B)
1.5
1.00
0.5
N ickel -chromium-iron- remainder (B)
al uminum al loy U N S
N 06603
remainder (B)
Low-carbon nickelchromium-molybdenumtungsten alloy U N S
N 06686
N ickel -iron-chromium
35.0 to 39.0
al loy U N S N 08120
N ickel -iron-chromium
30.0 to 35.0
al loy U N S N 08800
N ickel -iron-chromium
30.0 to 35.0
al loy U N S N 08810
N ickel -iron-chromium
30.0 to 35.0
al loy U N S N 08811
N ickel -iron-chromium
30.0 to 34.0
al loy U N S N 08801
N ickel -iron-chromium- 38.0 to 46.0
mol ybdenum-copper
all oy U N S N 08825
0.50 max
...
39.5 min (B)
1.50
0.05 to
0.10
0.06 to
0.10
0.10 max
1.5 to 3.0
2.5 to
3.5
22.0 min (B)
1.0
0.05 max
2.5 to 3.0
0.5 max
1.0
1.0
0.02
19.0 to
23.0
...
ColumPhosZirconbium Tung- N itrophorus Cerium ium Yttrium Boron Cobalt (N b) sten
gen
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
. . . 3.0 to
4.4
0.02 to 0.04
0.25
max
...
...
...
...
0.03 23.0 to 0.40
0.20
0.04
max
27.0
max
max
max
0.015 19.0 to 0.15 to 0.15 to
...
23.0
0.60
0.60
0.015 19.0 to 0.15 to 0.15 to
...
23.0
0.60
0.60
0.015 19.0 to 0.15 to 0.15 to
...
23.0 0.60 (C) 0.60 (C)
0.015 19.0 to
. . . 0.75 to
...
22.0
1.5
0.03 19.5 to 0.2 max 0.6 to 1.2 . . .
23.5
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
0.010
max
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
N ickel U N S N 02200
Low-carbon N ickel
U N S N 02201
N ickel -copper alloy
U N S N 04400
N ickel -chromium-iron
al loy U N S N 06600
N ickel -chromium-iron
al loy U N S N 06601
N ickel -chromium-iron
al loy U N S N 06690
N ickel -chromium-iron
al loy U N S N 06025
All oy U N S N 06045
Copper
M olybdenum
M anganese,
max
3.0 0.4 to 2.50 0.13 to
max
0.9
max 0.30
...
...
...
...
N OTES:
(A) M aximum unl ess range is given.
(B) Element shal l be determined arithmetical l y by difference.
(C) All oy U N S N 08811: Al + Ti, 0.85 − 1.20.
SB-163
SB-163
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE 2
ALLOY AND CONDITIONS
4.1.5.3
Alloy
Condition
N ickel U N S N 02200 and
l ow-carbon nickel U N S
N 02201
N ickel -copper al l oy U N S
N 04400
N ickel -chromium-ironal uminum al l oy U N S
N 06603
N ickel -chromium-ironal uminum al l oy U N S
N 06601
N ickel -chromium-iron
al l oy U N S N 06600
Low-carbon nickel -chromium- mol ybdenumtungsten al l oy U N S
N 06686
N ickel -chromium-iron
al l oy U N S N 06690
N ickel -chromium-iron
al l oy U N S N 06045
N ickel -iron-chromium
al l oy U N S N 08120 (A)
N ickel -iron-chromium
al l oy U N S N 08800 (A)
N ickel -iron-chromium
al l oy U N S N 08810 (A)
N ickel -iron-chromium
al l oy U N S N 08811 (A)
N ickel -iron-chromium
al l oy U N S N 08801
N ickel -iron-chromiummol ybdenum-copper
al l oy U N S N 08825
N ickel -chromium-iron
al l oy U N S N 06025
anneal ed or stress-rel ieved
4. 1 . 5 . 4
employed.
4.1.5.5 Hydrostatic Test or Nondestructive Electric Test—Specify type of test (6.5).
4.1 .5.6 Pressure Requirements —If other than
anneal ed or stress-rel ieved
required by 6.5.
anneal ed
4.1.5.7
4.1.1
anneal ed
4.1.6
anneal ed
4.1.7
anneal ed
4. 1 . 8
Certification—Certification
is required (Sec-
Samples for Product (Check) Analysis —
furnished.
anneal ed
4.1.9
anneal ed
Purchaser Inspection—If purchaser wishes to
witness tests or inspection of material at place of manufacture, the purchase order must so state indicating which
anneal ed or col d-worked
tests or inspections are to be witnessed (Section 1 3).
4.1.10 DELETED
anneal ed or col d-worked
anneal ed
5.
anneal ed
Chemical Composition
5.1 The material shall conform to the composition lim-
anneal ed
its specified in Table 1 .
5.2 If a product (check) analysis is performed by the
anneal ed
purchaser, the material shall conform to the product (check)
analysis per Specification B 880.
anneal ed
6.
Mechanical Properties and Other Requirements
6.1
Mechanical Properties—The
material shall con-
form to the mechanical properties specified in Table 3.
6.2
Hardness—When annealed ends
are specified for
tubing in the stress-relieved condition (see Table 3), the
hardness of the ends after annealing shall not exceed the
values specified in Table 3.
6.3
Flare—A
flare test shall be made on one end of
1 % of the number of finished tube lengths from each lot.
For less than 1 00 tubes in a lot, a flare test shall be made
on one end of one tube length in the lot. In the case of
or not one end or both ends are to be annealed.
stress relieved tubing with annealed ends, the test shall be
made prior to, or subsequent to, annealing of the ends at
diameter, minimum or
the option of the manufacturer.
average wall thickness (in inches, not gage number), and
length.
nature
Whether samples for product (check) analysis shall be
Alloy (Table 1 ).
Condition (Temper) Table 3 and Appendix X1 .
Finish.
Dimensions—Outside
Supplementary Requirements —S tate
tion 1 5).
4.1.2.1 If annealed ends for stress relieved tubing
4.1.3
ends cut and deburred will
and details.
are desired, state length of end to be annealed and whether
4.1.4
Ends—Plain
be furnished.
N OTE:
(A) Al loy U N S N 08800 is normal l y empl oyed in service temperatures
up to and incl uding 1100°F (593°C). Al l oys U N S N 08810, U N S
N 08811, and U N S N 08120 are normal l y empl oyed in service temperatures above 1100°F (539°C) where resistance to creep and
rupture is required, and it is annealed to devel op control l ed grain
size for optimum properties in this temperature range.
4.1.2
Rolling or Expanding into Tube Sheets.
Welding or Brazing —Pro c e s s to b e
6.3.1
The flare test shall consist of flaring a test
specimen with an expanding tool having an included angle
Fabrication Operations:
Cold Bending or Coiling.
4.1.5.2 Packing .
4.1.5
o f 6 0° until the s p e c i fied o uts ide diame ter has b een
4.1.5.1
increased by 30%. The flared specimen shall not exhibit
cracking through the wall.
178
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-163
TABLE 3
M ECH ANICAL PROPERTIES OF TU BES
M aterial and Condition
N ickel U N S N 02200:
Anneal ed
Stress-rel ieved
Low-carbon nickel U N S N 02201:
Anneal ed
Stress-relieved
N ickel-copper all oy U N S N 04400:
Anneal ed
Stress-rel ieved
N ickel-chromium-iron al loys:
Anneal ed al l oy U N S N 06600
Anneal ed al l oy U N S N 06601
Anneal ed al l oy U N S N 06690
Anneal ed al l oy U N S N 06045
Anneal ed al l oy U N S N 06025
Anneal ed al l oy U N S N 06603
Low-carbon nickel -chromium-mol ybdenum-tungsten all oy:
Anneal ed U N S N 06686
N ickel-iron-chromium al loys:
Anneal ed al l oy U N S N 08120
Anneal ed al l oy U N S N 08800
Anneal ed al l oy U N S N 08801
Col d-worked al l oy U N S N 08800
Anneal ed al l oy U N S N 08810
Anneal ed al l oy U N S N 08811
N ickel-iron-chromium-mol ybdenum-copper-al loy:
Anneal ed U N S N 08825
Tensile Strength,
min, ksi (M Pa)
Yield Strength
(0.2% Offset),
min, psi (M Pa)
Elongation in 2 in. or
50 mm (or 4 D ) min,
%
Rockwell H ardness
(or equivalent) for
annealed ends (A)
55 (379)
65 (448)
15 (103)
40 (276)
40
15
...
B65 max
50 (345)
60 (414)
12 (83)
30 (207)
40
15
...
B62 max
70 (483)
85 (586)
28 (193)
55 (379)
35
15
...
B75 max
80
80
85
90
98
94
35
30
35
35
39
43
(241)
(207)
(241)
(240)
(270)
(300)
30
30
30
35
30
25
.
.
.
.
.
.
45 (310)
45
...
40
30
25
47
25
25
(276)
(207)
(172)
(324)
(172)
(172)
30
30
30
30
30
30
.
.
.
.
.
.
35 (241)
30
...
(552)
(552)
(586)
(620)
(680)
(650)
100 (690)
90
75
65
83
65
65
(620)
(517)
(448)
(572)
(448)
(448)
85 (586)
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
N OTE:
(A) Rockwel l or equival ent hardness val ues appl y onl y to the anneal ed ends of stress-relieved tubing. Caution shoul d be observed in using the
Rockwel l test on thin material , as the resul ts may be affected by the thickness of specimen. For thickness under 0.050 in. (1.27 mm) the use
of the Rockwel l superficial or the Vickers hardness test is suggested. For hardness conversions for nickel and high-nickel al l oys see H ardness
Conversion Tabl es E 140.
6.4
Grain Size—A transverse sample representing full-
P p 2St/D
wall thicknes s of annealed alloys UNS N08 1 20, UNS
N0881 0 and UNS N0881 1 shall conform to an average
grain size of ASTM No. 5 or coarser.
6.5
where:
Pp
Sp
Hydrostatic or Nondestructive Electric Test —Each
tube shall be subj ected to either the hydrostatic test or the
nondestructive electric test. The type of test to be used
tp
shall be at the option of the manufacturer, unless otherwise
specified in the purchase order.
6.5.1
Dp
1
Each tube with an outside diameter ⁄8 in.
(3 . 2 mm) and larger and tubes with wall thickness of
s pecified average wall minus the permis s ible
minimum wall thickness, and
outside diameter of the tube, in. (mm).
1
facturer and the purchaser, tube may be tested to 1 ⁄2 times
facturer to an internal hydrostatic pressure of 1 000 psi
the above allowable fiber stress.
(6.9 MPa) provided that the fiber stress calculated in accor-
6.5.1.3 When stress-relieved tubes with annealed
dance with the following equation does not exceed the
S,
furnished, as follows:
minimum wall thickness, in. (mm); equal to the
6.5.1.2 When so agreed upon between the manu-
0.01 5 in. (0.38 mm) and over shall be tested by the manu-
allowable fiber stress,
allowable fiber stress for material in the condition
“minus” wall tolerance, Table 4, or the specified
Hydrostatic Test:
6.5.1.1
hydrostatic test pressure, psi (MPa),
ends are to be tested hydrostatically, such pressure testing
indicated below. The tube shall
shall be done prior to annealing of the ends of the tube.
show no evidence of leakage.
179
SB-163
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE 4
PERM ISSIBLE VARIATIONS IN OU TSIDE DIAM ETER AN D WALL TH ICKN ESS OF CONDENSER AN D H EAT
EXCH ANGER TU BES
Permissible Variations (A)
Outside Diameter, in. (mm)
U N S N 022 00, U N S N 02 2 01 , and U N S N 04400
1
U N S N 06686
+
5
⁄2 to ⁄8 ( 1 2.7 to 1 5.9) , excl
−
+
−
M inimum
Wall
+
−
0.005 (0.1 3)
0
1 2.5 1 2 .5 2 5.0
0
⁄8 to 1 ⁄2 (1 5.9 to 38.1 ) , i ncl
over 1 1⁄2 to 3 (38.1 to 76.2 ) , i ncl
0.005 ( 0.1 3)
0.01 0 (0.2 5)
0.005 (0.1 3)
0.01 0 (0.2 5)
1 0.0 1 0.0 20.0
1 0.0 1 0.0 2 2 .0
0
0
1
0.005 (0.1 3)
0.005 (0.1 3)
1 2 .5 1 2 .5 2 5.0
0
0.0075 (0.1 9) 0.0075 (0.1 9) 1 0.0 1 0.0 20.0
0.01 0 (0.2 5)
0.01 0 (0.2 5)
1 0.0 1 0.0 2 2 .0
0
0
5
U N S N 06600, U N S N 06601 , U N S N 06690,
U N S N 06045, U N S N 0602 5, U N S N 06603,
U N S N 08800, U N S N 0881 0, U N S N 0881 1 ,
U N S N 08801 , U N S N 0882 5, and U N S
N 081 2 0
Average
Wall
Nominal Outside
Diameter, in. (mm)
M aterial
Wall Thickness,%
1
⁄2 to 5⁄8 ( 1 2.7 to 1 5.9) , excl
5
⁄8 to 1 1⁄2 (1 5.9 to 38.1 ) , i ncl
over 1 1⁄2 to 3 (38.1 to 76.2 ) , i ncl
G E N ERAL N OTES :
(1 ) The tol erances i n the tabl e appl y to i ndi vi dual measurements of outsi de di ameter and i ncl ude out-of-roundness (oval ity) , and appl y to al l
materi al s and al l condi ti ons, except that for thi n wal l tubes havi ng a nomi nal wal l of 3% or l ess of the outsi de di ameter, the mean outside
di ameter shal l compl y wi th the permi ssi bl e vari ati ons of the above tabl e and i ndi vi dual measurements ( i ncl udi ng oval i ty) shal l conform to the
pl us and mi nus val ues of the tabl e with the val ues i ncreased by 1⁄2 % of the nomi nal outsi de di ameter.
(2 ) Eccentri city— The vari ati on i n wal l thi ckness i n any one cross secti on of any one tube shal l not exceed pl us or mi nus 1 0% of the actual
(measured) average wal l of that section. The actual average wal l i s defined as the average of the thi ckest and thi nnest wal l of that secti on.
N OTE:
(A) Wal l vari ati ons as indi cated above are appl i cabl e onl y to the wal l as ordered, for instance, to mi ni mum or to average wal l , but not to both.
psi
Annealed nickel-iron-chromium alloy UNS
MPa
1 6 600
1 1 4.4
1 6 600
1 1 4.4
21 000
1 44.8
20 700
1 42.7
N0881 1
Annealed nickel-iron-chromium alloy UNS
Annealed low-carbon nickel UNS N02201
8 000
55.2
Stress-relieved low-carbon nickel UNS N02201
1 5 000
1 03.4
Annealed nickel UNS N02200
1 0 000
68.9
Stress-relieved nickel UNS N02200
1 6 200
1 1 1 .7
Annealed nickel-copper alloy UNS N04400
1 7 500
1 20.6
Stress-relieved nickel-copper alloy UNS
21 200
1 46.2
20 000
1 37.9
20 000
1 37.9
21 200
1 46
22 500
1 55
24 500
1 69
25 000
1 72
24 000
1 65
22 500
1 55
of plus ⁄8 in. (3.2 mm) will be permitted, except that for
1 8 700
1 28.9
will be permitted.
1 6 600
1 1 4.4
N08801
Annealed nickel-iron-chromium-molybdenum
copper alloy UNS N08825
Cold-worked nickel-iron-chromium alloy UNS
N08800
N04400
Annealed nickel-chromium-iron alloy UNS
6.5.2
Annealed nickel-chromium-iron alloy UNS
scribed in Specification B 829.
N06601
Annealed nickel-chromium-iron alloy UNS
N06690
Annealed nickel-chromium-iron alloy UNS
7.
as applicable. (See also Table 5 and Table 6.)
UNS N06686
7.2
1
lengths over 30 ft (9.1 m), a variation of plus ⁄4 in. (6.4 mm)
N08800
Annealed nickel-iron-chromium alloy UNS
—When tube is ordered cut-to-length, the
1
N081 20
Annealed nickel-iron-chromium alloy UNS
Length
length shall not be less than that specified, but a variation
alloy UNS N06603
Annealed nickel-iron-chromium alloy UNS
—The per-
ness of tube shall not exceed those prescribed in Table 4
nickel-chromium-molybdenum-tungsten alloy
Annealed nickel-chromium-iron-aluminum
Outside Diameter and Wall Thickness
missible variations in the outside diameter and wall thick-
N06025
Solution annealed low-carbon
Dimensions and Permissible Variations
7.1
N06045
Annealed nickel-chromium-iron alloy UNS
Nondestructive Electric Test —Each tube shall
be examined with a nondestructive electric test as pre-
N06600
7.3
Straightness—Material shall be reasonably straight
and free of bends or kinks.
N0881 0
180
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-163
TABLE 5
ALLOY (A), CONDITION, TU BE SIZE, AN D BEN D RADII LIM ITATIONS
M inimum Bend Radius, in. (mm)
Tube OD, in. (mm)
Annealed
Condition
StressRelieved
Condition
1 3⁄1 6 (30.2 )
1 ( 2 5.4)
1 3⁄1 6 (30.2 )
1 (2 5.4)
1 1⁄4 (31 .8)
1 3⁄1 6 (30.2 )
2 (50.8)
1 3⁄4 (44.5)
1 1⁄4 ( 31 .8)
1 1⁄8 ( 2 8.6)
1 1⁄4 ( 31 .8)
1 3⁄1 6 ( 30.2 )
1 1⁄2 ( 38.1 )
1 1⁄4 ( 31 .8)
4 (1 01 .6)
2 1⁄4 ( 57.2 )
Average Tube Wall, in. (mm) (B)
1
U p to ⁄2 (1 2 .7) , i ncl
U p to 1⁄2 (1 2 .7) , i ncl
Over 1⁄2 to 5⁄8 ( 1 2 .7 to 1 5.9) , i ncl
Over 1⁄2 to 5⁄8 ( 1 2 .7 to 1 5.9) , i ncl
Over 5⁄8 to 3⁄4 ( 1 5.9 to 1 9.0) , i ncl
Over 5⁄8 to 3⁄4 ( 1 5.9 to 1 9.0) , i ncl
Over 3⁄4 to 1 ( 1 9.0 to 25.4) , i ncl
Over 3⁄4 to 1 ( 1 9.0 to 25.4) , i ncl
0.046 to 0.057 (1 .1 7 to 1 .45) , i ncl
Over 0.057 to 0.1 2 0 ( 1 .45 to 3.05) ,
0.037 to 0.057 ( 0.94 to 1 .45) , i ncl
Over 0.057 to 0.1 2 0 (1 .45 to 3.05) ,
0.049 to 0.057 ( 1 .2 4 to 1 .45) , i ncl
Over 0.057 to 0.1 09 (1 .45 to 2 .77) ,
0.049 to 0.058 ( 1 .2 4 to 1 .47) , i ncl
Over 0.058 to 0.1 09 (1 .47 to 2 .77) ,
i ncl
i ncl
i ncl
i ncl
N OTES :
(A) Appl i es for al l al l oys except al l oy U N S N 0881 0, al l oy U N S N 08801 , and U N S N 0881 1 .
(B) To determi ne the bend radi us appl i cabl e to mi ni mum wal l tubi ng, compute the correspondi ng average wal l from the wal l tol erances i n Tabl e
4, then use Tabl e 5.
TABLE 6
ALLOYS, SIZE RANGES, AND YIELD STRENGTH FOR H IGH ER YIELD STRENGTH TU BES
0.2 % Yield Strength,
ksi (M Pa)
Size Range, in. (mm)
Alloys
N i ckel -chromi um-i ron
N ickel -chromi um-i ron
N ickel -i ron-chromi um
N ickel -chromi um-i ron
8.
Al l oy
Al l oy
Al l oy
Al l oy
OD
UNS
UNS
UNS
UNS
N 06600
N 06601
N 08800
N 06690
1
⁄4
⁄4
1
⁄4
1
⁄4
1
to
to
to
to
7
⁄8
⁄8
7
⁄8
7
⁄8
7
(6.35
(6.35
(6.35
(6.35
to
to
to
to
Wall Thickness
2 2 .2 3)
2 2 .2 3)
2 2 .2 3)
2 2 .2 3)
(2 .54)
(2 .54)
(2 .54)
(2 .54)
40
40
40
40
65
65
65
65
(2 76)
(2 76)
(2 76)
(2 76)
( 448)
( 449)
( 448)
( 448)
be taken from such locations in each lot as to be representative of that lot.
Sampling
10. Number of Tests
10.1 Chemical Analysis—One test per lot.
Lot —Definition:
9.1.1
0.1 00
0.1 00
0.1 00
0.1 00
for mechanical properties, hardness, and grain size shall
smooth, commercially straight, and free of inj urious imperfections.
9.1
to
to
to
to
M aximum
9.2.2 Mechanical Properties, Hardness, and Grain
Size—Samples of the material to provide test specimens
Workmanship, Finish, and Appearance
8.1 The material shall be uniform in quality and temper,
9.
Up
Up
Up
Up
M inimum
A lot for chemical analysis shall consist of
10.2
one heat.
10.3
9.1.2 A lot for mechanical properties, hardness, flar-
3% of each lot of tubes with annealed ends (see 9.1 .2).
ing, and grain size testing shall consist of all material from
10.4
the same heat, nominal size (except length), and condition
(temper).
9.1.2.1
Mechanical Properties—One test per lot.
Hardness—A representative sample consisting of
10.5
Where material cannot be identified by
Grain Size—One test per lot.
Flare—A representative sample consisting of 1 %
of the number of tube lengths in each lot, with a minimum
heat, a lot shall consist of not more than 500 lb (230 kg)
of one tube per lot.
of material in the same condition (temper) and size.
Test Material Selection:
9.2.1 Chemical Analysis —Representative samples
9.2
11. Specimen Preparation
11.1 Tension Test:
shall be taken during pouring or subsequent processing.
9.2.1.1
11.1.1
Tension test specimens shall be taken from
material in the final condition (temper) and tested in the
Product (check) analysis shall be wholly
direction of fabrication.
the responsibility of the purchaser.
181
SB-163
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
11.1.2 Whenever possible, all tubes shall be tested
13.
in full tubular size. When testing in full tubular size is
Inspection
13.1 Inspection of the material shall be made as agreed
not possible, longitudinal strip specimens, or the largest
upon between the manufacturer and the purchaser as part
possible round specimen, shall be used. In the event of
of the purchase contract.
disagreement when full tubular testing is not possible, a
longitudinal strip specimen with reduced gage length as
contained in Test Methods E 8 shall be used.
11.1.3 In the case of stress-relieved tubes furnished
with annealed ends, the tension test shall be made on the
14.
stress-relieved tubes prior to annealing the ends.
Rejection and Rehearing
14.1
Hardness Test:
11.2.1 Stress-Relieved Tubing with Annealed Ends —
11.2
Material not conforming to this specification or
to authorized modifications will be subj ect to rej ection.
The hardness test may be made on the inside of the tube
14.2 Samples tested in accordance with this specifica-
near the end or on a specimen cut from the end, at the
tion that represent rej ected material shall be preserved for
option of the manufacturer. The test shall be made on the
not less than three weeks from the date of the test report.
inside of the specimen.
In case of dissatisfaction with the results of the tests, the
manufacturer may make claim for a rehearing within
12.
that time.
Test Methods
12.1 The chemical composition, mechanical, and other
properties of the material as enumerated in this specification shall be determined, in case of disagreement, in accordance with the following methods:
Test
15.
ASTM Designation
Certification
15.1 A manufacturer’ s certification shall be furnished to
Chemical Analysis
E 76, E 1 473
Tension
E 8
the purchaser stating that material has been manufactured,
Rounding Procedure
E 29
tested, and inspected in accordance with this specification,
Rockwell Hardness
E 18
Grain Size
E 112
Hardness Conversion
E 1 40
12.2
and that the test results on representative samples meet
specification requirements. A report of the test results shall
be furnished.
The measurement of average grain size may be
carried out by the planimetric method, the comparison
method, or the intercept method described in Test Methods
E 1 1 2. In case of dispute the “referee” method for determin-
16.
ing average grain size shall be the planimetric method.
Product Marking
12.3 For purposes of determining compliance with the
16.1 Each bundle or shipping container shall be marked
specified limits for requirements of the properties listed in
with the name of the material; condition (temper); this
the following table, an observed value or a calculated value
specification number; the size; gross, tare, and net weight;
shall be rounded as indicated below, in accordance with
consignor and consignee address; contract or order number;
the rounding method of Practice E 29:
or such other information as may be defined in the contract
or order.
Rounded Unit for Observed or
Test
Chemical composition, hard-
Calculated Value
nearest unit in the last right-hand
ness, and tolerances (when
place of figures of the specified
expressed in decimals)
limit
Tensile strength, yield
nearest 1 000 psi (6.9 MPa)
17.
strength
Elongation
17.1 seamless tube; UNS N02200; UNS N02201 ; UNS
nearest 1 %
Grain size:
0.0024 in. (0.060 mm) or
larger
less than 0.0024 in.
(0.060 mm)
Keywords
N04400; UNS N06025; UNS N06045; UNS N06600; UNS
nearest multiple of 0.0002 in.
N06601 ; UNS N06603; UNS N06686; UNS N06690; UNS
(0.005 mm)
N08 1 20; UNS N08 8 00; UNS N08 8 01 ; UNS N08 8 1 0;
nearest multiple of 0.0001 in.
UNS N0881 1 ; UNS N08825
(0.002 mm)
182
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-163
SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS
FIG. S00001 BEN T PORTION OF U -TU BE
Leg length
difference
Centerline
bend radius, R
Wall
thickness, T
Points of tangency
Outside
diameter, D
Leg length
S1.
U-BENT TUBES
TF p T(2R) / (2R + D)
The following supplementary requirements shall apply
when U-bent tubes are specified by the purchaser in the
where:
inquiry, contract, or order.
TF p
Tp
Limitation of Supplementary Requirements for UBent Tubes
S1.1
S1.1.1
Rp
Dp
The requirements for U-bent tubes included
in this supplement are limited to the alloys, conditions
(tempers), tube outside diameter (OD), and wall thickness
scheduled radius of bend, cutting the tube at the apex of
the bend, measuring the tube wall at the cross section of
this apex section, and comparing the measured value with
R specified tube OD) by
more than the amounts shown below where R is the speci-
S1.2.4
the tube legs as measured from the point of tangency of
fied centerline bend radius:
3
⁄32 (2.4)
1
⁄8 (3.2)
Over 30 to 36 (762 to 91 4), incl
S1.2.2
the bend and the tube leg to the end of the tube leg shall
Tolerance, in. (mm)
Over 1 8 to 30 (457 to 762), incl
TF.
Length ofU-Bend Tube Legs —The length of
the calculated value of
shall not vary from the value (2
1
nominal outside diameter of the tube, in. (mm).
specimen, representative of the material offered, to the
between the points of tangency of the bend to the legs
Up to 1 8 (457), incl
centerline bend radius, in. (mm), and
to this requirement shall be obtained by bending a tube
S 1 . 2 Permissible Variations in Dimensions
(Fig. S00001)
S1.2.1 Leg Spacing —The leg spacing, measured
R
minimum permissible thickness of tube wall prior
to bending, in. (mm)
When specified by the purchaser, proof of conformance
ranges and bend radii listed in Table 5.
Centerline Bend Radius ( ), in. (mm)
thickness after bending, in. (mm),
not be less than that specified, but may exceed the specified
⁄1 6 (1 .6)
values by the following amounts:
L
Specified Length ( ), ft (m)
Diameter ofTube in U-Bent Section —Neither
Tolerance (all Plus), in. (mm)
1
Up to 20 (6.1 ), incl
⁄8 (3.2)
5
⁄32 (4.0)
1
⁄4 (6.4)
3
⁄8 (1 0.0)
Over 20 to 30 (6.1 to 9.1 ), incl
the maj or, nor the minor outside diameter of the tube at any
Over 30 to 60 (9.1 to 1 8.3), incl
one cross section included within the points of tangency of
Over 60 (1 8.3)
the bend shall deviate from the nominal diameter prior to
S1.2.4.1
bending by more than 1 0%.
S1.2.3
Wall Thickness of Tube in U-Bent Section —
The difference in the length of the tube
1
legs shall not be greater than ⁄8 in. (3.2 mm).
S1.2.5
The wall thickness of the tube at the apex of the U-bent
Squareness of Ends—The
end of any tube
section shall be not less than the value determined by the
may depart from square by not more than the following
following equation:
amounts:
183
SB-163
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
Tube OD, in. (mm)
Up to ⁄8 (1 5.9), incl
5
0.01 0 (0.25)
Over ⁄8 (1 5.9)
0.01 6 (0.41 )
5
S1.3
S2.3
Tolerance, in. (mm)
S2.3.1
order to meet the higher yield strength.
S2.4
S1.3.1 When specified by the purchaser, the hydro-
Annealing
S2.4.1
static test shall be performed after bending. The minimum
Tubing is to be furnished in the annealed
condition. In order to meet the higher yield strength require-
holding time at pressure shall be 5 s.
ment, it may be necessary to control the final annealing
parameters so as to preclude large grain sizes.
When hydrostatic testing is performed
after bending, such testing will not be required on straight
S2.5
length tubes prior to bending.
S1.3.1.2
No additional cold working over and above
that normally required for these alloys shall be used in
Hydrostatic Test
S1.3.1.1
Degree of Cold Work
Marking Requirements
S2.5.1
The required fiber stress for computing
In addition to the marking requirements of
SB-1 63, the marking shall include the letters HYS signi-
hydrostatic test pressure shall be 26 600 psi (1 83.3 MPa).
fying higher yield strength.
S2.
S3.
HIGH YIELD STRENGTH TUBES
The following supplementary requirements shall apply
The following supplementary requirements shall apply
when coiled or unstraightened tubing is specified by the
when high yield strength tubes are specified by the pur-
purchaser in the inquiry, contract, or purchase order.
chaser in the inquiry, contract, or purchase order.
S3.1
Limitations of Supplementary Requirements for
High Yield Strength Tubes
S2.1
S2.1.1
Unstraightened Tubing
S3.1.1
Whe n the p u rc has e r s p e ci fies co il ed o r
unstraightened tubing after final heat treatment, the tensile
The requirements for higher yield strength
specimens may be machine straightened prior to testing.
tubes included in this supplement are limited to the alloys,
S3.1.2 On the certification and wherever the grade
tube outside diameter (OD), and wall thickness ranges
designation for unstraightened tubing appears, it shall be
listed in Table 6.
S2.2
COILED OR UNSTRAIGHTENED TUBING
identified with the suffix letter “U” (for example, UNS
Higher Yield Strength
N06600–U).
S2.2.1 The 0.2% yield strength shall be as listed in
Table 6. All other mechanical properties shall be as listed
S4.
in Table 3.
184
DELETED
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-163
APPENDIX
(Nonmandatory Information)
X1.
CONDITION AND FINISHES NORMALLY
SUPPLIED
X1.1 Scope
the internal stresses resulting from cold drawing, with a
thin, light to medium-dark surface.
X1.4.3 Stress-Relieved With Annealed Ends—Same
X1.1.1 This appendix lists the conditions and finishes
as X1 .4.2 except with annealed ends.
in which tube (other than converter sizes) are normally
supplied. These are subj ect to change and the manufacturer
X1 . 5 Nickel- Chromium- Iron A lloy UNS N06600,
Nickel-Chromium-Iron Alloy UNS N06601, Nickel-Chromium-Iron Alloy UNS N06690, Nickel-Chromium-Iron
Alloy UNS N06045, Nickel-Chromium-Iron Alloy UNS
N06025, Nickel-Iron-Chromium Alloys (UNS N081 20,
UNS N08800, UNS N0881 0, UNS N0881 1 , and UNS
N08801 ), and Nickel-Iron-Chromium-Molybdenum-Copper Alloy UNS N08825
should be consulted for the latest information available.
X1.2 Nickel UNS N02200
Annealed—Soft, with a dull matte finish.
X1.2.2 Stress Relieved—Thermally treated below
X1.2.1
the annealing temperature to relieve the maj or portion of
the internal stresses, with a thin, light to medium-dark
surface.
X1.2.3 Stress Relieved with Annealed Ends—Same
X1.5.1
as X1 .2.2 except with annealed ends.
X1.3 Low-Carbon Nickel UNS N02201
is annealed in protective atmosphere; otherwise, the inside
diameter is supplied descaled as necessary.
Annealed—Similar to X1 .2.1
X1.3.2 Stress Relieved— Similar to X1 .2.2
X1.3.3 Stress-Relieved With Annealed Ends—Same
X1.3.1
X1.5.2
Annealed and Pickled (Not Ground) —Out-
side and inside diameter will have dull, matte (pickled)
as X1 .3.2 except with annealed ends.
surfaces.
X1.4 Nickel-Copper Alloy UNS N04400
X1.4.1 Annealed—Soft with a dull matte finish.
X1.4.2
Annealed and Ground Outside Diameter—
The inside diameter may have a bright finish when material
Stress Relieved— Thermally treated below
X2.
the annealing temperature to relieve the maj or portion of
185
DELETED
I NTE N TI O NALLY LE FT B LANK
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SPECI FI CATI ON FOR N I CKEL-COPPER ALLOY ROD,
BAR, AN D WI RE
SB-164
(Identical with ASTM Specification B164-03(R14) except that certification and reporting have been made mandatory
and lot definition is revised.)
187
SB-164
SB-164
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SPECIFICATION FOR NICKEL-COPPER ALLOY ROD,
BAR, AND WIRE
SB-164
[Identical with ASTM Specification B 1 64-03(R1 4) except that certification and reporting have been made mandatory and lot definition is revised.]
1.
2.2
Scope
Military Standards:
MIL-STD-1 29 Marking for Shipment and Storage
1.1 This specification covers nickel-copper alloys UNS
MIL-STD-271 Nondestructive Testing Requirements for
N04400 and N04405 in the form of hot-worked and cold-
Metals
worked rod and bar in the conditions shown in Table 1
and cold-worked wire in the conditions shown in Table 2.
1.2
The values stated in inch-pound units are to be
3.
regarded as the standard. The values given in parentheses
Terminology
Definitions of Terms Specific to This Standard:
3.1.1 bar — material of rectangular (flats), hexago-
3.1
are for information only.
1.3 This standard does not purport to address all of
the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is
the responsibility of the user of this standard to become
familiar with all hazards including those identified in the
appropriate Material Safety Data Sheet for this product/
material as provided by the manufacturer, to establish
appropriate safety and health practices, and determine the
applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
nal, or square solid section up to and including 1 0 in.
1
(254 mm) in width and ⁄8 in. (3.2 mm) and over in thickness
in straight lengths.
3.1.2
rod — material of round solid section furnished
in straight lengths.
3.1.3
wire — a cold-worked solid product of uniform
round cross section along its whole length, supplied in
coiled form.
2.
Referenced Documents
2.1
NOTE 1 — Hot-worked rectangular bar in widths 1 0 in. and under may
ASTM Standards:
be furnished as hot-rolled plate with sheared or cut edges in accordance
with Specification B 1 27, provided the mechanical property requirements
B 1 2 7 S p e c i fic atio n fo r Ni ckel - C o p p er Allo y ( UNS
of Specification B 1 64 are met.
N04400) Plate, Sheet, and Strip
B 880 Specification for General Requirements for Chemical Check Analysis Limits for Nickel, Nickel Alloys,
4.
and Cobalt Alloys
Ordering Information
4.1
E 8 Test Methods for Tension Testing of Metallic Materials
It is the responsibility of the purchaser to specify
all requirements that are necessary for material ordered
E 1 8 Test Methods for Rockwell Hardness and Rockwell
under this specification. Examples of such requirements
Superficial Hardness of Metallic Materials
include, but are not limited to, the following:
E 29 Practice for Using Significant Digits in Test Data to
4.1.1
Determine Conformance with Specifications
E 76 Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Nickel-Cop-
ASTM designation and year of issue.
4.1.2 UNS number.
per Alloys
4.1.3
E 1 40 Hardness Conversion Tables for Metals
Section — Rod (round) or bar (square, hexago-
nal, or rectangular) or wire (round).
E 1 473 Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Nickel,
4.1.4
Cobalt, and High-Temperature Alloys
188
Dimensions — Dimensions including length.
TABLE 1
M ECH ANICAL PROPERTIES OF ROD AN D BAR
Condition and Diameter or Distance Between Parallel
Surfaces, in. (mm)
110 000 (760)
85 000 (585)
84
87
84
84
80
000
000
000
000
000
(580)
(600)
(580)
(580)
(552)
Yield Strength
(0.2% offset) A
min., psi (M Pa)
Elongation
in 2 in. or 50 mm
(or 4D), min, %
Rockwell H ardness (or equivalent)
85 000 (585)
55 000 (380)
8B
10 B
...
...
50
60
55
50
50
10 B
20
20
20 B,C
20
.
.
.
.
.
000
000
000
000
000
(345)
(415)
(380)
(345)
(345)
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
80 000 (552)
40 000 (276)
30 D
...
75 000 (517)
40 000 (276)
30
...
75 000 (517)
...
30 000 (207)
...
25
...
B 75 to B 95
70 000 (480)
...
25 000 (170)
...
35
...
...
B 60 to B 75
...
...
...
...
...
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
189
Col d-worked (as worked):
Rounds under 1⁄2 (12.7)
Squares, hexagons, and rectangl es under 1⁄2 (12.7)
Col d-worked (stress-rel ieved):
Rounds under 1⁄2 (12.7)
Rounds, 1⁄2 to 3 1⁄2 (12.7 to 88.9), incl
Rounds, over 3 1⁄2 to 4 (88.9 to 101.6), incl
Squares, hexagons and rectangl es, 2 (50.8) and under
Squares, hexagons and rectangl es, over 2 (50.8) to 3 1⁄8
(79.4), incl
H ot-worked (as worked or stress-rel ieved):
Rounds, squares, and rectangl es up to 12 (305), incl , and
hexagons 2 1⁄8 (54) and under
Rounds, squares, and rectangl es over 12 (305) to 14
(356), incl
H exagons over 2 1⁄8 (54) to 4 (102), incl
Rings and disks
H ot-worked (annealed) or cold-worked (anneal ed):
Rod and bar, al l sizes
Rings and disks
Forging quality: E
Al l sizes
Tensile Strength
min, psi (M Pa)
U N S N 04400
U N S N 04405
Col d-worked (as worked or stress-relieved):
Rounds, under 1⁄2 (12.7)
Rounds, 1⁄2 (12.7) to 3 (76.2), incl
Rounds, over 3 (76.2) to 4 (101.6), incl
H exagons and squares 2 (50.8) and under
H exagons and squares over 2 (50.8) to 3 1⁄8 (79.4), incl
H ot-worked (as hot-worked or stress-relieved):
Rounds 3 (76.2) and l ess
H exagons and squares, 2 1⁄8 (54) and l ess
H exagons and squares, over 2 1⁄8 (54) to 4 (101.6), incl
H ot-worked (annealed) or cold-worked (annealed):
Rod and Bar, Al l sizes
85
85
80
85
80
000
000
000
000
000
(585)
(585)
(552)
(585)
(552)
50
50
50
50
45
000
000
000
000
000
(345)
(345)
(345)
(345)
(310)
8B
15
15
15 B,C
15
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
75 000 (517)
75 000 (517)
70 000 (480)
35 000 (241)
35 000 (241)
30 000 (207)
30
30
25
...
...
...
70 000 (480)
25 000 (170)
35
...
A
See 12.2.
N ot appl icabl e to diameters or cross sections under 3⁄32 in. (2.4 mm).
C
For sections under 1⁄2 in. (12.7 mm), the el ongation shal l be 10% min.
D
For hot-worked flats 5⁄16 in. (7.9 mm) and under in thickness the el ongation shal l be 20% min.
E
Forging qual ity is furnished to chemical requirements and surface inspection onl y. N o tensil e properties are required.
B
SB-164
SB-164
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE 2
M ECH ANICAL PROPERTIES OF COLD-WORKED WIRE IN COIL A
Tensile Strength, psi (M Pa)
Alloy Condition and Size, in. (mm)
U N S N 04400 and N 04405:
Anneal ed, al l sizes
N o. 0 temper, under 1⁄2 (12.7)
N o. 1 temper, under 1⁄2 (12.7)
U N S N 04400
Regul ar temper, under 1⁄2 (12.7)
Regul ar temper, 1⁄2 (12.7) and over
Spring temper
0.028 (0.71) and l ess
Over 0.028 (0.71) to 0.057 (1.45),
Over 0.057 (1.45) to 0.114 (2.90),
Over 0.114 (2.90) to 0.312 (7.92),
Over 0.312 (7.92) to 0.375 (9.53),
Over 0.375 (9.53) to 0.500 (12.7),
Over 0.500 (12.7) to 0.563 (14.3),
A
incl
incl
incl
incl
incl
incl
M in
M ax
70 000 (483)
80 000 (552)
90 000 (621)
85 000 (586)
95 000 (655)
110 000 (758)
Al l wire shal l wrap around a rod of the
same diameter as the wire without
cracking
110 000 (758)
90 000 (621)
140 000 (965)
130 000 (896)
Al l wire up to 0.2294 in. (5.84 mm)
incl usive, shal l wrap around a rod of
the same diameter as the wire without
cracking. Wire over 0.2294 in.
(5.84 mm) diameter shal l wrap around
a rod of twice the wire diameter
without cracking.
...
...
...
165
160
150
140
135
130
120
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
(1138)
(1103)
(1034)
(965)
(931)
(896)
(827)
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Properties are not appl icabl e to wire after straightening and cutting.
TABLE 3
CH EM ICAL REQU IREM EN TS
5.2 If a product (check) analysis is performed by the
purchaser, the material shall conform to the product (check)
analysis variations in Specification B 880.
Composition Limits, %
U NS
N04400
U NS
N04405
63.0 min
28.0 min
34.0 max
2.5 max
2.0 max
0.3 max
0.5 max
0.024 max
63.0 min
28.0 min
34.0 max
2.5 max
2.0 max
0.3 max
0.5 max
0.025 min
0.060 max
Element
N ickel A
Copper
Iron
M anganese
Carbon
Sil icon
Sul fur
A
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Wrapping Test
6.
Mechanical Properties
6.1
Mechanical Properties
— The material shall con-
form to the mechanical properties specified in Table 1 for
rod or bar, or in Table 2 for wire.
7.
Dimensions and Permissible Variations
7.1
Diameter, Thickness, or Width — The permissible
variations from the specified dimensions as measured on
El ement shal l be determined arithmetical l y by difference.
the diameter or between parallel surfaces of cold-worked
rod and bar shall be as prescribed in Table 4, and of
hot-worked rod and bar as prescribed in Table 5. The
4.1.5 Condition.
permissible variations in diameter of cold-worked wire
4.1.6 Finish.
4.1.7
4.1.8
shall be as prescribed in Table 6.
Quantity — feet or number of pieces.
Certification — Certification and reporting per
7.2
para. 1 5 are mandatory.
4.1.9
shall not be out-of-round by more than one half the total
Samples for Product (Check) Analysis — State
permissible variations in diameter shown in Table 4 and
1
whether samples for product (check) analysis should be
Table 5, except for hot-worked rods ⁄2 in. (1 2.7 mm) in
furnished.
Purchaser Inspection
Out-of-Round — Hot-worked rods and cold-worked
rods (except “forging quality”) all sizes, in straight lengths,
diameter and under, which may be out-of-round by the
— If purchaser wishes
total permissible variations in diameter shown in Table 5.
to witness tests or inspection of material at place of manu-
Wire shall not be out-of-round by more than one-half the
facture, the purchase order must so state indicating which
total permissible variations shown in Table 6.
4.1.10
test or inspections are to be witnessed.
7.3
Corners — Cold-worked bars will have practically
exact angles and sharp corners.
5.
Chemical Composition
7.4
als
5.1 The material shall conform to the composition limits specified in Table 3.
Machining Allowances for Hot-Worked Materi-
— When the surfaces of hot-worked products are to
be machined, the allowances prescribed in Table 7 are
190
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-164
TABLE 4
PERM ISSIBLE VARIATIONS IN DIAM ETER OR DISTANCE BETWEEN PARALLEL SU RFACES OF COLD-WORKED
ROD AN D BAR
Permissible Variations from Specified Dimension, in. (mm)
Specified Dimension, in. (mm) A
Rounds:
1
⁄1 6 (1 .6) to 3⁄1 6 ( 4.8) , excl
3
⁄1 6 (4.8) to 1⁄2 ( 1 2.7) , excl
1
⁄2 (1 2 .7) to 1 5⁄1 6 (2 3.8) , i ncl
over 1 5⁄1 6 (2 3.8) to 1 1 5⁄1 6 (49.2 ) , i ncl
over 1 1 5⁄1 6 (49.2 ) to 2 1⁄2 ( 63.5) , i ncl
over 2 1⁄2 ( 63.5) to 3 (76.2 ) , i ncl
over 3 (76.2 ) to 3 1⁄2 (88.9) , i ncl
over 3 1⁄2 ( 88.9) to 4 (1 01 .6) , i ncl
H exagons, squares, rectangl es:
1
⁄2 (1 2 .7) and l ess
over 1⁄2 (1 2 .7) to 7⁄8 (2 2 .2) , i ncl
over 7⁄8 (2 2 .2 ) to 1 1⁄4 (31 .8) , i ncl
over 1 1⁄4 ( 31 .8) to 2 1⁄4 ( 57.2 ) , i ncl
over 2 1⁄4 ( 57.2 ) to 3 (76.2 ) , i ncl
over 3 (76.2 ) to 3 1⁄2 (88.9) , i ncl
over 3 1⁄2 ( 88.9) to 4 (1 01 .6) , i ncl
+
−
0
0
0.001 (0.03)
0.001 5 (0.04)
0.002 (0.05)
0.002 5 ( 0.06)
0.003 (0.08)
0.0035 ( 0.09)
0.002
0.003
0.002
0.003
0.004
0.005
0.006
0.007
( 0.05)
(0.08)
(0.05)
( 0.08)
(0.1 0)
( 0.1 3)
(0.1 5)
( 0.1 8)
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.004
0.005
0.007
0.009
0.01 1
0.01 5
0.01 7
( 0.1 0)
(0.1 3)
( 0.1 8)
(0.2 3)
( 0.2 8)
(0.38)
( 0.43)
A
Di mensi ons appl y to diameter of rounds, to di stance between paral l el surfaces of hexagons and squares, and separatel y to wi dth and thi ckness of rectangl es.
TABLE 5
PERM ISSIBLE VARIATIONS IN DIAM ETER OR DISTANCE BETWEEN PARALLEL SU RFACES OF
H OT-WORKED ROD AND BAR
Permissible Variations from Specified Dimensions, in. (mm)
Specified Dimension, in. (mm) A
Rod and bar, hot-worked:
1 ( 2 5.4) and under
over 1 ( 2 5.4) to 2 (50.8) , i ncl
over 2 ( 50.8) to 4 (1 01 .6) , i ncl
over 4 ( 1 01 .6)
Rod, rough-turned or ground:
under 1 ( 2 5.4)
1 ( 2 5.4) and over
Forgi ng qual i ty rod: B
U nder 1 (2 5.4)
1 (2 5.4) and over
+
0.01 6
0.031
0.047
0.1 2 5
( 0.41 )
( 0.79)
( 1 .1 9)
( 3.1 8)
−
0.01 6
0.01 6
0.031
0.063
(0.41 )
(0.41 )
(0.79)
(1 .60)
0.005 ( 0.1 3)
0.031 ( 0.79)
0.005 (0.1 3)
0
0.005 (0.1 3)
0.031 (0.79)
0.005 ( 0.1 3)
0
A
Di mensi ons appl y to diameter of rods, to di stance between paral l el surfaces of hexagons and squares, and separatel y to wi dth and thi ckness
of rectangl es.
B
S pot gri ndi ng i s permi tted to remove mi nor surface i mperfecti ons. The depth of these spot ground areas shal l not exceed 3% of the di ameter of the rod.
191
SB-164
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE 6
PERM ISSIBLE VARIATION S IN DIAM ETER OF COLD-WORKED WIRE
Diameter, in. (mm)
Permissible Variations, in. (mm), ±
U nder 0.0044 (0.11)
0.0044 (0.11) to 0.0079 (0.20), incl
Over 0.0079 (0.20) to 0.0149 (0.38), incl
Over 0.0149 (0.38) to 0.0199 (0.51), incl
Over 0.0199 (0.51) to 0.031 (0.79), incl
Over 0.031 (0.79) to 0.045 (1.14), incl
Over 0.045 (1.14) to 0.079 (2.01), incl
Over 0.079 (2.01) to 0.1875 (4.76), incl
Over 0.1875 (4.76) to 0.3125 (7.93), incl
Over 0.3125 (7.93)
0.0002
0.00025
0.0003
0.0004
0.0005
0.0006
0.0007
0.001
0.002
0.003
(0.005)
(0.006)
(0.008)
(0.010)
(0.013)
(0.015)
(0.018)
(0.025)
(0.051)
(0.076)
TABLE 7
N ORM AL M ACH ININ G ALLOWANCES FOR H OT-WORKED M ATERIAL
Normal M achining Allowance, in. (mm)
Finished-M achined Dimensions for
Finishes as Indicate Below in.
(mm) A
H ot-worked: B
U p to 7 ⁄8 (22.2), incl
Over 7 ⁄8 to 1 7 ⁄8 (22.2 to 47.6), incl
Over 1 7 ⁄8 to 2 7 ⁄8 (47.6 to 73.0), incl
Over 2 7 ⁄8 to 3 13 ⁄16 (73.0 to 96.8), incl
Over 3 13 ⁄16 (96.8)
H ot-worked rods:
Rough-turned or rough-ground: C
15
⁄16 to 4 (23.8 to 101.6), incl , in diameter
Over 4 to 12 (101.6 to 304.8), incl, in diameter
Distance Between
Parallel Surfaces,
for H exagonal and
Square Bar
On Diameter, for
Rods
1
1
⁄8 (3.2)
⁄8 (3.2)
3
⁄16 (4.8)
1
⁄4 (6.4)
1
⁄4 (6.4)
1
1
3
⁄16 (1.6)
1
⁄8 (3.2)
⁄8 (3.2)
⁄16 (4.8)
1
⁄4 (6.4)
...
...
...
...
For Rectangular Bar
On Thickness
1
1
⁄8 (3.2)
⁄8 (3.2)
...
...
...
...
...
On Width
3
⁄16 (4.8)
⁄16 (4.8)
3
⁄16 (4.8)
3
⁄16 (4.8)
3
⁄8 (9.5)
3
...
...
A
Dimensions appl y to diameter of rods, to distance between paral l el surfaces of hexagonal and square bar, and separatel y to width and thickness of rectangul ar bar.
B
The al l owances for hot-worked material in Tabl e 5 are recommended for rods machined in lengths of 3 ft (0.91 m) or l ess and for bars
machined in l engths of 2 ft (0.61 m) or l ess. H ot-worked material to be machined in l onger l engths shoul d be specified showing the finished
cross-sectional dimension and the l ength in which the material wil l be machined in order that the manufacturer may supply material with sufficient oversize, incl uding al l owance for out-of-straightness.
C
Appl icabl e to 3 ft (0.91 m) max l ength.
the departure from straightness shall be as prescribed in
recommended for normal machining operations.
Table 1 0.
7.5 Length — The permissible variations in length of
cold-worked and hot-worked rod and bar shall be as pre-
7.6.2.1 In determining straightness in the standard
scribed in Table 8.
42-in. (1 .07-m) distance between supports or, when speci-
Rods and bars ordered to random or nominal
fied, in determining straightness in lengths not in excess
lengths will be furnished with either cropped or saw-cut
of those shown in Table 1 0, the rod shall be placed on a
ends; material ordered to cut lengths will be furnished with
precision table equipped with ball-bearing rollers and a
square saw-cut or machined ends.
micrometer or dial indicator. The rod shall then be rotated
7.5.1
s lo wly ag ains t the indic ato r, and the deviati o n fro m
7.6 Straightness:
7.6.1
straightness in any portion of the rod between the supports
The permissible variations in straightness of
shall not exceed the permissible variations prescribed in
cold-worked rod and bar as determined by the departure
Table 1 0. The deviation from straightness (throw in one
from straightness shall be as prescribed in Table 9.
7.6.2
revolution) is defined as the difference between the maximum and minimum readings of the dial indicator in one
The permissible variations in straightness of
complete revolution of the rod.
precision straightened cold-worked rod as determined by
192
TABLE 8
PERM ISSIBLE VARIATIONS IN LEN GTH OF RODS AND BAR
N ominal l engths
Cut l engths
6 to 24 ft (1.83 to 7.31 m) l ong with not more than 25 weight % between 6 and 9 ft (1.83 and 2.74 m) A
6 to 20 ft (1.83 to 6.1 m) l ong with not more than 25 weight % between 6 and 10 ft (1.83 and 3.05 m).
Furnished in mul tipl es of a specified unit l ength, within the l ength l imits indicated above. For each mul tipl e, an al l owance of 1 ⁄4 in. (6.4 mm) wil l be
made for cutting, unl ess otherwise specified. At the manufacturer’s option, individual specified unit l engths may be furnished.
Specified nominal l engths having a range of not l ess than 2 ft (610 mm) with no short l engths al l owed B
A specified l ength to which al l rods and bars wil l be cut with a permissibl e variation of plus 1 ⁄8 in. (3.2 mm), minus 0 for sizes 8 in. (203 mm) and
l ess in diameter or distance between paral l el surfaces. For l arger sizes, the permissibl e variation shal l be + 1 ⁄4 in. (6.4 mm), −0.
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
193
Random mill l engths:
H ot-worked
Col d-worked
M ul tiple l engths
A
For hot-worked sections weighing over 25 l b/ft (37 kg/m) and for smooth forged products, al l sections, short l engths down to 2 ft (610 mm) may be furnished.
For col d-worked rods and bars under 1 ⁄2 in. (12.7 mm) in diameter or distance between paral l el surfaces ordered to nominal or stock l engths with a 2-ft (610-mm) range, at l east
93% of such material shal l be within the range specified; the bal ance may be in shorter l engths but in no case shal l l engths l ess than 4 ft (1220 mm) be furnished.
B
SB-164
SB-164
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE 9
PERM ISSIBLE VARIATIONS IN STRAIGH TNESS OF COLD-WORKED RODS AN D BARS
Specified Diameter or Distance
Between Parallel Surfaces, in.
(mm) A
Permissible Variations
in Lengths Indicated, in.
(mm)
Rounds:
1
⁄2 (12.7) to 4 (101.6), incl
H exagons, Squares, Rectangl es:
1
⁄2 (12.7) to 4 (101.6), incl
Depth of Chord:
0.030 (0.76) per ft (305 mm) of l ength
A
7.6.3
0.030 (0.76) per ft (305 mm) of l ength
M aterial under 1⁄2 in. (12.7 mm) shal l be reasonabl y straight and free of sharp bends and kinks.
11.
The permissible variations in straightness of
hot-worked rod and bar as determined by the departure
Specimen Preparation
11.1 Tension test specimens shall be taken from mate-
from straightness shall be as specified in Table 1 1 .
rial in the final condition and tested in the direction of
fabrication.
8.
11.1.1
Workmanship, Finish, and Appearance
All rod, bar, and wire shall be tested in full
cross-section size when possible. When a full cross-section
8.1 The material shall be uniform in quality and condi-
size test cannot be performed, the largest possible round
tion, smooth, commercially straight or flat, and free of
specimen shown in Test Methods E 8 shall be used. Longi-
inj urious imperfections.
tudinal strip specimens shall be prepared in accordance
1
with Test Methods E 8 for rectangular bar up to ⁄2 in.
(1 2.7 mm), inclusive, in thicknesses that are too wide to
9.
Sampling
be pulled full size.
Lot—Definition:
9.1
9.1.1
11.2 Hardness test specimens shall be taken from mate-
A lot for chemical analysis shall consist of
rial in the final condition.
A lot for mechanical properties testing shall
in reasonably close agreement, the following procedure is
one heat.
9.1.2
11.3 In order that the hardness determinations may be
consist of all material from the same heat, nominal diameter
suggested:
or thickness, and condition.
9.1.2.1
11.3.1
DELETED
diameter, hardness readings shall be taken on a flat surface
1
Test Material Selection:
9.2.1 Chemical Analysis —Representative samples
p rep ared b y fili ng o r g rindi ng ap p ro ximatel y ⁄1 6 i n.
9.2
(1 .6 mm) from the outside surface of the rod.
11.3.2 For rod and wire 1⁄2 in. in diameter and larger,
from each lot shall be taken during pouring or subsequent
and for hexagonal, square, and rectangular bar, all sizes,
processing.
9.2.1.1
hardness readings shall be taken on a cross section midway
Product (check) analysis shall be wholly
between the surface and center of the section.
the responsibility of the purchaser.
9.2.2
1
For rod and wire under ⁄2 in. (1 2.7 mm) in
Mechanical Properties —Samples of the mate-
rial to provide test specimens for mechanical properties
12.
shall be taken from such locations in each lot as to be
Test Methods
12.1 The chemical composition, mechanical, and other
representative of that lot.
properties of the material as enumerated in this specification shall be determined, in case of disagreement, in accor-
10.
dance with the following methods:
Number of Tests
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.4
Chemical Analysis — One test per lot.
Tension — One test per lot.
Hardness — One test per lot.
Wrapping — One test per lot.
Test
194
ASTM Designation
Chemical Analysis
E 76, E 1 473
Tension
E 8
Rockwell Hardness
E 18
Hardness Conversion
E 1 40
Rounding Procedure
E 29
TABLE 10
PERM ISSIBLE VARIATIONS IN STRAIGH TNESS OF PRECISION-STRAIGH TEN ED COLD-WORKED SH AFTING U NS N 04400 ONLY
Specified Diameter of
Shafting, in.
1
Specified Diameter of
Shafting, mm
1 2 .7
Over
Over
Over
1 9.1
Over
to 2 3.8, i ncl
2 3.8 to 49.2 , i ncl
49.2 to 63.5, i ncl
63.5 to 1 01 .6, i ncl
to 2 3.8, i ncl
2 3.8 to 1 01 .6, i ncl
42 i n.
42 i n.
42 i n.
42 i n.
S peci fied l engths of 3 to 1 0 ft.
S peci fied l engths of 2 0 ft and l ess
Standard Distance
Between Supports
1 067 mm
1 067 mm
1 067 mm
1 067 mm
speci fied l engths of 91 4 to 3050 mm
speci fied l engths of 61 00 mm and l ess
Permissible Variations
(Throw in One Revolution)
from Straightness, in.
0.005
0.006
0.007
0.008
0.004 pl us 0.002 5 for each foot or fracti on thereof i n excess of 3 ft
0.005 pl us 0.001 5 for each foot or fracti on thereof i n excess of 3 ft
Permissible Variations
(Throw in One Revolution)
from Straightness, mm
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
195
⁄2 to 1 5⁄1 6 , i ncl
Over 1 5⁄1 6 to 1 1 5⁄1 6 , i ncl
Over 1 1 5⁄1 6 to 2 1⁄2 , i ncl
Over 2 1 ⁄2 to 4, i ncl
3
⁄4 to 1 5⁄1 6 , i ncl
Over 1 5⁄1 6 to 4, i ncl
Standard Distance
Between Supports
0.1 3
0.1 5
0.1 8
0.2 0
1 0.2 pl us 0.2 for each metre or fracti on thereof i n excess of 91 4 mm
1 2.7 pl us 0.1 3 for each metre or fracti on thereof i n excess of 91 4 mm
SB-164
SB-164
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE 11
PERM ISSIBLE VARIATION S IN STRAIGH TN ESS OF
H OT-WORKED RODS AN D BARS A
12.2 For purposes of determining compliance with the
specified limits for requirements of the properties listed in
the following table, an observed value or a calculated value
shall be rounded as indicated below, in accordance with
Finish
the rounding method of Practice E 29:
Test
Rounded Unit for Observed
Rods and bars, hot-worked
Round— hot worked, rough-ground,
or rough-turned
or Calculated Value
Chemical composition, hardness,
Nearest unit in the last right-hand
and tolerances (when expressed
place of figures of the specified
in decimals)
limit. If two choices are possi-
Permissible Variations,
in./ft (mm/m) B
0.050 (4.2) C
0.050 (4.2) C
A
N ot appl icabl e to forging qual ity.
M aterial under 1⁄2 in. (12.7 mm) shal l be reasonabl y straight
and free of sharp bends and kinks.
C
The maximum curvature (depth of chord) shal l not exceed the
val ues indicated mul tiplied by the l ength in feet.
B
ble, as when the digits dropped
are exactly a 5, or a 5 followed
only by zeros, choose the one
ending in an even digit, with
zero defined as an even digit.
Tensile strength and yield strength
Nearest 1 000 psi (6.9 MPa)
Elongation
Nearest 1 %
13. Inspection
13.1 Inspection of the material shall be made as agreed
this specification and has been found to meet the requirements. A report of the test results shall be furnished.
upon between the manufacturer and the purchaser as part
of the purchase contract.
16.
14. Rejection and Rehearing
14.1 Material, tested by the purchaser, that fails to
Product Marking
16.1 The following information shall be marked on the
material or included on the package, or on a label or tag
conform to the requirements of this specification may be
attached thereto: The name of the material or UNS Number,
rej ected. Rej ection should be reported to the producer or
heat number, condition (temper), ASTM B 1 64, the size,
supplier promptly and in writing. In case of dissatisfaction
gros s , tare, and net weig ht, c ons ignor and c ons ignee
with the results of the test, the producer or supplier may
address, contract or order number, or such other informa-
make claim for a rehearing.
tion as may be defined in the contract or order.
15. Certification
15.1 A producer’ s or supplier’ s certification shall be
17.
furnished to the purchaser that the material was manufac-
Keywords
17.1
tured, sampled, tested, and inspected in accordance with
196
bar; rod; wire; N04400
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-164
SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS
The following supplementary requirements shall apply only when specified by the purchaser
in the inquiry, contract, or order, for agencies of the U. S. Government.
S1.
Scope
S6.
S1.1 The requirements for annealed, hot finished, and
Specimen Preparation
S6.1
1
Tensile specimens for rod and bar up to 1 ⁄2 in.
cold rolled and stress relieved rod and bar shall apply for
in diameter or minimum thickness shall coincide with the
shapes in the same conditions except as modified herein
central axis of the piece. Tensile specimens for rod and
for chemistry and ultrasonic inspection.
bar 1 ⁄2 in. and over in diameter or thickness shall be located
1
midway between the center and the rolled or drawn surface
S2.
of the piece.
Referenced Documents
S2.1
S6.2
The following documents of the issue in effect
shall be free from sharp bends or kinks. The distance
tion to the extent referenced herein:
S2.1.1
Tensile specimens for wire shall be of the full
cross section and not less than 1 5 in. in length. Specimens
on date of material purchased form a part of this specifica-
between the j aws of the testing machine, with the specimen
Federal Standards:
in place ready for testing, shall be not less than 1 0 in.
Fed. Std. No. 1 02 Preservation, Packaging and Packing
Levels
Fed. Std. No. 1 23 Marking for Shipment (Civil Agencies)
S7.
Fed. Std. No. 1 82 Continuous Identification Marking of
Nickel and Nickel-Base Alloys
S2.1.2
When specified by the purchaser, each piece of
each lot shall be inspected. The purchaser shall specify if
Military Standard:
one or both tests are required.
MIL-STD-1 29 Marking for Shipment and Storage
S3.
Nondestructive Tests
S7.1
Chemical Composition
S3.1
TABLE S3.2
CH EM ICAL REQU IREM ENTS
The material shall conform to the composition
limits specified in Table 3 except as specified in Table
Composition Limits, %
S3.1 or Table S3.2.
S4.
Mechanical Properties
S4.1
UNS N04400 cold worked bar and rod shall be
supplied in the stress relieved condition.
S5.
Element
U NS N04405
Al uminum
Lead
Tin
Zinc
Phosphorus
0.5 max.
0.006 max.
0.006 max.
0.02 max.
0.02 max.
Number of Tests
S5.1 For wire, the number of samples for tension and
TABLE S5.1
REQU IRED SAM PLES FOR TENSION AND WRAPPIN G
TESTS OF WIRE
wrapping tests shall be as specified in Table S5.1 .
TABLE S3.1
CH EM ICAL REQU IREM ENTS
Lot Size, lbs
Composition Limits, %
Element
U NS N 04400
Carbon
Sul fur
Al uminum
Lead
Tin
Zinc
Phosphorus
0.2 max.
0.015 max.
0.5 max.
0.006 max.
0.006 max.
0.02 max.
0.02 max.
Number of Samples for Each Test
1
⁄4 in. diameter and l ess:
180 and under
181 to 500
501 to 800
801 to 1300
1301 to 3200
3201 to 5000
Over 1⁄4 in. diameter:
For each 500 l bs. or
fraction thereof
197
1
2
3
5
7
10
1
SB-164
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE S7.1
U LTRASONIC TESTING REFERENCE H OLE FOR ROD
AND BAR
M aterial Thickness, in. (mm)
U p to and i ncl udi ng 6 (1 52 )
Over 6 (1 52 ) and i ncl uding
1 6 ( 406)
Over 1 6 ( 406)
S7.2.2.3
1
— During quality confor-
will cause a decrease in the calibrated sensitivity and reso-
H ole Diameter, in. (mm)
1
Recalibration
mance inspection, any realignment of the search unit that
lution, or both, or any change in search unit, couplant,
instrument settings, or scanning speed from that used for
⁄8 (3.1 8)
⁄4 (6.4)
calibration shall require recalibration. Recalibration shall
be performed at least once per 8 h shift.
As agreed upon
S7.2.3
Procedure
— S7.2.3.1 and S7.2.3.2 describe
the requirements for rod and bar. Wire shall be excluded
from these requirements. Shapes other than those listed
Ultrasonic Tests:
S7.2.1 General Requirements:
S7.2
S7.2.1.1
below shall be tested to the extent set forth in the approved
procedure.
Ultrasonic testing shall be performed in
S7.2.3.1
Rod — Rod shall be tested using the longi-
accordance with MIL-STD-271 as modified by the require-
tudinal wave technique. The scanning path shall be circum-
ments specified herein. Testing shall be done by a longitudi-
ferential or helical with the beam directed along a radius
nal wave or shear wave technique as specified herein.
of the rod.
S7.2.1.2 Acoustic compatibility between the pro-
S7.2.3.2
Bar — Bar shall be tested using the longi-
duction material and the calibration standard material shall
tudinal wave technique through one side of each pair of
be within 75%. If the acoustic compatibility is within 25%,
parallel sides (thickness and width only).
no gain compensation is required for the examination. If
Acceptance Criteria:
S7.2.4.1 Shear Wave — Any
S7.2.4
acoustic compatibility difference is between 25% and 75%,
a change in the gain or dB controls shall be accomplished
material that pro-
duces indications equal to or larger than the response from
to compensate for the differences in acoustic compatibility.
the reference notch or higher than the straight line j oining
This method cannot be used if the ultrasonic noise level
the two peak amplitudes shall be rej ected.
exceeds 50% of the rej ection value.
Calibration:
S7.2.2.1 Shear Wave — The shear wave test shall
S7.2.4.2
S7.2.2
Longitudinal Wave — Any material that
produces indications equal to or larger than the response
from the reference hole, or that produces a complete loss
be calibrated on two notches, one notch cut into the inside
of back reflection shall be rej ected. Material shall be tested
and one into the outside surface. The notches shall be cut
using a square, rectangular, or circular transducer having
axially and shall have a depth of 5% of the material thick-
an effective area of one square inch or less, but no dimen-
1
ness or ⁄4 in. (6.4 mm), whichever is less. Notch length
sion shall be smaller than the diameter of the reference
shall not exceed 1 in. (25.4 mm). Notches shall be made
hole. In the event of disagreement on the degree of back
either in the piece to be examined or in a separate defect-
reflection loss, it shall be determined by the contact method
1
free specimen of the same size (within ± ⁄8 in. (3.1 8 mm)),
1
using a 1 to 1 ⁄8 in. (25.4 to 28.6 mm) diameter transducer
shape, material, and condition, or acoustically similar mate-
or one whose area falls within this range.
rial. The position and amplitude of the response from each
S7.2.4.3
note shall be marked on the instrument screen or a transpar-
Reference Notch Removal — If reference
notches or flatbottomed holes are made in the material to
ent overlay, and these marks shall be used as the evaluation
reference. Indications that appear between these points
be tested, they shall be so located than their subsequent
shall be evaluated on the basis of a straight line j oining
removal will not impair the suitability of the material for
the two peak amplitudes.
its intended use.
S7.2.2.2
Longitudinal Wave
Liquid Penetrant Inspection:
S7.3.1 Procedure — Liquid penetrant inspection
— The longitudinal
S7.3
wave test shall be calibrated on a flatbottomed reference
hole of a given diameter in accordance with Table S7.1
shall be in accordance with MIL-STD-271 .
for specified material thickness drilled either into the piece
S7.3.2
to be tested or into a separate defect-free specimen of the
Surface Requirements — The surface
pro-
duced by hot working is not suitable for liquid penetrant
1
same size (within ± ⁄8 in. (3.1 8 mm)), shape, material, and
testing. Therefore, liquid penetrant testing will not be appli-
condition, or acoustically similar material. Holes are to be
cable to products ordered with a hot finished surface.
drilled to midsection and the bottom of the hole shall be
S 7. 3 . 3
parallel to the entrant surface. The ultrasonic test instru-
Acceptance Criteria
— Li ne ar de fec ts
ment shall be adj usted so that the response from the refer-
revealed by liquid penetrant inspection shall be explored
ence hole shall not be less than 25% and not more than
by grinding or other suitable means. Depth of defects shall
75% of screen height.
not exceed the dimensional tolerance of the material.
198
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
S8.
S10.
Quality Assurance
S8.1
Preparation for Delivery
S10.1
Responsibility for Inspection:
S8.1.1 Unless otherwise specified in the contract or
SB-164
Preservation, Packaging, Packing:
S10.1.1
purchase order, the manufacturer is responsible for the
Military Agencies
— The material shall be
separated by size, composition, grade, or class and shall
performance of all inspection and test requirements speci-
be preserved and packaged, level A or C, packed level A,
fied. Except as otherwise specified in the contract or pur-
B, or C as specified in the contract or purchase order.
chase order, the manufacturer may use his own or any other
suitable facilities for the performance of the inspection and
S10.1.2
test requirements unless disapproved by the purchaser at
Civil Agencies
— The requirements of Fed.
Std. No. 1 02 shall be referenced for definitions of the
the time the order is placed. The purchaser shall have the
various levels of packaging protection.
right to perform any of the inspections or tests set forth
S10.2
when such inspections and tests are deemed necessary to
ensure that the material conforms to prescribed require-
Marking:
S10.2.1
ments:
Military Agencies
— In addition to any spe-
cial marking required by the contract or purchase order,
marking for shipment shall be in accordance with MIL-
S9.
STD-1 29.
Identification Marking
S10.2.2
S9.1 All material shall be properly marked for identifi-
Civil Agencies
—In addition to any special
cation in accordance with Fed. Std. No. 1 82, except that
marking required by the contract or purchase order, mark-
the ASTM Specification number and the alloy number shall
ing for shipment shall be in accordance with Fed. Std.
be used.
No. 1 23.
199
SB-164
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
APPENDIX
(Nonmandatory Information)
X1.
CONDITIONS AND FINISHES NORMALLY
SUPPLIED
X1.1 The various conditions and finishes in which rod
tolerances of Clas s 3 fit of American S tandard s crew
threads. No mechanical properties are offered since material is to be subsequently hot worked. Intended primarily
for hot heated bolts but is of somewhat inferior quality, as
and bar are procurable are as follows:
X1.1.1
Hot-Worked — With a tightly adherent, black,
to surface seams and cracks compared to forging quality,
see X1 .1 .4.
mill oxide surface.
X1.1.2
Hot-Worked, Rough-Ground — S imilar to
X1.1.6
X1 .1 .1 except rough-ground.
X1.1.3
Hot-Worked, Annealed — Soft with a tightly
adherent oxide that may vary from dark to light.
Hot-Worked, Rough-Turned — S imilar to
X1.1.7
X1 .1 .1 except rough turned with a broad nosed tool similar
Hot-Worked, Annealed, and Pickled — Same
as X1 .1 .6 except descaled for removal of mill oxide. Pro-
to a bar peeling operation and thus may not be straight.
vides for better surface inspection than does hot-worked
Intended generally for machining where an over-hauled
material and often employed where welding is involved
surface is desired, essentially for machined step down
where removal of mill oxide is desired.
shafts or parts machined in short lengths of 3 ft (91 0 mm)
or less.
NOTE X1 .2— Annealing prior to pickling may be required in order to
X1.1.3.1
reduce the mill oxide since uniform pickling of an unreduced oxide is
Where material is intended for shafting
difficult.
for diameters over 4 in. (1 01 .6 mm) the “stress-relieved”
temper is recommended.
X1 . 1 . 4
Hot-Worked, Forging Quality
X1 . 1 . 8
— Rough
Cold-Worked, Stress-Relieved
— Ho t
worked, overhauled, cold-worked, and straightened. Mate-
turned and spot ground, as necessary, for sizes 1 in. in
rial is thermally treated to relieve the maj or portion of the
diameter and over; rough ground and spot ground for sizes
internal stresses resulting from cold-working and may have
under 1 in. (25.4 mm) in diameter. Material is selected
a very thin light to medium oxide. Intended primarily for
from heats of known, good hot malleability.
shafting and for machined parts where minimum“ walking”
or distortion after metal removal is desired.
NOTE X1 .1 — For sizes 4 in. in diameter and less, cold-worked rod may
be used also for forging by virtue of the fact such rod has been overhauled
X1 . 1 . 9
for removal of mechanical surface defects prior to cold-working. In such
cases, the user should run pilot forging tests to ensure himself that such
softness and with a dull matte finish.
material has the desired hot malleability range.
X1 .1 .5
Forging Quality, Bolt Tolerance
Cold-Worked, Annealed — Hot- worked,
overhauled, cold-worked, and straightened. Annealed for
— Hot-
NOTE X1 .3—
worked, of known good hot malleability, but not over-
UNS N04405 Material—This is the machining grade and
is preferred generally to UNS N04400 for intricately machined parts,
hauled prior to skin pass, cold-working to tolerances speci-
particularly for parts that are to be machined on automatics or require
fied herein, which tolerances conform to the maj or diameter
drilling.
200
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SPECI FI CATI ON FOR N I CKEL-COPPER ALLOY
(U N S N 04400) SEAM LESS PI PE AN D TU BE
SB-165
(Identical with ASTM Specification B165-93 except for deletion of 1.1.1, Appendix X1, and Supplementary Requirements, and editorial differences. Certification has been made mandatory.)
201
SB-165
SB-165
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SPECIFICATION FOR NICKEL-COPPER ALLOY
(UNS N04400) SEAMLESS PIPE AND TUBE
SB-165
(Identical with ASTM Specification B 1 65-93 except for deletion of 1 .1 .1 , Appendix X1 , and Supplementary Requirements, and editorial
differences. Certification has been made mandatory.)
1.
Scope
3.1.2
1.1 This specification covers nickel-copper alloy UNS
N04400 in the form of cold-worked seamless pipe and
3.1.3
tube in the conditions shown in Table 1 .
1.2
The values stated in inch-pound units are to be
3.1.4
4.
Referenced Documents
ASTM Standards:
product of round or any other
Ordering Information
4.1 Orders for material to this specification shall include
information with respect to the following:
E 8 Test Methods of Tension Testing of Metallic Materials
4.1.1
E 29 Practice For Using Significant Digits in Test Data to
Determine Conformance with Specifications
Alloy name or UNS number.
4.1.2 Specification designation.
E 76 Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Nickel-Cop-
Condition (see Appendix X2).
4.1.4 Finish (see Appendix X2).
4.1.5 Dimensions:
4.1.5.1 Tube — Specify outside diameter and nom-
4.1.3
per Alloys
3.
tube — hollow
cross-section having a continuous periphery.
are for information only.
2.1
seamless pipe or tube — pipe or tube produced
with a continuous periphery in all stages of the operations.
regarded as the standard. The values given in parentheses
2.
pipe — tube conforming to the particular dimen-
sions commercially known as pipe sizes.
Terminology
Descriptions of Terms Specific to This Standard:
3.1.1 average diameter — average of the maximum
3.1
inal or minimum wall.
4.1 .5.2
and minimum outside diameters, as determined at any one
cross-section of the pipe or tube.
Pipe — S pecify
s tandard pipe s ize and
schedule.
TABLE 1
M ECH AN ICAL PROPERTIES OF PIPE AN D TU BE
Condition and Size
Anneal ed:
5 i n. (1 2 7 mm) outsi de di ameter
and under
Over 5 i n. (1 2 7 mm) outsi de di ameter
S tress-Rel ieved
Al l si zes
Tensile Strength,
min, psi (M Pa)
Yield Strength,
min. (0.2%
offset), min, psi
(M Pa)
Elongation in 2
in. or 50 mm
(or 4 D ), min,
%
70 000 (480)
70 000 (480)
2 8 000 (1 95)
2 5 000 (1 70)
35
35
85 000 (585)
55 000 (380)
15
202
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE 2
CH EM ICAL REQU IREM EN TS
Element
Composition Limits, %
N iA
Cu
A
its specified in Table 2.
5.2 If a product (check) analysis is performed by the
purchaser, the material shall conform to the product (check)
analysis variations in Table 2.
0.45
0.15
0.20
0.05
0.04
0.02
0.03
0.005
6.
6.1
6.2
Length — Cut to length or random.
Quantity — Feet or number of pieces.
Hydrostatic Pressure Requirements — Specify
7.
the
Hydrostatic Test — If any pipe or tube shows leaks
Dimensions and Permissible Variations
7.1
Diameter and Wall Thickness —
The permissible
variations in the outside diameter and wall thickness shall
conform to the permissible variations prescribed in Table 3.
test pressure if other than required by 1 2.3.1 .
4.1.8
Tension Test — The material shall conform to
during hydrostatic testing, it shall be rej ected.
4.1.5.3
4.1.7
Mechanical and Other Requirements
tensile properties specified in Table 1 .
El ement shal l be determined arithmetical l y by difference.
4.1.6
Chemical Composition
5.1 The material shall conform to the composition lim-
Product (Check) Analysis
Variations, under min or
over max, of the Specified
Limit of Element
63.0 min
28.0 min
34.0 max
2.5 max
2.0 max
0.3 max
0.5 max
0.024 max
Fe
Mn
C
Si
S
5.
SB-165
Samples for Product (Check) Analysis — State
7.2
Length — When material
is ordered cut-to-length,
whether samples for product (check) analysis should be
the length shall conform to the permissible variations pre-
furnished (see 5.2).
scribed in Table 4.
4.1.9
Purchaser Inspection — If purchaser wishes to
7.3
witness tests or inspection of material at place of manufac-
Straightness — material shall be reasonably straight
and free of bends and kinks.
ture, the purchase order must so state indicating which
7.4
tests or inspections are to be witnessed (Section 1 3).
Ends — Ends shall be plain cut and deburred.
TABLE 3
PERM ISSIBLE VARIATION S FOR OU TSIDE DIAM ETER AND WALL TH ICKN ESS OF SEAM LESS COLD WORKED
PIPE AN D TU BE A,B
Permissible Variations
Nominal Outside Diameter, in.
(mm)
5
Over 0.400 (10) to ⁄8 (16), excl
⁄8 (16) to 1 1⁄2 (38), incl
Over 1 1⁄2 (38) to 3 (76), incl
Over 3 (76) to 4 1⁄2 (114), incl
Over 4 1⁄2 (114) to 6 (152), incl
Over 6 (152) to 6 5⁄8 (168), incl
Over 6 5⁄8 (168) to 8 5⁄8 (219), incl
5
Outside Diameter, in. (mm)
% of Thickness of
Specified Nominal Wall
% of Thickness of
Specified M inimum Wall
+
−
+
−
+
−
0.005 (0.13)
0.0075 (0.19)
0.010 (0.25)
0.015 (0.38)
0.020 (0.51)
0.025 (0.64)
0.031 (0.79)
0.005 (0.13)
0.0075 (0.19)
0.010 (0.25)
0.015 (0.38)
0.020 (0.51)
0.025 (0.64)
0.031 (0.79)
15.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
12.5
12.5
12.5
15.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
12.5
12.5
12.5
30
22
22
22
28
28
28
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
A
Oval ity — The permissibl e variations in this tabl e appl y to individual measurements, including out-of-roundness (ovality) except for the fol l owing:
For pipe and tube having a nominal wal l thickness of 3% or l ess of the nominal outside diameter, the mean outside diameter shal l conform
to the permissibl e variations of this tabl e and individual measurements (incl uding oval ity) shal l conform to the pl us and minus val ues of the
tabl e, with the val ues increased by 0.5% of the nominal outside diameter.
For pipe and tube over 4 1⁄2 in. (114 mm) in outside diameter with a nominal wall thickness greater than 3% of the nominal outside diameter, the mean outside diameter shal l conform to the permissibl e variations of this tabl e and individual measurements shal l not exceed twice the
permissibl e variations of the tabl e.
B
Eccentricity — The permissibl e variations in this tabl e apply to individual measurements incl uding eccentricity.
203
SB-165
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE 4
PERM ISSIBLE VARIATION S IN LEN GTH A
possible, all pipe and tubes shall be tested in full tubular
size. When testing in full tubular size is not possible, longitudinal strip specimens, or the largest possible round speci-
Cut Length, in. (mm)
Outside Diameter, in. (mm)
Over
U nder
⁄8 ( 3.2 )
3
⁄1 6 ( 4.8)
0
0
1
U nder 2 ( 50.8)
2 ( 50.8) and over
men, shall be used. In the event of disagreement when full
tubular testing is not possible, a longitudinal strip specimen
with reduced gauge length as contained in Test Methods
E 8 shall be used.
A
These permi ssi bl e vari ati ons i n l ength appl y to pi pe or tube i n
straight l engths. They appl y to cut l engths up to and i ncl udi ng 2 4 ft
(7.3 m) . For l engths over 2 4 ft, an addi ti onal over-tol erance of 1⁄8
in. (3.2 mm) for each 1 0 ft (3.0 m) or fracti on thereof shal l be permi ssi bl e up to a maxi mum addi ti onal over-tol erance of 1⁄2 i n. (1 2 .7
mm) .
8.
12.
12.1
dance with Test Methods E 76.
12.2
8.1 The material shall be uniform in quality and temper,
fections.
12.3
by the manufacturer to an internal hydrostatic pressure of
1 000 psi (6.9 MPa) provided that the fiber stress calculated
A lot for chemical analysis shall consist of
in accordance with the following equation does not exceed
one heat.
the allowable fiber stress,
A lot for all other testing shall consist of all
length), and condition.
Where material cannot be identified by
Pp
Sp
material in the same condition and nominal size (excepting
length).
9.2
and under
Over 5 in. (1 27 mm) outside diameter
Product (check) analysis shall be wholly
Stress-relieved:
the responsibility of the purchaser.
Mechanical and other Properties —
(temper) furnished as follows:
5 in. (1 27 mm) outside diameter
processing.
9.2.2
hydrostatic test pressure, psi (or MPa)
allowable fiber stress, for material in the condition
Annealed:
Representative samples
from each lot shall be taken during pouring or subsequent
9.2.1.1
All sizes
Samples
tp
and other properties shall be taken from such locations in
each lot as to be representative of that lot. Test specimens
shall be taken from material in the final condition.
10.2
10.3
(1 20 MPa)
1 6 700 psi
(1 1 5 MPa)
21 200 psi
minimum wall thickness, in. (or mm), equal to
the specified nominal wall minus the permissible
minus wall tolerance, or the specified minimum
Dp
— One test per lot.
wall thickness
outside diameter of the pipe or tube, in. (or mm).
12.3.1 When so agreed upon between the manufac-
Tension — One test per lot.
Hydrostatic — Each piece in each lot.
1
turer and purchaser, pipe or tube may be tested to 1 ⁄2
times the allowable fiber stress given above.
12.4
11. Specimen Preparation
11.1 Room Temperature Tensile
1 7 500 psi
(1 45 MPa)
of the material to provide test specimens for mechanical
10. Number of Tests
10.1 Chemical Analysis
indicated below:
where:
heat, a lot shall consist of not more than 500 lb (227 kg) of
Test Material Selection:
9.2.1 Chemical Analysis —
S,
P p 2St/D
material from the s ame heat, nominal size (excepting
9.1.2.1
Each pipe or tube with an
1
thickness of 0.01 5 in. (0.38 mm) and over shall be tested
Lot Definition:
9.1.2
Hydrostatic Test —
outside diameter ⁄8 in. (3 mm) and larger and with wall
Sampling
9.1.1
Tension Test — Tension testing shall be conducted
in accordance with Test Methods E 8.
smooth, commercially straight, and free of inj urious imper-
9.1
Chemical Composition — In case of disagreement,
the chemical composition shall be determined in accor-
Workmanship, Finish and Appearance
9.
Test Methods
Rounding Method — For purposes of determining
compliance with the specified limits for requirements of
Specimen — Material
the properties listed in the following table, an observed
shall be tested in the direction of fabrication. Whenever
value, or a calculated value, shall be rounded as indicated
204
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-165
below, in accordance with the rounding method of Practice
reported to the producer or supplier promptly and in writ-
E 29:
ing. In case of dissatisfaction with the results of the test,
the producer or supplier may make claim for a rehearing.
Rounded Unit for
Test
Chemical composition and
Observed or Calculated Value
nearest unit in the last right-hand
tolerances (when expressed
place of figures of the specified
in decimals)
limit. If two choices are
15.
possible, as when the digits
15.1
dropped are exactly a 5 or a 5
the one ending in an even digit
inspected in accordance with this specification and has
with zero defined as an even
been found to meet the requirements. When specified in
digit.
the purchase order or contract, a report of the test results
nearest 1 000 psi (6.9 MPa)
shall be furnished.
strength
Elongation
Certification shall be furnished to the purchaser
that the material was manufactured, sampled, tested, and
followed only by zeros, choose
Tensile strength, Yield
Certification
nearest 1 %
13. Inspection
13.1 Inspection of the material shall be agreed upon
16.
Product Marking
16.1 The following information shall be marked on the
between the purchaser and the supplier as part of the pur-
material or included on the package, or on a label or tag
chase contract.
attached thereto: The name of the material or UNS number,
heat number, condition (temper), this specification number,
14. Rejection and Rehearing
14.1 Material that fails to conform to the requirements
the size, gross, tare and net weight, consignor and con-
of this specification may be rej ected. Rej ection should be
information as may be defined in the contract or order.
signee address, contract or order number, or such other
205
SB-165
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
APPENDICES
(Nonmandatory Information)
X2.
X2.2 Nickel-Copper Alloy (UNS N04400)
CONDITIONS AND FINISHES NORMALLY
SUPPLIED
X2.1 Scope
X2.1.1
in
which
normally
pipe
and
tube
(other
Thes e
are
than
converter
s ubj ect
to
s izes )
change,
and
Annealed —
X2.2.2
Stress-Relieved —
the annealing
This appendix lis ts the conditions and finis hes
s upplied.
X2.2.1
are
the
the
s urface.
manufacturer s hould be cons ulted for the lates t information
available.
206
internal
S oft,
temperature to
s tres s es ,
with
a
with a dull matte finis h.
Thermally
relieve the
thin,
light-
treated
below
maj or portion of
to
medium- dark
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SPECI FI CATI ON FOR N I CKEL-CH ROM I U M -I RON
ALLOYS (U N S N 06 600, N 06 6 01, N 06 6 03, N 06 69 0,
N 06693, N 06 02 5, N 06 045, AN D N 06 69 6 ) AN D N I CKELCH ROM I U M -COBALT-M OLYBDEN U M ALLOY
(U N S N 06617) ROD, BAR, AN D WI RE
SB-166
(Identical with ASTM Specification B166-08 except for the addition of UNS N06617 heat treatment requirements.
Certification has been made mandatory.)
207
SB-166
SB-166
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SPECIFICATION FOR NICKEL-CHROMIUM-IRON
ALLOYS (UNS N06600, N06601, N06603, N06690, N06693,
N06025, N06045, AND N06696) AND NICKELCHROMIUM-COBALT-MOLYBDENUM ALLOY
(UNS N06617) ROD, BAR, AND WIRE
SB-166
(Identical with ASTM Specification B 1 66-08 except for the addition of UNS N0661 7 heat treatment requirements. Certification has been made
mandatory.)
1.
Scope
1.1
B 880 Specification for General Requirements for Chemical Check Analysis Limits for Nickel, Nickel Alloys
This specification covers nickel-chromium-iron
and Cobalt Alloys
alloys (UNS N06600, N06601 , N06603, N06690, N06693,
N06025 , N06045 , and N06696) and nickel-chromium-
E 8 Test Methods for Tension Testing of Metallic Materials
cobalt-molybdenum alloy (UNS N0661 7) in the form of
E 1 8 Test Methods for Rockwell Hardness of Metallic
hot-finished and cold-worked rounds, squares, hexagons,
Materials
rectangles, and cold-worked wire.
1.2
E 29 Practice for Using Significant Digits in Test Data to
Determine Conformance with Specifications
The values stated in inch-pound units are to be
E 38 Methods for Chemical Analysis of Nickel-Chromium
regarded as the standard. The values given in parentheses
and Nickel-Chromium-Iron Alloys
are for information only.
1.3
E 1 40 Hardness Conversion Tables for Metals Relationship
The following precautionary caveat pertains only
Among Brinell Hardness, Vickers Hardness, Rockwell
to the test methods portion, Section 1 2, of this specification:
Hardness, Superficial Hardness, Knoop Hardness, and
This standard does not purport to address all ofthe safety
concerns, ifany, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to become familiar with
all hazards including those identified in the appropriate
Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for this product/material as provided by the manufacturet: to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the
applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
Scleroscope Hardness
E 527 Practice for Numbering Metals and Alloys in the
Unified Numbering System (UNS)
E 1 473 Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Nickel,
Cobalt, and High-Temperature Alloys
2.2
Federal Standards
Fed. Std. No. 1 02 Preservation, Packaging and Packing
2.
Levels
Referenced Documents
2.1
Fed. Std. No. 1 23 Marking for Shipment (Civil Agencies)
ASTM Standards:
Fed. Std. No. 1 82 Continuous Identification Marking of
B 1 68 S pecification for Nickel-Chromium-Iron Alloys
Nickel and Nickel-Base Alloys
(UNS N06600, N06601 , N06603 , N06690, N06693 ,
N06025, and N06045) and Nickel-Chromium-Cobalt-
2.3
Molybdenum Alloy UNS N0661 7 ) Plate, S heet, and
Military Standard:
MIL-STD-1 29 Marking for Shipment and Storage
Strip
208
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-166
TABLE 1
CH EM ICAL REQU IREM ENTS
Composition Limits, %
Element Alloy N06600 Alloy N06601 Alloy N06617 Alloy N06690 Alloy N06693 Alloy N06025 Alloy N06045 Alloy N06603 Alloy N06696
N ickel
72.0 min
Chromium
14.0–17.0
Cobal t
...
M ol ybdenum
...
58.0–63.0
21.0–25.0
...
...
Iron
M anganese
Al uminum
Carbon
6.0–10.0
1.0 max
...
0.15 max
remainder A
1.0 max
1.0–1.7
0.10 max
Copper
Sil icon
Sul fur
Titanium
0.5 max
0.5 max
0.015 max
...
Phosphorus
Zirconium
Yttrium
Boron
.
.
.
.
N itrogen
N iobium
Cerium
...
...
...
A
3.
.
.
.
.
1.0 max
0.5 max
0.015 max
...
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
...
...
...
58.0 min
27.0–31.0
...
...
remainder A
27.0–31.0
...
...
remainder A
24.0–26.0
...
...
3.0 max
1.0 max
0.8–1.5
0.05–0.15
7.0–11.0
0.5 max
...
0.05 max
2.5–6.0
1.0 max
2.5–4.0
0.15 max
0.5 max
1.0 max
0.015 max
0.6 max
0.5 max
0.5 max
0.015 max
...
0.5 max
0.5 max
0.01 max
1.0 max
44.5 min
20.0–24.0
10.0–15.0
8.0–10.0
...
...
...
0.006 max
...
...
...
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
...
...
...
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
45.0 min
26.0–29.0
...
...
remainder A
24.0–26.0
...
...
remainder A
28.0–32.0
...
1.0–3.0
8.0–11.0
0.15 max
1.8–2.4
0.15–0.25
21.0–25.0
1.0 max
...
0.05–0.12
8.0–11.0
0.15 max
2.4–3.0
0.20–0.40
2.0–6.0
1.0 max
...
0.15 max
0.1 max
0.5 max
0.010 max
0.1–0.2
0.3 max
2.5–3.0
0.010 max
...
0.50 max
0.50 max
0.010 max
0.01–0.25
1.5–3.0
1.0–2.5
0.010 max
1.0 max
0.020 max
0.01–0.10
0.05–0.12
...
0.020 max 0.20 max
...
0.01–0.10
...
0.01–0.15
...
...
.
.
.
.
...
...
0.03–0.09
...
...
...
...
0.5–2.5
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
El ement shal l be determined arithmetical l y by difference.
Terminology
4.1.3
Definitions of Terms Specific to This Standard:
3.1.1 bar, n — material of rectangular (flats), hexago-
4.1.4
nal, or square solid section up to and including 1 0 in.
4.1.5
1
(254 mm) in width and ⁄8 in. (3.2 mm) and over in thickness
4.1.6
in straight lengths.
3.1.2
rod, n —
Section — Rod (round), bar (square, hexagonal,
or rectangular), or wire (round),
3.1
material of round solid section fur-
4.1.7
nished in straight lengths.
Condition (see Table 2 and Table 3),
Finish,
Dimensions, including length (see Tables 4–8),
Quantity — feet or number of pieces,
4.1.8 DELETED
DISCUSSION — Hot-worked rectangular bar in widths 1 0 in. and under
4.1.9
may be furnished as hot-rolled plate with sheared or cut edges in accor-
Samples for Product (Check) Analysis — State
dance with Specification B 1 68, provided the mechanical property require-
whether samples for product (check) analysis shall be fur-
ments of this specification are met.
nished, and
3.1.3
wire, n — a cold-worked solid product of uni-
4.1.10
form round cross section along its whole length, supplied
Purchaser Inspection —
If purchaser wishes
to witness tests or inspection of material at place of manu-
in coil form.
facture, the purchase order must so state indicating which
test or inspections are to be witnessed.
4.
Ordering Information
4.1 It is the responsibility of the purchaser to specify all
5.
requirements that are necessary for the safe and satisfactory
5.1 The material shall conform to the composition lim-
performance of material ordered under this specification.
its specified in Table 1 .
Examples of such requirements include, but are not limited
to, the following:
4.1.1
4.1.2
Chemical Composition
5.2 If a product (check) analysis is performed by the
Alloy Name or UNS Number — see Table 1 ,
ASTM Designation, including year of issue,
purchaser, the material shall conform to the product (check)
analysis variations in Specification B 880.
209
SB-166
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE 2
M ECH AN ICAL PROPERTIES OF RODS AN D BARS
Condition and Diameter or Distance Between
Parallel Surfaces, in. (mm)
U N S N 06600:
Col d-worked (as worked):
Rounds:
U nder 1 ⁄2 (12.7)
1
⁄2 to 1 (12.7 to 25.4), incl
Over 1 to 2 1 ⁄2 (25.4 to 63.5), incl
Squares, hexagons, and rectangl es:
1
⁄4 (6.4) and under
Over 1 ⁄4 to 1 ⁄2 (6.4 to 12.7), excl
H ot worked (as worked):
Rounds:
1
⁄4 to 1 ⁄2 (6.4 to 12.7), incl
Over 1 ⁄2 to 3 (12.7 to 76.2), incl
Over 3 (76.2)
Squares, hexagons, and rectangl es:
Al l sizes
Rings and disks B
Col d-worked (anneal ed) or hot-worked (anneal ed):
Rods and bars, al l sizes
Rings and disks C
Forging Quality:
Al l sizes
U N S N 06601:
Col d-worked (anneal ed) or hot-worked (anneal ed):
Al l products, al l sizes
Forging Qual ity:
U N S N 06617:
Col d-worked (anneal ed) F or hot-worked
(anneal ed) F :
Al l products, al l sizes
Forging Quality:
U N S N 06690:
Col d-worked (as worked):
Rounds:
U nder 1 ⁄2 (12.7)
1
⁄2 to 1 (12.7 to 25.4), incl
Over 1 to 2 1 ⁄2 (25.4 to 63.5), incl
Squares, hexagons, and rectangl es:
1
⁄4 (6.4) and under
Over 1 ⁄4 to 1 ⁄2 (6.4 to 12.7), excl
H ot worked (as worked):
Rounds:
1
⁄4 to 1 ⁄2 (6.4 to 12.7), incl
Over 1 ⁄2 to 3 (12.7 to 76.2), incl
Over 3 (76.2)
Squares, hexagons, and rectangl es:
Al l sizes
Rings and disks B
Col d-worked (anneal ed) or hot-worked (anneal ed):
Rods and bars, al l sizes
Rings and disks C
Forging Quality:
Al l sizes
Tensile Strength,
min, psi (M Pa)
Yield Strength (0.2%
offset), min, psi (M Pa)
Elongation in 2 in. or
50 mm or 4 D , min, %
120 000 (825)
110 000 (760)
105 000 (725)
90 000 (620)
85 000 (585)
80 000 (550)
7A
10
12
100 000 (690)
95 000 (655)
80 000 (550)
70 000 (480)
5A
7
95 000 (655)
90 000 (620)
85 000 (585)
45 000 (310)
40 000 (275)
35 000 (240)
20
25
30
85 000 (585)
—
35 000 (240)
—
20
—
80 000 (550)
—
35 000 (240)
—
30 A
—
D
D
D
D
80 000 (550)
30 000 (205)
30
D
D
95 000 (655)
35 000 (240)
35
120 000 (825)
110 000 (760)
105 000 (725)
90 000 (620)
85 000 (585)
80 000 (550)
7A
10
12
100 000 (690)
95 000 (655)
80 000 (550)
70 000 (480)
5A
7
95 000 (655)
90 000 (620)
85 000 (585)
45 000 (310)
40 000 (275)
35 000 (240)
20
25
30
85 000 (585)
—
35 000 (240)
—
20
—
85 000 (585)
—
35 000 (240)
—
30 A
—
D
D
D
D
210
D
D
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-166
TABLE 2
M ECH AN ICAL PROPERTIES OF RODS AND BARS (CON T’D)
Condition and Diameter or Distance Between
Parallel Surfaces, in. (mm)
Tensile Strength,
min, psi (M Pa)
Yield Strength (0.2%
offset), min, psi (M Pa)
Elongation in 2 in. or
50 mm or 4 D , min, %
100 000 (690)
50 000 (345)
30
D
D
D
43 000 (300)
25
D
D
39 000 (270)
30
D
D
90 000 (620)
35 000 (240)
35
75 000 (517)
30 000 (207)
30
D
D
85 000 (586)
35 000 (240)
30
U N S N 06693:
Col d-worked (anneal ed) or hot-worked (anneal ed):
Rods and bars, al l sizes
Forging Qual ity:
Al l sizes
U N S N 06603:
Col d-worked (anneal ed) or hot-worked (anneal ed):
Al l products, al l sizes
Forging Qual ity:
Al l sizes
U N S N 06025:
Col d-worked (anneal ed) or hot-worked (anneal ed):
Al l products, al l sizes
Forging qual ity:
Al l sizes
U N S N 06045:
Col d-worked (anneal ed) or hot-worked (anneal ed):
Al l products, al l sizes
H ot-worked (Anneal ed): E
Rods and bars, al l sizes
Forging Qual ity:
Al l sizes
U N S N 06696:
Col d-worked (anneal ed and water quenched) or
hot-worked (anneal ed and water quenched)
Al l products, all sizes
94 000 (650)
D
98 000 (680)
D
D
A
N ot appl icabl e to diameters or cross sections under 3 ⁄32 in. (2.4 mm).
H ardness B75 to B100, or equival ent.
C
H ardness B75 to B95, or equival ent.
D
Forging qual ity is furnished to chemical requirements and surface inspection onl y. N o mechanical properties are required.
E
H igh-temperature anneal ed condition.
F
Sol ution anneal is done at 2100°F–2250°F and quenched in water or rapidl y cool ed by other means.
B
TABLE 3
M ECH ANICAL PROPERTIES OF COLD-WORKED WIRE IN COIL
(Alloys N 06600 and N 06690 Only) A
Tensile Strength, psi (M Pa)
Condition and Size, in. (mm)
Annealed
U nder 0.032 (0.81)
0.032 (0.81) and over
Cold-worked, regul ar temper,
Cold-worked, spring temper
U p to 0.057 (1.45), incl
Over 0.057 (1.45) to 0.114
Over 0.114 (2.90) to 0.229
Over 0.229 (5.82) to 0.329
Over 0.329 (8.36) to 0.375
Over 0.375 (9.53) to 0.500
Over 0.500 (12.7) to 0.563
A
M in.
M ax.
Wrapping Test
al l sizes
80 000 (552)
80 000 (552)
120 000 (827)
115 000 (793)
105 000 (724)
(2.90),
(5.82),
(8.36),
(9.53),
(12.7),
(14.3),
185
175
170
165
160
155
140
The wire shal l be wrapped eight consecutive turns in
a closed hel ix (pitch approximatel y equal to the
diameter of the wire) around a mandrel as fol l ows:
(1) For al l anneal ed and regul ar temper wire and for
spring temper wire 0.229 in. (5.82 mm) and l ess:
Same as diameter of wire.
(2) For spring temper wire over 0.229 in. (5.82 mm):
Twice the diameter of wire.
The wire shal l withstand the wrapping test without
fracture or devel opment of a pebbl ed or orangepeel surface.
incl
incl
incl
incl
incl
incl
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
(1276)
(1207)
(1172)
(1138)
(1103)
(1069)
(965)
165 000
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
Properties are not appl icabl e to wire after straightening and cutting.
211
(1138)
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
SB-166
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE 4
PERM ISSIBLE VARIATIONS IN DIAM ETER OR
DISTAN CE BETWEEN PARALLEL SU RFACES OF
COLD-WORKED ROD AN D BAR
6.
+
Rounds:
1
⁄1 6 (1 .6) to 3 ⁄1 6 ( 4.8) , excl
3
⁄1 6 (4.8) to 1 ⁄2 ( 1 2 .7) , excl
1
⁄2 (1 2 .7) to 1 5 ⁄1 6 (2 3.8) , i ncl
Over 1 5 ⁄1 6 (2 3.8) to 1 1 5 ⁄1 6 ( 49.2 ) ,
i ncl
Over 1 1 5 ⁄1 6 (49.2) to 2 1 ⁄2 (63.5) ,
i ncl
H exagons, squares, rectangl es:
1
⁄2 (1 2 .7) and l ess
Over 1 ⁄2 ( 1 2 .7) to 7 ⁄8 (2 2 .2 ) , i ncl
Over 7 ⁄8 ( 22 .2 ) to 1 1 ⁄4 ( 31 .8) ,
i ncl
Over 1 1 ⁄4 (31 .8) to 2 ( 50.8) , i ncl
0
0
0.001
( 0.03)
0.001 5 ( 0.04)
0.003 (0.08)
0.002
( 0.05)
for wire.
7.
0.004 ( 0.1 0)
0.005 ( 0.1 3)
0
0
0.007 (0.1 8)
0.009 ( 0.2 3)
Dimensions and Permissible Variations
Diameter, Thickness, or Width — The permissible
7.1
variations from the specified dimensions as measured on
the diameter or between parallel surfaces of cold-worked
rod and bar shall be as prescribed in Table 4; of hotworked rod and bar as prescribed in Table 5; and of wire
as prescribed in Table 6.
0.004 (0.1 0)
0
0
material shall con-
rod and bar and Table 3 (UNS N06600 and N06690 only)
−
0.002 ( 0.05)
0.003 (0.08)
0.002 (0.05)
Mechanical Properties — The
form to the mechanical properties specified in Table 2 for
Permissible Variations From
Specified Dimension, in.
(mm)
Specified Dimension, in. (mm) A
Mechanical Properties
6.1
Out-of-Round — Hot-worked rods and cold-worked
7.2
rods (except “forging quality”) all sizes, in straight lengths,
shall not be out-of-round by more than one half the total
permissible variations in diameter shown in Table 4 and
1
Table 5, except for hot-worked rods ⁄2 in. (1 2.7 mm) in
diameter and under, which may be out-of-round by the
A
Di mensi ons appl y to di ameter of rounds, to di stance between paral l el surfaces of hexagons and squares, and separatel y to wi dth and
thickness of rectangl es.
total permissible variations in diameter shown in Table 5.
Cold-worked wire shall not be out-of-round by more than
one-half the total permissible variations in diameter shown
in Table 6.
Corners — Cold-worked bars will have practically
7.3
exact angles and sharp corners.
TABLE 5
PERM ISSIBLE VARIATIONS IN DIAM ETER OR
DISTAN CE BETWEEN PARALLEL SU RFACES OF
H OT-WORKED ROD AND BAR
7.4
als —
be machined, the allowances prescribed in Table 7 are
recommended for normal machining operations.
Permissible Variations
From Specified Dimension,
in. (mm)
Specified Dimension, in. (mm) A
Rod and bar, hot-worked:
1 ( 25.4) and under
Over 1 (2 5.4) to 2 ( 50.8) , i ncl
Over 2 (50.8) to 4 ( 1 01 .6) , i ncl
Over 4 (1 01 .6)
Rod, rough-turned or ground:
U nder 1 ( 25.4)
1 ( 25.4) and over
Forgi ng qual i ty rod: B
U nder 1 ( 25.4)
1 ( 25.4) and over
+
0.01 6
0.031
0.047
0.1 2 5
( 0.41 )
( 0.79)
( 1 .1 9)
( 3.1 8)
Machining Allowances for Hot-Worked Materi-
When the surfaces of hot-worked products are to
7.5
Length —
scribed in Table 8.
−
7.5.1
0.01 6
0.01 6
0.031
0.063
The permissible variations in length of
cold-worked and hot-worked rod and bar shall be as preRods and bars ordered to random or nominal
lengths will be furnished with either cropped or saw-cut
(0.41 )
(0.41 )
(0.79)
(1 .60)
ends; material ordered to cut lengths will be furnished with
square saw-cut or machined ends.
7. 6
Straightness —
The p ermi s s ib le vari atio ns in
straightness of cold-worked rod and bar as determined by
0.005 ( 0.1 3) 0.005 (0.1 3)
0.031 ( 0.79) 0
the departure from straightness shall be as prescribed in
Table 9.
0.005 ( 0.1 3) 0.005 (0.1 3)
0.031 ( 0.79) 0
7.6.1
The permissible variations in straightness of
hot-worked rod and bar as determined by the departure
A
Di mensi ons appl y to di ameter of rods, to di stance between paral l el surfaces of hexagons and squares, and separatel y to wi dth and
thickness of rectangl es.
B
S pot gri nding i s permi tted to remove mi nor surface i mperfections. The depth of these spot ground areas shal l not exceed 3% of
the di ameter of the rod.
from straightness shall be as specified in Table 1 0.
8.
Workmanship, Finish, and Appearance
8.1 The material shall be uniform in quality and condi-
tion, smooth, commercially straight or flat, and free of
inj urious imperfections.
212
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-166
TABLE 6
PERM ISSIBLE VARIATION S IN DIAM ETER OF
COLD-WORKED WIRE
Permissible Variations, in. (mm)
+ or −
Diameter, in. (mm)
U p to 0.0044 (0.112), incl
Over 0.0044 (0.112) to 0.0079 (0.201), incl
Over 0.0079 (0.201) to 0.0149 (0.378), incl
Over 0.0149 (0.378) to 0.0199 (0.505), incl
Over 0.0199 (0.505) to 0.031 (0.79), incl
Over 0.031 (0.79) to 0.045 (1.14), incl
Over 0.045 (1.14) to 0.079 (2.01), incl
Over 0.079 (2.01) to 0.1875 (4.76), incl
Over 0.1875 (4.76) to 0.3125 (7.93), incl
Over 0.3125 (7.93) to 0.563 (14.3), incl
0.0002
0.00025
0.0003
0.0004
0.0005
0.0006
0.0007
0.001
0.002
0.003
(0.005)
(0.006)
(0.008)
(0.010)
(0.013)
(0.015)
(0.018)
(0.025)
(0.051)
(0.076)
TABLE 7
NORM AL M ACH IN IN G ALLOWANCES FOR H OT-WORKED M ATERIAL
Normal M achining Allowance, in. (mm)
Finished-M achined Dimensions for
Finishes as Indicated Below, in. (mm) A
H ot-Worked: B
U p to 7 ⁄8 (22.2), incl
Over 7 ⁄8 to 1 7 ⁄8 (22.2 to 47.6), incl
Over 1 7 ⁄8 to 2 7 ⁄8 (47.6 to 73.0), incl
Over 2 7 ⁄8 to 3 13 ⁄16 (73.0 to 96.8), incl
Over 3 13 ⁄16 (96.8)
H ot-Worked Rods:
Rough-Turned or Rough-Ground: C
15
⁄16 to 4 (23.8 to 101.6), incl in diameter
Over 4 to 12 (101.6 to 304.8), incl in diameter
On Diameter,
for Rods
Distance Between
Parallel Surfaces
for H exagonal
and Square Bar
1
⁄8 (3.2)
⁄8 (3.2)
3
⁄16 (4.8)
1
⁄4 (6.4)
1
⁄4 (6.4)
1
1
⁄16 (1.6)
1
⁄8 (3.2)
1
3
⁄8 (3.2)
⁄16 (4.8)
1
⁄4 (6.4)
...
...
...
...
For Rectangular Bar
On Thickness
1
1
⁄8 (3.2)
⁄8 (3.2)
...
...
...
...
...
On Width
3
⁄16
⁄16
3
⁄16
3
⁄16
3
⁄8
3
(4.8)
(4.8)
(4.8)
(4.8)
(9.5)
...
...
A
Dimensions appl y to diameter of rods, to distance between paral l el surfaces of hexagonal and square bar, and separatel y to width and thickness of rectangul ar bar.
B
The al l owances for hot-worked material in Tabl e 5 are recommended for rods machined in l engths of 3 ft (0.91 m) or l ess and for bars
machined in lengths of 2 ft (0.61 m) or l ess. H ot-worked material to be machined in l onger l engths shoul d be specified showing the finished
cross-sectional dimension and the length in which the material wil l be machined in order that the manufacturer may suppl y material with sufficient oversize, incl uding al l owance for out-of-straightness.
C
Appl icabl e to 3 ft (0.91 m) max l ength.
213
SB-166
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE 8
PERM ISSIBLE VARIATIONS IN LEN GTH OF RODS AN D BARS
Random mil l l engths:
H ot-worked
Col d-worked
M ul tipl e l engths
6 to 24 ft (1.83 to 7.31 m) l ong with not more than 25 weight % between 6 and 9 ft (1.83 and 2.74 m). A
6 to 20 ft (1.83 to 6.1 m) l ong with not more than 25 weight % between 6 and 10 ft (1.83 and 3.05 m).
Furnished in mul tipl es of a specified unit l ength, within the l ength l imits indicated above. For each mul tipl e,
an al l owance of 1⁄4 in. (6.4 mm) wil l be made for cutting, unl ess otherwise specified. At the manufacturer’s
option, individual specified unit l engths may be furnished.
Specified nominal lengths having a range of not l ess than 2 ft (610 mm) with no short l engths al l owed. B
A specified l ength to which al l rods and bars wil l be cut with a permissibl e variation of plus 1⁄8 in. (3.2 mm),
minus 0 for sizes 8 in. (203 mm) and l ess in diameter or distance between paral l el surfaces. For l arger
sizes, the permissible variation shal l be + 1⁄4 in. (6.4 mm), − 0.
N ominal lengths
Cut l engths
A
For hot-worked sections weighing over 25 l b/ft (37 kg/m) and for smooth-forged products, al l sections, short l engths down to 2 ft (610
mm) may be furnished.
B
For col d-worked rods and bars under 1⁄2 in. (12.7 mm) in diameter or distance between paral l el surfaces ordered to nominal or stock
l engths with a 2-ft (610-mm) range, at l east 93% of such material shal l be within the range specified; the bal ance may be in shorter l engths
but in no case shal l lengths l ess than 4 ft (1220 mm) be furnished.
TABLE 9
PERM ISSIBLE VARIATIONS IN STRAIGH TNESS OF
COLD-WORKED RODS AN D BARS
Specified Diameter or Distance
Between Parallel Surfaces, in.
(mm) A
Permissible Variations in
Lengths Indicated, in.
(mm)
Rounds:
1
⁄2 (12.7) to 2 1⁄2 (63.5), incl .
Depth of Chord:
0.030 (0.76) per ft (305 mm)
of l ength
0.030 (0.76) per ft (305 mm)
of l ength
H exagons, squares, rectangl es:
1
⁄2 (12.7) to 2 (50.8), incl
TABLE 10
PERM ISSIBLE VARIATION S IN STRAIGH TN ESS OF
H OT-WORKED RODS AND BARS A
0.050 (4.2) C
A
N ot applicable to forging qual ity.
M aterial under 1⁄2 in. (12.7 mm) shall be reasonabl y straight
and free of sharp bends and kinks.
C
The maximum curvature (depth of chord) shal l not exceed the
val ues indicated mul tipl ied by the l ength in feet.
B
s hall
Sampling
be
taken
from
s uch
locations
in
each
lot
as
to
be
required
by
repres entative of that lot.
Lot—Definition:
9.1
9.1.1
A
lot
A
lot
for
chemical
analys is
s hall
cons is t
of
10.
one heat.
9.1.2
Number of Tests
10.1
for
mechanical
properties
tes ting
s hall
10.2
cons is t of all material from the s ame heat, nominal diameter
or thicknes s ,
10.3
and condition.
9.1.2.1
heat,
0.050 (4.2) C
Rods and bars, hot-worked
Rounds hot-worked, rough-ground, or
rough-turned
A
M aterial under 1⁄2 in. (12.7 mm) shal l be reasonabl y straight
and free of sharp bends and kinks.
9.
Permissible Variations
in./ft (mm/m) B
Finish
Where
material
cannot
be
identified
a lot s hall cons is t of not more than 5 00
lb (227
Chemical Analysis —
Tension —
Hardness —
One tes t per lot.
One
Footnotes
by
One tes t per lot.
B
tes t
per
lot
(when
or C in Table 2) .
kg)
of material in the s ame s ize and condition.
Test Material Selection:
9.2.1 Chemical Analysis —
11.
9.2
11.1
Repres entative
s amples
rial
from each lot s hall be taken during pouring or s ubs equent
rial
to
(check)
analys is
Mechanical Properties —
provide
Tens ion tes t s pecimens s hall be taken from matethe
final
11.1.1
Product
s hall
be
wholly
tes t
s pecimens
for
s ize
S amples of the mate-
mechanical
condition
and
tes ted
in
the
direction
of
All
rod,
bar,
and wire
s hall
be
tes ted in full
cros s - s ection s ize when pos s ible. When a full cros s - s ection
the res pons ibility of the purchas er.
9.2.2
in
fabrication.
proces s ing.
9.2.1.1
Specimen Preparation
tes t cannot
be
performed,
the
larges t
pos s ible
round
s pecimen s hown in Tes t Methods E 8 s hall be us ed. Longi-
properties
tudinal
214
s trip
s pecimens
s hall
be
prepared
in
accordance
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
1
13.
with Test Methods E 8 for rectangular bar up to ⁄2 in.
(1 2.7 mm), inclusive, in thicknesses that are too wide to
SB-166
Inspection
13.1 Inspection of the material shall be made as agreed
be pulled full size.
upon between the manufacturer and the purchaser as part
11.2 Hardness test specimens shall be taken from mate-
of the purchase contract.
rial in the final condition.
NOTE 1 — In order that the hardness determinations may be in reasonably
close agreement, the following procedure is suggested as follows:
1
(1 ) For rod, under ⁄2 in. (1 2.7 mm) in diameter, hardness readings shall
14.
be taken on a flat surface prepared by filing or grinding approximately
1
⁄1 6 in. (1 .6 mm) from the outside surface of the rod.
Rejection and Rehearing
14.1 Material that fails to conform to the requirements
1
(2) For rod, ⁄2 in. in diameter and larger, and for hexagonal, square, and
of this specification may be rej ected. Rej ection should be
rectangular bar, all sizes, hardness readings shall be taken on a cross
reported to the producer or supplier promptly and in writ-
section midway between the surface and center of the section.
ing. In case of dissatisfaction with the results of the test,
12. Test Methods
12.1 The chemical composition, mechanical, and other
the producer or supplier may make claim for a rehearing.
properties of the material as enumerated in this specification shall be determined, in case of disagreement, in accordance with the following methods:
Test
15.
ASTM Designation
Chemical analysis
E 38,
Tension
E 8
Rockwell hardness
E 18
A
Certification
15.1 A manufacturer’ s certification shall be furnished to
E 1 473
the purchaser stating that material has been manufactured,
tested, and inspected in accordance with this specification,
Hardness conversion
E 1 40
and that the test results on representative samples meet
Rounding procedure
E 29
specification requirements. A report of the test results shall
A
be furnished.
Methods E 38 are to be used only for elements not covered by Test
Methods E 1 473.
12.2 For purposes of determining compliance with the
specified limits for requirements of the properties listed in
16.
the following table, an observed value or a calculated value
shall be rounded in accordance with the rounding method
of Practice E 29 as follows:
16.1 The following shall be marked on the material or
included on the package, or on a label or tag attached
thereto: the name of the material or UNS Number, heat
Rounded Unit for Observed or
Test
Chemical composition,
Product Marking
number, condition (temper), this specification number, the
Calculated Value
size, gross, tare, and net weight, consignor and consignee
Nearest unit in the last right-
hardness, and toler-
hand place of figures of the
address, contract or order number, or such other informa-
ances (when expressed
specified limit. If two choices
tion as may be defined in the contract or order.
in decimals)
are possible, as when the digits
dropped are exactly a 5, or a 5
followed only by zeros, choose
the one ending in an even
17.
digit, with zero defined as an
even digit.
Tensile strength and
17.1 bar; rod; wire; UNS N06025; UNS N06045; UNS
Nearest 1 000 psi (6.9 MPa)
N06600; UNS N06601 ; UNS N06603; UNS N0661 7; UNS
yield strength
Elongation
Keywords
N06690; UNS N06693; UNS N06696
Nearest 1 %
215
SB-166
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS
SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS FOR SPECIAL END USES
S1.
Special End Uses
S1.1
of quality
and
ins pection
procedures
normally
employed
for commercial material to this s pecification is adequate. In
When material is intended for nuclear applications
the event that more critical quality or more rigid ins pection
or other critical end us es , or when any s pecial requirements
s tandards
than
are to apply, the manufacturer s hall be notifi ed at the time
indicated,
the manufacturer and the purchas er s hall agree
of placement of the inquiry or order to determine if material
upon s uch s tandards
216
thos e
called
prior to
out
in
this
production.
s pecification
are
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-166
SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS FOR U.S. GOVERNMENT
The following supplementary requirements shall apply only when specified by the purchaser
in the inquiry, contract, or order for agencies of the U.S. Government.
S2. Referenced Documents
S2.1 The following documents of the issue in effect
the ASTM specification number and the alloy number shall
be used.
on date of material purchased form a part of this specification to the extent referenced herein: Federal Standards 1 02,
1 23, and 1 82 and Military Standard MIL-STD-1 29.
S3. Quality Assurance
S3.1 Responsibility for
S5.
Preparation for Delivery
S5.1
Preservation, Packaging, Packing:
S5.1.1
Inspection:
Military Agencies —
The material shall be
separated by size, composition, grade, or class and shall
S3.1.1 Unless otherwise specified in the contract or
be preserved and packaged, level A or C, packed level A,
purchase order, the manufacturer is responsible for the
B, or C as specified in the contract or purchase order.
performance of all inspection and test requirements speci-
S5.1.2
fied. Except as otherwise specified in the contract or pur-
Civil Agencies —
The requirements of Fed.
chase order, the manufacturer may use his own or any other
Std. No. 1 02 shall be referenced for definitions of the
suitable facilities for the performance of the inspection and
various levels of packaging protection.
test requirements unless disapproved by the purchaser at
S5.2
the time the order is placed. The purchaser shall have the
Marking:
S5.2.1
right to perform any of the inspections or tests set forth
when such inspections and tests are deemed necessary to
Military Agencies —
In addition to any special
marking required by the contract or purchase order, mark-
ensure that the material conforms to prescribed require-
ing for shipment shall be in accordance with MIL-STD-
ments.
1 29.
S4. Identification Marking
S4.1 All material shall be properly marked for identifi-
marking required by the contract or purchase order, mark-
cation in accordance with Fed. Std. No. 1 82, except that
No. 1 23.
S5.2.2
Civil Agencies —
In addition to any special
ing for shipment shall be in accordance with Fed. Std.
217
SB-166
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
APPENDIX
(Nonmandatory Information)
X1.
1
NOTE X1 .1 — For sizes 2 ⁄2 in. (63.5 mm) in diameter and less, cold-
PROCURABLE CONDITIONS AND
FINISHES
worked rod may be used also for forging by virtue of the fact that such
rod has been overhauled for removal of mechanical surface defects prior
X1.1 The various conditions and finishes in which rod
to cold-working. In such cases, the user should run pilot forging tests to
ensure himself that such material has the desired hot malleability range.
and bar are procurable are as follows:
X1.1.1
X1.1.5
Hot-Worked — With a tightly adherent, dark
oxide surface.
X1 .1.2
X1.1.6
Hot-Worked, Rough-Ground — S imilar to
Hot-Worked, Annealed, and Pickled — Same
as X1 .1 .5 except descaled for removal of mill oxide. Pro-
X1 .1 .1 except rough-ground.
X1 .1.3
Hot-Worked, Annealed — Soft, with a tightly
adherent dark oxide.
vides for better surface inspection than does hot-worked
Hot-Worked, Rough-Turned — S imilar to
material and often employed where welding is involved
where removal of mill oxide is desired.
X1 .1 .1 except rough-turned with a broad-nosed tool similar
to a bar peeling operation and thus may not be straight.
NOTE X1 .2 — Annealing prior to pickling may be required in order to
Intended generally for machining where an overhauled
reduce the mill oxide since uniform pickling of an unreduced oxide is
surface is desired, essentially for machined step down
difficult.
shafts or parts machined in short lengths of 3 ft (0.91 m)
X1 .1 .7
or less.
X1 .1 .4
Cold-Worked, As Worked— Hot- worked,
overhauled, cold-worked, and straightened with a smooth,
Hot-Worked, Forging Quality — Ro ug h-
bright finish.
X1.1.8
turned and s p o t- g ro und, as neces s ary, fo r s izes 1 in.
(25.4 mm) in diameter and over; rough ground and spot
Cold-Worked, Annealed, and Pickled— Hot-
worked, overhauled, cold-worked, annealed, descaled, and
ground for sizes under 1 in. in diameter. Material is selected
straightened. Annealed for softness and with a dull matte
from heats of known, good hot malleability.
finish.
218
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SPECI FI CATI ON FOR N I CKEL-CH ROM I U M -I RON
ALLOYS (U N S N 06 600, N 06 6 01, N 06 6 03, N 06 69 0,
N 06 693, N 06025 , AN D N 06045) AN D N I CKELCH ROM I U M -COBALT-M OLYBDEN U M ALLOY
(U N S N 06 617) SEAM LESS PI PE AN D TU BE
SB-167
(Identical with ASTM Specification B167-06 except for the deletion of Supplementary Requirements for government
procurement, deletion of Appendix X1, and addition of N06617 heat treatment requirements. Certification
has been made mandatory.)
219
SB-167
SB-167
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SPECIFICATION FOR NICKEL-CHROMIUM-IRON
ALLOYS (UNS N06600, N06601, N06603, N06690, N06693,
N06025, and N06045) AND NICKEL-CHROMIUMCOBALT-MOLYBDENUM ALLOY (UNS N06617)
SEAMLESS PIPE AND TUBE
SB-167
(Identical with ASTM Specification B 1 67-06 except for the deletion of Supplementary Requirements for government procurement, deletion of
Appendix X1 , and addition of N0661 7 heat treatment requirements. Certification has been made mandatory.)
1.
Scope
1.1
E 8 Test Methods for Tension Testing of Metallic Materials
E 29 Practice for Using Significant Digits in Test Data to
This specification covers nickel-chromium-iron
Determine Conformance with Specifications
alloys (UNS N06600, N06601 , N06603, N06690, N06693,
N06 025 , and N06 045 ) and nic kel- c hro mi um- c o b al t-
E 38 Methods for Chemical Analysis of Nickel-Chromium
mo ly b de nu m al l o y ( UNS N0 6 6 1 7 ) i n c o l d- w o rke d
and Nickel-Chromium-Iron Alloys
annealed, hot-worked annealed, and hot-finished seamless
E 527 Practice for Numbering Metals and Alloys in the
pipe and tube intended for general corrosion resistant and
Unified Numbering System (UNS)
heat resistant applications.
1.2
E 1 473 Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Nickel,
Cobalt, and High-Temperature Alloys
The values stated in inch-pound units are to be
regarded as the standard. The values given in parentheses
2.2 DELETED
are for information only.
2.3 DELETED
1.3 The following safety hazards caveat pertains only
to the test methods portion, Section 1 2, of this specification:
This standard does not purport to address all ofthe safety
concerns, ifany, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to become familiar with
all hazards including those identified in the appropriate
Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for this product/material as provided by the manufacturer, to establish appropriate safety and health practices, and determine the
applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
2.
3.
Definitions of Terms Specific to This Standard:
3.1.1 average diameter, n — the average of the maxi-
3.1
mum and minimum outside diameters, as determined at
any one cross section of the pipe or tube.
3.1.2
pipe, n
— tube conforming to the particular
di me ns i o ns c o mmerc i al l y kno w n as p i p e s i z es . S ee
Referenced Documents
2.1
Terminology
Table X2.1 .
ASTM Standards:
3.1.3
B 829 Specification for General Requirements for Nickel
seamless pipe or tube, n — a pipe or tube pro-
duced with a continuous periphery in all stages of the
and Nickel Alloys Seamless Pipe and Tube
operations.
B 880 Specification for General Requirements for Chemi-
3.1.4
cal Check Analysis Limits for Nickel, Nickel Alloys
tube, n
— a hollow product of round or any
other cross section having a continuous periphery.
and Cobalt Alloys
220
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-167
TABLE 1
CH EM ICAL REQU IREM ENTS
Composition Limits, %
Element
Alloy
N06600
Alloy
N06601
Alloy
N06617
Alloy
N06690
Alloy
N06693
Alloy
N 06025
Alloy
N06045
Alloy
N06603
N ickel
Chromium
Iron
M anganese
M ol ybdenum
Cobal t
Al uminum
Carbon
Copper
Boron
Sil icon
Sul fur
Titanium
N iobium
Phosphorus
Zirconium
Yttrium
Cerium
72.0 min
14.0–17.0
6.0–10.0
1.0 max
...
...
...
0.15 max
0.5 max
...
0.5 max
0.015 max
...
...
...
...
...
...
58.0–63.0
21.0–25.0
remainder A
1.5 max
...
...
1.0–1.7
0.10 max
1.0 max
...
0.5 max
0.015 max
...
...
...
...
...
...
44.5 min
20.0–24.0
3.0 max
1.0 max
8.0–10.0
10.0–15.0
0.8–1.5
0.05–0.15
0.5 max
0.006 max
1.0 max
0.015 max
0.6 max
...
...
...
...
...
58.0 min
27.0–31.0
7.0–11.0
0.5 max
...
...
...
0.05 max
0.5 max
...
0.5 max
0.015 max
...
...
...
...
...
...
remainder A
27.0–31.0
2.5–6.0
1.0 max
...
...
2.5–4.0
0.15 max
0.5 max
...
0.5 max
0.01 max
1.0 max
0.5–2.5
...
...
...
...
remainder A
24.0–26.0
8.0–11.0
0.15 max
...
...
1.8–2.4
0.15–0.25
0.1 max
...
0.5 max
0.010 max
0.1–0.2
...
0.020 max
0.01–0.10
0.05–0.12
...
45.0 min
26.0–29.0
21.0–25.0
1.0 max
...
...
...
0.05–0.12
0.3 max
...
2.5–3.0
0.010 max
...
...
0.020 max
...
...
0.03–0.09
remainder A
24.0–26.0
8.0–11.0
0.15 max
...
...
2.4–3.0
0.20–0.40
0.50 max
...
0.50 max
0.010 max
0.1–0.25
...
0.020 max
0.01–0.10
0.01–0.15
...
A
4.
El ement shal l be determined arithmetical l y by difference.
Ordering Information
4.1 It is the responsibility of the purchaser to specify all
facture, the purchase order must so state indicating which
tests or inspections are to be witnessed (Section 1 3), and
requirements that are necessary for the safe and satisfactory
4.1.12
performance of material ordered under this specification.
Small-Diameter and Light-Wall Tube
Examples of such requirements include, but are not limited
to, the following:
5.
Alloy Name or UNS Number — see Table 1 ,
4.1.2 ASTM Designation, including year of issue,
4.1.3 Condition (see Appendix X3),
4.1.4 Finish (see Appendix X3),
4.1.5 Dimensions:
4.1.5.1 Tube — Specify outside diameter and nom4.1.1
its specified in Table 1 .
5.2 If a product (check) analysis is performed by the
purchaser, the material shall conform to the product (check)
analysis variations in Specification B 880.
inal or minimum wall,
4.1 .5.2
Pipe
6.
— S pecify standard pipe s ize and
Length — Cut to length or random,
Quantity — Feet or number of pieces,
Hydrostatic Test or Nondestructive Electric
6.1.1
6.2
Test — Specify type of test (see 6.2).
4.1.8 Hydrostatic Pressure Requirements — Specify
tion 1 5),
4.1.10
Certification — Certification is
Hydrostatic or Nondestructive Electric Test — Each
be used shall be at the option of the manufacturer, unless
otherwise specified in the purchase order.
required (Sec-
Samples for Product (Check) Analysis — State
7.
Dimensions and Permissible Variations
7.1
furnished (see 5.2),
Purchaser Inspection
DELETED
test or the nondestructive electric test. The type of test to
whether samples for product (check) analysis should be
4.1.11
material shall conform to the
pipe or tube shall be subj ected to either the hydrostatic
test pressure if other than required by 1 2.3.1 ,
4.1.9
Tensile Test — The
tensile properties specified in Table 2.
4.1.5.3
4.1.7
Mechanical Properties and Other Requirements
6.1
schedule,
4.1.6
Chemical Composition
5.1 The material shall conform to the composition lim-
Diameter, Wall Thickness, and Length — The per-
missible variations in the outside diameter and wall thick— If purchaser wishes
ness shall conform to the permissible variations prescribed
to witness tests or inspection of material at place of manu-
in the Permissible Variations for Outside Diameter and
221
SB-167
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE 2
M ECH ANICAL PROPERTIES
Tensile
Strength, M in.
psi (M Pa)
Condition and Size
U N S N 06600:
H ot-worked or hot-worked anneal ed:
5 in. (127 mm) in outside diameter and under
Over 5 in. (127 mm) in outside diameter
Col d-worked anneal ed:
5 in. (127 mm) in outside diameter and under
Over 5 in. (127 mm) in outside diameter
Elongation
in 2 in. or
50 mm
or 4 D , M in., %
Yield Strength
(0.2% Offset),
M in., psi (M Pa)
80 000 (550)
75 000 (515)
30 000 (205)
25 000 (170)
35
35
80 000 (550)
80 000 (550)
35 000 (240)
30 000 (205)
30
35
U N S N 06601:
Col d-worked anneal ed or hot-worked anneal ed: (al l sizes)
80 000 (550)
30 000 (205)
30
U N S N 06617:
Col d-worked anneal ed A or hot-worked anneal ed A: (al l sizes)
95 000 (665)
35 000 (240)
35
85 000 (586)
75 000 (515)
30 000 (205)
25 000 (170)
35
35
85 000 (586)
85 000 (586)
35 000 (240)
30 000 (205)
30
35
100 000 (690)
50 000 (345)
30
U N S N 06603:
H ot-worked anneal ed or col d-worked anneal ed (al l sizes)
94 000 (650)
43 000 (300)
25
U N S N 06025:
H ot-worked anneal ed or col d-worked anneal ed (al l sizes)
98 000 (680)
39 000 (270)
30
U N S N 06045:
H ot-worked anneal ed or col d-worked anneal ed (al l sizes)
90 000 (620)
35 000 (240)
35
U N S N 06690:
H ot-worked or hot-worked anneal ed:
5 in. (127 mm) in outside diameter and under
Over 5 in. (127 mm) in outside diameter
Col d-worked anneal ed:
5 in. (127 mm) in outside diameter and under
Over 5 in. (127 mm) in outside diameter
U N S N 06693:
Col d-worked anneal ed or hot-worked anneal ed:
5 in. (127 mm) in outside diameter and under
A
Sol ution anneal is done at 2,100°F–2,250°F and quenched in water or rapidl y cool ed by other means.
9.
Wall Thicknes s of S eamles s Cold- Worked Pipe and Tube,
P e rmi s s i b l e
Thicknes s
V ari ati o n s
fo r O u ts i d e
of Hot- Finis hed
Tube,
D i ame te r an d
and
Permis s ible
Sampling
Wal l
9.1
Varia-
Lot Definition :
tions for Outs ide D iameter and Wall Thicknes s of S eamles s
Hot- Worked Pipe tables
in S pecification B
8 29 .
9.1.1
The per-
mis s ible variations in the length s hall conform to the per-
A
lot
for
chemical
analys is
s hall
cons is t
of
one heat.
mis s ible variations pres cribed in the Permis s ible Variations
in Length table in S pecification B
7.2
9.1.2
8 29 .
mate ri al
D ELETED
length) ,
8.
lot
for
the
all
s ame
other
h e at ,
tes ting
s hall
n o m i n al
cons is t
size
of all
( e x c e p ti n g
and condition.
9.1.2.1
Workmanship, Finish, and Appearance
8.1
A
fr o m
Where
material
cannot
be
identified
by
heat, a lot s hall cons is t of not more than 5 00 lb (227 kg) of
The material s hall be uniform in quality and temper,
material in the s ame condition and nominal s ize (excepting
s mooth, commercially s traight, and free of inj urious imper-
length) .
fections .
222
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
Test Material Selection:
9.2.1 Chemical Analysis — Representative
SB-167
Sp
9.2
allowable fiber stress, for material in the condition
(temper) furnished as follows:
samples
from each lot shall be taken during pouring or subsequent
Hot-worked or hot-worked annealed:
processing.
UNS N06600
20 000 (1 40 MPa)
UNS N06601
20 000 (1 40 MPa)
UNS N06603
24 000 (1 65 MPa)
UNS N0661 7
23 700 (1 63 MPa)
UNS N06690
21 200 (1 46 MPa)
of the material to provide test specimens for mechanical
UNS N06693
25 000 (1 72 MPa)
and other properties shall be taken from such locations in
UNS N06025
24 000 (1 65 MPa)
UNS N06045
22 500 (1 55 MPa)
UNS N06600
1 6 700 (1 1 5 MPa)
UNS N06690
1 6 700 (1 1 5 MPa)
UNS N06600
20 000 (1 40 MPa)
UNS N06601
20 000 (1 40 MPa)
UNS N06690
21 200 (1 46 MPa)
UNS N06693
21 200 (1 46 MPa)
UNS N06025
24 500 (1 69 MPa)
UNS N06045
22 500 (1 55 MPa)
9.2.1.1
Product (check) analysis shall be wholly
the responsibility of the purchaser.
9.2.2
Mechanical and Other Properties — Samples
each lot as to be representative of that lot. Test specimens
Over 5 in. outside diameter:
shall be taken from material in the final condition.
10.
Cold-worked annealed — All sizes:
Number of Tests
10.1
10.2
10.3
Chemical Analysis — One test per lot.
Tension — One test per lot.
Hydrostatic or Nondestructive Electric Test —
Each piece in each lot.
11.
tp
minimum wall thickness, in. (or mm), equal to
the specified nominal wall minus the permissible
Specimen Preparation
11.1
minus wall tolerance, or the specified minimum
Room-Temperature Tension Specimen — Material
wall thickness, and,
Dp
shall be tested in the direction of fabrication. Whenever
possible, all pipe and tube shall be tested in full tubular
outside diameter of the pipe or tube, in. (or mm).
12.3.1 When so agreed upon between the manufac-
size. When testing in full tubular size is not possible, longi-
1
turer and purchaser, pipe or tube may be tested to 1 ⁄2 times
tudinal strip specimens, or the largest possible round speci-
the allowable fiber stress given above.
men, shall be used. In the event of disagreement when full
tubular testing is not possible, a longitudinal strip specimen
12.3.2 If any pipe or tube shows leaks during hydro-
with reduced gage length as contained in Test Methods
static testing, it shall be rej ected.
E 8 shall be used.
12.4
Nondestructive Electric Test — Each pipe or tube
shall be examined with a nondestructive electric test in
12.
Test Methods
12.1
accordance with Specification B 829.
Chemical Composition — In case of disagreement,
12.5
the chemical composition shall be determined in accordance with Test Methods E 1 473 or Methods E 38. Methods
the properties listed in the following table, an observed
E 38 is to be used only for elements not covered by Test
value, or a calculated value, shall be rounded as indicated
Methods E 1 473.
12.2
Rounding Method — For purposes of determining
compliance with the specified limits for requirements of
below, in accordance with the rounding method of Practice
Tension Test — Tension testing shall be conducted
E 29:
in accordance with Test Methods E 8.
12.3
Hydrostatic Test
1
Rounded Unit for Observed or
— Each pipe or tube with an
Test
Calculated Value
outside diameter ⁄8 in. (3 mm) and larger and with wall
Chemical composition and
thickness of 0.01 5 in. (0.38 mm) and over shall be tested
tolerances (when ex-
place of figures of the specified
by the manufacturer to an internal hydrostatic pressure of
pressed in decimals)
limit. If two choices are possible, as when the digits dropped
1 000 psi (6.9 MPa) provided that the fiber stress calculated
are exactly a 5, or a 5 followed
in accordance with the following equation does not exceed
the allowable fiber stress,
S,
only by zeros, choose the one
indicated as follows:
P p 2St/D
ending in an even digit with
zero defined as an even digit.
(1 )
Tensile strength, yield
where:
Pp
Nearest unit in the last right-hand
Nearest 1 000 psi (6.9 MPa)
strength
hydrostatic test pressure, psi (or MPa)
Elongation
223
Nearest 1 %
SB-167
13.
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
Inspection
13.1
specification requirements. A report of the test results shall
be furnished.
Inspection of the material shall be agreed upon
between the purchaser and the supplier as part of the purchase contract.
16.
14.
16.1 The following information shall be marked on the
Rejection and Rehearing
material or included on the package, or on a label or tag
14.1 Material that fails to conform to the requirements
attached thereto: The name of the material or UNS number,
of this specification may be rej ected. Rej ection should be
heat number, condition (temper), this specification number,
reported to the producer or supplier promptly and in writ-
the size, gross, tare and net weight, consignor and con-
ing. In case of dissatisfaction with the results of the test,
signee address, contract or order number, or such other
the producer or supplier may make claim for a rehearing.
15.
Product Marking
information as may be defined in the contract or order.
Certification
17.
15.1 A manufacturer’ s certification shall be furnished to
Keywords
the purchaser stating that material has been manufactured,
17.1 seamless pipe; seamless tube; UNS N06025; UNS
tested, and inspected in accordance with this specification,
N06045; UNS N06600; UNS N06601 ; UNS N06603; UNS
and that the test results on representative samples meet
N0661 7; UNS N06690; UNS N06693
224
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-167
APPENDICES
(Nonmandatory Information)
TABLE X2.1
PIPE SCH EDU LES A
Nominal Pipe
Size, in.
1
⁄4
⁄8
1
⁄2
3
⁄4
1
1 1 ⁄4
1 1 ⁄2
2
2 1 ⁄2
3
3 1 ⁄2
4
5
6
3
A
Outside
Diameter, in.
(mm)
0.540
0.675
0.840
1 .050
1 .31 5
1 .660
1 .900
2 .375
2 .875
3.500
4.000
4.500
5.563
6.62 5
(1 3.7)
(1 7.1 )
(2 1 .3)
(2 6.7)
(33.4)
(42 .2 )
(48.3)
(60.3)
(73.0)
(88.9)
(1 01 .6)
(1 1 4.3)
(1 41 .3)
(1 68.3)
Nominal Wall Thickness, in. (mm)
Schedule
No. 5
..
..
0.065
0.065
0.065
0.065
0.065
0.065
0.083
0.083
0.083
0.083
..
..
Schedule
No. 10
.
.
(1 .6)
(1 .6)
(1 .6)
(1 .6)
(1 .6)
(1 .6)
(2 .1 )
(2 .1 )
(2 .1 )
(2 .1 )
.
.
0.065
0.065
0.083
0.083
0.1 09
0.1 09
0.1 09
0.1 09
0.1 2 0
0.1 2 0
0.1 2 0
0.1 2 0
..
..
(1 .6)
(1 .6)
(2 .1 )
(2 .1 )
(2 .8)
(2 .8)
(2 .8)
(2 .8)
(3.0)
(3.0)
(3.0)
(3.0)
.
.
Schedule
No. 40
0.088
0.091
0.1 09
0.1 1 3
0.1 33
0.1 40
0.1 45
0.1 54
0.2 03
0.2 1 6
0.2 2 6
0.2 37
0.2 58
0.2 80
(2 .2 )
(2 .3)
(2 .8)
(2 .8)
(3.4)
(3.6)
(3.7)
(3.9)
(5.2 )
(5.5)
(5.7)
(6.0)
(6.5)
(7.1 )
Schedule
No. 80
..
0.1 2 6
0.1 47
0.1 54
0.1 79
0.1 91
0.2 00
0.2 1 8
0.2 76
0.300
0.31 8
0.337
..
..
.
(3.2 )
(3.7)
(3.9)
(4.5)
(4.8)
(5.1 )
(5.5)
(7.0)
(7.6)
(8.1 )
(8.6)
.
.
The pi pe schedul es shown above conform wi th standards adopted by the Ameri can N ati onal S tandards Insti tute.
X1.
X2.
DELETED
X3.2.2
Ground)
PIPE SCHEDULES
X2.1
5
(1 2.7 to 1 68 mm), inclusive, in outside diameter in both
normal and heavy-wall tube, and pipe sizes, all schedules,
the manufacturer should be consulted. Table X2.1 is pub-
of corresponding outside-diameter dimensions.
lished for information only.
X3.3
CONDITIONS AND FINISHES NORMALLY
SUPPLIED
X3.1
1
matte (pickled) surfaces. It is available in sizes ⁄2 to 6 ⁄8 in.
The schedules of pipe shown in Table X2.1 are
regularly available. Other schedules may be furnished, and
X3.
Cold-Worked, Annealed, and Pickled (Not
— Outside and inside diameter will have dull,
Hot-Worked Tube
X3.3.1 Hot-Worked or Hot-Worked-Annealed (Not
Pickled) Tube — Has an oxide surface resulting from the
Scope
X3.1.1 This appendix lists the conditions and finishes
hot-working operation. Intended generally for machined
in which pipe and tube (other than converter sizes) are
parts where the oxide surface will be removed.
normally supplied. These are subj ect to change, and the
X3.3.2 Hot-Worked or Hot-Worked-Annealed (Pickled) Tube — Has the oxide surface removed on both outside
manufacturer should be consulted for the latest information
available.
Cold-Worked Tube and Pipe
X3.2.1 Cold-Worked, Annealed, with Ground Outside Diameter — The inside diameter may have a bright
and inside diameters by pickling. Surface may be spot
X3.2
ground for removal of minor surface imperfections at the
manufacturer’ s option.
finish when material is annealed in a protective atmosphere;
X3 . 3. 3 Hot-Worked or Hot-Worked-Annealed
(Machined Outside and Inside Diameters) Tubes — The
otherwise, the inside diameter is supplied descaled as nec1
essary. It is available in sizes ⁄2 to 4 in. (1 2.7 to 1 02 mm),
inclusive, in outside diameter in both normal and heavy-
outside and inside diameter surfaces are machined to speci-
wall tube, and pipe sizes, all schedules, of corresponding
fied dimensions. Minor surface imperfections may be spot
outside-diameter dimensions.
ground for removal, at the manufacturer’ s option.
225
I NTE N TI O NALLY LE FT B LANK
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SPECI FI CATI ON FOR N I CKEL-CH ROM I U M -I RON
ALLOYS (U N S N 06 600, N 06 6 01, N 06 6 03, N 06 69 0,
N 06 693, N 06025 , AN D N 06045) AN D N I CKELCH ROM I U M -COBALT-M OLYBDEN U M ALLOY
(U N S N 06617) PLATE, SH EET, AN D STRI P
SB-168
(Identical with ASTM Specification B168-06 except for the deletion of Supplementary Requirements for government
procurement and addition of N06617 heat treatment requirements. Certification and mill test reports
have been made mandatory.)
227
SB-168
SB-168
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SPECIFICATION FOR NICKEL-CHROMIUM-IRON
ALLOYS (UNS N06600, N06601, N06603, N06690, N06693,
N06025, AND N06045) AND NICKEL-CHROMIUMCOBALT-MOLYBDENUM ALLOY (UNS N06617) PLATE,
SHEET, AND STRIP
SB-168
(Identical with ASTM Specification B 1 68-06 except for the deletion of Supplementary Requirements for government procurement and addition of
N0661 7 heat treatment requirements. Certification and mill test reports have been made mandatory.)
1.
Scope
1.1
B 880 Specification for General Requirements for Chemical Check Analysis Limits for Nickel, Nickel Alloys
This specification covers rolled nickel-chromium-
and Cobalt Alloys
iron alloys (UNS N06600, N06601 , N06603 , N06690,
E 8 Test Methods for Tension Testing of Metallic Materials
N06693 , N06025 , and N06045 ) and nickel-chromium-
E 1 0 Test Method for Brinell Hardness of Metallic Mate-
cobalt- molybdenum alloy (UNS N0661 7 ) plate, sheet,
rials
and strip.
1.2
E 1 8 Test Methods for Rockwell Hardness of Metallic
Materials
The values stated in inch-pound units are to be
E 29 Practice for Using Significant Digits in Test Data to
regarded as the standard. The values given in parentheses
Determine Conformance with Specifications
are for information only.
1.3
E 38 Methods for Chemical Analysis of Nickel-Chromium
The following precautionary caveat pertains only
and Nickel-Chromium-Iron Alloys
to the test methods portion, Section 1 2, of this specification:
E 1 1 2 Test Methods for Determining Average Grain Size
This standard does not purport to address all ofthe safety
concerns, ifany, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to become familiar with
all hazards including those identified in the appropriate
Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for this product/material as provided by the manufacturer, to establish appropriate safety and health practices, and determine the
applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
E 1 40 Hardness Conversion Tables for Metals Relationship
Among Brinell Hardness, Vickers Hardness, Rockwell
Hardness, Superficial Hardness, Knoop Hardness, and
Scleroscope Hardness
E 527 Practice for Numbering Metals and Alloys in the
Unified Numbering System (UNS)
E 1 473 Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Nickel,
Cobalt, and High-Temperature Alloys
F 1 55 Test Method for Temper of Strip and Sheet Metals
for Electronic Devices (Spring-Back Method)
2.
2.2 DELETED
Referenced Documents
2.1
2.3 DELETED
ASTM Standards:
B 1 66 S pecification for Nickel-Chromium- Iron Alloys
3.
(UNS N06600, N06601 , N06603 , N06690, N06693 ,
Terminology
3.1
N06025, and N06045) and Nickel-Chromium-Cobalt-
Descriptions of Terms Specific to This Standard —
The terms given in Table 1 shall apply.
Molybdenum Alloy (UNS N0661 7) Rod, Bar, and Wire
228
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-168
TABLE 1
PRODU CT DESCRIPTION
Product
H ot-rol l ed pl ate A
H ot-rol l ed sheet A
Cold-roll ed sheet C
Cold-roll ed strip C
Thickness, in. (mm)
Width, in. (mm)
/16 and over (Tables 5 and 6)
0.018 to 0.250 (0.46 to 6.4), incl . (Tabl e 7)
0.018 to 0.250 (0.46 to 6.4), incl . (Tabl e 7)
0.005 to 0.250 (0.13 to 6.4), incl . (Tabl e 7)
(Tabl e 8) B
(Tabl e 10)
(Tabl e 10)
(Tabl e 10)
3
A
M aterial 3 /16 to 1 /4 in. (4.8 to 6.4 mm), incl ., in thickness may be furnished as sheet or pl ate provided the material meets the specification
requirements for the condition ordered.
B
H ot-rol l ed pl ate, in widths 10 in. (254 mm) and under, may be furnished as hot-finished rectangl es with sheared or cut edges in accordance with Specification B 166, provided the mechanical property requirements of this specification are met.
C
M aterial under 48 in. (1219 mm) in width may be furnished as sheet or strip provided the material meets the specification requirements
for the condition ordered.
TABLE 2
CH EM ICAL REQU IREM ENTS
Composition Limits, %
Element
N ickel
Chromium
Cobalt
M ol ybdenum
N iobium
Iron
M anganese
Al uminum
Carbon
Copper
Sil icon
Sulfur
Titanium
Phosphorus
Zirconium
Yttrium
Boron
N itrogen
Cerium
A
4.
Alloy N06600 Alloy N06601 Alloy N06617 Alloy N06690 Alloy N06693 Alloy N06025 Alloy N06045 Alloy N06603
72.0 min.
14.0–17.0
...
...
...
6.0–10.0
1.0 max.
...
0.15 max.
0.5 max.
0.5 max.
0.015 max.
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
58.0–63.0
21.0–25.0
...
...
...
remainder A
1.0 max.
1.0–1.7
0.10 max.
1.0 max.
0.5 max.
0.015 max.
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
44.5 min.
20.0–24.0
10.0–15.0
8.0–10.0
...
3.0 max.
1.0 max.
0.8–1.5
0.05–0.15
0.5 max.
1.0 max.
0.015 max.
0.6 max.
...
...
...
0.006 max.
...
...
58.0 min.
27.0–31.0
...
...
...
7.0–11.0
0.5 max.
...
0.05 max.
0.5 max.
0.5 max.
0.015 max.
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
remainder A
27.0–31.0
...
...
0.5–2.5
2.5–6.0
1.0 max.
2.5–4.0
0.15 max.
0.5 max.
0.5 max.
0.01 max.
1.0 max.
...
...
...
...
...
...
remainder A
24.0–26.0
...
...
...
8.0–11.0
0.15 max.
1.8–2.4
0.15–0.25
0.1 max.
0.5 max.
0.010 max.
0.1–0.2
0.020 max.
0.01–0.10
0.05–0.12
...
...
...
45.0 min.
26.0–29.0
...
...
...
21.0–25.0
1.0 max.
...
0.05–0.12
0.3 max.
2.5–3.0
0.010 max.
...
0.020 max.
...
...
...
...
0.03–0.09
remainder A
24.0–26.0
...
...
...
8.0–11.0
0.15 max.
2.4–3.0
0.20–0.40
0.50 max.
0.50 max.
0.010 max.
0.01–0.25
0.020 max.
0.01–0.10
0.01–0.15
...
...
...
El ement shal l be determined arithmetical l y by difference.
4.1.7.1
Ordering Information
4.1 It is the responsibility of the purchaser to specify all
requirements that are necessary for the safe and satisfactory
4.1.7.2
performance of material ordered under this specification.
4.1.7.3
to, the following:
4.1.2
4.1.3
4.1.4
4.1.5
4.1.6
4.1.7
Strip — Whether to be furnished with com-
mercial slit edge, square edge, or round edge,
Examples of such requirements include, but are not limited
4.1.1
Sheet and Strip — Whether to be furnished
in coil, in cut straight lengths, or in random straight lengths,
Plate — Whether to be furnished specially
flattened (see 7.7.2); also how plate is to be cut (see 7.2.1
Alloy — Name or UNS number (see Table 2),
ASTM designation , including year of issue,
Condition — See 6.1 and 6.2 and Appendix X1 ,
Finish — Appendix X1 ,
Dimensions — Thickness, width, and length,
Quantity,
Optional Requirements:
and 7.3.2),
4.1.8 DELETED
4. 1 . 9
Samples for Product (Check) Analysis
—
Whether samples for product (check) analysis should be
furnished (see 5.2), and
4.1 .1 0
Purchaser Inspection
— If the p urchas er
wishes to witness tests or inspection of material at the
place of manufacture, the purchase order must so state
229
SB-168
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
7.4
indicating which tests or inspections are to be witnessed
(Section 1 3).
Straightness:
7.4.1 The edgewise curvature (depth of chord) of flat
sheet, strip, and plate shall not exceed 0.05 in. multiplied by
5.
the length in feet (0.04 mm multiplied by the length in
Chemical Composition
5.1 The material shall conform to the requirements as
centimetres).
to chemical composition prescribed in Table 2.
7.4.2
purchaser, the material shall conform to the product (check)
7.5
analysis variations prescribed in Specification B 880.
6.
Mechanical Properties
7.5.1
Square-edge strip shall be supplied with
finished edges, with sharp, square corners, without bevel
or rounding.
Deep Drawing and Spinning Quality Sheet and
7.5.1.2
Strip — The material shall conform to the grain size and
Round-edge strip shall be supplied with
finished edges, semicircular in form, the diameter of the
hardness requirements as prescribed in Table 4.
6.2.1
When finished edges of strip are specified in
7.5.1.1
— The material shall con-
form to the mechanical properties prescribed in Table 3.
6.2
Edges:
the contract or order, the following descriptions shall apply:
Mechanical Properties and Other Requirements
6.1
Straightness for coiled material is subj ect to
agreement between the manufacturer and the purchaser.
5.2 If a product (check) analysis is performed by the
circle forming the edge being equal to the strip thickness.
The mechanical properties of Table 3 do not
7.5.1.3 When no description of any required form
apply to deep drawing and spinning quality sheet and strip.
of strip edge is given, it shall be understood that edges
such as those resulting from slitting or shearing will be
7.
Dimensions and Permissible Variations
acceptable.
Thickness and Weight:
7.1.1 Plate — For plate up to 2 in. (50.8 mm), inclu-
7.1
7.5.1.4 Sheet shall have sheared or slit edges.
7.5.1.5 Plate shall have sheared or cut (machined,
sive, in thickness, the permissible variation under the speci-
abrasive-cut, powder-cut, or inert-arc cut) edges, as spec-
fied thickness and permissible excess in overweight shall
ified.
not exceed the amounts prescribed in Table 5.
7. 1 . 1 . 1
7.6
Fo r u s e w i th T ab le 5 , p l ate s hal l b e
3
7.1.2
Plate
7.7
thicknes s s hall not exceed the amo unts pres crib ed in
7.1.3
Sheet and Strip
7.7.1
— The permissible variations
7.7.2 Standard flatness tolerances for plate shall conform to the requirements of Table 1 2. “Specially flattened”
in. (9.5 mm) or more from
plate, when so specified, shall have permissible variations
either edge for material 1 in. (25.4 mm) or over in width
in flatness as agreed upon between the manufacturer and
and at any place on the strip under 1 in. in width.
7.2
There shall be no flatness requirements for
sheet and strip (see X1 .4).
Table 7. The thickness of strip and sheet shall be measured
with the micrometer spindle
Flatness:
“deep-drawing quality,” “spinning quality,” or “as rolled”
in thickness of sheet and strip shall be as prescribed in
3
⁄8
1
in 24 in. (1 .6 mm in 61 0 mm)).
— For plate over 2 in. (50.8 mm) in
thickness, the permissible variations over the specified
Table 6.
Squareness (Sheet) — For sheets of all thicknesses,
the angle between adj acent sides shall be 90 ± 0.1 5° ( ⁄1 6 in.
3
assumed to weigh 0.304 lb/in. (8.41 5 g/cm ).
the purchaser.
Width or Diameter:
Plate — The permissible variations in width of
7.2.1
rectangular plates and diameter of circular plates shall be
8.
as prescribed in Table 8 and Table 9.
7.2.2
8.1 The material shall be uniform in quality and temper,
Sheet and Strip — The permissible variations in
smooth, commercially straight or flat, and free of inj urious
width for sheet and strip shall be as prescribed in Table 1 0.
7.3
Workmanship, Finish, and Appearance
imperfections.
Length:
8.2
7.3.1 Sheet and strip of all sizes may be ordered to
Sheet, Strip, and Plate
— Sheet, strip, and plate
supplied in the conditions and finishes as listed in the
1
cut lengths, in which case a variation of ⁄8 in. (3.2 mm)
appendix may be ground or machined to remove surface
over the specified length shall be permitted.
imperfections, provided such removal does not reduce the
7.3.2 Permissible variations in length of rectangular
material below the minimum specified dimensions. Surface
eliminated depressions shall be faired smoothly into the
plate shall be as prescribed in Table 1 1 .
230
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-168
TABLE 3
M ECH AN ICAL PROPERTIES FOR PLATE, SH EET, AND STRIP
(ALL TH ICKN ESSES AND SIZES U N LESS OTH ERWISE INDICATED)
Condition (Temper)
Tensile Strength,
M in., psi (M Pa)
Yield Strength A (0.2%
Offset), M in., psi (M Pa)
Elongation in 2 in. or 50 mm
(or 4 D ), M in., %
Rockwell
H ardness B,C
H ot-Rolled Plate
U N S N 06600:
Anneal ed
As-rol l ed D, E
U N S N 06601 :
Anneal ed
U N S N 06603:
Anneal ed
U N S N 0661 7:
Anneal ed H
U N S N 06690:
Anneal ed
As-rol l ed D,E
Anneal ed F
U N S N 06693:
Anneal ed
U N S N 0602 5:
Anneal ed
U N S N 06045:
Anneal ed
80 000 ( 550)
85 000 (586)
35 000 (2 40)
35 000 ( 2 40)
30
30
...
...
80 000 (550)
30 000 ( 2 05)
30
...
94 000 (650)
43 000 ( 300)
25
...
95 000 (655)
35 000 ( 2 40)
35
...
85 000 (586)
85 000 (586)
75 000 (51 4)
35 000 ( 2 40)
35 000 ( 2 40)
30 000 ( 2 06)
30
30
30
...
...
...
100 000 ( 690)
50 000 ( 345)
30
...
98 000 (680)
39 000 ( 2 70)
30
...
90 000 (62 0)
35 000 ( 2 40)
35
...
H ot-Rolled Sheet
U N S N 06600:
Anneal ed
U N S N 06601 :
Anneal ed
U N S N 06603:
Anneal ed
U N S N 0661 7:
Anneal ed H
U N S N 06690:
Anneal ed
U N S N 06693:
Anneal ed
U N S N 0602 5:
Anneal ed
U N S N 06045:
Anneal ed
80 000 (550)
35 000 ( 2 40)
30
...
80 000 (550)
30 000 (2 05)
30
...
94 000 (650)
43 000 ( 300)
25
...
95 000 (655)
35 000 ( 2 40)
30
...
85 000 (586)
35 000 ( 2 40)
30
...
100 000 ( 690)
50 000 ( 345)
30
...
98 000 (680)
39 000 ( 2 70)
30
...
90 000 (62 0)
35 000 ( 2 40)
35
...
Cold-Rolled Plate
U N S N 06603:
Anneal ed
U N S N 0602 5:
Anneal ed
U N S N 06045:
Anneal ed
94 000 (650)
43 000 ( 300)
25
...
98 000 (680)
39 000 ( 2 70)
30
...
90 000 (62 0)
35 000 ( 2 40)
35
...
Cold-Rolled Sheet
U N S N 06600:
Anneal ed
H ard
U N S N 06601 :
Anneal ed
80 000 (550) G
1 2 5 000 (860) G
35 000 (2 40)
90 000 (62 0)
30 G
2G
...
...
80 000 ( 550) G
30 000 (2 05)
30 G
...
231
SB-168
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE 3
M ECH AN ICAL PROPERTIES FOR PLATE, SH EET, AN D STRIP
(ALL TH ICKN ESSES AND SIZES U N LESS OTH ERWISE IN DICATED) (CON T’D)
Condition (Temper)
Tensile Strength,
M in., psi (M Pa)
Yield Strength A (0.2%
Offset), M in., psi (M Pa)
Elongation in 2 in. or 50 mm
(or 4 D ), M in., %
Rockwell
H ardness B,C
Cold-Rolled Sheet (CONT’D)
U N S N 06603:
Anneal ed
U N S N 06617:
Anneal ed H
U N S N 06690:
Anneal ed
H ard
U N S N 06693:
Anneal ed
U N S N 06025:
Anneal ed
U N S N 06045:
Anneal ed
94 000 (650)
43 000 (300)
25 G
...
95 000 (655) G
35 000 (240)
25 G
...
85 000 (586) G
125 000 (860) G
35 000 (240)
90 000 (620)
30 G
2G
...
...
100 000 (690)
50 000 (345)
30
...
98 000 (680)
39 000 (270)
30
...
90 000 (620)
35 000 (240)
35
...
Cold-Rolled Strip
U N S N 06600:
Anneal ed
Skin-hard
Quarter-hard
H al f-hard
Three-quarter-hard
H ard
Spring
U N S N 06601:
Anneal ed
U N S N 06603:
Anneal ed
U N S N 06617:
Anneal ed H
U N S N 06690:
Anneal ed
Skin-hard
Quarter-hard
H al f-hard
Three-quarter-hard
H ard
Spring
U N S N 06693:
Anneal ed
U N S N 06025:
Anneal ed
U N S N 06045:
Anneal ed
80 000 (550) G
...
...
...
...
125 000 (860) G
...
(240)
.
.
.
.
(620)
.
30 G
...
...
...
...
2G
...
80 000 (550) G
30 000 (205)
30 G
...
94 000 (650)
43 000 (300)
25 G
...
95 000 (655) G
35 000 (240)
30 G
...
35 000
..
..
..
..
90 000
..
(240)
.
.
.
.
(620)
.
30 G
...
...
...
...
2G
...
100 000 (586)
50 000 (345)
30
...
98 000 (680)
39 000 (270)
30
...
90 000 (620)
35 000 (240)
35
...
85 000 (586) G
...
...
...
...
125 000 (860) G
...
35 000
..
..
..
..
90 000
..
A
...
to B
to B
to B
to C
...
C 30 min.
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
85
88
93
97
88
94
98
25
...
to B 88
to B 94
to B 98
to C 25
...
C 30 min.
85
88
93
97
Yiel d strength requirements do not appl y to material under 0.020 in. (0.51 mm) in thickness.
For Rockwel l or equival ent hardness conversions, see H ardness Conversion Tabl es E 140.
C
Caution should be served in using the Rockwel l test on thin material , as the resul ts may be affected by specimen thickness. For thicknesses
under 0.050 in. (1.3 mm), the use of the Rockwell superficial or the Vickers hardness test is suggested.
D
As-rol l ed pl ate may be given a stress rel ieving heat treatment subsequent to final rol l ing.
E
As-rol l ed pl ate specified “suitabl e for hot forming” shal l be furnished from heats of known good hot-mal l eabil ity characteristics (see
X1.2.2). There are no appl icabl e tensil e or hardness requirements for such material .
F
Anneal ed at 1850°F (1010°C) minimum.
G
N ot appl icabl e for thickness under 0.010 in. (0.25 mm).
H
Sol ution anneal is done at 2100°F–2250°F and quenched in water or rapidl y cool ed by other means.
B
232
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-168
TABLE 4
GRAIN SIZE AND H ARDN ESS FOR COLD-ROLLED, DEEP-DRAWING,
AN D SPINN ING-QU ALITY SH EET AND STRIP
Calculated
Diameter of
Average Grain
Section, M ax., in.
(mm)
Thickness, in.
(mm)
Rockwell B A,B
H ardness,
M ax.
Corresponding
ASTM M icroGrain
Size No.
Sheet [56 in. (1.42 m) Wide and U nder]
0.050 (1.3) and l ess
Over 0.050 to 0.250
(1.3 to 6.4), incl .
0.0030 (0.075)
0.0043 (0.110)
4.5
3.5
86
86
Strip [12 in. (305 mm) Wide and U nder] C
0.005 D to 0.010
(0.13 to 0.25), incl .
Over 0.010 to 0.125
(0.25 to 3.2), incl .
0.0009 (0.022)
8E
88 E
0.0030 (0.075)
4.5
86
A
For Rockwel l or equival ent hardness conversions, see H ardness Conversion Tables E 140.
Caution shoul d be observed in using the Rockwel l test on thin material , as the resul ts may be affected
by specimen thickness. For thicknesses under 0.050 in. (1.3 mm), the use of the Rockwel l superficial or
the Vickers hardness test is suggested.
C
Sheet requirements (above) appl y to strip thicknesses over 0.125 in. (3.2 mm), and for al l thicknesses
of strip over 12 in. (305 mm) in width.
D
For ductil ity eval uations for strip under 0.005 in. (0.13 mm) in thickness, the springback test, such
as described in Test M ethod F 155, is often used and the manufacturer shoul d be consul ted.
E
Accurate grain size and hardness determinations are difficul t to make on strip under 0.005 in. (0.13
mm) in thickness and are not recommended.
B
s urrounding material.
tion
s hall
be
verified
The removal of a s urface imperfecby
the
method
originally
us ed
Size
to
for
detect the imperfection.
9.2.2
Mechanical Properties, Hardness, and Grain
— S amples of the material to provide tes t s pecimens
mechanical
properties ,
hardnes s ,
and
grain
s ize
s hall
be taken from s uch locations in each lot as to be repres entative of that lot.
9.
Sampling
9.1
Lot
10.
— D efinition:
9.1.1
A
lot
for
chemical
analys is
s hall
cons is t
one heat.
10.2
9.1.2
A lot for mechanical properties , hardnes s , and
10.3
grain s ize tes ting s hall cons is t of all material from the s ame
heat,
nominal thicknes s ,
9.1.2.1
heat,
of
Where
and condition.
material
plates
in
the
s ame
cannot
weighing
over
thicknes s
5 00
lb,
and
in
be
identified
lb (227
condition,
which
cas e
10.4
by
kg)
only
Grain Size
One
tes t
per
lot.
(Required
only
as
and Table 4. )
— One tes t per lot.
11. Specimen Preparation
11.1 Tens ion tes t s pecimens
one
(Required only as
s hall be taken from mate-
rial in the final condition (temper) and tes ted trans vers e to
the direction of rolling
Repres entative
11.2
Tens ion tes t s pecimens s hall be any of the s tandard
or s ubs ize s pecimens
proces s ing.
Product (Check) Analysis
s hall
when width will permit.
s amples
from each lot s hall be taken during pouring or s ubs equent
9.2.1.1
—
— One tes t per lot.
except
9.2
—
— One tes t per lot.
s pecified in Table 4. )
s pecimen s hall be taken.
Test Material Selection:
9.2.1 Chemical Analysis
Chemical Analysis
Mechanical Properties
Hardness
s pecified in Table 3
a lot s hall cons is t of not more than 5 00
material
for
Number of Tests
10.1
of
be
11.3
wholly
In
s hall be as
the res pons ibility of the purchas er.
233
the
s hown in Tes t Methods
event of dis agreement,
follows :
referee
E 8.
s pecimens
SB-168
TABLE 5
PERM ISSIBLE VARIATION S IN TH ICKNESS AND OVERWEIGH T OF RECTAN GU LAR PLATES
Permissible Excess in Average Weight B,C per Square Foot of Plates for Widths Given in Inches (M illimeters) Expressed in Percentage
of N ominal Weights
U nder
48
(1220)
48 to 60
(1220 to
1520), Excl.
60 to 72
(1520 to
1830), Excl.
72 to 84
(1830 to
2130), Excl.
84 to 96
(2130 to
2440), Excl.
96 to 108
(2440 to
2740), Excl.
108 to 120
(2740 to
3050), Excl.
120 to 132
(3050 to
3350), Excl.
132 to 144
(3350 to
3660), Excl.
144 to 160
(3660 to
4070), Excl.
/16 to 5 /1 6 (4.8 to 7.9), excl .
/16 to 3 /8 (7.9 to 9.5), excl .
3
/8 to 7 /1 6 (9.5 to 11.1), excl.
7
/16 to 1 /2 (11.1 to 12.7), excl .
1
/2 to 5 /8 (12.7 to 15.9), excl .
5
/8 to 3 /4 (15.9 to 19.1), excl .
3
/4 to 1 (19.1 to 25.4), excl .
1 to 2 (25.4 to 50.8), incl .
9.0
7.5
7.0
6.0
5.0
4.5
4.0
4.0
10.5
9.0
7.5
7.0
6.0
5.5
4.5
4.0
12.0
10.5
9.0
7.5
7.0
6.0
5.5
4.5
13.5
12.0
10.5
9.0
7.5
7.0
6.0
5.5
15.0
13.5
12.0
10.5
9.0
7.5
7.0
6.0
16.5
15.0
13.5
12.0
10.5
9.0
7.5
7.0
18.0
16.5
15.0
13.5
12.0
10.5
9.0
7.5
...
18.0
16.5
15.0
13.5
12.0
10.5
9.0
...
...
18.0
16.5
15.0
13.5
12.0
10.5
...
...
19.5
18.0
16.5
15.0
13.5
12.0
3
5
234
N OTE 1 — Al l pl ates shal l be ordered to thickness and not to weight per square foot (cm). N o pl ates shal l vary more than 0.01 in. (0.3 mm) under the thickness ordered, and the overweight of each l ot A in each shipment shall not exceed the amount in the tabl e. Spot grinding is permitted to remove surface imperfections, such spots not to exceed 0.01 in. (0.3 mm) under
the specified thickness.
A
B
C
The term “l ot” appl ied to this tabl e means al l of the pl ates of each group width and each group thickness.
The permissibl e overweight for l ots of circul ar and sketch pl ates shal l be 25% greater than the amounts given in this tabl e.
The weight of individual pl ates shal l not exceed the nominal weight by more than 1 1 /4 times the amount given in the tabl e and Footnote B.
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
Specified Thickness,
in. (mm)
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-168
TABLE 6
PERM ISSIBLE VARIATIONS IN TH ICKN ESS FOR RECTANGU LAR PLATES OVER 2 in. (51 mm) IN TH ICKNESS
Permissible Variations, in. (mm), Over Specified Thickness for Widths Given, in. (mm)
Specified Thickness, in. (mm)
To 36
(915), Excl.
1
Over 2 to 3 ( 51 to 76) , excl .
3 to 4 ( 76 to 1 02 ) , i ncl .
5
36 to 60
(915 to
1520), Excl.
3
/1 6 (1 .6)
/64 (2 .0)
3
60 to 84
(1520 to
2130), Excl.
7
/32 ( 2.4)
/32 ( 2.4)
7
/64 ( 2.8)
/64 ( 2.8)
84 to 120
(2130 to
3050), Excl.
1
1
120 to 132
(3050 to
3350), Excl.
1
/8 (3.2 )
/8 (3.2 )
1
132 (3350)
and over
9
/8 (3.2 )
/8 (3.2 )
9
/64 (3.6)
/64 (3.6)
N OTE 1 — Permi ssi bl e vari ati on under speci fied thi ckness, 0.01 i n. ( 0.3 mm) .
TABLE 7
PERM ISSIBLE VARIATIONS IN TH ICKNESS OF SH EET AN D STRIP
[Permissible Variations, Plus and M inus, in Thickness, in. (mm), for Widths Given in in. (mm)]
Sheet A
H ot-Rolled
48 (1220)
and U nder
Specified Thickness, in. (mm)
0.01 8 to 0.02 5 ( 0.5
Over 0.02 5 to 0.034
Over 0.034 to 0.043
Over 0.043 to 0.056
Over 0.056 to 0.070
Over 0.070 to 0.078
Over 0.078 to 0.093
Over 0.093 to 0.1 09
Over 0.1 09 to 0.1 2 5
Over 0.1 2 5 to 0.1 40
Over 0.1 40 to 0.1 71
Over 0.1 71 to 0.1 87
Over 0.1 87 to 0.2 1 8
Over 0.21 8 to 0.2 34
Over 0.234 to 0.2 50
to 0.6) , i ncl .
(0.6 to 0.9) ,
(0.9 to 1 .1 ) ,
(1 .1 to 1 .4) ,
(1 .4 to 1 .8) ,
(1 .8 to 1 .9) ,
(1 .9 to 2 .4) ,
(2 .4 to 2 .8) ,
(2 .8 to 3.2 ) ,
(3.2 to 3.6) ,
(3.6 to 4.3) ,
(4.3 to 4.8) ,
(4.8 to 5.5) ,
(5.5 to 5.9) ,
(5.9 to 6.4) ,
i ncl .
i ncl .
i ncl .
i ncl .
i ncl .
i ncl .
i ncl .
i ncl .
i ncl .
i ncl .
i ncl .
i ncl .
i ncl .
i ncl .
0.003
0.004
0.005
0.005
0.006
0.007
0.008
0.009
0.01 0
0.01 2
0.01 4
0.01 5
0.01 7
0.01 8
0.02 0
Cold-Rolled
Over 48 to 60
(1220 to
1520), Incl.
(0.08)
(0.1 0)
(0.1 3)
(0.1 3)
(0.1 5)
(0.1 8)
(0.2 0)
(0.2 3)
(0.2 5)
(0.31 )
(0.36)
(0.38)
(0.43)
(0.46)
(0.51 )
0.004
0.005
0.006
0.006
0.007
0.008
0.009
0.01 0
0.01 2
0.01 4
0.01 6
0.01 7
0.01 9
0.02 0
0.02 2
(0.1 0)
(0.1 3)
(0.1 5)
(0.1 5)
(0.1 8)
(0.2 0)
(0.2 3)
(0.2 5)
(0.31 )
(0.36)
(0.41 )
(0.43)
(0.48)
(0.51 )
(0.56)
48 (1220)
and U nder
0.002
0.003
0.004
0.004
0.005
0.006
0.007
0.007
0.008
0.008
0.009
0.01 0
0.01 1
0.01 2
0.01 3
(0.05)
(0.08)
(0.1 0)
(0.1 0)
(0.1 3)
(0.1 5)
(0.1 8)
(0.1 8)
(0.2 0)
(0.2 0)
(0.2 3)
(0.2 5)
(0.2 8)
(0.31 )
(0.33)
Over 48 to 60
(1220 to 1520),
Incl.
0.003
0.004
0.005
0.005
0.006
0.007
0.008
0.009
0.01 0
0.01 0
0.01 2
0.01 3
0.01 5
0.01 6
0.01 8
(0.08)
(0.1 0)
(0.1 3)
(0.1 3)
(0.1 5)
(0.1 8)
(0.2 0)
(0.2 3)
(0.2 5)
(0.2 5)
(0.31 )
(0.33)
(0.38)
(0.41 )
(0.46)
Cold-Rolled Strip A, B
Specified Thickness, in. (mm)
Widths 12 in. (305 mm) and U nder, Plus and M inus
U p to 0.050 (1 .2 7) , i ncl .
Over 0.050 to 0.093 (1 .2 7 to 2.39) , i ncl .
Over 0.093 to 0.1 25 (2 .39 to 3.1 8) , i ncl .
A
B
0.001 5 (0.038)
0.002 5 (0.063)
0.004 (0.1 1 )
M easured 3 /8 i n. (9.5 mm) or more from ei ther edge except for stri p under 1 i n. ( 25.4 mm) i n wi dth whi ch i s measured at any pl ace.
S tandard sheet tol erances appl y for thi cknesses over 0.1 25 i n. (3.2 mm) and for al l thi cknesses of stri p over 1 2 i n. ( 305 mm) wide.
235
SB-168
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE 8
PERM ISSIBLE VARIATIONS A OF SH EARED, PLASM A-TORCH -CU T, AND
ABRASIVE-CU T RECTAN GU LAR PLATE B,C
Permissible Variations in Widths for Widths Given, in. (mm)
Specified Thickness
U p to 30 (760),
Incl.
Over 30 to 72
(760 to 1830),
Incl.
Over 72 to 108
(1830 to 2740),
Incl.
Over 108 to 144
(2740 to 3660),
Incl.
Over 144 to 160
(3660 to 4070),
Incl.
+
+
+
–
+
–
+
–
...
5
/8
3
/4
7
/8
1
...
1
/8
1
/8
1
/8
1
/8
–
–
Inches
Sheared: D
3
/16 to 5 /16 , excl.
5
/16 to 1 /2 , excl.
1
/2 to 3 /4 , excl .
3
/4 to 1, excl .
1 to 1 1 /4 , incl .
Abrasive cut: E , F
3
/16 to 1 1 /4 , incl .
Over 1 1 /4 to 2 3 /4 , incl.
Pl asma-torch-cut: G
3
/16 to 2, excl .
2 to 3, incl .
3
/16
/4
3
/8
1
/2
5
/8
1
/8
/8
1
/8
1
/8
1
/8
1
1
/2
/2
5
/8
3
/4
7
/8
1
3
/8
/8
1
/8
1
/8
1
/8
1
1
/8
/8
1
/2
5
/8
3
/4
1
3
/8
/8
1
/8
1
/8
1
/8
3
1
/4
/8
3
/8
1
/2
5
/8
1
1
1
1
1
/8
/16
1
1
/8
/16
1
1
/8
/16
1
1
/8
/16
1
/2
/8
0
0
/2
/8
0
0
/2
/8
0
0
1
/2
/8
0
0
3
1
5
1
/8
/8
3
1
5
1
/8
/8
3
1
5
1
/8
/8
3
5
/8
/8
1
/8
1
/8
1
/8
1
/8
/8
1
3
1
5
/8
/16
1
/2
/8
0
0
1
/8
/8
M illimeters
D
Sheared:
4.8 to 7.9, excl .
7.9 to 12.7, excl.
12.7 to 19.1 , excl .
19.1 to 25.4 , excl .
25.4 to 31.8 , incl .
Abrasive cut: E , F
4.8 to 31.8 , incl .
Over 31.8 to
69.8 , incl .
Pl asma-torch-cut: G
4.8 to 50.8 , excl .
50.8 to 76.2 , incl .
4.8
6.4
9.5
12.7
15.9
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
6.4
9.5
9.5
12.7
15.9
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
9.5
9.5
12.7
15.8
19.1
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
12.7
12.7
15.9
19.1
22.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
...
15.9
19.1
22.2
25.4
...
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
4.8
3.2
3.2
3.2
4.8
3.2
3.2
3.2
4.8
3.2
3.2
3.2
4.8
3.2
3.2
3.2
4.8
3.2
3.2
12.7
15.9
0
0
12.7
15.9
0
0
12.7
15.9
A
0
0
12.7
15.9
0
0
12.7
15.9
0
0
Permissibl e variations in width for powder- or inert-arc-cut pl ate shall be as agreed upon between the manufacturer and the purchaser.
Permissibl e variations in machined, powder-, or inert-arc-cut circular pl ate shal l be as agreed upon between the manufacturer and the purchaser.
C
Permissibl e variations in pl asma-torch-cut sketch pl ates shal l be as agreed upon between the manufacturer and the purchaser.
D
The minimum sheared width is 10 in. (254 mm) for material 3 /4 in. (19.1 mm) and under in thickness and 20 in. (508 mm) for material
over 3 /4 in. (19.1 mm) in thickness.
E
The minimum abrasive-cut width is 2 in. (50.8 mm) and increases to 4 in. (101.6 mm) for thicker pl ates.
F
These tol erances are appl icabl e to l engths of 240 in. (6100 mm), max. For l engths over 240 in. (6 100 mm), an additional 1 /16 in. (1.6
mm) is permitted, both pl us and minus.
G
The tolerance spread shown for pl asma-torch cutting may be obtained al l on the minus side, or divided between the pl us and minus side if
so specified by the purchaser.
B
236
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-168
TABLE 9
PERM ISSIBLE VARIATION S IN DIAM ETER FOR CIRCU LAR PLATES
Sheared Plate
Permissible Variations Over Specified Diameter for
Thickness Given, in. (mm) A
To 3 /8 (9.5), incl.
Specified Diameter, in. (mm)
1
/4 (6.4)
/16 (7.9)
3
/8 (9.5)
7
/16 (11.1)
20 to 32 (508 to 813), excl .
32 to 84 (813 to 2130), excl .
84 to 108 (2130 to 2740), excl .
108 to 140 (2740 to 3580), incl .
5
Plasma-Torch-Cut Plate B
Permissible Variations in Specified Diameter for Thickness Given, in. (mm) C
Specified Diameter, in. (mm)
19
20
22
24
28
32
34
38
40
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
20 (483 to
22 (508 to
24 (559 to
28 (610 to
32 (711 to
34 (812 to
38 (864 to
40 (965 to
140 (1020
3
Thickness, M ax.
in. (mm)
508), excl .
559), excl .
610), excl .
711), excl .
812), excl .
864), excl .
965), excl .
1020), excl .
to 3560), incl .
/16 to 2 (4.8 to 50.8), excl.
+
1
3 (76.2)
2 3 /4 (69.8)
2 1 /2 (63.5)
2 1 /4 (57.3)
2 (50.8)
1 3 /4 (44.5)
1 1 /2 (38.1)
1 1 /4 (31.8)
3 (76.2)
/2
/2
1
/2
1
/2
1
/2
1
/2
1
/2
1
/2
1
/2
1
2 to 3 (50.8 to 76.2), incl.
–
(12.7)
(12.7)
(12.7)
(12.7)
(12.7)
(12.7)
(12.7)
(12.7)
(12.7)
+
–
(15.9)
(15.9)
(15.9)
(15.9)
(15.9)
...
...
...
5
/8 (15.9)
0
0
0
0
0
...
...
...
0
5
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
/8
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
A
N o permissibl e variations under.
Permissible variations in pl asma-torch-cut sketch pl ates shal l be as agreed upon between the manufacturer and the purchaser.
C
The tol erance spread shown may al so be obtained al l on the minus side or divided between the pl us and minus sides if so specified by the
purchaser.
B
TABLE 10
PERM ISSIBLE VARIATIONS IN WIDTH OF SH EET AND STRIP
Permissible Variations in Specified Width, in. (mm)
Specified Thickness, in. (mm)
Specified Width, in. (mm)
+
–
Sheet
U p to 0.250 (6.35)
al l
0.125 (3.18)
Strip
U nder 0.075 (1.9)
0.075 to 0.100 (1.9 to 2.5), incl .
Over 0.100 to 0.125 (2.5 to 3.2), incl .
Over 0.125 to 0.160 (3.2 to 4.1), incl .
Over 0.160 to 0.187 (4.1 to 4.7), incl .
Over 0.187 to 0.250 (4.7 to 6.4), incl .
U p to 12 (305), incl.
Over 12 to 48 (305 to
U p to 12 (305), incl.
Over 12 to 48 (305 to
U p to 12 (305), incl.
Over 12 to 48 (305 to
U p to 12 (305), incl.
Over 12 to 48 (305 to
U p to 12 (305), incl.
Over 12 to 48 (305 to
U p to 12 (305), incl.
Over 12 to 48 (305 to
0
A
1219), incl .
1219), incl .
1219), incl .
1219), incl .
1219), incl .
1219), incl .
0.007
0.062
0.009
0.062
0.012
0.062
0.016
0.062
0.020
0.062
0.062
0.062
(0.18)
(1.6)
(0.23)
(1.6)
(0.30)
(1.6)
(0.41)
(1.6)
(0.51)
(1.6)
(1.6)
(1.6)
0.007
0
0.009
0
0.012
0
0.016
0
0.020
0
0.062
0.062
(0.18)
(0.23)
(0.30)
(0.41)
(0.51)
(1.6)
(1.6)
A
Rol l ed round or square-edge strip in thicknesses of 0.071 to 0.125 in. (1.80 to 3.18 mm), incl . in widths 3 in. (76.2 mm) and under, shal l
have permissibl e width variations of ±0.005 in. (±0.13 mm). Permissibl e variations for other sizes shal l be as agreed upon between the manufacturer and the purchaser.
237
SB-168
TABLE 11
PERM ISSIBLE VARIATIONS IN LENGTH A OF SH EARED, PLASM A-TORCH -CU T, B AN D ABRASIVE-CU T RECTANGU LAR PLATE C
Permissible Variations in Length for Lengths Given, in. (mm)
U p to 60
(1520), Incl.
Specified Thickness
+
Over 60 to 96
(1520 to 2440),
Incl.
–
+
Over 96 to 120
(2440 to 3050),
Incl.
–
+
Over 120 to
240 (3050 to
6096), Incl.
Over 240 to
360 (6096 to
9144), Incl.
+
+
–
–
–
Over 360 to 450
(9144 to
11 430), Incl.
+
–
Over 450 to 540
(11 430 to
13 716), Incl.
+
Over 540
(13 716)
–
+
/8
/8
1 1 /8
1 3 /8
1 5 /8
/8
/8
1
/8
1
/8
1
/8
...
1
1 3 /8
1 5 /8
...
/8
/8
...
...
...
...
...
...
0
0
1
0
0
–
Inches
3
/1 6
/8
1
/2
5
/8
3
/4
3
1
3
/8
/16
1
5
/2
/8
1
1
/4
/2
1
/2
5
/8
3
/4
1
3
1
1
1
1
/2
/2
5
/8
3
/4
7
/8
1
1
/8
/2
5
/8
5
/8
3
/4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
/8
/8
1
/8
1
/8
1
/8
1
/8
/8
1
0
0
3
/8
/1 6
1
5
/2
/8
/8
/8
1
/8
1
/8
1
/8
/8
/8
1
0
0
3
/8
/16
1
5
/2
/8
/8
/8
1
/8
1
/8
1
/8
/8
/8
1
0
0
3
/8
/1 6
1
5
/2
/8
/8
/8
1
/8
1
/8
1
/8
/8
/8
1
5
/8
/8
3
/4
7
/8
1 1 /8
5
1
3
/8
/1 6
0
0
1
5
/2
/8
1
/8
/8
1
/8
1
/8
1
/8
1
1
/8
/8
1
3
/4
/4
7
/8
1 1 /8
1 3 /8
3
1
3
/8
/16
0
0
1
5
/2
/8
1
/8
/8
1
/8
1
/8
1
/8
1
1
1
7
7
5
/2
/8
1
1
1
5
...
/8
1
/8
1
/8
...
1
...
...
/2
/8
0
0
M illimeters
Sheared: D
4.8 to 7.9, excl .
7.9 to 12.7, excl .
12.7 to 19.0 , excl.
19.0 to 25.4 , excl.
25.4 to 31.8 , incl .
Abrasive-cut: E
4.8 to 31.8 , incl .
Over 31.8 to
69.9 , incl .
Pl asma-torch-cut: F
4.8 to 50.8 , excl .
50.8 to 76.2 , incl .
A
4.8
9.5
12.7
15.9
19.0
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
6.4
12.7
12.7
15.9
19.0
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
9.5
12.7
15.9
15.9
19.0
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
12.7
12.7
15.9
19.0
22.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
15.9
15.9
19.0
22.2
28.6
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
19.0
19.0
22.2
28.6
34.9
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
22.2
22.2
28.6
34.9
41.3
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
...
25.4
34.9
41.3
...
...
3.2
3.2
3.2
...
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
...
...
...
...
4.8
3.2
4.8
3.2
4.8
3.2
4.8
3.2
4.8
3.2
4.8
3.2
...
...
...
...
12.7
15.9
0
0
12.7
15.9
0
0
12.7
15.9
0
0
12.7
15.9
0
0
12.7
15.9
0
0
12.7
15.9
0
0
12.7
15.9
0
0
Permissibl e variations in l ength for powder- or inert-arc-cut pl ate shal l be agreed upon between the manufacturer and the purchaser.
The tol erance spread shown for pl asma-torch-cutting may be obtained al l on the minus side, or divided between the pl us and minus sides if so specified by the purchaser.
C
Permissibl e variations in machined, powder- or inert-arc-cut circul ar pl ate shal l be as agreed upon between the manufacturer and the purchaser.
D
The minimum sheared l ength is 10 in. (254 mm).
E
Abrasive cut appl icabl e to a maximum l ength of 144 to 400 in. (3658 to 10 160 mm) depending on the thickness and width ordered.
F
The tol erance spread shown for pl asma-torch-cut sketch pl ates shal l be as agreed upon between the manufacturer and the purchaser.
B
12.7
15.9
0
0
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
238
Sheared: D
3
/16 to 5 /16 , excl .
5
/16 to 1 /2 , excl .
1
/2 to 3 /4 , excl .
3
/4 to 1, excl .
1 to 1 1 /4 , incl.
Abrasive cut: E
3
/16 to 1 1 /4 , incl .
Over 1 1 /4 to 2 3 /4 , incl.
Pl asma-torch-cut: F
3
/16 to 2, excl .
2 to 3, incl .
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-168
TABLE 12
PERM ISSIBLE VARIATIONS FROM FLATN ESS OF RECTANGU LAR, CIRCU LAR, AN D SKETCH PLATES
Permissible Variations from a Flat Surface for Thickness and Widths Given, in. (mm)
Specified Thickness
To 48
(1220),
excl
48 to 60
(1220 to
1520),
excl
60 to 72
(1520 to
1830),
excl
72 to 84
(1830 to
2130),
excl
84 to 96
(2130 to
2440),
excl
96 to 108
(2440 to
2740),
excl
1 5 /8
1 3 /8
15
/1 6
13
/1 6
3
/4
11
/1 6
1
/2
1
1
1
1
108 to 120
(2740 to
3050),
excl
120 to 144
(3050 to
3660),
excl
144
(3660),
and over
...
1 9 /1 6
1 1 /4
1 1 /8
15
/1 6
11
/1 6
5
/8
...
1 7 /8
1 7 /1 6
1 1 /8
1
3
/4
3
/4
...
...
1 3 /4
1 3 /8
1 1 /8
1
7
/8
...
39.7
31 .8
2 8.6
2 3.8
1 7.5
1 5.9
...
47.6
36.5
28.6
25.4
1 9.0
1 9.0
...
...
44.4
34.9
2 8.6
2 5.4
2 2 .2
Inches
3
1
/1 6 to /4 , excl
/4 to 3 /8 , excl
3
/8 to 1 /2 , excl
1
/2 to 3 /4 , excl
3
/4 to 1 , excl
1 to 2, excl
2 to 4, i ncl
1
3
/4
/1 6
1
/2
1
/2
1
/2
1
/2
1
/4
11
1
1
1 /1 6
3
/4
9
/1 6
9
/1 6
9
/1 6
9
/1 6
5
/1 6
3
1 /4
15
/1 6
11
/1 6
5
/8
5
/8
9
/1 6
3
/8
1 /8
1 1 /8
3
/4
5
/8
5
/8
9
/1 6
7
/1 6
5
/8
/1 6
1
/8
1
/8
13
/1 6
11
/1 6
9
/1 6
7
M illimeters
4.8 to 6.4, excl
6.4 to 9.5, excl
9.5 to 1 2 .7, excl
1 2.7 to 1 9.0, excl
1 9.0 to 2 5.4, excl
2 5.4 to 50.8, excl
50.8 to 1 01 .6, i ncl
N OTE 1
N OTE 2
N OTE 3
exceed the
N OTE 4
1 9.0
1 7.5
1 2 .7
1 2 .7
1 2 .7
1 2 .7
6.4
2 7.0
1 9.0
1 4.3
1 4.3
1 4.3
1 4.3
7.9
31 .8
2 3.8
1 7.5
1 5.9
1 5.9
1 4.3
9.5
34.9
2 8.6
1 9.0
1 5.9
1 5.9
1 4.3
1 1 .1
41 .3
34.9
2 3.8
2 0.6
1 9.0
1 7.5
1 2 .7
41 .3
36.5
2 8.6
2 8.6
2 0.6
1 7.5
1 4.3
— Permi ssi bl e variati ons appl y to pl ates up to 1 2 ft (3660 mm) in l ength, or to any 1 2 ft (3660 mm) of l onger pl ates.
— If the l onger di mension i s under 36 i n. ( 91 4 mm) , the permi ssi bl e vari ati on i s not greater than 1 /4 i n. (6.4 mm) .
— The shorter di mensi on speci fied i s considered the wi dth, and the permi ssi bl e vari ati on i n flatness across the wi dth does not
tabul ar amount of that dimensi on.
— The maxi mum deviati on from a flat surface does not customari l y exceed the tabul ar tol erance for the l onger di mensi on speci fied.
11.3.1 Full thickness of the material, machined to the
method, or the intercept method described in Test Methods
form and dimensions shown for the sheet-type specimen in
E 1 1 2. In case of dispute, the referee method for determin-
Test Methods E 8 for material under ⁄2 in. (1 2.7 mm) in
ing average grain size shall be the planimetric method.
1
thickness.
12.3 For purposes of determining compliance with the
11.3.2 The largest possible round specimen shown
specified limits for requirements of the properties listed in
1
in Test Methods E 8 for material ⁄2 in. (1 2.7 mm) and over.
the following table, an observed value or a calculated value
s hall be rounded as indicated in acc ordanc e with the
12. Test Methods
12.1 The chemical composition, mechanical, and other
rounding method of Practice E 29.
Rounded Unit for Observed or
properties of the material as enumerated in this specifica-
Test
tion shall be determined, in case of disagreement, in accor-
Chemical composition, hard-
dance with the following methods:
Test
ASTM Designation
Chemical analysis
E 38,
Tension
E 8
Brinell hardness
E 10
Rockwell hardness
E 18
A
Hardness conversion
E 1 40
Grain size
E 112
Rounding procedure
E 29
Spring-back
F 1 55
A
ness, and tolerances (when
place of figures of the speci-
expressed in decimals)
fied limit. If two choices are
possible, as when the digits
E 1 473
dropped are exactly a 5, or a 5
followed only by zeros, choose
the one ending in an even
digit, with zero defined as an
even digit.
Tensile strength and yield
Nearest 1 000 psi (6.9 MPa)
strength
Elongation
Nearest 1 %
Grain Size:
Methods E 38 are to be used only for elements not covered by Test
0.0024 in. (0.060 mm) or
Methods E 1 473.
12.2
Calculated Value
Nearest unit in the last right-hand
larger
The measurement of average grain size may be
Less than 0.0024 in.
carried out by the planimetric method, the comparison
(0.060 mm)
239
Nearest multiple of 0.0002 in.
(0.005 mm)
Nearest multiple of 0.0001 in.
(0.002 mm)
SB-168
13.
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
Inspection
and that the test results on representative samples meet
specification requirements. A report of the test results shall
13.1 Inspection of the material shall be made as agreed
be furnished.
upon between the manufacturer and the purchaser as part
of the purchase contract.
16.
14.
Rejection and Rehearing
Product Marking
16.1 Each bundle or shipping container shall be marked
14.1 Material that fails to conform to the requirements
with the name of the material or UNS number; condition
of this specification may be rej ected. Rej ection should be
(temper); this specification number; the size; gross, tare,
reported to the producer or supplier promptly and in writ-
and net weight; consignor and consignee address; contract
ing. In case of dissatisfaction with the results of the test,
or order number; or such other information as may be
the producer or supplier may make claim for a rehearing.
defined in the contract or order.
15.
17.
Certification
Keywords
17.1
15.1 A manufacturer’ s certification shall be furnished to
plate; sheet; strip; UNS N06025; UNS N06045;
the purchaser stating that material has been manufactured,
UNS N06600; UNS N06601 ; UNS N06603; UNS N0661 7;
tested, and inspected in accordance with this specification,
UNS N06690; UNS N06693
240
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-168
APPENDIX
(Nonmandatory Information)
Sheet and Strip, Cold-Rolled
X1.5.1 Annealed — Soft with a
X1.5
X1. CONDITIONS AND FINISHES
X1.1 Scope
X1.1.1 This appendix lists the conditions and finishes
pickled or bright
annealed finish.
in which plate, sheet, and strip are normally supplied. These
X1.5.2
are subj ect to change, and the manufacturer should be
Deep-Drawing or Spinning Quality — Simi-
lar to X1 .5.1 , except furnished to controlled hardness and
consulted for the latest information available.
grain size and lightly leveled.
Plate, Hot-Rolled
X1.2.1 Annealed — Soft with an oxide surface, and
X1.2
X1.5.3
Skin-Hard — Similar to X1 .5.1 ,
but given a
light cold reduction to hardness range shown in Table 3.
suitable for heavy cold forming. Available with a descaled
surface, when so specified.
X1.5.4
Quarter-Hard — Cold rolled to the hardness
As-Rolled — With an oxide surface. Available
range indicated in Table 3, bright finish. Out-of-flatness
with a descaled surface, when so specified. Suitable for
must be expected and will vary with temper and thickness.
X1.2.2
flat work, mild forming, or tube sheets. When intended for
X1 .5.5
tube sheets, specify that plates are to be specially flattened.
Half-Hard — Cold rolled to
the hardness
range indicated in Table 3, bright finish. Out-of-flatness
When intended for hot forming, this should be indicated
must be expected and will vary with temper and thickness.
on the purchase order so that the manufacturer may select
X1.5.6
appropriate material.
Plate, Cold-Rolled
X1.3.1 Annealed — Soft with an oxide surface; avail-
Three-Quarter Hard
— Cold rolled to the
hardness range indicated in Table 3, bright finish. Out-of-
X1.3
flatness must be expected and will vary with temper and
thickness.
able in a descaled surface when so specified.
X1.5.7
Sheet, Hot-Rolled
X1.4.1 Annealed and Pickled — Soft with a pickled
X1.4
Hard
— Cold rolled to the tensile require-
ments indicated in Table 3, bright finish. Out-of-flatness
must be expected and will vary with temper and thickness.
matte finish. Properties similar to X1 .5.1 but with broader
X1.5.8
thickness tolerances. Not suggested for applications where
Spring Temper — Cold rolled to the minimum
the finish of a cold-rolled sheet is considered essential, or
hardness indicated in Table 3, bright finish. Out-of-flatness
for deep drawing or spinning.
must be expected and will vary with temper and thickness.
241
I NTE N TI O NALLY LE FT B LANK
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-169/SB-169M
SPECI FI CATI ON FOR ALU M I N U M BRON ZE SH EET,
STRI P, AN D ROLLED BAR
SB-169/SB-169M
(Identical with ASTM Specification B169/B169M-10 except that paras. 5.1.8 and 5.1.9 have been deleted. Certification
and mill test reports have been made mandatory.)
243
SB-169/SB-169M
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
Standard Specification for
Aluminum Bronze Sheet, Strip, and Rolled Bar
1. Scope
B248M Specification for General Requirements for Wrought
Copper and Copper-Alloy Plate, Sheet, Strip, and Rolled
Bar (Metric)
B601 Classification for Temper Designations for Copper and
Copper Alloys—Wrought and Cast
B846 Terminology for Copper and Copper Alloys
E8 Test Methods for Tension Testing of Metallic Materials
E8M Test Methods for Tension Testing of Metallic Materials
[Metric] (Withdrawn 2008)
E54 Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Special Brasses
and Bronzes (Withdrawn 2002)
E62 Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Copper and
Copper Alloys (Photometric Methods) (Withdrawn 201 0)
E290 Test Methods for Bend Testing of Material for Ductility
E478 Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Copper Alloys
1 .1 This specification establishes the requirements for Copper Alloy UNS Nos. C61 300 and C61 400 aluminum bronze
sheet, strip, and rolled bar.
1 .2 The products made to this specification are commonly
used for drawing, forming, stamping, and bending applications
and are not intended for electrical applications.
NOTE 1 —The products produced under this general specification may
be used in many applications in which the individual requirements may be
too specific to be determined by normal physical or mechanical testing.
Therefore, it may be advisable for the purchaser to submit samples or
drawings to the manufacturer to be assured that the product furnished is
suitable for the intended application.
NOTE 2—Refer to Specification B1 71 /B1 71 M for plate product.
Units—
1 .3
Values stated in either SI units or inch-pound
units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values
stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore,
each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the standard.
1 .3.1 Within the text, SI Units are shown in brackets.
3. General Requirements
3. 1 The following sections of Specifications B 248 or
B248M form a part of this specification:
3.1 .1 Terminology,
3.1 .2 Workmanship, Finish and Appearance,
2. Referenced Documents
3.1 .3 Sampling,
Book of Stan-
2.1 The following documents in the current
form a part of this specification to the extent referenced
herein:
dards
3.1 .4 Significance of Numerical Limits,
3.1 .5 Inspection,
3.1 .6 Rej ection and Rehearing,
ASTM Standards:
2.2
B 1 71 /B 1 71 M Specification for Copper-Alloy Plate and
Sheet for Pressure Vessels, Condensers, and Heat Exchangers
B248 Specification for General Requirements for Wrought
Copper and Copper-Alloy Plate, Sheet, Strip, and Rolled
Bar
3.1 .7 Certification,
3.1 .8 Mill Test Reports,
3.1 .9 Packaging and Package Marking,
3.1 .1 0 Supplementary Requirements.
3.2 In addition, when a section with a title identical to that
referenced in 3.1 appears in this specification, it contains
additional requirements which supplement those appearing in
Specifications B248 or B248M.
4. Terminology
4.1 For definitions of terms related to copper and copper
alloys, refer to Terminology B846.
244
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
5.
SB-169/SB-169M
TABLE 1 Ch em i cal Requ i rem en ts
Ordering Information
Composition,%
Copper Alloy UNS No.
C61 400
C61 300 A
Copper (including silver)
remainder
remainder
Lead, max
0.01
0.01
Iron
2.0–3.0
1 .5–3.5
Zinc, max
0.1 0
0.20
Aluminum
6.0–7.5
6.0–8.0
Manganese, max
0.20
1 .0
Phosphorus, max
0.01 5
0.01 5
Silicon, max
0.1 0
...
Tin
0.20–0.50
...
Nickel (including cobalt), max
0.1 5
...
A When the product is for subsequent welding applications and is so specified by
the purchaser, chromium shall be 0.05 % max, cadmium 0.05 % max, zirconium
0.05 % max, and zinc 0.05 % max.
5.1 Include the following information when placing orders
for product under this specification.
5.1 .1 ASTM designation and year of issue (for example,
B1 69/B1 69M – 05),
5.1 .2 Copper Alloy UNS No. (for example, C61 300),
5.1 .3 Temper (for example, Section 8),
5.1 .4 Dimensions, thickness, and width (for example, Section 1 2),
5.1 .5 Length,
5.1 .6 How furnished, flat or rolls,
5.1 .7 Total weight, each size,
5.1 .8 DELETED
Element
5.1 .9 DELETED
6.3.1 Slit edges shall be furnished unless otherwise specified in the contract or purchase order.
5.2 The following should also be specified:
5.2.1
forth),
5.2.2
5.2.3
5.2.4
5.2.5
6.
Type of edge (for example, slit, sheared, sawed, and so
7.
Heat identification or traceability details,
Bend test,
Certification, and
Mill test report.
7.1 The material shall conform to the chemical compositional requirements in Table 1 for the Copper alloy designation
specified in the ordering information.
7.1 .1 These composition limits do not preclude the presence
of unnamed elements. Limits may be established and analysis
required for unnamed elements by agreement between the
supplier and the purchaser.
Materials and Manufacture
6.1 Materials:
6.1 .1 The material of manufacture shall be from cast slabs
(also termed cakes or ingots) of Copper Alloy UNS Numbers
C61 300 or C61 400 of such purity and soundness as to be
suitable for processing into the products prescribed herein.
7.2 When all elements in Table 1 for the specified alloy are
determined, the sum of the results shall be:
6.2 Manufacture:
6.2.1 The products shall be manufactured by such hotworking, cold-working, and annealing processes as to produce
a uniform wrought structure in the finished product. The
product shall be hot or cold rolled to finish gage and subsequently annealed, if required, to meet the temper properties
invoked.
6.3
Chemical Composition
8.
Copper Alloy UNS No.
Sum of Results % min.
C61 300
C61 400
99.8
99.5
Temper
8.1 Products in both alloys are available in the following
tempers as defined in Classification B601 : annealed tempers
O25, O60, and hot-rolled temper M20.
NOTE 3—Inquiry should be made to the supplier concerning the
availability of the specific temper required.
Edges:
TABLE 2 Ten si l e Requ i rem en ts (In ch-Pou n d)
75
Yield Strength at
0.5 % Extension
Under Load,
min, ksi B
36
Yield Strength at
0.2 % Extension
Under Load,
min, ksi B
34
all widths
72
32
30
35
Over 2 to 5, incl
all widths
65
28
26
35
12
⁄ and under
all widths
72
32
30
35
Over 1 ⁄2 to 2, incl
all widths
70
30
28
35
Over 2 to 5, incl
Standard designations defined in Classification B601 .
ksi = 1 000 psi.
all widths
65
28
26
35
Copper
Alloy
UNS No.
C61 300
Temper
Designation A
Standard
O25, O60, or M20
Width, in.
Tensile
Strength
min, ksi B
⁄ and under
all widths
Over ⁄ to 2, incl
Thickness, in.
Former
soft
12
12
C61 400
A
B
O25, O60, or M20
soft
245
Elongation
in 2 in., min, %
35
SB-169/SB-169M
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
9. Mechanical Property Requirements
1 2.1 .4.2
1 2.1 .4.3
1 2.1 .5
1 2.1 .5.1
1 2.1 .5.2
1 2.1 .5.3
1 2.1 .5.4
9.1 The product furnished shall conform to the requirements
of Table 2 or Table 3 for the specified alloy, temper, and
dimensions prescribed.
Square Sheared Metal
Sawed Metal
Edges:
10. Bending Requirements
1 0.1 When specified in the contract or purchase order, the
test specimen shall withstand being bent cold perpendicular to
the direction of rolling (rightway bend) through 1 20° around a
mandrel whose radius is equal to the thickness of the product.
When the outside surface of the bend is examined with an
unaided eye, no sign of fracturing shall be observed.
Square Edges
Rounded Corners
Rounded Edges
Full Rounded Edges
13. Number of Tests and Retests
Tests:
Chemical Analysis—
1 3.1
1 3.1 .1
Composition shall be determined as the average of at least two replicate determinations
for each element in Table 1 for the specified alloy.
1 3.1 .2
Tensile strength, yield
strength, and elongation shall be reported as the average of
results from at least two specimens.
1 3.1 .3
Two specimens shall be
tested and both shall pass.
Mechanical Properties—
11. Purchases for U.S. Government Agencies
11 .1 When specified in the contract or purchase order,
product purchased for agencies of the U.S. government shall
conform to the special government stipulations in the Supplementary Requirements section of Specifications B248 or
B248M.
Bending Requirements—
Retests:
Chemical Analysis—
1 3.2
1 3.2.1
Should the results for one or
more of the elements in the specified alloy fail to conform with
the requirements in Table 1 , a retest may be made with a new
composite made up from the pieces originally selected.
1 3.2.2
Should the test results obtained from the specified product fail to conform to the
requirements of Table 2, a retest shall be permitted on two
specimens made from the remaining pieces selected.
1 3.2.3
Refer to section entitled
“Rej ection and Rehearing” in Specifications B248 or B248M.
12. Dimensions, Mass, and Permissible Variations
1 2.1 The dimensions and tolerances for material described
by this specification shall be as specified in the current edition
of Specifications B248 or B248M.
1 2.1 .1
1 2.1 .2
1 2.1 .2.1 Slit Metal and Slit Metal with Rolled Edges
1 2.1 .2.2 Square Sheared Metal
1 2.1 .2.3 Sawed Metal
1 2.1 .3
1 2.1 .3.1 Length Tolerances for Straight Lengths
1 2.1 .3.2 Schedule for Minimum Lengths and Maximum
Weights of Ends for Specific Lengths with Ends, and Stock
Lengths with Ends
1 2.1 .3.3 Length Tolerance for Square Sheared Metal
1 2.1 .3.4 Length Tolerances for Sawed Metal
1 2.1 .4
1 2.1 .4.1 Slit Metal or Slit Metal Either Straightened or Edge
Rolled
Mechanical Properties—
Thickness
Width:
Referee (Umpire) Tests—
Length:
14. Specimen Preparation
Chemical Analysis—
1 4. 1
Preparation of the analytical
specimen shall be the responsibility of the reporting laboratory.
Mechanical Properties:
1 4.2
1 4.2.1 Tensile and yield test specimens shall be prepared in
accordance with Test Methods E8 or E8M.
1 4.2.1 .1 The tensile test specimen shall be taken so that the
longitudinal axis is parallel to the direction of rolling.
Straightness:
TABLE 3 Tensile Requirements (SI)
Copper
Alloy
UNS No.
C61 300
C61 400
Temper
Designation A
Standard
O25, O60, or M20
O25, O60, or M20
Former
soft
soft
51 5
Yield Strength at
0.5 % Extension
Under Load,
min, MPa
250
Yield Strength at
0.2 % Extension
Under Load,
min, MPa
235
all widths
495
220
205
35
Over 50.0 to 1 40
incl
all widths
450
1 95
1 80
35
1 2.0 and under
all widths
495
220
205
35
Over 1 2.0 to
50.0, incl
all widths
485
205
1 95
35
all widths
450
1 95
1 80
35
Width, mm
Tensile
Strength
min, MPa
1 2.0 and under
all widths
Over 1 2.0 to
50.0, incl
Thickness, mm
Over 50.0 to 1 40
incl
A Standard designations defined in Classification B601 .
246
Elongation
in 2 in., min, %
35
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
Bend Test—
1 4.3
Bend test specimens shall be prepared as
directed in Test Method E290.
15. Test Methods
Chemical Analysis:
1 5.1
1 5.1 .1 The chemical composition shall be determined, in
case of disagreement, as follows:
Element
Copper
Iron
Lead
Zinc
Aluminum
Manganese
Phosphorus
Silicon
Tin
Nickel
SB-169/SB-169M
Test
Method
Tensile strength
Yield strength
Elongation
Bending
E8 [E8M]
E8 [E8M]
E8 [E8M]
E290
1 5.2.1 .1 Yield strength shall be determined in accordance
with the “Extension-Under Load Method” of Test Methods E8
or E8M.
1 5.2.1 .2 Elongation shall be determined as specified in the
first two subsections of the section of Test Methods E8, or
E8M, entitled “Elongation.”
1 5.2.1 .3 Test results are affected by variations in speed of
testing. A considerable range of testing speed is permitted. The
rate of stressing to the yield strength should not exceed 1 00
ksi/min [690 MPa/min.] . Above the yield strength, the movement per minute of the testing machine head under load should
not exceed 0.5 in./in [0.5 mm/mm] .
ASTM
Method
E478
E478
E478 (AA)
E478 (titrimetric)
E478
E62
E62
E54 (sulfuric acid)
E478 (photometric)
E478 (photometric)
16. Certification and Mill Test Re[p orts
1 5.1 .2 Test method(s) for the determination of element(s)
required by contractual or purchase order agreement shall be as
agreed upon between the supplier and purchaser.
1 6. 1 The manufacturer' s certificate of compliance shall
be furnished to the purchaser stating that samples representing
each lot have been tested and inspected in accordance with this
?
Other Tests:
1 5.2
1 5.2.1 The product furnished shall conform with the mechanical and other requirements enumerated in this specification when tested in accordance with the following appropriate
method:
specification and the requirements have been met.
1 6.2 The manufacturer shall furnish to the purchaser a
test report showing results of tests required by the specification.
17. Keywords
1 7.1 aluminum bronze; aluminum bronze rolled bar; aluminum bronze sheet; aluminum bronze strip; C61 300; C61 400
247
I NTE N TI O NALLY LE FT B LANK
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-171/SB-171M
SPECI FI CATI ON FOR COPPER-ALLOY PLATE AN D
SH EET FOR PRESSU RE VESSELS, CON DEN SERS, AN D
H EAT EXCH AN G ERS
SB-171/SB-171M
(Identical with ASTM Specification B171/B171M-11e1 except that certification and mill test reports
have been made mandatory.)
249
SB-171/SB-171M
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
Standard Specification for
Copper-Alloy Plate and Sheet for Pressure Vessels,
Condensers, and Heat Exchangers
1. Scope
B248M Specification for General Requirements for Wrought
Copper and Copper-Alloy Plate, Sheet, Strip, and Rolled
B ar (Metric)
B601 Classification for Temper Designations for Copper and
Copper Alloys—Wrought and Cast
B846 Terminology for Copper and Copper Alloys
E8/E8M Test Methods for Tension Testing of Metallic Materials
E29 Practice for Using Significant Digits in Test Data to
Determine Conformance with Specifications
E54 Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Special Brasses
and Bronzes (Withdrawn 2002)
E62 Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Copper and
Copper Alloys (Photometric Methods) (Withdrawn 201 0)
E255 Practice for Sampling Copper and Copper Alloys for
the Determination of Chemical Composition
E478 Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Copper Alloys
E527 Practice for Numbering Metals and Alloys in the
Unified Numbering System (UNS)
1 .1 This specification establishes the requirements for
copper-alloy plate, sheet, and circles cut from plate and sheet
for pressure vessels, condensers, and heat exchangers. The
following alloys are covered:
Copper Alloy
Previously Used Designation
C36500
C44300
C44400
C44500
C46400
C46500
C61 300
C61 400
C63000
C63200
C70600
C70620
C71 500
C71 520
C72200
Leaded Muntz Metal
Admirality, Arsenical
Admirality, Antimonial
Admirality, Phosphorized
Naval Brass, Uninhibited
Naval Brass, Arsenical
Aluminum Bronze
Aluminum Bronze D
1 0 % Aluminum-Nickel Bronze
9 % Aluminum-Nickel Bronze
90-1 0 Copper Nickel
90-1 0 Copper Nickel -(modified for welding)
70-30 Copper Nickel
70-30 Copper Nickel-(modified for welding)
...
1 .2 Units—The values stated in either SI units or inchpound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The
values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents;
therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other.
Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the standard.
3. Terminology
3.1 For definitions of terms related to copper and copper
alloys, refer to Terminology B846.
4. Ordering Information
4.1 Include the following information when placing orders
for product under this specification:
4.1 .1 ASTM designation and year of issue,
4.1 .2 Whether inch-pound or SI units are applicable (see
1 .2),
4.1 .3 Copper Alloy UNS. No. (see Section 6, Table 1 ),
4.1 .4 Whether the alloy ordered will be used in applications
requiring it to be welded (see Table 1 , footnotes B and C for
2. Referenced Documents
2.1
ASTM Standards:
B248 Specification for General Requirements for Wrought
Copper and Copper-Alloy Plate, Sheet, Strip, and Rolled
Bar
250
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-171/SB-171M
TABLE 1 Ch emi cal Req u i rem ents
Copper Alloy
UNS No. A
Composition, % max (Unless Shown as a Range)
Manganese,
Tin
Nickel, incl Cobalt
Lead
Iron
Zinc
max
0.25
...
...
0.25-0.7
0.1 5
remainder
0.8-1 .2
...
...
0.07
0.06
remainder
0.8-1 .2
...
...
0.07
0.06
remainder
0.8-1 .2
...
...
0.07
0.06
remainder
0.50-1 .0
...
...
0.20
0.1 0
remainder
0.50-1 .0
...
...
0.20
0.1 0
remainder
0.20-0.50
0.1 5
0.20
0.01
2.0-3.0
0.1 0C
C36500
C44300
C44400
C44500
C46400
C46500
C61 300B
Copper, incl
Silver
58.0-61 .0
70.0-73.0
70.0-73.0
70.0-73.0
59.0-62.0
59.0-62.0
remainder
C61 400
C63000
C63200
C70600
C70620
remainder
remainder
remainder
remainder
86.5 min
...
0.20
...
...
...
...
4.0-5.5
4.0-4.8D
9.0-11 .0
9.0-11 .0
1 .0
1 .5
1 .2-2.0
1 .0
1 .0
0.01
...
0.02
0.05C
0.02
1 .5-3.5
2.0-4.0
3.5-4.3D
1 .0-1 .8
1 .0-1 .8
C71 500
C71 520
remainder
65.0 min
...
...
29.0-33.0
29.0-33.0
1 .0
1 .0
0.05C
0.02
C72200
remainder
...
1 5.0-1 8.0
1 .0
0.05C
Aluminum
Chromium
...
...
...
...
...
...
6.0-7.5
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
0.20
0.30
...
1 .0 C
0.50
6.0-8.0
9.0-11 .0
8.7-9.5
...
...
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
0.40-1 .0
0.40-1 .0
1 .0 C
0.50
...
...
...
...
0.50-1 .0
1 .0 C
...
†0.30-0.70
Other Named
Elements
...
0.02-0.06 As
0.02-0.1 0 Sb
0.02-0.1 0 P
...
0.02-0.06 As
0.1 0 Si
0.01 5 P
0.01 5 P
0.25 Si
0.1 0 Si
0.05 C
0.02 P
0.02 S
0.05 C
0.02 P
0.02 S
0.03 Si
0.03 Ti
C
A Designation established in accordance with Practice E527.
B When the product is for subsequent welding applications, and
is so specified by the purchaser, chromium shall be 0.05 % max, cadmium 0.05 % max, zirconium 0.05 %
max and zinc 0.05 % max.
C When the product is for subsequent welding applications, and is so specified by the purchaser, zinc shall be 0.50 % max, lead 0.02 % max, phosphorus 0.02 % max,
sulfur 0.02 % max, and carbon 0.05 % max.
D Iron content shall not exceed the nickel content.
† Editorially corrected.
UNS Nos. C61 300 and C72200, respectively, and UNS Nos.
C70620 and C71 520 in place of UNS Nos. C70600 and
C71 500),
4.1 .5 Whether plate is to be machined (see 9.1 .3),
4.1 .6 How tolerance is specified (Table 2 Footnote A),
4.1 .7 DELETED
4.1 .8 Weight (total for each size),
4.1 .9 DELETED
4.1 .1 0 Special marking, if required (Section 1 9), and
4.1 .11 Whether 0.2 yield offset strength is required.
5.
5.2 Manufacture—The product shall be manufactured by
hot rolling or forging and finished by such cold working and
annealing as may be necessary to achieve the required dimensions and properties.
6.
Chemical Composition
6.1 The materials shall conform to the chemical compositional requirements specified in Table 1 for the copper alloy
UNS designations specified in the ordering information..
6.2 These composition limits do not preclude the presence
of other elements. Limits for unnamed elements may be
established by agreement between manufacturer or supplier
and purchaser.
Materials and Manufacture
5.1 Material—The material and manufacture shall be cast
cake of the Copper Alloy UNS No. specified in the purchase
order and shall be of such shape and soundness so as to be
suitable for processing into the final product.
6.3 For the alloys listed below, depending on analytical
methodology, either copper or zinc, respectively, may be taken
TABLE 2 Thi ckness Tol eran ces
Thickness Tolerances, Plus and Minus, A,B in. [mm] for Diameters or Widths
36 in. [1 000 mm] or Under, Over 36 to 60 in. [1 000 to 1 500 Over 60 to 96 in. [1 500 to 2500 Over 96 to 1 32 in. [2500
incl
mm], incl
mm], incl
to 3500 mm], incl
Over 0.1 25 to 0.250 [3.0 to 6.0 mm], incl
0.01 0 [0.25]
0.01 2 [0.30]
0.022 [0.56]
0.028 [0.71 ]
Over 0.250 to 0.500 [6.0 to 1 2.0 mm], incl
0.025 [0.64]
0.027 [0.69]
0.029 [0.74]
0.031 [0.79]
Over 0.500 to 0.750 [1 2.0 to 1 9.0 mm], incl
0.028 [0.71 ]
0.030 [0.76]
0.032 [0.81 ]
0.035 [0.89]
Over 0.750 to 1 .000 [1 9.0 to 25.0 mm], incl
0.033 [0.84]
0.035 [0.89]
0.037 [0.94]
0.040 [1 .0]
Over 1 .000 to 1 .500 [25.0 to 38.0], incl
0.038 [0.97]
0.040 [1 .0]
0.042 [1 .1 ]
0.045 [1 .1 ]
Over 1 .500 to 1 .750 [38.0 to 44.0 mm], incl
0.043 [1 .1 ]
0.045 [1 .1 ]
0.047 [1 .2]
0.050 [1 .3]
Over 1 .750 to 2.000 [44.0 to 50.0 mm], incl
0.050 [1 .3]
0.055 [1 .4]
0.062 [1 .6]
0.065 [1 .7]
Over 2.000 to 5.000 [50.0 to 1 27 mm], incl
0.058 [1 .5]
0.062 [1 .6]
0.065 [1 .7]
...
A When tolerances are specified as all plus or all minus, double the values given.
B See 9.1 .2 for specific alloys with a difference tolerance.
Thickness, in. [mm]
251
SB-171/SB-171M
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
as the difference between the sum of all the elements analyzed
and 1 00 %. When all the elements in Table 1 are analyzed their
sum shall be as shown below:
Copper Alloy UNS No.
Copper Plus Named Elements, % min
C36500
C44300
C44400
C44500
C46400
C46500
99.6
99.6
99.6
99.6
99.6
99.6
8.
8.1
Tensile Strength Requirements :
8.1 .1 Product furnished under this specification shall conform to the tensile property requirements prescribed in Table 3,
when tested in accordance with Test Method E8/E8M.
9.
Dimensions, Mass, and Permissible Variations
9.1
6.3.1 For the alloys listed below, copper may be taken as the
difference between the sum of all the elements and 1 00 %.
When all of the elements in Table 1 are analyzed, their sum
shall be as shown below:
7.
Mechanical Property Requirements
Copper Alloy UNS No.
Copper Plus Named Elements, % min
C61 300
C61 400
C63000
C63200
C70600
C70620
C71 520
C71 500
C72200
99.8
99.5
99.5
99.5
99.5
99.5
99.5
99.5
99.8
Thickness:
9.1 .1 The thickness tolerances for plates of Copper Alloy
UNS Nos. C36500, C44300, C44400, C44500, C46400, and
C46500 shall be as prescribed in Table 2.
9.1 .2 The thickness tolerances for plates of Copper Alloy
UNS Nos. C61 300, C61 400, C63000, C63200, C71 500,
C70620, C71 520, and C72200 shall be 25 % greater than those
prescribed in Table 2.
9.1 .3 If plates are machined, the thickness tolerances shall
apply to the machined portion only.
9.1 .4 Closer thickness tolerances than those prescribed in
Table 2 can be furnished by surface machining. This is a
special product and is subj ect to agreement between the
manufacturer and the purchaser. This special product shall
apply only when specified by the purchaser in the contract or
Temper
7.1 Tempers available under this specification, and as described in Classification B601 , are As Hot Rolled (M20), Hot
Rolled and Annealed (O25), Hot Forged and Annealed (O20),
and As Hot Forged-Air Cooled (M1 0) as given in Table 3.
order.
9.1 .5 Unless otherwise agreed to by the manufacturer and
the purchaser, the thickness of plate to this specification shall
be determined by measuring along the length of the plate up to
a distance of 7 in. [1 80 mm] from the edge.
7.1 .1 DELETED
9.2
7.1 .2 DELETED
Diameters, Lengths, or Widths—The diameters, lengths,
or widths of plates shall be not less than those specified. The
diameters, lengths, or widths of plates may exceed those
specified by the amounts shown in Table 4.
TABLE 3 Tensi l e Req u i rements—M 20, M 1 0, O20, an d O25 Tem pers
Copper Alloy UNS No.
C36500
C44300, C44400, and
C44500
C46400, C46500
C61 300
C61 400
C63000 and C63200
C70600 and C70620
C71 500 and C71 520
Tensile Strength, min, ksi A
[MPa]
2 [50.0] and under
50 [345]
over 2 to 3.5 [50.0 to 1 00.0], incl
45 [31 0]
over 3.5 to 5 [1 00.0 to 1 40.0], incl
40 [275]
4 [1 00.0] and under
45 [31 0]
Thickness, in. [mm]
3 [80.0] and under
over 3 to 5 [80.0 to 1 40.0], incl
2 [50.0] and under
over 2 to 3 [50.0 to 80.0], incl
over 3 to 5 [80.01 40.0], incl
2 [50.0] and under
over 2 to 5 [50.0 to 1 40.0], incl
2 [50.0] and under
over 2 to 3.5 [50.0 to 1 00.0], incl
over 3.5 to 5.0 [1 00.0 to 1 40.0], incl
2.5 [60.0] and under
over 2.5 to 5 [60.0 to 1 40.0], incl
2.5 [60.0] and under
over 2.5 to 5 [60.0 to 1 40.0], incl
2.5 [60.0] and under
50 [345]
50 [345]
75 [520]
70 [485]
65 [450]
70 [485]
65 [450]
90 [620]
85 [585]
80 [550]
40 [275]
40 [275]
50 [345]
45 [31 0]
42 [290]
Yield Strength, B min, ksi A
[MPa]
20 [1 40]
1 5 [1 05]
1 2 [85]
1 5 [1 05]
Yield Strength C 0.2 %
Offset, min, ksi A [MPa]
20 [1 40]
1 5 [1 05]
1 2 [85]
1 5 [1 05]
Elongation in 2 in.
[50.0 mm], min, %
35 [35]
35 [35]
35 [35]
35 [35]
20 [1 40]
1 8 [1 25]
37 [255]
30 [205]
28 [1 95]
30 [205]
28 [1 95]
36 [250]
33 [230]
30 [205]
1 5 [1 05]
1 5 [1 05]
20 [1 40]
1 8 [1 25]
1 6 [11 0]
20 [1 40]
1 8 [1 25]
36 [250]
28 [1 95]
26 [1 80]
28 [1 95]
26 [1 80]
34 [235]
31 [21 5]
28 [1 95]
1 5 [1 05]
1 5 [1 05]
20 [1 40]
1 8 [1 25]
1 6 [11 0]
35 [35]
35 [35]
30 [30]
35 [35]
35 [35]
35 [35]
35 [35]
1 0 [1 0]
1 0 [1 0]
1 0 [1 0]
30 [30]
30 [30]
30 [30]
30 [30]
35 [35]
C72200
A ksi = 1 000 psi.
B Yield strength is determined as the stress producing an elongation of 0.5 % or under load, that is 0.01 in. [0.254 mm] in a gage length of 2 in. [50.0 mm].
C See 4.1 .9.
252
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
Lot Size—
11 .1 .1
1 0 000 lbs [4550 kg] or less material of the
same mill form, alloy, temper, and thickness, subj ect to
inspection at one time.
11 .1 .2
Four individual sample pieces shall be
selected as representative of each lot. If the lot consists of less
than four pieces, samples shall be selected so as to be
representative of each piece.
TABLE 4 Di ameter, Len gth, or Wi d th Tol eran ces
Diameter, Length, or Width in. [mm]
36 [1 000] or under
Over 36 to 60 [1 000 to 1 500], incl
Over 60 to 96 [1 500 to 2500], incl
Over 96 to 1 32 [2500 to 3500], incl
SB-171/SB-171M
Permissible Excess in
Diameter, Length, or Width,
in. [mm]
3⁄64 [1 .2]
1 ⁄1 6 [1 .6]
3⁄32 [2.4]
7⁄64 [2.8]
Portion Size—
Chemical Analysis—
11 .2
A sample for chemical analysis
shall be taken and prepared in accordance with Practice E255.
Drillings, millings, and so forth, shall be taken in approximately equal weight from each of the sample pieces selected in
accordance with 11 .1 .2 and combined into one composite
sample. The minimum weight of the composite sample that is
to be divided into three equal parts shall be 1 50 g.
11 .2.1 Instead of sampling in accordance with Practice
E255, the manufacturer shall have the option of determining
conformance to chemical composition by analyzing samples
taken at the time castings are poured or samples taken from the
semi-finished product. If the manufacturer determines the
chemical composition of the material during the course of
manufacture, he shall not be required to sample and analyze the
finished product. The number of samples taken for determination of chemical composition shall be as follows:
11 .2.1 .1 When samples are taken at the time the castings are
poured, at least one sample shall be taken for each group of
castings poured simultaneously from the same source of
molten metal.
NOTE 1 —For the purpose of determining conformance with the dimensional requirements prescribed in this specification, any measured value
outside the specified limiting values for any dimension may be cause for
rej ection.
Flatness—
9.3
The flatness tolerances of individual plates
shall not exceed those prescribed in Table 5. The tolerances
shown are the total permissible variations for plates as ordered,
and do not apply to the 7-in. [1 80-mm] marginal area at the
edge of the plate. Inspection for flatness shall be made by
placing the plate on a flat surfaced table with the side marked
“Straight Side” up, applying a 72-in. [2-m] straightedge when
the size permits, or a shorter one equal to the dimensions to be
inspected, and measuring the depth of arc between the straightedge and the plate.
Plate and Sheet Lot Weight for Pressure Vessels—
9.4
When
plate or sheet of Copper Alloy UNS Nos. C70600, C70620,
C71 500, C71 520, or C72200 are ordered for pressure vessels
exclusively, the maximum lot weight restriction in Table 6 shall
apply in addition to the thickness tolerance requirement of
Table 2. The weight of each lot of five or more plates or sheets
shall not exceed the nominal weight by more than the amount
prescribed in Table 6. Plate and sheet of lots of less than five
shall be governed solely by the thickness tolerances of Table 2.
For purposes of calculating weights, the densities used shall be
as listed in Table 7.
11 .2.1 .2 When samples are taken from the semi-finished
product, a sample shall be taken to represent each 1 0 000 lbs
[4550 kg] or fraction thereof, except that not more than one
sample shall be required per piece.
11 .2.2 Because of the discontinuous nature of the processing of castings into wrought products, it is not practical to keep
specific casting analysis identified with a specific quantity of
finished material.
10. Workmanship, Finish, and Appearance
11 .2.3 In the event that heat identification or traceability is
required, the purchaser shall specify the details desired.
1 0.1 The product shall be free of defects, but blemishes of
a nature that do not interfere with the intended application are
acceptable.
12. Number of Tests and Retests
11. Sampling
1 2.1
11 .1 The lot size, portion size, and selection of pieces shall
be as follows:
TABLE 5 Fl atness Tol eran ces
Copper Alloy UNS No.
Flatness Tolerances (Depth of Arc) Not to Exceed,
in. [mm], for Diameters, Lengths, or Widths Shown
60 to 1 32
36 to 60 in. Over
in. [1 500 to
36 in. [1 000 mm] Over
[1
000
to
1
500
3500 mm],
or Under
mm], incl
incl A
0.050 [1 .3]
0.055 [1 .4]
0.060 [1 .5]
C36500, C46400, and
C46500
C44300, C44400, and
0.050 [1 .3]
0.065 [1 .7]
C44500
C61 300, C61 400, C63000,
0.060 [1 .5]
0.075 [1 .9]
and C63200
C70600, C71 500, C72200,
0.060 [1 .5]
0.075 [1 .9]
C70620, and C71 520
A Tolerance applies to any 72-in. [1 .83-m] chord.
Tests:
Chemical Analysis—
1 2.1 .1
Chemical composition shall be
determined as the per element mean of results from at least two
replicate analyses of the sample(s), and the results of each
replication shall meet the requirements of the product specification.
Other Tests—
1 2.2
For other tests, a specimen shall be taken
from two of the sample pieces selected in accordance with
11 .1 .2. The required tests shall be made on each of the
specimens so selected.
1 2.3
Retests:
1 2.3.1 If any test specimen shows defective machining or
develops flaws, it may be discarded and another specimen
substituted.
0.075 [1 .9]
0.090 [2.3]
1 2.3.2 If the percent elongation of any test specimen is less
than that specified, and any part of the fracture is outside the
middle two-thirds of the gage length, or in a punched or scribed
mark within the reduced section, a retest shall be allowed.
0.090 [2.3]
253
SB-171/SB-171M
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE 6 Lot Weight Tolerances in Percentage of Theoretical Weight, All Plus Copper Alloy UNS Nos. C70600, C71 500, C72200, C71 520,
and C70620 for Use in Pressure Vessels Exclusively
Permissible Excess in Average Weights of Lots, Expressed in Percentage of Nominal Weights
Over 60 to 72 in.
Over 72 to 96 in.
Over 96 to 1 20 in. Over 1 20 to 1 32 in
Specified Thicknesses, in. [mm] 48 in. [1 200 mm] and Over 48 to 60 in.
[1 200 to 1 500 mm] [1 500 to 1 800 mm] [1 800 to 2500 mm] [2500 to 3000 mm] [3000 to 3400 mm]
Under in Width
in Width, incl
in Width, incl
in Width, incl
in Width, incl
in Width, incl
Over 1 ⁄8 to 3⁄1 6 [3.0 to 5.0], incl
6.5
8
9
11
...
...
Over 3⁄1 6 to 1 ⁄4 [5.0 to 6.0], incl
6.5
8
9
11
12
...
Over 1 ⁄4 to 5⁄1 6 [6.0 to 8.0], incl
6.5
7.75
8.75
11
12
13
6.25
7.5
8.5
11
12
13
Over 5⁄1 6 to 3⁄8 [8.0 to 1 0.0], incl
Over 3⁄8 to 1 ⁄2 [1 0.0 to 1 2.0], incl
6
6
8
10
11
12
Over 1 ⁄2 to 5⁄8 [1 2.0 to 1 6.0], incl
5.75
6.5
7.5
9
10
11
5.5
6
7
8
9
10
Over 5⁄8 to 3⁄4 [1 2.0 to 20.0], incl
Over 3⁄4 to 1 [20 to 25.0], incl
5
5
6.25
7
8
9
Over 1 to 2 [25.0 to 50.0], incl
3.5
4
5
6
7
8
TABLE 7 Densities
Copper Alloy UNS Nos.
C36500
C44300, C44400, and C44500
C46400, C46500
C61 300, C61 400
C63000 and C63200
C70600, C71 500, C72200, C70620, and
C71 520
1 3.2 In case of disagreement, the sulfur content of the alloys
covered in this specification shall be determined in accordance
with the method given in the annex to Specification B 248 or
B248M.
Density lb/in. 3 [g/cm 3]
0.304 [8.41 ]
0.308 [8.53]
0.304 [8.41 ]
0.285 [7.89]
0.274 [7.58]
0.323 [8.94]
14. Significance of Numerical Limits
1 4.1 For purposes of determining compliance with the
specified limits for requirements of the properties listed in the
following table and for dimensional tolerances, an observed or
a calculated value shall be rounded as indicated in accordance
with the rounding method of Practice E29:
1 2.3.3 If one of the tests made to determine any of the
mechanical properties fails to meet a specified limit, this test
shall be repeated on two of the remaining pieces selected in
accordance with 11 .1 .2, and the results of both of these tests
shall comply with the specified requirements.
1 2.3.4 If the chemical analysis fails to conform to the
specified limits, analysis shall be made on a new composite
sample prepared from the pieces selected in accordance with
11 .1 .2. The results of this retest shall comply with the specified
requirements.
Property
Chemical composition
Tensile strength
Yield strength
Elongation of 5 % and over
15. Inspection
13. Test Methods
1 5.1 The manufacturer shall inspect and perform the tests
necessary to verify that the product furnished conforms to the
requirements of this specification.
1 3.1 The properties and chemical compositions enumerated
in this specification shall, in case of disagreement, be determined in accordance with the following ASTM test methods:
E8/E8M.
1 3.1 .1
1 3.1 .2
In accordance with the following:
1 5.2 If, in addition, source inspection of the material by the
purchaser is agreed upon by the manufacturer and the purchaser as part of the purchase contract, the nature of the
facilities needed to satisfy the inspector representing the
purchaser that the product is being furnished in accordance
with this specification shall be included in the agreement. All
tests and the inspection shall be conducted so as not to interfere
unnecessarily with the operation of the works.
Tension—
Chemical Analysis—
Element
Copper
Aluminum
Antimony
Arsenic
Iron
<1 .3 %
>1 .3 %
Lead
Manganese
Nickel:
<5 %
>5 %
Phosphorus
Silicon
Tin
Zinc
<2 %
>2 %
Rounded Unit for Observed or Calculated
Value
nearest unit in the last right hand
significant digit used in expressing the
limiting value
nearest ksi [nearest 5 MPa]
nearest ksi [nearest 5 MPa]
nearest 1 %
Test Method
E478
E478
E62
E62
1 5.3 The manufacturer and the purchaser, by mutual agreement, may accomplish the final inspection simultaneously.
E478
E54
E478 (AA)
E62
16. Rejection and Rehearing
Rejection—
E478 (photometric)
E478 (gravimetric)
E62
E54 (perchloric acid)
E478
1 6.1
Material that fails to conform to the requirements of this specification when inspected or tested by the
purchaser or his agent may be rej ected. Rej ections shall be
reported to the manufacturer or supplier promptly. In addition,
a written notification or rej ection shall follow.
E478 (AA)
E478 (titrametric)
Rehearing—
1 6.2
In case of dissatisfaction with the results
of the test, the manufacturer or supplier may make claim for
rehearing.
NOTE 2—The tension test specimen shall conform to the dimensions
shown in Figs. 7 or 8 of Test Methods E8/E8M.
254
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
17. Certification
SB-171/SB-171M
size, shape, gross and net weight, and name of supplier. The
specification number shall be shown, when specified.
1 7. 1 The manufacturer shall furnish to the purchaser a
certificate stating that each lot has been sampled, tested, and
inspected in accordance with this specification and has met
the requirements.
Product Identification:
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code
1 9.3
1 9.3.1 For
applications, the name or trademark of the manufacturer and the
manufacturer’ s lot identification number shall be legibly
stamped or stenciled on each finished plate and sheet in two
places not less than 1 2 in. [300 mm] from the edges. If the plate
and sheet are too small to locate the markings in this way, the
markings may be placed near the center of the plate and sheet.
In the case of butt straps, the markings may be placed 1 2 in.
[300 mm] from the end. The plate number and type shall be
legibly stamped on each plate and on each test specimen.
1 7.2 DELETED
18. Test Report
1 8.1 A report of test results shall be furnished.
20. Keywords
19. Packaging and Package Marking
20.1 admiralty metal plate and sheet; aluminum bronze
plate and sheet; aluminum-nickel bronze plate and sheet;
copper nickel plate and sheet; muntz metal plate and sheet;
naval brass plate and sheet; plate and sheet for pressure vessels;
UNS No. C36500; UNS No. C43300; UNS No. C44400; UNS
No. C44500; UNS No. C46400; UNS No. C46500; UNS No.
C61 300; UNS No. C61 400; UNS No. C63000; UNS No.
C63200; UNS No. C70600; UNS No. C70620; UNS No.
C71 500; UNS No. C71 520
Packaging:
1 9.1
1 9.1 .1 The product shall be separated by size, composition,
and temper, and prepared for shipment in such a manner as to
ensure acceptance by common carrier for transportation and to
afford protection from the normal hazards of transportation.
Package Marking:
1 9.2
1 9.2.1 Each shipping unit shall be legibly marked with the
purchase order number, metal or alloy designation, temper,
SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS
The following supplementary requirements shall apply only when specified by the purchaser in the
inquiry, contract, or order, for agencies of the U.S. government.
S1. Reference Documents
S3. Identification Marking
S1 .1 The following documents of the issue in effect on date
of material purchase form a part of this specification to the
extent herein:
S1 .1 .1
B900 Practice for Packaging of Copper and Copper Alloy
Mill Products for U.S. Government Agencies
S1 .1 .2
Fed Std 1 02 Preservation, Packaging and Packing Levels
Fed Std 1 23 Marking for Shipment (Civil Agencies)
Fed Std 1 85 Identification Marking of Copper and CopperBase Alloy Mill Products
S1 .1 .3
MIL-STD-1 29 Marking for Shipment and Storage
S3.1 All material shall be properly marked for identification
in accordance with Fed. Std. 1 85 except that the ASTM
specification number and the alloy number shall be used.
ASTM Standard:
S4. Preparation for Delivery
Federal Standards:
S4.1
Preservation, Packaging, and Packing:
Military Agencies
S4.1 .1
—The material shall be separated
by size, composition, grade, or class and shall be preserved and
packaged, Level A or C, and packed, Level A, B, or C, as
specified in the contract or purchase order in accordance with
the requirements of B900.
Military Standard
Civil Agencies—
S4.1 .2
The requirements of Fed. Std. 1 02
shall be referenced for definitions of the various levels of
packaging protection.
S2. Quality Assurance
Responsibility for Inspection—
S2.1
Unless otherwise specified in the contract or purchase order, the manufacturer is
responsible for the performance of all inspection and test
requirements specified. Except as otherwise specified in the
contract or purchase order, the manufacturer shall use any
suitable facilities for the performance of the inspection and test
S4.2
Marking:
Military Agencies—
S4.2.1
In addition to any special marking required by the contract or purchase order, marking for
shipment shall be in accordance with MIL-STD-1 29.
.22 Civil Agencies—
S4.2.2
In addition to any special marking
required by the contract or purchase order, marking for
shipment shall be in accordance with Fed. Std. 1 23.
requirements unless disapproved by the purchaser at the time
the order is placed. The purchaser shall have the right to
perform any of the inspections or tests set forth when such
inspections and tests are deemed necessary to assure that the
material conforms to prescribed requirements.
255
I NTE N TI O NALLY LE FT B LANK
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-187/SB-187M
SPECI FI CATI ON FOR COPPER, BU S BAR, ROD, AN D
SH APES AN D G EN ERAL PU RPOSE ROD, BAR,
AN D SH APES
SB-187/SB-187M
(Identical with ASTM Specification B187/B187M-06 except that certification and mill test reports
have been made mandatory.)
257
SB-187/SB-187M
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SPECIFICATION FOR COPPER, BUS BAR, ROD,
AND SHAPES AND GENERAL PURPOSE ROD,
BAR, AND SHAPES
SB-187/SB-187M
(Identical with ASTM Specification B 1 87/B 1 87M-06 except that certification and mill test reports have been made mandatory.)
1.
Scope
Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The
values stated in each system are not exact equivalents;
1.1 This specification establishes the requirements for
therefore, each system shall be used independently of the
copper conductor bar, rod, and shapes for electrical (bus)
applications and rod, bar, and shapes for general applica-
other. Combining values from the two systems may result
tions.
in nonconformance with the specification.
1.1.1
The products for electrical (bus) applications
NOTE 1 — Material for hot forging will be found in Specification B 1 24/
shall be made from the following coppers:
B 1 24M.
Reference
Copper UNS No.
Designation
C1 01 00
OFE
C1 0200
OF
C1 0300
OFXLP
C1 0400, C1 0500, C1 0700
OFS
C1 0920, C1 0930, C1 0940
. . .
C1 1 000
ETP
C 1 1 3 0 0 , C 1 1 4 0 0 , C 1 1 5 0 0,
STP
2.
2.1
Forging Rod, B ar, and Shapes
B 1 70 Specification for Oxygen-Free Electrolytic Copper—Refinery Shapes
B 1 93 Test Method for Resistivity of Electrical Conductor
Materials
The product may be furnished from any
B 21 6 Specification for Tough-Pitch Fire-Refined Cop-
copper listed unless otherwise specified in the contract or
per—Refinery Shapes
purchase order.
B 224 Classification of Coppers
1.2 The product for general applications shall be made
B 249/B 249M Specification for General Requirements for
from any of the coppers in 1 .1 .1 or the following coppers:
Wrought Copper and Copper-Alloy Rod, Bar, Shapes
and Forgings
Reference
Copper UNS No.
B 5 7 7 Tes t Methods for Detection of Cuprous O xide
Designation
C1 0800
OFLP
C1 2000
DLP
C1 2200
DHP
(Hydrogen Embrittlement Susceptibility) in Copper
B 601 Classification for Temper Designations for Copper
and Copper Alloys—Wrought and Cast
B 846 Terminology for Copper and Copper Alloys
1.2.1 The product may be furnished from any copper
E 53 Test Method for Determination of Copper in Unal-
listed above unless otherwise specified in the contract or
loyed Copper by Gravimetry
purchase order. Other coppers may be used upon agreement
E 62 Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Copper and
between supplier and purchaser.
1.3
ASTM Standards:
B 1 24/B 1 24M Specification for Copper and Copper Alloy
C1 1 600
1.1.1.1
Referenced Documents
Copper Alloys (Photometric Methods)
Units — The values stated in either inch-pound units
E 255 Practice for Sampling Copper and Copper Alloys
or in SI units are to be regarded separately as the standard.
for the Determination of Chemical Composition
258
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
4.1.13 Packaging and Package Marking.
E 478 Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Copper
Alloys
4.2 Identical sections in this specification supplement
E 527 Practice for Numbering Metals and Alloys in the
the referenced section.
Unified Numbering System (UNS)
3.
SB-187/SB-187M
5.
Terminology
Ordering Information
5.1
3.1 For definitions of terms related to copper and copper
Include the following information in orders for
product under this specification:
alloys, refer to Terminology B 846.
5.1.1
Definitions:
3.2.1 bus bar, n — includes material of solid rectan-
3.2
ASTM specification designation and year of
issue,
5.1.2 Copper UNS No. (see 7.1 and Table 1 ),
gular or square cross section or a solid section with two
plane parallel surfaces and round or other simple regularly
5.1.3 Temper required (see 8.1 and Table 2),
shaped edges up to and including 1 2 in. in width and
5.1.4 Dimensions and form,
0.090 in. and over in thickness.
3.2.2
bus conductor stock, n — a bar,
5.1.5 DELETED
rod, or shape
5.1.6
of high conductivity copper used to make electrical conductors.
3.2.3
bus rod, n — includes solid round and regular
5.1.7 Quantity; number of pounds, pieces, or footage
required,
polygons of six and eight sides.
3.2.4
Shapes; dimensional tolerances required and
agreed upon (see 1 3.3),
bus shapes, n — a solid section other than regu-
5.1.8 Length: stock or specific (see 1 3.5), and
lar rod, bar, plate, sheet, strip, or flat wire, that may be
5.1.9 When material is purchased for agencies of the
oval, half oval, half round, triangular, pentagonal, or of
U.S. government (see Section 1 2).
any special cross section furnished in straight lengths.
5.2 The following options are available and should be
Shapes shall not include tube and pipe or other hollow
specified in the contract or purchase order when required:
sections.
5. 2. 1
Definitions of Terms Specific to This Standard:
3 . 3 . 1 orange peel, n — the s u rfac e ro u g hne s s
3.3
Heat identific atio n o r trac eab ility details
required,
resulting from working metal of large grain size. The sur-
5.2.2 Hydrogen embrittlement test,
face is similar in texture to that of the outside surface of
5.2.3 Bend test,
an orange.
5.2.4 Certification,
5.2.5 Mill test reports,
4.
General Requirements
4.1
5.2.6 Special packaging requirements,
The following sections of Specification B 249/
5 . 2. 7
B 249M are a part of this specification:
4.1.1
Edg es o the r than fini s he d e dg es ( s e e
6.2.1 .2), and
Terminology,
5.2.8
4.1.2 Material and Manufacture,
Edge contours other than square edge (s ee
1 3.7).
4.1.3 Workmanship, Finish, and Appearance,
4.1.4 Sampling,
6.
4.1.5 Number of Tests and Retests,
Materials and Manufacture
6.1
4.1.6 Test Methods,
Material:
6.1.1
The materials shall conform to the published
4.1.7 Specimen Preparation,
compositional requirements of the Copper or Copper Alloy
4.1.8 Significance of Numerical Limits,
UNS No. designation specified in the ordering information.
4.1.9 Inspection,
6.1.2 In the event heat identification or traceability
is required, the purchaser shall specify the details desired.
4.1.10 Rej ection and Rehearing,
4.1.11
Manufacture:
6.2.1 Edges:
6.2
Certification,
4.1.12 Test Reports, and
259
SB-187/SB-187M
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE 1
CH EM ICAL REQU IREM EN TS
Composition % M aximum (U nless shown as a range or minimum)
Copper
U NS No.
Copper
(Incl. Silver)
Phosphorus
C10100
C10200
C10300
C10400 E
C10500 E
C10700 E
C10800
C10920
C10930
C10940
C11000
C11300 H
C11400 H
C11500 H
C11600 H
C12000
C12200
99.99 A min
99.95 C min
99.95 D min
99.95 C min
99.95 C min
99.95 C min
99.95 D min
99.90 min
99.90 min
99.90 min
99.90 min
99.90 min
99.90 min
99.90 min
99.90 min
99.90 min
99.90 min
B
B
B
...
0.001–0.005
...
...
...
0.005–0.012
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
0.004–0.012
0.015–0.040
...
...
8F
10 F
25 F
...
...
13 F
25 F
...
8F
10 F
16 F
25 F
...
...
0.0010
...
0.0010
0.0010
0.0010
...
0.02
0.02
0.02
Silver
Oxygen
Tellurium
Tin
B
G
G
G
G
G
...
...
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
B
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
N OTE 1— If the type of silver-bearing copper is not specified (that is whether tough pitch, phosphorized, or oxygen-free), any one of the three
types may be suppl ied at the option of the manufacturer.
A
Copper val ue is determined by the difference between the impurity total and 100%. The copper val ue is excl usive of Ag.
Impurity maximums in ppm of C10100 shal l be: antimony 4, arsenic 5, bismuth 1, cadmium 1, iron 10, l ead 5, manganese 0.5, nickel 10,
oxygen 5, phosphorus 3, sel enium 3, sil ver 25, sul fur 15, tel l urium 2, tin 2, and zinc 1.
C
Copper val ue is determined by the difference between the impurity total and 100%.
D
Copper (includes sil ver) + phosphorus, min.
E
C10400, C10500, and C10700 are oxygen-free coppers with the addition of a specified amount of sil ver. The compositions of these al l oys
are equival ent to C10200 pl us the intentional addition of sil ver.
F
Val ues are minimum silver in Troy ounces per Avoidupois ton (1 oz/ton is equival ent to 0.0034%).
G
Oxygen and trace el ements may vary depending on the process.
H
C11300, C11400, C11500, and C11600 are el ectrol ytic tough-pitch copper with sil ver additions. The compositions of these al l oys are
equival ent to C11000 plus the intentional addition of silver.
B
6.2.1.1 Bar shall be furnished with finished edges
Temper Designation
(see 1 3.7) unless otherwise specified at the time of order
placement.
6.2.1.2
Bar may be furnished with sawed edges
Standard
Former
O60
Soft anneal
H04
Hard
and deburred corners upon agreement between the manufacturer or supplier and the purchaser (see 5.2.7).
9.
7.
Physical Property Requirements
Electrical Resistivity —B ar,
9.1
Chemical Composition
rod, and shapes of
allo ys C o p p er UNS No s . C 1 01 00, C 1 0200, C 1 0 3 0 0,
7.1 The specified copper shall conform to the chemical
C1 0400, C1 05 00, C1 0700, C1 0920, C1 093 0, C1 0940,
requirements prescribed in Table 1 .
C1 1 000, C1 1 300, C1 1 400, C1 1 500, and C1 1 600, shall
7.2 These specification limits do not preclude the possi-
conform to the electrical resistivity limits prescribed in
ble presence of other elements. Limits for unnamed ele-
Table 2 for specified copper, temper, form, and size when
me nts may b e e s tab l i s he d and an al y s i s re qu i re d b y
determined in accordance with Test Method B 1 93.
agreement between the manufacturer or the supplier and
the purchaser.
10.
8.
10.1
Temper
8.1
Mechanical Property Requirements
Tensile Requirements:
10.1.1 The bars and rod shall conform to the tensile,
Tempers available under this specification and as
described in Classification B 601 are as follows:
yield, and elongation requirements of Table 2.
260
TABLE 2
M ECH AN ICAL (ALL ALLOYS) AN D ELECTRICAL REQU IREM ENTS
A
(CONDU CTOR ALLOYS ON LY)
Electrical Resistivity, E M ax,
Temper
Designation
Former
O60
Soft
anneal
H 04
H ard
261
Bar:
U p to 3⁄8 (10) incl. thickness
and up to 4 (110) incl . in
width
Al l other sizes
Channel s, angl es and shapes
C10300
Rockwell
H ardness
F Scale,
60-kg Load,
1
⁄16 -in.
Ball
M in
M ax
M in
28 (195)
37 (255)
8 (55) C
25
180
0.151 76
0.153 28
0.156 14
50 max
45
40
35
33
30
60
55
50
48
48
.
.
.
.
.
12
12
15
15
15
120
120
120
120
120
0.155
0.155
0.155
0.154
0.154
0.157
0.157
0.157
0.155
0.155
0.159
0.159
0.159
0.159
0.159
.
80
75
65
.
Tensile
Strength,
ksi, (M Pa) B
Diameter or Distance Between
Parallel Surfaces, in.
Rod and bar:
Al l sizes
Rod:
U p to 3⁄8 (10) incl .
Over 3⁄8 (10) to 1 (25) incl .
Over 1 (25) to 2 (50) incl.
Over 2 (50) to 3 (75) incl.
Over 3 (75)
C10100
C10200, C10400,
C10500, C10700,
C10920, C10930,
C10940, C11000,
C11300, C11400,
C11500, C11600
Elongation in
4?
Diameter or
Thickness of
Specimen
M in. % D
Yield
Strength,
ksi, (M Pa)
M in C
(310)
(275)
(240)
(230)
(205)
(410)
(380)
(345)
(330)
(330)
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Bend Test
Angle of
Bend deg
85
85
85
25
25
37
37
37
77
77
40
40
40
40
40
..
min
min
min
..
37.5 (260)
50 (345)
...
10
120
0.155 85
0.157 37
0.159 40
80 min
33 (230)
50 (345)
...
...
15
15
120
...
0.154 25
0.154 25
0.155 77
0.155 77
0.159 40
0.159 40
65 min
...
F
F
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
Standard
? g/m 2 at 20°C (68°F)
A
See 9.1.
ksi p 1000 psi.
C
Light-straightening operation is permitted.
D
In any case, a minimum gage l ength of 1 in. shal l be used.
E
See Appendix X1.
F
Special agreement shal l be made between the manufacturer or suppl ier and the purchaser.
B
SB-187/SB-187M
SB-187/SB-187M
10.1.1.1
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
11.3
For shapes, the tensile requirements (if
any) shall be by agreement between the manufacturer and
11.3.1
the purchaser.
10.2
Rockwell Hardness — Rockwell hardness
Embrittlement Test:
When specified in the contract or purchase
o rder, C o p p er UNS No s . C 1 01 00, C 1 02 00 , C 1 0 3 0 0,
C1 0400, C1 0500, C1 0700, C1 0800, and C1 2000 shall pass
tests
the embrittlement test described in Procedure B, Micro-
offer a quick and convenient method of checking copper
scopical Examination of Thermally Treated Specimens, in
of any temper for general conformity to the requirements
Test Methods B 577.
of tensile strength. The approximate Rockwell hardness
values for the specified tempers are given in Table 2 for
11.3.2 In case of dispute, testing shall be in accor-
general information and assistance in testing.
dance with Procedure C, Closed Bend Test, of Test Methods B 577.
11.
Performance Requirements
11.1
Bending Requirements:
11.1.1
12.
Orders for U.S. Government Agencies
12.1 Orders for agencies of the U.S. government shall
When specified in the contract or purchase
conform to the special government requirements stipulated
order, for bar, bus bar, flat wire, and rod, test specimens
in the Supplemental Requirements section.
shall withstand being bent cold (right way bend) through
an angle as specified in Table 2 for the specified temper
and size without fracture on the outside of the bent portion
13.
and with no evidence of slivers, cracks, orange peel, or
Dimensions, Mass, and Permissible Variations
13.1 The dimensions and tolerances for material manu-
similar surface defects being visible to the unaided eye.
factured under this specification shall be as specified in
11.1.2 The bend shall be made on a radius equal to
the following tables:
the minimum cross-sectional dimension of the specimen,
Diameter or Distance Between Parallel Surfaces:
13.2.1 Rod: Round, Hexagonal, Octagonal — See
13.2
and this dimension shall be radial to the bend.
11.1.3 The axis of the bend shall be at an angle of
Table 3.
90° to the direction of rolling, drawing, or extrusion (right
ments for bar or bus bar shall be by agreement between
Bar: Rectangular and Square:
13.2.2.1 Thickness Tolerances for Rectangular
and Square Bar — See Table 4 for rolled or drawn edges
the manufacturer or supplier and the purchaser.
and Table 5 for sawed edges with deburred corners.
13.2.2
way bend).
11.1.4 Edgewise and wrong way bend test require-
11.2
13.2.2.2 Width Tolerances for Rectangular and
Square Bar — See Table 6 for rolled or drawn edges and
Microscopical Examination:
11.2.1 Copper UNS Nos. C1 01 00, C1 0200, C1 0300,
Table 7 for sawed edges with deburred corners.
C1 0400, C1 0500, C1 0700, C1 0800, and C1 2000 shall be
13.3
substantially free of cuprous oxide as determined by Proce-
Shapes
— The dimensional tolerances of shapes
dure A, Micros copical Examination, of Tes t Methods
shall be as agreed upon by the manufacturer or supplier
B 577.
and the purchaser and shall be specified in the order.
11.2.2 In case of dispute, testing shall be in accor-
13.4
Coils
— The coil size shall be as agreed upon
dance with Procedure C, Closed Bend Test, of Test Meth-
between the manufacturer or supplier and the purchaser
ods B 577.
and shall be specified in the order.
TABLE 3
DIAM ETER TOLERAN CES FOR COLD-DRAWN ROD (H 04 AND O60 TEM PERS)
Tolerances, Plus and M inus, A in. (mm)
Diameter or Distance Between
Parallel Surfaces, in. (mm)
Round
U p to 0.1 50 ( 3.8) i ncl .
Over 0.1 50 (3.8) to 0.500 (1 2 ) i ncl
Over 0.500 (1 2 ) to 1 .00 ( 2 5) i ncl .
Over 1 .00 (2 5) to 2 .00 ( 50) i ncl .
Over 2 .00 (50)
0.001 3 (0.035)
0.001 5 (0.04)
0.002 ( 0.05)
0.002 5 (0.06)
0.1 5 B
A
B
When tol erances are speci fied as al l pl us or al l mi nus, doubl e the val ues gi ven.
Percent of speci fied di ameter or di stance between paral l el surfaces expressed to the nearest 0.001 i n. (0.02 5 mm) .
262
H exagonal or Octagonal
0.002 5 ( 0.06)
0.003 (0.08)
0.004 (0.1 0)
0.005 (0.1 3)
0.30 B
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-187/SB-187M
TABLE 4
TH ICKNESS TOLERAN CES FOR DRAWN OR ROLLED RECTAN GU LAR AN D SQU ARE
BAR PLU S AN D M IN U S, A in. (mm)
Width, in. (mm)
Thickness
U p to 0.500 (1 3) , i ncl .
Over 0.500 ( 1 3) to 1 .000 (2 5) , i ncl .
Over 1 .000 ( 25) to 2 .000 (50) , i ncl .
A
2 (50) and U nder
Over 2 (50)
to 4 (100) incl.
Over 4 (100)
to 8 (200) incl.
Over 8 (200)
to 12 (300) incl.
0.003 ( 0.08)
0.004 ( 0.1 0)
0.0045 ( 0.1 1 )
0.004 ( 0.1 0)
0.0045 (0.1 1 )
0.005 ( 0.1 3)
0.0045 (0.1 1 )
0.005 (0.1 3)
0.006 (0.1 5)
0.0055 ( 0.1 4)
0.006 (0.1 5)
...
When tol erances are speci fied as al l pl us or al l mi nus, doubl e the val ues gi ven.
TABLE 5
TH ICKNESS TOLERAN CES FOR SAWED EDGE, DEBU RRED CORN ER RECTAN GU LAR AN D SQU ARE BAR,
PLU S AN D M IN U S, A in. (mm) FOR WIDTH S GIVEN IN in. (mm)
Thickness
U p to 0.2 50 (6) , i ncl .
Over 0.2 50 ( 6)
to 0.375 ( 1 0) i ncl .
Over 0.375 ( 1 0)
to 0.500 ( 1 3) i ncl .
Over 0.500 ( 1 3)
to 0.750 ( 1 9) i ncl .
Over 0.750 ( 1 9)
to 1 .000 ( 2 5) i ncl .
Over 1 .000 ( 25)
to 1 .500 ( 38) i ncl .
Over 1 .500 ( 38)
to 2.000 ( 50) i ncl .
A
2 (50) and
U nder incl.
Over 2 (50) to
4 (100) incl.
Over 4 (100) to
8 (200) incl.
Over 8 (200) to
12 (300) incl.
0.002 5 (0.06)
0.003 (0.08)
0.003 (0.08)
0.004 (0.1 0)
0.0035 (0.09)
0.0045 (0.1 1 )
0.005 ( 0.1 3)
0.005 ( 0.1 3)
0.0035 (0.09)
0.0045 (0.1 1 )
0.005 ( 0.1 3)
0.006 ( 0.1 5)
0.0055 (0.1 4)
0.0055 (0.1 4)
0.0055 (0.1 4)
0.007 ( 0.1 8)
0.007 (0.1 8)
0.007 (0.1 8)
0.007 ( 0.1 8)
0.009 ( 0.2 3)
0.01 5 (0.38)
0.02 0 (0.50)
0.02 2 ( 0.55)
0.02 5 ( 0.60)
0.02 0 (0.50)
0.02 4 (0.60)
0.02 6 ( 0.65)
0.030 ( 0.75)
When tol erances are speci fied as al l pl us or al l mi nus, doubl e the val ues gi ven.
TABLE 6
WIDTH TOLERAN CES FOR DRAWN OR ROLLED
RECTANGU LAR AND SQU ARE BAR
Width, in (mm)
Tolerances, Plus and M inus, A
in. (mm)
2 ( 50) and under
Over 2 (50) to 4 (1 00) , incl .
Over 4 (1 00) to 1 2 (31 0) i ncl .
0.008 (0.2 )
0.01 2 (0.3)
0.30 B
TABLE 7
WIDTH TOLERAN CES FOR SAWED EDGE WITH
DEBU RRED CORNER RECTANGU LAR AND SQU ARE
BAR, PLU S AN D M IN U S, in. (mm) A
Width, in. (mm)
Thickness
U p to 1 .500 ( 40) , i ncl
Over 1 .500 ( 40)
A
When tol erances are speci fied as al l pl us or al l mi nus, doubl e the
val ues gi ven.
B
Percent of speci fied wi dth expressed to the nearest 0.001
i n. ( 0.01 mm) .
A
12 (300) and
under incl.
1
1
⁄32 (0.8)
⁄1 6 (1 .6)
Over 12 (300)
1
1
⁄1 6 ( 1 .6)
⁄1 6 ( 1 .6)
When tol erances are speci fied as al l pl us or al l mi nus, doubl e the
val ues gi ven.
263
SB-187/SB-187M
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE 8
LEN GTH TOLERANCES FOR ROD, BAR, AN D SH APES
(FU LL-LENGTH PIECES SPECIFIC AND STOCK
LEN GTH S WITH OR WITH OU T EN DS)
FIG. 1 ROU N DED CORN ERS
A
Tolerances, All Plus,
in. (mm) (Applicable Only to
Full-Length Pieces)
Length Classification
S peci fic l engths
U p to 6 ft ( 1 800 mm)
Over 6 to 1 5 ft (1 800 to 4500 mm)
Over 1 5 ft (4500 mm)
S peci fic l engths wi th ends
S tock l engths wi th or wi thout ends
A
1
⁄8 (3)
⁄4 (6)
1
⁄2 ( 1 3)
1 (2 5)
1 (2 5)
Rounded corner
1
A
G EN E RAL N OTE : The arc shal l not necessari l y be tangent at poi nts
A , but the product shal l be commerci al l y free from sharp, rough, or
projecti ng edges.
13.5 Length:
13.6.1.1
13.5.1 Specified Length — When exact lengths are
Place the rod or bar on a level table so
that the arc or departure from straightness is horizontal.
ordered, the lengths shall be not less than the ordered length
1
Measure the maximum depth of arc to the nearest ⁄32 in.
and shall not exceed it by more than the amount specified
(0.8 mm) using a steel scale and a straight edge.
in Table 8.
13.7 Edge Contours:
13.5.2 Stock Lengths — For material ordered in stock
13.7.1 Angles — All polygonal sections shall have
lengths, full-length pieces shall be not less than the designated length and shall not exceed it by more than 1 in.
substantially exact angles and sharp corners.
Short lengths may be included as prescribed in Table 9.
13.7.2 Square Corners — Unless otherwise specified
13.6 Straightness — Unless otherwise specified in the
in the contract or purchase order, bar shall be finished with
contract or purchase order, the material shall be supplied
commercially square corners with the maximum permissi-
in straight lengths. The deviation from absolute straightness
ble radius shown in Table 1 1 .
of any longitudinal surface or edge shall not exceed the
13.7.3 Rounded Corners — When specified in the
limitations prescribed in Table 1 0.
13.6.1
contract or purchase order, bar may be finished with corners
To determine compliance with this section,
rounded as shown in Fig. 1 to a quarter circle with a radius
rod and bar shall, in case of disagreement, be checked by
as shown in Table 1 2. The tolerance on the radius shall
the following method:
be ±25%.
TABLE 9
SCH EDU LE OF LEN GTH S (SPECIFIC AN D STOCK) WITH ENDS
Diameter or Distance
Between Parallel
Surfaces for Round
H exagonal, Octagonal
Rod and Square Bar,
in. (mm)
1
Rectangular Bar
Area, A in. 2 (mm 2 )
⁄2 (1 3) and under
0.2 50 ( 1 60) and under
Over 1⁄2 to 1
(1 3 to 2 5) i ncl .
Over 1 to 1 1⁄2
(2 5 to 40) i ncl .
Over 1 1⁄2 to 2
(40 to 50) i ncl .
Over 2 to 3
(50 to 75) i ncl .
Over 0.2 50 to 1
(1 60 to 650) i ncl .
Over 1 to 2 .2 5
(650 to 1 450) i ncl .
Over 2 .2 5 to 4
(1 450 to 2 600) i ncl .
Over 4 to 9
(2 600 to 5000) i ncl .
A
B
Nominal Length,
ft (mm)
6 to 1 4
( 1 800
6 to 1 4
( 1 800
6 to 1 2
(1 800
6 to 1 2
(1 800
6 to 1 0
(1 800
Shortest
Permissible
Length B % of
Nominal Length
M aximum Permissible
Weight of Ends, % of
Lot Weight
75
20
70
30
60
40
50
45
40
50
to 4300) i ncl .
to 4300) i ncl .
to 3600) i ncl .
to 3600) i ncl .
to 3000) i ncl .
Wi dth times thi ckness, di sregardi ng any rounded corner or edges.
Expressed to the nearest 1⁄2 ft (1 00 mm) .
264
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-187/SB-187M
TABLE 10
STRAIGH TNESS TOLERAN CES APPLICABLE TO AN Y LON GITU DINAL
SU RFACE OR EDGE
Portion of Total
Length in Which
Depth of Arc Is
M easured, in. (mm)
M aximum Curvature
(Depth of Arc),
in. (mm)
1
⁄2 ( 1 3)
⁄2 ( 1 3)
1
⁄4 (6)
Rod
S hapes
Bar ( except hard rectangul ar bar
l i sted i n fol l owi ng l i ne)
H ard rectangul ar bar 1⁄8 to 5⁄8 in.
(3 to 1 5 mm) i ncl ., in thi ckness,
havi ng wi dths rangi ng from 2 to
6 i n. (50 to 1 50) , i ncl .
1 2 0 ( 3000)
72 (1 800)
60 (1 500)
1
1
⁄8 (3)
96 ( 2400)
TABLE 11
RADIU S FOR SQU ARE CORN ERS
Specified Thickness, in. (mm)
FIG. 2 ROU N DED EDGE
M aximum Radius Permissible for
Square Corners, in. (mm)
3
A
1
U p to ⁄1 6 ( 5) i ncl .
Over 3⁄1 6 to 1 ( 5 to 25) i ncl .
Over 1 ( 2 5)
⁄64 (0.4)
⁄32 (0.8)
1
⁄1 6 (1 .6)
1
TABLE 12
RADIU S FOR ROU N DED CORNERS
A
G EN E RAL N OTE: The arc shal l be substanti al l y symmetri cal wi th
the axi s of the product. The corners A wi l l usual l y be sharp, but shal l
not have rough or projecti ng edges.
Nominal Radius of Corners,
in. (mm)
Specified Thickness,
in. (mm)
For Widths U p For Widths M ore
to and Including
Than 2 ?
2 ? Thickness
Thickness
U p to 1⁄8 ( 2 ) , i ncl .
1
⁄64 ( 0.4)
Over 1⁄8 to 3⁄1 6 (2 to 6) , i ncl .
Over 3⁄1 6 to 1 ( 6 to 25) , i ncl .
Over 1 ( 2 5)
1
⁄32 ( 0.8)
⁄1 6 ( 1 .6)
1
⁄8 (3)
1
Rounded edge
TABLE 13
RADIU S FOR ROU N DED EDGE
ful l rounded edges
as gi ven i n 1 3.7.5
1
⁄32 (0.8)
1
⁄1 6 (1 .6)
1
⁄8 (3)
Specified Thickness,
in. (mm)
U p to 3⁄1 6 ( 5) , i ncl .
Over 3⁄1 6 (5)
Nominal Radius of
Rounded Edge,
in. (mm)
1 1⁄4
1 1⁄4
?
?
thi ckness
thi ckness
Tolerance on Radius,
Plus and M inus,
in. (mm)
1
1
⁄2
⁄4
?
?
thi ckness
thi ckness
13.7.4 Rounded Edge — When specified in the contract or purchase order, bar may be finished with edges
rounded as shown in Fig. 2, with a radius of curvature as
shown in Table 1 3.
13.7.5 Full Rounded Edge — When specified in the
FIG. 3 FU LL ROU NDED EDGE
contract or purchase order, bar may be finished with substantially uniform round edges, the radius of curvature
A
being approximately one half the thickness of the product
as shown in Fig. 3, but in no case to exceed one half the
Full rounded edge
thickness of the product by more than 25%.
G EN E RAL N OTE: The arc shal l not necessari l y be tangent at points
A , but shal l be substanti al l y symmetri cal wi th the axi s of the product,
an d th e pro d u ct sh al l be co m m erci al l y free from sh arp, ro u g h , or
projecting edges.
13.7.6 Shapes — Products with edge or corner contours other than described in 1 3.7.1 –1 3.7.5 are classified
as shapes.
265
SB-187/SB-187M
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
15.2.1
NOTE 2 — For the purpose of determining conformance with the dimensional requirements prescribed in this specification, any measured value
For Copper No. C1 01 00, refer to the Annex
of Specification B1 70 for test methods.
outside the specified limiting values for any dimension may be cause for
15.2.2 Test method(s) for the determination of ele-
rej ection.
ment(s ) resulting from contractual or purchaser order
14.
agreement shall be as agreed upon between the manufac-
Specimen Preparation
14.1
turer or supplier and the purchaser.
— Specimen prepara-
Microscopical Examination
tion shall be in accordance with Procedure A of Test Methods B 577.
16.
Certification
16.1
15.
Test Methods
1 5.1
The certification requirements of S pecification
B 249/B 249M are mandatory. Mill test reports are mandatory.
Refer to S pecification B 249 /B 249M for the
appropriate mechanical test method.
15.2 Chemical composition shall, in case of disagree-
17.
ment be determined as follows:
Keywords
17.1 bar; bus bar; copper; electrical conductors; embrit-
Element
tlement test; rod; shapes; UNS No. C1 01 00; UNS No.
ASTM Test Method
Copper
E 53
C1 0200; UNS No. C1 0300; UNS No. C1 0400; UNS No.
Phosphorus
E 62
Selenium
Refer to Annex, S pecification
C1 0500; UNS No. C1 0700; UNS No. C1 0920; UNS No.
C1 0930; UNS No. C1 0940; UNS No. C1 1 000; UNS No.
B 21 6
Silver
E 478
Tellurium
Refer to Annex, S pecification
C1 1 300; UNS No. C1 1 400; UNS No. C1 1 500; UNS No.
C1 1 600; UNS No. C1 0800; UNS No. C1 2000; UNS No.
C1 2200
B 21 6
266
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-187/SB-187M
SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS
The following supplementary requirements shall apply only when specified by the purchaser
in the inquiry, contract, or order, for agencies of the U.S. government.
S1.
Referenced Documents
S1.1
tests are deemed necessary to ensure that the material conforms to prescribed requirements.
The following documents of the issue in effect
on date of material purchase form a part of this specification
to the extent referenced herein:
S1.1.1
S3.
Federal Standards:
Identification Marking
S3.1 All material shall be properly marked for identifi-
Fed. Std. No. 1 02 Preservation, Packaging and Packing
cation in accordance with Fed. Std. No. 1 85 except that
Levels
the ASTM specification number and the alloy number shall
Fed. Std. No. 1 23 Marking for Shipment (Civil Agencies)
be used.
Fed. Std. No. 1 85 Identification Marking of Copper and
Copper-B ase Alloy Mill Products
S1.1.2
S4.
Military Standards:
MIL-STD-1 05 Sampling Procedures and Table for Inspec-
Preparation for Delivery
S4.1
tion by Attributes
Preservation, Packaging, Packing:
S4.1.1
MIL-STD-1 29 Marking for Shipment and Storage
S1.1.3 Military Specification:
B, or C as specified in the contract or purchase order, in
Mill Products
accordance with the requirements of MIL-C-3993.
S4.1.2
Responsibility for Inspection:
Civil Agencies
— The requirements of Fed.
Std. No. 1 02 shall be referenced for definitions of the
Quality Assurance
S2.1
— The material shall be
preserved and packaged, Level A or C, packed Level A,
MIL-C-3993 Packaging of Copper and Copper-Base Alloy
S2.
Military Agencies
separated by size, composition, grade or class and shall be
various levels of packaging protection.
— Unless otherwise
S4.2
specified in the contract or purchase order, the manufac-
Marking:
S4.2.1
turer is responsible for the performance of all inspection
Military Agencies
— In addition to any special
marking required by the contract or purchase order, mark-
and test requirements specified. Except as otherwise speci-
ing for shipment shall be in accordance with MIL-STD-
fied in the contract or purchase order, the manufacturer
1 29.
may use his own or any other suitable facilities for the
S4.2.2
performance of the inspection and test requirements unless
Civil Agencies
— In addition to any special
disapproved by the purchaser at the time the order is placed.
marking required by the contract or purchase order, mark-
The purchaser shall have the right to perform any of the
ing for shipment shall be in accordance with Fed. Std.
inspections or tests set forth when such inspections and
No. 1 23.
267
SB-187/SB-187M
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
APPENDIX
(Nonmandatory Information)
X1. RESISTIVITY
X1.1 “Resistivity” is used in place of “conductivity.”
The value of 0.1 53 28
? g/m
W
2
in length weighing 1 lb. It is also equivalent, for example,
to 1 .7241
??/cm of length of a bar 1 cm2 in cross section.
NBS
Handbook 100 of the National Institute of Standards Tech-
A complete discussion of this subj ect is contained in
at 20°C (68°F) is the interna-
tional standard for the resistivity of annealed copper equal
to 1 00% conductivity. This term means that a wire 1 m in
nology. Relationships that may be useful in connection
length and weighing 1 g would have a resistance of 0.1 53
with the values of resistivity prescribed in this specification
28 ?. This is equivalent to a resistivity value of 875.20
? lb/mile , which signifies the resistance of a wire 1 mile
W
are as shown in Table X1 .1 , each column containing equiv-
2
alent expressions at 20°C (68°F):
TABLE X1.1
RESISTIVITY RELATIONSH IPS
Conductivity
at
68°F,%
?·g/m 2
?·l b/mi l e 2
?·cmi l /ft
?·mm 2 /m
??·i n.
??·cm
101.0
100.0
98.40
98.16
97.40
96.16
90.0
88.0
0.1 51 76
886.53
1 0.2 68
0.01 7 070
0.672 07
1 .7070
0.1 53 2 8
875.2 0
1 0.371
0.01 7 2 41
0.678 79
1 .72 41
0.1 55 77
889.42
1 0.539
0.01 7 52 1
0.689 81
1 .752 1
0.1 56 1 4
891 .60
1 0.565
0.01 7 564
0.691 51
1 .7564
0.1 57 37
898.55
1 0.648
0.01 7 701
0.696 90
1 .7701
0.1 59 40
91 0.1 5
1 0.785
0.01 7 930
0.705 90
1 .7930
0.1 70 31
972 .44
1 1 .523
0.01 9 1 56
0.754 2 1
1 .91 57
0.1 74 1 8
994.55
1 1 .785
0.01 9 592
0.771 35
1 .9592
268
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SPECI FI CATI ON FOR ALU M I N U M AN D
ALU M I N U M - ALLOY SH EET AN D PLATE
SB-209
(Identical with ASTM Specification B209-10 except for an editorial revision to 20.1. Certification and a test report have
been made mandatory.)
269
SB-209
SB-209
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
Standard Specification for
Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate
1. Scope
2. Referenced Documents
1 .1 This specification covers aluminum and aluminumalloy flat sheet, coiled sheet, and plate in the alloys (Note 1 )
and tempers shown in Tables 2 and 3, and in the following
finishes:
1 .1 .1 Plate in all alloys and sheet in heat-treatable alloys:
mill finish.
1 .1 .2 Sheet in nonheat-treatable alloys: mill finish, one-side
bright mill finish, standard one-side bright finish, and standard
two-sides bright finish.
2.1 The following documents form a part of this specification to the extent referenced herein:
ASTM Standards:
2.2
B548 Test Method for Ultrasonic Inspection of AluminumAlloy Plate for Pressure Vessels
B557 Test Methods for Tension Testing Wrought and Cast
Aluminum- and Magnesium-Alloy Products
B594 Practice for Ultrasonic Inspection of Aluminum-Alloy
Wrought Products for Aerospace Applications
B 63 2/B 63 2M S pecification for Aluminum-Alloy Rolled
Tread Plate
B660 Practices for Packaging/Packing of Aluminum and
Magnesium Products
B666/B666M Practice for Identification Marking of Aluminum and Magnesium Products
B881 Terminology Relating to Aluminum- and MagnesiumAlloy Products
B91 8 Practice for Heat Treatment of Wrought Aluminum
Alloys
B 928 /B 928 M S pecification
for
High
Magnesium
Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate for Marine Service and
Similar Environments
B947 Practice for Hot Rolling Mill Solution Heat Treatment
for Aluminum Alloy Plate
E29 Practice for Using Significant Digits in Test Data to
Determine Conformance with Specifications
E34 Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Aluminum and
Aluminum-Base Alloys
E290 Test Methods for Bend Testing of Material for Ductility
E527 Practice for Numbering Metals and Alloys in the
Unified Numbering System (UNS)
E607 Test Method for Atomic Emission Spectrometric
Analysis Aluminum Alloys by the Point to Plane Technique Nitrogen Atmosphere (Withdrawn 2011 )
alloy
NOTE 1 —Throughout this specification, use of the term
in the
general sense includes aluminum as well as aluminum alloy.
NOTE 2—See Specification B632/B632M for tread plate.
NOTE 3—See Specification B928/B928M for 5xxx-H11 6 and 5xxxH321 aluminum alloys containing 3 % or more nominal magnesium and
intended for marine service and similar environments. Other alloy-temper
products listed in this specification, which do not require the additional
corrosion testing/capability called out in ASTM B928/B928M, may be
suitable for marine and similar environment applications.
1 .2 Alloy and temper designations are in accordance with
ANSI H35.1 /H35.1 (M). The equivalent Unified Numbering
System alloy designations are those of Table 1 preceded by A9,
for example, A911 00 for aluminum 11 00 in accordance with
Practice E527.
1 .3 For acceptance criteria for inclusion of new aluminum
and aluminum alloys in this specification, see Annex A2.
1 .4 This specification is the inch-pound companion to
Specification B 209M; therefore, no SI equivalents are presented in the specification.
1 .5 This standard does not purport to address all of the
safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the
responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
270
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE 1 Chemi cal Com posi ti on Li mi ts
SB-209
A, B, C
NOTE 1 —In case there is a discrepancy in the values listed in Table 1 with those listed in the “International Alloy Designations and Chemical
Composition Limits for Wrought Aluminum and Wrought Aluminum Alloys” (known as the “Teal Sheets”), the composition limits registered with the
Aluminum Association and published in the “Teal Sheets” should be considered the controlling composition. The “Teal Sheets” are available at
http: //www.aluminum.org/tealsheets.
Alloy
Silicon
Iron
Copper
Manganese Magnesium
Chromium
Zinc
Titanium
Other ElementsD
Each Total E
0.03F
...
0.05
0.1 5
F
0.03
...
0.05
0.1 5
Aluminum
1 060
0.25
0.35
0.05
0.03
0.03
...
0.05
0.03
99.60 min G
11 00
0.95 Si + Fe
0.05–0.20
0.05
...
...
0.1 0
...
99.00 min GG
99.30 min
1 230H
0.70 Si + Fe
0.1 0
0.05
0.05
...
0.1 0
0.03
201 4
0.50–1 .2
0.7
3.9–5.0
0.40–1 .2
0.20–0.8
0.1 0
0.25
0.1 5
remainder
Alclad 201 4
201 4 clad with 6003
2024
0.50
0.50
3.8–4.9
0.30–0.9
1 .2–1 .8
0.1 0
0.25
0.1 5
0.05
0.1 5
remainder
Alclad 2024
2024 clad with 1 230
0.1 5
remainder
21 24
0.20
0.30
3.8–4.9
0.30–0.9
1 .2–1 .8
0.1 0
0.25
0.1 5
0.05
221 9
0.20
0.30
5.8–6.8
0.20–0.40
0.02
...
0.1 0
0.02–0.1 0 0.05 I 0.1 5 I
remainder
Alclad 221 9
221 9 clad with 7072
3003
0.6
0.7
0.05–0.20
1 .0–1 .5
...
...
0.1 0
...
0.05
0.1 5
remainder
Alclad 3003
3003 clad with 7072
3004
0.30
0.7
0.25
1 .0–1 .5
0.8–1 .3
...
0.25
...
0.05
0.1 5
remainder
Alclad 3004
3004 clad with 7072
3005
0.6
0.7
0.30
1 .0–1 .5
0.20–0.6
0.1 0
0.25
0.1 0
0.05
0.1 5
remainder
31 05
0.6
0.7
0.30
0.30–0.8
0.20–0.8
0.20
0.40
0.1 0
0.05
0.1 5
remainder
5005
0.30
0.7
0.20
0.20
0.50–1 .1
0.1 0
0.25
...
0.05
0.1 5
remainder
501 0
0.40
0.7
0.25
0.1 0–0.30
0.20–0.6
0.1 5
0.30
0.1 0
0.05
0.1 5
remainder
5050
0.40
0.7
0.20
0.1 0
1 .1 –1 .8
0.1 0
0.25
...
0.05
0.1 5
remainder
5052
0.25
0.40
0.1 0
0.1 0
2.2–2.8
0.1 5–0.35
0.1 0
...
0.05
0.1 5
remainder
J
0.1 5
remainder
5059
0.45
0.50
0.25
0.6–1 .2
5.0–6.0
0.25
0.40–0.9
0.20
0.05
5083
0.40
0.40
0.1 0
0.40–1 .0
4.0–4.9
0.05–0.25
0.25
0.1 5
0.05
0.1 5
remainder
5086
0.40
0.50
0.1 0
0.20–0.7
3.5–4.5
0.05–0.25
0.25
0.1 5
0.05
0.1 5
remainder
51 54
0.25
0.40
0.1 0
0.1 0
3.1 –3.9
0.1 5–0.35
0.20
0.20
0.05
0.1 5
remainder
F
F
5252
0.08
0.1 0
0.1 0
0.1 0
2.2–2.8
...
0.05
...
0.03
0.1 0
remainder
5254
0.45 Si + Fe
0.05
0.01
3.1 –3.9
0.1 5–0.35
0.20
0.05
0.05
0.1 5
remainder
5454
0.25
0.40
0.1 0
0.50–1 .0
2.4–3.0
0.05–0.20
0.25
0.20
0.05
0.1 5
remainder
5456
0.25
0.40
0.1 0
0.50–1 .0
4.7–5.5
0.05–0.20
0.25
0.20
0.05
0.1 5
remainder
F
F
5457
0.08
0.1 0
0.20
0.1 5–0.45
0.8–1 .2
...
0.05
...
0.03
0.1 0
remainder
K
K
0.05
remainder
5657
0.08
0.1 0
0.1 0
0.03
0.6–1 .0
...
0.05
...
0.02
5754
0.40
0.40
0.1 0
0.50L
2.6-3.6
0.30L
0.20
0.1 5
0.05
0.1 5
remainder
H
6003
0.35–1 .0
0.6
0.1 0
0.8
0.8–1 .5
0.35
0.20
0.1 0
0.05
0.1 5
remainder
601 3
0.6–1 .0
0.50
0.6–1 .1
0.20–0.8
0.8–1 .2
0.1 0
0.25
0.1 0
0.05
0.1 5
remainder
6061
0.40–0.8
0.7
0.1 5–0.40
0.1 5
0.8–1 .2
0.04–0.35
0.25
0.1 5
0.05
0.1 5
remainder
Alclad 6061
6061 clad with 7072
H
0.7 Si + Fe
0.1 0
0.1 0
0.1 0
...
0.8–1 .3
...
0.05
0.1 5
remainder
7072
7075
0.40
0.50
1 .2–2.0
0.30
2.1 –2.9
0.1 8–0.28 5.1 –6.1
0.20
0.05
0.1 5
remainder
Alclad 7075
7075 clad with 7072
A Limits are in weight percent maximum unless shown as a range or stated otherwise.
B Analysis shall be made for the elements for which limits are shown in this table.
C For purposes of determining conformance to these limits, an observed value or a calculated value attained from analysis shall be rounded to the nearest unit in the last
righthand place of figures used in expressing the specified limit, in accordance with the Rounding Method of Practice E29.
D Others includes listed elements for which no specific limit is shown as well as unlisted metallic elements. The producer may analyze samples for trace elements not
specified in the specification. However, such analysis is not required and may not cover all metallic Others elements. Should any analysis by the producer or the purchaser
establish that an Others element exceeds the limit of Each or that the aggregate of several Others elements exceeds the limit of Total, the material shall be considered
nonconforming. The Total for Other Elements does not include elements shown in the footnotes with specific composition limits.
E Other Elements—Total shall be the sum of unspecified metallic elements, 0.01 0 % or more, rounded to the second decimal before determining the sum.
F Vanadium 0.05 max.
G The aluminum content shall be calculated by subtracting from 1 00.00 % the sum of all metallic elements present in amounts of 0.01 0 % or more each, rounded to the
second decimal before determining the sum.
H Composition of cladding alloy as applied during the course of manufacture. Samples from finished sheet or plate shall not be required to conform to these limits.
I Vanadium 0.05–0.1 5, zirconium 0.1 0–0.25.
J0.05–0.25 Zr
K Gallium 0.03 max, vanadium 0.05 max.
L 0.1 0-0.6 Mn + Cr.
E71 6 Practices for Sampling and Sample Preparation of
Aluminum and Aluminum Alloys for Determination of
Chemical Composition by Spectrochemical Analysis
E1 004 Test Method for Determining Electrical Conductivity
Using the Electromagnetic (Eddy-Current) Method
E1 251 Test Method for Analysis of Aluminum and Aluminum Alloys by Spark Atomic Emission Spectrometry
G34 Test Method for Exfoliation Corrosion Susceptibility in
2XXX and 7XXX Series Aluminum Alloys (EXCO Test)
271
SB-209
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE 2 M ech an i cal Property Li mi ts for N onh eat-Treatabl e Al l oy
Alloy
1 060
1 060
1 060
1 060
1 060
1 060
1 060
1 060
1 060
1 060
1 060
1 060
1 060
1 060
1 060
1 060
1 060
1 060
1 1 00
1 1 00
1 1 00
1 1 00
1 1 00
1 1 00
1 1 00
1 1 00
1 1 00
1 1 00
1 1 00
1 1 00
1 1 00
1 1 00
1 1 00
1 1 00
1 1 00
1 1 00
1 1 00
1 1 00
1 1 00
1 1 00
1 1 00
1 1 00
1 1 00
1 1 00
1 1 00
1 1 00
1 1 00
1 1 00
3003
3003
3003
3003
3003
3003
3003
3003
3003
3003
3003
3003
3003
3003
3003
3003
3003
3003
3003
3003
Tensile Strength, ksi
min
max
A, B
Yield Strength (0.2 % offset), ksi
min
max
Bend
Diameter
Factor, N
....
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
Elongation in
2 in. or 4×
Diameter,
min, %
15
22
25
6
12
1
5
10
1
4
5
1
3
4
10
20
25
...
...
...
...
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
11 .0
11 .0
11 .0
11 .0
11 .0
11 .0
1 4.0
1 4.0
1 4.0
1 4.0
1 4.0
1 4.0
1 4.0
1 7.0
1 7.0
1 7.0
1 7.0
...
...
...
...
7.0
5.0
4.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
15
20
25
30
28
3
4
6
8
9
12
1
2
3
4
5
6
10
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
9
14
20
...
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
4
4
4
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
1 9.0
1 9.0
1 9.0
1 9.0
1 9.0
1 9.0
23.0
23.0
23.0
23.0
23.0
23.0
23.0
23.0
26.0
26.0
26.0
26.0
26.0
26.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
1 2.0
1 2.0
1 2.0
1 2.0
1 2.0
1 2.0
1 2.0
1 2.0
1 7.0
1 7.0
1 7.0
1 7.0
1 7.0
1 7.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
14
18
20
23
25
23
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
0
0
0
0
0
...
0
0
0
0
0
0
...
...
0
0
0
0
0
2
Temper
Specified
Thickness, in.
O
O
O
H1 2 C or H22 C
H1 2C or H22 C
H1 4C or H24C
H1 4C or H24C
H1 4C or H24C
H1 6C or H26C
H1 6C or H26C
H1 6C or H26C
H1 8C or H28C
H1 8C or H28C
H1 8C or H28C
H11 2
H11 2
H11 2
F
0.006–0.01 9
0.020–0.050
0.051 –3.000
0.01 7–0.050
0.051 –2.000
0.009–0.01 9
0.020–0.050
0.051 –1 .000
0.006–0.01 9
0.020–0.050
0.051 –0.1 62
0.006–0.01 9
0.020–0.050
0.051 –0.1 28
0.250–0.499
0.500–1 .000
1 .001 –3.000
0.250–3.000
8.0
8.0
8.0
11 .0
11 .0
1 2.0
1 2.0
1 2.0
1 4.0
1 4.0
1 4.0
1 6.0
1 6.0
1 6.0
11 .0
1 0.0
9.0
...
1 4.0
1 4.0
1 4.0
1 6.0
1 6.0
1 7.0
1 7.0
1 7.0
1 9.0
1 9.0
1 9.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
2.5
2.5
2.5
9.0
9.0
1 0.0
1 0.0
1 0.0
11 .0
11 .0
11 .0
1 2.0
1 2.0
1 2.0
7.0
5.0
4.0
...
O
O
O
O
O
H1 2C or H22 C
H1 2C or H22 C
H1 2C or H22 C
H1 2C or H22 C
H1 2 C or H22 C
H1 2 C or H22 C
H1 4C or H24C
H1 4C or H24C
H1 4C or H24C
H1 4C or H24C
H1 4C or H24C
H1 4C or H24C
H1 4C or H24C
H1 6C or H26C
H1 6C or H26C
H1 6C or H26C
H1 6C or H26C
H1 8C or H28C
H1 8C or H28C
H1 8C or H28C
H1 8C or H28C
H11 2
H11 2
H11 2
FD
0.006–0.01 9
0.020–0.031
0.032–0.050
0.051 –0.249
0.250–3.000
0.01 7–0.01 9
0.020–0.031
0.032–0.050
0.051 –0.11 3
0.11 4–0.499
0.500–2.000
0.009–0.01 2
0.01 3–0.01 9
0.020–0.031
0.032–0.050
0.051 –0.11 3
0.11 4–0.499
0.500–1 .000
0.006–0.01 9
0.020–0.031
0.032–0.050
0.051 –0.1 62
0.006–0.01 9
0.020–0.031
0.032–0.050
0.051 –0.1 28
0.250–0.499
0.500–2.000
2.001 –3.000
0.250–3.000
11 .0
11 .0
11 .0
11 .0
11 .0
1 4.0
1 4.0
1 4.0
1 4.0
1 4.0
1 4.0
1 6.0
1 6.0
1 6.0
1 6.0
1 6.0
1 6.0
1 6.0
1 9.0
1 9.0
1 9.0
1 9.0
22.0
22.0
22.0
22.0
1 3.0
1 2.0
11 .5
...
1 5.5
1 5.5
1 5.5
1 5.5
1 5.5
1 9.0
1 9.0
1 9.0
1 9.0
1 9.0
1 9.0
21 .0
21 .0
21 .0
21 .0
21 .0
21 .0
21 .0
24.0
24.0
24.0
24.0
...
...
...
...
O
O
O
O
O
O
H1 2C or H22 C
H1 2C or H22 C
H1 2C or H22 C
H1 2C or H22 C
H1 2 C or H22 C
H1 2 C or H22 C
H1 2C or H22 C
H1 2C or H22 C
H1 4C or H24C
H1 4C or H24C
H1 4C or H24C
H1 4C or H24C
H1 4C or H24C
H1 4C or H24C
0.006–0.007
0.008–0.01 2
0.01 3–0.031
0.032–0.050
0.051 –0.249
0.250–3.000
0.01 7–0.01 9
0.020–0.031
0.032–0.050
0.051 –0.11 3
0.11 4–0.1 61
0.1 62–0.249
0.250–0.499
0.500–2.000
0.009–0.01 2
0.01 3–0.01 9
0.020–0.031
0.032–0.050
0.051 –0.11 3
0.11 4–0.1 61
1 4.0
1 4.0
1 4.0
1 4.0
1 4.0
1 4.0
1 7.0
1 7.0
1 7.0
1 7.0
1 7.0
1 7.0
1 7.0
1 7.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
272
...
...
...
...
...
...
..
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE 2
Alloy
3003
3003
3003
3003
3003
3003
3003
3003
3003
3003
3003
3003
3003
3003
3003
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
3004
3004
3004
3004
3004
3004
3004
3004
3004
3004
3004
3004
3004
3004
3004
3004
3004
3004
3003
3003
3003
3003
3003
3003
3003
3003
3003
3003
3003
3003
3003
3003
3003
3003
3003
3003
3003
3003
3003
3003
3003
3003
3003
3003
3003
3003
3003
3003
3003
3003
3003
3003
3003
SB-209
Continued
Tensile Strength, ksi
min
max
Yield Strength (0.2 % offset), ksi
min
max
Bend
Diameter
Factor, N
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
Elongation in
2 in. or 4×
Diameter,
min, %
7
8
10
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
8
12
18
...
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
5.0 E
11 .0
11 .0
11 .0
11 .0
11 .0
11 .0
1 2.0 E
1 6.0
1 6.0
1 6.0
1 6.0
1 6.0
1 6.0
1 6.0
1 6.0
1 7.0 E
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
...
...
...
...
9.0
6.0 E
6.0 E
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
14
18
20
23
25
23
23
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
8
12
18
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
8.5
8.5
8.5
8.5
8.5
8.5
21 .0
21 .0
21 .0
21 .0
21 .0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
28.0
28.0
28.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
10
14
16
18
16
1
3
4
5
6
1
3
4
5
...
1
2
...
0
0
0
0
...
0
1
1
2
...
2
3
4
...
...
6
6
Temper
Specified
Thickness, in.
H1 4C or H24C
H1 4C or H24C
H1 4C or H24C
H1 6C or H26C
H1 6C or H26C
H1 6C or H26C
H1 6C or H26C
H1 8C or H28C
H1 8C or H28C
H1 8C or H28C
H1 8C or H28C
H11 2
H11 2
H11 2
FD
0.1 62–0.249
0.250–0.499
0.500–1 .000
0.006–0.01 9
0.020–0.031
0.032–0.050
0.051 –0.1 62
0.006–0.01 9
0.020–0.031
0.032–0.050
0.051 –0.1 28
0.250–0.499
0.500–2.000
2.001 –3.000
0.250–3.000
20.0
20.0
20.0
24.0
24.0
24.0
24.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
1 7.0
1 5.0
1 4.5
...
26.0
26.0
26.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
1 7.0
1 7.0
1 7.0
21 .0
21 .0
21 .0
21 .0
24.0
24.0
24.0
24.0
1 0.0
6.0
6.0
...
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
H1 2C or H22 C
H1 2C or H22 C
H1 2C or H22 C
H1 2 C or H22 C
H1 2 C or H22 C
H1 2C or H22 C
H1 2C or H22 C
H1 4C or H24C
H1 4C or H24C
H1 4C or H24C
H1 4C or H24C
H1 4C or H24C
H1 4C or H24C
H1 4C or H24C
H1 4C or H24C
H1 4C or H24C
H1 6C or H26C
H1 6C or H26C
H1 6C or H26C
H1 6C or H26C
H1 8
H1 8
H1 8
H1 8
H11 2
H11 2
H11 2
FD
0.006–0.007
0.008–0.01 2
0.01 3–0.031
0.032–0.050
0.051 –0.249
0.250–0.499
0.500–3.000
0.01 7–0.031
0.032–0.050
0.051 –0.11 3
0.11 4–0.1 61
0.1 62–0.249
0.250–0.499
0.500–2.000
0.009–0.01 2
0.01 3–0.01 9
0.020–0.031
0.032–0.050
0.051 –0.11 3
0.11 4–0.1 61
0.1 62–0.249
0.250–0.499
0.500–1 .000
0.006–0.01 9
0.020–0.031
0.032–0.050
0.051 –0.1 62
0.006–0.01 9
0.020–0.031
0.032–0.050
0.051 –0.1 28
0.250–0.499
0.500–2.000
2.001 –3.000
0.250–3.000
1 3.0
1 3.0
1 3.0
1 3.0
1 3.0
1 3.0
1 4.0E
1 6.0
1 6.0
1 6.0
1 6.0
1 6.0
1 6.0
1 7.0E
1 9.0
1 9.0
1 9.0
1 9.0
1 9.0
1 9.0
1 9.0
1 9.0
20.0E
23.0
23.0
23.0
23.0
26.0
26.0
26.0
26.0
1 6.0
1 5.0E
1 4.5E
...
1 8.0
1 8.0
1 8.0
1 8.0
1 8.0
1 8.0
1 9.0 E
22.0
22.0
22.0
22.0
22.0
22.0
23.0 E
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
26.0 E
29.0
29.0
29.0
29.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
O
O
O
O
O
O
H32C or H22 C
H32C or H22 C
H32C or H22 C
H32C or H22 C
H32 C or H22 C
H34C or H24C
H34C or H24C
H34C or H24C
H34C or H24C
H36C or H26C
H36C or H26C
H36C or H26C
0.006–0.007
0.008– 0.01 9
0.020–0.031
0.032–0.050
0.051 –0.249
0.250–3.000
0.01 7–0.01 9
0.020–0.031
0.032–0.050
0.051 –0.11 3
0.11 4–2.000
0.009–0.01 9
0.020–0.050
0.051 –0.11 3
0.11 4–1 .000
0.006–0.007
0.008–0.01 9
0.020–0.031
22.0
22.0
22.0
22.0
22.0
22.0
28.0
28.0
28.0
28.0
28.0
32.0
32.0
32.0
32.0
35.0
35.0
35.0
29.0
29.0
29.0
29.0
29.0
29.0
35.0
35.0
35.0
35.0
35.0
38.0
38.0
38.0
38.0
41 .0
41 .0
41 .0
273
2
...
...
4
4
4
6
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
SB-209
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE 2
Alloy
3004
3004
3004
3004
3004
3004
3004
3004
3004
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
3005
3005
3005
3005
3005
3005
3005
3005
3005
3005
3005
3005
3005
3005
3005
3005
3005
3005
3005
3005
3005
3005
3005
3005
3005
3005
3004
3004
3004
3004
3004
3004
3004
3004
3004
3004
3004
3004
3004
3004
3004
3004
3004
3004
3004
3004
3004
3004
3004
3004
3004
3004
3004
3004
3004
3004
3004
3004
3004
Continued
Tensile Strength, ksi
min
max
Yield Strength (0.2 % offset), ksi
min
max
Bend
Diameter
Factor, N
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
Elongation in
2 in. or 4×
Diameter,
min, %
3
4
...
1
2
3
4
7
...
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.5 E
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
21 .0 E
24.0
24.0
24.0
24.0
24.0
25.0 E
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
...
...
...
...
...
8.5
9.0 E
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
10
14
16
18
16
16
1
3
4
5
6
6
6
1
3
4
5
5
5
...
1
2
3
4
...
1
2
3
4
7
7
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
1 7.0
1 7.0
1 7.0
1 7.0
1 7.0
21 .0
21 .0
21 .0
21 .0
25.0
25.0
25.0
29.0
29.0
...
...
22.0
22.0
22.0
22.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
....
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
10
12
14
16
18
20
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
1
2
...
1
1
2
3
4
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
Temper
Specified
Thickness, in.
H36C or H26C
H36C or H26C
H38C or H28C
H38C or H28C
H38C or H28C
H38C or H28C
H38C or H28C
H11 2
FD
0.032–0.050
0.051 –0.1 62
0.006–0.007
0.008–0.01 9
0.020–0.031
0.032–0.050
0.051 –0.1 28
0.250–3.000
0.250–3.000
35.0
35.0
38.0
38.0
38.0
38.0
38.0
23.0
...
41 .0
41 .0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
28.0
28.0
31 .0
31 .0
31 .0
31 .0
31 .0
9.0
...
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
H32C or H22 C
H32C or H22 C
H32C or H22 C
H32C or H22 C
H32 C or H22 C
H32 C or H22 C
H32C or H22 C
H34C or H24C
H34C or H24C
H34C or H24C
H34C or H24C
H34C or H24C
H34C or H24C
H36C or H26C
H36C or H26C
H36C or H26C
H36C or H26C
H36C or H26C
H38
H38
H38
H38
H38
H11 2
H11 2
FD
0.006–0.007
0.008–0.01 9
0.020–0.031
0.032–0.050
0.051 –0.249
0.250–0.499
0.500–3.000
0.01 7–0.01 9
0.020–0.031
0.032–0.050
0.051 –0.11 3
0.11 4–0.249
0.250–0.499
0.500–2.000
0.009–0.01 9
0.020–0.050
0.051 –0.11 3
0.11 4–0.249
0.250–0.499
0.500–1 .000
0.006–0.007
0.008–0.01 9
0.020–0.031
0.032–0.050
0.051 –0.1 62
0.006–0.007
0.008–0.01 9
0.020–0.031
0.032–0.050
0.051 –0.1 28
0.250–0.499
0.500–3.000
0.250–3.000
21 .0
21 .0
21 .0
21 .0
21 .0
21 .0
22.0E
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
28.0E
31 .0
31 .0
31 .0
31 .0
31 .0
32.0E
34.0
34.0
34.0
34.0
34.0
37.0
37.0
37.0
37.0
37.0
22.0
23.0E
...
28.0
28.0
28.0
28.0
28.0
28.0
29.0 E
34.0
34.0
34.0
34.0
34.0
34.0
35.0 E
37.0
37.0
37.0
37.0
37.0
38.0 E
40.0
40.0
40.0
40.0
40.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
O
O
O
O
O
O
H1 2
H1 2
H1 2
H1 2
H1 2
H1 4
H1 4
H1 4
H1 4
H1 6
H1 6
H1 6
H1 8
H1 8
H1 9
H1 9
H25
H25
H25
H25
0.006–0.007
0.008–0.01 2
0.01 3–0.01 9
0.020–0.031
0.032–0.050
0.051 –0.249
0.01 7–0.01 9
0.020–0.050
0.051 –0.11 3
0.11 4–0.1 61
0.1 62–0.249
0.009–0.031
0.032–0.050
0.051 –0.11 3
0.11 4–0.249
0.006–0.031
0.032–0.11 3
0.11 4–0.1 62
0.006–0.031
0.032–0.1 28
0.006–0.01 2
0.01 3–0.063
0.01 6–0.01 9
0.020–0.031
0.032–0.050
0.051 –0.080
1 7.0
1 7.0
1 7.0
1 7.0
1 7.0
1 7.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
24.0
24.0
24.0
24.0
28.0
28.0
28.0
32.0
32.0
34.0
34.0
26.0
26.0
26.0
26.0
24.0
24.0
24.0
24.0
24.0
24.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
31 .0
31 .0
31 .0
31 .0
35.0
35.0
35.0
...
...
...
...
34.0
34.0
34.0
34.0
274
6
8
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-209
TABLE 2 Continued
Tensile Strength, ksi
min
max
Yield Strength (0.2 % offset), ksi
min
max
Bend
Diameter
Factor, N
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
Elongation in
2 in. or 4×
Diameter,
min, %
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
5.0
5.0
5.0
1 5.0
1 5.0
1 5.0
1 5.0
1 8.0
1 8.0
1 8.0
1 8.0
21 .0
21 .0
21 .0
24.0
24.0
24.0
1 5.0
1 5.0
1 5.0
1 5.0
1 8.0
1 8.0
1 8.0
1 8.0
1 9.0
1 9.0
1 9.0
1 9.0
21 .0
21 .0
21 .0
24.0
24.0
24.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
.....
...
...
...
...
...
16
18
20
1
1
2
3
1
1
2
2
1
2
2
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
2
3
4
6
2
3
4
6
3
4
5
2
3
4
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
1 4.0
1 4.0
1 4.0
1 4.0
1 4.0
1 4.0
1 4.0
1 4.0
1 7.0
1 7.0
1 7.0
1 7.0
1 7.0
1 7.0
1 7.0
20.0
20.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
12
14
16
18
20
21
22
22
2
3
4
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
5
6
8
10
1
2
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
Temper
Specified
Thickness, in.
3005
3005
3005
3005
3005
3005
3005
3005
H27
H27
H27
H27
H28
H28
H28
H28
0.01 6–0.01 9
0.020–0.031
0.032–0.050
0.051 –0.080
0.01 6–0.01 9
0.020–0.031
0.032–0.050
0.051 –0.080
29.5
29.5
29.5
29.5
31 .0
31 .0
31 .0
31 .0
37.5
37.5
37.5
37.5
...
...
...
...
25.5
25.5
25.5
25.5
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
31 05
31 05
31 05
31 05
31 05
31 05
31 05
31 05
31 05
31 05
31 05
31 05
31 05
31 05
31 05
31 05
31 05
31 05
31 05
31 05
31 05
31 05
31 05
31 05
31 05
31 05
31 05
31 05
31 05
31 05
31 05
31 05
31 05
31 05
31 05
O
O
O
H1 2
H1 2
H1 2
H1 2
H1 4
H1 4
H1 4
H1 4
H1 6
H1 6
H1 6
H1 8
H1 8
H1 8
H22
H22
H22
H22
H24
H24
H24
H24
H25
H25
H25
H25
H26
H26
H26
H28
H28
H28
0.01 3–0.01 9
0.020–0.031
0.032–0.080
0.01 7–0.01 9
0.020–0.031
0.032–0.050
0.051 –0.080
0.01 3–0.01 9
0.020–0.031
0.032–0.050
0.051 –0.080
0.01 3–0.031
0.032–0.050
0.051 –0.080
0.01 3–0.031
0.032–0.050
0.051 –0.080
0.01 3–0.01 9
0.020–0.031
0.032–0.050
0.051 –0.080
0.01 3–0.01 9
0.020–0.031
0.032–0.050
0.051 –0.080
0.01 3–0.01 9
0.020–0.031
0.032–0.050
0.051 –0.080
0.01 3–0.031
0.032–0.050
0.051 –0.080
0.01 3–0.031
0.032–0.050
0.051 –0.080
1 4.0
1 4.0
1 4.0
1 9.0
1 9.0
1 9.0
1 9.0
22.0
22.0
22.0
22.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
28.0
28.0
28.0
1 9.0
1 9.0
1 9.0
1 9.0
22.0
22.0
22.0
22.0
23.0
23.0
23.0
23.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
28.0
28.0
28.0
21 .0
21 .0
21 .0
26.0
26.0
26.0
26.0
29.0
29.0
29.0
29.0
32.0
32.0
32.0
...
...
,,,
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
5005
5005
5005
5005
5005
5005
5005
5005
5005
5005
5005
5005
5005
5005
5005
5005
5005
5005
5005
5005
5005
5005
5005
5005
5005
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
H1 2
H1 2
H1 2
H1 2
H1 2
H1 2
H1 2
H1 2
H1 4
H1 4
H1 4
H1 4
H1 4
H1 4
H1 4
H1 6
H1 6
0.006–0.007
0.008–0.01 2
0.01 3–0.01 9
0.020–0.031
0.032–0.050
0.051 –0.11 3
0.11 4–0.249
0.250–3.000
0.01 7–0.01 9
0.020–0.031
0.032–0.050
0.051 –0.11 3
0.11 4–0.1 61
0.1 62–0.249
0.250–0.499
0.500–2.000
0.009–0.031
0.032–0.050
0.051 –0.11 3
0.11 4–0.1 61
0.1 62–0.249
0.250–0.499
0.500–1 .000
0.006–0.031
0.032–0.050
1 5.0
1 5.0
1 5.0
1 5.0
1 5.0
1 5.0
1 5.0
1 5.0
1 8.0
1 8.0
1 8.0
1 8.0
1 8.0
1 8.0
1 8.0
1 8.0
21 .0
21 .0
21 .0
21 .0
21 .0
21 .0
21 .0
24.0
24.0
21 .0
21 .0
21 .0
21 .0
21 .0
21 .0
21 .0
21 .0
24.0
24.0
24.0
24.0
24.0
24.0
24.0
24.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
30.0
30.0
Alloy
275
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
SB-209
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE 2 Continued
Tensile Strength, ksi
min
max
Yield Strength (0.2 % offset), ksi
min
max
Bend
Diameter
Factor, N
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
Elongation in
2 in. or 4×
Diameter,
min, %
3
1
2
3
3
4
5
7
8
9
10
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
8
12
18
...
5.0
1 4.0
1 7.0
21 .0
...
...
...
...
...
...
3
2
1
1
...
...
...
...
...
...
24.0
24.0
24.0
24.0
24.0
24.0
28.0
28.0
31 .0
31 .0
31 .0
33.0
33.0
33.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
1 6.0
1 6.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
22.0
22.0
22.0
...
...
...
...
8.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
16
18
20
22
20
4
6
3
4
5
2
3
4
...
2
3
4
12
...
0
0
0
0
0
2
1
2
1
1
3
3
3
4
...
...
...
...
...
...
31 .0
31 .0
31 .0
31 .0
31 .0
31 .0
31 .0
31 .0
...
...
9.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
24.0
24.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
14
15
16
18
19
20
18
6
8
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
...
...
...
Temper
Specified
Thickness, in.
5005
5005
5005
5005
5005
5005
5005
5005
5005
5005
5005
5005
5005
5005
5005
5005
5005
5005
5005
5005
5005
5005
5005
5005
5005
5005
5005
5005
5005
5005
5005
H1 6
H1 8
H1 8
H1 8
H32 C or H22 C
H32C or H22 C
H32C or H22 C
H32C or H22 C
H32 C or H22 C
H32 C or H22 C
H32C or H22 C
H34C or H24C
H34C or H24C
H34C or H24C
H34C or H24C
H34C or H24C
H34C or H24C
H34C or H24C
H34C or H24C
H36C or H26C
H36C or H26C
H36C or H26C
H36C or H26C
H38
H38
H38
H38
H11 2
H11 2
H11 2
FD
0.051 –0.1 62
0.006–0.031
0.032–0.050
0.051 –0.1 28
0.01 7–0.01 9
0.020–0.031
0.032–0.050
0.051 –0.11 3
0.11 4–0.1 61
0.1 62–0.249
0.250–2.000
0.009–0.01 2
0.01 3–0.031
0.032–0.050
0.051 –0.11 3
0.11 4–0.1 61
0.1 62–0.249
0.250–0.499
0.500–1 .000
0.006–0.007
0.008–0.01 9
0.020–0.031
0.032–0.1 62
0.006–0.01 2
0.01 3–0.01 9
0.020–0.031
0.032–0.1 28
0.250–0.499
0.500–2.000
2.001 –3.000
0.250–3.000
24.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
1 7.0
1 7.0
1 7.0
1 7.0
1 7.0
1 7.0
1 7.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
23.0
23.0
23.0
23.0
26.0
26.0
26.0
26.0
1 7.0
1 5.0
1 4.5
...
30.0
...
...
...
23.0
23.0
23.0
23.0
23.0
23.0
23.0
26.0
26.0
26.0
26.0
26.0
26.0
26.0
26.0
29.0
29.0
29.0
29.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
20.0
...
...
...
1 2.0
1 2.0
1 2.0
1 2.0
1 2.0
1 2.0
1 2.0
1 5.0
1 5.0
1 5.0
1 5.0
1 5.0
1 5.0
1 5.0
1 5.0
1 8.0
1 8.0
1 8.0
1 8.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
501 0
501 0
501 0
501 0
501 0
O
H22
H24
H26
H28
0.01 0–0.070
0.01 0–0.070
0.01 0–0.070
0.01 0–0.070
0.01 0–0.070
1 5.0
1 7.0
20.0
23.0
26.0
21 .0
23.0
26.0
29.0
...
5050
5050
5050
5050
5050
5050
5050
5050
5050
5050
5050
5050
5050
5050
5050
5050
5050
5050
5050
5050
O
O
O
O
O
O
H32C or H22 C
H32C or H22 C
H34C or H24C
H34C or H24C
H34C or H24C
H36C or H26C
H36C or H26C
H36C or H26C
H38
H38
H38
H38
H11 2
FD
0.006–0.007
0.008–0.01 9
0.020–0.031
0.032–0.11 3
0.11 4–0.249
0.250–3.000
0.01 7–0.050
0.051 –0.249
0.009–0.031
0.032–0.050
0.051 –0.249
0.006–0.01 9
0.020–0.050
0.051 –0.1 62
0.006–0.007
0.008–0.031
0.032–0.050
0.051 –0.1 28
0.250–3.000
0.250–3.000
1 8.0
1 8.0
1 8.0
1 8.0
1 8.0
1 8.0
22.0
22.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
29.0
29.0
29.0
29.0
20.0
...
5052
5052
5052
5052
5052
5052
5052
5052
5052
5052
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
H1 41
H1 41
0.006–0.007
0.008–0.01 2
0.01 3–0.01 9
0.020–0.031
0.032–0.050
0.051 –0.11 3
0.11 4–0.249
0.250–3.000
0.090-0.1 74
0.1 75-0.300
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
35.5
34.0
Alloy
276
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-209
TABLE 2 Continued
Tensile Strength, ksi
min
max
Yield Strength (0.2 % offset), ksi
min
max
Bend
Diameter
Factor, N
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
Elongation in
2 in. or 4×
Diameter,
min, %
4
5
7
9
11
12
3
4
6
7
10
2
3
4
2
3
4
7
12
16
5
7
9
...
23.0
23.0
23.0
21 .0
23.0
23.0
23.0
21 .0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
24
24
20
17
24
24
20
17
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
51 .0
50.0
...
...
...
...
56.0
56.0
56.0
...
...
...
1 8.0
1 7.0
1 6.0
1 6.0
1 5.0
1 4.0
31 .0
31 .0
29.0
1 8.0
1 7.0
...
29.0
29.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
16
16
16
14
14
12
10
12
12
12
12
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
35.0
35.0
35.0
40.0
40.0
40.0
44.0
44.0
44.0
44.0
47.0
47.0
47.0
50.0
36.0
35.0
35.0
34.0
...
44.0
44.0
44.0
47.0
47.0
47.0
51 .0
51 .0
51 .0
51 .0
54.0
54.0
54.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
1 4.0
1 4.0
1 4.0
28.0
28.0
28.0
34.0
34.0
34.0
34.0
38.0
38.0
38.0
41 .0
1 8.0
1 6.0
1 4.0
1 4.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
15
18
16
6
8
12
4
5
6
10
3
4
6
3
8
10
14
14
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
30.0
41 .0
11 .0
...
12
...
Temper
Specified
Thickness, in.
5052
5052
5052
5052
5052
5052
5052
5052
5052
5052
5052
5052
5052
5052
5052
5052
5052
5052
5052
5052
5052
5052
5052
5052
H32 C or H22 C
H32C or H22 C
H32C or H22 C
H32 C or H22 C
H32 C or H22 C
H32C or H22 C
H34C or H24C
H34C or H24C
H34C or H24C
H34C or H24C
H34C or H24C
H36C or H26C
H36C or H26C
H36C or H26C
H38C or H28C
H38C or H28C
H38C or H28C
H11 2
H11 2
H11 2
H322
H322
H322
FD
0.01 7–0.01 9
0.020–0.050
0.051 –0.11 3
0.11 4–0.249
0.250–0.499
0.500–2.000
0.009–0.01 9
0.020–0.050
0.051 –0.11 3
0.11 4–0.249
0.250–1 .000
0.006–0.007
0.008–0.031
0.032–0.1 62
0.006–0.007
0.008–0.031
0.032–0.1 28
0.250–0.499
0.500–2.000
2.001 –3.000
0.020–0.050
0.051 –0.11 3
0.11 4–0.1 25
0.250–3.000
31 .0
31 .0
31 .0
31 .0
31 .0
31 .0
34.0
34.0
34.0
34.0
34.0
37.0
37.0
37.0
39.0
39.0
39.0
28.0
25.0
25.0
31 .0
31 .0
31 .0
...
38.0
38.0
38.0
38.0
38.0
38.0
41 .0
41 .0
41 .0
41 .0
41 .0
44.0
44.0
44.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
35.0
35.0
35.0
...
23.0
23.0
23.0
23.0
23.0
23.0
26.0
26.0
26.0
26.0
26.0
29.0
29.0
29.0
32.0
32.0
32.0
1 6.0
9.5
9.5
21 .0
21 .0
21 .0
...
5059
5059
5059
5059
5059
5059
5059
5059
O
O
O
O
H111
H111
H111
H111
0.078–0.249
0.250–0.787
0.788–1 .575
1 .576–7.000
0.078–0.249
0.250–0.787
0.788–1 .575
1 .576–7.000
48.0
48.0
48.0
44.0
48.0
48.0
48.0
44.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
5083
5083
5083
5083
5083
5083
5083
5083
5083
5083
5083
5083
O
O
O
O
O
O
H32
H32
H32
H11 2
H11 2
FD
0.051 –1 .500
1 .501 –3.000
3.001 –4.000
4.001 –5.000
5.001 –7.000
7.001 –8.000
0.1 25–0.1 87
0.1 88–1 .500
1 .501 –3.000
0.250–1 .500
1 .501 –3.000
0.250–8.000
40.0
39.0
38.0
38.0
37.0
36.0
44.0
44.0
41 .0
40.0
39.0
...
5086
5086
5086
5086
5086
5086
5086
5086
5086
5086
5086
5086
5086
5086
5086
5086
5086
5086
5086
O
O
O
H32C or H22 C
H32C or H22 C
H32C or H22 C
H34C or H24C
H34C or H24C
H34C or H24C
H34C or H24C
H36C or H26C
H36C or H26C
H36C or H26C
H38C or H28C
H11 2
H11 2
H11 2
H11 2
FD
0.020–0.050
0.051 –0.249
0.250–2.000
0.020–0.050
0.051 –0.249
0.250–2.000
0.009–0.01 9
0.020–0.050
0.051 –0.249
0.250–1 .000
0.006–0.01 9
0.020–0.050
0.051 –0.1 62
0.006–0.020
0.1 88–0.499
0.500–1 .000
1 .001 –2.000
2.001 –3.000
0.250–3.000
51 54
O
0.020–0.031
Alloy
277
0
1
2
3
...
...
1
2
3
4
...
4
4
5
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
SB-209
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE 2 Continued
Tensile Strength, ksi
min
max
Yield Strength (0.2 % offset), ksi
min
max
Bend
Diameter
Factor, N
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
Elongation in
2 in. or 4×
Diameter,
min, %
14
16
18
5
8
12
4
6
7
10
3
4
5
3
4
5
8
11
15
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
10
9
3
...
...
...
41 .0
41 .0
43.0
43.0
46.0
46.0
46.0
49.0
49.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
11 .0
11 .0
26.0
26.0
29.0
29.0
29.0
32.0
32.0
35.0
35.0
1 8.0
11 .0
11 .0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
16
18
8
12
6
7
10
4
5
4
5
8
11
15
...
...
...
....
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
31 .0
31 .0
31 .0
31 .0
36.0
36.0
36.0
39.0
39.0
39.0
39.0
32.0
31 .0
31 .0
...
41 .0
41 .0
41 .0
41 .0
44.0
44.0
44.0
47.0
47.0
47.0
47.0
...
...
...
...
1 2.0
1 2.0
1 2.0
1 2.0
26.0
26.0
26.0
29.0
29.0
29.0
29.0
1 8.0
1 2.0
1 2.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
12
14
16
18
5
8
12
4
6
7
10
8
11
15
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
0.030–0.055
0.056–0.087
0.088–0.1 38
29.0
29.0
29.0
39.0
39.0
39.0
1 2.0
1 2.0
1 2.0
...
...
...
17
18
19
...
...
...
0.051 –1 .500
1 .501 –3.000
3.001 –5.000
5.001 –7.000
7.001 –8.000
0.1 88–0.499
42.0
41 .0
40.0
39.0
38.0
46.0
53.0
52.0
...
...
...
59.0
1 9.0
1 8.0
1 7.0
1 6.0
1 5.0
33.0
30.0
30.0
...
...
...
...
16
16
14
14
12
12
...
...
...
...
...
...
Temper
Specified
Thickness, in.
51 54
51 54
51 54
51 54
51 54
51 54
51 54
51 54
51 54
51 54
51 54
51 54
51 54
51 54
51 54
51 54
51 54
51 54
51 54
51 54
O
O
O
H32 C or H22 C
H32C or H22 C
H32C or H22 C
H34C or H24C
H34C or H24C
H34C or H24C
H34C or H24C
H36C or H26C
H36C or H26C
H36C or H26C
H38C or H28C
H38C or H28C
H38C or H28C
H11 2
H11 2
H11 2
FD
0.032–0.050
0.051 –0.11 3
0.11 4–3.000
0.020–0.050
0.051 –0.249
0.250–2.000
0.009–0.050
0.051 –0.1 61
0.1 62–0.249
0.250–1 .000
0.006–0.050
0.051 –0.11 3
0.11 4–0.1 62
0.006–0.050
0.051 –0.11 3
0.11 4–0.1 28
0.250–0.499
0.500–2.000
2.001 –3.000
0.250–3.000
30.0
30.0
30.0
36.0
36.0
36.0
39.0
39.0
39.0
39.0
42.0
42.0
42.0
45.0
45.0
45.0
32.0
30.0
30.0
...
41 .0
41 .0
41 .0
43.0
43.0
43.0
46.0
46.0
46.0
46.0
49.0
49.0
49.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
11 .0
11 .0
11 .0
26.0
26.0
26.0
29.0
29.0
29.0
29.0
32.0
32.0
32.0
35.0
35.0
35.0
1 8.0
11 .0
11 .0
...
5252
5252
5252
H24
H25
H28
0.030–0.090
0.030–0.090
0.030–0.090
30.0
31 .0
38.0
38.0
39.0
...
5254
5254
5254
5254
5254
5254
5254
5254
5254
5254
5254
5254
5254
5254
5254
O
O
H32C or H22 C
H32C or H22 C
H34C or H24C
H34C or H24C
H34C or H24C
H36C or H26C
H36C or H26C
H38C or H28C
H38C or H28C
H11 2
H11 2
H11 2
FD
0.051 –0.11 3
0.11 4–3.000
0.051 –0.249
0.250–2.000
0.051 –0.1 61
0.1 62–0.249
0.250–1 .000
0.051 –0.11 3
0.11 4–0.1 62
0.051 –0.11 3
0.11 4–0.1 28
0.250–0.499
0.500–2.000
2.001 –3.000
0.250–3.000
30.0
30.0
36.0
36.0
39.0
39.0
39.0
42.0
42.0
45.0
45.0
32.0
30.0
30.0
...
5454
5454
5454
5454
5454
5454
5454
5454
5454
5454
5454
5454
5454
5454
5454
O
O
O
O
H32C or H22 C
H32C or H22 C
H32C or H22 C
H34C or H24C
H34C or H24C
H34C or H24C
H34C or H24C
H11 2
H11 2
H11 2
FD
0.020–0.031
0.032–0.050
0.051 –0.11 3
0.11 4–3.000
0.020–0.050
0.051 –0.249
0.250–2.000
0.020–0.050
0.051 –0.1 61
0.1 62–0.249
0.250–1 .000
0.250–0.499
0.500–2.000
2.001 –3.000
0.250–3.000
5754
5754
5754
O
O
O
5456
5456
5456
5456
5456
5456
O
O
O
O
O
H32
Alloy
278
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-209
TABLE 2 Continued
Tensile Strength, ksi
min
max
Yield Strength (0.2 % offset), ksi
min
max
Temper
Specified
Thickness, in.
5456
5456
5456
5456
5456
H32
H32
H11 2
H11 2
FD
0.500–1 .500
1 .501 –3.000
0.250–1 .500
1 .501 –3.000
0.250–8.000
44.0
41 .0
42.0
41 .0
...
56.0
54.0
...
...
...
31 .0
29.0
1 9.0
1 8.0
...
5457
O
0.030–0.090
1 6.0
22.0
...
Alloy
Bend
Diameter
Factor, N
...
...
...
...
...
Elongation in
2 in. or 4×
Diameter,
min, %
12
12
12
12
...
...
20
...
...
...
...
...
...
5657
5657
5657
5657
H241
0.030–0.090
1 8.0
26.0
...
...
13
...
H25
0.030–0.090
20.0
28.0
...
...
8
...
H26
0.030–0.090
22.0
30.0
...
...
7
...
H28
0.030–0.090
25.0
...
...
...
5
...
A To determine conformance to this specification each value for tensile strength and yield strength shall be rounded to the nearest 0.1 ksi and each value for elongation
to the nearest 0.5 %, both in accordance with the Rounding Method of Practice E29.
B The basis for establishment of mechanical property limits is shown in Annex A1 .
C Material in either of these tempers (H32 or H22), (H34 or H24), (H36 or H26), (H38 or H28), (H1 2 or H22), (H1 4 or H24), (H1 6 or H26), (H1 8 or H28), may be supplied
at the option of the supplier, unless one is specifically excluded by the contract or purchase order. When ordered as H2x tempers, the maximum tensile strength and
minimum yield strength do not apply. When H2x tempers are supplied instead of ordered H1 x or H3x tempers, the supplied H2x temper material shall meet the respective
H1 x or H3x temper tensile property limits.
D Tests of F temper plate for tensile properties are not required.
E The tension test specimen from plate 0.500 in. and thicker is machined from the core and does not include the cladding alloy.
G47 Test Method for Determining Susceptibility to StressCorrosion Cracking of 2XXX and 7XXX Aluminum
Alloy Products
4.
4.1 Orders for material to this specification shall include the
following information:
4.1 .1 This specification designation (which includes the
number, the year, and the revision letter, if applicable),
4.1 .2 Quantity in pieces or pounds,
4.1 .3 Alloy (7.1 ),
4.1 .4 Temper (9.1 ),
4.1 .5 Finish for sheet in nonheat-treatable alloys (Section
1 ),
4.1 .6 For sheet, whether flat or coiled,
4.1 .7 Dimensions (thickness, width, and length or coil size),
4.1 .8 Tensile property limits and dimensional tolerances for
sizes not covered in Table 2 or Table 3 of this specification and
in ANSI H35.2, respectively.
ANSI Standards:
2.3
H35.1 /H35.1 (M) Alloy and Temper Designation Systems for
Aluminum
H35.2 Dimensional Tolerances for Aluminum Mill Products
AMS Specification:
2.4
AMS 2772 Heat Treatment of Aluminum Alloy Raw Materials
Other Standards:
2.5
CEN EN 1 4242 Aluminum and Aluminum Alloys. Chemical
Analysis. Inductively Coupled Plasma Optical Emission
Spectral Analysis
3.
Ordering Information
4.2 Additionally, orders for material meeting the requirements of this specification shall include the following information when required by the purchaser:
4.2.1 Whether a supply of one of the pairs of tempers where
shown in Table 2, (H1 4 or H24) or (H34 or H24), is specifically
excluded (Table 2, Footnote ),
4.2.2 Whether heat treatment in accordance with Practice
B91 8 is required (8.2),
4.2.3 Whether bend tests are required (1 2.1 ),
4.2.4 Whether testing for stress-corrosion cracking resistance of alloy 21 24-T851 , 221 9-T851 , or 221 9 –T87 is
required (1 3.1 ),
4.2.5 Whether ultrasonic inspection for aerospace or pressure vessels applications is required (Section 1 7),
4.2.6 Whether inspection or witness of inspection and tests
by the purchaser’ s representative is required prior to material
shipment (1 8.1 ),
Terminology
Definitions—
3.1
Refer to Terminology B881 for definitions
of product terms used in this specification.
Definitions of Terms Specific to This Standard:
capable of—
capable of
3.2
3.2.1
The term
, as used in this
specification, means that the test need not be performed by the
producer of the material. However, should testing by the
purchaser establish that the material does not meet these
requirements, the material shall be subj ect to rej ection.
C
279
SB-209
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE 3 Tensi l e Property Li mi ts for H eat-Treatabl e Al l oys
Alloy
201 4
201 4
201 4
201 4
201 4
201 4
201 4
201 4
201 4
201 4
201 4
201 4
201 4
201 4
201 4
201 4
201 4
201 4
201 4
201 4
201 4
201 4
201 4
201 4
201 4
201 4
Al cl ad 201 4
Al cl ad 201 4
Al cl ad 201 4
Al cl ad 201 4
Al cl ad 201 4
Al cl ad 201 4
Al cl ad 201 4
Al cl ad 201 4
Al cl ad 201 4
Al cl ad 201 4
Al cl ad 201 4
Al cl ad 201 4
Al cl ad 201 4
Al cl ad 201 4
Al cl ad 201 4
Al cl ad 201 4
Al cl ad 201 4
Al cl ad 201 4
Al cl ad 201 4
Al cl ad 201 4
Al cl ad 201 4
Al cl ad 201 4
Al cl ad 201 4
Al cl ad 201 4
Al cl ad 201 4
Al cl ad 201 4
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
A, B
Tensile
Strength, ksi
Yield Strength
(0.2 % offset),
ksi
Temper
Specified
Thickness, in.
Axis of
Test
Specimen C
O
O
O
T3
T3
T3
T4D
T4D
T42 E
T42 E
T42 E
T42 E
T451 F
T451 F
T451 F
T6, T62 E
T6, T62 E
T6, T62 E
T6, T62 E
T62 E , T651 F
T62 E , T651 F
T62 E , T651 F
T62 E , T651 F
T62 E , T651 F
T62 E , T651 F
FG
0.020–0.1 24
0.1 25–0.249
0.250–0.499
0.020–0.039
0.040–0.1 24
0.1 25–0.249
0.020–0.1 24
0.1 25–0.249
0.020–0.1 24
0.1 25–0.249
0.250–0.499
0.500–1 .000
0.250–1 .000
1 .001 –2.000
2.001 –3.000
0.020–0.039
0.040–0.050
0.051 –0.1 24
0.1 25–0.249
0.250–0.499
0.500–1 .000
1 .001 –2.000
2.001 –2.500
2.501 –3.000
3.001 –4.000
0.250–1 .000
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
min
...
...
...
59.0
59.0
59.0
59.0
59.0
58.0
58.0
58.0
58.0
58.0
58.0
57.0
64.0
66.0
66.0
66.0
67.0
67.0
67.0
65.0
63.0
59.0
...
max
32.0
32.0
32.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
min
...
...
...
35.0
36.0
36.0
35.0
35.0
34.0
34.0
34.0
34.0
36.0
36.0
36.0
57.0
58.0
58.0
58.0
59.0
59.0
59.0
58.0
57.0
55.0
...
max
1 6.0
1 6.0
1 6.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
O
O
T3
T3
T3
T4D
T4D
T4D
T42 E
T42 E
T42 E
T42 E
T451 F
T451 F
T451 F
T451 F
T6, T62 E
T6, T62 E
T6, T62 E
T62 E , T651 F
T62 E , T651 F
T62E , T651 F
T62E , T651 F
T62E , T651 F
T62E , T651 F
FG
0.020–0.499
0.500–1 .000
0.020–0.024
0.025–0.039
0.040–0.249
0.020–0.024
0.025–0.039
0.040–0.249
0.020–0.024
0.025–0.039
0.040–0.499
0.500–1 .000
0.250–0.499
0.500–1 .000
1 .001 –2.000
2.001 –3.000
0.020–0.024
0.025–0.039
0.040–0.249
0.250–0.499
0.500–1 .000
1 .001 –2.000
2.001 –2.500
2.501 –3.000
3.001 –4.000
0.250–1 .000
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
54.0
55.0
57.0
54.0
55.0
57.0
54.0
55.0
57.0
58.0H
57.0
58.0H
58.0H
57.0H
62.0
63.0
64.0
64.0
67.0H
67.0H
65.0H
63.0H
59.0H
...
30.0
32.0H
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
33.0
34.0
35.0
31 .0
32.0
34.0
31 .0
32.0
34.0
34.0 H
36.0
36.0 H
36.0 H
36.0 H
54.0
55.0
57.0
57.0
59.0 H
59.0 H
58.0 H
57.0 H
55.0 H
...
O
O
O
O
T3
T3
T3
T3
T3
T351 F
T351 F
T351 F
T351 F
0.01 0–0.032
0.033–0.063
0.064–0.1 28
0.1 29–0.499
0.008–0.009
0.01 0–0.020
0.021 –0.051
0.052–0.1 28
0.1 29–0.249
0.250–0.499
0.500–1 .000
1 .001 –1 .500
1 .501 –2.000
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
63.0
63.0
63.0
63.0
64.0
64.0
63.0
62.0
62.0
32.0
32.0
32.0
32.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
42.0
42.0
42.0
42.0
42.0
42.0
42.0
42.0
42.0
280
Elongation Bend
in
Diameter
2 in. or Factor, N
4×
Diameter,
min, %
16
16
16
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
12
8
6
7
7
7
7
6
4
2
2
1
...
0
1
2
3
3
4
3
4
3
4
5
...
....
...
...
4
5
6
8
10
...
...
...
...
...
...
1 4.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
16
10
14
14
15
14
14
15
14
14
15
14
15
14
12
8
7
7
8
8
6
4
2
2
1
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
1 4.0
1 4.0
1 4.0
1 4.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
12
12
12
12
10
12
15
15
15
12
8
7
6
0
1
4
6
4
4
5
6
8
...
...
...
...
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE 3
Continued
SB-209
Tensile
Strength, ksi
Yield Strength
(0.2 % offset),
ksi
Alloy
Temper
Specified
Thickness, in.
Axis of
Test
Specimen C
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
T351 F
T351 F
T361 I
T361 I
T361 I
T361 I
T361 I
T4D
T4D
T4D
T4D
T42 E
T42 E
T42 E
T42 E
T42 E
T42 E
T42 E
T42 E
T42 E
T62 E
T62 E
T72 E, J
T81
T851 F
T851 F
T851 F
T861 I
T861 I
T861 I
T861 I
FG
2.001 –3.000
3.001 –4.000
0.020–0.051
0.052–0.062
0.063–0.249
0.250–0.499
0.500
0.01 0–0.020
0.021 –0.051
0.052–0.1 28
0.1 29–0.249
0.01 0–0.020
0.021 –0.051
0.052–0.1 28
0.1 29–0.249
0.250–0.499
0.500–1 .000
1 .001 –1 .500
1 .501 –2.000
2.001 –3.000
0.01 0–0.499
0.500–3.000
0.01 0–0.249
0.01 0–0.249
0.250–0.499
0.500–1 .000
1 .001 –1 .499
0.020–0.062
0.063–0.249
0.250–0.499
0.500
0.250–3.000
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
min
60.0
57.0
67.0
67.0
68.0
66.0
66.0
62.0
62.0
62.0
62.0
62.0
62.0
62.0
62.0
62.0
61 .0
60.0
60.0
58.0
64.0
63.0
60.0
67.0
67.0
66.0
66.0
70.0
71 .0
70.0
70.0
...
max
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
min
42.0
41 .0
50.0
50.0
51 .0
49.0
49.0
40.0
40.0
40.0
40.0
38.0
38.0
38.0
38.0
38.0
38.0
38.0
38.0
38.0
50.0
50.0
46.0
58.0
58.0
58.0
57.0
62.0
66.0
64.0
64.0
...
max
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
.. .
O
O
O
O
O
O
T3
T3
T3
T3
T3
T3
T351 F
T351 F
T351 F
T351 F
T351 F
T351 F
T361 I
T361 I
T361 I
T361 I
T361 I
T4D
T4D
T4D
T4D
T42 E
T42 E
T42 E
T42 E
T42 E
T42 E
T42 E
T42 E
0.008–0.009
0.01 0–0.032
0.033–0.062
0.063–0.249
0.250–0.499
0.500–1 .750
0.008–0.009
0.01 0–0.020
0.021 –0.040
0.041 –0.062
0.063–0.1 28
0.1 29–0.249
0.250–0.499
0.500–1 .000
1 .001 –1 .500
1 .501 –2.000
2.001 –3.000
3.001 –4.000
0.020–0.062
0.063–0.1 87
0.1 88–0.249
0.250–0.499
0.500
0.01 0–0.020
0.021 –0.040
0.041 –0.062
0.063–0.1 28
0.008–0.009
0.01 0–0.020
0.021 –0.040
0.041 –0.062
0.063–0.1 28
0.1 29–0.1 87
0.1 88–0.249
0.250–0.499
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
58.0
59.0
59.0
59.0
61 .0
62.0
62.0
63.0H
62.0H
62.0H
60.0H
57.0H
61 .0
64.0
64.0
64.0
66.0H
58.0
58.0
58.0
61 .0
55.0
57.0
57.0
57.0
60.0
60.0
60.0
60.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
32.0
32.0
32.0H
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
39.0
39.0
39.0
39.0
40.0
40.0
40.0
42.0 H
42.0 H
42.0 H
42.0 H
41 .0 H
47.0
48.0
48.0
48.0
49.0 H
36.0
36.0
36.0
38.0
34.0
34.0
34.0
34.0
36.0
36.0
36.0
36.0
1 4.0
1 4.0
1 4.0
1 4.0
1 4.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
281
Elongation Bend
in
Diameter
2 in. or Factor, N
4×
Diameter,
min, %
4
4
8
8
9
9
10
12
15
15
15
12
15
15
15
12
8
7
6
4
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
3
4
4
4
...
...
4
8
8
...
...
4
5
6
8
4
5
6
8
10
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
10
12
12
12
12
12
10
12
15
15
15
15
12
8
7
6
4
4
8
9
9
9
10
12
15
15
15
10
12
15
15
15
15
15
12
0
0
1
2
3
...
4
4
4
5
5
8
...
...
...
...
...
...
4
6
8
...
...
4
4
5
5
4
4
4
5
5
8
8
10
SB-209
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE 3
Yield Strength
(0.2 % offset),
ksi
Temper
Specified
Thickness, in.
T42 E
T42E
T42E
T42E
T62E
T62 E
T72 E, J
T72 E, J
T81
T81
T851 F
T851 F
T861 I
T861 I
T861 I
T861 I
T861 I
FG
0.500–1 .000
1 .001 –1 .500
1 .501 –2.000
2.001 –3.000
0.01 0–0.062
0.063–0.499
0.01 0–0.062
0.063–0.249
0.01 0–0.062
0.063–0.249
0.250–0.499
0.500–1 .000
0.020–0.062
0.063–0.1 87
0.1 88–0.249
0.250–0.499
0.500
0.250–3.000
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
min
61 .0H
60.0H
60.0H
58.0H
60.0
62.0
56.0
58.0
62.0
65.0
65.0
66.0H
64.0
69.0
69.0
68.0
70.0H
...
max
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
min
38.0 H
38.0 H
38.0 H
38.0 H
47.0
49.0
43.0
45.0
54.0
56.0
56.0
58.0 H
58.0
64.0
64.0
62.0
64.0 H
...
max
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
O
O
T3
T361
T361
T361
T351 F
T351 F
T351 F
T351 F
T351 F
T351 F
T42 E
T42 E
T42 E
T42 E
T42 E
T42 E
T62 E
T72 E, J
T81
T851 F
T851 F
T861
T861
T861
FG
0.1 88–0.499
0.500–1 .750
0.1 88–0.249
0.1 88–0.249
0.250–0.499
0.500
0.250–0.499
0.500–1 .000
1 .001 –1 .500
1 .501 –2.000
2.001 –3.000
3.001 –4.000
0.1 88–0.249
0.250–0.499
0.500–1 .000
1 .001 –1 .500
1 .501 –2.000
2.001 –3.000
0.1 88–0.499
0.1 88–0.249
0.1 88–0.249
0.250–0.499
0.500–1 .000
0.1 88–0.249
0.250–0.499
0.500
0.250–3.000
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
63.0
65.0
65.0
66.0H
63.0
63.0H
62.0H
62.0H
60.0H
57.0H
61 .0
61 .0
61 .0H
60.0H
60.0H
58.0H
62.0
59.0
66.0
66.0
66.0H
70.0
69.0
70.0H
...
32.0
32.0H
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
41 .0
49.0
48.0
49.0 H
41 .0
42.0 H
42.0 H
42.0 H
42.0 H
41 .0 H
37.0
37.0
38.0 H
38.0 H
38.0 H
38.0 H
49.0
45.0
57.0
57.0
58.0 H
65.0
63.0
64.0 H
...
1 -Side 2024
1 -Side 2024
1 -Side 2024
1 -Side 2024
1 -Side 2024
1 -Side 2024
1 -Side 2024
1 -Side 2024
1 -Side 2024
1 -Side 2024
1 -Side 2024
1 -Side 2024
1 -Side 2024
1 -Side 2024
1 -Side 2024
1 -Side 2024
1 -Side 2024
1 -Side 2024
1 -Side 2024
1 -Side 2024
O
O
O
T3
T3
T3
T3
T351 F
T361
T361
T361
T42 E
T42 E
T42 E
T42 E
T42 E
T62E
T62 E
T72 E, J
T72 E, J
0.008–0.009
0.01 0–0.062
0.063–0.499
0.01 0–0.020
0.021 –0.062
0.063–0.1 28
0.1 29–0.249
0.250–0.499
0.020–0.062
0.063–0.249
0.250–0.499
0.01 0–0.020
0.021 –0.062
0.063–0.249
0.250–0.499
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
61 .0
61 .0
62.0
63.0
63.0
64.0
66.0
65.0
59.0
59.0
61 .0
61 .0
31 .0
31 .0
32.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
62.0
63.0
58.0
59.0
...
...
...
...
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
2024
1 1 ⁄2 % Alclad
1 1 ⁄2 % Alclad
1 1 ⁄2 % Alclad
1 1 ⁄2 % Alclad
1 1 ⁄2 % Alclad
1 1 ⁄2 % Alclad
1 1 ⁄2 % Alclad
1 1 ⁄2 % Alclad
1 1 ⁄2 % Alclad
1 1 ⁄2 % Alclad
1 1 ⁄2 % Alclad
1 1 ⁄2 % Alclad
1 1 ⁄2 % Alclad
1 1 ⁄2 % Alclad
1 1 ⁄2 % Alclad
1 1 ⁄2 % Alclad
1 1 ⁄2 % Alclad
1 1 ⁄2 % Alclad
1 1 ⁄2 % Alclad
1 1 ⁄2 % Alclad
1 1 ⁄2 % Alclad
1 1 ⁄2 % Alclad
1 1 ⁄2 % Alclad
1 1 ⁄2 % Alclad
1 1 ⁄2 % Alclad
1 1 ⁄2 % Alclad
1 1 ⁄2 % Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Tensile
Strength, ksi
Axis of
Test
Specimen C
Alloy
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Continued
0.01 0–0.062
0.063–0.499
0.01 0–0.062
0.063–0.249
282
Elongation Bend
in
Diameter
2 in. or Factor, N
4×
Diameter,
min, %
8
7
6
4
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
3
4
4
4
4
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
1 4.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
12
12
15
9
9
10
12
8
7
6
4
4
15
12
8
7
6
4
5
5
5
5
5
4
4
4
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
40.0
40.0
41 .0
41 .0
41 .0
48.0
49.0
48.0
35.0
36.0
37.0
37.0
1 4.0
1 4.0
1 4.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
10
12
12
12
15
15
15
12
8
9
9
12
15
15
12
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
48.0
49.0
44.0
45.0
...
...
...
...
5
5
5
5
...
...
...
...
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE 3
Continued
SB-209
Tensile
Strength, ksi
Yield Strength
(0.2 % offset),
ksi
Temper
Specified
Thickness, in.
Axis of
Test
Specimen C
T81
T81
T851 F
T861
T861
T861
FG
0.01 0–0.062
0.063–0.249
0.250–0.499
0.020–0.062
0.063–0.249
0.250–0.499
0.250–0.499
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
min
64.0
66.0
66.0
67.0
70.0
69.0
...
max
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
min
56.0
57.0
57.0
60.0
65.0
63.0
...
max
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
1 -Side
O
0.1 88–0.499
...
...
32.0
...
1 -Side
T3
0.1 88–0.249
...
63.0
...
1 -Side
T351 F
0.250–0.499
...
63.0
1 -Side
T361
0.1 88–0.249
...
1 -Side
T361
0.250–0.499
1 -Side
T42 E
1 -Side
T42 E
1 -Side
T62 E
1 -Side
T72 E, J
1 -Side
Alloy
Elongation Bend
in
Diameter
2 in. or Factor, N
4×
Diameter,
min, %
5
5
5
3
4
4
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
1 4.0
12
...
41 .0
...
15
...
...
41 .0
...
12
...
66.0
...
49.0
...
9
...
...
65.0
...
48.0
...
9
...
0.1 88–0.249
...
61 .0
...
37.0
...
15
...
0.250–0.499
...
61 .0
...
37.0
...
12
...
0.1 88–0.499
...
63.0
...
49.0
...
5
...
0.1 88–0.249
...
59.0
...
45.0
...
5
...
T81
0.1 88–0.249
...
66.0
...
57.0
...
5
...
1 -Side
T851 F
0.250–0.499
...
66.0
...
57.0
...
5
...
1 -Side
T861
0.1 88–0.249
...
70.0
...
65.0
...
4
...
1 -Side
T861
0.250–0.499
...
69.0
...
63.0
...
4
...
1 -Side
FG
0.250–0.499
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
21 24
21 24
T851 F
T851 F
1 .000–2.000K
1 .000–2.000K
66.0
66.0
...
...
57.0
57.0
...
...
6
5
...
...
21 24
T851 F
1 .000–2.000K
64.0
...
55.0
...
1 .5
...
21 24
21 24
T851 F
T851 F
2.001 –3.000
2.001 –3.000
65.0
65.0
...
...
57.0
57.0
...
...
6
4
...
...
21 24
T851 F
2.001 –3.000
63.0
...
55.0
...
1 .5
...
21 24
21 24
T851 F
T851 F
3.001 –4.000
3.001 –4.000
65.0
65.0
...
...
56.0
56.0
...
...
5
4
...
...
21 24
T851 F
3.001 –4.000
62.0
...
54.0
...
1 .5
...
21 24
21 24
T851 F
T851 F
4.001 –5.000
4.001 –5.000
64.0
64.0
...
...
55.0
55.0
...
...
5
4
...
...
21 24
T851 F
4.001 –5.000
61 .0
...
53.0
...
1 .5
...
21 24
21 24
T851 F
T851 F
5.001 –6.000
5.001 –6.000
63.0
63.0
...
...
54.0
54.0
...
...
5
4
...
...
21 24
T851 F
5.001 –6.000
58.0
...
51 .0
...
1 .5
...
221 9
221 9
221 9
O
O
O
0.020–0.250
0.251 –0.750
0.751 –1 .000
...
...
...
32.0
32.0
32.0
...
...
...
1 6.0
1 6.0
1 6.0
12
12
12
4
6
8
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
1 -Side 2024
1 -Side 2024
1 -Side 2024
1 -Side 2024
1 -Side 2024
1 -Side 2024
1 -Side 2024
1 1 ⁄2 % Alclad
2024
1 1 ⁄2 % Alclad
2024
1 1 ⁄2 % Alclad
2024
1 1 ⁄2 % Alclad
2024
1 1 ⁄2 % Alclad
2024
1 1 ⁄2 % Alclad
2024
1 1 ⁄2 % Alclad
2024
1 1 ⁄2 % Alclad
2024
1 1 ⁄2 % Alclad
2024
1 1 ⁄2 % Alclad
2024
1 1 ⁄2 % Alclad
2024
1 1 ⁄2 % Alclad
2024
1 1 ⁄2 % Alclad
2024
1 1 ⁄2 % Alclad
2024
longitudinal
long
transverse
short
transverse
longitudinal
long
transverse
short
transverse
longitudinal
long
transverse
short
transverse
longitudinal
long
transverse
short
transverse
longitudinal
long
transverse
short
transverse
...
...
...
283
SB-209
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE 3
Continued
Tensile
Strength, ksi
Yield Strength
(0.2 % offset),
ksi
Alloy
Temper
Specified
Thickness, in.
Axis of
Test
Specimen C
221 9
221 9
221 9
221 9
O
T31 L (flat sheet)
T31 L (flat sheet)
T351 F, L plate (formerly
T31 plate)
T351 F, L plate (formerly
T31 plate)
T351 F, L plate (formerly
T31 plate)
T351 F, L plate (formerly
T31 plate)
T351 F, L plate (formerly
T31 plate)
T37L
T37L
T37L
T37L
T37L
T62 E
T62 E
T62 E
T62 E
T81 sheet
T81 sheet
T851 F plate (formerly
T81 plate)
T851 F plate (formerly
T81 plate)
T851 F plate (formerly
T81 plate)
T851 F plate (formerly
T81 plate)
T851 F plate (formerly
T81 plate)
T851 F plate (formerly
T81 plate)
T87
T87
T87
T87
T87
T87
T87
FG
1 .001 –2.000
0.020–0.039
0.040–0.249
0.250–2.000
...
...
...
...
min
...
46.0
46.0
46.0
max
32.0
...
...
...
min
...
29.0
28.0
28.0
max
1 6.0
...
...
...
2.001 –3.000
...
44.0
...
28.0
3.001 –4.000
...
42.0
...
4.001 –5.000
...
40.0
5.001 –6.000
...
39.0
0.020–0.039
0.040–2.500
2.501 –3.000
3.001 –4.000
4.001 –5.000
0.020–0.039
0.040–0.249
0.250–1 .000
1 .001 –2.000
0.020–0.039
0.040–0.249
0.250–1 .000
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
1 .001 –2.000
O
O
T31 L (flat sheet)
T31 L (flat sheet)
T351 F, L plate (formerly
T31 plate)
T37L
T37L
T62 E
T62 E
T62 E
T62 E
T62 E
T62E
T81 (flat sheet)
T81 (flat sheet)
T81 (flat sheet)
T851 F plate (formerly
T81 plate)
T87
T87
T87
FG
221 9
221 9
221 9
221 9
221 9
221 9
221 9
221 9
221 9
221 9
221 9
221 9
221 9
221 9
221 9
221 9
221 9
221 9
221 9
221 9
221 9
221 9
221 9
221 9
221 9
221 9
221 9
221 9
221 9
Alcad
Alcad
Alcad
Alcad
Alcad
221 9
221 9
221 9
221 9
221 9
Alcad
Alcad
Alcad
Alcad
Alcad
Alcad
Alcad
Alcad
Alcad
Alcad
Alcad
Alcad
221 9
221 9
221 9
221 9
221 9
221 9
221 9
221 9
221 9
221 9
221 9
221 9
Alcad
Alcad
Alcad
Alcad
221 9
221 9
221 9
221 9
Elongation Bend
in
Diameter
2 in. or Factor, N
4×
Diameter,
min, %
12
8
10
10
...
...
...
...
...
10
...
27.0
...
9
...
...
26.0
...
9
...
...
25.0
...
8
...
49.0
49.0
47.0
45.0
43.0
54.0
54.0
54.0
54.0
62.0
62.0
62.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
38.0
37.0
36.0
35.0
34.0
36.0
36.0
36.0
36.0
46.0
46.0
46.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
6
6
6
5
4
6
7
8
7
6
7
8
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
62.0
...
46.0
...
7
...
2.001 –3.000
...
62.0
...
45.0
...
6
...
3.001 –4.000
...
60.0
...
44.0
...
5
...
4.001 –5.000
...
59.0
...
43.0
...
5
...
5.001 –6.000
...
57.0
...
42.0
...
4
...
0.020–0.039
0.040–0.249
0.250–1 .000
1 .001 –2.000
2.001 –3.000
3.001 –4.000
4.001 –5.000
0.250–2.000
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
64.0
64.0
64.0
64.0
64.0
62.0
61 .0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
52.0
52.0
51 .0
51 .0
51 .0
50.0
49.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
5
6
7
6
6
4
3
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
0.020–0.499
0.500–2.000
0.040–0.099
0.1 00–0.249
0.250–0.499
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
42.0
44.0
44.0
32.0
32.0H
...
...
...
...
...
25.0
26.0
26.0
1 6.0
1 6.0H
...
...
...
12
...
10
10
10
...
...
...
...
...
0.040–0.099
0.1 00–0.499
0.020–0.039
0.040–0.099
0.1 00–0.249
0.250–0.499
0.500–1 .000
1 .001 –2.000
0.020–0.039
0.040–0.099
0.1 00–0.249
0.250–0.499
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
45.0
47.0
44.0
49.0
51 .0
51 .0
54.0H
54.0H
49.0
55.0
58.0
58.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
34.0
35.0
29.0
32.0
34.0
34.0
36.0 H
36.0 H
37.0
41 .0
43.0
42.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
6
6
6
7
7
8
8
7
6
7
7
8
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
0.040–0.099
0.1 00–0.249
0.250–0.499
0.250–2.000
...
...
...
...
57.0
60.0
60.0
...
...
...
...
...
46.0
48.0
48.0
...
...
...
...
...
6
6
7
...
...
...
...
...
284
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE 3
Continued
SB-209
Tensile
Strength, ksi
Yield Strength
(0.2 % offset),
ksi
Alloy
Temper
Specified
Thickness, in.
Axis of
Test
Specimen C
601 3
601 3
601 3
601 3
601 3
T4
T6
T651
T651
T651
0.020–0.249
0.020–0.249
0.250–1 .500
1 .501 –3.000
3.001 –6.000
...
...
...
...
...
min
40.0
52.0
53.0
54.0
55.0
max
...
...
...
...
...
min
21 .0
46.0
44.0
47.0
47.0
max
...
...
...
...
...
6061
6061
6061
6061
6061
6061
6061
6061
6061
6061
6061
6061
6061
6061
6061
6061
6061
6061
6061
6061
6061
6061
6061
6061
6061
6061
6061
6061
6061
6061
6061
6061
6061
6061
6061
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
T4
T4
T4
T4
T451 F
T451 F
T451 F
T42 E
T42 E
T42 E
T42 E
T42 E
T42 E
T42 E
T6, T62 E
T6, T62 E
T6, T62 E
T6, T62 E
T6, T62 E
T6, T62 E
T6, T62 E
T62 E , T651 F
T62 E , T651 F
T62 E , T651 F
T62 E , T651 F
T62 E , T651 F
FG
0.006–0.007
0.008–0.009
0.01 0–0.020
0.021 –0.1 28
0.1 29–0.249
0.250–0.499
0.500–1 .000
1 .001 –3.000
0.006–0.007
0.008–0.009
0.01 0–0.020
0.021 –0.249
0.250–0.499
0.500–1 .000
1 .001 –3.000
0.006–0.007
0.008–0.009
0.01 0–0.020
0.021 –0.249
0.250–0.499
0.500–1 .000
1 .001 –3.000
0.006–0.007
0.008–0.009
0.01 0–0.020
0.021 –0.036
0.037–0.064
0.065–0.1 28
0.1 29–0.249
0.250–0.499
0.500–1 .000
1 .001 –2.000
2.001 –4.000
4.001 –6.000M
0.250–3.000
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
42.0
42.0
42.0
42.0
42.0
42.0
42.0
42.0
42.0
42.0
42.0
40.0
...
22.0
22.0
22.0
22.0
22.0
22.0
22.0
22.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
1 6.0
1 6.0
1 6.0
1 6.0
1 6.0
1 6.0
1 6.0
1 4.0
1 4.0
1 4.0
1 4.0
1 4.0
1 4.0
1 4.0
35.0
35.0
35.0
35.0
35.0
35.0
35.0
35.0
35.0
35.0
35.0
35.0
...
O
O
O
O
O
T4
T4
T451 F
T451 F
T451 F
T42E
T42 E
T42 E
T42 E
T42E
T6, T62 E
T6, T62 E
T62 E , T651 F
T62 E , T651 F
T62E , T651 F
T62E , T651 F
T62E , T651 F
FG
0.01 0–0.020
0.021 –0.1 28
0.1 29–0.499
0.500–1 .000
1 .001 –3.000
0.01 0–0.020
0.021 –0.249
0.250–0.499
0.500–1 .000
1 .001 –3.000
0.01 0–0.020
0.021 –0.249
0.250–0.499
0.500–1 .000
1 .001 –3.000
0.01 0–0.020
0.021 –0.249
0.250–0.499
0.500–1 .000
1 .001 –2.000
2.001 –4.000
4.001 –5.000
0.250–3.000
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
27.0
27.0
27.0
30.0H
30.0H
27.0
27.0
27.0
30.0H
30.0H
38.0
38.0
38.0
42.0H
42.0H
42.0H
40.0H
...
20.0
20.0
20.0
22.0H
22.0H
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
1 4.0
1 4.0
1 4.0
1 6.0 H
1 6.0 H
1 2.0
1 2.0
1 2.0
1 4.0 H
1 4.0 H
32.0
32.0
32.0
35.0 H
35.0 H
35.0 H
35.0 H
...
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
6061
6061
6061
6061
6061
6061
6061
6061
6061
6061
6061
6061
6061
6061
6061
6061
6061
6061
6061
6061
6061
6061
6061
285
Elongation Bend
in
Diameter
2 in. or Factor, N
4×
Diameter,
min, %
20
8
5
5
4
...
...
...
...
...
1 2.0
1 2.0
1 2.0
1 2.0
1 2.0
1 2.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
10
12
14
16
18
18
18
16
10
12
14
16
18
18
16
10
12
14
16
18
18
16
4
6
8
10
10
10
10
10
9
8
6
6
...
0
0
0
1
2
3
...
...
2
2
2
3
4
...
...
2
2
2
3
4
...
...
2
2
2
3
4
5
6
7
...
...
...
...
...
1 2.0
1 2.0
1 2.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
14
16
18
18
16
14
16
18
18
16
14
16
18
18
16
8
10
10
9
8
6
6
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
SB-209
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE 3
Continued
Alloy
Temper
Specified
Thickness, in.
Axis of
Test
Specimen C
7075
7075
7075
7075
7075
7075
7075
7075
7075
7075
7075
7075
7075
7075
7075
7075
7075
7075
7075
7075
7075
7075
7075
7075
7075
7075
7075
7075
7075
7075
7075
7075
7075
7075
7075
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
T6, T62 E
T6, T62 E
T6, T62 E
T6, T62 E
T6, T62 E
T6, T62 E
T6, T62 E
T6, T62 E
T62 E , T651 F
T62 E , T651 F
T62 E , T651 F
T62 E , T651 F
T62 E , T651 F
T62 E , T651 F
T62 E , T651 F
T73 sheet
T7351 F plate
T7351 F plate
T7351 F plate
T7351 F plate
T7351 F plate
T7351 F plate
T76 sheet
T76 sheet
T7651 plate
T7651 plate
T7651 plate
FG
0.01 5–0.020
0.021 –0.062
0.063–0.091
0.092–0.1 25
0.1 26–0.249
0.250–0.499
0.500–2.000
0.008–0.011
0.01 2–0.020
0.021 –0.039
0.040–0.062
0.063–0.091
0.092–0.1 25
0.1 26–0.1 87
0.1 88–0.249
0.250–0.499
0.500–1 .000
1 .001 –2.000
2.001 –2.500
2.501 –3.000
3.001 –3.500
3.501 –4.000
0.040–0.249
0.250–1 .000
1 .001 –2.000
2.001 –2.500
2.501 –3.000
3.001 –3.500
3.501 –4.000
0.063–0.1 25
0.1 26–0.249
0.250–0.499
0.500–1 .000
1 .001 –2.000
0.250–4.000
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
T6, T62 E
T6, T62 E
T6, T62 E
T6, T62 E
T6, T62 E
T6, T62 E
T6, T62 E
T6, T62 E
T62 E ,T651 F
T62 E ,T651 F
T62E ,T651 F
T62E ,T651 F
T62E ,T651 F
T62E ,T651 F
T62E ,T651 F
T76 sheet
T76 sheet
T76 sheet
T76 sheet
T7651 F plate
T7651 F plate
FG
0.008–0.01 4
0.01 5–0.032
0.033–0.062
0.063–0.1 25
0.1 26–0.1 87
0.1 88–0.249
0.250–0.499
0.500–1 .000
0.008–0.011
0.01 2–0.020
0.021 –0.039
0.040–0.062
0.063–0.091
0.092–0.1 25
0.1 26–0.1 87
0.1 88–0.249
0.250–0.499
0.500–1 .000
1 .001 –2.000
2.001 –2.500
2.501 –3.000
3.001 –3.500
3.501 –4.000
0.040–0.062
0.063–0.1 25
0.1 26–0.1 87
0.1 88–0.249
0.250–0.499
0.500–1 .000
0.250–4.000
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
Alclad
7075
7075
7075
7075
7075
7075
7075
7075
7075
7075
7075
7075
7075
7075
7075
7075
7075
7075
7075
7075
7075
7075
7075
7075
7075
7075
7075
7075
7075
7075
...
...
...
286
Tensile
Strength, ksi
Yield Strength
(0.2 % offset),
ksi
min
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
74.0
76.0
76.0
78.0
78.0
78.0
79.0
80.0
78.0
78.0
77.0
76.0
72.0
71 .0
67.0
67.0
69.0
69.0
66.0
64.0
63.0
61 .0
73.0
73.0
72.0
71 .0
71 .0
...
max
40.0
40.0
40.0
40.0
40.0
40.0
40.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
min
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
63.0
67.0
67.0
68.0
68.0
68.0
69.0
69.0
67.0
68.0
67.0
64.0
61 .0
58.0
54.0
56.0
57.0
57.0
52.0
49.0
49.0
48.0
62.0
62.0
61 .0
60.0
60.0
...
max
21 .0
21 .0
21 .0
21 .0
21 .0
21 .0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
68.0
71 .0
71 .0
72.0
74.0
74.0
74.0
76.0
75.0
78.0H
77.0H
76.0H
72.0H
71 .0H
67.0H
67.0
68.0
68.0
70.0
69.0
71 .0H
...
36.0
36.0
36.0
38.0
38.0
39.0
39.0
40.0H
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
58.0
61 .0
61 .0
62.0
64.0
64.0
64.0
65.0
65.0
68.0 H
67.0 H
64.0 H
61 .0 H
58.0 H
54.0 H
56.0
57.0
57.0
59.0
58.0
60.0 H
...
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
21 .0
21 .0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
Elongation Bend
in
Diameter
2 in. or Factor, N
4×
Diameter,
min, %
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
5
8
8
9
9
9
9
9
9
7
6
5
5
5
3
8
7
6
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
6
5
...
1
2
3
4
5
6
...
7
7
8
8
9
10
11
11
14
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
9
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
5
8
8
9
9
9
9
9
9
7
6
5
5
5
3
8
8
8
8
8
6
...
1
1
2
3
4
4
6
...
6
6
7
7
8
9
10
10
12
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE 3 Continued
Alloy
Temper
Specified
Thickness, in.
Axis of
Test
Specimen C
SB-209
Tensile
Strength, ksi
Yield Strength
(0.2 % offset),
ksi
Elongation Bend
in
Diameter
2 in. or Factor, N
4×
Diameter,
min, %
min
max
min
max
Alclad One Side 7075 O
0.01 5–0.032
...
...
38.0
...
21 .0
10
1
Alclad One Side 7075 O
0.033–0.062
...
...
38.0
...
21 .0
10
2
Alclad One Side 7075 O
0.063–0.091
...
...
39.0
...
21 .0
10
3
Alclad One Side 7075 O
0.092–0.1 25
...
...
39.0
...
21 .0
10
4
Alclad One Side 7075 O
0.1 26–0.1 87
...
...
39.0
...
21 .0
10
5
Alclad One Side 7075 O
0.1 88–0.249
...
...
39.0
...
21 .0
10
5
Alclad One Side 7075 O
0.250–0.499
...
...
39.0
...
21 .0
10
6
...
...
10
...
Alclad One Side 7075 O
0.500–1 .000
...
...
40.0H
E
Alclad One Side 7075 T6, T62
0.008–0.011
...
71 .0
...
60.0
...
5
...
Alclad One Side 7075 T6, T62 E
0.01 2–0.01 4
...
74.0
...
64.0
...
8
...
E
0.01 5–0.032
...
74.0
...
64.0
...
8
7
Alclad One Side 7075 T6, T62
Alclad One Side 7075 T6, T62 E
0.033–0.039
...
74.0
...
64.0
...
8
8
E
0.040–0.062
...
75.0
...
65.0
...
9
8
Alclad One Side 7075 T6, T62
E
Alclad One Side 7075 T6, T62
0.063–0.091
...
76.0
...
66.0
...
9
9
E
Alclad One Side 7075 T6, T62
0.092–0.1 25
...
76.0
...
66.0
...
9
10
E
0.1 26–0.1 87
...
77.0
...
67.0
...
9
11
Alclad One Side 7075 T6, T62
Alclad One Side 7075 T6, T62 E
0.1 88–0.249
...
78.0
...
67.0
...
9
11
E
F
Alclad One Side 7075 T62 , T651
0.250–0.499
...
76.0
...
66.0
...
9
13
E
F
H
H
0.500–1 .000
78.0
...
68.0
...
7
...
Alclad One Side 7075 T62 , T651
Alclad One Side 7075 T62 E , T651 F
1 .001 –2.000
77.0H
...
67.0H
...
6
...
G
Alclad One Side 7075 F
0.250–2.000
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
A To determine conformance to this specification, each value for tensile strength and yield strength shall be rounded to the nearest 0.1 ksi and each value for elongation
to the nearest 0.5 %, both in accordance with the Rounding Method of Practice E29.
B The basis for establishment of mechanical property limits is shown in Annex A1 .
CLong transverse unless otherwise noted.
D Coiled sheet.
E Material in the T42, T62, and T72 tempers is not available from the material producer.
F For stress-relieved tempers (T351 , T451 , T651 , T7351 , T7651 , and T851 ), characteristics and properties other than those specified may differ somewhat from the
corresponding characteristics and properties of material in the basic temper.
G Test for tensile properties in the F temper are not required.
H The tension test specimen from plate 0.500 in. and thicker is machined from the core and does not include the cladding.
I Applicable to flat sheet and plate only.
J The T72 temper is applicable only to Alloys 2024 and Alclad 2024 sheet solution heat treated and artificially overaged by the user to develop increased resistance to
stress-corrosion cracking.
K Short transverse tensile property limits are not applicable to material less than 1 .500 in. in thickness.
L Use of Alloys 221 9 and Alclad 221 9 in the T31 , T351 , and T37 tempers for finished products is not recommended.
M The properties for this thickness apply only to the T651 temper.
Lot Definition—
4.2.7 DELETED
4.2.8 Whether there are exceptions to identification marking
as provided in B666/B666M (20.1 ),
4.2.9 Whether Practice B 660 applies and, if so, the levels of
preservation, packaging, and packing required (21 .3), and
4.2.1 0 For sheet and plate with tensile properties having
more than one test direction shown in Table 2 and Table 3,
whether tensile testing should be in a direction other than the
direction specified in Test Method B557 (Section 9.4).
5.
5.2
An inspection lot shall be defined as
follows:
5.2.1 For heat-treated tempers, an inspection lot shall consist of an identifiable quantity of material of the same mill
form, alloy, temper, and thickness traceable to a heat-treat lot
or lots, and subj ected to inspection at one time.
5.2.2 For nonheat-treated tempers, an inspection lot shall
consist of an identifiable quantity of material of the same mill
form, alloy, temper, and thickness subj ected to inspection at
one time.
Responsibility for Quality Assurance
Responsibility for Inspection and Tests—
6.
5.1
Unless otherwise specified in the contract or purchase order, the producer is
responsible for the performance of all inspection and test
requirements specified herein. The producer may use their own
or any other suitable facilities for the performance of the
inspection and test requirements specified herein, unless disapproved by the purchaser in the order or at the time of contract
signing. The purchaser shall have the right to perform any of
the inspections and tests set forth in this specification where
such inspections are deemed necessary to ensure that material
conforms to prescribed requirements.
General Quality
6.1 Unless otherwise specified, the material shall be supplied in the mill finish and shall be uniform as defined by the
requirements of this specification and shall be commercially
sound. Any requirement not covered is subj ect to negotiation
between producer and purchaser.
6.2 Each sheet and plate shall be examined to determine
conformance to this specification with respect to general
quality and identification marking. On approval of the
purchaser, however, the producer may use a system of statistical quality control for such examinations.
287
SB-209
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
7. Chemical Composition
9.1 .1 Tensile property limits for sizes not covered in Table 2
or Table 3 shall be as agreed upon between the producer and
purchaser and shall be so specified in the contract or purchase
order.
Limits—
7.1
The sheet and plate shall conform to the chemical composition limits specified in Table 1 . Conformance shall
be determined by the producer by analyzing samples taken at
the time the ingots are poured in accordance with E71 6 and
analyzed in accordance with E607, E1 251 , E34 or EN 1 4242.
At least one sample shall be taken for each group of ingots
poured simultaneously from the same source of molten metal.
If the producer has determined the chemical composition
during pouring of the ingots, they shall not be required to
sample and analyze the finished product.
Number of Samples—
9.2
One sample shall be taken from
each end of each parent coil, or parent plate, but no more than
one sample per 2000 lb of sheet or 4000 lb of plate, or part
thereof, in a lot shall be required. Other procedures for
selecting samples may be employed if agreed upon between the
producer and purchaser.
Test Specimens—
9.3
Geometry of test specimens and the
location in the product from which they are taken shall be as
specified in Test Method B557.
NOTE 4—It is standard practice in the United States aluminum industry
to determine conformance to the chemical composition limits prior to
further processing of ingots into wrought products. Due to the continuous
nature of the process, it is not practical to keep a specific ingot analysis
identified with a specific quantity of finished material.
Test Direction—
9.4
Unless otherwise specified, tensile testing shall be in the direction specified in Test Method B557.
When a direction other than specified in Test Method B557 is
tested, the tensile testing direction shall be noted on all
documentation.
7.2 If it becomes necessary to analyze sheet and plate for
conformance to chemical composition limits, the method used
to sample sheet or plate for the determination of chemical
composition shall be by agreement between the producer and
the purchaser. Analysis shall be performed in accordance with
E71 6, E607, E1 251 , E34 or EN 1 4242 (ICP method). The
number of samples taken for determination of chemical composition shall be as follows:
Test Methods—
9.5
The tension test shall be made in accordance with Test Method B557.
10. Producer Confirmation of Heat-Treat Response
1 0.1 In addition to the requirements of 9.1 , material in the O
or F temper of alloys 201 4, Alclad 201 4, 2024, Alclad 2024,
1 1 ⁄2 % Alclad 2024, Alclad one-side 2024, 1 1 ⁄2 % Alclad
one-side 2024, 6061 , and Alclad 6061 shall, upon proper
solution heat treatment and natural aging at room temperature,
develop the properties specified in Table 3 for T42 temper
material. The natural aging period at room temperature shall be
not less than 4 days, but samples of material may be tested
prior to 4 days aging, and if the material fails to conform to the
requirements of T42 temper material, the tests may be repeated
after completion of 4 days aging without prej udice.
7.2.1 When samples are taken from the finished or semifinished product, a sample shall be taken to represent each 4000
lb, or fraction thereof, of material in the lot, except that not
more than one sample shall be required per piece.
NOTE 5—It is difficult to obtain a reliable analysis of each of the
components of clad materials using material in its finished state. A
reasonably accurate determination of the core composition can be made if
the cladding is substantially removed prior to analysis. The cladding
composition is more difficult to determine because of the relatively thin
layer and because of diffusion of core elements to the cladding. The
correctness of cladding alloy used can usually be verified by a combination of metallographic examination and spectrochemical analysis of the
surface at several widely separated points.
1 0.2 Also, material in the O or F temper of alloys 221 9,
Alclad 221 9, 6061 , 7075, Alclad 7075, and Alclad one-side
7075 shall, upon proper solution heat treatment and precipitation heat treatment, develop the properties specified in Table 3
for T62 temper material.
7.3 Other methods of analysis or in the case of dispute may
be by agreement between the producer and the purchaser.
8. Heat Treatment
Number ofSpecimens—
8.1 Unless specified in 8.2 or except as noted in 8.3,
producer or supplier heat treatment for the applicable tempers
in Table 3 shall be in accordance with AMS 2772.
1 0.3
The number of specimens from
each lot of O temper material and F temper material to be
tested to verify conformance with 1 0.1 and 1 0.2 shall be as
specified in 9.2.
8.2 When specified, heat treatment of applicable tempers in
Table 3 shall be in accordance with Practice B91 8.
11. Heat Treatment and Reheat-Treatment Capability
11 .1 Mill-produced material in the O or F temper of alloys
201 4, Alclad 201 4, 2024, Alclad 2024, 1 1 ⁄2 % Alclad 2024,
Alclad one-side 2024, 1 1 ⁄2 % Alclad one-side 2024, 6061 , and
Alclad 6061 (without the subsequent imposition of cold work
or forming operations) shall, upon proper solution heat treatment and natural aging at room temperature, develop the
properties specified in Table 3 for T42 temper material. The
natural aging period at room temperature shall be not less than
4 days, but samples of material may be tested prior to 4 days
aging, and if the material fails to conform to the requirements
of T42 temper material, the tests may be repeated after
completion of 4 days aging without prej udice.
8.3 Unless otherwise specified, alloy 6061 plate may be
produced using hot rolling mill solution heat treatment in
accordance with Practice B947 when aged in accordance with
Practice B91 8 for the production of T651 tempers, as applicable.
9. Tensile Properties of Material as Supplied
Limits—
9.1
The sheet and plate shall conform to the requirements for tensile properties as specified in Table 2 and
Table 3 for nonheat-treatable and heat-treatable alloys, respectively.
288
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
Test Methods—
11 .2 Mill-produced material in the O or F temper of alloys
221 9, Alclad 221 9, 6061 , 7075, Alclad 7075, and Alclad
one-side 7075 (without the subsequent imposition of cold work
or forming operations) shall, upon proper solution heat treatment and precipitation heat treatment, develop the properties
specified in Table 3 for T62 temper material.
1 2.3
The bend tests shall be made in accordance with Test Method E290 except as stated otherwise in
1 2.2.
13. Stress-Corrosion Resistance
11 .3 Mill-produced material in the following alloys and
tempers shall, after proper resolution heat treatment and natural
aging for four days at room temperature, be capable of
attaining the properties specified in Table 3 for the T42 temper.
Alloys
Tempers
201 4 and Alclad 201 4
2024 and Alclad 2024
1 1 ⁄2 % Alclad 2024, Alclad one-side 2024 and
1 1 ⁄2 % Alclad one-side 2024
T3, T4, T451 , T6, T651
T3, T4, T351 , T81 ,
T851
T3, T351 , T81 , T851
NOTE 6—Beginning with the 1 974 revision, 6061 and Alclad 6061 T4,
T451 , T6, and T651 were deleted from this paragraph because experience
has shown that reheat-treated material may develop large recrystallized
grains and may fail to develop the tensile properties shown in Table 3.
T31 , T351 , T81 , T851
T6, T651 , T73, T7351 , T76, T7651
T6, T651 , T76, T7651
T6, T651
11 .5 Mill-produced material in the following alloys and
tempers and T42 temper material shall, after proper precipitation heat treatment, be capable of attaining the properties
specified in Table 3 for the aged tempers listed below.
Alloy and Temper
201 4 and Alclad 201 4-T3, T4, T42, T451
2024, Alclad 2024, 1 1 ⁄2 % Alclad 2024,
Alclad one-side 2024 and
1 1 ⁄2 % Alclad one-side
2024-T3, T351 , T361 , T42
221 9 and Alclad 221 9-T31 , T351 , T37
6061 and Alclad 6061 -T4, T451 , T42
1 3.3 The stress-corrosion cracking test shall be performed
on plate 0.750 in. and over in thickness as follows:
Temper after Aging
1 3.3.1 Specimens shall be stressed in tension in the short
transverse direction with respect to grain flow and held at
constant strain. For alloy 21 24-T851 , the stress levels shall be
50 % of the specified minimum long transverse yield strength.
For alloy 221 9-T851 and T87, the stress levels shall be 75 % of
the specified minimum long transverse yield strength. For alloy
7075 in the T73-type tempers, the stress level shall be 75 % of
the specified minimum yield strength and for alloy 7075 and
Alclad 7075 in the T76-type, it shall be 25 ksi.
T6, T6, T62, T651 ,
respectively
T81 , T851 , T861 , T62 or T72,
respectively
T81 , T851 , T87, respectively
T6, T651 , T62, respectively
12. Bend Properties
Limits—
1 3.3.2 The stress-corrosion test shall be made in accordance
with Test Method G47.
1 2.1
Sheet and plate shall be capable of being bent
cold through an angle of 1 80° around a pin having a diameter
equal to
times the thickness of the sheet or plate without
cracking, the value of
being as prescribed in Table 2 and
Table 3 for the different alloys, tempers, and thicknesses. The
test need not be conducted unless specified on the purchase
order.
N
1 3.2 Alloy 7075 in the T73-type and T76-type tempers, and
Alclad 7075 in the T76-type tempers, shall be capable of
exhibiting no evidence of stress-corrosion cracking when
subj ected to the test specified in 1 3.3.
1 3.2.2 For surveillance purposes, each month the producer
shall perform at least one test for stress-corrosion resistance in
accordance with 1 3.3 on each applicable alloy-temper for each
thickness range 0.750 in. and over listed in Table 3, produced
that month. Each sample shall be taken from material considered acceptable in accordance with lot-acceptance criteria of
Table 4. A minimum of three adj acent replicate specimens shall
be taken from each sample and tested. The producer shall
maintain records of all lots so tested and make them available
for examination at the producer’ s facility.
Tempers
221 9 and Alclad 221 9
7075
Alclad 7075
Alclad one-side 7075
1 3.1 When specified on the purchase order or contract,
alloys 21 24-T851 , 221 9-T851 , and 221 9-T87 plate shall be
subj ected to the test specified in 1 3.3 and shall exhibit no
evidence of stress-corrosion cracking. One sample shall be
taken from each parent plate in each lot and a minimum of
three adj acent replicate specimens from this sample shall be
tested. The producer shall maintain records of all lot acceptance test results and make them available for examination at
the producer’ s facility.
1 3.2.1 For lot-acceptance purposes, resistance to stresscorrosion cracking for each lot of material shall be established
by testing the previously selected tension-test samples to the
criteria shown in Table 4.
11 .4 Mill-produced material in the following alloys and
tempers shall, after proper resolution heat treatment and
precipitation heat treatment, be capable of attaining the properties specified in Table 3 for the T62 temper.
Alloys
SB-209
1 3.3.3 There shall be no visual evidence of stress-corrosion
cracking in any specimen, except that the retest provisions of
1 9.2 shall apply.
N
14. Exfoliation-Corrosion Resistance
Test Specimens—
1 4.1 Alloys 7075 and Alclad 7075, in the T76-type tempers,
shall be capable of exhibiting no evidence of exfoliation
corrosion equivalent to or in excess of that illustrated by Photo
EB in Fig. 2 of Test Method G34 when subj ected to the test in
1 4.2.
1 2.2
When bend tests are made, the specimens for sheet shall be the full thickness of the material,
approximately 3 ⁄4 in. in width, and when practical, at least 6 in.
in length. Such specimens may be taken in any direction and
their edges may be rounded to a radius of approximately 1 ⁄1 6 in.
if desired. For sheet less than 3 ⁄4 in. in width, the specimens
should be the full width of the material.
1 4.1 .1 For lot-acceptance purposes, resistance to exfoliation
corrosion for each lot of material in the alloys and tempers
289
SB-209
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE 4 Lot Acceptance Criteria for Resistance to Stress Corrosion and Exfoliation Corrosion
Alloy and Temper
7075–T73 and T7351
2 T76 and T7651
5 7075
Alclad 7075 2 T76 and T7651
Electrical Conductivity,
%, IACS
40.0 or greater
38.0 through 39.9
A
Lot Acceptance Criteria
38.0 through 39.9
less than 38.0
38.0 or greater
36.0 through 37.9
less than 36.0
Level of Mechanical Properties
per specified requirements
per specified requirements but yield strength does not
exceed minimum by more than 11 .9 ksi
per specified requirements but yield strength exceeds
minimum by 1 2.0 ksi or more
any level
per specified requirements
per specified requirements
any level
Lot Acceptance
Status
acceptable
acceptable
unacceptable B
unacceptable B
acceptable
suspectC
unacceptable B
The electrical conductivity shall be determined in accordance with Practice E1 004 in the locations specified below.
When material is found to be unacceptable, it shall be reprocessed (additional precipitation heat treatment or re-solution heat treatment, stress relieving and precipitation heat treatment, when applicable).
C When material in these tempers is found to be suspect it is either tested for exfoliation corrosion resistance per ASTM G34 or it is reprocessed (additional precipitation heat treatment or resolution heat treatment and precipitation heat treatment). Favorable exfoliation corrosion test results must never be used as an acceptance
criteria for stress corrosion resistance.
A
B
Alloy-Temper
7075–T73 and T7351
7075–T76 and T7651
Thickness, in.
all
up through 0.1 00
0.1 01 and over
For alclad products, the cladding shall be removed and the electrical conductivity determined on the core alloy.
listed in 1 4.1 shall be established by testing the previously
selected tension-test samples to the criteria shown in Table 4.
1 4.1 .2 For surveillance purposes, each month the producer
shall perform at least one test for exfoliation-corrosion resistance on each applicable alloy-temper for each thickness range
listed in Table 3, produced that month. The samples for test
shall be selected at random from material considered acceptable in accordance with the lot-acceptance criteria of Table 4.
The producer shall maintain records of all surveillance test
results and make them available for examination.
Location
surface of tension-test sample
surface of tension-test sample
sub-surface after removal of approximately
1 0 % of the thickness
1 5.2 When the thickness of the cladding is to be determined
on finished material, not less than one transverse sample
approximately 3 ⁄4 in. in length shall be taken from each edge
and from the center width of the material. Samples shall be
mounted to expose a transverse cross section and shall be
polished for examination with a metallurgical microscope.
Using 1 00× magnification, the maximum and minimum cladding thickness on each surface shall be measured in each of
five fields approximately 0.1 in. apart for each sample. The
average of the ten values (five minima plus five maxima) on
each sample surface is the average cladding thickness and shall
meet the minimum average and, when applicable, the maximum average specified in Table 5.
1 4.2 The test for exfoliation-corrosion resistance shall be
made in accordance with Test Method G34 and the following:
1 4.2.1 The specimens shall be a minimum of 2 in. by 4 in.
with the 4-in. dimension in a plane parallel to the direction of
final rolling. They shall be full-section thickness specimens of
the material except that for material 0.1 01 in. or more in
thickness, 1 0 % of the thickness shall be removed by machining one surface. The cladding of alclad sheet of any thickness
shall be removed by machining the test surface; the cladding on
the back side (nontest surface) of the specimen for any
thickness of alclad material shall also either be removed or
masked off. For machined specimens, the machined surface
shall be evaluated by exposure to the test solution.
16. Dimensional Tolerances
Thickness—
1 6.1
The thickness of flat sheet, coiled sheet,
and plate shall not vary from that specified by more than the
respective permissible variations prescribed in Tables 7.7a,
7.7b, 7.26, 7.31 , and 8.2 of ANSI H35.2. Permissible variations
in thickness of plate specified in thicknesses exceeding 6 in.
shall be the subj ect of agreement between the purchaser and the
producer or the supplier at the time the order is placed.
1 6. 2 Length, Width, Lateral Bow, Squareness, and
Flatness—Coiled sheet shall not vary in width or in lateral bow
15. Cladding
from that specified by more than the permissible variations
prescribed in Tables 7.11 and 7.1 2, respectively, of ANSI
H35.2. Flat sheet and plate shall not vary in width, length,
lateral bow, squareness, or flatness by more than the permissible variations prescribed in the following tables of ANSI
H35.2 except that where the tolerances for sizes ordered are not
1 5.1 Preparatory to rolling alclad sheet and plate to the
specified thickness, the aluminum or aluminum-alloy plates
which are bonded to the alloy ingot or slab shall be of the
composition shown in Table 1 and shall each have a thickness
not less than that shown in Table 5 for the alloy specified.
290
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-209
TABLE 5 Compon en ts of Cl ad Products
Component Alloys A
Alloy
Core
Cladding
Alclad 201 4
201 4
6003
Alclad 2024
2024
1 230
1 ⁄ % Alclad 2024
Alclad one-side 2024
2024
2024
1 230
1 230
1 1 ⁄2 % Alclad one-side
2024
Alclad 221 9
2024
1 230
221 9
7072
12
Total Composite Thickness
of Finished Sheet
and Plate, in.
Sides Clad
up through 0.024
0.025–0.039
0.040–0.099
0.1 00 and over
up through 0.062
0.063 and over
0.1 88 and over
up through 0.062
0.063 and over
0.1 88 and over
both
both
both
both
both
both
both
one
one
one
Cladding Thickness per Side,
percent of Composite Thickness
Average B
Nominal
min
max
10
8
...
7.5
6
...
5
4
...
2.5
2
3C
5
4
...
2.5
2
3C
1 .5
1 .2
3D
5
4
...
2.5
2
3C
1 .5
1 .2
3D
up through 0.039
both
10
8
...
0.040–0.099
both
5
4
...
0.1 00 and over
both
2.5
2
3C
Alclad 3003
3003
7072
all
both
5
4
6C
Alclad 3004
3004
7072
all
both
5
4
6C
Alclad 6061
6061
7072
all
both
5
4
6C
Alclad 7075
7075
7072
up through 0.062
both
4
3.2
...
0.063–0.1 87
both
2.5
2
...
0.1 88 and over
both
1 .5
1 .2
3D
Alclad one-side 7075
7075
7072
up through 0.062
one
4
3.2
...
0.063–0.1 87
one
2.5
2
...
0.1 88 and over
one
1 .5
1 .2
3D
A Cladding composition is applicable only to the aluminum alloy bonded to the alloy ingot or slab preparatory to rolling to the specified composite product. The composition
of the cladding may be altered subsequently by diffusion between the core and cladding due to thermal treatment.
B Average thickness per side as determined by averaging cladding thickness measurements when determined in accordance with the procedure specified in 1 5.2.
C Applicable for thicknesses of 0.500 in. and greater.
D For thicknesses of 0.500 in. and over with 1 .5 % of nominal cladding thickness, the average maximum thickness of cladding per side after rolling to the specified thickness
of plate shall be 3 % of the thickness of the plate as determined by averaging cladding thickness measurements taken at a magnification of 1 00 diameters on the cross
section of a transverse sample polished and etched for examination with a metallurgical microscope.
covered by this specification, the permissible variations shall
be the subj ect of agreement between the purchaser and the
producer or the supplier at the time the order is placed:
Table No.
7.8
7.9
7.1 0
7.1 3
7.1 4
7.1 7
7.1 8
1 6.4 Sampling for Inspection—Examination for dimensional conformance shall be made to ensure conformance to the
tolerance specified.
Title
Width, Sheared Flat Sheet and Plate
Length, Sheared Flat Sheet and Plate
Width and Length, Sawed Flat Sheet and Plate
Lateral Bow, Flat Sheet and Plate
Squareness, Flat Sheet and Plate
Flatness, Flat Sheet
Flatness, Sawed or Sheared Plate
17. Internal Quality
1 7.1 When specified by the purchaser at the time of placing
the order, plate 0.500 in. to 4.500 in. in thickness and up to
2000 lb in maximum weight in alloys 201 4, 2024, 21 24, 221 9,
and 7075, both bare and Alclad where applicable, shall be
tested in accordance with Practice B594 to the discontinuity
acceptance limits of Table 6.
1 6.3 Dimensional tolerances for sizes not covered in ANSI
H35.2 shall be as agreed upon between the producer and
purchaser and shall be specified in the contract or purchase
order.
1 7.2 When specified by the purchaser at the time of placing
the order, plate 0.500 in. in thickness and greater for ASME
TABLE 6 U l trasoni c Di sconti nu i ty Li m i ts for Pl ate
A
Alloy
Thickness, in.
201 4D
2024 D
21 24
221 9 D
7075 D
0.500–1 .499
Maximum Weight Per Piece,
lb B
2000
1 .500–3.000
2000
A
3.001 –6.000
2000
B
A Discontinuities in excess of those
B The maximum weight is either the
or plate shape to a drawing.
C The discontinuity class limits
D Also applies for alclad plate.
Discontinuity Class C
B
listed in this table shall be allowed if it is established that they will be removed by machining or that they are in noncritical areas.
ordered weight of a plate of rectangular shape or the planned weight of a rectangular plate prior to removing metal to produce a part
are defined in Section 11 of Practice B594.
291
SB-209
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
pressure vessel applications in alloys 1 060, 11 00, 3003, Alclad
3003, 3004, Alclad 3004, 5052, 5083, 5086, 51 54, 5254, 5454,
5456, 6061 , and Alclad 6061 shall be tested in accordance with
Test Method B548. In such cases, the material will be subj ect
to rej ection if the following limits are exceeded unless it is
determined by the purchaser that the area of the plate containing significant discontinuities will be removed during the
subsequent fabrication process or that the plate may be repaired
by welding:
1 7.2.1 If the longest dimension of the marked area representing a discontinuity causing a complete loss of back
reflection (95 % or greater) exceeds 1 .0 in.
specimens so selected for retest shall meet the requirements of
the specification or the lot shall be subj ect to rej ection.
1 9.3 Material which is determined to be non-conforming
subsequent to inspection may be rej ected.
1 9.4 If material is rej ected by the purchaser, the producer or
supplier is responsible only for replacement of material to the
purchaser. As much as possible of the rej ected material shall be
returned to the producer or supplier by the purchaser.
20. Identification Marking of Product
20.1 All sheet and plate shall be marked in accordance with
Practice B666/B666M.
1 7.2.2 If the length of the marked area representing a
discontinuity causing an isolated ultrasonic indication without
a complete loss of back reflection (95 % or greater) exceeds 3.0
in.
1 7.2.3 If each of two marked areas representing two adj acent discontinuities causing isolated ultrasonic indications
without a complete loss of back reflection (95 % or greater) is
longer than 1 .0 in., and if they are located within 3.0 in. of each
other.
20.2 The requirements specified in 20.1 are minimum;
marking systems that involve added information, larger
characters, and greater frequencies are acceptable under this
specification.
21. Packaging and Package Marking
21 .1 The material shall be packaged to provide adequate
protection during normal handling and transportation and each
package shall contain only one size, alloy, and temper of
material unless otherwise agreed. The type of packaging and
gross weight of containers shall, unless otherwise agreed, be at
the producer’ s or supplier’ s discretion, provided that they are
such as to ensure acceptance by common or other carriers for
safe transportation at the lowest rate to the delivery point.
18. Source Inspection
1 8.1 If the purchaser desires that their representative inspect
or witness the inspection and testing of the material prior to
shipment, such agreement shall be made by the purchaser and
producer as part of the purchase contract.
21 .2 Each shipping container shall be marked with the
purchase order number, material size, specification number,
alloy and temper, gross and net weights, and the producer’ s
name or trademark.
1 8.2 When such inspection or witness of inspection and
testing is agreed upon, the producer shall afford the purchaser’ s
representative all reasonable facilities to satisfy him that the
material meets the requirements of this specification. Inspection and tests shall be conducted so there is no unnecessary
interference with the producer’ s operations.
21 .3 When specified in the contract or purchase order,
material shall be preserved, packaged, and packed in accordance with the requirements of Practice B660. The applicable
levels shall be as specified in the contract or order.
19. Retest and Rejection
22. Certification
1 9.1 If any material fails to conform to all of the applicable
requirements of this specification, the inspection lot shall be
rej ected.
22.1 The producer or supplier shall furnish to the purchaser
a certificate stating that each lot has been sampled, tested,
and inspected in accordance with this specification, and
has met the requirements. A test report shall be supplied that
includes the results of all tests required by this specification.
1 9.2 When there is evidence that a failed specimen was not
representative of the inspection lot and when no other sampling
plan is provided or approved by the purchaser through the
contract or purchase order, at least two additional specimens
shall be selected to replace each test specimen that failed. All
23. Keywords
23.1 aluminum alloy; aluminum-alloy plate; aluminumalloy sheet
292
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-209
ANNEXES
(Mandatory Information)
A1. BASIS FOR INCLUSION OF PROPERTY LIMITS
A1 .1 Mechanical property limits are established in accord
with section 6, Standards Section, of the most current edition of
the Aluminum Standards and Data and the latest edition of the
Aluminum Association publication “Tempers for Aluminum
and Aluminum Alloy Products (Yellow and Tan Sheets)”.
Limits are based on a statistical evaluation of the data
indicating that at least 99 % of the population obtained from all
standard material meets the limit with 95 % confidence. For the
products described, mechanical property limits are based on
the statistical analyses of at least 1 00 tests from at least 5 cast
lots of standard production material with no more than 1 0
observations from a given heat treat or inspection lot. Mechanical properties limits for press solution heat treated products
have specific additional requirements which are provided in the
“Tempers for Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Products”.
Limits denoted as “Tentative” by the Aluminum Association
may be included. Requirements for tentative property registrations are defined in the latest edition of the Aluminum
Association publication “Tempers for Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Products”. Tentative property limits are established
at levels at which at least 99 % of the data conform at a
confidence level of 95 %. Tentative property limits, which are
subj ect to revision, shall be based on a statistical analysis of at
least 30 tests from at least 3 cast lots of standard production
material with no more than 1 0 observations from a given heat
treat or inspection lot. Where tentative property limits are
listed, they shall be shown in italics and footnoted as Tentative
in the standard.
All tests are performed in accordance with the appropriate
ASTM test methods.
A2. ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA FOR INCLUSION OF NEW ALUMINUM AND ALUMINUM ALLOYS IN THIS SPECIFICATION
A2.1 Prior to acceptance for inclusion in this specification,
the composition of wrought or cast aluminum or aluminum
alloy shall be registered in accordance with ANSI H35.1 /
H35.1 (M). The Aluminum Association holds the Secretariat of
ANSI H35 Committee and administers the criteria and procedures for registration.
A2.2 If it is documented that the Aluminum Association
could not or would not register a given composition, an
alternative procedure and the criteria for acceptance shall be as
follows:
A2.2.1 The designation submitted for inclusion does not
utilize the same designation system as described in ANSI
H35.1 /H35.1 (M). A designation not in conflict with other
designation systems or a trade name is acceptable.
A2.2.2 The aluminum or aluminum alloy has been offered
for sale in commercial quantities within the prior twelve
months to at least three identifiable users.
A2.2.3 The complete chemical composition limits are submitted.
A2.2.4 The composition is, in the j udgment of the responsible subcommittee, significantly different from that of any
other aluminum or aluminum alloy already in the specification.
A2.2.5 For codification purposes, an alloying element is any
element intentionally added for any purpose other than grain
refinement and for which minimum and maximum limits are
specified. Unalloyed aluminum contains a minimum of
99.00 % aluminum.
A2.2.6 Standard limits for alloying elements and impurities
are expressed to the following decimal places:
Less than 0.001 %
0.001 to but less than 0.01 %
0.01 to but less than 0.1 0 %
Unalloyed aluminum made by a refining process
Alloys and unalloyed aluminum not made by a refining process
0.1 0 through 0.55 %
(It is customary to express limits of 0.30 through 0.55 % as
0.X0 or 0.X5.)
Over 0.55 %
(except that combined Si + Fe limits for 99.00 % minimum
aluminum must be expressed as 0.XX or 1 .XX)
0.000X
0.00X
0.0XX
0.0X
0.XX
0.X, X.X, and
so forth
A2.2.7 Standard limits for alloying elements and impurities
are expressed in the following sequence: Silicon; Iron; Copper;
Manganese; Magnesium; Chromium; Nickel; Zinc; Titanium;
(Note A2.1 ); Other Elements, Each; Other Elements, Total;
Aluminum (Note A2.2).
NOTE A2.1 —Additional specified elements having limits are inserted in
alphabetical order of their chemical symbols between Titanium and Other
Elements, Each, or are specified in footnotes.
NOTE A2.2—Aluminum is specified as minimum for unalloyed aluminum and as a remainder for aluminum alloys.
293
I NTE N TI O NALLY LE FT B LANK
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SPECI FI CATI ON FOR ALU M I N U M AN D
ALU M I N U M -ALLOY DRAWN SEAM LESS TU BES
SB-210
(Identical with ASTM Specification B210-12 except that certification, test reports, and testing for leaks
have been made mandatory.)
295
SB-210
SB-210
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
Standard Specification for
Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Drawn Seamless Tubes
ASTM Standards:
1. Scope
2.2
B 234 Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy
Drawn Seamless Tubes for Condensers and Heat Exchangers
B241 /B241 M Specification for Aluminum and AluminumAlloy Seamless Pipe and Seamless Extruded Tube
B483/B483M Specification for Aluminum and AluminumAlloy Drawn Tube and Pipe for General Purpose Applications (Withdrawn 201 2)
B557 Test Methods for Tension Testing Wrought and Cast
Aluminum- and Magnesium-Alloy Products
B660 Practices for Packaging/Packing of Aluminum and
Magnesium Products
B666/B666M Practice for Identification Marking of Aluminum and Magnesium Products
B807/B807M Practice for Extrusion Press Solution Heat
Treatment for Aluminum Alloys
B881 Terminology Relating to Aluminum- and MagnesiumAlloy Products
B91 8/B91 8M Practice for Heat Treatment of Wrought Aluminum Alloys
E29 Practice for Using Significant Digits in Test Data to
Determine Conformance with Specifications
E34 Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Aluminum and
Aluminum-Base Alloys
E21 5 Practice for Standardizing Equipment for Electromagnetic Testing of Seamless Aluminum-Alloy Tube
E527 Practice for Numbering Metals and Alloys in the
Unified Numbering System (UNS)
E607 Test Method for Atomic Emission Spectrometric
Analysis Aluminum Alloys by the Point to Plane Technique Nitrogen Atmosphere (Withdrawn 2011 )
E71 6 Practices for Sampling and Sample Preparation of
Aluminum and Aluminum Alloys for Determination of
Chemical Composition by Spectrochemical Analysis
E1 004 Test Method for Determining Electrical Conductivity
Using the Electromagnetic (Eddy-Current) Method
1 .1 This specification covers aluminum and aluminumalloy drawn seamless tubes in straight lengths and coils for
general purpose and pressure applications in alloys (Note 2),
tempers, and thicknesses shown in Table 2. Coiled tubes are
generally available only as round tubes with a wall thickness
not exceeding 0.083 in. and only in nonheat-treatable alloys.
1 .2 Alloy and temper designations are in accordance with
ANSI H35.1 /H35.1 (M). The equivalent Unified Numbering
System alloy designations are those of Table 1 preceded by A9,
for example, A911 00 for aluminum designation 11 00 in accordance with Practice E527.
NOTE 1 —See Specification B483/B483M for aluminum-alloy drawn
tubes for general purpose applications; Specification B234 for aluminumalloy drawn seamless tubes for condensers and heat exchangers; and
Specification B241 /B241 M for aluminum-alloy seamless pipe and seamless extruded tube.
in the
NOTE 2—Throughout this specification, use of the term
general sense includes aluminum as well as aluminum alloy.
alloy
1 .3 A complete metric companion to Specification B21 0 has
been developed—Specification B21 0M; therefore, no metric
equivalents are presented in this specification.
1 .4 For acceptance criteria for inclusion of new aluminum
and aluminum alloys in this specification, see Annex A2.
1 .5 This standard does not purport to address all of the
safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the
responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
2. Referenced Documents
2.1 The following documents of the issue in effect on date
of material purchase form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced herein:
296
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-210
TABLE 1 Chemi cal Com posi ti on Li mi ts
Alloy
Silicon
Iron
Copper
A, B, C, D
Other ElementsE
Each
Total F
G
0.03
...
0.05
0.1 5
0.20–0.6 0.20–0.6 0.05
0.1 5
0.05
0.1 5
0.05
0.1 5
0.05
0.1 5
Manganese Magnesium Chromium Zinc
Titanium Bismuth
Lead
Aluminum,
min
99.60 min H
99.00 min H
remainder
remainder
remainder
remainder
1 060
0.25
0.35
0.05
0.03
0.03
...
0.05
0.03
11 00
0.95 Si + Fe
0.05–0.20 0.05
...
...
0.1 0
...
2011
0.40
0.7
5.0–6.0
...
...
...
0.30
...
201 4
0.50–1 .2 0.7
3.9–5.0
0.40–1 .2 0.20–0.8 0.1 0
0.25
0.1 5
2024
0.50
0.50
3.8–4.9
0.30–0.9 1 .2–1 .8
0.1 0
0.25
0.1 5
3003
0.6
0.7
0.05–0.20 1 .0–1 .5
...
...
0.1 0
...
I
Alclad 3003
31 02
0.40
0.7
0.1 0
0.05–0.40 ...
...
0.30
0.1 0
0.05
0.1 5
remainder
Alclad 31 02 J
5005
0.30
0.7
0.20
0.20
0.50–1 .1 0.1 0
0.25
...
0.05
0.1 5
remainder
5050
0.40
0.7
0.20
0.1 0
1 .1 –1 .8
0.1 0
0.25
...
0.05
0.1 5
remainder
5052
0.25
0.40
0.1 0
0.1 0
2.2–2.8
0.1 5–0.35 0.1 0
...
0.05
0.1 5
remainder
5083
0.40
0.40
0.1 0
0.40–1 .0 4.0–4.9
0.05–0.25 0.25
0.1 5
0.05
0.1 5
remainder
5086
0.40
0.50
0.1 0
0.20–0.7 3.5–4.5
0.05–0.25 0.25
0.1 5
0.05
0.1 5
remainder
51 54
0.25
0.40
0.1 0
0.1 0
3.1 –3.9
0.1 5–0.35 0.20
0.20
0.05
0.1 5
remainder
5456
0.25
0.40
0.1 0
0.50–1 .0 4.7–5.5
0.05–0.20 0.25
0.20
0.05
0.1 5
remainder
6061
0.40–0.8 0.7
0.1 5–0.40 0.1 5
0.8–1 .2
0.04–0.35 0.25
0.1 5
0.05
0.1 5
remainder
6063
0.20–0.6 0.35
0.1 0
0.1 0
0.45–0.9 0.1 0
0.1 0
0.1 0
0.05
0.1 5
remainder
6262
0.40–0.8 0.7
0.1 5–0.40 0.1 5
0.8–1 .2
0.04–0.1 4 0.25
0.1 5 0.40–0.7 0.40–0.7 0.05
0.1 5
remainder
7072 cladding 0.7 Si + Fe
0.1 0
0.1 0
0.1 0
...
0.8–1 .3
...
0.05
0.1 5
remainder
0.40
0.50
1 .2–2.0
0.30
2.1 –2.9
0.1 8–0.28 5.1 –6.1
0.20
0.05
0.1 5
remainder
7075 K
A Limits are in weight percent maximum unless shown as a range or otherwise stated.
B Analysis shall be made for the elements for which limits are shown in this table.
C For purposes of determining conformance to these limits, an observed value or a calculated value obtained from analysis shall be rounded to the nearest unit in the last
right-hand place of figures used in expressing the specified limit, in accordance with the rounding-off method of Practice E29.
DIn case of a discrepancy in the values listed in Table 1 with those listed in the International Alloy Designations and Chemical Composition Limits for Wrought Aluminum
and Wrought Aluminum Alloys (known as the “Teal Sheets”), the composition limits registered with the Aluminum Association and published in the “Teal Sheets” shall be
considered the controlling composition. The “Teal Sheets” are available at http://www.aluminum.org/tealsheets.
E Others includes listed elements for which no specific limit is shown as well as unlisted metallic elements. The producer may analyze samples for trace elements not
specified in the specification. However, such analysis is not required and may not cover all metallic Others elements. Should any analysis by the producer or the purchaser
establish that an Others element exceeds the limit of Each or that the aggregate of several Others elements exceeds the limit of Total, the material shall be considered
non-conforming.
F Other elements—Total shall be the sum of unspecified metallic elements 0.01 0 % or more, rounded to the second decimal before determining the sum.
G Vanadium 0.05 % max.
H The aluminum content shall be calculated by subtracting from 1 00.00 % the sum of all metallic elements present in amounts of 0.01 0 % or more each, rounded to the
second decimal before determining the sum.
I Alloy clad with Alloy 7072.
J Composition of cladding alloy as applied during the course of manufacture. The samples from finished tube shall not be required to conform to these limits.
K A Zr +Ti limit of 0.25 percent maximum may be used with this alloy designation for extruded and forged products only, but only when the supplier or producer and the
purchaser have mutually so agreed. Agreement may be indicated, for example, by reference to a standard, by letter, by order note, or other means which allow the Zr +Ti
limit.
L Bismuth and lead each 0.40–0.7 %.
M Bismuth and lead each 0.20−0.6 %.
E1 251 Test Method for Analysis of Aluminum and Aluminum Alloys by Spark Atomic Emission Spectrometry
3.
Terminology
3.1
2.3 ANSI Standards:
H35.1 /H35.1 (M) Alloy and Temper Designation Systems for
Aluminum
H35.2 Dimensional Tolerances for Aluminum Mill Products
Definitions:
3.1 .1
alclad
seamless
pipe
or
alclad
seamless
tube—a
composite pipe or tube product composed of a seamless
aluminum alloy core having on either the inside or the outside
surface a metallurgically bonded aluminum or aluminum-alloy
2.4 Military Standard:
MIL-STD-1 29 Marking for Shipment and Storage
coating that is anodic to the core, thus electrolytically protecting the core against corrosion.
2.5 AMS Specification:
AMS 2772 Heat Treatment of Aluminum Alloy Raw Materials
3.1 .2
extruded seamless round tube—an
extruded hollow
product having a round cross section and a uniform wall
thickness, which does not contain any line j unctures resulting
2.6 Federal Standard:
Fed. Std. No. 1 23 Marking for Shipment (Civil Agencies)
from method of manufacture.
3.1 .3
producer—the
primary manufacturer of the material.
3.1 .4
seamless pipe—extruded
or drawn seamless tube hav-
ing certain standardized sizes of outside diameter and wall
thickness commonly designated by “Nominal Pipe Sizes” and
American National Standards Institute (ANSI) Schedule Numbers. Note that while this is a combined SI and Metric Units
297
SB-210
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE 2 Ten si l e Property Li m i ts
Temper
Specified Wall
Thickness, C in.
Tensile Strength, ksi
min
O
H1 2
H1 4
H1 8
H11 3 G
0.01 4–0.500
8.5
1 0.0
1 2.0
1 6.0
8.5
O
H1 2
H1 4
H1 6
H1 8
H11 3 G
0.01 0–0.500
11 .0
1 4.0
1 6.0
1 9.0
22.0
11 .0
T3
T4511
0.01 8–0.049
0.050–0.500
0.01 8–0.049
47.0
47.0
44.0
T8
0.050–0.259
0.260–0.500
0.01 8–0.500
44.0
44.0
58.0
0.01 8–0.500
0.01 8–0.024
0.025–0.049
0.050–0.259
0.260–0.500
0.01 8–0.024
0.025–0.049
0.050–0.259
0.260–0.500
...
54.0
54.0
54.0
54.0
65.0
65.0
65.0
65.0
0.01 8–0.500
0.01 8–0.024
0.025–0.049
0.050–0.259
0.260–0.500
0.01 8–0.024
0.025–0.049
0.050–0.259
0.260–0.500
...
64.0
64.0
64.0
64.0
64.0
64.0
64.0
64.0
0.01 0–0.024
0.025–0.049
0.050–0.259
0.260–0.500
0.01 0–0.500
0.01 0–0.024
0.025–0.049
0.050–0.259
0.260–0.500
0.01 0–0.024
0.025–0.049
0.050–0.259
0.260–0.500
0.01 0–0.024
0.025–0.049
0.050–0.259
0.260–0.500
0.01 0–0.500
1 4.0
1 4.0
1 4.0
1 4.0
1 7.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
24.0
24.0
24.0
24.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
27.0
1 4.0
H1 8
H11 3G
0.01 0–0.024
0.025–0.049
0.050–0.259
0.260–0.500
0.01 0–0.024
0.025–0.049
0.050–0.259
0.260–0.500
0.01 0–0.500
0.01 0–0.500
1 3.0
1 3.0
1 3.0
1 3.0
1 9.0
1 9.0
1 9.0
1 9.0
26.0
1 3.0
O
0.01 8–0.049
1 2.0
O
T4, T42 H
T6, T62 H
O
T3
T42 H
O
H1 2
H1 4
H1 6
H1 8
H11 3G
O
H1 4
max
Aluminum 1 060F
1 3.5
...
...
...
...
Aluminum 11 00 F
1 5.5
...
...
...
...
Alloy 2011
...
...
...
...
...
...
Alloy 201 4
32.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
Alloy 2024
32.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
Alloy 3003F
1 9.0
1 9.0
1 9.0
1 9.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
Alloy Alclad 3003 F
1 9.0
1 9.0
1 9.0
1 9.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
Alloy 31 02 F
1 7.0
298
A, B
Yield Strength D
(0.2 % offset),
min, ksi
Elongation in 2 in. or 4 × Diameter, E min, %
Full-Section
Cut-Out
Specimen
Specimen
2.5
4.0
1 0.0
1 3.0
2.5
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
3.5
11 .0
1 4.0
1 7.0
20.0
3.5
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
40.0
40.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
46.0
...
10
...
...
20
20
10
...
8
...
...
18
20
8
1 6.0 max
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
55.0
55.0
55.0
55.0
...
10
12
14
16
7
7
8
9
...
...
10
10
12
...
6
7
8
1 5.0 max
42.0
42.0
42.0
42.0
40.0
40.0
40.0
40.0
...
10
12
14
16
10
12
14
16
...
...
10
10
12
...
10
10
12
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
1 2.0
1 7.0
1 7.0
1 7.0
1 7.0
21 .0
21 .0
21 .0
21 .0
24.0
24.0
24.0
24.0
5.0
...
30
35
...
...
3
5
8
...
...
3
5
...
2
3
5
...
...
...
20
25
30
...
...
3
4
...
...
2
4
...
...
2
3
...
...
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
1 6.0
1 6.0
1 6.0
1 6.0
23.0
4.5
...
30
35
...
...
5
8
...
...
...
...
20
25
30
...
3
4
...
...
...
4.0
30 I
20I
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-210
TABLE 2 Continued
Tensile Strength, ksi
Specified Wall
Thickness, C in.
min
max
0.050–0.065
1 2.0
0.01 8–0.049
1 0.0
1 7.0
Alloy Alclad 31 02 F
1 7.0
0.050–0.065
1 0.0
O
0.01 8–0.500
1 5.0
O
H32
H34
H36
H38
0.01 0–0.500
0.01 0–0.500
0.01 0–0.500
0.01 0–0.500
0.01 0–0.500
1 8.0
22.0
25.0
27.0
29.0
O
H32
H34
H36
H38
0.01 0–0.450
0.01 0–0.450
0.01 0–0.450
0.01 0–0.450
0.01 0–0.450
25.0
31 .0
34.0
37.0
39.0
O
0.01 8–0.450
39.0
O
H32
H34
H36
0.01 0–0.450
0.01 0–0.450
0.01 0–0.450
0.01 0–0.450
35.0
40.0
44.0
47.0
O
H34
H38
0.01 0–0.500
0.01 0–0.500
0.01 0–0.250
30.0
39.0
45.0
O
0.01 8–0.450
41 .0
O
T4
0.01 8–0.500
0.025–0.049
0.050–0.259
0.260–0.500
...
30.0
30.0
30.0
T42 H
0.025–0.049
0.050–0.259
0.260–0.500
T6, T62 H
O
Temper
O
Yield Strength D
(0.2 % offset),
min, ksi
4.0
Elongation in 2 in. or 4 × Diameter, E min, %
Full-Section
Cut-Out
Specimen
Specimen
35
25
3.5
30 I
3.5
35
5.0
...
...
6.0
1 6.0
20.0
22.0
24.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
1 0.0
23.0
26.0
29.0
24.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
1 6.0
...
14
1 4.0
28.0
34.0
38.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
11 .0
29.0
34.0
10
5
...
10
5
...
1 9.0
...
14
...
1 4.0 max
1 6.0
1 6.0
1 6.0
15
16
18
20
15
14
16
18
30.0
30.0
30.0
...
...
...
1 4.0
1 4.0
1 4.0
16
18
20
14
16
18
0.025–0.049
0.050–0.259
0.260–0.500
42.0
42.0
42.0
35.0
35.0
35.0
10
12
14
8
10
12
...
...
...
1 7.0
Alloy 5005F
21 .0
Alloy 5050 F
24.0
...
...
...
...
Alloy 5052 F
35.0
...
...
...
...
Alloy 5083F
51 .0
Alloy 5086 F
46.0
...
...
...
Alloy 51 54F
41 .0
...
...
Alloy 5456 F
53.0
Alloy 6061
22.0
...
20I
25
0.01 8–0.500
...
...
...
...
Alloy 6063
1 9.0
T42 H
0.025–0.049
0.050–0.259
0.260–0.500
22.0
22.0
22.0
...
...
...
1 0.0
1 0.0
1 0.0
16
18
20
14
16
18
T6, T62 H
0.025–0.049
0.050–0.259
0.260–0.500
33.0
33.0
33.0
...
...
...
28.0
28.0
28.0
12
14
16
8
10
12
T83
T831
0.025–0.259
0.025–0.259
33.0
28.0
...
...
30.0
25.0
5
5
...
...
T832
0.025–0.049
0.050–0.259
41 .0
40.0
36.0
35.0
8
8
5
5
T6, T62 H
0.025–0.049
0.050–0.259
0.260–0.500
42.0
42.0
42.0
...
...
Alloy 6262
...
...
...
35.0
35.0
35.0
10
12
14
8
10
12
T9
0.025–0.375
48.0
44.0
5
4
O
0.025–0.049
0.050–0.500
...
...
...
Alloy 7075
40.0
40.0
10
12
8
10
T6, T62 H
0.025–0.259
0.260–0.500
77.0
77.0
...
...
66.0
66.0
8
9
7
8
T4,
299
21 .0 maxJ
21 .0 maxJ
SB-210
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE 2 Continued
Temper
T73K
Tensile Strength, ksi
Specified Wall
Thickness, C in.
min
max
Yield Strength D
(0.2 % offset),
min, ksi
0.025–0.259
0.260–0.500
66.0
66.0
...
...
56.0
56.0
Elongation in 2 in. or 4 × Diameter, E min, %
Full-Section
Cut-Out
Specimen
Specimen
10
12
8
10
A See Annex A1 .
B To determine conformance
to this specification, each value for tensile strength and for yield strength shall be rounded to the nearest 0.1 ksi and each value for elongation
to the nearest 0.5 % both in accordance with the rounding-off method of Practice E29.
C Coiled tube is generally available with a maximum wall thickness of 0.083 in. and only in nonheat-treatable alloys.
D Yield strength to be determined only on straight tube.
E Elongation of full-section and cut-out sheet-type specimens is measured in 2 in. of cut-out round specimens, in 4× specimen diameter.
F In this alloy tube other than round is produced only in the F (as drawn) and O tempers. Properties for F temper are not specified or guaranteed.
G Beginning with the 1 982 issue the requirements for the H11 2 tempers were replaced by the H11 3 temper, applicable to other than round tube, which is fabricated by
cold-forming annealed round tube and acquires some temper in this forming operation.
H Material in the T42 or T62 tempers is not available from the material producers.
I For specified wall thickness under 0.025 in., elongation is not required.
J Applicable only to round tube. The maximum yield strength for other-than-round tube shall be negotiated.
K Material in this temper exhibits improved resistance to stress corrosion compared to that of the T6 temper. The stress-corrosion resistance capability of individual lots
is determined by testing the previously selected tension-test samples in accordance with the applicable electrical conductivity acceptance criteria of Table 3.
TABLE 3 Lot Acceptance Criteria for Resistance to Stress-Corrosion
Alloy and Temper
Electrical Conductivity,
IACS
40.0 or greater
7075–T73
A,B
%
Lot Acceptance Criteria
Level of Mechanical Properties
Lot Acceptance Status
per specified requirements
acceptable
38.0 through 39.9
per specified requirements and yield
strength does not exceed minimum by
more than 11 .9 ksi
acceptable
38.0 through 39.9
per specified requirements but yield
strength exceeds minimum by 1 2.0 ksi or
more
unacceptable C
less than 38.0
any level
unacceptable C
The electrical conductivity shall be determined in accordance with Practice E1 004 in the locations noted below.
For curved surfaces, the conductivity shall be measured on a machined flat spot; however, for small size tubes, a cut-out piece may be flattened and the
conductivity determined.
C When material is found to be unacceptable, it shall be reprocessed (additional precipitation heat treatment or resolution heat treatment and precipitation
heat treatment).
Wall Thickness, in.
Location
up through 0.1 00
surface of tensile sample
A
B
0.1 01 and over
subsurface after removal of
approximately 1 0 % of thickness.
Specification, there are no standard equivalent metric sizes for
Pipe. Metric sizes are converted and shown only for user
convenience.
3.1 .5
ducer.
supplier—j obber
4.1 .1 This specification designation (which includes the
number, the year, and the revision letter, if applicable),
4.1 .2 Quantity in pieces or pounds,
or distributor as distinct from pro-
4.1 .3 Alloy (Section 7),
4.1 .4 Temper (Section 8),
Definitions—
3.1 .6
Refer to Terminology B881 for definitions of other product terms used in this specification.
3.2
3.2.1
the test need not be performed by the
producer of the material. However, should subsequent testing
by the purchaser establish that the material does not meet these
requirements, the material shall be subj ect to rej ection.
4.1 .5 Cross-sectional dimensions (outside diameter and wall
thickness, or inside diameter and wall thickness for round tube;
for tube other than round, square, rectangular, hexagonal, or
octagonal with sharp corners, a drawing is required),
Definitions of Terms Specific to This Standard:
capable of—
4.1 .6 Length (straight or coiled),
4.1 .7 Nominal inside diameter of coils and weight or
maximum outside diameter, if applicable,
drawn seamless tube—seamless tube that is subj ected
3.2.2
to drawing after extrusion.
4.
4.1 .8 For alloy Alclad 3003 or Alclad 31 02 state clad inside
or outside (1 7.1 ).
Ordering Information
4.2 Additionally, orders for material to this specification
shall include the following information when required by the
purchaser:
4.1 Orders for material to this specification shall include the
following information:
300
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
4.2.1 For alloys 6061 , 6063, and 6262, specify if Press
Solution Heat Treatment in accordance with Practice B 807/
B807M is not acceptable (11 .2).
4.2.2 Whether heat treatment in accordance with Practice
B91 8/B 91 8M is required (11 .3),
4.2.3 Whether flattening tests are required (Section 9 and
Table 4),
4.2.4 Whether flare testing is required (Section 1 0),
4.2.5 Whether 7075-O material is required to develop requirements for T73 temper (1 2.3),
4.2.6 When eddy current indications are allowed, the number
allowed and the manner of marking (1 5.1 .3.2),
5.2 The ends of coiled tube shall be crimped or otherwise
sealed to avoid contamination during shipment.
6.
Responsibility for Inspection and Tests—
Lot Definition—
6.2
An inspection lot shall be defined as
follows:
6.2.1 For heat-treated tempers an inspection lot shall consist
of an identifiable quantity of material of the same mill form,
alloy, temper, and nominal dimensions traceable to a heat-treat
lot or lots, and subj ected to inspection at one time.
6.2.2 For nonheat-treated tempers, an inspection lot shall
consist of an identifiable quantity of material of the same mill
form, alloy, temper, and nominal dimensions subj ected to
inspection at one time.
Materials and Manufacture
7.
5.1 The tube shall be produced by drawing an extruded tube
made from hollow extrusion ingot (cast in hollow form or
pierced) and extruded by the use of the die and mandrel
method.
Wall Thickness,
in.
Minimum Diameter
Flattening Factor,
O
H1 2
H1 4
H1 6
0.01 4–0.500
0.01 4–0.500
0.01 4–0.500
0.01 4–0.500
2
3
6
8
3003
O
H1 2
H1 4
H1 6
0.025–0.500
0.025–0.500
0.025–0.500
0.025–0.500
2
3
6
8
2024
O
T3
0.01 8–0.049
0.050–0.500
0.01 8–0.500
3
4
8
5052
O
H32
H34
0.01 0–0.450
0.01 0–0.450
0.01 0–0.450
3
6
8
5086
O
H32
0.01 0–0.450
0.01 0–0.450
3
8
6061
O
0.01 8–0.1 20
0.1 21 –0.238
0.239–0.500
0.025–0.500
0.025–0.500
3
4
6
6
8
0.025–0.049
0.050–0.259
0.025–0.259
4
5
10
Temper
11 00
T4
T6
7075
O
T6
Chemical Composition
Limits—
7.1
The tubes shall conform to the chemical composition limits specified in Table 1 . Conformance shall be
determined by the producer, by taking samples in accordance
with Practices E71 6, when the ingots are poured, and analyzing
those samples in accordance with E607, E1 251 , or E34. At
least one sample shall be taken for each group of ingots
pouredsimultaneously from the same source of molten metal. If
the producer has determined the chemical composition during
pouring of the ingots, they shall not be required to sample and
analyze the finished product.
TABLE 4 M i ni m u m Ou tsi d e Di ameter Fl atten i n g Factor
Alloy
Responsibility for Quality Assurance
6.1
Unless otherwise specified in the contract or purchase order, the producer is
responsible for the performance of all inspection and test
requirements specified herein. The producer may use his own
or any other suitable facilities for the performance of the
inspection and test requirements specified herein, unless disapproved by the purchaser in the order or at the time of signing
the contract. The purchaser shall have the right to perform any
of the inspections and tests set forth in this specification where
such inspections are deemed necessary to ensure that material
conforms to prescribed requirements.
4.2.7 Whether inside cleanness test is required on coiled
tubes (1 6.2) and frequency of testing required,
4.2.8 Whether inspection or witness of inspection and tests
by the purchaser’ s representative is required prior to material
shipment (Section 20),
4.2.9 DELETED
4.2.1 0 Whether marking for identification is required (Section 23), and
4.2.11 Whether Practices B660 applies, and if so, the levels
of preservation, packaging, and packing required (Section 24).
4.2.1 2 Whether 7075 alloy Zr+Ti limit applies (Table 1
Footnote J).
5.
SB-210
F
NOTE 3—It is standard practice in the United States aluminum industry
to determine conformance to the chemical composition limits prior to
further processing of ingots into wrought products. Due to the continuous
nature of the process, it is not practical to keep a specific ingot analysis
identified with a specific quantity of finished material.
7.2 If it becomes necessary to analyze tubes for conformance to chemical composition limits, the method used to
sample the tubes for the determination of chemical composition shall be by agreement between the producer and the
purchaser. Analysis shall be performed in accordance with
E71 6, E607, E1 251 , or E34. The number of samples taken for
determination of chemical composition shall be as follows:
7.2.1 When samples are taken from tubes, a sample shall be
taken to represent each 4000 lb or fraction thereof of material
in the shipment, except that not more than one sample shall be
required per piece.
7.3 Other methods of analysis or in the case of dispute may
be by agreement between the producer and the purchaser.
NOTE 4—It is difficult to obtain a reliable analysis of each of the
components of clad materials using material in its finished state. A
reasonably accurate determination of the core composition can be made if
301
SB-210
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
the cladding is substantially removed prior to analysis. The cladding
composition is more difficult to determine because of the relatively thin
layer and because of diffusion of core elements to the cladding. The
correctness of cladding alloy used can usually be verified by a combination of metallographic examination and spectrochemical analysis of the
surface at several widely separated points.
TABLE 5 M i n i mu m Bend Factor
T3
Wall Thickness,
in.
0.01 8–0.1 28
Minimum Bend
Factor, N
6
5052
O
H32
H34
0.01 0–0.249
0.01 0–0.249
0.01 0–0.249
1
4
6
Limits—
5086
O
H32
0.01 0–0.249
0.01 0–0.249
1
6
Number of Specimens:
6061
O
0.01 8–0.1 20
0.1 21 –0.238
0.239–0.500
0.025–0.500
0.025–0.500
1
2
4
4
6
0.025–0.1 25
0.1 26–0.259
0.025–0.062
0.063–0.1 25
0.1 26–0.259
4
6
8
10
12
Alloy
Temper
2024
8. Tensile Properties of Material as Supplied
8.1
Tube shall conform to the tensile property
requirements specified in Table 2.
8.2
8.2.1 For tubes having a nominal weight of less than 1
lb/linear ft, one tension test specimen shall be taken for each
1 000 lb, or fraction thereof, in a lot.
T4
T6
7075
8.2.2 For tubes having a nominal weight of 1 lb or more/
linear ft, one tension test specimen shall be taken for each 1 000
ft, or fraction thereof, in a lot.
T6
8.2.3 If the shipment contains tubes of more than one alloy,
temper, or size, only those tubes of the same alloy, temper, and
size shall be grouped for the purpose of selecting tension test
specimens. Other procedures for selecting samples may be
employed if agreed upon by the producer and the purchaser.
tudinal axis of the pin and the specimen parallel. The bend shall
be continued until the specimen encloses at least 1 80° of the
pin.
9.4.1 After the flattening test, the outer surface of the tube
shall be examined visually for cracks. Any evidence of
cracking shall be cause for rej ection.
Test Specimens—
8.3
Geometry of test specimens and the
location in the product from which they are taken shall be as
specified in Test Method B557.
Test Methods—
8.4
The tension tests shall be made in
accordance with Test Method B557.
10. Flaring Properties
Limits—
1 0.1
When specified by the purchaser at the time of
placing the order, round tube in straight lengths in alloys and
tempers 11 00-H1 4, 3003-H1 4, 5052-O, and 6061 -O with a
nominal outside diameter of 0.375 in. or less, shall be capable
of being double-flared to the configuration of Fig. 1 , and with
a nominal outside diameter over 0.375 in. shall be capable of
being single-flared to the configuration of Fig. 2, without
formation of cracks or other defects clearly visible to the
unaided eye.
9. Flattening Properties
Limits—
9.1
When specified by the purchaser at the time of
placing the order, round tube in alloys and tempers listed in
Table 4 shall be tested in full section and withstand, without
cracking, the minimum outside diameter flattening factor
specified in Table 4.
9.2
O
Number of Specimens:
9.2.1 For tubes having a nominal weight of less than 1
lb/linear ft, one flattening test specimen shall be taken for each
1 000 lb or fraction thereof in a lot.
Number of Specimens—
1 0.2
When flare testing is specified
in the order, for tube sizes having a nominal weight of less than
1 lb/linear ft, one flaring test specimen shall be taken for each
1 000 lb or fraction thereof in the lot. For tubes having a
nominal weight of 1 lb or more/linear ft, one flaring test
specimen shall be taken for each 1 000 ft, or fraction thereof, in
the lot.
9.2.2 For tubes having a nominal weight of 1 lb or more/
linear ft, one flattening test specimen shall be taken for each
1 000 ft, or fraction thereof, in a lot.
Methods of Test—
9.3
Flattening test specimens shall be
flattened sidewise under a gradually applied load so as to give
a uniform radius of bend until the minimum outside diameter
under load is not more than
times the wall thickness of the
tube as specified in Table 4.
F
Alternative Bend Test—
9.4
In case the tube does not flatten
so as to give a uniform radius of bend, suitable j igs may be
used to bring about this result, or a section of tube of not less
than 1 ⁄2 in. in length, with the subtended arc not greater than
one half nor less than one third of the circumference of the
original tube, shall be removed from the material in question
and without further treatment shall be bent around a mandrel
having a diameter
times the wall thickness of the tube as
specified in Table 5. The bend shall be made with the pin
placed on the inside surface of the specimen, with the longi-
N
FI G . 1
302
Dou bl e Fl are
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-210
fail to conform to the T42 temper properties, the tests may be
repeated after completion of 4 days natural aging without
prej udice.
1 2.2 Alloy 7075 material produced in the O or F temper
(within the size limits specified in Table 2) shall, after proper
solution heat treatment and precipitation heat treatment, conform to the properties specified in Table 2 for T62 temper
material.
1 2.3 When specified, 7075-O material (within the size
limits specified in Table 2) shall, after proper solution and
precipitation heat treatment, conform to the properties specified for T73 temper in Table 2 and Section 1 4.
FIG. 2 Single Flare
Number ofSpecimens—
Preparation of Specimens—
1 2.4
The number of specimens from
each lot of O temper material and F temper material to verify
conformance with Section 1 2 shall be as specified in 8.2.
1 0.3
Specimens for flaring may
be cut from any portion of the tube, or an entire tube may be
used as a specimen. The end of the specimen to be flared shall
be cut square, with the cut end smooth and free from burrs, but
not rounded, except for sizes 0.375 in. and under.
13. Heat Treatment and Reheat Treatment Capability
Test Methods—
1 0.4
The specimen shall be forced axially
with steady pressure over a hardened and polished tapered steel
pine having a 74° included angle, to produce a flare having the
permanent expanded outside diameter specified in Table 6.
1 3.1 As-received material in the O or F temper and in
Alloys 201 4, 2024, 6061 , and 6063 (within the size limitations
specified in Table 2 and without the imposition of cold work)
shall, after proper solution heat treatment and natural aging for
not less than 4 days at room temperature, conform to the
properties specified in Table 2 for T42 temper material.
11. Heat Treatment
11 .1 For the production of T3, T4, T6, T7, and T8-type
tempers, except as noted in 11 .2 or 11 .3, shall be in accordancewith AMS 2772.
1 3.2 As-received Alloy 7075 material in the O or F temper
(within the size limitations specified in Table 2 and without the
imposition of cold work) shall, after proper solution and
precipitation heat treatment, conform to the properties specified in Table 2 for the T62 temper.
11 .2 Unless otherwise specified (4.2.1 ), alloys, 6061 , 6063,
and 6262 may be Extrusion Press Solution Heat Treated in
accordance with Practice B807/B807M for the production of
T4 and T6-typetempers, as applicable.
1 3.3 Material in Alloys and Tempers 201 4-T4, T6; 2024-T8;
and 6063-T4, T6 shall, after proper resolution heat treatment
and natural aging for not less than 4 days at room temperature,
conform to the properties specified in Table 2 for the T42
temper.
11 .3 When specified (4.2.2), heat treatment for the production of T3, T4, T6, T7, and T8-type tempers shall be in
accordance with Practice B91 8/B91 8M.
12. Producer’s Confirmation of Heat-Treat Response
NOTE 5—Beginning with the 1 975 revision of B21 0, 6061 -T4 and T6
were deleted from this paragraph because experience has shown the
reheat-treated material may develop large recrystallized grains and may
fail to develop the tensile properties shown in Table 2.
1 2.1 In addition to the requirements of Section 8, material in
Alloys 201 4, 2024, 6061 , and 6063 produced in the O or F
temper (within the size limits specified in Table 2) shall, after
proper solution heat treatment and natural aging for not less
than 4 days at room temperature, conform to the properties
specified in Table 2 for T42 temper material. The heat-treated
samples may be tested prior to 4 days natural aging, but if they
1 3.4 Alloy 7075 material in T6 and T73 tempers shall, after
proper resolution heat treatment and precipitation heat
treatment, conform to the properties specified in Table 2 for the
T62 temper.
1 3.5 Material in T4 and T42 tempers shall, after proper
precipitation heat treatment, conform to the properties specified in Table 2 for the T6 and T62 tempers, respectively.
TABLE 6 FlareA Dimensions, in.
N om i n al
E xp an d e d
OD
A
or
N o m i n al
min
E xp an d e d
OD
min
0. 1 2 5
0. 2 2 4
0. 750
0. 937
0. 1 8 8
0 . 30 2
1 . 000
1 . 1 87
0. 2 5 0
0 . 35 9
1 . 2 50
1 . 500
0 . 31 2
0 . 42 1
1 . 5 00
1 . 72 1
0 . 37 5
0 . 48 4
1 . 750
2 . 1 06
0. 500
0. 65 6
2 . 000
2 . 356
0. 62 5
0 . 78 1
Tu b e
th o s e
OD ,
wi th
i n te rm e d i ate
n om i n al
d i am e te rs
fo r th e n e xt l arg e s t d i am e te r.
l ess
th an
0. 1 2 5
in.
s h al l
m eet
s h al l
Tu b e wi th
m eet
n o m i n al
re q u i re m e n ts
as
th e
s am e
d i am e te rs
ag re e d
by
OD ,
14. Stress-Corrosion Resistance
1 4.1 For lot acceptance purposes, resistance to stresscorrosion cracking for each lot of 7075-T73 material shall be
established by testing the previously selected tension-test
samples to the criteria shown in Table 3.
re q u i re m e n ts
l arg e r th an
th e
as
1 4.2 The producer shall maintain records of all lots so tested
and make them available for examination at the producer’ s
facility.
2 . 000
p u rch as e r
an d
p rod u ce r.
303
SB-210
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
15. Test for Leaks
E xp an s i o n
N o m i n al
1 5.1
Tube shall be tested for leaks by one of the following
methods at the option of the producer.
Up
O u ts i d e
th ro u g h
0. 751
an d
D i am e te r,
0. 750
o ve r
in.
of
O u ts i d e
D i am e te r,
%
40
30
NOTE 6—Other expansion capabilities may be required in special cases
but shall be the subj ect of negotiation between the producer and the
purchaser.
Method 1—
1 5.1 .1
Tubes 1 1 ⁄2 in. or less in diameter shall be
tested pneumatically at not less than 60 psi air pressure while
immersed in water or other suitable liquid. Any evidence of
leakage shall be cause for rej ection.
Inside Cleanness Requirements and Test—
1 6.2
When specified by the purchaser at the time of placing the order, the inside
of coiled tube in the annealed temper only shall be sufficiently
clean so that, when a test sample of 50 ft or a minimum of 375
2
in. internal surface is washed with 1 ,1 ,1 -trichloroethane or
trichloroethylene or equivalent, the residue remaining upon
2
evaporation of the solvent shall not exceed 0.002 g/ft of
interior surface.
1 6.2.1 To perform the test a measured quantity of the
solvent shall be pulled through the tube into a flask which is, in
turn, attached to an aspirator or vacuum pump. The solvent
shall then be transferred to a weighed container (crucible,
evaporating dish, or beaker). The solvent in the container shall
be evaporated to dryness on a low-temperature hot plate or
steam bath. Overheating of the container shall be avoided to
prevent charring of the residue. The container shall then be
dried in an oven at 1 00 to 11 0°C for 1 0 min, cooled in a
desiccator, and weighed. A blank determination shall be run on
the measured quantity of solvent, and the gain in weight for the
blank shall be subtracted from the weighings of the residue
sample. The corrected weight shall then be calculated in grams
of residue per internal area of tube.
Method 2—
1 5.1 .2
Tubes 1 1 ⁄2 in. or less in diameter shall be
tested pneumatically at not less than 90 psi air pressure with a
gage that will indicate loss of pressure. There shall not be any
loss of pressure during a test period of at least 1 5-s duration.
Method 3—
1 5.1 .3
Tubes shall be subj ected to an eddycurrent test in accordance with the procedures described in
Practice E21 5. Reference standards or secondary standards
having equivalent eddy-current response shall serve to define
acceptance-rej ection limits. These reference standards are acceptable for testing any strain-hardened temper of the nonheattreatable alloys and the F temper of heat-treatable alloys of
Table 2 in tubes 1 1 ⁄2 in. or less in diameter having a maximum
wall thickness of 0.083 in.
straight lengths
1 5.1 .3.1 For
of tube reference standards
described in Appendixes X1 and X2 of Practice E21 5 shall be
used to standardize the equipment. Tubes 1 1 ⁄2 in. or less in
diameter and maximum wall thickness of 0.083 in. that
produce eddy-current indications less than those from the 2A
holes of the applicable reference standard or an equivalent
secondary standard shall be acceptable. Any tube having a
discontinuity that produces an eddy-current indication equal to
or greater than those from the 2A holes of the applicable
reference standard or an equivalent secondary standard shall be
rej ected.
1 6.2.2 The quantity of the solvent used may vary with the
size of tube being examined. A minimum quantity of 1 00 mL
should be used for diameters up to 1 ⁄2 in. and should be
increased proportionately for the larger sizes. The quantity of
solvent used for the blank run shall be the same as that used for
the actual examination of the tube sample.
coiled tube
1 5.1 .3.2 For
secondary standards having an
equivalent eddy-current response to a No. 70 (0.028 in.) and
No. 60 (0.040 in.) drill holes shall be used to standardize the
equipment. Tubes 3 ⁄1 6 to 1 in., incl, in diameter and maximum
wall thickness of 0.083 in. that produce eddy-current indications less than those from the No. 60 hole of the secondary
standard shall be acceptable. Any tube that produces an
indication equal to or greater than those from the No. 60 hole
of the secondary standard shall be rej ected. Setup procedures
shall include a check to ensure that tubes containing defects
giving responses equal to or greater than that from a No. 60
hole are rej ected at the speed of inspection. Tube in long coils
may contain up to a specified number of defects per coil when
agreed upon between the producer and purchaser. In cases
where a specified number of defects per coil is allowed, the
need for marking such defects in a coil shall be handled as
agreed upon between the producer and purchaser.
1 6.2.3 In performing the test, care must be exercised to
clean the outside surface of the end of the sample to be
immersed in the solvent. The sample must be prepared in such
a manner as to prevent the inclusion in the residue of aluminum
chips or dust resulting from the cutting of the sample.
17. Cladding
1 7.1 The aluminum-alloy cladding of Alloy Alclad 3003
and Alloy Alclad 31 02 tubes shall comprise either the inside
surface (only) or the outside surface (only) of the tube as
specified. The purchaser shall specify whether “clad inside” or
“clad outside” tubes are required.
1 7.2 The Alloy Alclad 3003 and Alloy Alclad 31 02 tubes
shall be fabricated in such a manner that the cladding thickness
will be approximately 1 0 % of the specified composite wall
thickness for “clad inside” and 7 % for “clad outside.”
1 7.3 When the thickness of the cladding is to be determined
on finished tubes, transverse cross sections of at least three
tubes from the lot shall be polished for examination with a
metallurgical microscope. Using a magnification of 1 00×, the
cladding thickness at four points, 90° apart, in each sample
shall be measured and the average of the twelve measurements
shall be taken as the thickness. In the case of tubes having a
16. Special Requirements for Coiled Tubes
Expansion Test—
1 6.1
Coiled tube in the annealed temper
only shall be capable of being expanded on a hardened ground
tapered steel pin having an included angle of 60°, to the
following amounts, without signs of cracks, ruptures, or other
defects clearly visible to the unaided eye:
304
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
diameter larger than can properly be mounted for polishing and
examination, the portions of the cross section polished for
examination may consist of an arc about 1 ⁄2 in. in length.
21 .2 When there is evidence that a failed specimen was not
representative of the inspection lot and when no other sampling
plan is provided or approved by the purchaser through the
contract or purchase order, at least two additional specimens
shall be selected to replace each test specimen that failed. All
specimens so selected for retest shall meet the requirements of
the specification or the lot shall be subj ect to rej ection.
18. Dimensional Tolerances
1 8.1 Variations from the specified or nominal dimensions
shall not exceed the permissible variations prescribed in tables
of ANSI H35.2 in accordance with Table 7.
21 .3 Material in which defects are discovered subsequent to
inspection may be rej ected.
1 8.2 Sampling for Inspection—Examinations for dimensions shall be made to ensure conformance to the tolerances
specified.
21 .4 If material is rej ected by the purchaser, the producer or
supplier is responsible only for replacement of the material to
the purchaser. As much as possible of the rej ected material
shall be returned to the producer or supplier.
19. General Quality
1 9.1 Unless otherwise specified, the material shall be supplied in the mill finish and shall be uniform as defined by the
requirements of this specification and shall be commercially
sound. Any requirement not so covered is subj ect to negotiation between producer and purchaser.
22. Certification
22.1 The producer or supplier shall furnish to the purchaser
a certificate s tating that the material has been s ampled,
tested, and inspected in accordance with thi s specification, and has met the requirements. In addition, all tests reports
1 9.2 Each tube shall be examined to determine conformance
to this specification with respect to general quality and identification marking. On approval of the purchaser, however, the
producer may use a system of statistical quality control for
such examinations.
required by this specification shall be supplied with the certification.
23. Identification Marking of Product
23.1 When specified in the contract or purchase order all
tubes in straight lengths shall be marked in accordance with
Practice B666/B666M and the marking legend shall include the
word “seamless.”
20. Source Inspection
20.1 If the purchaser desires that his representative inspect
or witness the inspection and testing of the material prior to
shipment, such agreement shall be made by the purchaser and
the producer as part of the purchase contract.
23.2 The foregoing requirements are minimum; marking
systems that involve added information, larger characters, and
greater frequencies are acceptable under this specification.
20.2 When such inspection or witness of inspection and
testing is agreed upon, the producer or supplier shall afford the
purchaser’ s representative all reasonable facilities to satisfy
him that the material meets the requirements of this specification. Inspection and tests shall be conducted so there is no
unnecessary interference with the producer’ s operations.
24. Packaging and Package Marking
24.1 The material shall be packaged to provide adequate
protection during normal handling and transportation and each
package shall contain only one size, alloy, and temper of
material unless otherwise agreed. The type of packing and
gross weight of containers shall, unless otherwise agreed upon,
be at the producer’ s or supplier’ s discretion, provided that they
are such as to ensure acceptance by common or other carriers
for safe transportation at the lowest rate to the delivery point.
21. Retest and Rejection
21 .1 If any material fails to conform to all the applicable
requirements of this specification, it shall be cause for rej ection
of the inspection lot.
24.2 Each shipping container shall be marked with the
purchase order number, material size, specification number,
alloy and temper, gross and net weights, and the producer’ s
name or trademark.
TABLE 7 Index to Tables of Tolerances in ANSI H35.2
Table No.
1 2.20
1 2.21
1 2.22
1 2.23
1 2.24
1 2.25
1 2.26
1 2.27
1 2.28
1 2.29
1 2.30
1 2.31
1 2.32
SB-210
Title
Diameter Drawn, Round Tube
Width and Depth, Drawn Square, Rectangular, Hexagonal and
Octagonal Tube
Diameter-Drawn, Oval, Elliptical, and Streamline Tube
Corner Radii-Drawn Tube
Wall Thickness-Drawn Round and Other-than-Round Tube
Straightness-Drawn Tube
Twist-Drawn Tube
Length-Drawn Tube
Flatness, (Flat Surfaces) Other-than-Round Drawn Tube
Squareness of Cut Ends-Drawn Tube
Angularity-Drawn Tube
Surface Roughness-Drawn Tube
Dents-Drawn Tube
24.3 When specified in the contract or purchase order,
material shall be preserved, packaged, and packed in accordance with the requirements of Practice B660. The applicable
levels shall be as specified in the contract or order. Marking for
shipment of such material shall be in accordance with Fed. Std.
No. 1 23 for civil agencies and MIL-STD-1 29 for military
agencies.
25. Keywords
25.1 aluminum alloy; aluminum-alloy drawn seamless tubes
305
SB-210
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
ANNEXES
(Mandatory Information)
A1. BASIS FOR INCLUSION OF PROPERTY LIMITS
A1 .1 Mechanical property limits are established in accord
with Section 6, Standards Section, of the most current edition
of the Aluminum Standards and Data and the latest edition of
the Aluminum Association publication “Tempers for Aluminum andAluminum Alloy Products (Yellow and Tan Sheets)”.
A1 .3 Limits denoted as “Tentative” by the AluminumAssociation may be included. Requirements for tentative property
registrations are defined in the latest edition of the Aluminum
Association publication “Tempers for Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Products”. Tentative property limits are established
at levels at which at least 99 % of the data conform at a
confidence level of 95 %. Tentative property limits, which are
subj ect to revision, shall be based on a statistical analysis of at
least 30 tests from at least 3 cast lots of standard production
material with no more than 1 0 observations from a given heat
treat or inspection lot. Where tentative property limits are
listed, they shall be shown in italics and footnoted as Tentative
in the standard.
A1 .2 Limits are based on a statistical evaluation of the data
indicating that at least 99 % of the population obtained from all
standard material meets the limit with 95 % confidence. For the
products described, mechanical property limits are based on
the statistical analyses of at least 1 00 tests from at least 5 cast
lots of standard production material with no more than 1 0
observations from a given heat treat or inspection lot. Mechanical properties limits for press solution heat treated products
have specific additional requirements which are provided in the
“Tempers for Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Products”.
A1 .4 All tests are performed in accordance with the appropriate ASTM Test Methods.
A2. ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA FOR INCLUSION OF NEW ALUMINUM AND ALUMINUM ALLOYS IN THIS SPECIFICATION
A2.1 Prior to acceptance for inclusion in this specification,
the composition of wrought or cast aluminum or aluminum
alloy shall be registered in accordance with ANSI H35.1 /
H35.1 (M). The Aluminum Association holds the Secretariat of
ANSI H35 Committee and administers the criteria and procedures for registration.
A2.2.5 For codification purposes, an alloying element is any
element intentionally added for any purpose other than grain
refinement and for which minimum and maximum limits are
specified. Unalloyed aluminum contains a minimum of
99.00 % aluminum.
A2.2.6 Standard limits for alloying elements and impurities
are expressed to the following decimal places:
A2.2 If it is documented that the Aluminum Association
could not or would not register a given composition, an
alternative procedure and the criteria for acceptance shall be as
follows:
Less than 0.001 %
0.001 to but less than 0.01 %
0.01 to but less than 0.1 0 %
Unalloyed aluminum made by a refining process
Alloys and unalloyed aluminum not made by a refining process
0.1 0 through 0.55 %
(It is customary to express limits of 0.30 through 0.55 % as
0.X0 or 0.X5)
Over 0.55 %
A2.2.1 The designation submitted for inclusion does not
utilize the same designation system as described in ANSI
H35.1 /H35.1 (M). A designation not in conflict with other
designation systems or a trade name is acceptable.
(except that combined Si + Fe limits for 99.00 % minimum
aluminum must be expressed as 0.XX or 1 .XX)
A2.2.2 The aluminum or aluminum alloy has been offered
for sale in commercial quantities within the prior twelve
months to at least three identifiable users.
0.000X
0.00X
0.0XX
0.0X
0.XX
0.X, X.X,
and so forth.
A2.2.7 Standard limits for alloying elements and impurities
are expressed in the following sequence: Silicon; Iron; Copper;
Manganese; Magnesium; Chromium; Nickel; Zinc, Titanium
(Note A2.1 ); Other Elements, Each; Other Elements, Total;
Aluminum (Note A2.2).
A2.2.3 The complete chemical composition limits are submitted.
A2.2.4 The composition is, in the j udgment of the responsible subcommittee, significantly different from that of any
other aluminum or aluminum alloy already in the specification.
NOTE A2.1 —Additional specified elements having limits are inserted in
alphabetical order of their chemical symbols between Titanium and Other
Elements, Each, or are specified in footnotes.
NOTE A2.2—Aluminum is specified as minimum for unalloyed aluminum and as a remainder for aluminum alloys.
306
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SPECI FI CATI ON FOR ALU M I N U M AN D
ALU M I N U M -ALLOY ROLLED OR COLD-FI N I SH ED BAR,
ROD, AN D WI RE
SB-211
(Identical with ASTM Specification B211-12e1 except that certification and test reports have been made mandatory.)
307
SB-211
SB-211
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
Standard Specification for
Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Rolled or Cold Finished Bar,
Rod, and Wire
1. Scope
B221 Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes
B31 6/B31 6M Specification for Aluminum and AluminumAlloy Rivet and Cold-Heading Wire and Rods
B557 Test Methods for Tension Testing Wrought and Cast
Aluminum- and Magnesium-Alloy Products
B594 Practice for Ultrasonic Inspection of Aluminum-Alloy
Wrought Products for Aerospace Applications
B660 Practices for Packaging/Packing of Aluminum and
Magnesium Products
B666/B666M Practice for Identification Marking of Aluminum and Magnesium Products
B881 Terminology Relating to Aluminum- and MagnesiumAlloy Products
B91 8 Practice for Heat Treatment of Wrought Aluminum
Alloys
E29 Practice for Using Significant Digits in Test Data to
Determine Conformance with Specifications
E34 Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Aluminum and
Aluminum-Base Alloys
E290 Test Methods for Bend Testing of Material for Ductility
E527 Practice for Numbering Metals and Alloys in the
Unified Numbering System (UNS)
E607 Test Method for Atomic Emission Spectrometric
Analysis Aluminum Alloys by the Point to Plane Technique Nitrogen Atmosphere (Withdrawn 2011 )
E71 6 Practices for Sampling and Sample Preparation of
Aluminum and Aluminum Alloys for Determination of
Chemical Composition by Spectrochemical Analysis
E1 004 Test Method for Determining Electrical Conductivity
Using the Electromagnetic (Eddy-Current) Method
E1 251 Test Method for Analysis of Aluminum and Aluminum Alloys by Spark Atomic Emission Spectrometry
G47 Test Method for Determining Susceptibility to StressCorrosion Cracking of 2XXX and 7XXX Aluminum
Alloy Products
1 .1 This specification covers rolled or cold-finished bar,
rod, and wire in alloys (Note 1 ) and tempers as shown in Table
2.
alloy
NOTE 1 —Throughout this specification use of the term
in the
general sense includes aluminum as well as aluminum alloy.
is used to indicate the type of surface
NOTE 2—The term
finish, sharpness of angles, and dimensional tolerances produced by
drawing through a die.
NOTE 3—See Specification B221 for aluminum and aluminum-alloy
extruded bars, rods, wire, shapes, and tubes; and Specification B31 6/
B31 6M for aluminum and aluminum-alloy rivet and cold-heading wire
and rods.
cold finished
1 .2 Alloy and temper designations are in accordance with
ANSI H35.1 . The equivalent UNS alloy designations are those
of Table 1 preceded by A9, for example, A911 00 for aluminum
11 00 in accordance with Practice E527.
1 .3 A complete metric companion to Specification B211 has
been developed—B211 M; therefore, no metric equivalents are
presented in this specification.
1 .4 For acceptance criteria for inclusion of new aluminum
and aluminum alloys in this specification, see Annex A2.
2. Referenced Documents
2.1 The following documents of the issue in effect on date
of material purchase form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced herein:
2.2
ASTM Standards:
308
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-211
TABLE 1 Chemi cal Com posi ti on Li mi ts
Alloy
11 00
Si
Fe
0.95 Si + Fe
Cu
Mn
0.05–0.20 0.05
A, B, C, D
Mg
Cr
Ni
Zn
Ti †
Bi
Pb
Sn †
...
...
...
0.1 0
...
...
...
...
Other ElementsE
Aluminum
Each
Total F
0.05
0.1 5
99.00
min G
0.05
0.1 5
remainder
0.05
0.1 5
remainder
0.05
0.1 5
remainder
0.05
0.1 5
remainder
H
H
0.1 5
remainder
0.05
0.05
0.1 5
remainder
0.05
0.1 5
remainder
0.05
0.1 5
remainder
0.05
0.1 5
remainder
0.05
0.1 5
remainder
0.05
0.1 5
remainder
0.05
0.1 5
remainder
0.05
0.1 5
remainder
0.05
0.1 5
remainder
0.05
0.1 5
remainder
0.05
0.1 5
remainder
2011
0.40
0.7
5.0–6.0 ...
...
...
...
0.30
...
0.20–0.6 0.20–0.6 ...
201 4
0.50–1 .2 0.7
3.9–5.0 0.40–1 .2 0.20–0.8 0.1 0
...
0.25
0.1 5
...
...
...
201 7
0.20–0.8 0.7
3.5–4.5 0.40–1 .0 0.40–0.8 0.1 0
...
0.25
0.1 5
...
...
...
2024
0.50
0.50
3.8–4.9 0.30–0.9 1 .2–1 .8 0.1 0
...
0.25
0.1 5
...
...
...
221 9
0.20
0.30
5.8–6.8 0.20–0.40 0.02
...
...
0.1 0
0.02–0.1 0...
...
...
3003
0.6
0.7
0.05–0.20 1 .0–1 .5 ...
...
...
0.1 0
...
...
...
...
4032
11 .0–1 3.5 1 .0
0.50–1 .3 ...
0.8–1 .3 0.1 0
0.5–1 .3 0.25
...
...
...
...
5052
0.25
0.40
0.1 0
0.1 0
2.2–2.8 0.1 5–0.35 ...
0.1 0
...
...
...
...
5056
0.30
0.40
0.1 0
0.05–0.20 4.5–5.6 0.05–0.20 ...
0.1 0
...
...
...
...
51 54I
0.25
0.40
0.1 0
0.1 0
3.1 –3.9 0.1 5–0.35 ...
0.20
0.20
...
...
...
601 3
0.6–1 .0 0.50
0.6–1 .1 0.20–0.8 0.8–1 .2 0.1 0
...
0.25
0.1 0
...
...
...
6020
0.40–0.9 0.50
0.30–0.9 0.35
0.6–1 .2 0.1 5
...
0.20
0.1 5
...
0.05
0.9–1 .5
6061
0.40–0.8 0.7
0.1 5–0.40 0.1 5
0.8–1 .2 0.04–0.35 ...
0.25
0.1 5
...
...
...
611 0
0.7–1 .5 0.8
0.20–0.7 0.20–0.7 0.50–1 .1 0.04–0.25 ...
0.30
0.1 5
...
...
...
6262
0.40–0.8 0.7
0.1 5–0.40 0.1 5
0.8–1 .2 0.04–0.1 4 ...
0.25
0.1 5
0.40–0.7 0.40–0.7 ...
7075
0.40
0.50
1 .2–2.0 0.30
2.1 –2.9 0.1 8–0.28 ...
5.1 –6.1 0.20
...
...
...
† Values corrected editorially in June 201 2.
A In case of any discrepancy in the values listed in Table 1 when compared with those listed in the “Teal Sheets” (International Alloy Designations and Chemical
Composition Limits for Wrought Aluminum and Wrought Aluminum Alloys), the composition limits registered with The Aluminum Association and published in the “Teal
Sheets” shall be considered the controlling composition.
B Limits are in mass percent maximum unless otherwise shown.
C Analysis shall be made for the elements for which limits are shown in this table.
D For purposes of determining conformance to these limits, an observed value or a calculated value obtained from analysis shall be rounded to the nearest unit in the last
right-hand place of figures used in expressing the specified limit, in accordance with the rounding-off method of Practice E29.
E Others includes listed elements for which no specific limit is shown as well as unlisted metallic elements. The producer may analyze samples for trace elements not
specified in the specification. However, such analysis is not required and may not cover all metallic Others elements. Should any analysis by the producer or the purchaser
establish that an Others element exceeds the limit of Each or that the aggregate of several Others elements exceeds the limit of Total, the material shall be considered
non-conforming.
F Other Elements – Total: Total shall be the sum of unspecified metallic elements 0.01 0 % or more each, rounded to the second decimal before determining the sum.
G The aluminum content is the difference between 1 00.00 % and the sum of all other metallic elements and silicon present in amounts of 0.01 0 % or more each, rounded
to the second decimal before determining the sum.
H Vanadium 0.05–0.1 5 % zirconium 0.1 0–0.25 %. The total for other elements does not include vanadium and zirconium.
I Beryllium 0.0003 maximum for welding electrode and welding rod only.
J 45 to 65 % of actual magnesium content.
K Vanadium 0.05 % max.
ANSI Standards:
Other Standards:
2.3
H35.1 Alloy and Temper Designation Systems for Aluminum
H35.2 Dimensional Tolerances for Aluminum Mill Products
2.8
CEN EN 1 4242 Aluminium and Aluminium Alloys–Chemical Analysis–Inductively Coupled Plasma Optical Emission Spectral Analysis
Federal Standard:
3.
2.4
Fed. Std. No. 1 23 Marking for Shipment (Civil Agencies)
Terminology
Definitions:
3.1
3.1 .1 Refer to Terminology B881 for definitions of product
terms in this specification.
3.1 .2
Flattened wire which has been
slit to obtain square edges.
Military Standard:
2.5
MIL-STD-1 29 Marking for Shipment and Storage
flattened and slit wire—
Aerospace Material Specification:
2.6
AMS 2772 Heat Treatment of Aluminum Alloy Raw Materials
Definitions of Terms Specific to This Standard:
capable of—
capable of
3.2
3.2.1
The term
as used in this
specification means that the test need not be performed by the
producer of the material. However, should subsequent testing
by the purchaser establish that the material does not meet these
requirements, the material shall be subj ect to rej ection.
The Aluminum Association:
2.7
International Alloy Designations and Chemical Composition
Limits for Wrought Aluminum and Wrought Aluminum
Alloys
4.
Ordering Information
4.1 Orders for material to this specification shall include the
following information:
309
SB-211
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
4.1 .1 This specification designation (which includes the
number, the year, and the revision letter, if applicable),
4.2.2 Whether 7075-O material is required to develop requirements for T73 temper (see 1 0.1 .2),
4.2.3 Whether bend testing is required for 201 7, 2024, or
3003 (Section 1 2),
4.2.4 When specified finish of bar and rod is not required
(Section 1 5),
4.2.5 Whether marking for identification is required (Section 1 6),
4.2.6 Whether ultrasonic inspection is required (Section 1 7,
Table 3),
4.2.7 Whether inspection or witness of inspection and tests
by the purchaser’ s representative is required prior to material
shipment (Section 1 9),
4.2.8 DELETED
4.2.9 Whether Practices B660 apply, and if so, the levels of
preservation, packaging, and packing required (Section 22).
4.1 .2 Quantity in pieces or pounds,
4.1 .3 Alloy (Section 7),
4.1 .4 Temper (Section 9),
4.1 .5 Product Form, Rolled or cold finished bar, rolled or
cold finished rod, or wire,
4.1 .6 Geometry and Dimensions, Diameter for rounds; distance across flats for square-cornered squares, hexagons, or
octagons; width and depth for square-cornered rectangles
(orders for squares, hexagons, octagons, or rectangles with
rounded corners usually require a drawing),
4.1 .7 Length, and
4.1 .8 Tensile property limits and dimensional tolerances for
sized not covered in Table 2 and in ANSI H35.2, respectively.
4.2 Additionally, orders for material to this specification
shall include the following information when required by the
purchaser:
5.
Manufacture
5.1 The products covered by this specification shall be
produced either by hot extruding and cold finishing or by hot
rolling with or without cold finishing, at the option of the
producer.
4.2.1 Whether heat treatment in accordance with Practice
B91 8 is required (8.2),
TABLE 2 M echan i cal Property Li mi ts
Temper
O
H1 2
H1 4
H1 6
H1 8
H11 2
F
T3
T4 and T451 D
T6 and T651
T8
O
T4, T42 F , and T451 D
T6, T62 F , and T651 D
O
T4, T42 F , and T451 D
O
T36
T4I
T42F
T42F
T351 D
Specified Diameter or
Thickness, in.
Yield Strength B
(0.2 % offset),
min, ksi
Elongation B in 2 in.
or 4 × Diameter, min, %
1 5.5
1 5.5
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
3.0
...
...
...
...
3.0
...
25
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
38.0
34.0
30.0
1 8.0
40.0
40.0
10
12
12
16
10
10
35.0
35.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
32.0
...
55.0
...
12
...
16
...
8
35.0
35.0
...
...
...
...
...
32.0
...
16
...
12
35.0
35.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
52.0
...
45.0I
42.0I
40.0
38.0
...
40.0
40.0
45.0
45.0
...
16
...
10
...
10
10
10
10
...
10
10
10
9
Tensile Strength, ksi
min
0.1 24 and under
0.1 25 and over
0.374 and under
0.374 and under
0.374 and under
0.374 and under
all
all
11 .0
11 .0
1 4.0
1 6.0
1 9.0
22.0
11 .0
0.1 25–1 .500
1 .501 –2.000
2.001 –3.500
0.1 25–8.000
0.375–6.500
0.1 25–3.250
45.0
43.0
42.0
40.0
54.0
54.0
0.1 24 and under
0.1 25–8.000
0.1 24 and under
0.1 25–8.000G
0.1 24 and under
0.1 25–8.000G
...
...
55.0
55.0
65.0
65.0
0.1 24 and under
0.1 25–8.000
0.1 24 and under
0.1 25–8.000H
...
...
55.0
55.0
0.1 24 and under
0.1 25–8.000
0.1 24 and under
0.1 25–0.375
0.1 24 and under
0.1 25–0.499
0.500–4.500G
4.501 –6.500J
6.501 –8.000J
0.1 24 and under
0.1 25–1 .000
1 .001 –6.500G
0.500–6.500G
6.501 –8.000
...
...
69.0
69.0
62.0
62.0
62.0
62.0
58.0
62.0
62.0
62.0
62.0
62.0
max
Aluminum 11 00
C
Alloy 2011
Alloy 201 4E
Alloy 201 7E
Alloy 2024E
310
A
C
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-211
TABLE 2 Continued
Specified Diameter or
Thickness, in.
min
max
Yield Strength B
(0.2 % offset),
min, ksi
0.1 24 and under
0.1 25–6.500G
0.1 24 and under
0.1 25–6.500G
0.500–6.500G
62.0
62.0
60.0
60.0
66.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
50.0
...
46.0
58.0
Elongation B in 2 in.
or 4 × Diameter, min, %
...
5
...
5
5
T851 D
0.500–2.000
2.001 –4.000
58.0
57.0
...
...
40.0
39.0
4
4
O
H1 2
H1 4
H1 6
H1 8
H11 2
F
all
0.374 and under
0.374 and under
0.374 and under
0.374 and under
all
all
1 4.0
1 7.0
20.0
24.0
27.0
1 4.0
1 9.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
5.0
...
...
...
...
5.0
25
...
...
...
...
...
...
T86
0.375–0.750
51 .0
...
46.0
4
O
0.1 24 and under
0.1 25 and over
0.1 24 and under
0.1 25–0.374
0.374 and under
0.1 24 and under
0.1 25–0.374
0.374 and under
all
...
25.0
31 .0
31 .0
34.0
37.0
37.0
39.0
32.0
32.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
9.5
...
23.0
26.0
...
29.0
...
...
25
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
H111
H1 2
H32
H1 4
H34
H1 8
H38
H1 92
H392
0.1 24 and
0.1 25 and
0.374 and
0.374 and
0.374 and
0.374 and
0.374 and
0.374 and
0.374 and
0.374 and
0.374 and
under
over
under
under
under
under
under
under
under
under
under
...
...
44.0
46.0
44.0
52.0
50.0
58.0
55.0
60.0
58.0
46.0
46.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
20
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
O
H32
H34
H36
H38
H11 2
all
0.374 and
0.374 and
0.374 and
0.374 and
all
under
under
under
under
30.0
36.0
39.0
42.0
45.0
30.0
41 .0
...
...
...
...
...
11 .0
...
...
...
...
11 .0
25
...
...
...
...
...
T651
T8
0.500–4.000
0.750–1 .500
1 .501 –5.500
56.0
58.0
57.0
...
...
...
52.0
56.0
55.0
7
8
7
T8
0.1 87–0.375
0.376–1 .999
2.000–3.250
43.0
42.0
39.0
...
...
...
40.0
39.0
36.0
12
12
12
O
T89 and T94
0.1 24 and under
0.1 25–8.000
0.1 24 and under
0.1 25–8.000H
0.1 25–8.000H
0.1 24 and under
0.1 25–8.000H
0.374 and under
...
...
30.0
30.0
30.0
42.0
42.0
54.0
22.0
22.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
1 6.0
1 4.0
...
35.0
47.0
...
18
...
18
18
...
10
...
T9
0.374 and under
65.0
...
63.0
2
T6 and T651 D
T8
T9
0.1 25–8.000G
0.750–2.000
0.1 25–2.000
2.001 –3.000
42.0
45.0
52.0
50.0
...
...
...
...
35.0
43.0
48.0
46.0
10
12
5
5
O
0.1 24 and under
40.0
...
...
Temper
T6
T62 F
T851 D
H32
H34
H36
H38
F
O
T4 and
T451 D
T42 F
T6, T62 F , and T651 D
Tensile Strength, ksi
Alloy 221 9
Alloy 3003
C
Alloy 4032
Alloy 5052
C
...
Alloy 5056
Alloy 51 54
Alloy 601 3
Alloy 6020
Alloy 6061 E
Alloy 611 0
Alloy 6262
Alloy 7075E
311
C
C
SB-211
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
TABLE 2 Continued
Specified Diameter or
Thickness, in.
Temper
Tensile Strength, ksi
min
max
Elongation B in 2 in.
or 4 × Diameter, min, %
...
10
66.0
...
66.0
7
66.0
...
66.0
7
64.0
7
62.0
7
...
...
56.0
10
55.0
8
52.0
8
Bend Diameter Factor, N
Yield Strength B
(0.2 % offset),
min, ksi
0.1 25–8.000
0.1 24 and under
0.1 25–4.000K
0.1 24 and under
0.1 25–4.000K
4.001 –6.000
6.001 –7.000
0.1 24 and under
0.1 25–4.000
4.001 –5.000
5.001 –6.000
Temper
...
40.0
T6, T62
77.0
...
77.0
...
T651
77.0
...
77.0
...
75.0
...
73.0
...
68.0
...
T73 and T7351 D
68.0
...
66.0
64.0
Specified Diameter or Thickness, in.
Alloy 201 7
T4, T42, and T451
0.1 24 and under
3L
0.1 25–8.000H
6L
Alloy 2024
O
0.1 24 and under
1
T351 , T4, T42
0.1 24 and under
3
0.1 25–6.500
6
Alloy 3003
O
all
0
H1 2
0.374 and under
2
H1 4
0.374 and under
2
H1 6
0.374 and under
8
A To determine conformance to this specification, each value for tensile strength and for yield strength shall be rounded to the nearest 0.1 ksi and each value for elongation
to the nearest 0.5 %, both in accordance with the rounding-off method of Practice E29. The basis for establishment of tensile property limits is shown in Annex A1 .
B The measurement of yield strength and elongation is not required for wire less than 0.1 25 in. in thickness or diameter.
C There are no tensile requirements for material in the F temper but it usually can be expected that material 1 1 ⁄2 in. or less in thickness or diameter (except sections over
4 in. in width) will have a strength about equivalent to the H1 4 or H34 temper. As size increases the strength decreases to nearly that of the O temper.
D For stress-relieved tempers, characteristics and properties other than those specified may differ somewhat from the corresponding characteristics and properties of
material in the basic tempers.
E Also available in the F temper for which no properties are specified and no tension tests are performed but for which tests are performed for confirmation of heat-treat
response as required by Section 1 0.
F Material in the T42 or T62 tempers is not available from the materials producers. These properties can usually be obtained by the user when material is properly solution
heat treated or solution and precipitation heat treated from the O or F temper. These properties also apply to samples of material in the O or F temper that are solution
heat treated or solution and precipitation heat treated by the producer to determine that the material will respond to proper heat treatment. Properties attained by the user,
however, may be lower than those listed if the material has been formed or otherwise cold or hot worked, particularly in the O temper, prior to solution heat treatment.
G Properties listed for this full size increment are applicable to rod. Properties listed are also applicable to square, rectangular, hexagonal, or octagonal bar having a
maximum thickness of 4 in. and a maximum cross-sectional area of 36 in. 2.
H For bar, maximum cross-sectional area is 50 in. 2 .
I Minimum yield strength for 2024-T4 wire and rod 0.1 25 in. and larger in thickness or diameter, produced in coil form for both straight length and coiled products, is 40.0
ksi.
J Properties listed for this size increment are applicable to rod only.
K For rounds, maximum diameter is 4 in.; for square, hexagonal, or octagonal bar, maximum thickness is 3 1 ⁄2 in.; for rectangular bar, maximum thickness is 3 in. with
corresponding maximum width of 6 in.; for rectangular bar less than 3 in. in thickness, maximum width is 1 0 in.
L Bend diameter factor values stated for this full size increment apply to T4 product only. Values listed also apply to T451 product in the 0.500–8.000 in. size range.
6.
6.2.2 For nonheat-treated tempers, an inspection lot shall
consist of an identifiable quantity of material of the same mill
form, alloy, temper, and nominal dimensions subj ected to
inspection at one time.
Quality Assurance
Responsibility for Inspection and Tests—
6.1
Unless otherwise specified in the contract or purchase order, the producer is
responsible for the performance of all inspection and test
requirements specified herein. The producer may use their own
or any other suitable facilities for the performance of the
inspection and test requirements specified herein, unless disapproved by the purchaser in the order or at the time of contract
signing. The purchaser shall have the right to perform any of
the inspections and tests set forth in this specification where
such inspections are deemed necessary to ensure that material
conforms to prescribed requirements.
7.
Chemical Composition
Limits—
7.1
The bars, rods, and wire shall conform to the
chemical composition limits specified in Table 1 . Conformance
shall be determined by the producer by taking samples in
accordance with E71 6 when the ingots are poured and analyzing those samples in accordance with E607, E1 251 , E34 or EN
1 4242. At least one sample shall be taken for each group of
ingots poured simultaneously from the same source of molten
metal. If the producer has determined the chemical composition of the material during pouring of the ingots, they shall not
be required to sample and analyze the product.
Lot Definition—
6.2
An inspection lot shall be defined as
follows:
6.2.1 For heat-treated tempers, an inspection lot shall consist of an identifiable quantity of material of the same mill
form, alloy, temper, and nominal dimensions traceable to a
heat-treat lot or lots, and subj ected to inspection at one time.
NOTE 4—It is standard practice in the United States aluminum industry
to determine conformance to the chemical composition limits prior to
312
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SB-211
proper solution heat treatment and natural aging for not less
than 4 days at room temperature, conform to the properties
specified in Table 2 for T42 temper material. The heat-treated
samples may be tested prior to four days natural aging, but if
they fail to conform to the T42 temper properties, the tests may
be repeated after completion of four days natural aging without
prej udice.
further processing of ingots into wrought products. Due to the continuous
nature of the process, it is not practical to keep a specific ingot analysis
identified with a specific quantity of finished material.
7.2 If it becomes necessary to analyze bars, rod or wire for
conformance to chemical composition limits, the method used
to sample for the determination of chemical composition shall
be by agreement between the producer and the purchaser.
Analysis shall be performed in accordance with E71 6, E607,
E1 251 , E34 or EN 1 4242 (ICP method). The number of
samples taken for determination of chemical composition shall
be as follows:
7.2.1 When samples are taken from the finished or semifinished product, a sample shall be taken to represent each 4000
lb, or fraction thereof, in the lot, except that no more than one
sample shall be required per piece.
1 0.1 .1 Alloy 7075 material produced in the O or F temper
(within the size limits specified in Table 2) shall, after proper
solution heat treatment and precipitation heat treatment, conform to the properties specified in Table 2 for T62 temper
material.
1 0.1 .2 When specified, 7075-O material (within the size
limits specified in Table 2) shall, after proper solution and
precipitation heat treatment, conform to the properties specified for T73 temper in Table 2 and Section 1 3.
7.3 Other methods of analysis or in the case of dispute may
be by agreement between the producer and the purchaser.
Number ofSpecimens—
1 0.2
The number of specimens from
each lot of O temper material and F temper material to verify
conformance with 1 0.1 shall be as specified in 9.2.
NOTE 5—It is difficult to obtain a reliable analysis of each of the
components of clad materials using material in its finished state. A
reasonably accurate determination of the core composition can be made if
the cladding is substantially removed prior to analysis. The cladding
composition is more difficult to determine because of the relatively thin
layer and because of diffusion of core elements to the cladding. The
correctness of cladding alloy used can usually be verified by a combination of metallographic examination and spectrochemical analysis of the
surface at several widely separated points.
11. Heat Treatment and Reheat Treatment Capability
11 .1 As-received material in the O or F temper and in Alloys
201 4, 201 7, 2024, and 6061 (within the size limitation specified in Table 2 and without the imposition of cold work) shall,
after proper solution heat treatment and natural aging for not
less than 4 days at room temperature, conform to the properties
specified in Table 2 for T42 temper material.
8. Heat Treatment
8.1 Unless otherwise specified in 8.2, producer or supplier
heat treatment for the applicable tempers in Table 2 shall be in
accordance with AMS 2772.
TABLE 3 U l trasoni c Di sconti nu i ty Li m i ts for Rol l ed or Col d Fi n i shed Bar
A
Size
8.2 When specified, heat treatment of applicable tempers in
Table 2 shall be in accordance with Practice B91 8.
Alloys
201 4, 221 9
2024, 7075
9. Tensile Properties of Material As Supplied
Limits—
j
Thickness, in.
Maximum
Weight per
Piece, lb
0.500–1 .499
600
Maximum
Discontinuity
Width to
ClassB
Thickness Ratio
...
B
1 .500–3.000
600
...
A
3.001 –6.000
1 000
...
B
A Discontinuities in excess of those listed in this table shall be allowed if it is
established that they will be removed by machining or that they are in noncritical
areas.
B The discontinuity class limits are defined in Section 11 of Practice B594.
9.1
The bar, rod, and wire shall conform to the
tensile requirements in Table 2.
Number of Specimens:
9.2
9.2.1 For material having a nominal weight of less than 1
lb/linear ft, one tension test specimen shall be taken for each
1 000 lb or fraction thereof in the lot. Only one specimen shall
be taken from any one piece when more than one piece is
available.
9.2.2 For material having a nominal weight of 1 lb or
more/linear ft, one tension test specimen shall be taken for each
1 000 ft or fraction thereof in the lot. Only one specimen shall
be taken from any one piece when more than one piece is
available.
11 .2 As-received Alloy 7075 material in the O or F temper
(within the size limitation specified in Table 2 and without the
imposition of cold work) shall, after proper solution and
precipitation heat treatment, conform to the properties specified in Table 2 for T6 and T62 tempers.
11 .3 Material in Alloys and Tempers 201 4-T4, T451 , T6,
T651 ; 201 7-T4, T451 ; 2024-T4, T6, T351 , and T851 , shall,
after proper resolution heat treatment and natural aging for not
less than 4 days at room temperature, conform to the properties
specified in Table 2 for the T42 temper.
Test Specimens—
9.3
Geometry of test specimens and the
location in the product from which they are taken shall be as
specified in Test Methods B557.
NOTE 6—Beginning with the 1 975 revision, 6061 -T4, T6, T451 , and
T651 were deleted from this paragraph because experience has shown the
reheat-treated material tends to develop large recrystallized grains and
may fail to develop the expected level of properties.
Test Methods—
9.4
The tension tests shall be made in
accordance with Test Method B557.
10. Producer Confirmation of Heat-Treat Response
11 .4 Alloy 7075 material in T6, T651 , T73, and T7351
tempers shall, after proper resolution heat treatment and
precipitation heat treatment, conform to the properties specified in Table 2 for T6 and T62 tempers.
1 0.1 In addition to the requirements of 9.1 , material in
Alloys 201 4, 201 7, 2024, and 6061 produced in the O or F
temper (within the size limits specified in Table 2) shall, after
313
SB-211
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
1 3.2.1 Specimens shall be stressed in tension in the short
transverse direction with respect to grain flow and held at
constant strain. The stress level shall be 75 % of the specified
minimum yield strength.
1 3.2.2 The stress-corrosion test shall be made in accordance
with Test Method G47.
1 3.2.3 There shall be no visual evidence of stress-corrosion
cracking in any specimen, except that the retest provisions of
20.2 shall apply.
11 .5 Material in T3, T4, T42, T351 , and T451 tempers shall,
after proper precipitation heat treatment, conform to the
properties specified in Table 2 for the T8, T6, T62, T851 and
T651 tempers, respectively.
12. Bend Properties
1 2.1 When bend testing is specified for the alloys, tempers,
and dimensions as listed with Bend Diameter Factor, N, values
in Table 2; bend test specimens shall be prepared and tests shall
be made in accordance with the applicable requirements of Test
Method E290. Bend test samples shall be bent cold without
cracking through an angle of 1 80° around a pin having a
diameter equal to N times the product diameter or least
thickness of the specimen.
14. Dimensional Tolerances
1 4.1 Variations from specified dimensions for the material
ordered shall not exceed the permissible variations specified in
the following tables of ANSI H35.2.
Table No.
9.1
9.5
9.6
13. Stress-Corrosion Resistance
1 3.1 Alloy 7075 in the T73-type tempers shall be capable of
exhibiting no evidence of stress-corrosion cracking when
subj ected to the test specified in 1 3.2.
1 3.1 .1 For lot-acceptance purposes, resistance to stresscorrosion cracking for each lot of material shall be established
by testing the previously selected tension-test samples to the
criteria shown in Table 4.
1 3.1 .2 For surveillance purposes, each month the producer
shall perform at least one test for stress-corrosion resistance in
accordance with 1 3.2 in the T73 type temper, for each
thickness range 0.750 in. and over listed in Table 2, produced
that month. Each sample shall be taken from material considered acceptable in accordance with lot-acceptance criteria of
Table 4. A minimum of three adj acent replicate specimens shall
be taken from each sample and tested. The producer shall
maintain records of all lots so tested and make them available
for examination at the producer’ s facility.
9.7
9.8
9.9
9.1 0
9.11
9.1 3
9.1 4
9.1 5
Title
Diameter, Round Wire and Rod
Thickness and Width, Rectangular Wire and Bar
Distance Across Flats, Square, Hexagonal and Octagonal Wire
and Bar
Thickness and Width, Flattened Wire (Round Edge)
Thickness and Width, Flattened and Slit Wire
Length, Specific and Multiple
Twist, Bar in Straight Lengths
Straightness, Rod and Bar in Straight Lengths Other than
Screw Machine Stock
Flatness—Flat Surfaces
Angularity
Squareness of Saw Cuts
1 4.2 Sampling for Inspection—Examination for dimensional conformance shall be made to ensure conformance to the
tolerance specified.
15. Finish
1 5.1 Unless otherwise specified, rod up to and including 3
in. in diameter and bar up to and including 2 in. thick (with
maximum width for rectangles of 4 in.) shall be supplied cold
finished. Rod and bar in larger sizes may be furnished either as
rolled or cold finished, at the producer’ s or supplier’ s discretion.
1 3.2 The stress-corrosion cracking test shall be performed
on material 0.750 in. and over in thickness as follows:
TABLE 4 Lot Acceptance Criteria for Resistance to Stress Corrosion
Alloy and Temper
7075-T73 and T7351
Electrical
Conductivity, A
% IACS
40.0 or greater
38.0 through 39.9
38.0 through 39.9
less than 38.0
Lot Acceptance Criteria
Lot Acceptance
Status
Level of Mechanical Properties
per specified requirements
per specified requirements and yield strength does not exceed
minimum by more than 11 .9 ksi
per specified requirements but yield strength exceeds minimum by
1 2.0 ksi or more
any level
ProductA,B
Rolled or cold finished from rolled stock
all
Thickness, in.
Cold finished from extruded stock
up through 0.1 00
over 0.1 00 through 0.500
surface of tension-test sample
acceptable
acceptable
unacceptable B
unacceptable B
Location
surface of tension-test sample
subsurface after removing approximately 1 0 % of the thickness by
machining
over 0.500 through 1 .500
subsurface at approximate center of thickness on a plane parallel to
the longitudinal centerline of the material
over 1 .500
subsurface of tension-test sample surface that is closest to the center
of the material and on a plane parallel to the extrusion surface
A The electrical conductivity shall be determined in accordance with Practice E1 004 in the following locations:
B When material is found to be unacceptable, it shall be reprocessed (additional precipitation heat treatment or re-solution heat treatment, stress relieving and precipitation
heat treatment, when applicable).
314
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
16. Identification Marking of Product
SB-211
plan is provided or approved by the purchaser through the
contract or purchase order, at least two additional specimens
shall be selected to replace each test specimen that failed. All
specimens so selected for re-test shall meet the requirements of
the specification or the lot shall be subj ect to rej ection.
1 6.1 When specified in the contract or purchase order, all
material shall be marked in accordance with Practice B666/
B666M.
17. Internal Quality
20.3 Material in which defects are discovered subsequent to
inspection may be rej ected.
1 7.1 When specified by the purchaser at the time of placing
the order, each bar 0.500 in. or greater in thickness or smallest
dimension in Alloys 201 4, 2024, 221 9, and 7075 shall be tested
in accordance with Practice B594 to the discontinuity acceptance limits of Table 3.
20.4 If material is rej ected by the purchaser, the producer or
supplier is responsible only for replacement of the material to
the purchaser. As much as possible of the rej ected material
shall be returned to the producer or supplier.
18. General Quality
21. Certification
1 8.1 Unless otherwise specified, the material shall be supplied in the mill finish and shall be uniform as defined by the
requirements of this specification and shall be commercially
sound. Any requirement not so covered is subj ect to negotiation between the producer and the purchaser.
21 .1 The producer or supplier shall furnish to the purchaser
a certificate of inspection stating that each lot has been sampled,
tested, and inspected in accordance with this specification,
and has been found to meet the requirements. In addition, all
test reports required by this specification shall be supplied with
the certification.
1 8.2 Each inspection lot of bar, rod, and wire shall be
examined to determine conformance to this specification with
respect to general quality and identification marking. On
approval of the purchaser, however, the producer may use a
system of statistical quality control for such examinations.
22. Packaging and Package Marking
22.1 The material shall be packaged to provide adequate
protection during normal handling and transportation and each
package shall contain only one size, alloy, and temper of
material unless otherwise agreed. The type of packing and
gross weight of containers shall, unless otherwise agreed upon,
be at the producer’ s discretion, provided that they are such as
to ensure acceptance by common or other carriers for safe
transportation at the lowest rate to the delivery point.
19. Source Inspection
1 9.1 If the purchaser desires that his representative inspect
or witness the inspection and testing of the material prior to
shipment, such agreement shall be made by the purchaser and
producer as part of the purchase contract.
22.2 Each shipping container shall be marked with the
purchase order number, material size, specification number,
alloy and temper, gross and net weight, and the producer’ s
name and trademark.
1 9.2 When such inspection or witness of inspection and
testing is agreed upon, the producer shall afford the purchaser’ s
representative all reasonable facilities to satisfy him that the
material meets the requirements of this specification. Inspection and tests shall be conducted so there is no unnecessary
interference with the producer’ s operations.
22.3 When specified in the contract or purchase order,
material shall be preserved, packaged, and packed in accordance with the requirements of Practice B660. The applicable
levels shall be as specified in the contract or order. Marking for
shipment of such material shall be in accordance with Fed. Std.
No. 1 23 for civil agencies and MIL-STD-1 29 for military
agencies.
20. Rejection and Retest
20.1 If any material fails to conform to all of the applicable
requirements of this specification, it shall be cause for rej ection
of the inspection lot.
20.2 When there is evidence that a failed specimen was not
representative of the inspection lot and when no other sampling
23. Keywords
23.1 aluminum alloy; rolled or cold-finished bar; rolled or
cold-finished rod; rolled or cold-finished wire
315
SB-211
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
ANNEXES
(Mandatory Information)
A1. BASIS FOR INCLUSION OF PROPERTY LIMITS
A1 .1 Mechanical property limits are established in accord
with section 6, Standards Section, of the most current edition of
the Aluminum Standards and Data and the latest edition of the
Aluminum Association publication “Tempers for Aluminum
and Aluminum Alloy Products (Yellow and Tan Sheets)”.
Limits are based on a statistical evaluation of the data
indicating that at least 99 % of the population obtained from all
standard material meets the limit with 95 % confidence. For the
products described, mechanical property limits are based on
the statistical analyses of at least 1 00 tests from at least 5 cast
lots of standard production material with no more than 1 0
observations from a given heat treat or inspection lot. Mechanical properties limits for press solution heat treated products
have specific additional requirements which are provided in the
“Tempers for Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Products”.
Limits denoted as “Tentative” by the Aluminum Association
may be included. Requirements for tentative property registrations are defined in the latest edition of the Aluminum
Association publication “Tempers for Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Products”. Tentative property limits are established
at levels at which at least 99 % of the data conform at a
confidence level of 95 %.
Tentative property limits, which are subj ect to revision, shall
be based on a statistical analysis of at least 30 tests from at least
3 cast lots of standard production material with no more than
1 0 observations from a given heat treat or inspection lot. Where
tentative property limits are listed, they shall be shown in
italics and footnoted as Tentative in the standard.
All tests are performed in accordance with the appropriate
ASTM test methods.
A2. ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA FOR INCLUSION OF NEW ALUMINUM AND ALUMINUM ALLOYS IN THIS SPECIFICATION
A2.1 Prior to acceptance for inclusion in this specification,
the composition of wrought or cast aluminum or aluminum
alloy shall be registered in accordance with ANSI H35.1 . The
Aluminum Association
holds the Secretariat of ANSI H35
Committee and administers the criteria and procedures for
registration.
A2.2.5 For codification purposes, an alloying element is any
element intentionally added for any purpose other than grain
refinement and for which minimum and maximum limits are
specified. Unalloyed aluminum contains a minimum of
99.00 % aluminum.
A2.2.6 Standard limits for alloying elements and impurities
are expressed to the following decimal places:
A2.2 If it is documented that the Aluminum Association
could not or would not register a given composition, an
alternative procedure and the criteria for acceptance shall be as
follows:
Less than 0.001 %
0.001 to but less than 0.01 %
0.01 to but less than 0.1 0 %
Unalloyed aluminum made by a refining process
Alloys and unalloyed aluminum not made by a refining process
0.1 0 through 0.55 %
(It is customary to express limits of 0.30 through 0.55 % as
0.X0 or 0.X5)
Over 0.55 %
A2.2.1 The designation submitted for inclusion does not
utilize the same designation system as described in ANSI
H35.1 . A designation not in conflict with other designation
systems or a trade name is acceptable.
(except that combined Si + Fe limits for 99.00 % minimum
aluminum must be expressed as 0.XX or 1 .XX)
A2.2.2 The aluminum or aluminum alloy has been offered
for sale in commercial quantities within the prior twelve
months to at least three identifiable users.
0.000X
0.00X
0.0XX
0.0X
0.XX
0.X, X.X, and
so forth
A2.2.7 Standard limits for alloying elements and impurities
are expressed in the following sequence: Silicon; Iron; Copper;
Manganese; Magnesium; Chromium; Nickel; Zinc; Titanium
(Note A2.1 ); Other Elements, Each; Other Elements, Total;
Aluminum (Note A2.2).
A2.2.3 The complete chemical composition limits are submitted.
A2.2.4 The composition is, in the j udgment of the responsible subcommittee, significantly different from that of any
other aluminum or aluminum alloy already in the specification.
NOTE A2.1 —Additional specified elements having limits are inserted in
alphabetical order of their chemical symbols between zinc and titanium, or
are specified in footnotes.
NOTE A2.2—Aluminum is specified as minimum for unalloyed aluminum and as a remainder for aluminum alloys.
316
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
SPECI FI CATI ON FOR ALU M I N U M AN D
ALU M I N U M -ALLOY EXTRU DED BARS, RODS, WI RE,
PROFI LES, AN D TU BES
SB-221
(Identical with ASTM Specification B221-12 except that certification and text reports have been made mandatory.)
317
SB-221
SB-221
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
Standard Specification for
Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire,
Profiles, and Tubes
ASTM Standards:
1. Scope
1 .1 This specification
2.2
B21 0 Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy
Drawn Seamless Tubes
B211 Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy
Rolled or Cold Finished Bar, Rod, and Wire
B241 /B241 M Specification for Aluminum and AluminumAlloy Seamless Pipe and Seamless Extruded Tube
B429/B429M Specification for Aluminum-Alloy Extruded
Structural Pipe and Tube
B557 Test Methods for Tension Testing Wrought and Cast
Aluminum- and Magnesium-Alloy Products
B594 Practice for Ultrasonic Inspection of Aluminum-Alloy
Wrought Products for Aerospace Applications
B660 Practices for Packaging/Packing of Aluminum and
Magnesium Products
B666/B666M Practice for Identification Marking of Aluminum and Magnesium Products
B807/B807M Practice for Extrusion Press Solution Heat
Treatment for Aluminum Alloys
B881 Terminology Relating to Aluminum- and MagnesiumAlloy Products
B91 8 Practice for Heat Treatment of Wrought Aluminum
Alloys
B945 Practice for Aluminum Alloy Extrusions Press Cooled
from an Elevated Temperature Shaping Process for Production of T1 , T2, T5 and T1 0–Type Tempers
E29 Practice for Using Significant Digits in Test Data to
Determine Conformance with Specifications
E34 Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Aluminum and
Aluminum-Base Alloys
E527 Practice for Numbering Metals and Alloys in the
Unified Numbering System (UNS)
E607 Test Method for Atomic Emission Spectrometric
Analysis Aluminum Alloys by the Point to Plane Technique Nitrogen Atmosphere (Withdrawn 2011 )
covers aluminum and aluminum-
alloy extruded bars, rods, wire, profiles, and tubes in the
aluminum alloys (Note 1 ) and tempers shown in Table 2.
NOTE 1 —Throughout this specification, the use of the term
general sense includes aluminum as well as aluminum alloy.
NOTE 2—For rolled or
B211 , for drawn seamless
B21 0, for structural pipe
seamless pipe and tube
B241 /B241 M.
alloy in the
cold-finished bar and rod refer to Specification
tube used in pressure applications, Specification
and tube, Specification B429/B429M, and for
used in pressure applications, Specification
NOTE 3—Structural pipe and tube produced in accordance with B221 is
not intended for fluid-carrying applications involving pressure. Refer to
either Specification B21 0 or B241 /B241 M, as appropriate, for seamless
pipe and tube used in fluid-carrying applications involving pressure.
1 .2 Alloy and temper designations are in accordance with
ANSI H35.1 /H35.1 M. The equivalent Unified Numbering
System alloy designations are those of Table 1 preceded by A9;
for example, A911 00 for Aluminum 11 00 in accordance with
Practice E527.
1 .3 For acceptance criteria for inclusion of new aluminum
and aluminum alloys in this specification, see Annex A2.
1 .4 A complete metric companion to B 221
has been
developed—B221 M; therefore, no metric equivalents are presented in this specification.
2. Referenced Documents
2.1 The following documents of the issue in effect on the
date of material purchase, unless otherwise noted, form a part
of this specification to the extent referenced herein:
318
ASME BPVC.II.B-2017
E71 6 Practices for Sampling and Sample Preparation of
Aluminum and Aluminum Alloys for Determination of
Chemical Composition by Spectrochemical Analysis
E1 004 Test Method for Determining Electrical Conductivity
Using the Electromagnetic (Eddy-Current) Method
E1 251 Test Method for Analysis of Aluminum and Aluminum Alloys by Spark Atomic Emission Spectrometry
G34 Test Method for Exfoliation Corrosion Susceptibility in
2XXX and 7XXX Series Aluminum Alloys (EXCO Test)
G47 Test Method for Determining Susceptibility to StressCorrosion Cracking of 2XXX and 7XXX Aluminum
Alloy Products
4.1 .5.3 For sharp-cornered hexagonal or octagonal bar and
wire—distance across flats.
4.1 .5.4 For round tube—outside or inside diameter and wall
thickness,
4. 1 . 5. 5 For square or sharp-cornered tube other than
round—distance across flats and wall thickness,
4.1 .5.6 For round-cornered bars, profiles, tube other